The principles of grammar : being a compendious treatise on the languages, English, Latin, Greek, German, Spanish, and French. Founded on the immutable principle of the relation which one word sustains to another

Google

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world’s books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that’s often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book’s long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work 15 expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.

We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google’s system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attribution The Google “watermark” you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book 15 still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can’t offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book’s appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google’s mission is to organize the world’s information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world’s books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

atthtto://books.google.com/

ΑἹ id
Atl yi

ic at i,
Min

a ΠΝ
' | a ] uh

Shi

ἢ]

ἢ fi

ἘΣ WUBRAY.

THE

PRINCIPLES

or

‘GRAMMAR:..

A COMPENDIOUS TREATISE ON THE LANGUAGES,

- ENGLISH, LATIN, GREEK, GERMAN,
SPANISH, ‘AND: FRENCH. .

FOUNDED ON THE

IMMUTABLE PRINCIPLE OF THE RELATION WHICH ONE
WORD SUSTAINS TO ANOTHER.

He brought in 8 new way of ar by induction, and that grounded
on observation ri ee perience--Binas,

BY SOLOMON BARRETT, JR,,

PHILOLOGIST.
Φ

REVISED EDITION. .

CAMBRIDGE: :
METCALF AND COMPANY,

PRINTERS TO THE UNIVERSITY.

1857.

4

669 39
Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1848, by
8. BARNETT. 78...

In the Clerk’s Office of the District Court of the United States
for the Northern District of New York

PRINTED BY
GEORGE C. RAND ἃ AVERY.

TO THE

YOUNG MEN'S ASSOCIATION OF THE CITY OF ΩΝ,

MORE USEFUL IN THE
DIFFUSION OF KNOWLEDGE, THE CULTIVATION OF INTELLECT
AND THE IMPROVEMENT OF MORALS,

THAN ANY OTHER INSTITUTION,

OF HUMAN ORIGIN,

ANCIENT OR MODERN,

THIS ESSAY,
DESIGNED TO SIMPLIFY THE STUDY OF THE LANGUAGES,
AND
FACILITATE THEIR ACQUISITION,
BY INTRODUCING A SYSTEM OF SELF-INSTRUCTION,
15 RESPHOTPULLY DHDIOATED,
EY

The Author.

wl

ADVERTISEMENT.

Wen we inform the student of language, that “one
word belongs to another,” we have told him all that per-
tains to language; for a perfect knowledge of the English,
Greek and Latin grammars consists entirely in the abili-
ty to give the words, in the respective languages, their
proper relation to other words; and ascertain the part of
speech, from that relation; therefore, we have, together
with a table of relations, advanced a number of Tuzszs,
or Propositions, which we maintain as fixed and immu-
table truths; taken entirely from the Languages themselves,
the perusal of which will advertise the scholar of the course
pursued throughout the work. Further comment is need-
less.

SOLOMON BARRETT Ja.

BARRETT’S
ENGLISH, LATIN AND GREEK GRAMMARS.

pp 240- in one volume, on fine paper and well bound.
The CHEAPEST CLASSICAL work extant.

Dear Frienp:

Read this work attentively; and if you really wish to
acquire a thorough knowledge of these languages, all you
have to do is, to procure a copy of the work, and devote
your leisure hours to its perusal, and you can not fail of
acquiring such a knowledge as will enable you to use them
With ease and accuracy for life, instead of that rough, un-
couth jargon obtained from the old philology of the schools.
The concurrent testimony of seventeen thousand American
cétézens, including the faculties of Union, Yale, Hamilton,
and other colleges, (patrons of the work,) within a year
after its first publication, is an irrefragible proof of the
claims of this system to superiority over every other extant,
showing it to be no charlatanerte, running wild among the
ignorant, but the most valuable treatise on language for
the use of business young men, families and schools, that
has ever issued from the press.

This work ἐξ never sold in a book store; as some gentle-
men have a greater tact for, and interest in palming off
on the community worthless old grammars, than of intro-
ducing improvements—in crying “ Great is Diana of the
Epuesians,” than ἐπ worshipping at the shrine of religion
or reason. |

CONTENTS

OF

BARRETT’S GRAMMARS:

Beng a Treatise on the Languages, English, Latin and

Greek: founded on the Analytic Plan.

PART FIRST.
ENGLISH GRAMMAR AND LANGUAGE.

Page.
1. The Ten Theses, applicable to all languages, δ
2. Division of the Subject, - - . « 9
3. A Table, exhibiting the twenty-one relations by
which every one of the eighty thousand words
in English can be correctly parsed, - - 10
4. Definition of the Parts of Speech,, - | = 11
δ. Exercises in Orthography, Syntax, Prosody, and
Etymology, - - - - - 12
6. A copperplate engraving, exemplifying the relation
of the Parts of Speech and Parsing, - 18
7. Corresponding and Exiled Conjunctions, - - 23
8. An Unbroken Sentence Fractured into its Logical
Subject and Predicate; subsequently into the
Parts of Speech, and punctuated, showing that
the sentence is formed by the union of a being
to its own existence or action: in other words,
that the constituents of a sentence are ἃ nomi-
native (or being) represented as existing, acting,
or being acted upon, and a verb, instead of
being as the old grammarians tell us, a collec-
tion of words, - 26

9, Exercises in Parsing English Poetry, in which
each werd is correctly parsed, by referring it to
the above mentioned table (paragraph 4), by

CONTENTS. 3
Page.
placing the corresponding figures after each
word, - - 27
10. A Full Explanation of the Parts of Speech, - 28
11. Conjugation of the Verb, Am, Sum, Εἰμί, in Eng-
lish, Latin, and Greek, - 48
12. [πάθος ἵπαῦ!8 Parts of Speech, presenting on ‘the
same page, and in the same line, the Adverb,
the Preposition, and the Conjunction, in the
three languages, and the case which each Pre-
position governs in the Latin and Greek, - 50
13. A Treatise on the Relation waich one Phrase or
Sentence bears to another, through the connect-
ing influence of the Conjunction, the Pronoun,
and the Preposition, and showing the student
that without the use of one of these three Parts
of Speech, ‘no discourse could be continued
beyond the utterance of a single sentence, - 54
14 Of the Sections of a Sentence, containing Defini-
tion and Division, embracing both the direct
and circumflex course: Relation, both adjective
and adverbial, with a full description of the sen-
tensic, insentensic, plenary, inplenary, broken,
unbroken, literal, and figurative, : - 6&8
15. The Rules of English Syntax, - 63
16. The Analysis of one hundred and ten lines of
Milton’s Paradise Lost; also sixty lines from
Pope’s Essay on Man: every word in these one
hundred and οἱ sixty ines of poetry, is parsed in
full, by the abbreviations of the Parts of Speech
and their accidents, on ter pages, as completely
as it could Le on two hundred pages, parsed in
the usual way, - 66
17. Further Exercises not Parsed by the Abbrevia-
tions, for perfection of the student, containing
Addison’s Letter, Liberty and Slavery contrast-
ed (in which the relation is pointed out by
figures twenty-one in number, referring the stu-
dent to the table of relations, (pp. 10), Webster's
Reply to Haines, in the U. S. ‘Senate Benton’s
Speech on the Protest, in the U. S. Senate,
Webster’s Speech on the Protest, - - 76

4 CONTENTS.

18 Prosody, embracing Punctuation and Poetical
Feet, concluding with the Burial of Sir John
Moore, who fell in the Battle of Corunna, in
Spain, in the year 1808, - - -

PART SECOND.

PRINCIPLES OF THE ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX OF THE LATIN
LANGUAGE UPON THE ANALYTICAL PLAN OF ROOTS AND

ADJUNCTS.

1. Introduction, showing that to acquire a thorough
knowledge of the Latin and Greek languages,
the student must be able to separate the roots
of all declinable words from their adjuncts; and
further, that he must understand the use and
import of the adjuncts, in giving to the noun,
pronoun and adjective, declension, gender, num-
ber and case; as:

Root. 1. f. acc. sing. Root, 2. m. acc. sing.
Pen -a ἴῃ. De “ἃ -m.
And conjugation, mood, tense, number and per-
son to the verb; as:

Root, 1.c. in. tmp. 2.pl. | Prep. root. 1... sub. p. 2s

Err -a -ba «ἴδ. | Con «γος -av-eri -8.
Wander did ye. | Togethercalled may’st

- . - have thou, - -

9, Brief View of the Parts of Speech, embracing di-

vision and definition, in which the relation is
shown to be coRRELATIVE; that is, that words
become Parts of Speech in consequence of their
relation to a mown; and that the noun receives
its case from its relation to them, - -

3. Rules for the Construction of Cases, - -
4, A Table, exhibiting the terminations of the five
declensions of the Latin language, - -

6. Declension of Nouns, with the signification of

their Latin cases attached, - - -
6. Declension of the Latin Pronoun, - -

59 8 85

CONTENTS.

δ

Page
7. Latin Verbs, showing the moods and tenses, per-
son and number, as follows:

INDICATIVE.
Pres. Imp. Perf. Plup. Fut.
Latin —, ba, i era, Ὁ (1).
English, — did, have, had, . shall.
SUBJUNCTIVE.
Pres. Imp. Perf. Plup. Fut.
Latin. e,a, re, eri, iss

English. may, might, may have, mi

Latin.

PERSON AND NUMBER.

Singular. Plural.
Ist. 2d. 3d. Ist. 2d. od.
©,m,i, 8,(isti,) t; mus, d tis, nt,

English. I, thou, he; 1 we, you, they.

8. An original table on the conjugation of the Latin

verb, by which all verbs in the Latin tongue
can be correctly conjugated ; and five hundred
verbs, made irregular by the old system, are
rendered perfectly regular in the formation of
their conjugation, mood, tense, person and
number by this system—it being shown that the
conjugation of the Latin verb is not always
known by the infinitive present; but by a con-
jugational letter immediately preceding any of
the above tenses. The tense -éa, is always
preceded by either, αἱ, 65, e3, or te* to mark
the respective conjugations to which it belongs.
The perfect tense—z, is always preceded by
av', u7, —3, #0‘, to denote its conjugation;
thus :
IMPERFECT. PERFECT.

Am -al -ba -m, Istconj. Am -av' -i, Ist conj.
Mon -e2 -ba -m, 2dconj.. Dom -u2 -i, 2d conj.
Doc -e3 -ba -m, 3dconj. Vert —3 -i, 8d conj
Aud -iet «δὰ -m, 4theonj. Aud ivs -i, 4th conj.

9, Conjugation in full, of the Latin verb Amo,

showing that in all cases, the root, conjugation,

e, eri.
ght have, shall have.

82

6 CONTENTS.

Page.
moo, tense, number, person and vutce of the
verb are contained in the verd itself, thus.

Root, 1 conf. Ind.imp. pl. act. Root. 1 conj pass. Ind. plu. 1.¢

Am -a_ «δὰ ‘mu -s [ Am «ἃ tus, -era -m
Luve — _ did we, Loved — __ been had I
97

10. A literal translation of the fourteenth, fifteenth,
sixteenth and seventeenth verses of the fifth
chapter of Matthew, with figures attached to thé -
words to give them the English transposition, in
which every word is perfectly analyzed and pars-
ed, according to the plan of roots and adjuncts.
Here the primitive meaning of the railicals are
given instead of the dictionary definitions; as:
adv, con, prep, root, rout, 3.6, 3,plu. root, 1, f, 86,8.
Ne -que ao -cen -d ὦ -nt Lucern -a «ἢ,

Not 4 and 1 to 6 fire 5 give 3 — they 2a candle7— —.
Transposed (by the figures placed after each
word) it reads ‘‘And they give not fire toa candle.” 100

11. The Radicals of verbs, containing one hundred
of the miscalled irregular verbs; and showing
that they can all be arranged in their respective
conjugations, and be rendered perfectly regular,
thereby causing no more hindrance in the stu-
dent’s progress. - - - - 102

12. The Rules of Syntax. - - 105

13. An Analysis of the first sixty lines of Virgil’s
ZEneid disposed of in such a manner as to ex-
hibit the root of each declinable word and all
the suffixes and affixes required to give to the
noun, adjective and pronoun, declension, gender,
number and case; and to the verb, votce, conr-
jugation, mood, tense, person and number;
arranged in columns, as follows: :

Root. Definttion. Syntax. Etymoto

A. VA.
Arm, Thearms, cano Arm-a,26* (2. p.) a, ofan, is, @, 8, is.
Qu. and, arma Que virum, 26 - eonjunetion.

Vir. the hero, cano viR-um, 26 (2 m.) vir, i, 0, um, vir, ὁ
Can, I sing, (ego) CAN-v,(1) arma, (3d.) 0, ere, cecini, cantum.
0, is, it, imus, itis, unt.
107

* The figures placed after the words refer to the rule; thoee in pe-
renthesis ( ) to page 142

14.

< ONTENTS. 7 «

Page
Reading lessons; containing:
1. 250 lines of Virgil’s ASneid and Georgics, be-

> ne a continuation of the above, - - 191
. Part of Cicero’s first oration against Cataline, 131
3 Crucifixion of Christ, - 138
4. Paul’s charge to Timotheus, - - 140
5. Lord's Prayer, - - 141

6. Prayers of the Publican and Pharisee, - - 141

14 An analytical Table, separating all the verbs oc-

curring in the first sixty lines of Virgil’s AEneid,
into their constituent parts according to the de-
vice of the table described in § 8, part 2, 142

oe

PART THIRD.

‘PRINCIPLES OF THE ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX OF THE GREEK

i.

oo 8

»-»

oo

LANGUAGE.
The Greek alphabet—Greek abbreviations; and

exercises on the alphabet to facilitate the ac-
quisition of the Greek letter, arranged thus:
Agrippas de pros ton Paulon ephé.
“Aypiwmwag δὲ «ρὸς civ Παῦλον & om
Agrippa thenunto the Paul said. 146
A Table of dipthongal sounds—with Signs, ac-
cents, note benes, etc., - 147

. Euphony: showing how one sound, or letter. is

substituted for another, in order to ‘avoid harsh-
ness in pronunciation—Punctuation of the
Greek language, 148
Parts of Speech—Nu mber_—Case—Declension—
Tables of Declension—Greek Pronouns, - 149
Verbs—their classifications, divisions, accidents,
etc., etc., - 1δ4
, Conjugation—Euphonie changes in the ‘Greek
᾿ Verb—Euphony considered—Of the Root, the
Augment, and the Termination. 155
. A condensed table of the Greek verb, showing its
augments reduplications, moods, tenses, and

8 CONTENTS.

Page
the first person sing. of all the different tenses,
together with the Euphonic changes, - - - 166

8. Conjugation in full of the verb TYTITO, τὸ
STRIKE ; giving all the inflections, moods, tenses,
persons, numbers, accidents, changes, etc., oc-
curring in verbs of the first conjugation, in the
following manner:

Aug. red. root. tense. sing. dual. plural.
Pres. rrr Wy Eig, δι, Slov, δον, wpev, SEC.
Strike do J, thou, he, ye two they two, we, &c.
Imp. ὁ Ture av, Ef, δ, Elov, E7yv, ὦμεν, Sc.
Was striking I, thou, he, ye two, they two, we, &c.
Perf. σέ συν [|] a, ag, a, alov, alovapev, &c°
Struck have J, thou, he, ye two, they two, we, &c. 163
9. Second conjugation, or verbs in MI, - - 169
10 Greek Rules, - - - - 170
11. Analysis entire, of ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΥ, Κεφ. β΄. In this
the brief method of analyzation given in the
Latin part (described under ὁ 13, part 2,) is fully
carried out in the Greek, thus bringing on the
same page—yea in the same lime—a Testa-
ment, Lexicon, and a Grammar—supplanting
the necessity of a teacher, and lessening the
burden which the student must otherwise bear.
The following is a specimen of the device:

Translation. Syntax. Etymology.
N. G. ὃ

The (v.1) Τοῦ ᾿Ἰ[ησοῦ, 0) TOU, TH, φὸν, —
When yevnééviog δὲ conjunction. indeclinable.
Jesus ysvndéviog Ἰησ-οὔ 2.m οὕς, oF, οὔ, οὖν, οὔ.
Being born. γεν-ηθ-ἔνῖος "Ing -ot eg, év Toc, ὅς. 171
.2. Translation from the Greek Testament of the first
chapter of John, into the Latin and English
languages, being an interlinear translation,
showing the actual definition of each word with-
out any transposition in their arrangement, in
the following manner: .
Ἕν, ἀρχῇ ἦν ὃ λογὸς, καὶ ὃ λογὸς &c.
In he begining was the word, and the word &c.
In principio erat ille sermo, et sermo erat &&. 193

CONTENTS. — ¥

Page.
13 Paul’s defence before Agrippa, Acts XXVI, com-
plete, - - . - - 183
᾿Αγρίπαας δὲ «ρὸς τὸν Παῦλον ἔφη: ᾿Επετρέπεται.
Agrippa then unto the Paul said; It is permitted.
Agrippa tum Paulo dixit; Permititur, 193
14. Dives and Lazarus—Luke XVI, 19-31, in Greek
and English, - - - - |]

16. Matthew, XXIII, 34 — 39. Aja φοῦφο ἰδοῦ, &c. . - 202
16. Matthew, XIX, 27 — 30. Tors dwoxpibsis ὁ Πέτρος. 9201
17, St. Luke, XV. 1— 7. Ἦσαν δὲ ἐγγίζοντος, dec. 205
15. St. Luke, XV. The Prodigal Son, complete ;

Eivs 08; “Ανϑρωπός τις εἴχη δύο υἱούς, καὶ ---

He said and : A man certain had two sons, and —

Ait autem ; Homo quidam habebat duos filios, Et — 207
19. Romans, II. 21-26, Νυνὶ δὲ χωρὶς νόμου, - - 212
20. Romans V. 6, 12, 18, 21, "Ess yap Χριστὸς, - 214
21. Οὕτος γὰρ ἠγάπησεν Ὁ Θεὸς cov χόσμον. John, 222.16.

So for loced the God the world.
Ita enim delixit Deus mundum, - - 216

22. Extracts, containing some of the most important
texts in the New Testament:

1. Mat. χε. 95; Heb. tz. 27,28; Rom. vt. 23. - 217
2. Rom. vizi. 6-8. Τὸ γὰρ φρόνημα. - - 218
3 Rom. viti. 38, 39. Πέσεισμαι γὰρ or. - 218
4. Rom, ziv. 10-12; Heb. ἐξ. 9, 10, - - 219
& Heb. ἐξ. 15; Heb. τὲ. 18, - . - 220
6. Heb. viz. 26, 27; Hed. z. 3-7, . - 221
7. Heb. x. 10; Heb. xz. 24-26, - - 222

8. Heb. zit. 2, 12, 16-24, - 223-224-225-226

9. Rom. συ. 1,2; Gal. tv. 22-26, 29,31, - 226-227

10. Gal. vi. 2-5; Ephesians v. 14-21, - 228-229
σ᾽ All the above extracts and reading lessons,
from 14 to 22, inclusive, are translated from the
Greek into the English and Latin languages re-
. spectively, in the same manner as that described

under $11.

23. Matthew, chapter xiv., entire, translated from the
Greek into the Latin, and can easily be translated
into English from a previous knowledge of
Greek and Latin words and modes of speech,

10 ONTENTS.
Θ.
gained by a thorough perusal of the preceding
chapters and passages; and a reference to the
common English Testament for such Parts as
appear difficult or obscure. -
24 Matthew, chapter xxiv., in Greek and Latin, ar-
ranged same as chapter xiv. containing fifty-
one verses. - - - 238
25 Analytical Table, separating all the verbs occur-
ring in the analysis of MAPOAIOY, Κεφ, "!,
into their constituent parts according to the plan
of the table of the verb ($7.) pp. 160; being the
same plan of a table adapted to Greek as that of
the Latin, described under § 15, part 2, of which
the following is an example:
Prep. aug. root. tnd. tmp. 3, ΒΩ Prep. Root. 1 Fut. 8 ε.

1. -wap -δ -yev -ὄνφο. 2. «ἐξ «-ελευσε -rau.
‘Around did come they “Out come shall who
Root, 3. 8. ind. imp. v. app. Root. 1 Fut.3.e
2° ber “ εν 13. woe “6.
Is he Protect shall who

Thus giving the literal meaning of each part
of the analyzed verh; and the grammatical sig-
nification of its various constituents, on a plan
ENTIRELY NEW and ORIGINAL. - 238
26. The Numerals in the Greek, Latin and English,
from one to three hundred.

OPINION OF THE PRESS.

From the Albany Academy.

The system adopted by Mr. Barrett. for teaching the principles of
Grammar, is, in our opinion, well calculated to promote an acqusint-
ance with that important branch of education.

ΤΌ ROMEYN BECK, A. M., M.D.,

Secretary of the Regents of the State of New York.
P. BULLIONS, Ὁ. D., Prof. Lang. Albany Academy.
8. CENTER, A. M., Prin. Albany Classical School.
A. CRITTENTON. A. M., Prin. Brooklyn Fem. Acad.

Eztract from a Report of the Committee on Literature of the Legu
lature of the Stale of New York.

The undersigned, having examined Mr. Barrett’s system of grammar,
ere of opinion that it is an improvement upon all metl.ods heretofore
adopted, and well calculated to facilitate the acquirement ofa thorough
knowledge of the languages on which it treats. We have also had
the advantage of attending a public examination of his pupils, whe
had been instructed upon this plan. Their very creditable perform-
ances afforded the most gratifying and conclusive evidences, not only
of the excellence of Mr. Barrett’s theory, but of its eminence and

mrivalled success in practice.
LUTHER BRADISH,

C. H. CARROLL,
PETER GANSEVOORT,
D. H. BISSELL,
HENRY F. JUNES. .

The folowing letter from A. B. Johnson, Eeq., the distinguished
Philosopher, Statesman, Financier, and Puirotoaist will be read
with interest:

Utica, July 8th, 1845.
Mr. Sotomon ΛΒΒΣΤΥ, Jr.

Dear Sir—I have. perhaps too cursorily examined your grammar,
which you have recently published; but by the aid of your personal
observations, I deem the book a valuable means of communicating ΠΟΙ
simply the etymological character of words according to their ordinary
use, but the far higher knowledge of the etymological character
which words acquire accidentally, by the manner in which they hap-
pen to be employed in a sentence. J deem your book further useful as
@ means of teaching therules of syniax not simply asarbilrary lates.

NN

12 OPINION OF THE PRESS.

bul as showing the principles on which the laws are founded, ana
thereby enabling a reader to unders{and sentences that olherwise, by
their being elliptical or involved, would be unintelligible. I have nc
doubt, however, that before any person can employ your grammar to
advantage, either in the instruction of himself or others, he must
understans it in tho way that you too, understand it; and this wil
require some little study and reflection. Indeed, I esteem your boob
much in the same way as I esteem a useful tool or instrument, ἃ
knowledge of the mode of using it ts indispensable to its utility. With
this knowledge acquired, I believe tt will communicate more of th,
philosophy of grammar than any other book that has fallen under my
observation.
Very respectfully your ob’t serv’t,
A. B. JOHNSON

‘BARRETT’s GpAMMAR. The Principles of Grammar, being a
compendious treatise on the languages, English, Latin and Greek,
founded on the immutable principles of the relation which one
word sustains to another. By Sutomon Barrett, Jr, Philologist.
Albany, 1849,”

Indiscriminate puffing has become such a maiter of course, that an
assurance of perfect earnesiness may not always command belief.
Nevertheless, in the remarks which we make concerning the work of
which the above is the title, we claim the credit of entire candor.
Having spent a large fraction of life in poring over lexicons, gram-
mars, and other articles of etymological compost for fostering the
growth of mind, we may assume to understand, to some extent, the
merit of this class of works. All grammars have been constructed
on false principles, or rather without reference to principle. Gramma-
rians seem to have forgotten the evident fact, that language was a
perfect thing antecedent to book-making ,—which ‘‘ having no law,”
was ‘a law unto itself,” and as effective a medium of thought in the
days of Noah, as in the hands of a Gesenius, a Buttman, or a Bul-
lion. Their offce was to expiain, not make language—not to dig
artificial channels, but to survey that which mind hath worn, durin
centuries, for its own utterance. Mr. Barrett seems to have perce:ve
this and adopts a different course Under his guidance the pupil forms
his own grammar—having no rules except those which the immutable
and well-defined relations of words and the universal laws of all lan-
guage impose upon him. His system is simplicity itself, and we are
gertain that it will save to all who use it, (as it might have done for
us, had it appeared a few years sooner) months of time which must
otherwise be wasted in most irksome drudgery to no purpose

Mr. Barrett’s method of analyzing the Greek and Latin verbs, is
of the highest value. With Thiersch’s Tables an@ this work before
him, a student must be stolid indeed, who can not master the Greek
nafew months. This is no ‘‘ Language without a Master” running
wild among harmless children,—in short, no humbug: but a thing
which we never expected to see—a new grammar which we could in

sonscience commend.
BENJAMIN J. TENNY, A. M.,
of the University of Vermont.

OPINION OF THE PRESS. 13

From the Poughkeepsie Telegraph.

After a careful examination of this work, we are inclined to pive it
our hearty approval, from the honest convictions that, on many ac-
counts, it stands unrivalled among philological works. Mr. Burrett
seems to have been eminently successful in his attempts to clear the
science, of which for y:any years he has been a professor, of its myse
teries, by introdacing a perfectly new plan, which exceeds anything
of the kind heretofore published. This system introduces the student
at once to the language about to be studied, and, instead of requiring
the scholar to commit scores of pages of definitions and rules, to serve
ἃ regular pprenticeship in the pedagogical tread mill, and to turn
the crank of that grating machine as discordant as an old version of
David’s Psalms, in broad Scotch, at eight or ten dollars per quarter,
gives him the ability to become his own teacher, by presenting on tho
same page a Virgil, a Dictionary and a Grammar; thus enabling
him to deduce all his rules and definitions, from a practical analysis,
not to be forgotten like rules and note: benes, acquired witliout a know
ledge of their practical application, but which lime itself shall never
afterwards be able to efface from the tablet of the memory.

No industrious young person, of mature age, claiming to be an
American citizen, who may wish to educate himself, instead of leaning
against the inner walls of a cotlege, should be without the work, as
we are satisfied that it will save three years of useless labor in ac.

quiring these elementary principles of language.

From the Lansingburgh Democrat.

Barrett's New Grammar. We have just had laid upon oar
table a new work entitled ‘‘ The Principles of Grammar, being a
Compendious Treatise on the languages, English, Latin and Greek ,”
by Solomon Barrett, Jr.

_ This Grammar is written upon an altogether new principle of analy-
sis, by which any word of the Greek or Latin languages may be sepa-
rated into regular analytical divisions, and by the addition of the
proper prefix and terminative, be made to assume any part of spcech
required. This system of analysis is founded upon certain anvdriable
relations between the different parts of speech, and which are an un-
mistakable guide to accuracy. We have been able to give this work
but a cursory examinafion; but we must say that it is the most perfect
system of grammatical analysis with which we are acquainted, and
we can most cordially recommend it to the perusal of those engaged
in philological pursuits.

From the Troy Budget.

Barretr’s Grammar. Being a compendious treatise on the
Languages, English, Latin and Greek, on constructive princi-
ples, formed on the immutable relation which one word holds
to another. p. 240.

This is a neatly executed work, printed on good paper and
well boun 1, containing ἃ tomplete analysis of the different jan-
guages, on which it treats, portrayed by the masterly hand of an

14 PPINION OF THE PRESS.

author who has personally instr scted more than twenty thousand
students, and devoted a life-time to the study of the languages.
The subject is treated in a happy &nd laconic method, adapted
to the capacity of a child, and at the same time worthy the
attention of the man of science, the statesman, and the philoso-
pher, and forming on the whole, a more useful manual for the
use of young persons desirous of reviewing their early studies, than
any other work we have ever seen. No young man should be
without it.

>

The undersigned, having examined Mr. Barrett’s new system
of Grammar, and become acquainted with his method of teach-
ing language, highly approve of the same: being fully convinced,
that the ONLY CORRECT METHOD of teaching the grammar of a
language is, from the language itself, and the most efficient method
of fxing the etymology and syntax of any language on the mind,
is, to deduce the definitions and rules from the actual relation
which one word has to another.

Mr. Barrett’s grammar, founded on constructive principles and
without departure from standard authors, (except in a few
which are evidently for the better,) teaches the student the whole
science by induction, and reduces the labor “of several years to a
few Short and easy lessons.” In short, we would recommend Mr.

arrett and his grammar to the favorable notice of the public as
well qualified to give instruction in the science of which he is a

professor.
JOHN FULLONTON,
Professor of Languages and teacher of the
College Class Whitestown Seminary.
D.S. HEFFRON, Principal Whitestown Seminary.
A. HACKLEY, Esq., Recorder of the city of Utica.

We, the undersigned, students in the Whitestown Semmary,
having attended a course of lectures under the tuition of Mr.
Barrett, say that we highly approve of his new work on the
constructive principles of language, as also his method of in-
struction, and would highly recommend both to the public, as
the most efficient, expeditious, and useful method of teaching
language with which we are acquainted. His method is purely
mductive, aud is worderfully calculated to fix the principles of
syntax and Etymology, indelibly on the memory and render one
sentence as easily parsed and corrected as another. We have
most of us spent years in studying the rules of gramniar from
the works of the most popular writers on Philology, and can
attest and certify that we have acquired a more correct know-
ledge of Syntax, Etymology and Prosody in ten lessuns with
Mr. Barrett, than we have previously attained. In conclusion we
would say whoever may attend his lectures or use his work, in

OPINION OF THE PRESS. 16

order to acquire a thorough knowledge of grammar, will not be
disappointed.
B. F. JOHNSON, Plainfield, Otsego Co., N. Y.
H. B. BROWN, West Winfield, N. Y.
D. R. JOSLIN, Plainfield, Otsego, Co.,N. Y.
ALFRED WOOD, West Winfield, N. Y.
STEPHEN*ADAMS, Unadila Forks, N. Y.
JOHN G. HULL, Chelsea, Orange Co., Vt.
WATSON WALKER, West Winfield, N. Y.
ELISHA P. LADD, New Hartford, N. Y.
CHAUNCEY DEFENDORF, Canajcharie, N. Y
“Ὁ. C. FISH, Marcy, Oneida Co., N. Y.
W. WENDELL, Stark, Herkimer Co., N. Y.
HARVEY CRONK, Boonville, Oneida Co., N. Y.
R. A. JONES, Remsen, Oneida Co., N. Y.
DELOS SEEBER, Canajoharie, N. Y.
JOSEPH H. RICHARDSON, Marcy, N. Y.
STEPHEN A. CRONK, Boonville, ΝΟΥ.
From Hamden Sidney College, Virginia.

This certifies that we highly approve of Mr. Barrett’s plan of
veaching the principles of language, and after a rigid examination,
consider him admirably well qualified to teach those principles
with success. Our own observation and experience as instruc-
tors, have convinced us, that philological grammar is little under-
stood, and poorly taught in our primary schools. Nearly all the
young men who come to this institution, have committed the
grammar by rote, but understood nothing about the principles of
the language: Mr. Barrett’s method of instruction is well caleu-
lated to correct this evil.

We are pleased with another part of his plan of instruction.
He not only communicates a knowledge of the elements of the
language, but endeavors, also, to convey some idea of its beauty
and harmony. The English is really an elegant and harmonious
tongue, but by anentire neglect of its prosody and poetry, it is, in
the mouths ofthe great mass of population, a rough, uncouth jargon.

Mr. Barrett’s book is the first of the kind which we have met
with; its design seems to be a uniform and logical system of in-
struction in exercises; as such we highly recommend it to pa-
rentgandteachers. J. P. CUSHING, President,

PETER McVICKAR, Prof. of Math.
H. A. GARLAND, Prof. Ling. Greece.
JOHN BURWELL, Prof. of Nat. Phil

I concur in opinion with the faculty of Hampden Sidney, tha
Mr. Barrett is well qualified to teach the principles cf grammar
and that his method is good.

OHN H. RICE, D. D., President,
of the Virginia and N. Carolina Union Theological Seminary.

16 OPINION OF THE PRESS.

Ihave seen the system adopted by Mr. Barrett for teaching
the principles of English grammar, and have conversed wit:
him on the subject. 1 am fully satistied of the utility of his plan
and think its introduction into our schools would greatly facilitate
the study of grammar, and tend to improve the scholar in ele-

gant and correct composition.
. JOHN V.N. YATES,
Late Superintendent of Common Schools of the State of N. Y.

From the Rahway (N. J.) Register.

We have received from the author a most capital work entitled
“Barrett’s English, Latin and Greek Grammars.” Mr. Barrett
presented us with his work at the close of an interesting gram-
matical talk we had with him which lasted above an hour. We
had not conversed with him five minutes, however, before we
found that he had fully “bottomed the subject” of grammar—
and we must, here, in candor state that we have not yet met
with any individual (and we have met with adepts in our time)
who so thoroughly comprehended (at least in our view) the
subject of grammar as does Mr. B. He is, indeed, a perfect
grammatical enthusiast and will convey more sound philological
information in an hour than most others can do in a year. His
conversation and his book are “one and the same.” He has the
whole philosophy of the subject at his fingers’ ends— and to
those about commencing the study of grammar we would say
by all means possess yourself of Barrett’s book, with (if possible‘
a word of grammatical counsel from the author. We shall
recur to the subject again.

From the Utica Democrat.

Barretr’s Grammar. This is a book of some two hundred
and forty pages, designed to simplify the study of the English,
Latin and Greek languages. It is said to have met the approba-
tion of a vast number of classical scholars, and to be worthy the
attention of the public. The author has paid great attention to
these departinents of education, and his suggestions are, therefore,
entitled to consideration. The book is handsomely printed and

wid.

From the Utica Gazette.

The author has compressed into some two hundred and forty
pages all the essentials of grammar, dictionary and reading book,
for acquiring a knowledge of the English, Greek and Latin lan-

ages. Atleast so the preface says, and so we should judge as

ar as we have ability to determine. It is particularly valuable to
those who may desire to burnish up their early classical acquire-
ments, avoiding by its novelty the danger of nauseating, by the
revival of recollections of school hours and dog eared text

OPINION OF THE PRESS. 17

books. It is a model of brevity, densis εἰ brevis, an urmurpassable
illustratien of the multum in parvo.

The difficulties usually attending the study of language, which

_ tire and disgust so many, are to be ascribed far more to the im-

“ proper mode of teaching than to any thing intrinsic; but if

pursued in the manner lajd down in Professor Barrett’s work, it

ecomes extremely simple, easy, and perfectly intelligible. If

teachers will burn their grammars, and permit their students to
study language, we think some progress wiil be made.

We have long regarded the method usually pursued in intro-
ducing students to the reading of “the dead languages,” as ex-
tremely injudicious and unphilosophical. More time is wasted
in studying the “ grammar” than is necessary to make the student
well acquainted with the la e—sufficiently so, that he shall
be able to form a grammar for himself. Besides, the methods
adopted for the formation of the Latin and Greek verbs are
needlessly cumbrous, and in some respects, radically erroneous.
The student is taught rules which are false, and by followin
which he is plunged into darkness and confusion. Etymologica
analysis is not studied with perspicuity, and the scholar knows a
as much of the real nature and force of words when he leaves college,
as when he enters it.

Rev. C. Ρ. GROSVENOR, A. M, of Dartmouth College.

New York, May 24th, 1849.
Mr. S. Bannertt, ὅτ.

Dear Sir—Having devoted some of my leisure moments to
the perusal of the work on language which you have recently
published, I feel an honest assurance in giving it my hearty ap-
proval, Your original tables of the Greek and Latin verbs |
consider as leading features in your excellent work; and I have
no hesitation in believing that every teacher and classical stu- |
dent will admire the plan you have edopted to render the com-

lex forms of Latin and Greek, plain, simple and compre-
ensive.

I would also advert to your method of giving to each word in
a sentence, a connection or syntax to another word in the same

as commencing to teach grammar at the night point.

In conclusion, I feel confident in the assertion that no grammar
can be made that will, in point of principle, supersede the one of
which I now speak—because tt corr 80 accrately, not only
with obvious reason and plain common serse, but also with the very
nature and structure of. languages of which vis α most perfect
exposition, and counterpart—until thai structure tiself shall be
changed, which is, in regard to the Greek and Latin languages, a

vs my E. G. WHEELER, M. Ὁ

1S OPINION OF THE PRERBS.

From the Albany Knickerbocker.

TeceerapHic Epucation. It has been sagely considered vy
some of our modern philosophers that one’s iueas are composed
of something analogous to the electric fluid; and that the monthq
and years of time and study formerly approp~ated to education,
were 80 appropriated on the same principle that the foot pad o)
donkey was considered once the inost expeditious means of for-
warding correspondence. Since, however, we have found the
means of sending news round all creation before ‘Time shoulders
his scythe of a morning, the school boy becomes impatient cf
the years of educational drilling required heretofore to give him
an ordinary education. The old plan of putting pupils into the
ocean at first to scour the coast in search of the mouth of rivers,
aud then compelling thein to paddle up stream against the cug-
rent and rapids till they find the source, is about cousidered as
commencing at the wrong end. Some years ago a Yankee
came among our Dutch population, offering to teach the English
grammar in a inonth’s time to any person of common sense, 80
that they could read and write correctly; a class was formed
and after going through the course seemed satisfied that the
teacher had done all that he promised. Yesterday this gent pre-
sented himself again in town after an absence of ten years, with
a large blank book bound in red morocco, containing apparently
several thousand subscribers’ names to a gratnmar he hag just
published, which, he says, will enable one to learn the languages
so as to read them understandingly, and write them correctly in
a short time. We were among the faithless, and turned to his
subscription book to see what scholars had countenanced him by
their subscription, when we found the presidents and about all
of the professors of Union and Hamilton Colleges, besides a
large number of others, whose literary reputation have made
their names familiar to us, had subscribed for his book.

Among these were William H. Seward, Millard Filimore,
Hamilton Fish, Luther Bradish, John A. Dix, Gideon Hawley,
A. C. Flagg, ‘T. Romeyn Beck, Peter Bullions, Alonzo Critten-
ton, Robert Murray of Queens county, Kingston, John Van
Buren, Silas Wright, Jr, J. V. L. Pruyn, and others, including
nearly all the regents of the University of the State of New York,
and inore than jive hundred graduates from the colleges.

A few general principles, said Mr. Barrett, the gentleman
spoken of, will show you bow to analyse any language and un-
derstand it; there are not so many different words in a language
as | eople imagine, but the different terminations and combina-
tions cunvey the different meaniogs. Take, for instance, the
word convocaveris, said he, and separate it into its different parts
—cOn-V0C-av-eri-8, con isa preposition und means together, roc is
the root of the word and means called, av merely denotes the

OPINION OF THE PRESS. 19

first conjugation, eri means mayst have, and s signifies th 2 Low
translate, commencing where you lett off, and vou find it reads,
thou mayst have called together. Now you have the word analysed.
and uuderstand its parts, which will make a multitude of other
words by different combinatious and terminations, and each of
those words you can understand by knowing the rules by which
they are composed, and the meaning of their parts.

After this brief explanation, we were satisfied that Mr. Bar-
rett’s system of teaching language is the only one extant, calcu-
Jated to free the student from an adverse current and an eternal

warantine; and waft him onward with a gentle tide to the
esired haven of the most consummate knowledge of gram-
matical erudition.

Baarerr’s Grawuan. I would take pleasure in adding my
name, as a teacher, in recommendation of this work, were it not
that it had already received the sanction of many men of influ-
ence and learning. The author of these “PRINCIPLES OF GRAM:
maR,” haa, evidently, investigated thoroughly the philosophy of
language, and his work, as it respects the English and Latin, is
the first departure from that stereotyped code of arbitrary rules
which has constituted the dry text in our schools and colleges;
and whieh has been but a poor blind guide in introducing the
pupils to the laws of these dialects. What the German philolo-

ists have accomplished for the Greek, Mr. Barrett has effected
or the Latin and English; namely, to define the principles which
underlie them, and with these to construct a philosophical ar-
rangement which shall be true to the facts involved in their
origin and growth, and to the laws of thought. He would teach
the pupil to prosecute his study of a language as a naturalist
would an examination of the functions of an organized being—
a plant, or an animal. That, as in a tree, the root, the branch,
or the fruit can sustain no separate existence nor answer a pur-
pore, except as united, the one to the other, in the unity of the
general life of the tree; sothe noun, the verb, the adjective, &c.,
can have no separate existence or import, save as united by
syntax into an expression of any particular idea; and which
relation gives to each word its name and use. From the diction
“one word belongs to another” as his point of ceparture, he pro-
ceeds to exhibit the relations, and ail the relations which can be
obtained among the parts of speech, the limits of the modifica-
tion of nouns, and of verbs, in conforming to the conditions of
pbumber, person, gender and case, &c.; that a word is never ἢ
noun or other part of speech in virtue of its separate technical
meaning; but by having the syntax of such part of speech, and
from the fact of its occupying a certain position in the organic
abode of a sentence. ABNER BENEDICT, A. M.,

Late Principal of Essex Co. Academy Vt.

20 OPINION OF THE PRESS.

We, the undersigned having examined some of the students
taught by Prof. Barrett, say that they would not only bear au
exainination for common school teachers in any part of the state,
but what is more, they would bear an examination in Grammas
in any college in the United States.

JOHN F. McGERRY,
President of Emmetsburgh College.
SOLOMON SOUTHWICK,
Ex-Regent of the University of the State of New York.

Josep) Lancaster was the first, if I mistake not, who simpli-
fied our common system of grammar, and rendered it more
easy and comprehensive to our youth, at the commencement of
their studies, but it more espe:ially belonged to yourself, to lift
the veil of obscurity from the old philology of the schools, and
establish a new system, which for utility in application, and
facility in acquisition, stands unequalled in the annals of elemen-
tary literature.

Very Respectfully, JAMES A. MOTT

0>Barrett’s new Series of Grammars, to which somany
of our most illustrious, and highly esteemed Citizens have
added their names in testimony of approval, has been en-
tirely revised and corrected, is printed on paper of the best
quality, bound in a superior style, and is one of the prettiest
books, now for sale in the U. S.

Ut is delivered to FE” Subscribers, only, at two dollars
and twenty-five cents per copy, payable ON DELIVERY.

THESES.

1. Tae Erymovoey of a word depends entirely
on its Syntax, or relation to another word;
hence a word that has no Syntax can have no
EryMo.ocy: 2. 6., before any word becomes a
part (of speech) of a sentence, it must be in-
corporated into that sentence of which it is 8
part.

2. The Case of nouns and pronouns is that
RELATION or position which they have to another
word; therefore, a word having no relation to
any other word, is in no case or position what-
ever; as, nominative, MAN; POSSESSIVE, MAN’S;
objective, man. Now, the word man, as ar-
ranged above, is in no case, neither ts tt a “part
of speech.”

3. In translating from one language to ano-
ther, the (Syntar) retaTion and (Etymology)
PART OF SPEECH, remain unchanged.

4. That the root of a word will continue to
have the same meaning in all languages into.
which it may be incorporated, as it had in the
original: as, TEsT (is,) a witness; FER (0,) bring;
(at) TesT ; TEsTI(mony) ; TESTI (fy); (re) FER;
(pre) FER; (de) FER, &c.

1

6 THE PRINCIPLES OF

5. The Ancients wrote their language to be
read from the right hand to the left, and without
spaces between their words; consequently, all
Greek and Latin verbs are compounds, and
are to be read from the right to the left; after
having reduced them to their simple elements,
by separating mentally or by spaces, the root,
conjugation, mood and tense, number and
persons. Splen-d-e-a-t is not a single word,
to be read from left to right—LicuT—cIvE—may
—it; but this word contains five distinct parts,
beginning at the right. The first is the person
and number, (1, t,) t¢ (2, a,) may (3, 6, 2d conj.)
(4, d, root, d[o],) give (5, splen,) light.

Etym. Root. Root. 2c. Sub.pr. 3s. Prep. Root. Inf. pr
Verd. Splen-d-e - a - ἴ, Trans-i - re.
Def. light give ‘may it, over go to.

Notz.—The man of letters will see, at a glance, the
soundness of the position here taken, and that since the
languages were confounded at the tower of Babel, (or
babble,) no method could be more effectual in perpetuating
ignorance, than the common method of translating verbs,
from the left hand to the right.

6. Declinable words in the languages of an-
tiquity, consist, generally, of one root and of
several terminations :—Vip-e-o—in this word,
vip is the root, and means 866 ; 6, second con-
jugation, and, as we have not, in English,
four conjugations, it can not be translated ;
and o denotes indicative mood, present tense,
jist person singular, I see. Am-av-isse-m—am,
root, av, first conjugation, tsse, subjunctive
pluperfect, m, first person singular: (m) J (1556)

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 7

migh have (av)* (am) loved, [Ama.] De-u-m—
DE, root, and means God ; u denotes that the
root de is of the second declension, masculine
gender, and m marks the accusative singular in
all declensions, except the third declension
neuter.

7. A word never becomes a noun or any
other part of speech by being used technically,
or independent of its meaning; but by having
the syntax of a noun (or other part of speech),
asJ¥OHN 18 a scholar: 1s is a verb, THEM is a pro-
noun, in which John, ts and them become nouns
by having the syntax of nouns.

8. Detached words, as arranged in the col-
umns of spelling books and lexicons, are no
parts (of speech or) of a sentence, until they are
actually used in a sentence.

9. Every word, before it becomes a part of
speech or sentence, and before it can be parsed,
must be connected to not more than two, nor
less than one other word, called the single and
double relation.

Nots.—The interjection being a virtual sentence, has
no relation, except with the vocative or case independent.

10. A participle, before it can become a part
of speech, must hold either a single or double
relation to some other word; and the moment
this relation is given to it, the participle va-
nishes, and the word becomes either an adjec-
tive or verb; thus:

Mr. Wright, respected by the people, was elected.

* Not translated, being the conjugation.

8 THE PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH GRAMMAR.

This word respected, is capable of receiving two
constructions, as respected Wright, an adjec-
tive; Wright, who was respected, a passive verb.
Every one can see that this word can only be
called a participle while it remains in its un
connected or no-part-of-speech state ; therefore
there 1s no such part of speech as a participle—
for the (syntax) relation or connection of these
words, by whtch alone a word becomes a part of
speech, will immediately give them all the ety-
mology of either the verb or adjective.

GRAMMAR.

Ce)

Guamman, der ved from Γραμμάτευς, (Grammateus,) a
writer, in its most comprehensive sense, signifies the capac
city or ability to v-rite a language in such a manner as will
give to each word and phrase in the sentence, that con-
structive relation to the other words in the same sentence,
which the universal consent of all men using the same
language, has assigned to them; but, ina more confined
and technical sense,

Grammar is that science which presents the constructive
principles of the language or languages of which 1t treats:
con, together, struére, to build; therefore, a work which
purports to be a ‘Treatise on Grammar,” ought, rather to
point out clearly THI8 CONSTRUCTIVE RELATION, which exists
among the words in a sentence, and by virtue of which
they become parts of speech, than to be a mere transcript
of definitéons and rules from the grammars of antiquity!
which are of but little use in guiding the student in the
structure of his sentences, or in “writing and speaking
the language with propriety.” And here let the student
be admonished, that xo person has ever yet been able to
either speak or write correctly, who was ignorant of the
actual relation or natural dependence which is found to ex-
ist between the words and members of a sentence, and
which it is the peculiar province of the grammarian to
make clear and plain.

Language (derived from Lingua, the tongue,) is the
faculty of communicating our thoughts to each other, by
pronouncing or writing certain words, which the universal
consent of mankind has agreed should stand for a fixed and
definite idea. Grammar is naturally divided into four
parts:

ORTHOGRAPHY, ETYMOLOGY, SYNTAX, and PROSODY.
LETTERS, WORDS, SENTENCES. ACCENT.

10 THE PRINCIPLES OF

Note.— We shall here omit the Orthography of the English and -
Latin, and insert the Greek Orthography in its proper place, when we
cume to speak of that language. .

OrtHocRaPuy is the art of expressing words by their
appropriate letters.

Syntax is that natural dependence which one word has
to another word or words in the sentence, from which it
derives its etymology, or part of speech; for a word that
has no syntax, :an have no etymology; and for that reason
we have designedly placed Syntax before

Etymo.oey, which treats of the various parts of speech
which words become, in consequence of this syntax, or re-
lation to other words in the same sentence; their various
declensions and conjugations, and also of their derivations.

Prosopy treats of the laws of versification and the rules
of punctuation.

Nore. — The syntax and etymology of a language are inseparably
connected, and it is almost impossible to contemplate one without the
other, thus. — An adjective is a word joined to a noun, to express its
quality, is an etymological definition; but the moment you add an ex-
ample, as white paper, you give the word white a syntax, or relation
to paper, without which relation to paper, or some other name, it
* never could be an adjective.

TABLE,
EXHIBITING ALL THE RELATIONS OF WORDS IN ENGLISH LANGUAGE.

Single Relation Cotp 1 day. Adjective, belonging to ——
Single, Noun— Man 2 walks. Nominative case to ——

O Man, 3 Case independent.
Man 4 being killed. Case absolute.
Man’s 5 horse. Possessive case, before—
Saw Man, 6 Objective case, governed by———
To Man, 7 Objective case, governed by——
Double, John, ΗΕ 8 is. Pronoun.
Single, John Is. 9 Intransitive verb.
Double, Scott ConquErED 10 Mexico. Transitive verb.
Single, Mexico WAs CONQUERED. 11 Passive verb.
Single, Moves Stow ty. 12 Adverb, qualifying ——
Preposition, Book Or 13 Fate. Preposition, adjective relation.
Double, Smiles O’er 14repose. Preposition, adverbial relation.
Double, ° Two ANp 15 three. Conjunction, connecting words.
Double, He may stay On 16 he may go. Conj., connecting sentences.
No relation. Aras. 17 terjection, no relation.
Single, Can 18 go. Auxiliary verb.
Single, ExTrEMELY 19 cold. Auxiliary adjective.
Single, Very 20 swiftly. Auxiffary adverb.

Single, AxkwoeseT 21 to. Auxiliary preposition.

ENGLISH GRAMMAH. ] ,

Noutg.— Every one of the eighty thousand words in the English
language, when arran Jed in a sentence, will take the place ol, and of

course, become the sams part of speech as one of the twenty-one
words in the foregoing scale.

From the preceding Scale, it will appear,
that the parts of speech are eight : — Adjective,
Noun, Pronoun, Verb, Adverb, Preposition,Con -
junction and Interjection.

1. An Apsective is a word having a single relation to
and restricting the extension of, a noun; as, a cold (1) day
good (1) pen, &c.

2. A Νοῦν is the name of a person, place or thing, proe
vided it has one of the six relations given to the noun man
in the preceding scale; as, George (2) studies grammar (6)
at his father’s (5) house (7), under the instruction (7) of.a
tutor (7).

3. A Pronovun is a word used instead of a noun, and has
a double relation; as, John went to New York, where he (8)
will remain: relation, John, he will remain.

4. A Vexs is a word expressing existence of, or action
perfermed or received by, its nominative; as John ἐς (9)
well; Jane studzes (10) grammar; Mexico was conquerea
(11) by Scott. This part of speech may have either a sin-
gle or double relation.

δ. An Apvers holds a single relation to the verb, to ex:
press the manner of existing or acting; he moves swiftly
(12); John studies his lessons diligently (12).

6. A Preposition is used to connect the phrase in which
it occurs to a preceding noun or verb; thereby giving to the
phrase an adjective or adverbial relation; and, to govern an
objective case, consequently it always has a double relation.
The jessamine clambers (1N (13) FLOWER) o’er (14) the thatch.
The Flowery jessamine clambers there.

7. A Consunction is a werd of a double relation, used

to connect one word or sentence with another; as, two and

15) three are five; James went to New York, but (16) his
brother remained at home.

8. An INTERJECTION is a word having no relation; as,
alas! (17) he is gone forever!

»

{2 THE PRINCIPLES OF

We now present the student with the fol
lowing exercises on the preceding part of our
work, as a system of instruction highly im-
portant to the student, and which will be
found far more useful than the common me-
thod of reviewing by questions and answers.

METHOD.

Orthography, ......... ...... Letters.
Syntax,..eccseccccscccencees Sentences,
Etymology, ...... ΕΣ Words.
Prosody,......00. seccccccces Poetry.
EXERCISES FOR CLASS IN THE SCHOOL ROOM.
᾿ ORTHOGRAPHY.
Teacher. Orthography is the art of spelling: now, give
me the orthography of the following words: (See plate.)

Class, (in concert.)

The, The, the
Midnight, Midnight, midnight
Moon, Moon, moon
Serenely, Serenely, serenely
Smiles, Smiles, - smeéles.
What is spelling called ? Orthography.
SYNTAX.

Teacher. Give me the syntax, or relation, of the follow-
ing words:
Class, (in concert.)

The, The 1 moon,
Midnight, Midnight 1 moon,
Moon, - Moon 2 smiles,
Smiles, moon Smiles, 9
Serenely, smiles Serenely. 12
Teacher. What is this natural union of one word to ano-
ther called ? Answer, Syntax

ΝΟΤΕ. — For various reasons, not now necessary to give, we prefer
that all the answers should be given by the class in concert or unison.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 13

ETYMOLOGY. .
Teacker. Now, give me the etymology of the same
words, as I pronounce them:
Class, (in concert.)

The, The, an adjective.
Midnight, Midnight, an adjective.
Moon, Moon, ἃ noun.
Serenely, Serenely, an adverb.
Smiles, ' Smiles, a verb.
Teacher. What is this classification of words called ?
Class, (in concert,) answer, Etymology.
PROSODY.

Teacher. Now, give the prosody of the same:
Class, (in concert.)
The mid | night moon | se rene | ly smiles.
Teacher. Whst part of grammar is that composition

written in a regular succession of accented and unaccented
syllables ? Answer, Prosody.

Ep

SEE PLATE-—SECTION II.

Teacher. Give me the syntax of the second section on
the plate.

Class, (in concert.)

O’er, Smiles, O’er 14 repose.
Nature’s, Nature's 6 repose.
Soft, Soft 1 repose.
Repose, O’er Repose. 7 .

Teacher. Give me the etymology of the same words.
Class, (in concert.)

O’er, Οὐ ἐγ, ἃ preposition.
Nature’s, Nature’s, a noun.*
Soft, . Soft, an adjective.
Repose, Repose, a noun.

5 The Instructor may use Lis own judgment in calling this word a
moun or adjective, as the possessive c1se always has the syntaz of an
edjective. "

2.

14 THE PRINCIPLES OF

SEE PLATE—SECTION III.
Teacher. Give me the syntax of the words in the .hird

section.
Class, (in concert,)

No, No 1 cloud.

Low’ring, Low’ring 1 cloud.
Cloud, Cloud 2 obscures.
Obscures, cloud Odscures 10 sky.
The, The 1 sky.
Sky, obscures Sky, 6

Teacher. The etymology of the same.
Class, (in concert.)

No, 0, an adjective.
Low’ring, Low’ ring, an adjective.
Cloud, Cloud, ἃ noun. |
Obscures, Obscures, a verb.
The, The, an adjective.
Sky, Sky, a noun.

Teacher. Give me the prosody of the second and thira

sections together.
Class, (in concert.)

O’er nat | ure’s soft | re pose.
No low’ | ring cloud | ob scures | the sky.
Teacher. Give me the syntax of this sentence: “Steam

boats are made use of by merchants.”’
Class, (in concert.)

Steam boats, of Steam boats, 7
Are made, use Is made, 11
Use, Use Ὁ is made.
Of, use of 13 steam boats.
By, ismade By 14 merchants.
Merchants, by Merchants. ἢ *

Is this sentence incorrect ? It is.

How will it stand when corrected? Of steam boats, use
is made by merchants.

* By the above sentence, it will be seen, that this method of syntax,
once attained, will correct every incorrect sentence in the language;
for, as soon as the syntax is given, the error appears; and just so socn
as the error is apparent, any person could correct it.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 15

Teacher. Now give me the syntax of the sentence,
» The sun is a thousand times larger than the earth.”
Class, (in concert.)

The, The 1 sun.
Sun, Sun 2 18.

Is, sun ds, 9

A, A 19 thousand.
Thousand, Thousand 19 times.
Times, Times 19 larger.
Larger, Larger 1 sun.
Than, sunis Than 16 earth is.
The, The 1 earth.
Earth, Earth .2 is.

Teacher. Let me have the etymology of the same sentence.
Class, (in concert.)

The, adjective.
Sun, noun.
; verb.
A, auxiliary adjective.
Thousand, auxiliary adjective.
Times, auxiliary adjective.
Larger, adjective.
Than, conjunction.
The, adjective.
Earth, noun.
Much as man desires, a little will answer.
Teacher. Syntax. Class, (in concert.)
Much, for the Much, 7
As, much, desires, As, Sand6.
Man, Man 2 desires.
Desires, man Desires 10 as.

, Al little.
Little, Little 2 will answer.
Will answer, little Will answer. 9

Teacher. Etymology. Class, (in concert.)
Much, noun, object., gov’d by for.
As,* . rel. pron., stands for much, obj:

4 Relative pronoun, standing fer much, governed by desires.

16 THE PRINCIPLES OF

Man, noun, nom. case to deséres.
Desires, verb, transitive.
, adjective.
Little, noun.
Will answer, verb, intransitive.

A little wilt answer for the much which man desires.

We now present the student with an En-
gtaving, representing more fully the relative
position of words in a sentence. The first
cut on the plate, contains this sentence:—-
“The midnight moon serenely smiles.” Now,
as this diagram represents a single tree; so,
themidnighimoonserenelysmiles, .is only one sen-
tence; and, as there are several parts of the
tree; so, also, is this sentence divided into
several parts; as the trunk sustains its branch-
es, so, also, the trunk word, moon, sustains all |
the other branch words in the sentence; as
the branches are constituted such, from the
connection or position which they hold to the
trunk, so, also, do the branch or dependent
words actually become parts of speech, in
consequence of their relation to the noun asa
sustaining trunk. And as the body of a tree is
constituted a trunk, from its sustaining rela-
tion to the branches, so the noun derives its
case entirely from that relation which it holds
to other words; and, as the roots, trunk and —
branches must be united to form a whole tree,
so the parts of (a) speech must be wnited to
form a speech; and, as there could be no
oranches without a trunk, so, also, if we had
ny nouns, (neither a creator nor a creature,)

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 17

we could have no adjectives to limit, verbs to
express the actions of, conjunctions to connect,
prepositions, showing relations between, or
pronouns standing for beings which have no
existence, any more than we could have a
world without a God, or a part of any thing
without a whole to which it is related. God
never made a part without a whole: he did
not make a part of a man, namely, the head,
and ordain that it should be sustained from
four to seven feet in altitude, above the
earth, without a body to sustain or limbs to
support it, and hold learned discussions on
philology and its anomalies. This business
of creating parts without a whole, of making
parts of speech without syntax, seems to have
devolved upon the learned grammarian.

§@ MODE OF USING THE PLATE.

1. The student will give the word which he
wishes to parse, its true relation, by pronounc-
ing it, together with the word or words with
which it is connected.

2. He will then place the word on the pars-
- ing table after the same figure that is placed
over the word, and parse it, filling. the blank
or blanks with the word or words with which
he has previously joined it on the plate, and
apply the rule; fill the blanks with the word
he is parsing, and the word or words on which
it depends as a part of speech, and if he will
continue these exercises until he has perfectly com-
mitted these parsing lessons to memory, he
find no difficulty i in learning grammar.

2

18 THE PRINCIPLES OF

1. Mipnic#t, ἃ 1—is an adjective, having a single rela
tion to, and restricting the extension of ——.

Rute 1. Every adjective belongs to a noun;
as, .

2. Moon, n—is a noun, the name of a thing,
c—common, not applied to individuals,
f—feminine gender, personified by smiles,
3—third person, spoken of,
s—singular number; it denotes but one object,
2—nominative case, it precedes the verb

Rute 2. The nominative case precedes the
verb; as, .

9. SmILes, v—is a verb; it denotes existence,
tr—regular; it forms its past tense in ed,
in—intransitive, having a single relation to ,
ind—indicative mood ; it simply indicates or declares
pr—present tense ; it represents present time,

3 s—third person, singular; to agree with

Rute 9. A verb agrees with its nominative
case, in number and person; as, .

12. ΘΕΒΈΝΕΙΥ, adv—an adverb, having a single relation
to, and qualifying ' "

Rute 12. Adverbs qualify verbs; as, —,

14. O’eR,* prep—a preposition, having a double relation
to and , and giving its phrase an
adverbial relation to the verb ——.

4 When the antecedent of a preposition is a verb, the phrase con-
taining the preposition has an adverbial relation to that verb; and
when the antecedent is a noun, the phrase which the preposition heads,
has an adjective relation to that noun — thus:

Moon smiles o’er nature’s soft repose. Smiles there.
Heaven hides the Book of Fate. Fatal book.

Where fatal is equ-valent to ‘‘ Book of Fate,” and there to ‘‘ ΟἿΌΣ
nature’s soft repose :’ thus showing the relation.

ΜΝ
»

7
δὶ
Ξ
ω
Ξ
wa

=
=

TEMPEST w

᾿
Ihe?

iT
J
"

i
|
᾿

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 19

. Relatton—Bookh or Fate.

43. ΟΣ, prep—a preposition, having a double relation to
and » giving its phrase an adjective
relation to the noun .
ἔξ». Natvze’s, n—is a noun; name of a thing.
c—common ; not applied to individuals,
n—neuter gender; it denotes neither sex.
- 3—third person; spoken of.
s—singular number; it denotes but one object.
5—possessive case; it precedes the noun

ΤΙ 5. The possessive case precedes the
noun; as, ’s .

7%. Rerosz, n—is a noun; name of a thing.
c—commion ; not applied to individuals.
n—neuter gender; it denotes neither sex.
3—third person; spoken of.
s—singular number; it denotes but one object.
@—ohjective case ; governed by the preposition ——.

Rue 7. Prepositions govern the objective
case ; as, .

2. Croup, n—is a noun; name of a thing.
c—common ; not applied to individuals.
. n—neuter gender; it denotes neither sex.
3——third person; spoken of.
s—singular number; it denotes but one object.
2—nom. case; it precedes the verb 3; Rule 2.

10. Oxscurzs, v—verb; it denotes an action performed.
r—regular; it forms its past tense in ed.
tr—transitive; having a double relation to — —.
ind—indicative mood ; it indicates or declares.
pr—present tense; it represents present time.

3 s—third person sing. ; to agree with ; Ruled

G. Sxy, n—is a noun; name of a thing.
c—common ; not applied to individuals.
n—neuter gender; it denotes neither sex.
3—third person; spoken of.
s—singular number, it denotes but one object.
6—objective case, governed by the transitive verb —.

20 THE PRINCIPLES OF

Rute 6. Transitive verbs govern the objec-
tive case; as, .

Relatton—Mexico was conquered.

11 Was conquerep, v—verb; denoting action received.
r—regular; it forms its past tense in ed.
pas—passive; expressing action received by its

nominative. , |
ind—indicative mood ; it indicates or declares.
imp—imperfect tense; represents past time.
3s—third person singular ;.to agree with —; Rule9

Sentence and relation.
John, (went to Albany, where) he (8 & 2) will remain.

8. He, p p—is a personal pronoun, standing for and agree
ing with , in gender, person and number; no-
minative case; it precedes the verb 3; Rule 2.

Sentence aud relation.
Cloud obscures sky, Nor tempest blows.

16. Nog, con—is a conjunction, having a double relation
to, and connecting the sentences,
nor

Ruiz 16. Conjunctions connect words and
sentences; as, —, (con.) —— —.

17. Aras! int—is an interjection; a word having no
relation.

rE
e

Sentence and relation. °

George 2 regards 10 his lesson 6.

2. Grorcz, n—is a noun; name of a person.
p—proper; applied to individuals.
m—masculine gender; it denotes males.
3—third person; spoken of.
s—singular number; it denotes but one object.
2—nominative case ; it precedes the verb — ; Rule 2.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 2

Sentence—He is the person whom (Ὁ & 6) I saw.
Relation— Person whom 8—saw whom 6.

8. Wuom, τ p—is a relative pronoun, having a double re-
lation to person, with which it agrees in gender,
number and person, and to saw, by which it is
governed; Rude 7.

AUXILIARIES.
4 .
Sentences and relation.

John can 18 write much 20 better on a very 19 pleasant
day, than in a storm. °

James went almost 21 to New York.

18. Can—is an auxiliary verb, forming the potential
present of wrzte.

19. Very—is an auxiliary adjective, qualifying pleasant.
20. Mucu—is an auxiliary adverb, and qualifies Detter.
21. A.tmost—is an auxiliary preposition, and qualifies to.

ΕΙΠΕ 18. An auxiliary holds a single rela-
tion to its principal; as,

SUPPLEMENTARY PARSING.
Sentences.
Mary, 3 can you write a letter for me?
Moon 3 that meets the orient sun 6.
The general 4 being-killed, the army was routed.
3. Mary, f—feminine gender; it denotes females.

2—second person; spoken to.
ind—case independent.

Rute 3. All nouns of the second person,
are in the case independent; as, O

29 THE PRINCIPLES OF

4. GENERAL, 4—in the case absolute, preceding the par-
° ticiple . .

Rute 4. The case absolute precedes the par-
ticiple; as,

3. Moon, f—feminine gender, by personification.

6. Sun, m—masculine gender, by personification.

Sentence—Heaven (from all creatures) Aides the Book
(of Fate.)

1. Heaven 2 uivesi0 the Boor, 6—is a transitive sen-
tence, because it contains three semtence words.

[Hides 2] from all creatures—is a prepositional phrase,

having a single adverbial relation to its antece-

dent verb

[Book] of Fate—is a prepositional phrase, having a
single adjective relation to its antecedent noun.

Sentence—Our Father, who art in heaven.

Wao 2 arzr9 in heaven—is an intransitive sentence, be-
cause it contains but two sentence words, having a
single adjective relation to its antecedent noun

Sentence—Mr. Jones, respected (1&11) by kis friends,
was elected sheriff.
Relation—Respected 1 Jones—Jones, who was respected.

REsPECTED, part—is a patticiple, having to dveirct rela-
tions by virtue of which it becomes either an ad-
jective or verb.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 23

ON CORRESPONDING AND EXILED CONJUNCTIONS.

We often meet with what are called ‘“ Cor-
responding” and “Exile” conjunctions; but
they all have the same relation that ori6 has
in the table; thus:

4816 the young bears seized on the repast, 8016 we snatch our fill.

Now, this word as is a corresponding conjunc-
tion; corresponding to so, and expressing 8
comparison of equality between the two sen-
tences, like the sign of equality (not plus nor
minus,) in Mathematics; thus:

2, as16 bears seized repast ===,

I, s016 we snatch ==,
If you wish to make as a conjunction, invert
the terms 2 and 1, thus:

I, So 16 we snatch oar fill,

2, Asi6 the bears seized on the rich repast.
In all cases, one of the corresponding con-
junctions must be exiled or thrown out of its
proper place. These conjunctions may both
be inserted between the two sentences, thus:

The bears seized on the repast, so === as we snatch our fill.
By rendering this sentence plenary, (full, ) both
conjunctions will have their proper place and
relation:

The bears seized on the repast, so 16 we snatch our fill;
and, |
We snatch our fill, as 16 the bears seized the repas
In the following sentences:

48. Ir 16 you wish to be a grammarian,
A, You must study.

24 THE PRINCIPLES OF

.r is exiled from its proper place. Now, in-
vert the sentences, thus:

. I, You must study,
2, Ir you wish to be a grammarian.

1, A youth would boast his skill to curb the steed ;

And,16 (33, as16 he passed the gazing throny,)

2, The idiot wonder they expressed, was praise.
Now transpose, ' |

A, Youth would boast, &. 2, Ann16 2, Wonder was, &c
Asl6 3, he passed the gazing thronc.

Jacob went up into a mountain, and,16 8516 the sun rose, he wor-
worshipped the Lord.

Asis no part of English, Latin or Greek
Grammar is of more importance, or more dif-
ficult to acquire, thani6 an actual knowledge
of the relation of the conjunction, without
which it is impossible, ewherie to write or16
punctuate correctly: therefere,16 we have ex-
tended these remarks to great length. The
eommon method of learning the conjunctions
BY THE LIsT!! instead of relation, is an insult
upon, andié degrading to, human nature. You
will, therefore, see the necessity of first es-
tablishing the fact, thatie the conjunction ac-
tually con-nects (from con, together, nectére, to
link,) sentences, beforeis you can have any
conception of its being a con-junction, (α con
et jungére,) a-jomer-together-of-sentences.

We have extended these remarks, As no part is more difficult.

No part is more difficult rHAN knowledge of this relation (is.)

It is impossible to punctuate, EITHER it is impossible to write.

It is impossible to write, or it is impussible to punctuate.

As no part of grammar is more difficult, THEREFORE we have, &o.
Method of learning is an insult, ΑΝ method of learning is degrading.

Fou will see the necessity, &c., THAT the conjunction connects, &c.
Y«1 wil) see that the conjunction, &c., BEFORE you can have any, &c.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 25

Having given the student a general view of
the parts of speech and their relation, it is now
proper to call his attention to the

SENTENCE,

which we shall present in its ancient, unbro-
ken state, without spaces or points, that we
may afterwards, by introducing punctuation -
between the phrases, and spaces between the
words, give the student, not only an idea of a
sentence, but of the manner in which a writer
(γραμματεὺς ) would proceed in forming a sentence
and also of the use of punctuation.

AN ANCIENT UNBROKEN SENTENCE.
Themidnight Moonserenelysmileso' er Naturessoft Repose
Nolow’ring CloudobscurestheSkynorruffiing Tempestblows
By introducing a space between moon and
serenely, we shall divide the first sentence into
its logical subject and predicate.

Logical subject. Logical predicate.
Themidnight Moon serenelysmileso’er Nature’ssoftRepnee.

Here we see, that a logical subject is the nomi-'
native, together with all other words having a
relation to it, and the logical predicate is the
verb, and all those words which modify or
hold a constructive dependence upon it. Now
we will, by introducing into this sentence
three more spaces, and a point, draw out the
grammatical nominative and verb, and divide
the sentence: :

Nominative. Verb.
Themidnight moon 3 serencsly smiles, o’erNature’ssoftReposs.

26 THE PRINCIPLES OF

The grammatical nominative 1s the single
noun or pronoun preceding, (in construction, ,
and having a single relation to the verb; as,
moonz smiles; and the grammatical predicate |
is the single verb used to assert the existence
or action of that nominative; as, moon smiles.g
Hence, words in a sentence naturally fall into
this two-fold division: sentensic, or those which
form the sentence; and insentensic, or those
which have no sense until they are united to
the sentensic.

Insentensic. The midnight serenely o’er Nature's, &o.
Sentensic. moon 2 smiles 9

Hence, a sentence is always formed by the
union of a being fo its own existence or ac-
tion, and is constituted by the connection of
not more than three nor less than two -words;

as,
Moon 2 smiles 9 (9 two words.)
Cloud 2 obscures 10 sky 6 (10 three words.)

Haying disposed of the first sentence, let
us look to the second. If we introduce a
semicolon before the conjunction nor, we shal
divide this compcund to simple sentences; as,

Nolow’ringcloudobscuresthesky; _ norrufflingtempestblows.

Should we proceed further with this sen-
tence, it would be a mere repetition of the
first; therefore we shall leave this task to the
student, who, we apprehend, will have no dif-
floulty in dividing it into words, by the intro-

N wre. — Anv word holding the 2d, 6th, 9th, 10th or 11th relation,
(see Tuble of Relatious) must be sentensic ; all others are insentensio.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR 97

duction of spaces, and pointing out the logical
and grammatical subject and predicate, and
distinguishing the sentensic from the insen-
tensic words.

EXERCISES IN PARSING.

(Nore. — The figares placed after the words, refer to the T'able of
Relations, the Plate, the Parsing Lessons and Ruies.]

As16 two] young] bears2 inl4 wanton] mood,7
Forth12 issuing 189 from14 al neighboring] wood, 7
Came9 wherel2 the] industrious] bees2 had 18 stor'd, 10
Inl4 artfull cells,7 their8&5 luscious] hoard ;6
O’erjoyed,1 they8&2 seized, 10 with]4 eager1 haste,7
Luxarious! on thel rich] repast.6

Alarmed1]1 at14 this,] thel little] crew2

Aboatl4 their8&5 ears,7 vindictive 12 flew.9

Thel beasts,2 unable! to sustain 10

Thel unequal! combat,6 quitl0 thel plain :6
Half-blind1 with19 *rage7 and16 mad 1 with19 *pain,7
Their8&5 nativel shelter6 theyS&2 regain ;10
Therel2 sit,9 and16 now12 discreeterl grown,1&9
Too20 latel2 their8&5 rashness6 they8&2 bemoan ;10
And16 this] by14 dearl experience? gain,10

That8 pleasure2 ’s everl2 bought!1] with14 pain.7
So,16 when12 thel gilded1 baits2 of13 vice7

Are placed11 beforel4 our8&5 longing! eyes,7

Withl4 greedy] haste7, we8&2 snatch10 our8&6 fill,6
AndI6 ftswallow-down10 thel Jatent] ill:6

Buti6 whenl2 experience? opes]0 our8&5 eyes,6
Away !2 thel fancied] pleasure? flies.9

1t8&2 flies,9 but]6 oh "17 too20 latel2 we88&2 find,10
8&2 leaves10 al reall sting6 behind 14 (it.) Meraicx.

° The phrases with r age and with pain, have an auxiliary adjective
relation to blind and ma

{ Seized-on and swallow-down 16 compound transitive va bs

938 THE PRINCIPLES OF

PARTS OF SPEECH.

[he parts of speech are eight: Adjective,
noun, pronoun, verb, adverb, preposition, con-
junction and interjection.

An adjective is a word holding a relation te
ii noun, and limiting its logical extension.

Note.—Under this class of words are included the article,
participle, and all other words holding the same relation to
a noun which the word cold holds to day, in the preceding
table. The word the, in Gréek, is called the definite arti-
cle; being used there to define the gender of the noun
to which it belongs; and as this adjective is always used
in Greek Lexicons for tnat purpose, and is declinable like
other Greek adjectives, they called it the definite
article; ὁ mas., ἡ fem., ro neut., corresponding to the Latin
tlle, tlla, ellud, (he, she, it). Old writers have continued
to call it an article, although it has no such use in English
neither does it define or ascertain what particular thing is
meant: the book, the zone, the man, the table; the does
not refer to any book, zone, man, or tadle, previously men-
tioned, because the words have not been previously men-
tioned in this paragraph. Supposing there shonld be but
one book in the room, certainly the book is of itself a very
definite article, and cannot be made more so by prefixing
the to point it out and show how far its signification
extends, than it is without the: as, book; and should there
be two books, by prefixing ¢he no person on earth could pos-
sibly tell which was meant by the book. The large book:
which word enables the person addressed to understand
which book is meant, the or large? There are two books
on the table, a large and a small one; the learned school-
master commands his learned disciple to bring him the
book, and he brings him the small one; whereupon he
punishes the boy for not bringing the right book. The boy
says that he could not tell by ἐλ which book was meant.
The learned gentleman repeats the punishment, and gets
into a passion, calling him a blockhead for not knowing
what book is meant, when he has defined the book by the
definite article the—ihe book means the large book. After

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 99

this display of wit and talent, the master goes home, and
orders the girl to set the table for dinner. She asks him
which table, (as there are three in the house—a mahogany
table, a cherry table, and a pine table;) ¢he learned gen-
tleman is surprised at the stupidity of servant girls, that
do not know which particular table is meant, when he has
defined it by THE, the DEFINITE article. The master con-
descends to modify his language, from the table, to her
limited capacity, and says: the cherry table. The girl
tells him that she knows which he means, and that if an
article is a word added to a noun to ascertain which table
is meant, as he has taught her, that the word cherry is the
article.

Suppose that you wish to point out a particular chair,
which is standing in the room in which you are reading
this dissertation, and you say: ‘The chair which stands
by the door,” as there are generally more chairs than one
in a house; which one, is pointed out by the, the chair, the
(definite) chair. Suppose you say to a visitor: “ Take the
chair which stands by the window,’ is it by the, or the
qualifying phrase, which stands by the window, that he
learns which one you mean? But, says the friend of
soothsaying, does not THE refer to some chair previously
mentioned? No; because none has been previously men-
tioned. To tell the truth, you would say, that you said to
your friend, on entering, ‘‘ take the chair,” without previ-
ously mentioning any chair.

The word article is derived from articudus, a hinge. Let
us talk it in English. There are two hinges in the English
language, viz: a definite Aimge!! and δὴ indefinite
hinge!!! If the wqrd hinge is applicable asa part of
speech, the conjunction, preposition, and relative pronoun,
would constitute the Ainyges of language, as without one of
these hinges, or connectives, no relation could take place
between one phrase or sentence and another, as: God
(who) spake (by) Moses (and) the prophets.

[ἢ order to constitute a word an adjective, it must have
the syntax of an adjective; that is, it must be joined toa
noun, and must, at all events, limit its logical extension.
A noun without an adjective is invariably taken In its
broadest extension, as: Man is accountable. America isa

30 THE PRINCIPLES OF

fine country. A knife is a useful article. The rose is
beautiful. In these expressions, the words, man, America,
knife, and rose, are taken in their broadest extension, mean-
ing, respectively, αὐ mankind, the whole continent, all
kinds of knives, and all kinds of roses. Now, if we wish
to express a part, we use the adjective, and say: white
inan, (excluding the blacks,) North America, (and exclude
_the South,) &c., from which it will be readily perceived by
the student, without dwelling longer on this point, that the
legitimate use of an adjective is, to enable us to distinguish
one object from another, to define them, and that any word
which has a syntactic relation to and restricts the extension
of a noun, by excluding a part, is an adjective in its nature,
whether it expresses quality or not, as: this room, (allud-
ing to the room in which you are while reading this) ; zhés
is nothing but an adjective, as it restricts the extension of
the noun room, by excluding all other rooms on earth. A
he goat, (excluding the female.)

Although there are various kinds of adjectives, it will
not be necessary to form them into distinct classes, as
others have done, who say, ‘‘ they express quality ;” be-
cause our definition, ‘‘ restricting the extension of a noun,”
includes within its extension every adjective in the English,
Latin and Greek languages, (with the exception of all,
every, and a few others, which are used to give the noun
its broadest and emphatic extension,) therefore, a division
of the adjective into classes, can be useful to that gram-
marian who is yet ignorant of the real nature and use of
this part of speech. There are two kinds of phrases which
have the same relation to a noun that the adjective has,
growing out of this simple fact, that they restrict the ex-
tension of the noun, as: America, ‘“‘ which lies north of
the equator,” or, North America; book ‘of fate,” fatal
book; ‘‘planets (which are) roling,” or roling planets.

See Partciples, Relative Pronouns, and Prepositions.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 91

COMPARISON.

Adjectives have three degrees of Comparison, viz:
Equality, Comparative and Superlative, besides, the post-
teve state.

1. The posztive state restricts the extension of the noun,
without a direct comparison, as cold day, sharp knife, long
lene. .

2. A comparison of equality, is effected when two nouns
are compared by as, and as or so, and said to be of equal
extension, as: Jane is as tall as her stster. -

3. The comparative degree is used to compare two
nouns, (not three,) and asserts, that the one to which it be-
longs has a greater or less extension than the other, as:-—
the second {226 is longer than the first.

‘4. The superlative degree is used to compare three or
more names, and affirms that the noun to which it belongs
has a greater or less extension than all others, as: the
third is the longest line, (of the three.)

As as, comparison of equality, affirmative, the line a is
as long as the line 5; a , .

So as, comparison οὗ equality, negative, the line a is not
so long as the line 3; a——, .

Positive state,

A long line.
Comparative,
The second is a long—————er line than the first.
Superlative,

The third is the long —est line of the three.

These are all the degrees mentioned by writers on Eng-
lish grammar; but there are in reality as many, or more
than we have numbers to express, thus: this day is s¢zty
degrees colder than yesterday; the sun is a thousand de-
grees (or times, larger than the earth.

32 TIE PRINCIPLES OF
OF THE NOUN.

A Νοῦν is the name of a person, place, or
thing: as, George, London, pen. But, in
order to constitute a word a noun, it is abso-
lutely and indispensably necessary that it
should have one of the six relations given to
nouns on the Table of Relations.

That is, any word having one of these six relations will
become, in consequence of that relation, ἃ zoun, without
being used technically or independent of its meaning: as,

Is2 is a verb2; them2 is a pronoun2 . the2 isa word? of
three letters? ; of,2 to,2 and for,2 are prepositions.2

In these examples, the words marked with figures are
nouns, and in the same case im which man is, opposite the
corresponding figure on the Table of Relations, page 10.

On the other hand, a word having neither of the six. re-
lations given to man, can never, by any possibility of con-
struction, be a noun, although it should happen to be the
name of a person, place, or thing; thus, the word man,
when you give it the syntax of cold, becomes an adjective,

in consequence of its relation: as,

He hired a man] servant,6
On a cold1 day’7.

And if you give to this word the syntax or connection
which conquered has, it will become the same part of
speech, viz: a transitive verb: as,

Scott2 conguered10 Mexico.6 |
The government2 will man10 their ships6.

The wall is extremely19 thick; extremely, aux. adjective.
The wall is guitel9 thick; quite, aux. adjective.

The wall is three feet19 thick; three feet, aux. adjective.
The wall is very19 thick; very, aux. adjective.

The term anomaly means that one word has a different
construction from another; the term analogy signifies that
words having the same syntax, relation, or construction, _

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 33
must, from the necessity of that very construction, be the
same part of speech. Now, is the word “ feet,’ in the
above sentence, analogous to, or anomalous from the other
words in ttalics?. We first ask the learned grammarian to
give us the syntax. He will agree that it holds a relation,
as arranged in the above sentence, with thick; three feet
thick. Let me ask the student, who may be reading these
remarks, if he ever knew a noun constructed with an ad-
jective? And do words become nouns in consequence of
that construction? If the auxiliary adjective, (or adverb,
as styled by old authors,) are nouns, without ἃ governing
word, it would form one of the greatest anomalies that
ever existed in language.

EXTENSION OF NOUNS.

By extension, we mean the number of individuals to
which the noun can be applied; thus: ‘‘ Man 1s accounta-
ble to his Maker.”” Here, man is a noun, in the singular
aumber, denoting but one; and yet, by its logical exten-
sion, it includes every individual of the human race; for
if there were one human being that was not accountable,
the proposition, that “ Man is accountable to his Maker,”
would not be true.

Common, (broadest extension.)
Proper, (limited extension.)

1. A Common Nown is one including within
its extension, a whole race, genus or species;
as, man, country, tree, animal, being.

2. A Proper Novwn is one whose extension
is limited to a single individual, by being ap-
propriated to one; as, George, Albany, Mo-
hawk.

Note.—A common noun, unaccompanied by an adjec-
tive, is invariably taken in its Croadest extenszon.

34 THE PRINCIPLES OF

It now rema'ns to be shown how a noun may be Zemtted
in its extension, or prohibited from extending to the whole
race, of which each individual is a part; and this is effecte
ed in three ways

1. By appropriating to an individual a proper name.

2. By prefizing an adjective; and

3. By subjotring to a noun, a section of an adjective
relation. |

And, βγεῖ, a noun may be restricted in its extension, by
assigning to individuals a proper name, thus: George, Da-
vid, John Randolph, Josephine, Florilla, Stanwix, and
Mary, are proper names, used to point out certain individu-
als, included in the extensive common name, Man.

New York, Albany, Troy, Utica, Oneida, Pennsylvania,
Rome, Syracuse, Hudson, St. Lawrence, Mohawk, Mis-
sissippi, each restricts the extension of the more extensive
noun, city, county, state, village and river, to an individu-

3; and

Secondly, a nodun may be restricted in its extension by
an adjective; as, table, carving, butcher, pen, pocket, and
butter knife, are six fractions, of which knife ἐς the whole. -

Sharp knife 3, ;
Dull knife 4, equals knife 1.

From this view of the subject, we deduce the following
rules:

1. Every greater includes the less.

2. All the parts united form s whole.

Thirdly, a noun is restricted in its extension, by sub-
joining a section of an adjective relation; as,

1. Father, (broadest extension.)

2. Our Father, (extension limited by our,) father <f us.
3. Our Father who art in hearen, or our heavenly father.
4. Heaven hides the Sook of fate, or fatal book.

In the third example, who art in heaven, restricts the ex-
tension of father; and in the fourth, the word book is re-
stricted by the adjective section of fate. Hence, the

Rvcrz. No word ina period can have any

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 35

greater extension than the other words or sec- °
tions in the same sentence will give it.

GENDER.

Nouns have two genders:

1. Masculine, which is applied to males.
2. Feminine, which denotes females.

All names, except of males and females, are
of the ne (not) uter (either) of the two genders,
unless they are converted into the masculine
or feminine gender, by personification, a figare
of speech, by which /1fe and action are attri-
buted to inanimate objects; or, by some ad-
jective, verb or pronoun, representing a gen-
der: as,

Gray twilight had clad all things in her sober livery.
Sweet is the breath of morn, her rising sweet.
Pleasant is the sux, when .he spreads Ais orient beams.

Twilight is personified by had clad, and gender desig-
nated hy her.

Sun, masculine, personified by spreads, designated by he
and hes.

Twilight, her, femtnine, by personification.

Morn, her, 0. do.

Sun, he, masculine, do. .

There are, also, a few words, as, parent, friend, cousin,
elation, stranger, chi!d, &c., of the common gender.

36 THE PRINCIPLES OF

PERSON AND NUMBER.

There are two persons of nouns; the second,
when spoken to, as, O,3 man; and the third,
when spoken of, as man! walks,

Note. —On the Table of Relations, O,3 man, is in the
second person, and in the case independent ; whereas, the
word maz in its other five relations, is in the third person.
So also in the Latin and Greek languages. The vocative
case is always in the second person; but all other cases are
in the thzrd: and, in all languages, the first person is in-
variably represented (not by a noun, but) by a pronoun.

Nouns have two numbers; the singular,
which denotes but one object, as, chair, pen,
table; and, the plural, which denotes more
than one, as chairs, pens, tables.

(CASE) OR POSITION.

The word case, means the position which a
noun or pronoun holds to another word in the
sentence.

Nore. —In the Table on the scale of relations, page 10,
it will be seen that the noun has six positions, from No. 2
to 7 inclusive; and it is this relation to another single word
that gives the noun a case or position; for if it had no re-
lation, it could have zo case.

Suppose some very learned and distinguished author
should insert, in his learned treatise on English grammar,
the following table:

Singular. ) Plural.
Nom. Man! Nom. Men!
Poss. Man’s!! Poss. Men’s!!

Obj. Mantt Obj, Man! }!

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. _ 37

What grammarian would not see at a glance, that the word
man has no relation, and, in reality, no case? Let me ask,
to what verb is the first man the nominative ? Nom. man!
And what does the second man’s possess, that it should be
written, poss. man’s? And is the last man in the objective

without a governing word, οὗ). man? Even the child ©

might justly conclude, on examining such a display of wat
and talent as the above learned table exhibits, should he
be called on to decypher its meaning, that the word singu-
lar, heading the first column, could mean nothing else than
that it is singular, very singular and passing strange, that
a noun which has no connection to any thing in heaven
above or the earth beneath, should, in consequence of its
non-relation, be in the nominative, possessive and objective
case.
Seriously, the word man, as arranged in al] the gram

mars extant, is not even a part of speech. Let us make.

this word man, a part of speech, by incorporating it with a
sentence :—He hired a man] servant. Here man is con
strued with servant, and becomes an adjective, and can be
in πὸ case whatever; for adjectives, tn English, have no
case. Again:—They will man10 their ships. Here, man
is not a noun, but a transitive verb.

Let us now, as Brown says, “ use it [C7 technically, and
07 independent of its meaning,” and it will be a noun:
Man2 walks. Here the word men is truly a noun, as we
think, simply because it has the syntax of a noun, and not
because it is used technically or independent οὗ its mean-
ing! as quoted above, from the learned Mr. Brown. This
is about as classical a reason as Mr. Hamblin, a learned
gentleman, who some years ago, published an abridgement
of Murray’s Grammar, gave for the definite article. The
learned gentleman, in order to elucidate, and, at the same
time, give originalsty to his valuable work, mtroduced into
it this origénal sentence: “ The bee is an industrious insect.”
Now, as none of his readers could tell what particular bee
was meant by the, it being plain that bee was taken in its
broadest extension, he accompanied the sentence with this
learned commentary: “ The is a definite article, BECAUSE
ἐξ points out the SIGNIFICATION OF THE NOUN BEE’!

Such classical definitions as these, quoted on this page,
are so useful, learned, classical, original, and so deserving

9.9 THE PRINCIPLES OF

of UNDYING FAME and ETERNAL PERPETUITY, that we hope
the reader will pardon us for the digression, and not accuse
us of plagiarism, for incorporating them into this work.

DECLENSION OF THE NOUN.

The positions of the noun and pronoun in.
English are six: thus,

1. JOuN reads. Nominative, it precedes the verb, reads
2. O Jonn. Case independent, after O.

3. Joun being killed. Case absolute, before the part.

4. Jouw’s book. Possessive case, precedes the noun, book
5. Saw Joun. Objective case, follows the verb, saw.
6. To Joun. Objective case, follows the preposition.

Nore.—Every noun and pronoun in the English lan-
guage, when arranged in a sentence, must have (in order
to constitute it a noun or pronoun) one of the above rela-
tions; hence we deduce the following

RULES FOR THE CASES, OR POSITIONS.

1. The nominative case precedes the verb.

2. The independent case follows the interjection O.
3. The absolute case precedes a participle.

4. The possessive case precedes a noun.

&. The objective case follows a verb; or,

(6. The objective case follows a) preposition.

Note.—lIn reading these rules, let the word position be
substituted for Δ case,” and it will be plain to the most
limited capacity. The above rules can be understood and
applied by him only who has acquired the capacity to give
to each noun and pronoun, in a sentence, its true relation;
and that these rules do not apply to the position which
words have, independent of their grammatical construction.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 39

IF THE PRONOUN.

A Pronoun 15 a word used instead of the
noun: as, the man is industrious, therefore he
ts contented.

Nortre.—If, in the above definition, you read the three
words in italics thus—(man), he is—you give to the pronoun
he its true relation; for all pronouns have a double rela-
tion; and all refer to their antecedents, for gender, person
and number, and to another word for case; hence, HE is a
personal pronoun, standing for, and agreeing with, MAN,
(in gender, number and person,) and in the nominative
case, because it precedes the verb zs. Therefore, no word
of a single relatzon can possible be a pronoun—as, every]
man—this adjective cannot be a pPRo-noun, because it
stands FoR no noun whatever; hence, there can be no such
thing as an adjective pronoun, or a promomnal adjective.

DECLENSION OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS.
SINGULAR.
Nominative. Possessive. Objectzve,

Ist person. 1 (write). My (pen). (To) me.
2d person. Thou (art). Thy (book). (Saw) thee.

3d. per.m. δ (5. _ His (farm). (With) him.

3d. per: f. She (went). Her (fan). (With) her.

od. per. n. It (is). Its (form). (Heard) it.
PLURAL.

Nominative. Possesszve. Objective.
Ist person. We (are). Our (house). (To) us.
2d person. Ye (go). Your (pen). (To) you.
3d person. They (are). Their (pen). (To) them.

OF THE RELATIVE PRONOUNS.

The relative pronouns are: who, which, what, that, and
as. These words are, in both numbers and persons, with-
out change, except who, which is thus declined :

Nominative. Possessive. Objective.
Who (is, or are). © Whose (temple). (To) whom.

40 THE PRINCIPLES OF

The words what and as are relative pronouns of a two-
fold case, in certain constructions: as,

From what’7, 2 is recorded; he speaks as6, 6 he thinks;
from the facts? which2 are recorded; and, he speaks the
thoughts€ which6 he thinks.

OF THE VERB.

A Vers is a word used to express the eztst- °
ence, or action performed or received by its
nominative: thus,

Nom. Existence. Nom. Action performed. Nom. Action received.

Wood zs. John splits wood. Wood ἐξ split by John.

Wood2is9. Js is an intransitive verb, denoting existence.

John2 splits10 wood. Transitive verb, denoting action
performed, by the nominative John.

Wood2 is splitll. A passive verb, denoting action
received, by the nominative wood,

OF VERBS REGULAR, IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE.

1. A verb is regular when it forms its imperfect tense
and perfect participle by adding ὦ or ed.

2. A verb is irregular, when it will not do this.

3. And a defective verb is one that cannot be conjugated
through all its moods.

Regular verbs—walk, walked ; love, loved; rule, ruled.
Irregular verbs—run, ran; am, was; see, saw.
Defective verbs are—can, may, quoth, ought, &c.

TRANSITIVE, INTRANSITIVE AND PASSIVE.

As all verbs, when arranged in a sentence, have the
relation given on the scale from 9 to 11, inclusive, it will
be easy for the student to understand the distinction be-
tween the transitive and intransitive. All verbs have a
nominative, but the transitive verb only has an obyect.
The term trans(1r)ive, (from trans-Eo, tre, ἐσὲ, itum,) will
be more intelligible to the English scholar by translating

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 41

it into English. Trans means, in English, over; and iT
is a Latin verb, and means goes. Now no verb can be a
transit (or goes over) verb, but that which has a double
relation to a nominative, and an objective case; hence, all
verbs of a double relation, zn all languages, are transitive
verbs; and, ὦ priora, all verbs of a single relation are
IN-trans-IT-ive (or not-go-over) verbs.

Intransitive (single rel.) | Transitive (double rel.)

Man walks. John studies grammar.
Tempest blows. God made the world.
Trees grow. Trees bear fruit.

John runs. . John dréves a horse.

This list might be increased by inserting every verb in
all the languages on earth; in which case all the trans-
itive verbs would arrange themselves under the second
column, of the plus relation. From which it is plain that
the only division of verbs founded on the language is to
be traced to their single and double relation.

1. Single relation, or txtransitive.
2. Double relation, or transetive.
THE RECEPTIVE OF PASSIVE VEEB,

Is one whose nominative case receives the action and is
formed, by the union of a verb of a single relation, to one
of a double relation: thus, 1. he was; 2. John kélled him;
3. he was kelled by John.

Receptive (pas.) Verb.
Grammar was written; drum was heard; sky is ob-

scured; will is distracted; letter was written; man was
rade; coat has been made.

MOOD AND TENSE.

Moon is the different form of the verb, to
represent the mann2r of existing or acting.
4*

42 THE PRINCIPLES OF

There are five inoods.

1. Indicative, expresses an affirmation.

2. Imperative, expresses a command.

3. Potential, expresses the possibility of an action.
4. Subjunctive, expresses a doubt.

δ. Infinitive, an unlimited action.

The Indicative Mood indicates that its
nominative case exists or acts; either affirm-
atively or interrogatively; positive or neya-
tive: as,

Affirmative—Pos., Barrett wrote a grammar.

Neg., Barrett dd not write a grammar.

Interrogative—Pos., Well John return to-morrow ἢ
Neg., Will not John return to-morrow ἢ

The Imperative Mood is used to command
or petition a second person; to exist or act:
as,

John! return to-morrow; soldiers! stand firm; God
said, light! be, and light was.

The Potential Mood denotes the possibility,
liberty, power, will or obligation of its nomin-
ative to exist: as, I can strike the table, but I
will not; you may return, if you please.

Can strike, denotes that the act is possible; but I will
not (strike it), implies that no one can act against his will.
I can strike you, but I τοὲϊζ not that action; therefore you
will escape with impunity. I could go to New York if I
would. Could, denotes that the act of going is possible in
itself, while the section, if I would, implies that no possi-
ble existence, or action, can take place, against the will of
him on whom its performance depends, whether of God, or
his creatures. :

“What we would do, we should do when we would, for

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 43

this s2ov/d changes” (and then the act is impossible).—
Shak. Hamlet.

All actions must be willed by some mind, and as the
will of every individual governs ali his actions, so the will
of God governs the universal whole.

Whose body nature is, and God the soul.

You might speak the truth, and you should do so, but
you wéll.not. Therefore both the might and should, ot the
power and obligation are defeated by the will’s not en-
forcing them.

You will not come unto me, that you may have life.
That is, the reason you never can have (eternal) life is,
that you do not will it, and God cannot force you into
heaven against your own will, and yet leave you free.

The Subjunctive Mood represents the un-
certainty of the trunk, or nominative, to per-
form a future action: as,

If it rain to-morrow, I will come. If, denotes uncertain-
ty, and (should) with to-morrow, futurity. If I (should)
see him I will speak to him.

The Infinitive Mood is not confined toa
trunk or nominative, and is always preceded
by to, expressed or implied: as,

To walk; to run; to fly; to write.

PARTICIPLE.

The Participte is a certain form of the verb,
and derives its name from the fact that it can
be construed either as a verb or an adjective.
Some writers have classed them as a distinct
part of speech, others have more properly con-
sidered them as a part of the verb. If the

44 THE PRINCIPLES OF

participle be a part of speech, where is the
other part to which it is joined ? |

Mr. Wright, respected by his friends, was elected go-
vernor of the state of New York. Now the word respected
is a participle because it can be construed either as an ad-
jective or verb, in this construction, respected Wright, the
word respected is an adjective (not a participle adjective)
and inthe following, Mr. Wright who was respected by
his friends; was respected is a passive verb (not a partici
ple passive verb), hence the word respected, in consequence
of its being capable of receiving two constructions, is call-
ed, while it thus remains, a participle; but the moment it
is construed or joined to another word, it in a moment be-
comes either an adjective or a verb, consequently there
cannot, properly speaking, be such a distinct part of speech
as a participle.

AUXILIARY VERBS

The AuxitiaRy VERBS are used to form the
moods and tenses of the verb.

They are, have, do, be, shall, will, may, can, with their
variations; and must, which has no variation. These aux-
iliary verbs are each confined to a certain mood or tense,
as in the plan on page 46. By carefully studying this
table, you can always ascertain the mood and tense of any
verb. The ed termination of the past tense is a contrac-
tion of did, the past of do, as, John walkdid, or John did
walk, and always denotes the action expressed by the verb,
to which it is prefixed, to be did, or done, past, or finished ;
as, I loved, I ruled, I smiled, which denotes the actions of
loving, ruling, and smiling, to be did or done actions.

EXPOSITION AND DEFINITION OF 4.UXILIARIES.

We will that execution be done upon the earl.
We will that you execute the earl.
We will execute the earl.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR 45

1. We will execute the earl to-morrow; there are evi-
dently two actions, one of the mind, expressed by sili,
which denotes a present determination that somebody shail
perform the other future action, denoted by execute.

2. I will go to-morrow; τοῦ denotes a present determin-
ation of the mind, that my body shall perform a future ac-
tion, expressed by go; to-morrow qualifies go, not will.
Will denotes a present mental action. Go denotes a fu-
ture bodily action.

3. I now will, or determine, that my body shall hereaf-
ter go to New York, next week: Query. Does teddi and go
express but our action? If so, which is it, present or
future? of the mind or body? Am I to goto New York
next week, and will it afterwards ?

4. You ought to write to your father; ought denotes
obligation, or duty.

5. She may be at home; may denotes possibility,
6. I can strike the table; can denotes possibility.

ἢ. You may go home; may denotes liberty or permis-
sion.

& I would that all men might be saved; would denotes
a desire, or wish of the mind.

9. You should repent; should denotes obligation arising
from duty.

10. He would not read; would denotes a resolution of
the mind.

11. They might and should read; méght denotes that
they had the power to perform a possible action, expressed
by should.

12. May you find your friends well; may denotes an act
of the mind, a wish.

13. I will not work without pay; will denotes that my
mind has now determined that my body shall not perform
ἃ future laborious action, without a reward.

14. I will walk, will write, would speak; the position of
these words denotes that a present act of the mind express-
ed by will, always precedes a future action of the body,
denoted by the subjoined verb.

46 THE PRINCIPLES OF

15. John walked a mile; ed is a contraction of did, and
denotes that the action of walking is did, done, or past.

PERSON AND NUMBER.

:

By the person and number of a verb, is meant the jizal
termtnation, by which, in the Latin and Greek Languages,
the first, second and third person, singular and plural, is
pointed out. Verbs have three persons, first, second and
third, and two numbers, singular and plural; thus:

Singular. Plural.

Ist person. 2d person. 3d person. Ist person. 2d person. 3d person.
Lat. Am-o, am-a-s, am-a-£; am-a-mus, am-a-lis, am-a-ni,
Eng.love I, lovest thou, loves he; love we, love you, love they.
See page 6, paragraph 5.

From which it is plain, that the person and number, in
Latin, is in the termination of the verb; and in English,
it is ἐπ the pronoun; for that part of the Latin verb print-
ed in ¢¢alic, corresponds precisely to the English pronoun
placed under it. We place our pronouns before the verb;
they after it; for o-m, 5, %, mus, tés and ut, mean, in Eng-
lish, nothing but J, thou, he, we, you and they.

TENSE,

Is the division of time, into

Present represents—]. Present time: as, I am writing, or
2. Present time perfected: as, I have written.

Past represents—1. Past time: as, I wrote, or
2. Past time perfected: as, I had written.

Future represents—1. Future time: as, I shall write, or
ὦ, Future time perfected: as, I shall have written

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 47

The Tenses are six:

1 Present—denoting present time, I walk

2 Perrecr present—present time completed, I have walked.
& Inrerrrect (past)—denoting past time, I walked.

4. Puvurerrecr (past)—past tzme completed, I had walked.
δ. Furvre—denoting future time, I shall walk.

6. Furune Perrecr—/future time completed, I shall have

walked.
THE OONJUGATION OF VERBS.
Moods. Tenses. Auxiliaries and Terminations.
Indicative—Simply indicates or declares.
PRESENT, represents present time, [I—-,
PERFECT, present time ‘completed, I have ——ed,
ImpenrecT, ‘‘ past time, I ——ed,

PLUPERFECT , ** past timeoompleted, I had ——ed,
Εστυβε, representsfuturetime, I shall or will ——

Fourure P., ‘¢ future time com., I shall or will have ——ed.
Imperative—used for commanding, exhorting, entreating or permitting.

PRESENT, —— thou or ye.
Potential—implies possibility, liberty, power, will or obligation.

PRESENT, I may or can ——,

PERFECT, I may or can have

‘——ed,
ImprznyectT, I might, could, would or should —,
PrurerFecT, I might, could, would or should have ——ed.

Subjunctive—represents an action as contingent and fature.

Present, Ifi—.,
PERFECT, If I have "_—ed,
IMPERFECT, If I ——=ed,
PLUPERFECT, If I had —~ed,

. Furoure, If I skall or ‘will —,
Fortune Perrecr, If I shall or will have ——ed.

Fnfinitive—has no nominative case, consequently no person, or number.

PRESENT, To—-,
PERFECT. To have ——ed.
Participle—partakes of the nature of a verb and adjective.

PaEsENnT, ———ing. PerrecT, ——ed.
Com. PerrecT, ——ing, .

48 THE PRINCIPLES OF

CONJUGATION.

We here present the conjugation of the verb ἐο de, in the
three languages at once, that the student, while learning
to conjugate it in English, may have a clear view of the
same verb in the other languages. The person and num-
ber in Latin is printed in ztaléc, and in the Greek it is sepa-
rated from the root, as in the following examples. The
Romans zever nsed the pronoun (ego, iz zdle,) with the verb,
for the final termination is the pronoun to all intents and
purposes, unless for the sake of EmpHasis. The introduc-
tion of this practice, (as ego sum, tu es, tlle est,) could
have originated only from the most consummate ignorance
of the real structure of the Latin language.

CONJUGATION OF THE VERB fo be.
Am, Sun, or Εἰμί.
Indicative Mood.— Present Tense.

SINGULAR. PLURAL.
1 2 3 1 2 3
Sum, es, oat. Samus, θα, sunt.
Tam, thou art, he is. Weare, youare, hey are.
El wl, stg, (8 Ἶ) deh. ἐδ μέν, be 78, si oi.
Imperfect. |
Eran, eras, eraé. Eramus, eratis, erant,
Iwas, thou wast, he was. We were, ἣν: were, they were.
ἦ ν, 4S ; ἧ. ἢ μὲν, Tb, ἧ σαν.
Perfect.
Fut, fuisti, fait. Fuimus, fuistis, faerant ere.
[have been,thou hast, hehasbeen.Wehave, you have, they have.
Pluperfect.

Fueram, fueras, fuerant. Fueramus, fueratis, fuerang.
Thad been, thou hadst, hehadbeen.Wehad, youhad, they had.

Future.

Ero, eris, erif. Erimus, _eritis, erunt.
I will be, thou wilt be,he will be. We will be, you will be, they will be
“EC 0 μαι, ἕδ ἡ, Eo(s)las. 86 όμεθα, ἔσεσ θε, ἔσον Tas.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 49

PoTENnTIAL (Latin and Greek, Subjunctive) Moon.

Present Tense.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
2 3 1 2 3
Sim, sit. Simus, sitis,
F may be, Showmayst, he may be. Wemay be, youtnaybe,fhey may be
W, 4b ἧ. ὦ μεν, § 18, ὦ σι.
| Imperfect.

Easem, sees, easel. Essemus, easetis, essent.
F might be, thoumightst, hemight. We might, you might, they might.
Perfect.
Fuerim, fueris, fuerif. Fuerimus, fueritis, fuerint.
I may have thou mayst hemayhaveWemay youmay they may
been. havebeen. been. havebeen. have been. have been
Pluperfect.

Fuissem faisses, fuisset. Fuissomus, faissetis, fuessent.
I might ,f&co.thou might, hemight. We might, you might, they might.

Fidure.
Fuero, _fueris faerit. Fuerimus, fueritts faerunt.
I will have Pheu lt he will have We will they will
been. havebeen. been. have been. ave been. have bev.
Imperative Moop.—Present Tense. .
2 3 2 3
Es or esto, esto. Este or esfofe, sunto. ;
Bo thou, let him be. Be ye, let them be.
to δι, ΟΥ ἴδ 0, ol ο. Ee ¢s, ὅσ! ὡσαν.
Inyritivz Moop.
εὖτ. Perf. eet. Ind. Fut. Subj.

To be, to have been. Tobeabout tobe, to have been about
εἶν αι. ἔσεσϑ αἱ. [to be,
PARTICIPLES.

Future. Present.

Futurus-2-um,
About to be, . Being.
bo bu8 VO¢e div.

50 THE PRINCIPLES OF

OF THE INDECLINABLE PARTS OF SPEECH.
The following tables exhibit a view of the
indeclinable parts of speech in the Eng-ish,
Latin and Greek languages.

OF THE ADVERB.

An Apverg is a word joined to and used to modify a
verb. The following is a table of the adverbs in the
English, Latin and Greek:

TABLE I.
Greek. English. Latin.

ὅθι, where, ubi.
«ὅθεν, whence, unde.
ors, whvixna, when, cim, quum.
ὅϑον, whence, undé,
φόθι, where, ubi.
766s, there, illic.
φόθεν, thence, illinc, inde.
word, much, multum.

’ little, parvum,

The above table exhibits most of the primstive adverbs;
their derivatives might be increased to a number of thou-
sand.

DERIVATION AND FORMATION OF ADVERBS.

English Adverds.
In English, most adverbs are derived from adjectives b
appending dy: as, slow, slowly; day, daily ; wnévers
uneversally ; quick, quickly, &c., &c.

Greek Adverbs.
In the Greek, adverbs are formed as follows:

1, Such words as are not, strictly speaking, adverbs
but are so called from being sometimes used :n an ad
verbial sense.

2. The oblique cases of nouns and pronouns: as, οὐό
aod, never; from οὐδεαμὸς, no one. ,

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. δ]

9. The accusative of neuter adjectives: as, τρῶτα, τα
πρῶτα, first, &c.

4. Verbs are sometimes used as adverbs.

5. Adverbs are derived from prepositions.

The following is the method of forming
Latin Adverbs.

1. Adverbs derived from adjectives of the third declen-
sion, usually end in TER: as, felicirzz, happily, from fe-
lix, happy. Sometime in &: as, facile, easily, fom facilis,
easy.

2. Adverbs derived from adjectives of the first and
second declension, generally terminate in E: as, alte,
highly, from altus. Sometimes they end in 0, uM, or TER:
as, tuto, safely, from tutus: tantum, so much, from tantus ;
dure, and duritgr, hardly, from durus.

3. Adjectives of the neuter gender are sometimes used
as adverbs.

4, Adverbs are derived from nouns, and then generally
end in ™ or ITwus.

δ. Adverbs are derived from participles.

OF THE PREPOSITION.

The Preposition is always found in either
an adjective or adverbial phrase (by some de-
nominated prepositional phrases); that is, it is
so arranged as to show the relation between
the phrase in which it occurs to the verb or
noun in the preceding sentence, and this re
lation is always either adjective or adverbial,
and the phrase itself can in most cases be
changed into an adjective or an adverb. In
Greek, there are eighteen prepositions only ;
in Latin, forty-seven; and in English, there
are fifty-six.

§2 THE PRINCIPLES OF

TABLE OF PREPOSITIONS.

Greek. Latin. English.

dvei, Geniteve. before,against,Od7. ante, adversus, Acc.
dn’, “ ἡ ΓῺ, a, ab, abs, Abl.
éx or ἐξ, “ from, out, out of, 6, ex,
apo, “ before, ante, Ace
ἐν, Dative. in, in, Acc., Abi.
σὺν, “ with, together with, cum, Abd.
sig or ἧς, Accusative. in, into, in, Ace, Abl.
dva, ε over, throu ugh, on, trans, inter, in, Acc.

among, during,

in, with,
dit, Gen. §& Acc. through, by, per, “
κατὰ; “ by, down, through, per, “
used, “ with,after,between cum, post, inter.
bap, “ over,above sbeyond, super, cl.”
dupi,Gen.Dat.g-Ac. round, round about circa, circum, ‘“
«ερὶ, “ round about, of, de,

concerning
dai, “ in, on, upon, under, in, “
ταρὰ; “ from, at, near, apud, Ace
poe, δ by, upon, besides, prater, “6
bei, « under, by, with, infra, re

The remaining prepositions are :

Ad, to, at. Supra, above.

Circiter, about. Ultra, beyond.

Cis, citra, on this side, Absque, without.

Contra, against. Clam, without the know-
ledge of.

Erga, towards. Coram, in presence, before..

Extra, beyond, out of. Palam, with the knowledge
of. -

Intra, within. Pre, before,on account of.

Juxta, near, beside. Pro, for, according to.

Ob, | for, on accountof, Sine, without.

Penes, in the power of. Tenus, as far as, up to

Pone, behind.

Propter, near, on acc’t of. In, in, on, towards, into,
on, among.

Sect.ndum,a.ong,ace’ding to. Sub, —_— under, about, at,near.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 63

In the first column, the Latin prepositions govern the
accusative; in the second, the ablative, except the last
two, which govern the accusative, or ablative, and the two
first, which govern the accusative.

OF CONJUNCTIONS.

The ConsunctTion, as its name imports, is a
word used to connect words and’ sentences
as, ego ET tu, [anv thou. The conjunctions are
represented in the following

TABLE.
Greek. English. Latin.

καὶ, £8, δὲ, - and, also, but, ac, atque, que, et, quoque
ἥ, ὅποι, ἥδ, or, either, aut, seu, sive, ve, vel.
κἄν, καίαϑρ, si, καὶ although, quamquam,quamvis, etsi.
ἀλλὰ, ἀτὰρ, but, atqui, sed, at, autem.

A at least, (no corresponding word.)
μὲν, ἀλλὰμὸν, but, truly, indeed,vero, verum.
μέντοι, yet, tamen, veruntamen.
γὰρ, for, enim, etenim, nam, nam-
iva, ὅσι) ὅφως, ὄφρα; that, ut, uti. [que
ὥς, ὥσφο, that, so that, quin, dummodo.
οὕνεχα, because, quia, quippe, qudd.
εἴπερ, since, indeed, quando, vero, siquidam.
ἐκεὶ, since, after that, quoniam, quum, cum.
ἄρα, οὖν, therefore, ergo, proinde, quare, qua-
διὸ, διοπὲρ, wherefore, cur. [mobrem.

ny then, truly, tum, vero, deinde.
φοίνυν, w, vv, — therefore, ergo, quare.
τοιγαροῦν, emphatic, wherefore, cur, quare, quamobrem.
οὔκουν, not therefore, (no corresponding word.)
$i, dv, Bay, ἣν, xd, κὸν, a’, axe, if, unless, si, sin, nisi.
siasp, if indeed, — siquidem.

δ

54 THE PRINCIPLES OF

INTERJECTIONS.

The InTERJEcTION is an indeclinable word
that holds no relation with any other word
whatever, and is, of itself} actually a sen-
tence: as, Adieu, I commend you to God; it
being a contraction into a (to) and Dieu (God);
good bye, God be with ye, God by ye, or good bye
ye.

Any word or phrase, used by way of exclamation, and
in an unconnected manner, is an interjection. The old -
definition, ‘‘that the interjection was thrown in between
the different parts of speech,’’ is entirely erroneous, and
ought to be corrected; as this word has no relation, and of
course is not a part of speech, but is of itself a τῆλε
speech. _

RELATION OF PHRASES.

As we have now finished the definition of
the Eight Parts of Speech, and spoken largely
of the Relation, or dependence of one word on
another, in consequence of which, words na-
turally fall into this eight-fold division, (2. e.,
the Eight Parts of Speech;) and shown con-
clusively that the noun must be referred to
some other word before it can be in any case,
and that all other words must have a correla-
tive relation to the noun, before they can be-
come parts of speech; it is now proper to
speak of the relation or dependence of Sen-
tencesand Phrases. And here let it be distincly
understood, that the members of a period are
connected to each other by

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 56

1. A Conjunction;
2.-A Preposition; and,
3. A Relative Pronoun.

A glance at the Table of Relations, page 10,
will show that these words always have a
double relation. Hence, without the use of
one of these, no relation could take place be-
tween the phrases in a sentence.

1. OF THE RELATION OF PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES.

A preposition is a word used to point out the relation
which the person, place, or thing following it has to some
noun or verb going before, in a preceding section; as, Mr.

right went to Albany. To, is a preposition, because it
points out the relation which Albany has to went, as the

lace whither that motion tended, and where it terminated

τ. Wright went to Albany. Mr. Wright went there.

New York is beyond Albany.

Beyond is a preposition, showing the relative position of
New York to Albany to be such, that in going directly
from Utica to the latter place, you must pass the former.

The goodness of God to mankind is very apparent, from
the abundant provision which he has made for their sub-
sistence iz this world.

Here the prepositions, of, to, from, for, and in, show th
following relations : ’

Or shows the relation which God has to goodness, viz:
that of a being wherein this quality exists.

To signifies the relation which mankind have to the
goodness of God, as the object on whom it is employed.

From intimates that relation which the provision of God

has made for that happiness, to be that of a cause from

whence that appearaace arises in the mind.

For expresses the relation which ‘the subsistence of
man” has to “the unbounded provisions of God,” to be
the end to which it was directed, or the final cause or mo-
tive with God for making that provision.

i

56 THE PRINCIPLES OF

In shows a local relation of goodness, provisions, and
mankind to this world, as the place where they exist.

2. OF THE UNION ΟΕ SENTENCES BY THE CONJUNCTIONS.

A conjunction is a word used to connect the sentensic
sections, clauses, or parts of a period, and to show the re-
lation which they have to each other, as in this period.

(Sg Notice the punctuation.)

Julius Cesar would not disband his army,
AND return a private person to Rome,

Because he was very sensible he should be called to an
account for extravagant management, in the time of his
consulship, in his province, which would have blasted his
ambitious designs, of destroying the liberties of Rome, ΑΝ
taking the government to himself.

The first end is a conjunction, uniting the two actions,
expressed by the respective verbs dsband and return, to a
common nominative, Julius Cesar, and shows that he, who
was unwilling to perform the first of these actions, was
equally unwilling to perform the last; and that the reason
was, that he did not will that either should be done.

Because is a conjunction, uniting the latter part of this
period to the former, and shows the relation it has to it,
viz: that of a cause, producing the effect mentioned in the
former part of the period; for, what is affirmed in the lat-
ter part is by the conjunction, because, represented as be-
ing the cause, reason, or motive, which induced Cesar,
not to will the disbanding of his army, and his private
return to Rome; while the last and, by connecting
“ destroying the liberty,” and “taking the government,”
shows that he designed oth.

God will not finally let the wicked go unpunished,
though he bear with them so far in this life, as to let them
fare sumptuously, and go down to the grave in peace; for
man, in this world, is in a state of trial; therefore, it would
not be consistent with that intention of an all-wise God to
punish wickedness, constantly and visibly, in this life.

Txovex shows the subjoined clause to hold a construct-
ive dependence on the former, so far as to signify nothing
in the mind of the speaker without a regard thereto.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 57

The con unction as unites its clause to that which goes

pefore, and expresses its relation by devermining the extent’

of what was indefinitely expressed in the foregoing clauses
of the period.

Ann connects “ go down in peace,” with ‘‘ fare sumptu-
ously,” and signifies that both of these actions are per-
mitted by the Almighty for the reason expressed in the
next section.

For shows that the section which it heads holds a con-
structive union with the two preceding sections, and shows
the relation to be that of a.cause or reason why he suffers
them to fare sumptuously, and to die in peace.

THEREFORE shows that the part of the period which fol-
lows it, is construed with all that precedes it, as its cause,
and implies that this world, being intended as a state of
trial, renders it impracticable for him to punish vice con-
sistently with that design, for that would not be to try
them, but foremg them to be good, by destroying their
power to be otherwise, since there can be no true virtue

without liberty.

A relative pronoun may be used either in a sentensic or
insentensic section, and shows that the section in which it
occurs sustains to the antecedent an adjective relation:
thus,

Our Father who art in heaven. Here the two sections,
** who art,” and “in heaven,” sustain to the word Father
an adjective relation, being equivalent in sense to ‘“‘ our
Heavenly Father.” Who art in heaven, restricts the word
Father, by excluding from the extension of that word all
earthly fathers.

Primitive, Secondary Sections.

Gop, (who, at sundry times, and in divers manners,
spake, in times past, wnto the fathers, by the
prophets, )

HATH, 27 these latter days,

SPOKEN, wnto us by his Son.

In this example, that part of the period included in pa-
renthesis has an adjective relation to God, and withal re-
stricts the extension of that noun by excluding from it the
other gods, of the Greeks, Romans, &c., and is equivalent

55 THE PRINCIPLEA OF

to the adjective Jewish. Thus, the Jewish God hath
spoken, &c.

He (that believes and is baptised,) sHALL BE SAVED.
Here the part of the sentence commencing with that, and
included in parenthesis, sustains to the word he, an adjec-
tive relation, by restricting its extension, and shows, that
salvation is not predicted of the word HE in its broadest,
but in a limited logical extension.

Hence, the only union which can take place between the
sections In a period, is effected either by a conjunction, a
relative pronoun, or a preposition.

OF THE SECTION.

A section of a sentence is a word, or an in-
dependent collection of words, “which can
be parsed” without referring any word in that
section, to a word in another section: as,

The midnight moon smiles serenely.
Ic See the Sections as they are formed on the Plate.
OrpvEr.—l. Primary. 2. Secondary.

That section is of the primary order, which claims the
first rank, and sustains the rest: as,

Heaven hides (a) the book, (δ) (primary),

ὦ from all creatures, (secondary).
b of fate, (secondary).

Those sections are of the secondary order, which are up-
held by, and depend upon another section for sense: as,
‘‘ from all creatures;’’ “" οὗ fate;”? “in the room.” These
secondary or branch sections can make no sense, until the
are united to that word in the trunk, or primary, by whic
they arg sustained ; as, hides from all creatures; book of
fate, John zs ‘n the room.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 59

Covrsr.—1. Direct. 2. Circumfler.

The course of a section is direct, when the words stand
in their natural prose order: as,

Law is a rule (of action.)

Law is a rule,a section of the prémary order, direct
course.
Of action, a secondary section, direct course.

The course of a section is circumflex, when the sense
flows back, which is owing to the words not being arranged
in their prose order: as,

Whom3 yel ignorantly worship,2
Him3 declare? I 1 unto you. Ρ

_ Whom ye ignorantly worship, a section, secondary order,
circumflex course, because the sense commences at the
word ye, proceeds forward to worship, then flows back to

om.

Him3 declare2 I1; a section, primary order, circumflex
course. The direct course would be: I1 declare? him.3
The words in these two sections are not only circumflex,
but the sections are so likewise.

Circumfler. Whom ye ignorantly worship, Him de-

Dérect. I declare him whom ye ignorantly worship.
Verity 1 say unto you, He that entereth not by the door,
mto the sheep-fold, but that climbeth up some other way,
1g A THIEF.
, Verily he is a thief. (Direct course, unbroken state.)

RELaTion.—-1. Adjective. 2. Adverbial.

The relation of a secondary, or insentensic section, is
that dependence which it has, to some word in the prima-
ry, for sense. |

A section has an adjective relation, when it restricts the
extension of some noun, or pronoun, in the primary sece
tion: as, |

1, Jesus saw a man who was blind. 2 sections.

1. Jesus saw a blind man. 1 section.

2. Heaven hides the book (of fate.) 2 sections.
2. Heaven hides the fatal book. 1 tection.

60 THE PRINCIPLES OF

He (that believes) (and is baptised) shall be saved.

And the relation is adverbial, when it qualifies the verb,
oz expresses the manner of existing or acting: as,

The midnight moon smiles serenely,
Ο εν Nature's soft repose.

The jessamine clambers (in flower) (o’er the thatch.) 3 sec-
The flowery jessamine clambers there. 1 section.

Statz.—Sentensic, Insentensic, Plenary, Implenary,
Broken, Unbroken.

The sentensic section contains a nominative, and verb,
sr a “sentence, trunk, and branch:” as,

1. The moon smiles serenely.
2. No lowering cloud obscures the sky.
3. Nor ruffling tempest blows. :

The ¢nsentensic section is one that contains no sentensic
word: as, —

1. To church. 2. Inthe room. 3, O’er Nature’s soft
repose. .

The plenary state arises from that degree of fullness,
which admits of solution, without supplying words; as, Ὁ.
John [give thou (to me) an apple.] :

The implenary state arises from the want of a word, or -
words: as,

— John, give

tis —— —

— me an apple.
ο᾽ — clock.

The state of a section is -broken, when another section
intervenes between its parts: as,
΄

Law (in its most comprehensive sense), is a rule.
And varying schemes (of life) no more distract the will.

The unbroken state of a section, is the uninterrapted
continuation of all its parts: as,

Law is a rule (of action),
Varying schemes no more distract the laboring will.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 61

Crass.—1. Literal. 2. Figurative.

The Ziteral class is that which expresses the meaning
according to the words (or letters) used: as,

The midnight moon serenely shines.
A ship sails on the seas.

A section is figurative, when one or more words in it
convey a different meaning from what the woyge therally
import: as, ὍΣ

I. THE METAPHOR. an
. . . a as ,
1. Daniel Webster is a pittaz in the state\ ©
2. I will be unto her a watt of fire. , Π,
3. THov art my ROcK and my FORTRESS.

4. Thy worp is a Lamp to my feet.

A metaphor is founded entirely on the resemblance of
one thing to another.

1. A statesman performs the same office in a state, that
a pillar does in an edifice.

2. God is the same defence to his church, that a wall is
to a city.

3. He is the same defence to the righteous, as a fortress
or rock is to a soldier.

II. ALLEGORY.

An allegory is a metaphor continued, which was a fa-
vorite method of delivering instruction in old times: for’
what we call fables or parables are no other than allego-
ries; by words and actions, attributed to beasts, or inani-
mate objects, the “dispositions of man are shadowed
forth ;”? and what we call the “ moral,’” is the “ unfigtfred
sense,” or meaning of the allegory.

A hog, beholding the horse of a warrior, rushing into
battle, says: ‘‘ Fool, whither dost thou hasten? Perha
thou mayst die in the fight ;”” to whom the horse replied:
‘A knife shall take life from thee, fatted amongst mud,
and filth, but crory shall accompany my death.”

6

62 THE PRINCIPLES OF

III. coMPARISON.

Is when the resemblance between two objects is express-
ed in form, by the word as, like, &c.

Webster is in the state, Zéke a pillar in an edifice.

He is Zeke a pillar.
The word of God is Ztke a light.

IV. PERSONIFICATION.

Is that figure which attributes life and action to inani-
mate objects: as, moon smiles.

Now, as it cannot be literally true, that the moon smiles
or laughs, since nothing but a human being can laugh, it
must be figuratively so. This figure is founded on
the aspect, or resemblance of one thing to another: thus
the imagination may attribute this action to the “man in
the moon.”’

2. Majestically slow, before the breeze,
In silent pomp, she marches on the seas.

The above couplet is from Falconer’s description of the
ship Brittannia: She is a pros fem. gen., represented as
marching (not sailing). While the word mapestically, at-
tributes to the vessel the idea of majesty. An easy stretch
of the imagination would find some resemblance between
a queen, decorated with the robes of majesty, taking a
walk, and the goddess Brittania, the queen of the ocean.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 63

RULES.

Rute 1. Every adjective belongs to a noun;
as, —— .
Rue 2. The nominative case precedes the
verb; as,
Rute 8. All nouns of the second person,
are in the case independent; as, 0 ——.
Rutz 4. The case absolute precedes the par-
ticiple; as,
Roe 5. The possessive case precedes the
noun; as, 3
Rute 6. Transitive verbs govern the objec-
tive case; as,
Rue 7. Prepositions govern the objective
case; as,
Rue 8. A pronoun has the gender, person
and number of its noun; as,
Rute 9. A verb agrees with its nominative
case, in number and person; as,
Rure 10. Singular nominatives connected
by and, require a plural verb, noun and pro-
noun; as, and
Rure 11. Singular nominatives connected

by any other conjunction, require a singular ἡ

verb; as, or
Rute 12. Adverbs qualify verbs: as, ——-

Rute 13. The infinitive mood is governed

4

64 THE PRINCIPLES OF

by the preceding word (in construction); as,
to

Rue 14. Nouns or pronouns having the
same relation are in the same case; as,
is 3,

Rue 15. Two negatives in the same sen-
tence, neutralize each other and make an af-
firmative; as, not unmindful.

Rue 16. Conjunctions connect words and
sentences; as, ; (con.)

Ruue 17. The conjunctions 1/, though, except,
unless and whether, govern the subjunctive
mood only, when doubt is implied ; as,

Rue 18. An auxiliary holds a single rela-
tion to its principal; as,

Rute 19. An omission of such words as will
not obscure the sense is admissible.

Rute 20. A collective noun, implying unity
requires a singular verb.

Rute 21. But a collective noun denoting
plurality, requires a plural verb.

Rue 22. Sections of an adjective relation,
must, in all cases, be placed next to the noun
they qualify.

Rue 23. Care must be taken to express the
proper time by the appropriate tense.

Rue 24. Every word in a sentence relates
to and is parsed with another word or other
words, in the same section.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 65

Rue 25. No word in a section can have
any greater extension than the other words or
sections in the same sentence will give it.

Rute 26. Reduce every broken to an un-
broken section, by uniting its parts.

Rote 27. Render every implenary section
plenary, by supplying every implied word.

Rote 28. Give every word in a section, and
every section in a sentence, its true relation.

Rue 29. Reject and expunge an unjustifia-
ble pleinism from the section in which it oc-
curs.

Rute 30. Care must be taken to express the
proper relation by appropriate prepositions.

66 THE PRINCIPLES OF

PARSING.

The following extracts from Milton and
Pope are here presented for the especial bene-
fit of the beginner and private learner. If the
student will make himself perfectly acquainted
with the principles contained in this analysis
—before leaving it—will find himself able to
parse just as well without this assistant as
with it; for the parts of speech, and their re-
lation to each other, occur so frequently that
they cannot fail to make an indelible impres-
sion on the memory, not to be forgotten, like
rules and definitions, but which time itself
shall never afterwards be able to efface:

PARADISE LOST.

adv V ir in ind imp 38 no {3 8 adv con nof3s
Now came’ still ev’ning* on, and ‘twilight® gray

18 prep p PP al non3s7 al non3plu vir tr ind pla 3
Had in her’ sober liv’ry all things’ — clad.'°

nef3s vrtrim imp 3 s on3sconnen3s
Silence® *ecompanie”’ [them] { for beast’ and bird,

rep non3s al p nen2pla
They? to their® gn eer couch, these [birds] to to their’ nests.

v ir in indimp 3 nc fem 3
Were sunk? Aik 1 but the wakeful nightingale, sory
nen3s Υ ir tr ind imp 36
dhe’ * all night long her’ am am ‘ous descant® sung.’°
cof3s vrpasindimp3s adv vrinindimp3s nenSs
Silence* was pleased." Now glow’d® the firmament*

rep al non3pla7 npnadss r pro vir tr ind imp 3 s
Witt living sapphires: Hesperus* that* led'°

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 67
al al n:n3s vir in ind imp a 1 Hesperus adv alnef3 5.
The starry host® rode’ brightest, till the moon,’

part prep al nen3s7 adv
Rising in clouded majesty, at length,

al nacf3s vr tr ind imp nen3s
Apparent queen," unveil’d” her’ pe peerless light,°

con prep alnen3spp al non3s vir tr ind imp °
And o’er the dark’ her’ silver mantle’ threw.”

npm3s adv prepnpf7 al nof2s. alnen3s
When ‘Adam® [sa¢d] thus to Eve: Fair consort,’ th’ hour*

prpnpen3s7 al nen3pluadv part prepnen3s7
Of night, and all things! now retir’d to _—rest,

vrtrini pr3 plu ppprepal nen3s7 con npm3s vir trind perf
Mind” us’ of like repose : since God* hath set

all nouns on3sprepnom3plu7
Labor* and rest,’ as day® and night, to men

a ldayandnightcon al al non3s non3s7
Successive: and the timely dew‘ of sleep,

edvy part pre al non3s7vrtrind pr3s
Now falling with soft slumb’rous weight, inclines

p nen 8 plu 81 nen3 pla adv
Gur eye-lids.° Other creatures® all day long

vrin ind pr 3 pla 8.1 a loreatures con ἃ 1 rest vr tr ind pr 3 pla

Rove’ idle, unemploy’d, and less need” rest.°
‘nom 368 vir trind pr36 p al no non3s7
Man’ hath’ his? daily work? ‘of body or of mind

pro vrtrindpr3s pp nen3s
Appointed, which® declares’ _his® dignity,°

con al τ δα ot te ree i pnon3 pl
And the regsrd° of Heaven I his® ways; ;

al none βἷᾳ @ 1 animals vin μὰ pe ϑ μα
While other anima unactive range,

an gree Ρ p nen3pla7n m 38 virtrindpr3salnon3s
An their? doings οὐδ _— takes” no account,’

adv adv al nen3s virtrindfut3s alnon8s
To-morrow, ere fresh morning’ [shal7] streak’® the east*

68 THE PRINCIPLES OF
ΠΡ al non3s7 nen3s7pp_ vir in pot pr Ist plu
ith first approach of light, we* must be risen,°

con prep pp 81 nen3s vr tr inf pr
_ And at our’ pleasant labor; to re-form"

al al nen3gplu al nen3plua 1 alleys
Yon flow’ry arbors® yonder alleys® green,

ὁ} ncen3s prep ncon2s7 prep ἢ 6 ἢ 38 plu a 1 branches
ur walk’ at noon, with branches overgrown,

rprovrtrindpr3plupp al ncn3s _— convrtrindpr3pln
That? mock’® our scant manuring,’ and require”

alnen3plucon pp υτι pp 81 ner$8pla
More hands* than ours® [hands] to lop“their wanton growth‘

841 neon3plu adv con al al neon3plu
Those blossoms‘ also, and those dropping gums? .

rpro virinind3 plaalgums ai1gums con al gums

Ταῦ _lie® bestrown, unsightly and unsmooth,

vrtrind pr3 pluncn3s pp vrinind pr1 pluvinf prep non3s7

Ask’? riddance,. if wes mean to tread with ease.
adv pnon3svrtr&e non virin&e pp vrn inf pr

r
Meanwhile, as nature® wills,” night? bids® usé [to] rest.°

rep rp7toAdaminthel3thlineprep al non3s7 part
o whom thus Eve,* [saéd] with perfect beauty adorn’d:

pnom2scon noms the thing 6 which 6 pp v ir tr ind pr 2s
My? author’ and disposer” what® _—thou* bidst”

el ppvrtrind rp npm3s vrtrind pr8 s governs 80

Unargu’d Ἵ obey ;*° 80° d° ordains."”

re Pp part ppvirtrindpris al nom by figare
Wit thee conversing id forget’ _— all time ;
alnen3plu oon pp non3s al vr tr ind pr 3 pla adv
All seasons® and their’ change,’ all [théngs] please” alike,

al alneon3sprepnof3e7 ppncn3s a1
Sweet is’ the breath* of morn, her rising* [2s] sweet,

rep ncn3s7prep al non3pla7 al a 1 nom by fig

ith charm of earliest birds; pleasant [és] the sun*

adv advpres al al non38e7 p vir tr ind pr 3s
When first on this delightful land he* spreads’®

.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 69

a al ncn 3 plu prep gov. byonand alln3n387
is orient beams® on herb,’ tree, fruit and flower,

Prep nes? ἃ 1 earth al al nen3s
Glist’ning with dew; fragrant [2s] the fertile earth*

prep 81 non3 pla7 con al al non3s
After soft show’rs; and sweet [2s] the coming on*

prep ‘al nen3s7 al con al nof3s nomcase to is

Of era evening mild; then silent night, [zs]

ἀπ ἃ al nof 387 con al alne{3s7
it this her solemn bird, and this fair moon,

con 18" al ainon3pla7 non3s7 pp al non3s7
And these the gems of heav’n, ποῦ starry train.

All the words in the six following lines marked thus δ are in the nomi
native case to 18, in the 7th hne below.

con con non3s prepnef3s7 adv pp vr tr ind pr 3
But neither breath* of morn, when she* ascends”

ΤΙ non3s7 prep al nen3plu7con al nom3s
ith charm of earliest ae nor nang ® sun*

al nen3s7co nods

prep
On. this delightful land ; nor herb,* fruit, τ flow’ r,*

part prep non3s7con non3s prep non3 μα 7
Gllst’ning with dew; nor fragrance* after show’rs,

cn al nef3s al oon al noaf3s
Nor grateful evening* mild; nor silent night*

a +a PP al non3s7connen3spreyno{3s
ith this her solemn bird; nor walk* by moon,

con al = non3s7 rep p ἃ 1 breath, herb,etc.
Or glitt’ring star-light—without thee 1s sweet.

δὲν _— adverbial phrase v ir in ind pr 3 plu prep r pro
But wherefore all night long shine’ these? for whom

el non3s adv nen 3s vir tr ind perf3snon3

[és] This glorious sight,* when sleep* hath shut" all eyes.°

governs 29 followin lines
rep r p relates to Eve vr tr ind imp

o whom our gen’ "ral ancestor replied :°

70 THE PRINCIPLES OF
nef2s prep npm3s7oon nom3s7 al n p £28 ind
‘Daughter’ of God and man, accomplish’d Eve?

al virtrindpr3plunon3svr tr inf pr prepa 10 3 57
These have” their course to finish” round the earth,

prep al nen3s7 con prep non3s7 prep ΠΟ 357
y morrow ev’ning; and from land to land,

prep non3s7 con prepnendplu7con al
n order, though to nations yet unborn,

art part pp plu set and rise both v ir in ind 3 pla
Minist’ring light® prepar’d, they* set® and rise’
con al non3s_ regain prepnen3s7 vr tr pot imp 3s
Lest total darkness’ should by night regain

ae al neon3s con see regainnon3s
er’ old possession,’ and extinguish life®

The word rrres is the nominative to all the Verbs marked f and
WHIcH the objective.

repnon3s7conalnen3 pla7rpro al ajnen3plu
n nature and all things; wxHcu® these soft rimzs*

ady virtrindpr3placon prep al non3s7
Not only enlightent δαὶ with kindly heat

prep al naon3s7 bothvr trind pr 3 pla
Of various influence, fomentt and warm,t

bothvrtrind pr3 plu con prepnen3s7 vir tr ind pr 8 pla
Tempert or nourish,” or in part shed down’

p al nen3sprepal non8pla7rp vir in ind pr3 pla
their stellar virtue® on all kinds that grow’

prepnof3s7 part adv alkinds vr tr inf pr
On earth, made hereby apter to receive

non3s prep alnom3s adv supnen3s7
Perfection® trom the sun’s® more potent ray.

al adv con art prepnon3s7nc3s7
These [fires] then, though unbeheld in deep of night,

virinind pr3 pluadvy convirtrimp2s nem3plu_ adv
Shine’ not in vain; nor think,’ though men* were® none,

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 71
con non3s we timp3snen3plu δὲ πὶ 5 595 85
That heaven’ would want” spectators,° God! want praise®.

nc n 3 pla prep 81 non 8 pin7 vr tr ind pr 8 pla non3s
Millions’ of opt creatures walk’ the earth®

a 1 creatures PP, oon adv p P.
Unseen, both when we® wake and when we’ sleep.

al al pre non3s7ppnon3 plavirtr
All these wit ceaseless Praise bis works® behold”

adverbial phrase—always rep alnon3s7
Both day and night. How often, from the steep

p al πο 8.57 con see hill Pp ir tr ind perf 1 plo
| Of echoing hill or thicket have we? heard”

nondplaprepal al non3s7
Celestial voices’ to the midnight air,

a 1 voices con a 1 voices al prep al neon3s7
Sole, ΟΣ responsive each to others” note,

al npm3s7 advprepnon3 plu? :
shaging their great Creator. Oft in bands,

adv pp vir & ind μὲ pr3plnon3s al non3e wrt
While they* keep® watch,‘ or nightly rounding walk,’

Wik alnon3s7 prep al neondpla7
ith heav’nly touch of instrumental sounds,

al al nongs

p paren
fn full harmonic number join’, their ne α

vr tr ind pr 3 pla no n3 8 consee divide pp no ἃ 3 pla nen3s7
mma the night,° and lift’ our thoughts® to heav'n.”

adverbial phrase—together p p v 7 ir ind i iP 3 pla
Tins talking, hand in hand alone they" pass’d

PP non3s7 part al virindim imp 8 plo
On to to there’ blissful bow en nove arriv’d, both stood,

al v ir in ind im 3 pla prep alt vrtrindim
Both [persons] turn’ ὁ and under open ny ador’d'°

alnpm3s wir ts fad im 38 all no
The οὐδ that? made” both sky,” air,° earth, 5 and hea n,°

® They walk their nightly rounds, like sentries on guard

72 THE PRINCIPLES OF

c p by beheld vir trind imp 3 plu nef3s 81 non3s -
Which® they* beheld,” — the moon’s® resplendent globe,®

con al non3s pp2s advvirtrind pp2snon3s

And starry pole.* Thou* also mad’st” the night,°

nem2s al con pp2s alnon3ds
Maker* omnipotent, and thou [madest] the day,°

rf finished pp prep pp al nen3s7 part
Which*® we*® in our’ appointed work employed,

vr tr ind perf 1 plual Adamand Eve al nen3s8s7
Have finish’d™ happy in our mutual help

con 81 non3sT7alnon3spreppal ppnends?
And mutual love, the crown of all our bliss,

part prep pp con al al non3s7
Ordain’d by thee; and this delicious place,

reppp alplace adv pp non3s vrtr ind pr3s
or us too large, where thy abundance’ wants”

noog 3 plu con a 1 abundance vir in ind pr 3s non3s7
Partakers,° and uncropt falls® ἀἴο the ground.

con p p2s vr tr ind perf 2 8 Pp pp alainon3s
But thou* hast promis’d’° from us two a race,

vyrtrinf praincn3sr aux prep pp7vr tr ind 1 fut 3s
To 61:6 the earth,° who! shall with us extol”

p non8s 81 goodnesscon adv pp vr in ind pr 1 pla
Phy goodness infinite, both when we’ wake,’

oon adv ppvirtrind pri pla ppnon3snon337
And when we’ seek,” as now, thy gift® of sleep.

MILTON.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 73

POPE’S ESSAY.

ppm3s prep al non3 pla? vir tr ind pr 3 ¢ prep non3s7
eaven’ from all creatures hides’ the book® of fate,

con alnen3gs part PP al nen3s
All but the page’ prescrib’d, their’ present state :5

ep nu n3 plu 7 the thing which ne m3 plu7 non3
rom brutes what men,” from men what spirits* know ;*°

con rpvrtrpotimp3snen3sady adv
Or who’ could suffer’ being* here below ?

alnem3s pp ucn3svr tr &c v ir in inf pr adv
[éf] The lamb? [zohich] thy® riot dooms to bleed to-day,

virtrsubj 3spp pp nen3s p both v rin pot imp3 s
Had he** thy® reason,° would τὸ skip® and play ?*

rep al al instant p pvr tr ind pr 38a 1 neondgs
Pleased to the last, he* crops’° the flow’ry food,°

con vtrind pr3snon3s adv part virtrinfprppnon3s
And licks the hand* just rais’d to shed” δ᾽ blood.®

inter πο 28 prepalnen3s7 δὰν part
Qh" blindness*® to the future! kindly giv’n,

cona lcreature vrtrpotprncn3s part prepnpm3sT?
That each may fill’ the circle’ mark’d by Heav’n;

rp virtrind pr3sprep al nen3sprepnpm3s7
Who! sees” with equal eye, as God of all,

alnem3svriofproonal πο 38 virininof

A hero® [¢o] perish,® or a sparrow’ [10] fall ;’

non3plucon ncn 3 pla prepnon8s7 part
Atoms or systems’ into ruin hurl’d,

von advalnon3svrininf pr con advalnon3s
And now a bubble® burst,? and now a world.®

vrinimp36ady adv pre ainon3 plu7 vr inimp 20
Hope® humbly then; with trembling pinions soar ;’

* The word ng, is redundant, in apposition with Lams, and repeated
by poetical license only. The word wHIcH, understood, is the real ob-
jective case of the verb pooms.

7

4 THE PRINCIPLES OF

vrtrimp2sal Ὁ 6 πὶ8 8 apposition comment ctrimp 2s
Wait" the great teacher Death;* and God* adore“

albliss al non3s pv cr ing pr 8s pP Υ ir tr inf pr
What future bliss’ he* gives” not thee* to know,

con v ir tr ind pr8s alnon3s vir inf pr p p non3s adv

But gives” that hope® to be® thy blessing* now
non3svir in ind pr8sa 1 ho al al non8s7
Hope® springs’ eternal in the human breast ;

neom3s adv con adv Υ ir inf pr a1 man
Man* never is,’ but always To BE” blest.

alnen3satlsoul con alsoul prepnon3s7
The soul,* uneasy, and confin’d from home,

both v rind pr 3s rep Βοπ 8857 v ir inf pr
Rests’ and expatiates’ in a life [which zs] to come,”

interj al al nom3s_ rp al nen3ds
Lo,” the poor Indian !* whose untutor’d mind®

v ir tr ind pr 3anpm3snen3 pla7 see sees Prep nen3s7
Sees" God® in clouds, or hears” him® in the wind ;

Pp mon geal non3s adv vir tr ind imp 3 sv ir inf pr in
is’ soul® proud science® never taught” to stra

non3s7 al non8s7

adv con al al
Far as [to] the Solar Walk, or Milky Way:

con al non3sprepppnon3s7 vir tr ind 88
Yet simple nature’® to δ» hope has siven'* μὰ

prep al ail non3s7 al non8s
Behind the cloud-topt hill, a humbler heaven ;°

al 4] non8s non3sprepnon8pia7 part
Some safer world’ in depth of woods embraced,

al al non3sprepal al non3s7
Some happier island® in the wat’ry waste:

adv nocg3plu adv p alnon8s yvirtr ind pr8 plu
Where slaves’ once more their native land® behold,”

e1nom3 plavr tr ind pr3 plu no πὶ 8 plu vr ind pr 8 pla
No fiends’? torment,'® no Christians* thirst for gold,

nom vrtrindpr3spp al nonds
To BE,’ contents” his’ natural desire:°

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 75
p vrtr ind pr3s ainof3snon3salnof3s non3s
e* asks'° no angel’s wing,° no seraph’s fire ;*

con v ir ind pr 3.8 pert epeal alnen3s7
But thinks,! admitted to that equal sky,

Ρ al nom3s vir tr ind 1 fat3s withnon3
His! faithful dog* shall bear him company.®

v irinimp2s al con prep ppncn3s7 prepacn3s?
Go,” wiser thou! and in thy scale of sense,

vr trim imp 25 PP non3s prep apm3s7
were thy* opinion’ against Providence ;

ition—Call that imperfection which thou fanciest such.
Call! imperfection® what thou® fanciest such ;

τς τὸ imp 2 8 οὖν PP ay ir or io Pra 5 Ὁ ου ὃς ady non3s
Say” here he* gives” _too little,® there too much, .

si ek fa a 1 nen3s7ppnoin3s is
pride, in reas’ning pride, our’ error lies ;°

a 1 creatures v r trind pr 3 plu nen 3 pla ἢ
All quit” their® sphere,’ and rush into the skies.

non3s adv vrinindpr3’s al al non3s7
Pride® still is’ aiming at the blest abodes;

nem 3 pla vir t imp 3 pun & or 2non3 pla n&or3
Men? would. be’ _— angels ;? angels* would be® gods.°

pat virininfpr r2 connon
Aspiring to be® _— gods," if angele fe fell,,

vir in inf pr r2 nom ὃ pla vr [α 3 pla
Aspiring to be® angels,» men* rebel τὰ

adv vrin ind pr3evr tr inf alnon8 ph
And [he] who? but wishes’ to invert! the laws”

prpnpm3s7 prep al npm3s7
Of onper, sins® against th’ Erernan Cause.

76 THE PRINCIPLES OF

Having compieted our exercises fcr the private learner,
we here present additional exercises for practice, without
being marked, to be used by those who prefer them—al-
though the previous lessons should be gone over, in part,
at least, iz all cases. The words in the first piece have
the relation pointed out by figures—and in the additional
exercises the student will be able to make this out for him-
self.

LIBERTY AND SLAVERY CONTRASTED.

Part of a Letter from Italy, by Apptson. .

How12 has18 kind! Heaven2 adorned10 this! happy! land ,6

And16 scattered10 blessings6 with14 a1 wastefall hand ;7

But16 what8,6 availl0 her8,5 unexhausted! stores,2

Her8,5 blooming! mountains2 and16 her8,5 sunny1 shores,2

With4 alll thel gifts7 that8,6 heaven? andJ5 earth2 impart,10

—— thel smiles? of 13 nature,7 and16 thel charms7 of 13 art ,7

While12 proud! oppression2 in14 her8,5 valleys? reigns,9

And16 tyranny2 usurps10 her8,5 happy! plains?6

Thel poor] inhabitant2 beholds10 in vain, 12

The1 redd’ning1 orange6 and 16 that1 swelling! grain:6

Joyless1 he2 sees10 the 1 growing! oils6 and 16 wines,6

And16 in14 the1 myrtle’s5 fragrant1 shade7 repines.9

O! Liberty ,3 thou3 power3 supremely 19 bright,1

Profuase1 of bliss,7 and15 fragrant1 with delight 17

Perpetual! pleasures2 in14 thy8,5 presence? reign,9

And16 smiling1 plenty2 leads10 thy8,5 wanton train ;6

Eased1,11 of 14 her8,5 load,7 subjection? grows9 more/9 light,1

And16 poverty2 looks9 cheerfall inl4 thy8,5 light.7

Thou8,2 makest10 thel gloomy! face6 of 13 nature7 gay ;1

—— givest10 beauty6 1014 the! sun,7 and16 pleasure6 tol4 thel day.7

On14 foreign! mountains? may thel sun2 refine10

Thel grape’s5 soft1 juice,6 and mellow10 it8,6 1014 wine ;7

With14 citron] groves7 adorn10 al distant! soil ,6

And16 thel fat1 olive6 swell10 with14 floods? of 13 oil.7

We8,2 envy10 not12 thel warmer! climes6 that8,2 lie9

In14 ten! degrees7 of 13 more19 indulgent! skies ;7

Nor16 at14 the1 coarseness? of 13 our8,5 heaven? repine,9

Tho’16 o’er14 our8,5 heads? [861 frozen! pleiads2 shine :9

Tis 8,2,9 liberty2 that8,2 crowns10 the1 Saxon’s5 isle,6

Arxd16 makes10 the1 barren! rocks6 and16 thel bleak1 mountains6
emile.9

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 77

ADDITIONAL EXTRACTS FOR PARSING.
WEBSTER’S REPLY TO HAYNE.

I shall enter on no encomium of Massachusette—she
needs none. There she is—behold her, and judge for
yourselves. There is her history. The world has it by
heart. The past at least is secure. There is Boston, and
Concord, and Lexington, and Bunker hill, and there they
will rémain forever. The bones of her sons, fallen in the
great struggle for independence, now lie mingled with the
soil of every state, from New England to Georgia, and
there they will lie forever. And, sir, where American
Liberty raised its first voice, and where its youth was nur-
tured and sustained, there it still lives in the strength of its
manhood, and full of its original spirit. If discord and dis-
union shall wound it—if party strife and blind ambition
shall hawk at and tear it—if folly and madness, if uneasi-
ness under salutary and necessary restraint, shall succeed
to separate it from that union by which alone its existence
is made sure—in the end, by the side of that cradle in
which its infancy was rocked, it will stretch forth its arms
with whatever vigor it may still retain, over the friends
who gather round it—and it will fall at last, if fall it must,
amidst the proudest monuments of its own glory, and on
the very spot of its origin.

BENTON ON THE PROTEST.

The question immediately before the senate was one of
minor consequence; it might be called a question of small
import, except for the effect which the decision might have
upon the Secretary itself. In that point of view it might
be a question of some moment; for, without reference to
individuals, it was essential to the cause of free govern-
ments, that every department of the government, the senate
inclusive, should so act as to preserve to itself the respect
and corifidence of the country. The immediate question
was, upon the rejection of the president's message. It was

Φ

7

78 TUE PRINCIPLES OF

moved to rejest it—to reject it, not after it was consideres,
but before it :vas considered! and thus to tell the Ameri-
can people that their president shall not be heard, should
not be allowed to plead his defence, in the presence of the
body that condemned him, neither before the condemna-
tion, nor after it! This is the motion, and certainly no
enemy to the senate could wish it to miscarry. The pre-
sident, in the conclusion of his message, has respectfully
requested that his defence might be entered upon the jour-
nal of the senate—upon that same journal which contains
the record of his conviction. This is the request of the
president. Will the senate deny it? Will they refuse
this act of sheer justice and common decency? Will they
zo further, and not only refuse to place it on the journal,
but refuse even io suffer it to remain inthesenate? Will
they refuse to permit it to remain on file, but send it back,
or throw it out of doors, without condescending to reply to
it? for that is the exact import of the motion now made!
Will senators exhaust their minds, and their bodies also,
in loading this very communication with epithets, and then
say that it shall not be received? Will they receive me-
morials, resolutions, essays, from all that choose to abuse
the president, and not receive a word of defence from him ?
Will they continue the spectacle which has been present-
ed here for three months—a daily presentation of attacks
upon the president from all that choose to attack him,
young and old, boys and men—attacks echoing the very
sound of this resolution, and which are not only received
and filed here, but printed also, and referred to a commit-
tee, and introduced, each one with a lauded commentary
of set phrase? Are the senate to receive all these, and
yet refuse to receive from the object of all this attack one
word of answer ? . . * . .

The proceeding, he, Mr. B., held to be an impeachment,
without the forms of an impeachment—a conviction, with-
out the form of a trial—a sentence of condemnation for a
high crime and misdemeanor, against the chief magistrate
of the republic, without evidence, without hearing, without
defence, without the observance of a single form prescrib-
ed for the trial of impeachments; and this by the very tri-
bunal which is bound to try the formal impeachment for
the same matter if duly demanded by the grand inquest

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 79

of the nation n: their hall of representatives. This was
the question which the country would have to try, and in
the trial of which, furious passion, reckless denunciation,
bold, or even audacious assertion, will stand for nothing.
The record! the record! will be the evidence which the
country willdemand. The facts! the facts! will be the
data which they require! The speeches! the speeches'
delivered on this floor, will be the test of the spirit and in-
tention with which these proceedings were pursued and
consummated.

WEBSTER ON THE PROTEST.

The contest for ages has been to rescue liberty from the
grasp of executive power. Whoever has been engaged in
her sacred cause, from the days of the downfall of those
great aristocracies, which had stood between the king and
the people, to the time of our own independence, has strug-
gled for the accomplishment of that single object. On the
long list of champions of human freedom, there is not one
name damned by the reproach of advocating the extension
of executive authority; on the contrary, the uniform and
steady purpose of all such champions has been, to limit
and restrain it. To this end, the spirit of liberty, growing
more and more enlightened, and more and more vigorous
from age to age, has been battering for centuries against
the solid buttments of the feudal system. To this end all
that could be gained from the imprudence, snatched from
the weakness, or wrung from the necessities of crowned
heads, has been carefully gathered up, secured, and
hoarded, as the rich treasures, the very jewels of liberty.
To this end, popular and representative right has kept up
its warfare against prerogative, with various success;
sometimes writing the history of a whole age in blood —
sometimes witnessing the martyrdoms of Sydneys ana
Russels; often baffled and repulsed, but still gaining, on
the whole, and holding what it gained with a grasp which
nothing but the complete extinction of its own being could
compel it to relinquish. . “ * ν"

And now, sir, who is he so ignorant.of the history of

80 THE PRINCIPLES OF

liberty, at home ard abroad; who is he, ye dwelling in
his contemplations among the principles and dogmas of the
middle ages; who is he, from whose bosom all original
infusion of American spirit has become so entirely evapo-
rated and exhaled, as that he shall put into the mouth of
the president of the United States the doctrine that the
defence of liberty naturally results to executive power,
and is its peculiar duty? Who is he that, generous and
confiding towards power where it is most dangerous, and
jealous only of those who can restrain it? Whois he that
reversing the order of the state, and -upheaving the base
would poise the political pyramid of the political system
upon its apex ? Who is he that, overlooking with con-
tempt the guardianship of the representatives of the peo-
ple, and with equal contempt the higher guardianship of
the people themselves? Who is he that declares to us,
through the president’s lips, that the security for freedom
rests in executive authority? Who is he that belies the
blood and libels the fame of his own ancestors, by declar-
ing that they, with solemnity of form and force of manner,
have invoked the executive power to come to the protec-
tion of liberty? Who is he that thus charges them with
the insanity or recklessness of putting the lamb beneath
the lion’s paw? No, sir; our security is in our watchful-
ness of executive power. “* * ® And when we, and
those who come after us, have done all that we can do, and
all that they can do, it will be well for us, and for them,
"ΣΕ some popular executive, by the power of patronage and
party, and the power, too, of that very popularity, shall not
ereafter prove an over-match for all other branches of the
government. * * « * .
Mr. President, I have spoken freely of this protest, and
of the doctrines which it advances; but I have said no-
thing which I do not believe. On these high questions of
constitutional law, respect for my own character, as well
as a solemn and profound sense of duty, restrains me from
iving utterance to a single sentiment which does not flow
rom entire conviction. I feel that I am not wrong. I
feel that an inborn and inbred love of constitutional liber-
ty, and some study of our political institutions have not, on
this occasion, misled me. But I have desired to say no-
hing that should give pain to the chief magistrate person-

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 8]

ally. I have not sought to fix arrows in his breast; but I
believe him mistaken, altogether mistaken, in the senti-
ments which he has expressed; and I must concur with
others in placing on the records of the senate, my disappro-
bation of those sentiments. On a vote, which is to remain
so long as any proceeding of the senate shall last, and on
ἃ question which can never cease to be important while
the constitution of the country endures, 1 have desired to
make public my reasons. They will now be known, and
[ submit them to the judgment of the present and of after
times. Sir, the occasion is full of interest. It cannot pass
off without leaving strong impressions on the character of

ublic men. A collision has taken place, which I could

ave most anxiously wished to avoid; it was not to be
shunned. We have not sought this controversy; it has
met us, and been forced upon us. In my judgment, the
law has been disregarded, and the constitution transgress-
ed—the fortress of liberty has been assaulted, and circum-
stances have placed the senate in the breach; and, altho’
we may perish in it, 1 know we shall not fly from it. But
I am fearless of consequences. We shall hold on, sir, and
hold out, till the people themselves come to its defence.
We shall raise the alarm, and maintain the post, till they,
whose right it is, shall decide whether the senate be a
faction, wantonly resisting lawful power, or whether it be
opposing, wi h firmness and patriotism, violations of liber-
ty and inroais upon the constitution.

82 THE PRINCIPLES OF

PROSODY.
From «ρος (for) wd (a song.)

Prosocy consists of two parts: Poncruation—-and the
Laws or VERSIFICATION, or Rules for writing Poetry.

1, Punctuation (ἃ punct-um, a point), is the art of divid-
ing a written composition into parts, by introducing, be-
tween the members of a period, the following characters’
the φ comma; the 5 semi colon; the $ colon; and at the
close of a period, the ὁ period; the # interrogation; the
ὃ exclamation; and the =e= dash.

It is impossible to lay down rules for punctuating, which
will be free from exceptions. The following are as useful
and perfect as any that can be given:

GeEnerAL Rote.—Use a comma after a word of the 7th
relation; a semi colon before a word of the 16th relation;
and a period, interrogation, or exclamation, at the close of
the sentence. [See the punctuation on the Plate.]

Roz 1.—Before a relative pronoun, insert a 9 as: God,
who, at sundry times, spake unto the fathers, hath spoken.

Ruxe 2.—After a noun, or pronoun, governed by a pre-
position, insert ἃ 9 as: At sundry times,? unto the fathers,7
—after a noun,? or pronoun,7: O’er nature’s soft repose,7.

Ruiz 3.—Where the nominative is separated from the
verb, by an intervening phrase, a 9 is to be inserted after
the nominative, and before the verb, as:

Thunders 9 wafted from the ing zone
» Growl from afar, a deaf and hollow groan,

Rue 4.—A $ is used before a conjunction, as: I will
either bring you the book; or send it by mail. An adjec-
tive restricts the logical extension of a noun $ as: North
America is not so large; as America.

The 3 is used when a comparison is made between two
things, by using the comparative and corresponding con-
junctions, as: Asthe ox goeth to the slaughter: so goeth
the fool to the stocks.

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. §3

Rute 5.—The .« is placed at the close of a period, and
denotes the sense to be complete, as:

The midnight moon serenely smiles
O’er Nature’s soft

No low’ring cloud obscures the sky3 nor
Ruffling tempest blows. [See Plate.] ᾿

Rutz 6.—The # is used after an interrogatory sentence ;
the { after an interjection, and exclamatory phrases; and
the === denotes a rhetorical pause, as

O death! where is thy—sting? O grave! where is thy—victory?

The student is referred to the Plate on Syntaz, for a )

more full exemplification of the preceding rules.

Prosopy (τος δδη) is the art of meting poetry by a regu-
lar succession of long and short, or of accented and unac-
sented syllables. A certain number of syllables form a
foot. They are called feet, because it is by their aid that
the voice passes through them in measured time, either in
singing or reading poetry. There are eight kinds of feet,
four of two syllables, and four of three, as follows:

Dissyllable. Trisyllable.
1. A Trochee, ~ ~ 5. A Dactyl, ~~~

2, An Iambus, ~ — 6. An Amphibrach, - — ~
9. A Spondee,-~ 7. An Anapast, . ~~~
4.A Pyrrhic, ~~ 8. A Tribrach, -—~-~

Three of these are called primary, because whole com-
positions can be written in them, without introducing other
feet, viz: Trochee, lambus, and Anapest. The others are

called secondary, being used occasionally, to vary the com-
position.

The following verse will serve to convey an idea of the

principles of Prosody, as given above:

Not & dram?* wis héard,2 nér ἃ fan7ril ndte,2
As his cdrse7 t5 the ram? part wé har7riéd ;

Not ἃ soMdier discharged? his fare2wéll shat,
O’ér thé grdve7 whére Sur hé7rd wé bu7riéd.

©The figures divide the lines into measures, and point out the foot,
as per above Table.—1. Troohes; 2. Tambus : 7. Apapest; &c.

π᾿

ENGLISH GRAMMAR.

BURIAL OF SIR JOHN MOORE.

Not a drum7 was heard,2 nor a fun’?ral note,2
As his cors27 to the ram7part we hur7ried ;

Not a sof7dier dis-charg'd7 his fare2well shot,
O’er the grave? where our he7ro we bu7ried.

We buried him dark7ly at dead? of night ;2
The sods2 with our bayonets tus Maing

By the struggling moon2beams mis2ty light,2
And our dan7terns dim2ly burn2ing.

No useSless cof2fin enclos’d7 his breast,2

Nor in sheet,7 nor in shroud,7 we bound2 him ;
But he lay? like a war7rior tak2ing his rest,7
_ With his martial cloak2 around2 him.

Few and short7 were the pray’rs7 we said ;2
And we spoke7 not a word’? of sor2row ;

But we stead7fastly gaz’d7 on the face7 of the dead,?7
And we bit7terly thought? of the mor7row.

We thought,2 as we holZlow’d his nar7row bed,2
And smooth’d2 down his loneZly pil2low,

That the foe7 would be r#7oting o7ver his head,?
And we2 far away? on the δὲ 27] ον.

Lightly1 they'll talk2 of the sptr7it that’s gone ;
nd o’er2 his cold ash7es updraid7 him ;
But noth2ing he'll reck,7 if they Ze’? him sleep 02,7
In a grave? where a Bré7ton has latd7 him.

But half2 of our heavy task2 was done,2
When the clock? told the hour? for retir7ing ;

And we heard7 the dis2tant ran2dom gun,2
That the foe? was sud2denly fir7ing. ;

Slowly1 and sad2ly we ζα 7 him down,2
From the field7 of his fame7 fresh and go7ry ;
We carv'd2 not a dine ;7 we rais’d2 not a stone,7
But Zeft2 him alone? in his glo7ry.

ἫΝ τὰν,
|, RESOLVERSS

Ξν Ἢ

anosoy.

_SLyv

PRINCIPLES

OF THE

ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX

Or THE

LATIN LANGUAGE:
UPON THE ANALYTIC PLAN OF ROOT AND ADJUNCT.

INTRODUCTION.

Au. will agree that he is a good Latin and Greek
scholar, who has acquired a knowledge of the roots of all
the declinable words in those Janguages, together with the
adjuncts, which can be associated with each radical, and
understands their import and use, in giving to the noun,
prononn and adjective, gender, number, and case—and to
the verb, voicc, number, person, conjugation, mood, and
tense—and has acquired a knowledge of the indeclinable
parts of speech, with the ability to give every word its true
syntax, or relation to the other word or words in the sen-
tence, by which it is, in reality, ‘constituted a part of

ἐλ]

In the following pages, we have endeavored to make
such a disposition of some sixty lines of Virgil’s neid,
(and the second chapter of Matthew, from the Greek Test-
ament,) as will combine and illustrate all these principles
under one general view, and will guide the learner to a
knowledge so desirable.

The ingenious student will find the root (which is some-
times a more remote one than is found in the text), placed
in the first column; the defizition in the second; while
the syntax (showing by what word it is governed, or with
what it agrees), occupies the third column; leaving the
terminations, pointing out the etymology, to close the line

8

i

86 INTRODUCTION.

The root and termination of every declinable word, in the
text, are clearly pointed out, by the prefixes and suffizes
being printed in Italics, while the root appears in Roman
ὅν, Caritas.

Thus ave have endeavored to make the rough path easy
and inviting to the beginner, at the commencement of his
journey; and to invite the man of letters again to revisit
those literary fields, and to place in his hands something
that shall recall those juvenile days in classic hall, free
from religious intolerance, political villainy, and a cold and
heartless world, and to fix the principles of this noble lan-
guage indelibly upon the mind.

The plan of Latin forms, originated by Mr. Grosvenor,
is a very happy method of disposing of the tedious and pro-
lix declensions and conjugations, which hang like an incu-
bus over the student, and no doubt will be welcomed by the
learner. This Table was published by Mr. Grosvenor, at
Salem, Massachusetts, in the year 1831. Parts of the Ta
ble have been copied into other grammars, CLINTON said,
that he who made two blades of grass grow where only
one was known to grow before, deserved the everlasting
gratitude of his country. And if this be true, surely he
who has condensed to a single page the long and cumbrous
conjugations, of some sixty or eighty pages, ought to have
his memory perpetuated by a monument more lasting than
brass or marble—he should live in the hearts of all friends
of. improvement in literature. We have, in this work,
arranged this Table in an improved form, and pre-
pared an original Table of the Greek Verb, which will be
found in their proper places. From this arrangement, the
student will be able to commence parsing at once, and will
find on the same page—yea, in the same line—a Virgil, a
Dictionary, and a Grammar, which will present to the
eye of the scholar, all that Virgil, Cicero, Tacitus, or De-
mosthenes could inform him about their mother tongue.

That the person into whose hands this work may fal.,
may, by a careful and critical examination of the princi-
ples here laid down, (which are as immutable as the

anguage itself, on which they are grounded,) speedily
find himself able to read, write, and speak the language,
with the facility and accuracy of a native Roman, or Gre
cian is the sincere wish of THE AUTHOR.

LATIN GRAMMAR. .

A BRIEF VIEW OF THE PARTS OF SPEECH

The Parts of Speech in Latin are eight:
1, Noun, Adjective, Pronoun, and Verb—declined.*
2. Adverb, Preposition, Conjunction, and Interjection—
undeclined.
DEFINITIONS

_1. A Noun is the name of a person, place, or thing: as,
ver.

2. An Adjective expresses the quality or extension of
the noun: as, vir bonus.

3. A Pronoun stands for the noun: as, vir qui.

4. A Verb expresses the existence or action of the noun.
as, vir est.

5. An Adverb expresses the manner in which the noun
exists: as, vir 22 est. -

6. A Preposition governs some case of ἃ noun: as, ad
virum.

7. A Conjunction connects words or sentences: as, arma
que virum.
8. An Interjection is a virtual sentence: as, hew!

REMARKS

Words are called parts of speech, because they are all re-
ferred, either directly or indirectly, to the noun; and, as
their existence as a part of speech depends on this relation
to the noun, so the case of a noun is merely that correlatzve
relation which the noun and pronoun have to other words

° A declinable word contains a root, and generally one termination:
84. ARM-a. CAN-0.

55 THE PRINCIPLES OF

in the sentence; and although Latin nouns and pronouns
are generally declinable, yet their case depends entirely
upon their syntax: as, nominative, arm-a; sunt; vocative,
O arm-a; accusative, cano arm-a.

GENDER.

The Genders are three :—Masculine, denoting males;
femin:ne, denoting females; and all others are neuter; but
in Latin, nouns are said to be in a certain gender by gram-
matic construction—that is, the gender is determined by
the adjective annexed: as, masculine, ws; feminine, a;
neuter, τ 71. ᾿

NUMBER.

The Singular Number denotes but one; the Plural more
than one.

CASE.

The Cases are six:—Nominative, Genitive, Dative, Ac-
cusative, Vocative, and Ablative.

DECLENSION,

Declension is the mode of changing the termination of
nouns. There are five declensions, called first, second,
third, fourth, fifth, distinguished from each other by the
termination of the genitive singular: as, first, @; second,
¢; third, es; fourth, ds; fifth, εξ.

{i The Declension and Gender, on the Chart, are placed after

every noun, adjective and pronoun: thus, (1 /.), first declension,
feminine gender; (22. p.), second declension, neuter, plural; &e.

RULES FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF CASES.

1. The Nominative precedes the verb: as, penn-a est;
arm-@ sunt.

2. The Genitive follows a noun, adjective, or verb; as,
_ annus mundi.

3. The Dative is governed by verbs and adjectives: as,
similis, penn-e.

4. The Accusative is governed by transitive verbs and
prepositions, the “time how dong,” and the “place to
which”; and is placed before the infinitive; as, tenec
penn 1-m, ἄχεα.

LATIN GRAMMAR. 89

δ. The Vocative is construed with O: as, O Catalin-a.

6. The Asative is governed by the prepositions by,
with, in, &c., and is used t to express the “ time when,” the
. place where,” the ‘‘cause, manner, means, and instrue
ment, ᾽" and is put absolute with a participle.

» TABLE OF DECLENSION.
FIRST DECLENSION.

Singular. Plural.
N.G.D. 4c. V. 4b. N. G. D.Ac.V. 4b.
Root, ——- f-—— a,@,@,am, 8,5 ἃ. 49, arom, is, as, @, sf

SECOND DECLENSION.
Root, ———-m. & f.—us,er, i, o,um,e,er, o. i, orum, is, os, i, is.

Root,—— Ss n.— um, i, 0,um, um, o. a,forum, is, a,f a,fis.
THIED DECLENSION.

FOURTH DECLENSION.

Root,-——-m. — us, is,ui,um, us, uw. Us uum ,ibus,§us,us,ibns§
Root, ——- ss a— U, U,U, τ, 4, U.Ua,uum,ibus,$ua,ua,ibus§

. FIFTH DECLENSION.
Root, ——- f.— es, 961,61, em, 68, 6. es ,erum ,ebus, es,es ,ebus.

Exceptions in gender will be learned from the Lexicon ;
but the student should know nothing of them until he is

familiar with the regular forms.
FORM: OF THE THIRD DECLENSION.

Gender. |] n. ῃ. π. m. | 7.
Nom. or. | as.

onis. otis. oris | atia
sender. | Υ͂. αι. f. n. Pr.Part.
Nom. es, is, °, ae 888, uy 5 ns,
Gen. is, otis, itis. onis. seris. | itis. ntis.

* The Vocative is always like the nominative, except in the masca-
line and feminine singular, of the second declensicn.

t In a fow words, abus.

All Neuters have the Nominative, Aousative, and Vocative, alike,
ing always in a, in the plural,

§ In a few words, ubus.

&

90 THE PRINCIPLES OF

DECLENSION OF NOUNS.
FIRST DECLENSION—FEMININE.

Nom. Gen. Dat. Acc. Voe. «4 ὶ.

Penn-a ἢ ὦ, penn-@, penn-am, penn-a, penn-d.
Pen is’ hen 9, pea to. pen hold, penO, pen with.

Penn-@, penn-arum,penn-is, penn- ‘penne, penn-is.
2

as
Pens are, pens of, pensto, pens hold, pens

pens with.

SECOND DECLENSION—-MASCULINE.

Domin-us domin-i. domin-o, domin-um, domin-e, domin-o.

Lord is, lord af, lord

to, lord see, lord O, lord with.

Domin-i, domin-orwm,domin.is, domin-os, domin-i, domin-is.
Lords are, lords of, lords to, lords see, lords Ὁ, lords with.

SECOND DECLENSION-—-NEOTER.

Fat-um, fat-t, fat-o,

fat-um, fat-um, fat-o.

Fate is, fate a, fate for, fate hold, fate O, fate with.

Fat-a, fat-orum, fat-is, fat-a, fat-a, fat-is.
Fates are, fates of, fatesto, fates see, fate O, fate with.

THIRD DECLENSION—-MASCULINE.

Serm-o, serm-onts, serm-oni, serm-onem, serm-o, serm-one.
Word is, word of, wordto, word epeak, word O, word with.

Serm-ones, serm-onum,serm-ontbus,serm-ones, serm-ones, serm-ontbue
Words are, words of, wordsto, wordsspeak,words O, words with.

THIRD DECLENSION—-NEUTER.

r-é.

O opér-is opér-t opus opus opé

Work is, work of, work to, work do, work O, work with.

Oper-a, oper-um, oper-ibus, Opera, oper-@, oper-ibys.
3

orks are,worksof, | worksto, works

works O, works with.

DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES.

Singular.
2M. bon-us, i, o, um,
J F. bon-a, θ, eS, am,
2N. bon-um, i o, um,

For the other declensions,

Plural.
δι, o i, orum, is, os, i. ig
a, ἃ 806, δίῃ), is, as, 8 is
um, 0 a, orum, is, a, a. is

the student is referred to the Table of

Declensions and the Analysis of Virgil’s A2nead, where he will find

three hundred raridig-ss.

ρ

LATIN GRAMMAR. 9]
PRONOUNS.

In Latin there are eighteen simple Pronouns, the prin-
a pal of which are declined below.

PERSONAL PRONOUNS.

First Person—lI.

, Singular. Plural.
NW. Ο. D. Ac. V. Ab. N. G. D. Ae. V. Ab..

ego, mei, mihi, me,—,me. nos, nostrdmornostri, nobis, nos, —, nobis.
SEeconpD Person—Thou.
ta, tui, tibi, te, tu, te. vos, vestrimorvestri, vobis, vos,vos,vobis

Tarp Penson—Himsel/, Herself, Itself.
—, suai, sibi, se,—,se. —, sui, sibi, se, —, 56.
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.
Trev Person—This, That, These, Those.

N. G. D. Ac. V. “δ. N. Ο. D. Ac. V. Ab.
M. hic, hujus, huic, hanc, —, hoc. hi, horum, his, hos, —, his.
ἢ. hwo, hujus, huic, hanc, —, hdc. hs, harum, his, has, —, bis.
NW. hoc, hujus, huic, hoc, —, hoc. heec,horum, his, hac, —, his.
M. ille, illius, illi, illam,—, illo. illi, ilorum, illis, illos, —, lis.
F. 116, illius, illi, illam,—, illa. ills,illarum, illis, illas, —, illis.
N. illud, illius, ili, ilud, —, illo. illa, ilorum, illis, lla, —, illis.
HM. is, ejus, 6], eum, —,eo. ii, eorum,jisoreis,eos,—,iisoreis.
F.ea, ejus, ef, eam, —,ed. em, earum,lisorcis,eas, _,lisoreis.
N. id, ejus, ef, id, —,e0. ea, eorum,lisoreis,ea, —,iisoreis.
RELATIVE PRONOUNS—Who, Which, That, As.

M. qui, cujus, cui, quem,—, quo. qui,quorum,queis, °quos,—,queis.*
Ε΄. que, cous, cui, quam,—, qua. que ,quarum ,queis, *quas,—,queis.°
N. quod, cujus, cui, quod, —, uo. ques quorum ,queis,*ques, —,queis.*

The other pronouns are, zste, quis, idem, sstéc, aliguts,
siquis quesnam, qutcungue, quéinam, &c.

Iste is declined like dle.

Quis is declined like qui, except that it has quid for quod.

Idem is declined by adding dem to the pronouns

Ustic is declined like hic, but is wanting in some of its
cases, .

Aliquis, siquis, &c., are declined like quis.

* More frogrently qutdrve.

92 THE PRINCIPLES OF

Quisnam and quinam, by adding mam and ques to qut.

Quicunque, by adding cunque to qui.

Meus, tuus, suus, noster, and vester, may be called ad-
jectives. .

Nostras, vestras, and cujas, are declined like adjectives
of one termination in the third declension: as, nostra-s,
atis, &c. °

e

VERBS.

A Verb expresses the existence or action of its nomina-
tive; and as all beings are represented, in every language,
-as existing, or acting on another object, or as ‘being acted
upon by an agent, there are but three kinds of verbs:—
intransitive, transitive, and passive.

The InreansitivE Verb is defined by the syllables com-
posing the word—#z, not; trans, (a traho,) a preposition,
signilying over; tt, (ind., pres., 3d, sing., @ e0,) goes; ive,
may: and means one whose action or existence may not
go over to an object: as, John stands; David runs.

The TransitrvE Verb is one whose action (ἐξ) goes
(trans) over to an object: as, John spléts wood.

The Passtve (a patior, to suffer) Verb is one represent-
ing action wpon a passive nominative: as, Wyatt was
hung by the sheriff; (that is, he was hung against his
own will ;) which is only another form of the transitive.
The same action may be represented in either form of the
verb; as (transitive), the sheriff hung Wyatt; (passive)
Wyatt was hung by the sheriff. ,

In Latin, 0, ¢, m, s, or ὦ, final, is the sign of an active
verb: as, amamu-s; and 7 of the passive: as, amamu-r.
MOOD.

The Moop expresses the manner ih which the nomina
tive exists, acts, or is acted upon. There are four Moods:
he Indicative, the Subjunctive, the Imperative, and the
'nfinitive.

The Ixpicarive simply declares that its nominative ex

LATIN GRAMMAR. 93

ists, acts, or is acted upon: as, John stands; Joseph
writes a letter; the letter is written. The signs of this
mood are, in the imperfect tense, ba; in the perfect, ¢; in
the pluperfect, era; in the future, 5.

The Sunsuncrtive expresses that the action or existence
is possible or contingent: as, it may ran ; John can write ;
if John weep. The signs of this mood are: in the imper-
fect, re; in the perfect, eri; in the pluperfect, zsse.; in the
future, er.

The Imperative is used to command, entreat, or permit
some person to exist or act: as, shut the door; gzve us our
daily bread. The signs of this mood are: ὦ, e, 2, fo, te,
ste, &c. .

The Inrmitive expresses unlimited action: as, AMA-7é,

to love. The sign of this mood is: re or ésse—it is render-
ed to, or to have.

TENSE.

Tense is the division of time into present, past, and
future.
' The Present Tense represents present time: as, I love.
The Imperfect represents past time: as, I loved. -

The Perfect represents an action as now completed: as,
I have loved.

The Pluperfect represents the action as formerly done:
as, I had loved.

The Future represents future action: as, J shall love.

MOODS AND TENSE.
ENDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE.
Pr.Imp. Per. Plu. Fut. Pr. Imp. . Per. Plu. Fut.
— ba, i, οἵδ, !. 8,6, re, eri, isse, er.
do, did, have, had, will. may, might, may have, might have, shall have.
PERSON AND NUMBER.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
Ist Per. 2d Per. 3d Per. 1st Por. 2d Per. 3d Per-

Active. 0,i,m 8, (isti,) t. mus tis, mt, (ere).
I, “ἭΝ tho he. we, you, they.
Passive. 1, Tis, ré, tur. mur, (mini, ntur.

"Ἢ

PRINCIPLES OF

‘9g 20 “03 Dt] απ {τ οοχ pel sone]
(ὁ; 2π049) a.m “1 ΄--- ὡς Sg— oor py | “Ia “ ae rou in. 9 98. ‘pl ‘s001 pg| θυμο
r=) 6 Sart. ¢ ί ¢ .
(-3uy) τα ὁ 4 8 Foon sey | Ὡς “MPC “Oman im Maal ~ “hoor Μή] yea
sa dinping saspurfuy
03-0 ‘9703 10 91 03 £03 10 ‘a .
ταϑη} 191 “ποῖ ἅπ|| 10] ‘nom | | τῷ ‘9 “᾿-- “0οΣ 1 014
"poopy sarjnsaduy
° 6 ‘ é tg ¢ ¢ ¢ Cay fi, ἔῃ ¢ c .
ae mm mm Ty eam Ὁ me ar (ἃ αι ζοοι pay ana
“yet ‘sn ‘sno 11 ‘6 fa cany hvu ‘yz0 |rar‘— ἐπ ‘ae|— oor pg] “prog
‘su ἔσῃ ‘gout . a ‘s oT ‘O19 “pynoa ‘ay due ; "91 1 ‘9 ‘9 (8 “4001 151 "ἀπ
έ ¢ ΜΝ
feu ‘nox On, ton ‘noy L os ‘uno 10 ‘finw te ome ‘a Sg fg "001 75] 891]
“poopy sarzaunfqng
. fon. ἢ ‘ss Cag . fa ¢ ar a Sr Se
Gu eu ‘onuz Ἢ ‘sf Pa aay t 6 fg tgl (2004 387 “wy
9:0] ‘yu ‘sy φῆσαι 1 ‘s ‘a ae ‘gio | (Αἱ “--- ‘mn ‘awi— “yoor pel ‘yzodniq
zo4unie «= ‘srx-s = ‘snut $4 5 ee any ftir ἢ fagl— oor pgl “preg
γα ἐπ) ‘gnu :1 “fg Sur ‘mp ‘aq [οἱ ‘9 ‘9 “8|-- Ἴ0οΣ 151} ἀπ!)
μετὰ ‘sy ‘snun 4 ‘gy ‘o Op ‘St Sg fp σοῦ 51] ᾿Β914
Ἔ foyr Ὁ ‘nox 1 ‘am | ὃ Ἢ ὦ “nONL ‘TI
Ἰνβοτά “ἘΥΊΔΘΝΙΒ ἀρηδυς ὙΠῸ Ι ὁ 1
LOQURAT PUD U08LAT ‘asuay, pup poo, "οιοϑηίυοο "yoo =| ‘aeuayr

‘poopy sayyvpUT—ADIOA HALLOW.
"NOLLVODOLINOO JO WIV

95

LATIN GRAMMAR

‘2oya “πητὰ $203 “103 JO ‘ax 15 Ὃ Ὃ. *B | - 2007 35]

"aq mor 101 ‘ad oq ‘noy3eq «=: ‘eq: ὅπη 197

“pooRy φαμυ
4 ° έ

amen) ida ‘snumzenj ᾿ wuony atid . ‘oreny samy 11048 (sa) ‘an Tim ye - 3001 Pe| “3g

*yaossiuy ‘sressmny ‘snulessiny) ‘yeseny “sossIny = —“Wosern] “usq (Ἢ ἢ — -- .

10 2U@880 10 ἈΤΊΘΒΡΩ 10 SNOIESEO 10 (9880 JO ‘soETE JO “Mosse! saDy rte C Bus) ‘ent Ti 4 ἃ 3001 vg) “sednid

tyureny ‘snweny ‘snuniony| 51.190} ‘sueny ‘anion ‘uaa Cad) ἢ ΝΗ

20 lane zo‘sntw 10 ‘snuns| 40 ine jo ‘sis = ao‘ums; ‘zany flow (8019) ‘snq ἀπ Ἶοοῦ Pe) θά
fmya ἧττα χα fang (‘e1) sit ἃ ‘aq yy Siw χα [ἃ ‘9 fo ‘g |-- Ἰοοχ 151] ‘doy
“πα ἔπτὰὶ “παι fq (‘o1) 511 ‘a|‘uno 10 ‘Anu “ey beg ‘rs ‘g 9. ‘9 | — 001 38]] 5018

"Poo sarzountong
"nqU *rorax ‘mu = fim3 (‘o1)stiy 4} ‘99 gpm Ὁ “8 ᾿ J co .

‘yunsony ‘styesens ‘snureiony| 9 18.100} “svzony ‘urezen Ἢ ‘Nid ἊΝ .

30 πων βαύανα, 20 ‘snurede 30 ‘ye19 10 "eed 30 UTeI ‘uaag Poy pees ι-ὰ “ὁ | = 100% pel “sednig

"yunieny = ‘enemy | ‘snug, =F amy “HeTH} “πὶ Ἢ μὰ ‘ .

Jo πα x0 ‘e190 10 ‘snuine 30 ‘499 xo ‘se 10 ‘cans ‘W999 94DY 9 tong ‘Burg ‘r “= "x αὶ {τ or pel “Rad
"mj ‘Turan ‘mu| {im (‘e1) st ‘x ‘som (86 for 9 8. fg | — 001 rst] ‘day
j:znqu τα “αὶ 1} (‘e1)six ,.1.0 ‘wn «9 ‘B | - 0015} ‘seag

‘g ‘Ayn πο ‘Tom | eto πο TS

ὃ Tyunza “nyINESIE 1 yey dog ‘ney | ‘y ὁ 5 ‘T

PTURN pun woeleg θη} pun poor "wospoualuog "joo 502
———p ...

‘poopy eMguopuy-—"TOIOA WAISSVd

THE PRINCIPLES OF

“ suey ‘remurs ‘uosiod puocodes ony, καὶ

- O79 ‘s-9-Foy 'τχ 0.301 ‘su 99 peoysur “Ὁ suq rejndms uosied ys1y οἡ Τὶ ἢ
‘sionnsolues puoses

pure sry Θη1 Jo ammIry CaNvorpuT Oy UT ‘3 Jo ρθογσαι ‘n Teinjd uosied pays θη} puw ‘o 5078] vjNTuIs vosiod ysiy oyy, §
010.48 ἴ JO “QUNJa-AT-Ure ᾿ΕἸΊ5Β-1ολΌτατι ᾿ΘΠΠΙ-Ὶ

-av-we “[πλῃἀ (8061 ἐΡ8015 831 τί na yng ‘zu θ10196 4 OVI JOU Soop “πιὰ ‘uosied pry 043 SeAtivorpur Joayzod ayy Uy ὁ
“ANJU PUBS 2.6 G.1OJOg Nt 8078} ‘uonegnluco ἘΠΧΌΟΙ 9ΠῚ wi ‘uosued ours oy} pus

fanjzu pe 7u e10j0q 3 Jo peoysut n 8078} ‘uoNnesnfuco pry? ey? 10 ‘jueseid ολιγθοιραι oq} Jo ‘pusnyd ‘uoszod pny oyy, |

*O ΘΌ]94
10370[ 1δτροῦι oy) 9781 30u soop “ποι δη[αοο psy) pus 181| eq} Jo “ueseid GANVOIpUT 061 Jo ‘seMduis ‘uosiod 185π| CNT, ὁ

pre juosoid oarjounfqns pus ‘erniny puv ‘joojsodun ‘yueserd eayvorpur og? ur ‘uoneBnfuoo 151} 04) Jo δι op quoA 911 ‘ojdure
-x9 Joy {uoNeFnfuco Jeyjous 10 ere Quasi oArjounlqns puv “oojsedun pues yueseid Θλιθοιραι θη} enya ‘noneZnlu0o euo
JO sounjouros 918 ‘einjny pus ‘yoojr0dn]d ‘yoajsed oarjounlqns eq} pas “ooysednid pu jooj.ed aAlwoIpUr ya ‘st 1811 { Βθειι91
40410 951 WIA uonesniuco ourBs 961 jo 10 918 “71 wou Opsul sesue} OY} puy “AAI BOIPUL Joojiod 901 181}} smo00 uezjo 31

‘uoneSnfuoo pit ‘wosadad ποι πιθοῦ Qrmoy ‘ordns SuoneZnluoo pas ‘spap | uowSnluoo Issy ‘wognp ‘se $s103,0] [810
θαι oy} Aq umouy oq θαι vonesnluoo 981 184 ‘eantugul γποδοιά oq) Aq wMouyY SABATE 101: SI 410Ὰ 8 70 υοιηθϑηίαυοο 91,

‘aarzounlqns γι999.4 043 pus ‘aargnorpus aungnf oy) Jo W10} puoras pu ‘zuasaud oy ysmBunsip
03 ‘sreuui3eq 01 oouvziodun γθιοθάβ 10 θ18 (suonesn{uos 061 10) 810730] [BIpew ENT, ᾿8101191 ason1 Amawy you fq iMony 6g
TNA ‘eaissed ‘einjny 071 pus ‘eat0a θΔι108 ‘uonesnfuoo pig) 0Π1 Jo ‘eimgny pu ‘ioojzednjd ‘joajrod oy “ποιγειπτιο) om
G1ojeq Burwo0o 9.929 ouorzpSnfuor 10 ywrpaw oAcge ey) Jo owes Aq uMoUY oq AvUI 410A AuY jo uoNTSUluOO 911. dN

ὝΒΕΙ 6... . ί..- : ἐ;.
9ᾳ 0) ἐδ τὸν i Sot ‘ma os ies) : ‘pod | yo | καὶ [- OOl 1
491{}5ι}μτ

[ έ
ἰφίσον "eat $I scoot ao τόπο ἢ Ὥρόμοᾳ, “MATE παοεοιᾳ [1 ‘a few [πίοι

“ΦΟΟΙσ sarnurfuy

LATIN GRAMMAR.

“AQT [IIA GAO] ὍΟΑ [ΠΔΔ OAD] "OMA [14k GAOT ὃ ΘΕ. ΠΙᾺ CACT “ὯΟΠῚ ILA OAT ‘I [ILA @A0}

‘qu ng-pury = “STN Iq-E-UTY “001-16 ἘΠ πΠ χα το λ ‘g- Ἰφν-ν O- Φυ τὰν “hy
“dom ρθη poaoy ‘nof eavy poaot ‘om pey ΡΟΔΟ = fey peq ῬΘΔΟΙ͂ “ἸΟΠ} ἸΒΡΌΠ pedo] ‘I peq pgaoy
‘q-wig-aR-Uy [δ Ἐ1ρῚ ΔΒ “δ 9. λον 47.9.8 6- 190 Δ ταν ‘UI-Gig-AB-Uly ‘Nid
‘key? aavg peao, ‘nos easy 0910) = ‘eA ABT POAOT ¢eq seq paso, Ἃπ061 By pedo] ‘7 oawy poaoy
qunie- Δεν ‘Sis- [λυ ‘snUI- 1-AR-UIY ἐγ ‘QS- ταῦτ -- ageury δὴ
-£oyi prp 920] = ‘nod prp θΔΟ] ‘ou pip 9ΔΟΪ] Seq pip eaoy §= nog} Isprp 9Δ0] I pp eaoy
‘qu- α΄ ΠΥ 40s ‘S13-EQ-B-WY ‘suul-Eq-E-Wry ἐγνα τσ “4: ‘Bq-E-Uly ‘meeq-p-ury ‘dwy
"(911 9ΔΟἿ “nok eao'T "eM BAO'T "OY SOAOT “NOY? 299ΔΟ] 9Δ0]
ἐγαθ ταν ‘st-pury ἐβηῖπΡ αν αν ‘s- wury ‘o-Uly ‘sag
“Poop srpoopuy
[‘uonedinfaon Jo 9191, 91}

0} Surpiosae ‘ssqumyy pas ‘uosseg ‘esuay, ‘poopy “ποθ ϑη[αοο 200. ay} 10 UONeUTQUIOD 981 SI qIBA BJO UONBSnfu0D oF J }

ὭΛΟΊ YO ‘OHV JO NOLLVOALNOO

o>)

‘outdns oy) Ur pig? O43

S@alQVorpul joojsed 081 UT ‘puooes 061 f OATVOIpUT γαθθολά OT) UI I00X ISI OYI-—" SMO]IOJ σὰ sean Sar BQIOA JO $700N ἋΣ
' "qno peyuiod Apsozye 101} Uey} ΒΊειχο ‘uonesnfuco Jo Ἰοοάσοα ut “Αγ

«Ὥβοισι 19430 ΟΝ. AprenJo1 sostey MEY} Jo "ΕΠ OUO 1000) 7B 1110] SqIOA IUTNFo1 ΔΔ6] osey? ued pues foiquy sq? Jo ue
9η1 UO poUllo; 918 sqI04 1η3:10 10 xis Inq [Ty ‘posoddns oAvy 01 wees suBITEMIUIVIT UVTI? seNntBNZen 1029} YonM 918

O19} [BIOUET UI SULIOJ UNV] ul pus f poulioy Apsmyndas shomyp ore ‘31 ταῦ! θρυαι sosTE? OY) pus ‘oATBOIpUT Ἰοομθοά OFT,
‘uotzeanfu0o eures 04) Jo SI puv ‘yuese2d ory
απο! 911 OF suorzpuswtaz youossad on) Suippe Aq opuw sivamye si Ἰοομοάππ eanoun(qns eyy, ‘oanounfqns eimny puy
rowednil aoe;10d pue oatywompur (100,19 ἀπ|4 pus yoojz0d ey ur ποι! ϑηίαοο pam 96) Jo st qz0A OUTES ὁ61 ING t soopiodamt

THE PRINCIPLES OF

"Oq 01 POAory

‘InIy-Wy “2,291

1 GAOT | ("3 I ‘eqs *aq) ‘jnogs'eaoy ol "Buy λογ
γε UY “AUC ἢ um ‘s ‘so IDY-EUY “RT ‘sU-B-MY "sag
‘sourdng *sapdiouing
C's γι ‘oqe ‘eq) ‘soqyeol0y poaoj eq oy, ΘΑΒΠ 0} poso'y "03 GAOT
‘uu. ‘ue ‘gue Juj}-g-ure fossa “5.

‘esst-ag-ury ‘flag

“poopy aaspurfur
"9] Way} OAO'T "ΘΑ͂ 0407 “01 UNIT GAOT
"O-7u-"-UlY ((9101) ‘o3-y-ury “2 ‘oy-g-uly “8
ῬΟΟΙΙ ϑα4110.961}

"poaot ‘paaoy “peao]
Koy} oavy πιὰ ποά oasy TIAA S OM OaBY [ILA poagl f eyeavy 8 Π}0 Ρ9Δ0] nog} eavy 1[8η5
"qU-1g-Ag-UNY [5110 ΠΥ 5001-}10. ΔΈ ΓΙ 6} 119. ΔΒ Ἴῷὸ ‘S-LIg-Ap-WYy

*peao ‘peso ‘paaoy £ paaoy ‘poao}
Joy; oaey yqy3rax ποῖ cavy Ἰηδτα! = PAM CAB 1ηὅππ 96 OAV 1η31π| Noy) avy 1θγηϑ:1ι
"10. OSSI-AQ-UTY ΘΙ} 955 ΑΒ ‘SNUI-geSI-Ap-Ury ἔἑἔ1- ΟΝ = ‘S- OSSI-Ay-UY

*paaol ‘paaot ‘peao] ‘poaoy
{941 oavg Avur nok easy Ava em oavy Aval ‘oq 9Δ8Π Avur peso, ΠΟ{1 oavy ysfvur
‘qu-te-ag-ury = ‘st-yJo-Ag-UTY = ‘snUI-JJo-Ag-UTY 4. 9.8} 8: ug-ag-uly
-foyi 143101 eao, ‘nos pmom 910) “ΘᾺ pruoys eso, ἔξ pynom GAC] ‘Noy? Isp[nod 9ΔΟ]
‘qu-el- pury (51: gir-guy ‘snul- gi-g-Ory $3- Ole guy ‘S-Ol- 8. WY
‘fom Leur eso; [ποῖ σαι eaoy ‘om θαι 9Δ0] fey ἄναι oso, (π06Π}1 ysAvur 0Δ0]
“WW 95 πῦ ‘se 9: WY ‘snul- 9- WW 4. @ wy ‘ss oe Wy

“poopy earz2un[qng
“GENNIINOQD—AIIOA AALLOV

(ρα αν “2240

"ΟΊ θΔ0Τ
(ο1) "8: :πἢ᾿ )ὸῪψι7ὦῸ2Ξ ὦ

9486 [1805 Ρ9ΛΟΙ
0.13 ΔῈ ͵Ἠν "NT

11 CABY τχὅται poaoy
‘U- OSSI-AE-IY “Ng

*y oavy ἅ8ι paaoy
τὰ jig ΔΈ Ων "(96

Ἵ τηῦται 9Δ0]
π1-91- yo Uy “dwy

‘7 Leu gaoy
tm- 9- try “sag

998

LATIN GRAMMAR.

ΡΘΔΟΙ 06 pedo] *pesoy = peag( ᾿ΡΘΔΟΙ͂ ᾿ῬΘΔΟΙ͂
Asya οδϑη πιὰ ΘΑ͂ osey [LA useq OA CACY [IAA 1994 960 GATT [LAA USO «NOT OABN IIA πῶ94ᾳ 1. ΘΑΒΠ [TTA ποθ
"3U-L10-Ny-1)-8-OTY “θι} 110-11 8 τον ‘snul-LO-ny-13 τα 1 119-801. 8 πὴἷή]͵Ό ‘s-Lo-nj-8nj}-E-UTYW ‘O-10- Dj-60}-E-UIY "51.
Ρ9ΔΟΙΪ ua ‘paaoy ‘poaoy § poaot ‘poAoT en “PoAc]
fog} avg γηὅται eAecavy i ySrozuseq ew OAvy 144101 πθ99α OY θαῦῃ ISU ToS =Noys ALY WIGS 1 OAT 1πται w88q
11: 0559:1 8 1ν ‘STi- gsse- N- g-uUTY ‘snUI- 9650. Ἐπ ἑἔὈΕ1.9599-950}1. 8--|Ὁ ‘8-e880-8N}-"-UTY ‘Ul-eS80-8N}-y-UIY “Nid

"peao, ὕ994 ‘peaoy ‘peaot £ poac] ‘peaoy π994 ‘peao]
4981 oavyq Ava of oavy Leu uoeq ‘em oavy Avuruseq oy oavy Avuruceq noq} eavy γθάθτα joavy feu1 ue0q
(γ6.15- ἘΠ 9}: 18: 7. guy ‘snUl-Is- Π- BU {1- 185. 9) ἘΠΤ = ‘s- 9.501. 8 ὉῸ ‘ue Is-snj-g-UTY 24
ἼΡΘΔΟΙ 'τιοη1
fom oq 1η3τπι “oq oA ͵ηδιαι poaoy ‘oqo 1η31τπι Ρ6Δ0] {eq oy Ἰη3ττι pedo, oq IB poaor ‘J eq 1πτπι Ρ6ΔΟ]
qu- 01. τιν ὑὰ- 91. geuTy [1- nor 915 BUT { IN-}- 01.

Ἐν (‘01)s- U-9i-g-ury ἃ- or gery “dwy

‘oq AoqaAeurpoaoy §=— ‘eq oA Avur poaoy ‘oq om Avur poaoy eq og θαι Ρ9Δ0] “Π0}1 94 Ἰσάθτα peaot ‘7 oq Avut poaoy

m- - o-uy ‘uy- αν «(I nue guy ‘m- 3 euy (‘e1)s-u-g-ury “«- o-UY ‘std
“poopy earzounfong

Tr Αθη1 904 poaoy = ‘oA 0g [TA peo, ‘oq OM [TMA ῬΟΛΟΪ =f oq OY TTA ῬΘΔΟΙ ‘nom oq als pedo, ‘eq 1 [ILA poaot

‘m- 7π. Πα Πρ = ‘TUU- Iq- ΒΨ “2- ὑΌι- η- ἘΠ

610... Bury (01) 6. 9 4 Βα (1 O- 4 BOTY “PT
ὙῬΘΔΟΙ͂ “poao|
pvy uooqg foq3 ‘oA puy 996 poao, ‘om pey a90q poaoy ‘oY pul meeq peaoy © noyy ἸΒΡΌΠ aceq 1 pwy 0996 PoAdcl
11:819. Ὀ ὺ [6115 819. Ὁ. Bury ‘snU-eIg-N-e-mIy — £ 3-w19-SEN}-8-Ury (95.9.90. 8-τ|ν ταῦθ θ- 07 5-τανῦ ‘NPT
ΡΘΔΟΙ

Αθ52 easy 994 ‘of oavy wee poo] ‘om 9964 ΟΔΌΤΙ Ρ0Δ0] {oy ποθ SBT Pedo] NOY} 1994 1500 Ρ9ΔΟΙΓ 1 994 ΘΑΘΠ ὈΘΔΟΪ

γα Π.} ἘΠῚ (5: se- 1" ΒΥ ἧὼ50:-Ὦ5-1)" ἘΠῚῪ 67.50.52. 8 τὸ (990-502. Ἐπ Ρ τα. 05.507 παν fd
“e190 Lou} pedo] ‘9h e104 ῬΡ9Δ0))] = ‘404A OA POAOCT ‘sua oq poaoy [ΠΟΠῚ yea Ρ9Δ0] =‘ 1 Sta poaol

“θα ἘΠ = TUT eqeeUTy‘s-nepqeory =f am-j-pq-pury (‘or)Seq-pury ΣΦΕΩΝ “dey
‘are (951 poaoy (918 ποῖ peat ‘ory O44 POAC] ἐσὶ oy PoAoy ‘nous 129 poacoy ‘ure 1 pedo}

"m- 1.8. WY ππ|ι|- 5 (χε σι Βα ν ἐπ ταν (᾿ 9.) τῖοτπαν “4 O-WY ‘8g

! . “poopy aaszv3pul—"ADIOA AAISSVd

100 THE PRINCIPLES OF

Imperative Mood.

2. Am-&-re(tor,) 3.Am-4 -to -r; 2.Am-&-mIni, 3.Am-8 -nt -or.
T.oved ye be loved him let be ; Loved beye, lovedlet them be
Infinitive Mood.

Pres. Am-4 -r -i, Perf. Esse -am -A -tus, Fet.Am-f -tom -ir «ἱ,

Loved to ne. To have loved been. Loved to be about to be.

Partsciple.
Pres. Am-& -tus,-a, -um, Fuad. Am -and -us, -a, -um,
Loved being, he, she, it. Loved to be, -he, -she, -it.

Nots.—lIn translating from Latin into English, the conjugation can
never be rendered, because we have not four corresponding conjugations
in our language; therefore the &, or ἄν, which marks the Ist conjuga-
tion in Latin, means nothing in English.

LATIN ANALYZATION.

The following is an exemplification of the fifth and sixth thescs laid
down on page 6 of this work. The lesson here selected is from Beza’s
Latin Testament,—Matthew, chap. v., 14, 15, 16, 17; and if the
reader does not know that the voice, conjugation, mood and tense, per-
son and number, of the verb; and the declension, gender, number, and
case of nouns, pronouns, and adjectives, are, in most cases, to be found
in the terminations suffixed to the root ; instead of a Lattin Grammar,
he is requested to critically review the following analysis and First
LITERAL translation, and acquaint himself with these first principles of
the language.

Ψ The fewe placed after the English words place them in the
English order.

ron. y.root. 2,plu. root. root. 2,m,g,s. adv.
l4v. Vos es τὰ lux mund a. 8 Non
Yel are2 -- light 4 theworld gs, 3 Not 1¢

root, root.3s. root.3,f. root, loonj. pas. inf. ep
s οοσαΐ ye dapra

t -es οἵ urb «8 t - rel up
ableil is9 acityS hidden14 be13 to12 upon 7

root, 3,f,ac,s. root, 1°
mont Ὁ "Δ ao “8,
a mountain 8 placed. 6
15v. adv, con, prep, root, root,3,c,8,plu. root, 1,f ac,s. con,

Ne -que ac -cen -d -u -nt Lucern -a -m, et
Not4 and1 to6 fire5 give3 they 2 acandle7 — —, and 8

Φ In all words where the nominative is expressed, the personal termin-
ation of the verb is cancelled ; thus, vos es(tis,) ye are. Now, if the
20m. vos were omitted, it would be rendered the same, es (are) tis (ye.)

LATIN GRAMMAR.. 101

, ron? 3,¢, 3, pla, root, 1f,a0c,s. prep, root, 218 ac,s. con,
Ὦ πὸ 6. .8 ὦ sabter modi «ἢ -m, sed
place 10— they9 it 11 under 12 a measure 13 but 14

prep, root, root, 2,n,ac,8 con, root, root, 2,c, 3,8.
in can -delabr -a -m; et spleen -d ὁ +t
ina candlestick 15— — and16 light 19 gives 18 ἰι 1?

root, dat, pl. root, nom,p. root, 3», Prep, root, 2,m, ab, s,
omn -ibus qu εἶ dom -o.
all 21 to20 who22 are 23 -- in 24 the house. 25
16v. root, 1,f, root, root, 2 sony, sub, p, 3,8, root, root, 1,f,s.
It -a splen -d {00 t lax vestr -a
Such 5 splendor 6 give 4 may 1 — light3 your 2

prep, root, 3 ,m, ab, plu, conj, root, 2,0, sub,p, 3, plu,

coram homin -ibus,® ut vid -e -a ont

before7 men,8 that 9 see 12 may 11 they 10.
root, 2,n,placc, root, 2,n,pla,acc, root, 2,n,plu,aco,
bon 8 vestr “8 oper “8,

good14 — your13 — works 15 —
root, root, sub, Ὁ, 3, Pl, oon, root, 3,m, ac,s,
glori -fio Patr -e -m

glorious 20 make 19 may 18 they 17 116 father 22 -- - -
root 2, 80,5, root,nom,s, root Ὡς Prep, root 2 ys ab Ph,
vestr -u -m qu_e=-i es οἱ
your) — -))ὶ'Τ᾿ὴ who23 is on ΕἸ heaven. 26

ἐν. ady root, 1conj, imp, 2, pl, root, 800,8, root, inf, perf

Ne existim -a -te m .0 ven «550
Not3 τ} — you2 me4 come 6 to have 5
con, prep, root, 8,0, sub, P, I 28) root, 3, f, a0,8, con,
dis -solv leg -m aut
that 7 un 10 -loose 11 ‘mey9 is 8 thelaw 12° or 13
prep, root, I,dec, ac, pl, adv, root, ind, perf, con,
pro -phet a “8: non

ven «i ut
pro -phets14 — — not 16 come 17 have 115 that 1s

root, 1,f,ac,plu, prep, root, subj, PF, 1,8, con, con,
ο. -a ss dis “solv

them 23 un 21 -loose 22 may 20 I 19 but 24 that 25
root, 1,f, ac,plu, prep, root, 2, by sab, Pr, 1,8,

ea « -pl ἴα.
them 29 in fall 30 128 may 27 I. 26

* The English signification of a case is cancelled in the termination

ef a Latin noun, if a preposition expressed precede it; homin (men)
‘bus(before)—coram (before) homin (men) ibus (eancelled.)

9*

102 THE PRINCIPLES OF

THE RADICALS OF VERBS.

The following list of verbs is inserted for the student tc
conjugate. The figures inserted after-each radical will in-
form the student to which conjugation he is to refer it on
the table.

The student should by all means practice on these verbs
until he can conjugate any verb with the greatest ease, ac-
curacy, and facslity. ;

1, Amo, am ére, am ἃ vi, am ἃ tum; 4, dy, Ist conjugation.

2. Mon 20, mon ὃ re, mon wi, mont tum; ὅ, τ, ἔ, 2d conjugation

3 Reg o, reg 2 re, rex i, rec tum; ὅ and —, 3d conjugation.

4. Aud io, aud tre, aud tv i, aud ἢ tum; 4, iv, 4th conjugation.
Inv. Pres., 1st Root.

Perr. 2d Root. SuPINeE, 3d Root.

--.--.--ΙἸ 0, have, ---.-.-»οΞ͵..

Abscond 0,3 abscond 6 re,3 abscondi,3 absoond i fum,4* hide.
Acu o, acu 6 re,3 acu i,3 acu tum,3 sharpen.
Argu 0,3 argu 6 re, argu 1,3 argu taum,3 rove.
Accend 0,3 = accend & re, accend i3 + accens um,3 indle.
Al 0,3 al ὅ re,3 al u i,2 al i tum,2 nourish.
Ag 0,3 ag ἔ το, eg i,3 ac tum,3 do.

Ard e 0,2 ardére,2 = arsi,3 ars um,3 burn.
Aug 60,2 augére,2 auxi,3 ane tum,3 increase
Bata 0,3 bata ére,3 —batui,3 bata tam,3 beat.
Bib 0,3 bib 6 re,3 bib i,3 bib 1 tam,2 drink.
Conniv ὁ 0,2 connivére,2 conn iv i,4 wink.
Cie 0,2 ci é re,2 οἱ vi,3 ci tam,3 excite.
Cap 10,4 capé re,2 cep 1,3 cap tam,3 take.
Cup 10,4 cup 6 re,3 cup ivi,4d cup I tum,3 desird.
Cresc 0,3 creso 6re,3 οἵθ vi,3 cré tum,3 grow.
Claud 0,3 claud ére,3 claus 1,3 claus um,3 close.
Céd 0,3 ced & re,3 oessi i,3 cess wD ield.
Cad 0,3 cad 6 re,3 cec! di,3 cas um, all.
Cad 0,3 ced ὅ re,3 ceo idi,3 cw sum,3 cut, kill
Créd 0,3 erédére,3 crédidi,3 oréd τ tum,2 believe
Col o, col 6 ra,3 col u i,2 tum,3 till.
Cern 0,3 cernére,3 οτδνὶ,3 crétum,3 see, decree
Cave 0,2 Cav 6 re,2 civ i,3 cau tum,3 take care
Do,1 ἃ ἃ το, de di,3 da tum, 1 give.
Dom 0,1 dom a re,1 domui,2 domitum 4 tame.
Doo « 0,2 doc 6 re,2 doc u i,2 doc tum,3 teach.
Dic ο,3 die & re,3 dic si,3 (dixt) dic tum,3 say.
Duo 0,3 duc 6 re,3 duo #i,3(duzt)duc tum 3 lead.

LATIN GRAMMAR.

fal a re,

ὃ re,2

frig & re,2

flect ὅ re,3
6 re,

hab 6 re,2
her ἅ re,2

jung ὅ re,3
[μοῦ re.3

indu ὅ re,3
log ὅ re,3
Ind 6 re,3:

lay & re,1
lav 6 re,3

pasc ὅ re,3

plic a re,1
plu ὅ re,3

quer ὅ re,3
quicwo ὅ re,

———have,
ém i,3

ais,

hab u i,2
hse si,3

--“-..---ἰο.
emp tam,3 °
exe tum,3 aloes.
ὃ sum,3 eat.
*ctus,3 enjoy.
fac tum,3 make.
fric tum,3 rub.
᾽ shine.
frio tum,3 be cold.
flec tam,3 bend.
be mad
hab I tum, have.
hx» sam,3 stick.
junc tum,3 join.
jéc tam,3 throw.
indd tam,3 clothe.
slide.
lec tum,3 choose.
lu sam,3 play.
tum,3
lag tum,3 wash.
lav ἃ tam,1
die.
miss um,3 send
monitam,2 advis
mereum,3 dip, plange
nup tum,3 veil, or marry.
snow.
be born
rise.
pan sam,3 open.
pen sum,3 | hang.
pune tum, prick.
pos I tum,2 place.
pet i tum, seek.
press um, press
———, playonanin
strument
---- feed.
--- fold.
——, rain.
quesitum,4 seek
qui ὃ tum,3 rest.

104

Rid e 0,2
Ra 0,3
Reg 0,3

Stru 0,3
Sid o 3
Surg 0,3
String 0,3
Sent to 4
St 0,1
Sed ὁ 0,2
Serib 0,3

Inv. Pres
Ist root.

Ton o,1
Tene Ὁ, 2
Tim 6 ο,2
Tribu 0,3
Tang 0,3
Trah 0,3
Tex 0,3

Vet o,1
Vid e Ὁ, 2
Vine o, 3

. Vend 0.3
Vert o, 3
Veh o, 3
Viv o 3
Volv 0,3
Ven i 04
Ven 9 0,2

I,

THE PRINCIPLES OF

-- -------ο το,
rid ὃ το, 2
ru 6 re,3
reg re,3

stra 6 re,3
sid 6 re,3
surg ὅ re,3
string 6 re,3
sent i re,

st ἃ το,

sed 6 re,2
scrib 6 re,3

Inv. Pres.

ton ἃ re,1
ten 6 re.2
tim 6 re,2
tribu ὅ re,3
ὅ re 3
tra ὅ re.3
tex 6 re,3

vet & re,1
vid 6 re,2
vinc ὅ το,
vend ὅ re,3
vert 5 re,3
veh 6 re,3
viv ὅ re,3
voly ὅ το,3
ven i re,4
ven i re,4

ris i,3
ru i,3
rex i,3

strux i,3
sid 1,3,
surre x i,3
strin x i3
gens i 3
stet i, 3
séd i3
scrips i,3

Inv. Pexr.

2d root.

ton ἃ i,2
ten u i,2
tim u i,2
tribu i,3
tet i gi,3
tra xi,3
tex 0 i,2

vet u i,2
vid i 1,3
vie i, 8
vend id i i,3
vert-i, 3
vex i, 3
vix i, 3
volv i,3
ven i3
ven ii,3

have,

——to,

ri sum,3
ru i tum,3
rec tum,3

struc tum, 3

surrec tam, 3

stric tum,
sen sum,3
st a tum 1
sess um,

scrip tum,3

Supine.
3d root.

ton 1 tam,2
ten tum,3

tribu tum’3

tac tum,3
trac tum,3
tex tum,3

thunder.
hold.
fear.

ve.
ore.

, draw.

weave.

forbid.

Nore.—From the foregoing one hundred radicals, we have more
than five thousand English derivatives —a consideration sufficient to in
- duce ths student to commit them perfectly to memory.

LATIN GRAMMAR. 106

RULES.

The follow cg are a few Latin rales most likely to be
used by the student:

1. The subject of the infinitive is put in the accusative.
2. The vocative is used in address, with or without O.
3. Opus and usus, signifying need, govern the ablative.
4. Dignus, contentus, preditus, govern the ablative.
5. Utor, fruor, fungor, pottor, vescor, and dignor, go-
vern the ablative.
6. Perfect participles, denoting orégin, are followed by
the ablative of the source, without a preposition.
7. A noun, denoting that with which the action of a
verb is performed, is put in the ablative.
8. A noun, denoting that from which any thing is sepa-
rated, is often put in the ablative, without a preposition.
A noun, expressing respect wherein or the part affect-
ed, is put in the ablative.
10. Verbs that govern two cases in the active voice,
govern the latter of these in the passive. |
11. The price of a thing is put in the ablative, except
when expressed by the adjectives tanti, quanti, pluris.
12. The comparative degree is followed by the abla-
tive, if quam (than) is omitted.
13. ἅ substantive with a participle, whose case depends
on no other word, is put in the ablative absolute.
14. Adjectives of plenty or want govern the genitive or
ablative.
15. Some adverbs govern the genitive.
16. Some derivative adverbs may govern the same case
as their primitives.
17. Nouns signifying the same thing are put by appo-
sition in the same case.
18, The subj. present is often used for the imperative.
19. The infinitive is often used as a noun.
20. One vert governs another, as its object, in the infi
nitive,

106 THE PRINCIPLES OF

21. Partici les, gerunds, and supines, govern the same
cases as their verbs.

22. The genitive of gerunds follows nouns or adjectives.

23. After verbs expressing motion, the place where the
motion ends, is put in the accusative, without a preposition.

24. The subject nominative governs the verb.

25. The verb agrees with its subject nominative in num-
ber and person.

26. Transitive verbs govern the accusative.

27. One noun may govern another noun in the genitive.

28. Adjectives and participles agree with their nouns in
gender, number, and case.

29. Conjunctions connect words or sentences.

30. Twenty-six prepositions govern the accusative, the
principal of which are, ad, ante, apud, circum, contra, in-
fra, inter, intra, ob, per, post, preter, propter, supra,
trans, ultra.

31. In and sub, denoting tendency, govern the accusa-
tive; denoting sttuation, govern the ablateve.

32. Super and subter govern both the accusative and

' ablative.

33. Eleven prepositions govern the ablative, the princi-
pal of which are a, ab, coram, cum, de, e, of ex, pro, sine,
tenus.

34, Many verbs compounded of the prepositions, a, αὖ,
de, ex, &c., are followed by an ablative, governed by the
preposition.

35. Cause, manner, and instrument, are put in the ab-
ative.

36. Adverbs qualify verbs, adjectives, and adverbs.

37. The relative pronoun must have an anteeedent,
with which it must agree in gender and person.

38. The predicate noun is put in the same case as the
subject, after a verb neuter or passive, when both words
refer to the same person or thing.

39. Verbs compounded with the prepositions, ad, ante
con, in, inter, ob, post, pre, sub, and super, govern the
dative.

40. Sum, in the sense of habeo, is followed by the dative

41. Nouns are sometimes followed by the dative.

42. A transitive verb, governing the accusative, has 8
genitive, dative, or ablative, to express some relation.

LATIN GRAMMAR. 107

ANALYSIS OF VIRGIL’S ENED.

BOOK I.
Root Definition. Syntaz. Etymology.

N. G. D.A.V.A.
Arm Thearms, cano Arm-a, 26° (2n.p.) a,orum,is,a,a,is.
qu. and, arms QUE virum, 29 conjunction.
vir. the hero, cano vin-um, 26 (2 m.) vir, & 0, um, vir, 0,
can. I sing, (ego) cAN-o(1)arma, (3d.) 0, ere, cecini, cantam.
o, is, it, imus, itis, unt.

Tro. of Troy, oris Tros-@, 27 (1f.) a, @, ὦ, am, a, A.
qu. who, virum QvU-i venit, 37 (m.) 4, cujus, cui, em, --, 0.
prim. first, PRIM-us qui, 28 (2m.) us,i, ο, um, 6, 0.
a. from, A-6 oris, prep. ὃ euphonic letter.
or. the shores, ab on-is, 33 (1 f.) a, ©, 85, am, a, ἅ.
88, AUN, is, 88, 85) 48.

Ital. τὸ Italy, Iraxi-am, 23 (1 f.) a, ὦ, ὦ, am,a, ἃ.
fat.a for. by fate, FAT-0, 35 (2 n.) um, i, o, um, um, o.
pro, fug, driven, PROFUG-us qui, 28 (2 m.) us, i, o, um, e, 0.
qu. and, Italiam οὐκ litora, 29 . conjunction.
Lavin. Lavinian, Lavin-a litora, (2 n.) um, i, ο, um, um, Ο.
&, oram, is, a, 8, is.

ven came, qui VEN-if, (2) (3d and 4th.) io, ire, ¢, tam.
i, isit, tt, imus, istis, erunt.

lit. to the shores: § LIToOR-a: 23 (8 n.) us, oris, ori, us, us, ore.
a, um, ibus, a, a, ibus.

mult. much, (est) MULT-um jactatus, adverb.
ill he, Virum ILL-¢ jactatus, (est) (m.)e, ius, i,um,—, 0.
οἱ both, ET, οἱ, corresponding conjunction.
terr, | uponthe land, (in) Texr-is, 31 (1 f.) a, =, am, a, A.
85, arum, is, as, @, is.

jac. was tossed, ille sact-at-us(8) (est,) (1st.) : or ari,
atus sum, es, est, &c.

et. and, terris ET alto, 29 Conjunction.
9 The placed after the words refer to the rule—those in pa:

rentheses δ to page 142.

ad, qa.

THE PRINCIPLES OF

“ἃς
on the deep, (in) ALT-o, 31 (2 n.) um, i, c, um, um, ὁ
by the power, νοΐ, 35 (3 f.) is, is, -, im, is, 4

of the Gods, vi supgniim, 27 (2 m.)i, (or)-twm, is, os, i, is.

of cruel, 28 sxv-e@ Junonis, (1f.) a, ὦ, Ὁ, am, a, ἃ.
lasting, 28 memon-em iram, (3 f.) or, is, i, em, or, ©.
of Jano, iram Jun-onis, 27 (3 f.)o, onis, oni, onem, 0, one.
on account of, ΟΒ iram, . preposition.
anger, ob r-am, 30 (1 f.) a, δ, @, am, a, ἃ.
Much, passus(est) Murt-a, 26 (2 a. p.) a, orum, is, a, 8, is.
also, et QU0-QUE, conjunction.
and, ΣῈ quoque, conjunction.
by war, BELL-o, 35 (2 n.) um, i, o, um, um, o.

he suffered, (ille) rassus (4)(est) (3d.) ior, i, passus sum

es, est, samus, estis, &o.

while, 36 puM econderet, adverb.
he would found

(ille) con-p-sre-t,(6)25 (3d.) 0, ere, idi, itam.

rem, res, ret, remus, ὅτο.

ἃ city, oonderet unB-em, 26 (3 f.) 6, is, i, em, δ, 6.

and, § conderet qux inferret, 29 conjunctica.

would bring(ille) mt-rzn-ret(6) Deos, (3d) 0,ferre,tuli,latum.

rem, res, ret, remus, &c.

(2 m.) us, i, o, um, us, 0.

i, orum, is, os, i, is.

the Gods, inferret Du-ce, 26

isto Lation,
inferret Lari-o: 39 (2n.) um, i, ὁ, um, um, o.

Trace, 24 @EN-us (ortum est,) (3n.) us, cris, eri.
us, Us, ere.
from which one36 ΝΟΌΣ (ortam est,) adverb,

the Latin, 28 Lartin-um genus, (2 n.)um,i,o,um,um,o.
and, genus QUE patres, 29 conjunction,
Albanian, 2% Axsan-é patres, 29 (2 m.)us,i,o,um,e,o.

ἡ, orum, is, os, i, is.

fathers, 2A Par, ree(orti sant,) (3m.)er,ris,ri,rem,er ,e.

res, ram, ribus, res, &o.
and, patres AT-QUE monia, 29 conjunction.
of lofty, 28 Αὐτὸ Rome, (1f.) a, 2, Ὁ, am, a, ἃ.
the walls, 24 mani-a(orta sunt,)(2n.p.)a,oram,is.a,&o-

LATIN GRANMAR. 109

Rom Rome. menia Rom-e, (1f.) a, α, Ὁ, am, a, ἃ
Mus. O Muse, (0) Mus-a, (1f.) a, ὦ, Ὁ, am, a, ἃ
ego. tome, memora MI-hi, ego, mei, mihi, me, —, me.
eaus the causes CaUs-as, (1 ἢ.) a, Ὁ, we, am, a. 4,
88, arum, is, as, 85, 16.
mes. relate: , (ta) MEMOR-a :(7)causas, (Ist)o,are,avi,atum.
G, ato, ate, anto.
qa. what, QU-o numine (n.) od, cujus, cui, od, -, 0.
num, divinity, NuM-ine, leso, (3 n.)en,inis,ini,en,en,twe.
led. being offended, Us-o, numine, (2n.)um,i,o,um,um,o.
το. or, nuamine leso vz quid dolens, conjunction.
qu. why, secundum quv-id, used adverbially.
dol, grieving, DO-LE-ns regina,(3 f.)ns,ntis nti ntem ,&o.
re-seg-0,queen, REGIN-a impolerit, (1f.) a, #8, @,am, ἃ. ἃ.
De. of theGods regina Dz-iin, (2 m.) us, i, o, um, us, o.
i, (or)-wm, is, os, i, is.
tot. so many, TOT easus, adj., plural, indeclinable,
voly, tostraggle with, voxv-e-re (8) casus, (3d.)o,ere,i,volutam.
ere, isse, esse, voluturus.

cas. misfortunes,
volvere CAs-us, (4 πι.) us, ds, ui, um, us, Ὁ.
us, uum, ibus, ue, &c,
in, sign. renowned, IN-SIGN-em Virum, (3 m.) is, is, i, em, is, i.
Pp. for piety ,insignem rreTa-te, (3 f.) 5, tis, ti, tem, 5, fe.
vir, a man, impulerit vin-wm volvere, (2 m.) vir,i,0, um, vir,0.
tot. 80 many, Tor labores, § adj., plural, indeclinable.
ad,i, to undergo, ap-i-re(9) (2d and 4th.) eo, ire, ivi, itam.
ire, ivisse, ease iturus.
lab. hardships, adire Lazon-es, (3m.) or, oris, i, em, or, 6.

es, um, ibus, es, es, &e.

ia, pel, shall have oom-

pelled, regina me-ruLe-ri-t,(10) (3d.)pello pellere, pul.
pulscm, er.m, eris, ertt,

So mach, Tant-airj, (1f.) a, 86, 80, am, a, ἃ.
@, arom, is, as, ©, is,
Νὰ (sint,) interrogative.

tominds, (sint) awm-tis, 4. (1 f.) a, ©, ὦ, am, 8, ἃ.
86, arum, fs, as, @, is.

110 THE PRINCIPLES OF

col. celestial, caLesT-ibus animis, (3 f.)is,is,i, em,is 6
es, ium, tdus, es, es, ikus

ir. anger? IR-@ (sint?) (1 f.) a, ὦ, ὦ, am, a, A
@, arum, is, as, 88, is.

Orb. Acity, Uns-s fuit, (3 f.) 4. is, i, em, 8, 6.
ant., qu. ancient, ANTI-QU-a urbs, (1f.) a, 66, @, am, a, ἃ,
fa. was, urbs ru-i.t, (11) sum, esse, fui, fui, fuisti.
Suit, imus, istis, erunt.

Tyr. Tyriaa, Tyatr-icoleni, (2m.) us, i,o, um, 6, a

ὁ, orum, ia, os, i, im

ten. inhabited, _coloni TEWU-ere(12)(quam) (2d.)eo,ere,ui, tam.
ui, uisti, uit, uimas, uistis,

uerunt, or vere.

col. colonists, COLoN-é tenuere, (2 m.) us, i,’o, um, 6, α.
i, oram, is, 0s, i, is.

arated Carthage, CarTHAg-o fait, (3 f.) 0, inis, i, em, 0, e.
Italy, contra ΤΑΣ πε, (1f.) a, ὦ, ὦν, am, ἃ, ᾷ.

con. opposite to, cConTRA Italiem, preposition.
qu. and, Italiam que Tiberina ostia, conjunction

Tiber. the Tiberian, ΤΊΒΕΒΙΝ α ostia, (2 n.) wn,i,o,um,um,o.
@, orum, is, a, a, is.

long. far off, fait LoncE, adverb.
08. mouths contra osTi-a, (2 n.) um, i, o, um, um, ο.
8, oram, is, a,a, ms.

div. aboanding, piv-és urbe, (3 f.) os, itis, i, em, es, 6.
op. inwoalth, dives oP-ws, (3 f.) s, is, i, em, es, 6.
um, ibus, 66, 65, ibus.

qu. and, dives opam QUE asperrima, conjunction.
astod _in the arts, sTuUDI-é, (2 n.) um, i, o, um, um, ©

ἃ, orum, is, a, ἃ, 12.
asp. § most skilful, ASPER-RIM-@ urbs, (1 ἢ) 4, ὦ, Ὁ, am, 8, A.
boll. of war: studies BELL: (2 n.) am, ἑ, o, um, um, o.

qu. which, eoliisse QU-am, (f.) a, cujus, cui, am, -, 0.
Juan. Juno, Jun-o fertur, (3 f.) 0, onis, oni, onem, &o.
er. is said, Jano rzn-t-ur, (13) (3d.) 0, ferre, tuli. latum.

feror, forris, fertur, &o.
er, lands, magia TERR-is, (1 €.) a, ὦ, ὦ, am, a, ἃ.

. .
©, arum, is, as, &, ἰδ,

LATIN GRAMMAR. 11]

mag. more (than), MAG-is, adverb.
omn. ill, omn-ibus terris, (3 f.)is, is, i, em, is, i. es

ium, ibus, es, es, ibus.
un. one, UN-am (urbem), (1f.) a, =, 88, am, a, 4.

post hab.being less est ‘med ros?-HAs-it-4 Samo, (1 7.) a,@, #,am, a, 4.
col. to have cherished

fertur cox-u-isse (14) quam, (2d, 3d.) 0, ere, uf,

cultum. ere, wisse, &o.

Sam. Samos,posthabitd Sam-o, (2 £.) 06, i, o, am, 6, 0.
Hic Here, (faerunt) Hie, advesb
1. her, arma ILL-ius, Cf.) a, tus, i, am, --, ἃ
arm. arms, - AnM-a( fauerunt) (2n. p.)a@,orum,is,a,a,is.
hic. here, fait ure, | adverb.
eur chariot, cunrus fuit, (4 m.) us, fs, ui, um, us, a.
fa was; eurrus ru-t-t: (15) sum, esse, fut. fui, fusti,

ΤΣ, faimas, fuistis, &e.
hoe. (that) this, Hoc esse, (8.) hoo, hujus, huic, hoc, ὅτο,
re-a ag-o,kingdom, e660 REGN-um, (2 n. ) um, 1, 0, wm, Um, 0-

De the goddess, De-a tendit, (1f) 4, ὦ, Ὁ, am, a, ἃ
gen. $ ofnations regnum arent-thus, (3f.) gens, tis, i, em, ns, 9.
es, um, tidus, es, es, &o

e to be, noo E-sse, (15) sum, esse, fui
si if, Dea tendit hoc 81 fata sinant, conjunction
qu. by any means, vA, adverb
fat.cfa_ the fates, FaT-a sinant, (2n.) um, i,o, um, um, o
a, orum, is, a, a, is.
sin. may permit, fata stn-a-nt, (17) (3d.) 0, ere, sivi, situm.
sinam, as, at, amus, atis, ant,

sam tam.now also, tendit JaM TUM, adverb.
qa. both, QUE, que, corresponding conjunction,
tend. endeavors Dea renp-t-t(18)hoc, (3d)o,ere,tetendi,tum
tendo, is, ἔξ, imus, &e

qu. and, tendit Qu fovet, _ Conjunction.

fov. cherishes (the
hope) rov-e-t(19) (spem.) (2d,3d,) eo,ere,i,fotum
eo, 68, ef. &e.
Pro,gen. A race, Pro Grnt-em duci, (5 f.)es,eT ΟἹ ,em,es,e
wed. bat, SED, conjunction.

412 - THE PRINCIPLES OF

enim. indeed, sudierat Σ ΝΙΝ, adverb
Tro. Trojan, TROJAN-o sanguine, (2 m.) us,i,o,ums,e.
a. from, A sanguine, preposition.
sang _— blood, ἃ SANGUI-ne, (8 m.) is, inis, i, em, is, Ἢ
duc. to be descended, nuc-i, (20) (84, ) ο, ere, xi, tum. or,

i, tus, sum.

aud. she had heard,
(illa) avp-iérat (21) 4th.) io, ire, tei, itum.
iveram, iveras, iérat, &o.

γι. Tyrian, Tyni-asarces, (1 f.) a, @, 86, am, a, ἃ.
85, arum, is, as, 88, is.
οἴ. hereafter, verteret ox1x, adverb

qu. which,progeniem qQu-e verteret, (f. ye @, cujus, cui, am, —, 0.
vert. would overturn,

quze VERT-e-re-t, (22) (3d.) ο, ere, i, sum.

rem, res, ret, remus, retis, &o.

ar. citadels, verteret an-ces, (3 f.) x, cis, ci, cem, x, ce.
ces, cum, cibus, ces, &o.
Hino. Hence, venturam Ηιτνο, adverb.
popul. a people, POPUL-um venturam (esse) (2m.) us, i, 0,
UM, ©, 0.
ate. extensively regem LATE, adverb.
re-s ag-0 ruling, RE-gem® populum, (3 m.)x.gis,gi,gem,x,6.
bell. in war, BELL-0, (2 n.) um, i, o, um, am, o.
qu. and, regem late que superbum, conjunction.
superb, proud, SUPERB-um populum, (2m.)us,i,o,um,e,0.
ven would come,

populum vEn-tur-um (23) (esse) (3d ,4th)io,ire,i,tam
us, i, 0, Um, 6, Ο.
ex, cal, to the destruction xx-crpi-o, (2n.) um, i, 0, um, um, o.

Liby. of Libya: excidio Lrmy-a, (1 f.) a, α, @, am, a, ἃ.
a0. thus, volyere sIc, adverb.

voly. had determined,
parcas voxv-e-re, (24) 3d.) 0, ere, i, volutum.
ere, isse, voluturus, esse.
perc. _ the fates, PAxC-as volvere, (1 f.) a, δὲ, ὃ, am, a, 4.
a, arum, is, as, 88, is

© For Rrea-n-a-niem.

LATIN GRAMMAR. 113

I. This, metuens I-d, (n.) id, ejus, ei, dd, -, 90.
metn. fearing, METU-ens Satarnia, (3f.)ns,tis,ti,tem,ns,e.
vet of the ancient, vet-erie belli, (3n.) us, eris, eri, us, &o.
qa and, metuens id quz memor belli, conjunction
mem, mindful, uum-or Saturnia ,(3f.)or ,oris ori,orem δια.
Satan Juno, Sarorwi-a areebat, (1f.)a,e,2,am,0,4.
bell. wa. , memor BELL-, (2 ἃ.) am, i, ο, um, um, Ο.
prim. first, Parma (illa,) (1f,) a, ὃ, ἢ, am, a, ἃ.
qa. whick, gesserat qu-od, (a.) od, cajus, cui, od, —, 0.
ad at, ΑΚ Trojam, preposition.
Tro. Troy, ad Tnos-em, (1 f.) a, @, @, am, a, A.
pro for, Pro Argis, preposition.
char dear, cHande Argis, (2m.) us, i, 0, um, 6, 0.

i, oram, is, os, ὃ, is.
ger she had carried

on, Cilla) oxss-erat(25)quod, (3d.)o,ere,cssi eossura.
eram, eras, erat, &o

Arg. Arges, pro Anc-ts, (2 m. p.) i, orum, is, os, i, is.

Neoe,dum.Neither yet,
exciderant Nec-pux, adverb.
etiam, also, ETIAM, vonjunction.
caus. the causes, caus-@ exenerant,(1f.)a, ὦ, 88, am, a, &.
@, arum, is, as, 88. is
ir. of heranger,ceus® In-arum, (1 f.) a, @, ὦ, am, a, ἃ
@, arum, is, as, (5, is.
qu. and, cantea QUE dolores, conjunotion,
sey. the cruel, axv-idolores, (2m.) us,i, o, um, 6,0

f, orum, is, as, i, is

del. sufferings. DOLOR-ss.exciderant ,(2m.)or ,oris,i,em,or,e
es, um, ibus, es, es, ibus

ex, cad. escaped, doleres Ex-crp-era-n-t, (26) (8d.) 0, eri, é
eram, eras, erat, eramus, &o,

διὰ. from her mind,ex ANIM-o, (2 τὰ.) us, i,o, um, 6, o.
Man, Remains,jodiciam Man-e-t, (27) (2d, 3d.) eo, ere, δι, sum.
eo, es, ef, emus, &o.

alt. deep in her, aur-4 mente, (1f.) 8,86, 5. am, a, 6

men. mind, (in) mun-te, (3 f.) 6, tis, ti, tem, 8. fe.
re, pon 1615 up, RE-PosT-um judicium, (2 n.)um,i,o,um, &o-

10*

114 THE PRINCIPLES OF

jadic. thejudgment, supict-um manet,(2n.) um,i,o,um,un p
Par. of Paris, judiciam Panr-dis, (3 m.) 8, dis, di, dem, s, do

qu. and, judicium αὐκ injuria, conjunction.
spret. ofherdespised, sraet-e forme, (1 f.) a, e, 85, am, a, A.
in, jur the injury IN-JURI-a (manet) (1f.) a, δ, 88, am, a, ἃ.
form. form, injaria ronM-a, (1f.) a, ας, 8, am, a, ἁ.
et. and, injuria ET genus, Conjunction,
gen. race, GEN-us (manet) (3 n.) us, eris eri, us, &o.
in, vid, the hated INVIs-um genus, (2 n.) um, i,o, um,um, o.
et. and genus xT honores, Conjunction.

of the stolen, Rnapr-s Gaymedis, (2m.) us, é, o, um, 6, 0.

Ganynied, Ganymede. ho- .
nores GANYMED-is, (3 m.) es, is, i, em, 68,9.
hon. the honors. HONoR-es(manent.) (3 m.)or,oris,i,em, or,.
es, um, ibus, es, es, ibus.
Hic. These(things,)super Hi-s, (n.) 6, hujus, buic, hoc, —, heec.
hwc, horum, his, heec, —, his.

ad, cand. enraged, AC-cENs-a Saturnia,(1f.)a,@,@,am, a, A.
super. onacoountof surzz his, preposition.
jac. tossed, JACTAT-o8 Troas, (2m.) us,i,o, um, 6,0.

i, oram, is, os, i, is.
eq. sea, (in) 2QUOR-e, (3n.) or, oris,i, or, or, 6
tot. whole, ToT-o @quore, (2n.) um, i,o, um, um, o.
Tro. Trojans, aroebat Tro-as, (1 m.) a, @, 86, am, a, 4.

se, arum, is, az, 85, is
re, ling. remnants, arcebat, nx-Liqui-as, (1f. p.) @, aram, is, as, ὅτο.
Daa. of the Greeks,
reliquias Dawa-&Sm, (2m. p.) i, (or)-um, κε

ad, qu. and, Danaum aT-quz Aochille!, conjunction.
in, mit. of fierce, rm-mrT-ig Achille! (3 m.) is, is, i, em, is,¢6

Achil. Achilles, reliquias AcHILL-ef, (5m.) es, ef, οἵ, em,es,e
are. drove, Saturnia anc-e-ba-t(28)Troas, (2)eo, ere,ui, ebam

bas, bat, bamus,&o.
long. far, arcebat LONGE, adverb
Lat. from Latium: (ab) Latt-o: (2 n.) um, i, o, um, um, Ο.
qu. and, aroebat QUE (ille) errabant, conjunction.
mult, many, MULT-o¢ annos, (2m.) us,i,o, um, 6,0

i, oram, 18, 08, i, is.

LATIN GRAMMAR. 116

per dming, PER annos preposition
ann. years, per ΑΝ ποθ (2m ) as, i, 0, um, 6,0,
i, orum, is, oe, i, is.
they wande ed, (illi) znn-a-ba-n-i(29) (1)o, are, avi, atum.
abam, bas, bat ,bamaus,
batis, δαπέ.
ag. driven, act-é (illi.) (2m )us i, o, um, 9, 0,
4, orum, is, os, i, is.
or. by the fates, FaT-is, (2n.)um, i, o, am, um, Ο.
. @, orum, is, a, a, is.
mer, 6688, circum MAR-ia, (3n.) 6, is, i, ©, 6, i. ia.
ium, ibus, ia, ia, ibus,
omn. all, omN-ta maria, (3n.) is, is, i, em, is, i.
ia, ium, ibas, ia, ia, ibus,
circ. around, CIRCUM maria, preposition.
Tant 50 great, Tant-e@ molis, (1f.) a, e, #, am, a, A.
mol. difficalty, (opus) mox-is (3 f.) es, ts, i, em, es, 6.
er. itwas, (opus) xza-t(30)condere,sam,esse ,fui,eram eras,
era-t, eramus, eratis, &o.
Rom, the Roman, RoMAN-am gentem,(1f.) a, 2, 2,am,a, ἃ.
con,d. to establish, erat, con-p-e-re(31) gentem, (3) 0, ere, idi, itam.
ere, idisse, itarus esse
gen. nation, condere GEN-tem. (3f.) 6, tis, ti, tem, 8, te
Vix, § Soarcely, dabant Vix, adverb.
6. out of, E conspectu, preposition.
con spec. sight, Θ CON-sPECT-u, (4m.) us, ds, ui, um, us, %.
Sicul. οἵ the Sicilian Sicu.zy telluris, (1f.) a, @,%,am, a, ἃ.
tel. land, conspectu TELLU-rie, (3 f.) 5, ris, τὶ rem, 8, 16.
in, upon, ΣΝ altum, preposition,
alt. the sea, in ALT-um, (2 n.) um, i, o, um, um, Ο.
vel, sails, dabant VEL-a, (2 n.) am, i, o, um, um, o.
&, oruD, is, α, 8, is.
d. they spread,(‘lli) p-aba-n-¢(32) vela,(1 & 2) 0, are,edi,atam.
abam, bas, bat, abamus,
batis, bant.
lent joyfal, smr.t (illi), (2 m.) as, i, 0, um, 6, 0.
¢, orum, is, 08, i, is.
ot. and, dabant xT ruebant, conjunction.

116 THE PRINCIPLES OF

spum the foam, rucbant spum-as, (1f.) 8,85 w,am,a,&
88, arum, is, as, 88, is.
sal, of the deep, spumas sAL-is, (3 m.) sal, is, i, em, sal, ©.
er, with the prow, 22-8, (2 n.) a, wris, i, es, ws, 4.
ra. wore plowing ; (illi) nv-e-ba-n-£(33) spumas ;(3)o, ere, i, itam,
ebam, bas, bat, &o.
quum when, (volvebat) quum, | adverb.
Jun. Juno, Jun-o(volvebat,) (3 f.) o,onis,oni,onem ,&o,
stern an eternal, ETEEN-wm vulnos, (2 n.)em,i, 0,0m,um ,e.
serv, nourishing, SERV-a-n-s Juno, (3 f.)ns, ntis,ti,tem ,ns,te.
sub. within, SUB peotore, preposition.
pect. her breast, sub rxctT-or-e, (3n.) us, oris, ori, us, us, ore.
vuln. awound, servans τυ, (3n.) us, cris, eri, w, US, ere,
h, these things, (volvebat) H-ac, (n.) 00, ujus, uic, 0c, --) oc.
wo, orum, is, ec, —, is.
cum. § with, CUM δα, preposition,
8. herself; cam 8.8: (f.) ~, σαὶ, elbi, 20, —, ΔΆ.
D. desiatere am, interrogative,
Ego. (must) i, ME desistere, ego, mei, mihi, me, —, me.
in, cap. from my underte-
king, de IN-CZPT.@, (2 2.) um, i, 6, am, um, 6.
de, st, desist, me DE-sisT-e-re,(34) (3) 0, ere, stiti, stitum.
viac. § conquered, VICT-am me, Cif.) a, @, @, am, a, δ,
nec. nor, medesistere NEC me posse, eonjunction,
pot.gene, be able, πιὸ ro.ese,(85) possum, posse, potui,
Ital. § from dsaly, aver- .
tere ΖτΔιχ ὦ, (if) a, a, 2,am, a, 4.

Teuer. of the Trojans,

regem Txucr-orwm, (2m.p.) i, orwm,is,os,&
a, vert. toturnaway, posse A-VERT«10(36) regem, (8) o, ere, i, sum,
re-sag-0. the king? avertere RE-g-em ? (8m.) K, gis, gi, gem, x, g.

quip. because, desistere QUIFFE vetor, conjunction.
vet. Iam forbidden, (ego) veT-or, (37) (1 pass.}er, ari, atus, sum.
for. by the fhtes. FAT.is, (2n.p.) a, orum, is, ἃ, a, is.
Pal, Pallas Parzas potuit, (3f. Gr.) as, adis, adi, &o.
ἢ. not, potuit wx, dnverrogative.

ex,ur tobura, potuit xx-un-e-re(38)classem, (3)o, ere, ussi,&o.
class. the fleet, exurere cLamem, (8f.) is, is, i, em, is, Θ,

LATIN GRAMMAR. 117

Arg. Greeks, classem Anarv-ém (2 νι.) us, i,o, um, 6, 9
i, (or)-im, is, οα, i, is

ad,qu. and, exurere

olassem AT-QUE submergere, conjunction.

ips. them,suhmergere IPs-os, (m. p.) i, orum, is, os, i, is,

pot. was able, Pallas ror-u-i-?,(39) possum, posse, potui. αἱ
uisti, wif, unimus, &.

sub,merg.to drown, potnit sus-mEnc-e-re,(40)ipeos, (3)0,ere,si ,sum.

pont. in the deep,

submergere PONT-0, (2 m.) us, i, 0, um, 6, 9
un. of one, UN-tus Ajacis, (m.) us, ius, i, um, ©, 0.
ob. onaccountof, ΟΒ noxam, preposition.
noc. fault, ob Nox-am, (1f.) a, ὦ, Ὁ, am, a, A.
et. even, unius xT Ajacis, conjunction.
for. the fary, ob FURI-as, (If) a, 2. ὦ. am, a, ἃ.

85, aram, is, as, @, is.
Ajax. of Ajax, furias Asa-cis, (3 m.) x, cis, οἱ, oem, x, ce.
Oil. the son of Oileus? .

Ajacis O1rr-i? (2m.) us, é, o, um, 6, 0.

Ips. She, Ips-a disjecit, (f.) a, ius, i, am, -, a.
δον. of Jupiter, ignem Jov-ts, (3 m.) Jupiter, Jovis, i, &e.
rap. the swift, RAPID-um ignem, (2m.) us,i,o, wm, ©, 0.
jac. darting, JacUL-a-t-a ipsa, (1f.) a, @,@,am, a, ἃ.
e. from, 5 nubibus, . preposition
nub. the clouds, e nun-idus, (3f.) es, is, i, em, os. ©
. es, ium, ibus, es, es, ibus.

ign, lightning, jaculata ον ἐπι, (3 m.) is, is, i, em, is, 6.

dis, jac. scattered, ipsa pis-yec-i-t,(4l)ignem, (3 & 4) jicio, ere,
ject, jectam. i, is, it, &e

qu. both, QUE, que, corresponding conjunction.
rat. his ships, disjecit naT-es, (3 f.) is, is, i, om, is, Θ.

88, um, ibus, es, es, ὅκα.
qu. and, disjecit rates QUE evert.: sequora, conjunction.

©, vert. upturned, ipea xz-verT-i-¢ (42)equora, (3) 0, ere, é, sum.
i, isti, ἐξ, imus, &o

eq. the sea, evertit ZQUoR-a, (3n.) or, oris, i, or, or, 6
a, um, ibus, a, a, ibus
vent. by the wirds: VENT.is : (2 m.) us, i, o, um, 6, 0.

§, orum, is, os. i, és.

118 THB PRINCIPLES oF

ul. him, ocrriput mz-wm, (m.) ©, ius, i, um, ©, 0
ex, spir. breathing oat,
illura £x-Pin-a-nt-em, (3m.)ns,ntis,ti,lem, &c.

traas, fing. from his trans. (um, 0.)
fixed, TRANS-FIx-o pectore, (2n.) um, i, o, um.
pect. breast, (a) PECT-ore, (3 n.) us, oris, i, 18. us. ore.

fam. flamesexpirantem FLAMM.-as, (1f.) a,@, ©, am, a, A.

88, arnm, is, az, @, is.

turb, ina whirlwind, (in)runs-ine, (3 m.) o, inis, i, em, 0, ine.

con,rap. she seized, illa cor-rrp-w-i-¢(43)illum, (4,3, & 2)io, ere,

ui, reptum. ui, uisti, uit, &o.

qu. and = corripuit Que inftxit, conjunction,
scop. rock, infixit scoPrvL-o, (2m.) us,i,o, um, 6,0.

m, fing. thrust, ipsa m-rrx-¢-#(44) (illum) (8) figo, ere, xi,

ctum, xi, isti, ἐξ, &o.

acat. ona sharp. Acur-o scopulo. (2m.)us,i,o0,um, 6,0.
Ast. Bat, infixit Ast ego gero, conjunction.
ego I, EGO gero, (f.) ego, mel, mihi, me, &c.
qu. who, ego Qu-a incedo, (f.)@, cujus, cui, am, &o.
Div. ofthe gods,regina Div-fim, (2m.p.i, (or)-im, is, κα,
in,ced. walk, quze In-ceD-0,(45) (3) o, ere, cessi, cessum.
o, is, it, imus, istis, &o.
re-s ag-0. queen, RE-GIN-a incedo, (1f.) α, 6, ἐδ, δι, a, ἃ.
qu, and, regina QUE soror, conjunction.
Jov. οἵ Japlter, soror Jov.is, (3m. ) Jupiter, Jovis, i, em, er,e.
et. both, ET, οἵ, corresponding conjunction.
sor. sister, (sum) sor-or, (3f.) or, oris, ori, orem, &c,
et. and, sorer £T eonjax, conjunction.
conjung, the wife, (sum) CoNn-JU-2, (3 0.)2, gis, gi, gem, x, ge.
un. one, UN-4 κου", (1 f.) a, @, 8, am, a, ἃ.
cum. with, cuM gente, preposition.
goa. race, eum GEN-/e, (3f.) s, tis, ti, tem, 8, te.
tot. 80 many, TOT annos, adj. plural, indeclinable.
ann, years, per ANN-os, (2 m. p.) i, oram, is, os, &o.
bell. § wars, gero BELL-a, (2n.p.) a, orum, is, a, &o.

ag-ores.carryon: ego Grr-o:(46) (3) 0, ere, gessi, gestum.
o, is, it, imus, itis, unt.
et, and, ego ga obella eT, quisquar. adoret, conjunction

wATIN GRAMMAR. 119

qu.,qa wha, qu-is-quam adoret, δ, eujuscm quem,-,o.
mom, the divinity,adoret num-en, (3n.) en, inis, ini, en, &o.
Jan. of Jamo, samen Jun-onis, (3f.) 0, onis, oni, &e.
ad,or. canadore, quis. ap-orn-c-f(47namen, (1) 0,are,avi,atum.
em, es, σ΄, emus ,&e.

preeter,ea. hereafter, im- ;
ponat PRETER-BA, adverb.
aut. or, adoret nhumen AUT imponat, conjunction.

sup, plic. supplicating, SUP-PL-ez, quisquam, (36. ) ez, icis, ici, &o.
ar. on my altars,

imponat AR-fs, (1f.p.) δ, arum, is, &o.

in, pon. will place, quis. [am, as, at, amus, &e.
quam IM-PON-a-#(48) honorem ,(3)o,ere,sui, item,

hen. asacrifice? imponat Honen-em? (3 m.) or, oris, i, em, &o.

Tal. Such (things),
volutans Taz-ia, (3n.p.) ia, tam, ibus, ia, &e.
filam. inherinflamed, ¥r1iam«-a-t-o corde,(2n.)am,i,o,um,um,0.

8. herself, σθαι £-¢, —, sui, stbi, 66, —; 86.
com. with, CUM 88, _ preposition.
De. the Goddess, Dz-a venit, (1f.) a, Ὁ, @,am,a. ἃ.
cor. heart, (in) con-de, (3n.) r, dis, di, dom, r, dé.
voly. revolving, VoLUT-a-nz, Dea, (Sf.) a8, ntis, ti, tem,&e.
nimb. ofstorms,patriam NIMB-orum, (2m.p.) i,ortem, is, os, i, is.
in. into, IN patriam, preposition.
petr. thecountry, in PaTRi-am, (1f.) a, Ὁ, ὃ, am, a, Δ.
loc. places, in Loc-a, (22.p.) a, orem, is, a, 8, is.
fost, fall, vwer-aloea, (2n.p.) a, orum, is, a, a, is.
for, of boisterous, run-e-n-t-idus Austris, (3 m.p.) es ,um,ibus,
es, os, thus.
Austr. ‘winds, feta Austn-is (2m.p.) i, orum, is, os, i, ts.
ol. Aelia, in XoLi-am, (1f.) a, ὦ, ὦ, am, a, 4.
ven. came, Dea ven-i-t.(49) (4& 3) bo, iro, é, tun.
i, καὶ, it, imus, istis, erants.
Hic. Here, premit Hic, adverb.
vast. ina vast, VAST.o antvo, (2n.) um, i, a, um, um, 9.
re-s ag-o, king, RE-zpremit, (3m.) 2, gis, gi,gem,x, go.
ol. Xolus, Ao1-us premit, (2m.) w,i, 0, um, 6, o

entr. cava, (in) ANTR.-o, (2n.) um, i o, um, um, o.

THE PRINCIPLES OF

luct the struggling, LUcT-a-n-i-es ventos, 3m.p.) es, um, ibus,
es, 65, ibus.
ven. winds, premit VENT-os, (2m.p.) i, orum, is, os, i, ia.
qu. and, ventos, QUE tempestates, conjunction,
tempest. tempests. premit TEMPEsT-al.es, | (3f.p.)es, um, ibus, es,
es, ibus.
son. the sounding, sonon-as tempestates, (1f.p.) 80, arum, is,
as, 8, is.
impar. by authority, IMPEBI-0, (2n.) am, i, o, um, um, o.
pren. governs, £olus Prem-i-t,(50)ventos,(3) o,ere,essi,essum.
o, is, ἐξ, imus, itis, unt.
80. end, premit ac freenat conjunction,
vine. with chains, VINCL-is, (2n.p.) a, orum, is, a, a, is.
et. and, vinclis ET carcere, conjunction.
care. _ ina prison, CARCER-€, (3m.) r, ris, ri, rem, r, e.
fren. restrains, Aolus re =Nn-a-{(51) (illos)o,are,avi,atum. 0,as,
at, amus, atis, ant.
Tl, they, Il.i fremunt, (m.p.) ἡ, orum, is, os, i, is.
mn, dign, indignant, IN-DIGN-a-n-f-es illi, (3 m.p.)¢s,um,ibus,&e.
magn. a great, MAGN-o murmure, (2 0.)um,i,o, um.um,0.
cum. with, cUM murmure, preposition.
murmur,murmur, cum MURMUR-¢€ (3n.) r, ris, ri, rem, r, re.
mon. of the mountain,
murmure MoXx-t-is, (3m.) s, tis, ti, tem, s, te.
circ, around, cracum claustra, preposition.
claustr. the barriers,circum CLAUsTR-a, (2n.p.) a, orum, is, α, ἃ, ἷβ.
frem, roar. illi rnem-u-n-t.(52) (8 & 2)o, ere, ui, itum.
ο, is, it. imus, itis, unt.
els. In (his) lofty, Cxxs-d arce, (1f.) a,@, Ὁ, am, a, 4.
sed, sits, Eolas, SED-¢-£. (53) (2 & 3) eo, ere, i, ssum,
eo, es, ef, emus, &e.
ol. olus, Horus sedet, (2m.) us, i, o, um, 6, o.
arc, citadel, (in) AR-c-¢, (3f.) x, cis, ci, cem, x, ce.
sceptr scepter, tenens scxrrR-a, (2n.p.) 8, orum, is, 4,4, is.
ten, holding ; TEn.e-n-s olus ,(3 m.) ns, ntis, ti,tem,&o.
qa. and, sedet QUE mollit, conjunction
moll. softens, olus moxt-i.#(54)animos, (4) io, ire, ivi, itum,

io, is, ἐξ, imus, &e.

LATIN GRAMMAR. 5» 19]

δὶ minds, mollit ANIM-o8, (2m.p.) i, c.am, is, :8,i, is
et. and, mollit er temperat, conj.ncticn
temper. moderates, olus TEMPER-a-?(55)iras, (1) o, are, avi, atum.
o, as, at, amus, &c.

ir. their anger. temperat 185-68, (1f.p.)e, arum, is, as, 86, is.
Ν. Unless, faciat N1, adverb.
far. he did so, (1116) rac-i-a-t(56)(hec,) (4 ἂς 3) to, ere, feci,
factum. iam, ias, tat, iamus, ὅκα.

ear.
ac.

the seas, ferant man-ia, (3 n.p.) ia, ium, ibus, ia, &e.

and, maria Ac terras, conjunction.
terr. theland, ferant TERR-as, (1 f.p.)e, arum, is, as, Ὁ, is
qu. and, terras QUE ccelum, conjunction
col heaven, ferant cex-um, (2n.p.)um.i,o, um, am, 0.
pro,fand.the profound, § PRo-FruND-umccelum,(2n.)um i,o,umum,o.
quip. for, temperat quirre ferant, adverb.

fer. they would bear, ren-a-n-t,(57) (9 ἂς 1) 0, re, tuli, latum.
am, as, at, amus, atis, ant.

rap. swift, RAPID-((illi.) | (2m.p.) i, orum, is, &e.
cum, with CUM #6, preposition,
8. themselves, cum 3-e, (p.)—, sui, sibi, se, --, δὲ
qu. and, ferant QUE verrant, conjunction.
ver. . would sweep, (illi) venn-a-n-#,(58) (3) 0,ere,i, sum. am,

as, at, amus, atis, ant,
per through, PER auras, preposition,
eur, _ the air. per AUR-as. (1 f.p.) e, aram, is, as, @, is.

Sed pater omni-pot-e-ns spelunc-is ab-did-i-t atr-is,

But the father omnipotent caverns hid them in dark,

Hoe metu-e-ns; mol-em que et mon-t-es in-saper alt-oa,

This fearing; 8 mass and and mountains above them lofty.
Im-pos-u-i-t; re-gem que ded:i-t, qui foed er-e cer-to

Placed ; a king and gave, who laws by fixed

Et prem-e.re, et lax-assci-rot d-a-re juss-us haben-as.
Both to restrain, and loose would know to give being ocmmanded reins.
Ad qu-em tam Jun-o _— suppl-ex_h-is voo-ibus us-a es-t:

To whom then Juno as a suppliant these words used:

ZEol-0, (nam-que tibi Divdm pat-er at-que hcm-in-um re-x
O Bolus, (for to thee of the Gods the father and cfmen _ king
Ἐπ muloe-re ded-it fluct-us et toll-e-re vent-o,)

Both to calm has given the waves and to raise them with the wind,)
1]

199 THE ῬΆΙΝΟΙΡῚ 59 ΟΥ̓

Gen-s in imic-a mihi Tyrrhen-um nav.g-a-t & [0]
A nation hostile to me the Tyrrhenian navigate sea,
i-um in Itali-am port a-ns, vict-cs que Penat-es
Troy into Italy aring, the conquered and household gods.
In-cut-e vi-m vent-is, sub mers as que ob.ru-e pupp-es.
Add force to your winds, the submerged and destroy ships:
Aut ag-e divers-os; et dis-jic-e corp-ora ont-o.
Or separate them; and scatter their bodies in the deep.
S-u-n-t mihi bis septem pre-st-a-nt.i corp-or-e Nymph-e:

Ihave fourteen οἵ beautiful form § Nymphs:
Qu-arum, que form-A pulcherrim-a, De‘opei-am
Of whom, who is in form most beautiful, Deiopeia
Con-nubi-o jung-am stabil.i, jpropri-am que dic-a-b-o;
Wedlock I will join to thee in firm, as thine own and will consecrats;
Omn-es ut tecum _merit-is pro tal-ibus ann-os
All that thee with merits for suc years

Ex.ig-a-t, et pulch-ra fac-i-a-t te prol-e paren-t-em
She may spend, and by a beautifyl may make thee progeny parent.
ZEol-us ἢ 2c contra; Tu-us, 6 regin-a, qu-id, opt-es,

ZZolus these words to replied: It is thy, O queen, what you may
wish,
Ex-plor-a-re lab-or; mihi juss-a capess-e-re fa-s es-t.
To consider business; to me your commands to execute it belongs.
Tu mihi, quod-cunque _ hoc regni tu sceptr-2,
You for me, whatsoever of this kingdum I possess, you the scepire,
Jov-em que ᾿
Jupiter and
Concili-a-s: tu d-a-s epal-is ac-cumb-e-re Div-dm,
Conciate: you permit me the feasts to recline at of the Gods,
Nimb-orum que _fac-i-s tempest-at-um que pot-e-nt-em.
Of the clouds and you make me cf tempests and ruler,
H-ec ubi dic-t-a,cav-um —_con-vers-A cuep-id-e mon-t-em
These when words were spoken, hollow with his turned spear mouatain
Im-pul-i-t in lat-us; ac — vent-i, velut agm-in-e fact-o
He struck on the side; and the winds, as if a band were made,

Qua dat-a port-a,ru-u-n-t,et terr-as _turb-in-e per-fl-a-n-t
Where was given a passage, rush out, and the earth in a whirlwind | tow
[c ‘er.

In-cub-u-ére mar-i, tot-umque ἃ sed-ibus _im-is,
They rest upon the sea, the whole and from depths the lowest

Una Eur-us que Not-us qué ru-u-n-t, creb-er que procell-is
- At once the east wind both the southwind and disturb, thick and witk
[tempes’s.

Afriec-us, et vast-os voly-u-n-t ad lit-or-a _—flact-us.

The southwest wind, and vast _roll to the shores waves.

LAT'N GRAMMAK. 123

In-sequi-t-ur § clam-or que vir-Qm, _—strid-or que rud?«. t-um,
Fouuws the clamor both of men, the creaking and of corauge,
F-rip-i-u-n-t subito nub-es ewlum que, di-em que,

Ssatch away suddenly the clouds sky both, light and

Teucr-ornm = ex ocul.is: pont-o no-x in-cub-a-t atr-a.
Of the Trojans from the eyes: the deep night broods upon dark.
In-ton-u-é-re pol-i, et crebr-is mic-a-t ign-ibus sth-er;
Thundered the heavens, and with frequent glistens lightnings the air:
Pre-sent-em que vir-is in-tent-a-n-t omn-ia mor-t-em,
Immediate and tothe men threaten all things death.

Extempld /Ene-e solv-u-n-t-ur frig-or-e memor.a.
Immediately of A2neas are loosened by the cold the members.

In-gem-i-t, et «upl-ic-es tend-e-ns ad sid-er-a palm-as,
He groans, and both his stretching towards the stars hands,

Tal-ia vo-ce re-fer-t: O ter que quater que beat-i,
He cries thus; O thrice and four times happy they,

Que-is ante or-8 patr-um Troj-z sub mon-ibus alt-is,
To whom before the faces of their fathers of Troy under walls the lofty,

Con-tig-i-t oppet-e-re! 6 Dana-fim _fort-issim-e gen-t-is

It happened to die! O of the Greeks most brave of the race
Tydid-v, me-ne lliac-is oc-cumb-e-re camp-is
Tydidus, why was I on the Trojan to fall fields

Non pot-u-isse? tu-A que anim-am hance ef-fund-e-re dextr-a?
Not able? by thy andlife this to pour out right hand?
Seev-us ubi Macid-» tel-o jac-e-t Hect-or, ubi_ ingen-s
Fierce where of Achilles by the weap-on lies Hector, where great
Sarped-on: = ubi tot Simo-is —cor-rep-t-a_ sub und-is
Sarpedon lies: where so many the Simos having seized under ts waves
Scut-a vir-Am, gale-as que, et fort-ia corp-or-a volv-i-t,
The shields of men, helmets and, and brave bodies _ rolls.

Tal-ia jact-a-ot-i strid-e-ns Aquil-on-e procell-a

As he thus spoke, the shrieking with the north wind tempest
Vel-um ad-vers-a fer-i-t, fluct-us que ad sid-er-a__toll-i-t.
The sail opposite strikes, the waves and to the stars raises.
Frang-u-n-t-ur rem-i: tum pror-a a-vert-i-t, et and-is
Are broken the oars: then the prow turns, and to the waves
D-a-t lat-us: in-sequi-t-ur cumul-o pre-rupt-us aqu-@ mon-s.
Gives tis side; follows in a heap broken of water mountain,
H-i summ-o in fluct-u pend-e-n-t: h-is und-a = de-hisc-e-ns
They the top ofon the wave hang: to them the water yawning
Terr-am inter fluct-us aper-i-t; fur-i-t eest-us —aren-is.
The earth between the waves discloses: rages the tide in the sands.
Tr-es Not-as_ _ab-rept-as in sax-a lat-e-nt-ia torqu-é-t,
Three shtps the south wind driven away upon the rocks hidden whirls:

124 THE PRINCIPLES OF

Sax-a voc-a-n-t Ital-i, medi-is qu-% in fluct-ibus s.1r-as,
These rocks call the Italians, in the midst of which arethe waves Altars,
Dors-um imman-e mar-i summ-o. Tr-es Eur-us ab
Ridge a huge the sea at the topof. Three ships the east wind from
alt-o
the deep
In brevi-a et syrt-es urg-e-t, miserabil-e vis-u;
Upon shoals and quicksands drives, a miserable sight;
{l-lid-i-t que vad-is, at-que agger-e cing-i-t aren-x.
Dashes into and the shallows, and with a heap binds of sand.
Un-am, qu-% Lyci-os fid-um que veh-e-ba-t Oront-em,
One, which Lycians faithful and carried Orontes,
Ips-ius ante ocul-os ingen-s ἃ vert-io-e pont-us
His before eyes a great from above wave
In pupp-im fer-i-t: ex-cut-i-t-ur pron-us que magist-er
On the stern strikes: is struck bending and master
Volv-i-t-ur in oap-u-t; ast ill-am ter flact-us ib-idem
Is rolled upon his head: and it three times the wave in the same place
Torqu-e-t agen-s circum, et rapid-us vor-a-t fequ-or-6 vort-e-x.
Whirls driving around, and the swift swallows in the sea whirlpool.
Ap-par-e-n-t rar-i n-a-nt-es in gurg-it-e vast-o:
Appear a few swimming in whirlpool tho vast:
Arm-a vir-(m, tabul-sze que et Trol-a gaz-a per und.as.
The arms of the men, tablets and and Trojan treasure appear in the

[water.
Jam valid-am [Ilion-i nav-em, jam fort-is Achat-m;
Now the strong of Ilioneus ship, now the ship of brave Achates ;

Et qu-& veot-us Ab-as, et qu-a
And the ship in which was borne Abas, and the ship in which was borne
andzv-us Aleth-es,

the aged Alethes,
Vic-i-t hiem-s: lax-is Jat-er-um compag-ibus omnes
Conque’s the storm: through the loosened of the sides joints all the ships
Ac«ip a-n-t in-imic-um imbr-em, _rim-is que fatiso-u-n-t,
Remite the fatal flood, inthe seams and gape.

LATIN GRAMMAR, 126

VIRGIL’S GEORGICS ᾿
BOOK IV.

[The use of the hyphen in the following lines will be.
as heretofore, to separate the root, connecting letter or let-
ters, significant letters and terminations, from each other.
F or example, in the word squal-e-n-t-i-bus: squal is the root,
e the medial or significant letter of the conjugation; 2 dew
notes the present participle, ¢ a connecting letter, and zbus
the case and number termination. Corusc-a-n-t,—coruse,
the root, a the medial letter of the present tense and first
conjugation, 2 sign of the plural number, ¢ sign of the
third person. Claros,—clar, the root, o the significant let-
ter of the second declension, s terminal letter of the accu-
sative plural in all declensions, excepting in the neuter gen-
der. Terr-a-m,—terr the root, a significant letter of the
first declension, m terminal letter of the accusative singu-
Isr, in all declensions, excepting neuters of the third.

If the student has become familiar with the foregoing
Tables of Terminations, he will understand these divisions
without difficulty. They will be continued only partly
through the reading, and then the scholar is expected to be
able to separate the words in his mind at a glance, and thus
be enabled, in a moment, to determine the conjugation,
voice, mood, tense, number, person, declension, case, or
gender of all words. ]

Protinus afri-i_ mell-is colet-i-a don-a

Next of aerial honey the celestial gift

Ex-eq-u-a-r § H-anc etiam, Mecen-as, ad-spic-e pAr-t-e-m.

{ will describe. This also, O Mecenas, look at part.

Ad-mir-a-nd-a [Ὁ] —_—lev-i-um spectacul-a re-rum,

To be admired by thee of inconsiderable views _things,

Magn-anim-o-s que duc-e-s, _—tot-ius qua ord-in-e gen-t-is

Courageous and leaders, of a whole and in order race

Mo-r-e-s, et stad-i-a, et popul-o-s, et prel-i-a dic-a-m.

Customs, and arts, and people, and battles I will relate.

In ten-o-i labor: at tenu-is non _ gior-i-a: si qu-e-m

On 8 low subje:t this labor ie: but low is not the glory ; if any one
11*

126 THE PRINCIPLES OF
Num-in-a lev-a sit-a-n-t,aud-i-t que —- voc-a-t-us Apollo,
Divinities adverse permit, hears, and being invoked Apollo.
Princip i-o, sed-e-s § ap-ibus st-at-io que pet-e-nd-a,
In the frat place, a seat for the bees station and must be sought,

Qud ne-que si-t vent-is ad-it-us (nam pabul-a vent-i,
Where neither may ba for the winds an entrance (for food winds

Fer-re dom-u-m pro-hib-e-n-t) ne-que ov-e-8 heed-i que Petalos
To carry home prohibit) neither sheep kids and frisking
Flor-ibus _—in-sult-e-n-t, aut err-a-n-s_ — bucul-a camp-o

The flowers may bruise, or the grazing heifer in the field

Po-cut-ia-t ro-r-6-m, et surg-e-n-t-e-s at-ter-at herb-a-s.
ay strike off the dew, and the growing may trample plants.

Ab-si-n-t¢ et piot-i ual-e-n-t-i-a terg-a, lacert-i
Let be absent also spotted as to their filthy backs, lizards

Pingu-ibus 4 stabul-is; merop-o-s que, ali-z-que voluo-r-e-s,
The fat from hives ; bee-eaters and, other and fowls,

Et man-ibus Procn-e ect-us sign-a-t-a cruent-is,
And hands the swallow es to her breast marked with bloody.
Omn-i-a nam αϊὸ vast-a-n-t, ips-a-s-que vol-a-n-t-6-s
All things for on every side they destroy, them and flying about
Or-e fer-u-n-t, dulc-e-m nid-is im-mit-ibus esc-a-m.
In thetr mouth they bear, as 8 sweet nests to their cruel morsel.
At liquid-i fon-t-e-s, et stagn-a vir-e-n-t-i-a musc-o

But pure fountains, and pools green with moss,

Ad-si-n-t et tenu-is, fugi-e-n-s per in-a ri-vus:
Let be present, and a email, gliding through the grass rivulet:
Palm-a que vestibulum autingen-s oleast-er in-umbr-e-t.

The palm tree and the threshhold or the great wild olive let shade.
Ut, qdtum prim-a nov-i duo-e-n-t examin-a re-g-e-8

That, when the first new will lead swarms ki

Ver-e su-0, lud-e-t que fav-is @-mias-a juvent-us
In spring itself, will play and from the honeycombs sent forth young ;
Vicin-a in-vit-e-t de-ced-e-re τρια calor-i,

The neighboring may invite to depart from bank the heat,

Ob-vi-a que hospit-i-is ten-e-a-t frond-e-n-t-ibus arb-os.
Opposite and welcome may present tiself with a leafy tree.

In medi-u-m, δὰ st-a-b-i-t iner-s, seu pro-flu-e-t hum-or,
In the midst, whether will stand sluggish, or will flow water,

Trans-vert-a-s sal-ic-é-3 et grand-i-a con-jic-e sax-a:
Acyoas willows and large —_ east rocks:

LATIN GRAMMAR. 197

Pont-ibus ut ereb-r-is pos-si-n-t con-sist-e-re et 885,
Bridges tha spon frequent they may be able to rest and their wings

Pand-e-re ad estiv-u-m sol-e-m; si forte mor-a-n-t-¢-s
To stretch 013: to the sammer sun: _if by chance fhem delaying

Spars-eri-t aut pree-cep-s Neptun-o — im-mers-eri-t
all have sprinkled or the dangerous in the rain shall immersed

Eur-us.
the east wind.

H-s20 circ-om casi‘ _—-vir-id-e-s, et ol-e-n-t-i-a late
These around let there be spice trees green, and fragrant on every side

Serpyll-a, et graviter spir-e-n-t-i-s | copi-a thymbr-=
Thyme, "and powerfully of smelling abundance savory

Flor-e-a-t: irrigu-u-m que bib-a-n-t violar-i-a —fon-t-e-in
Let flourish: the watering and let drink the beds of violets fountain.

Ips-a autem sen _—cort-ic-ibus tibi sut-a cay-a-t-is,
heee but, either bark by thee fastened with hollow

Seu lent-o fa-eri-n-t alvear-i-a vim-in-e text-a,
Or with the bending whith will be hives vine woven,
August-o-s hab-e-a-n-t ad-it-u-s: nam frig-or-e mell-a
Narrow let have entrances; for with cold the honey
Cog-i-t hiems, ea-dem que cal-or lique-fact-a remitt-i-t:
winter, the same and heat melted returns:

Utr-a que vi-s sp-ibus pariter met-u-e-nd-a: ne-que il}-s
Either and force by the bees equally is feared: neither they
Ne-quic-quam in tect-is cert-atim tenui-a — cer-A

In vain in thety dwellings assiduously small with wax
Spirament-a lin-u-n-t, —_fac-o que οἱ flor-ibus or-a-s

Air smear, with paint and and flowers borders
Ex-pl-e-n-t: eol-lec-t-u-m que h-sec ipe-e ad mun-er-a glut-en
Fill: the collected and these very to uses = giuten

Et vise-oet Phryg-i-2 serv-a-n-t pice lent-i-us = Id-ee.
Both glue and of Phrygian they preserve pitch tougher than Ida.
Szpe etiam ef-fos-is(si ver-a es-t fam-a) latebris

Often also dug out (if true is report) in recesses

Sab ἐστεὰ fov-ére lar-e-m ; Renitus que
Under the earth tacy have cherished their household ; eep and hace

re-per-t-2
been found

Pumic-ibue que _ eav-is ex-e-s-88 que arber-is antr-o.

Pumice stones and in hollow of an old and tree in the hollow.

.

A

128 THE PRINCIPLES OF
Tu tumen et lev-i rim-os a cub-il-i-a lim-o
Do you notwithstanding with yielding leaky hives _ clay

Ung-e fov-e-n-s circ-um, et rar-a-s super-in-jio-o frond-e-s.
Daub guarding around, and thin above put on boughs.

Neu propits tect-is tax-um sin-e, ne-ve rub-e-n-t-e-s
Neither near the hives the yew-tree permit, nor reddening
4

Ur-e foc-o cancr-os: alt-s neu cred-e palu.d-i:
Burn in tho fire crabs: to the deep nor trust marsh:

Aut ubi od-or con-i av-is, aut abi con-cav-a nis-u
Or where the smell ts of mire offensive, or where hollow from a blow

3ax-a son-a-n-t voc-is que of fen-s-a re-sult-a-t imag-o.
Rocks resound, of the voice and offensive rebounds image.

Qu-od super-es-t, ubi puls-a-m hiem-e-m sol aureus eg-i-t
Further, when repulsed winter sun the golden driven

Sub _—terr-a-s, cel-u-mque _ sstiv-A luc-e re-clus-i-t;
Under the earth, the sky and with summer light has brightened ;

Ill-s continud salt-u-s silv-a-s que per-agr-a-n-t,
They immediately woods forests and wander over,

Purpure-o-s que met-u-n-t flor-e-s, et flumin-a lib-a-n-t
Purple and cut down flowers, and streams sip

Summ.a __lev-es. Hine _ne-sc-i-o u-A dulced-in-e leet-a
Surface of flying. Hence I know not in what sport joyful

Pro-gen-i-e-m nid-o-s que fov-e-n-t; hinc —_art-e rec-ent-e-s
Thewr young nests and cherish; hence with skill fresh

Ex-cud-u-n-t cer-a-s, et mell-a . tenac-i-a fing-u-n-t.

Form wax, and honey the tenacious make.
Hine ubi jam emiss-u-m cave-is ad sid-er-a ceel-i

Hence where now issuing from their hives towards the stars of heaven

N-a-re per esta-t-e-m liquid-a-m sus-pex-eri-s §agm-en,
To sail through the air clear = you shall behold a band,

Obscur-a-m que trab-i vent-o mir-a-b-er-e nub-e-m ;
Dark and to be carrid by the wind you shall wonder at the cloud.

Contempl-a-tor: aqu-a-s dulc-e-s et frond-c-a semper

Look: waters sweet and leafy always
Tect-a pet-u-n-t; hic. tu juss-o-s a-sperg-e sap-or-es
Dwellings they seck: here do you suitable sprinkle flavored herbs,

Trit-a melis-phyll-a, et ceriath-® ignobil-e gram-en:
Bruised balm-gentle, and of honey-suckle the common herb:
Tinnit-us qu ci-e, et Matr-is quat-e cymbal-a circ-um.
Ringing and excite, and of Cybele strike the cymbals around.

Φ

LATIN GRAMMAR. 129

Ips con-sid-3-n-t medic-a-t-'s sed-ibas: ips-s
hey rest upon the fragrant places: they

Intim-a mo-r-e su-0 8-€-8-6 in cuna-bul-a cond-e-n-t,
Familiay manne: in their own themselves for hives will build.

Sin autem ad pugn-a-m ex-i-€ri-n-t (nam spe du-obus
If but to battle they shall go forth (for often two

Reg-ibus in-cess-i-t magn-o discord-i-a mot-u)
Kings has seized upon with great discord disturbance)

‘Zontingo que = anim-o-s__——vulg:i, et trepid-a-n-t-i-a bell-o
Lumediately and minds of the crowd, and eager for war

Cord-a _—licet — longe pree-sciso-6-re: nam-que mor-a,n-t-e-s
Hearts it is permitted you long before to perceive: for those delaying
Mart-i-us ill-e @-r-is | rauc-i can-or in-crep-a-t, et vo-x

Warlike the brass of the harsh sound rouses, and the voice

Aud-i-t-ur fract-o-s sonit-u-s imit-a-t-a tub-a-rum.
Is heard broken sounds imitating of trumpets.

Tam trepid-@ inter 8:6 co-e-u-n-t, penn-is que coruse-

Thon swift among themselves they fight, with their wings and they
a-n-t,
glitter,

Spicul-a que ex-acu-u-n-t rostr-is,apt-a-n-t que _lacert-o-s,

Stings and sharpen with their beaks, prepare and their limbs,

Et circ-a reg-e-m, at-que ips-a ad _—preetor-i-a dens‘

And around the king, and itself at the royal hive thick
Misc-e-n-t-ur magn-is que voc-a-n-t clamor-ibus host-e-m
They are gathered, with great and chalenge clamor the enemy.
Ergo, ubi ver nact- sud-u-m camp-o-s que pat-e-n-t-e-s
Therefore, when spring that they have found clear fields and ope
E-rump-u-n-t rt-’s, con-curr-i-t-ur: sther-e in alt-o

They issue from their gates, it happens: air ἰη the lofty
Fi-t sonit-us: magn-um mixt-e glomer-a-n-t-ur in orb-e-m,

Is made a sound: a great mingled they are collected in circle,

Pree-cip-it-e-s que cad-u-n-t: non dens-i-or ner-6 grand-o,
Headlong _ and fall; not is thicker than in the air hail,

Necde con-cuss-4 tant-um plu i-t il-io-e gland-is;
Nor from the shaken does so much shower oak of acorns,
Ips-i per medi-a-s aci-e-s. in-sign-ibus
The kings themselves t'srough the m’dst of the armies, upon splendid
ει,
σῆμ,

130 THE PRINCIPLES OF

In-gent-e-s anim-o-s august-o in pect-or-e vers-u-T.-':
Great minds asmall in breast revolve:

Us-que aded ob-nix-i non ced-¢.re, dam prav-is “δαὶ

So far that resolute not they have yielded, while t:e powerful, either
h-o-s, ᾿
these,

Aut h-o-s, ver-s-A fug i vict-or d.a-re terg-a
Or those, being changed, the fight, conqueror to give their backs

sub-eg-i-t,

compelled,

ΗΠ πιοῖ-υ.8 anim-or-um at-que h-zee certam.in-a tant-a
These excit ments of their minds and these contests | so great

Pulv-er-is ex-igu-i jact-u com-pre-ss-a quiesc-u-n-t.
Ofdark a little by throwing on stopped cease.

Verum ubi ductor-e-s _—aci-e re-Voc-ay-eri-s am-bo,
But when the leaders from the army you shall have recalled both,
Deter-i-or qu-i vi-s-us, e-um, ne prodig-us ob-s-i-t,
Feebler who seems, him, lest the prodigal injure,
Ded-e —snec-i:_~—s mel-i-or vac-u-A sin-e regn-e-t in aul-A,
Deliver to death: the better an empty suffer to reign in hall,

Alt-er eri-t macul-is aur-o squal-e-n-t-ibus ard-e-n-s:
One will be spots in gold = with dirty shining ;

Nam du-o s-u-n-t gen-er-a; h-ic mel-i-or, in-sign-is et or-6

For two there are kinds; one the better, marked both on the counte
nance,

Et rutul-is clar-us squam-is: 1116 horrid-us alt-er

And with bright beautiful scales: the rough other.
De-sid-i-A, lat-a-m que trah-e-n-s in-glori-us alv-ua-m,
In sloth, broad anddrawing ignoble belly.

Ut bin-w re-g-um fac.i-e-s, ita corp-or-a pleb-is.
As there are two of kings kinds, so there are two classes of the plebeians .

Nam.que ali-ee tarp-e-s horr-e-n-t, ceu pulv-er-e ab 8]1-0

For some mean disgust, as if dust from deep

Quum ven.i-t, et sicc-o terr-a-m spu-i-t or-e, via-t-or
When came, and from his dry on the earth spits mouth, traveller
Arid-us: eluc-e-n-t ali-w, et fulg-or-e corrusc-a-n-t,

The thirsty: shine some, and with brightness glitter,

Ard-e-n-t-e-3 aur-o, et —_— par-ibus lit-a corp-or-a gutt-is.
Glowing with gold, and with like as fo their spotted bodies marks,

H-wo pot-i-or sobol-e-s; hinc cel-i temp-or-e cert-o
This i2 *he more powerfu race; hence of the year time at ἃ certaiz

LATIN GRAMMAR. 13)

Dule-i-a mell-a prem-e-s; neo, - tant-dm
Sweet honey you will squeeze out; neither are there other things so

dule.i-a, quant-um
sweet, 80

Et liquid-a, et dar-u-m Bacch-i dom-i-tur-a —_say sr-em.
And pure, andharslL of wine that will overcome flavor.

FIRST ORATION OF CICERO AGAINST
CATILINE.

Qnousquetandem aabutere, Catilina, patientiad nostra? Quam.
How ‘ong then will you abuse, O Catiline, patience our? How

din etiam furor iste tuus nos eludet? Quem ad finem sese effrenata
long also fury this thy us evade? What to end itself anoridled

jactahit audacia? Nihilne te nocturnum presidium Palatii, nihil
will carry audacity? Do not thee the nightly guard of the Palatine, not
urbis vigilie, nihil timor populi, nihil concursus
of the city the watch, not the fear of the people, not the assembling

bonorum omnium, nihil hic munitissimus habendi _senatum locus nihil
good menofall, not this most fortified of holding the senate place, not

horum _ ora valtus que moverunt? Patere tua consilia
of these the looks countenances and move? To be exposed thy designs
non sentis? Constrictam jam horum omnium conscientiA

not do you perceive? grasped now these of all in the knowledge

teneri conjurationem tuam non vides? Quid proxima, quid
to be held conspiracy thy notdoyousee? What on the last, what on

superiore nocte egeris, ubi fueris, quos convocaveris,
ἃ former night have you done, where were you, whom have you collected, -

quid consilii ceperis, quem nostrum ignorare arbitraris?
what design have you formed, any one of us not to know do you think?
Otempora! O mores! Senatus hec intelligit, consul
Othetimes! Othe manners! Tho senate these things perceives, the consul
videt ; hic tamen vivit, Vivit? immo vero etiam in
sees; this man notwithstanding lives. Lives? nay indeed also into
senatum στεπίϊ, Fit pubhici consilii § particeps:

the senate he has come, He is made of the public deliberation a sharer;

notat et desicnat oculis ad credem unumquemaue nostrim.
be marks and appoints with his eyes to death every one of us.

132 | THE PRINCIPLES OF
Nos autem vin fortes, satisfacere _reipublicee videmur, si istivs
We but men brave, todo our daty to the republic seem, if of this wrefcn

furorem ac tela vitemus. Admortem te, Catilina, ἀιιοὶ
the fury and weapons we shun. To death for thea, O Catiline, to be led

jussa consulis, Ϊ ampridem opportebat; in te conferri
y command of the consul, long agoit was fitting ; upon thee to be brought

pestem istam, quam tu _—in nos omnes jamdiu machinaris. An
evil for the same, which you against us all evennowcontrive. Did

vero. Vir amplissimus, Publius Scipio, pontifex maximus,
indeed man that most renowned, Publius Scipio, pontiff the highest,

Tiberium Gracchum, mediocriter labefactantem statum χορ) δα,
Tiberius Gracchus, slightly disturbing the peace of the republic,
privatus interfecit: Catilinam, orbem terrarum seede
ἃ private tndivideal slay: Catiline, theworld, with slaughter

etque incendiis vastare | cupientem, nos consules preferemus? Nam
end fiames to lay waste desiring, we consuls will bear with? For
ila nimis antiqua restereo, quod Caius Servilius Ahala Spurium
those too ancient matters I pass over, how Caius Servilius Ahala Spurius

Melium, novis rebus studentem, manu sua occidit, Fuit,
Melius, new things desiring, hand with his own slew. There was,

fait ista quondam in hac republica virtus, αἰ viri fortes acrioribus
there was that formerly in this republic virtue, that men brave with severer

suppliciis civem perniciosum, quam acerbissimum hostem coercerent.
punishments citizen the traitorous, than the fiercest enemy would punish.

Habemus senatus censultum in te, Catilina, vehemens et
We have a decree of the senate against thee, O Catiline, powerful and
grave: non deest reipublics consilium, neque auctoritas

weighty: nor is wanting of the republic the counsel nor the authority

hujus ordinis; nos,nos,dico aperté, nos consules desumus. Decrevit
of this order: we, we, i speak openly, we consuls are wanting. Decreed

quondam senatus ut Lucius Opimius eonsal videret nequid
formerly the senate that Lucius Opimius consul should see, nothing

respublica detrimenti caperet; nox nulla intercessit; interfectus est
republic of injury should receive: night no intervened: § was i

propter quasdam seditionum suspiciones Caius Gracchus,

on account of certain of sedition suspicions Caius Gracchus, from
clarissimo patre, avo, majoribus: occisus est cum

ἃ most renowned father, grandfather, and ancestors: was slain with hés

liberis Marcus Fulvius, _consularis, Simili senatus-
children Marcus F'ulvius, of consular dignity. By a similar decree of the

LATIN GRAMMAR. 138
eonsulto, Caio Mario et Lucio Valero, permissa
senate, Caius Marius end Lacius Valerins betng consuls, was entrasted

est respublica: num unumdiem postea Lucii Saturnini tribuni
with the republic: did one day afterwards of Lucius Saturnines a tribune

plebis, et Cait Servilii pretoris mortem __reipublice
of the people, and of Caius Servilias a pretor the death of the republic

pone remorata est?. At nos vieesimum jam diem patimer
the punishment hinder? Bat we the twentieth now day suffer

hebescere aciem horum auctoritatis. Habemus enim hujusmodi '

to blunt the point of these of the authority. We have for of this kind

sepatusconsultum, verumtemen inclusum in tabulis, tanquam gladium
a decree of the senate, nevertheless shut up in tablets, like a sword

in vaginA reconditaum: quo ex senatusconsalto confestim
in ite sheath hidden: which by decree of the senate immediately

interfectum Catilina, convenit. Vivis:
put to death fhat you should be be, O Catiline, it was proper. You live:

et vivis non ad deponendem, sed ad confirmandam audaciam.
and you live not for laying aside, but for eonfirming your audacity.

Cupio, _patres conscripti, me esse clementem: cupio in tantis
I desire, tethers conscript, tobe mild: end also I desire in such

reipublicss iculig me non dissoluatum videri: sed jam me i
of the republic dangers not negligent to seem: bat now myself, oer

inertia nequitiss que eondemno. Castra sunt in Italid, contra
for laziness romisaness and condemu. Camps are in Italy, hostile to

rempublicam, in Etruris faacibus collocata: erescit in dies singulos
the repablic, "in of Etruria the defiles collected : increases in day each

hostiam numerus, eoram autem imperatorem i castrerum,
of the cuemy the number, of these but the commander camps,

dacem 6 hostiam atque aded in ὀ senata
the Nooder cediof the enzeny, within there waits, and even in the senate,

videmus, intestinam aliqaam quotidie perniciem reipublicee molientem.
- Wesee, secret some daily machi ef to the republic attempting.

Site jam, Catilina, comprehendi, si interfici
Bee an to be seized, if to be slain I shall commend:

credo verendam mihi, nenon hoe potids omnes
T promume it will be feared for me, also that this és done rather all

boni serris ame,quam quisquam cradelius factum
the good twill sey too late by me, than ¢hat any one too cruel the act

6686 dicat. Verum egohoc, quod jampridem factum esse
to be would say. Bat this which long ago to have been dene

12

A

134 THE PRINCIPLES OF

oportuit, certd de caus4 nondum adducor — ut faciam
ought, a certain for reason not yet I am prevailed oni¢ do as I may do

Tum denique interficiam te, chm jam nemo tam improbus,tam perditus,
Then finally I may slay thee, when truly noone so base, 580 lost,
tam tui similis inveniri poterit, qui _—id non jure factum esse
so thee like to be found will be able, who that this not rightly was done

fateatur. Quamdiu quisquam erit, qui te defendere audeat,
may declare. While | any one will be, who you to defend ray dare,

vives: et vives ita, ut nuno vivis multis meis et
you will live: and you will live just as now you live, many by my and
firmis pressidiis obessus, ne commovere te contra rempublicam
firm guards beset, so that not to move thyself against the republic

possis. Multorum te etiam ocnli et aures non sentientem,
you may be able. Of many you also the eyes and ears not perceiving,

siput adhuc fecerunt, speculabuntur atque custodient, Et enim
as hitherto they have done, willwatch and guard. For traly
quid est, Catilina, qaod jam amplius expectes, sineque nox
what is tf, O Catiline, which now more you can expect, if neither night

tenebris obscurare cceetus nefarios neo _privata domus
by tts shades to hide assemblies your wicked, nor a private house

parietibus continere vocem conjurationis tuse test? si
in tts walls to contain the voice conspiracy of your is able? if are

illustrantur si erampunt omnia? Muta jam
made manifest , if burst forth to view all your designs? Change now

istam mentem: mihi crede: obliviscere ceedis atque incendiorum:
this intention: me trust: forget slaughterand flames: you

teneris undique: luce sunt clariora nobis tua consilia
ere hemmed in on every side: light are clearer than to us your designs
omnia: gue etiam mecum licet recognoscas, ἡ
all: and these things also with me it is proper that you may review.
Meministine me ante diem duodecimum kalendas

Do you not remember, that I before day the twelfth the kalends of

Novembris dicere in senatu, certodie fore inarmis, qui
November said in the senate, on ἃ, certain day would be in arms, which

dies futurus esset ante diem sextum kalendas Novembris, Caium
day would be before day the sixth the kalends of November, Caius

aAanliam, audacie satellitem atque administrum tue? Num me
Manlius, audacity the satellite and assistant of your? Did me

fefellit, Catilina, nonmédo res tanta, tam atrox, tam incredibilis,
deceive, O Catiline, not only an affair so great, so atrocious, so incredible,

LATIN GRAMMAR. 136
verum,id quod multd magis est admirandum, dies? Dixi ego
but, that which much mora is to be wondered at, theday? Said

idem in senatu, cedem te optimatam
the same in the senate, the slaughter that you of the chief members

contulisse in ante diem quintum kelendas Novembris, tum com
had couspired on before day the fifth the kalends of November, then when

multi principes civitatis Roma, non tam _ sui conservandi,
many principal men of the state of Rome not so much ofits being preserved

quam tucrumconsiliorum reprimendoram causa profugerunt. Num
as of your designs being impeded for the reason fled from. Truly
infitiari potes te illoipsodie meis preesidiis, med diligentia
must you not say that you on this very day by my guards, by my diligence
circumclusum, commovere te contra rempublicam non potuisse,
hemmed in, to move yourself against the republic not have been able,

cim tu, discessu _ceterorum, nostra —_—tamen,
when you after the departure of the others, with our notwithstanding

qui remansissemus, cede contentum te _ esse dicebas?
who should have remained, slaughter content that you would be said?

Quid? cum tute Preenestekalendas ipsis Novembris occupaturum
What? when safely Preeneste kalends on these of November would seized

nocturno impetu esse confideres; sensistine, illam
by a nocturnal assault be you trusted: have you not perceived this
coloniam meo jussu, preesidiis, custodiis vigiliis que esse
colony by my command, by guards, keepers watchmen and to be
munitam? Nihil agis nihil moliris, nihil § cogitas,
protected? Nothing you do , nothing you attempt, nothing you contrive,

quod ego non médo non audiam, sed etiam non videam, plane
which I not only not may hear, but also which no I may ree, plainly
que sentiam.
and understand.

Φ Φ Φ Φ Φ Φ Φ Φ

Etenim jamdiu, patres conscripti, in his pericalis conjuratioms

For indeed so long, fathers conscript, by these dangers of conspiracy
insidiis que versamur; sed nescio quo pacto omnium
treacheries and we are troubled ; but I know not by what means of all
scelerum, ac _—-vetteris faroris et audaciee maturitas in nostri
these crimes, and of long-continued fary and audacity the maturity in of oar
consalatus tempus erupit. Quod siex _ tanto latrocineo iste

consulship the time kas broken out. But if from so great violence this

136 THE PRINCIPLES OF

unus tolletur ; videbimur fortasse an breve quoddam tempus
one shall be removed; we shall seem perhaps for short some time

curé et meta esse relevati: periculum autem residebit, οἱ
from care and from fear to be relieved: the danger but will remain, and

erit inclusum penitisin venis atque in visceribus _reipublicw.
will be shut up within in the veins and in the bowels of the republic.

Ut seepe homines egri morbo gravi, oum εὐδία febri que
As often men sick disease with severe, with heat fever and
- jactantur si equam gelidam biberint primd relevari
are tossed about, if water cool they shall drink at first to be relieved
videntur ; deinde multé gravius vehementius que _afitictantur;
they seem; then much more severely acutely and they are afflicted ;
sic hic morbus, gui est in republicd, relevatus istius
so this disease, which is in the republic, relieved of this man
poena " _- vehementius vivis reliquis ingravescet. Quare,
py the punishment, more acutely by the living remnants will increase.
erefore

tres conscripti, secedant improbi secernant 80 a
athers conscript, let depart the base,let them separate themselves from

bonis, unum inlocum congregentur, muro denique, id
the good, one in place let them be collected, by a wall finally, that

quod spe jam dixi, secernantar a nobis,
which often now I have spoken of, let them be separated from us,
desinant insidiari domi sum consili, | circumstare
let them cease to lie in wait for house at his the consul, to stand around,

tribunal pretoris ατῦδηϊ, obsidere cum gladiis curiam,
_ the tribunal pretor of the city, to beset with swords the senate-house,

malleolos et faces ad inflammandum urbem comparare. Sit
fiery mallets and torches for burning _—the city to prepare. Let it be

deniqueinscriptum in fronte uniuscujus que civis, . quid de
finally written on the forehead of every and citizen, what concerning
republic sentiat. Polliceor hoo vobis, patres conscripti, tantam
the republic he may think. I promise this to you Ethers conacript,so mach
in nobis consnlibus fore _ diligentiam, tantam - in vobis
in us consuls that there shall be diligence, somuch in you
auctoritatem, tantam in equitibus Romanis virtutem, tantam in omnibus
authority, so much in knights Roman bravery, so much in all
consensionem, ut $Catiline profectione omnia patefacte.
agreement, that of Catiline by the departure all things laid open
Wlustrata, oppressa, vindicata esse _videatis. Hisce,
shown ‘orth, crushed, punished to be you may see. With these same

LATIN GRAMMAR. 197

eminibas, Catilina,cum δυσαπιὰ reipublicz salate, et cum tad
omens, O Catiline, with the surest of the republic safety, "and with thy

peste ac pernicie cum jue eorum exitio, 86
crime and mischie. f with and of those the κα who themselves

tecum omni scelere parricidio que junxerant, roficiscere ad
with you in all wickedness parricide and have joined, depart to

inpium | bellum ac nefarium. Tum tu Jupiter, , gat
impious war and unhallowed Then thou, O Jupiter, who by

uibus hwec urbs auspiciis a Romulo es
rope same which this city was established, auspices by Romulus wast

constitatus: quem statorem hujus urbis atque imperii vere
established here: whom the stay of this city and empire truly

nominamus: huno, et hujus socios a tuis aris ceteris que
wecall: this san, and his companions from thine altars other and

templis, tectis urbis ac moenibus, a _ vita fortunis
temples, from the dwellings of the city and walls, from the life fortunes
que civium omnium arcebis: - θὲ omnes inimicos bonorum, hostes
and citizens of all wilt drive away: and all the haters of the good, enemies
patris, latrones Italie, soelerum foedere inter
of the country, robbers of Italy, of wickedness by a compact among

nefaria societate conjunctos,
themselves and i in an unhallowed companionship joined together,

wternis suppliciis vivosmortuosque mactabis.
with eternal punishments living dead and you will destroy.

Nore.— Lucius Sergius Catilina, a Roman knight, of vicious and
contemptible habits, had conspired against the Roman government.
He had leagued together all the most abandoned men, to assist him in
his daring undertaking. It was his design to attack the city of Rome
‘im the dead waste and middle of the night ;” murder the consul, sena-
tors, and the other powerful men of the city; usurp the government,
and establish himself as an emperor. But, by some means, the whole
of his horrid intentions leaked out and reached the ears of Cicero, the
then consul. Cicero immediately convened the senate ; but, strange to
relate, the very object of their convention entered the house and took
his seat with the other senators. No sooner, however, had he taken
bis seat, than the senators around him arose and left him, with marked
ecorn and contempt. Cicero then arose, and burst forth in the prece.
ding strain of eloyuence. B, 6. 5.

12*

138 THE PRINCIPLES OF

THE CRUCIFIXION.
MATTHAZUM.—Carur 27, Canmen 25.

256.) Es respondens, universus populas dixit: Sanguis ejus
( And answering, the universal population said: Blood his

sup3r nos, et super filios nostros. (26.) Tune dimissit

(be) upcn us, and on children our. Then he dismissed

eis Barabbam: Jesumautem,quum flagolldsset, tradidit
te them Barabbas: Jesus but, when he had scourged, he delivered
ut crucifigeretur. (27) Tune _ milites presidis,
that he might be crucified. Then the soldiers of the governor,
quam abdaxissont Jesum in pretorium, coegerunt
when they might have ied Jesus into the common hall, collected

ad eum universam cohortem. (28) Et quam exuisseot
unto him allthe soldiers. And when they had stripped

eam, circumposuerunt ei chlamydem coccineam: (29) Et coronam
him, they arrayed himin arobe scarlet; And a crown
© spinis contextam impdsuerunt ejus capiti, et arundinem in dex-
of thorns woven they placedon his head, and areed in right
tramejus: et genau ante eum summisso, illudebant ei, dicentes,
hand his: and the knee before him bending, mocked him, saying,
Ave, rex Judeorum. (30) Et quum inspuissent in eum,ce
Hail, king of the Jews. And when they had spit on him, thoy
runt arandinam illam, et verberebant caputejus. (31) Et poetquam
took reed the and beat head his. ( And after that
Hlusent ei, exuerunt eum ochiamyde, indu Be
they had mocked him, they uaclothed him ef the cloak, clothed him
vestimentis suis: et ebduxerunteum, ut _— erucifigerant
clothes with his own: and led away him, that they might crucify

eum: (32) Exeuntes autem invenerunt quendam enum,
him ; Going out and they founda certain manof Cyrene,

nomine Simonem ; hunc angariaverant αἰ aattollerit crucem ojus.
uamed Simon; him they compelled that he might bear cross δὶς.

(38) Et qc.m venissent in locum qui Aocitur Golgotha, (quod
And when they come to a place which is called Golgotha, (which

est, Calvarize lozus,) (34) Dederant ei acetum bibendum cam
is, of skulls a pla-e,) They gav3 to him vinegar to drink with

LATIN GRAMMAR. 139

[6119 mistum: et juum gustdsset noluit bibere. (35) Post-
gall mixed: and when he had tasted he would not drink. After

uam sutem crucifixerant eum, partiti sunt ejus vestimenta, sortem
that and theycrucifiedhim, divided his garments, lots

jacientes; ut impleretur quod dictum est a prophet4,
casting; that might be fulfilled which spoken was by the prophet,
Partiti sunt sibi vestimenta mea, et super vestem meam

They divided to themselves garments my, and above vesture my

jecerant sortem. (36) Et sedentes servabant eum illic:
they cast lots. And down sitting they watched him there.

(37) Et imposuerunt super caput ejus crimen ipsius scriptum

And they placed over head bis crime tis written Ν
ΟΥ̓ΤΟΣ ἘΣΤΙΝ ἸΗΣΟΥ͂Σ Ὁ ΒΑΣΛΕΥΣ ΤΩΝ ἸΟΥΔΑΙΩΝ
HIC EST IESUS ILLE REX IUDZORUM.
THIS [5 JESUS THE KING OF THE JEWS.

(38) Tuno erucifigantur cum eo duo latrones; unusad dextram,
Then were crucified with him two thieves; one on the right,

et alter adsinistram. (39) Qui verd preteribant conviciabap-

and the other on the left. They and who passed by reproached
tur, moventes capita sue, (40) Et dicentes, Tu qui doestruis
(him,) moving heads their, And saying, Thou who destroyest

templum, et triduo redifloas, serva temetipsum: si Filius
the temple, and in three days buildest (#+,) save thyself: ifthe Sonof

Dei 8 descendite oe cruce. (41) Similiter autemetiam
God thou art, descend from the cross. Likewise and also

primarii sacerdotes illudentes cum __ seribis et senioribus,
the chief priests mocking him, with the scribes and elders,

dicebant, (42) Alios servavit, seipsum non potest servare: si
said, Others he can save, himself not he is able to save: if

rex Isratlis est, descendat nunc © cruce,_ et cre-
the king of Israel he is, let him descend now from the cross, and we

demns ei. (43) Confidit in Deo; eruat ipsum nunc,

will believe him. He believed in God; let him save him now,
εἰ placet ei: dixitenim, Filius Dei sum. ° ad id
if it please him: he said, for the Son of God I am. ° Φ “
(50) Jesus autem quumrursum clamdsset voce magna emi-

Jesus and when again had called voice with a loud he sent
sit spiritam. (51) Et, ecce, velum templi _—fissum est

forth bis spirit. And, behold, the veil of the temple rent wes

140 THE PRINCIPLES OF
in duas partes, 8 summousquead imum; οἱ terra mota
in two parts, ἔγοι the top even to the end; and the earth shaken

est, et petrie fissee sunt: (52) Et monumenta aperta sunt,
was, and rocks rent were: And the graves opened were;

et multa corpora sanctorum, qui dormiérant, surrexerunt; (53,
and many ies of the saints, who slept, arose ;

Qui egressi 6 monumentis post resurrectionem ejus, introTerunt in
Who came out of their graves after resurrection his, and went into

sanctam urbem, et apparuerunt multis.
the holy city, and appeared unto many.

PAUL’S CHARGE TO TIMOTHEUS.

Eprstxre IT, Car. 4.

(1) OsresTor TE, igitur, egocoramDeo, et Domine Jesu
CHARGE THEE, therefore, 1 before God, and the Lord Jesus

Christo, qui judicaturus est vivos et mortuus, in illustri illo suo
Christ, who shall judge the quick and the dead, at glorious this his

adventu et regno suo. (2) Predica sermonem illum; _ insta
coming and kingdom his. Preach word the; _ be instant

tempestive, intempestive: argue, objurga, exhortare, cum omni
in season or, out of season either: reprove, rebuke, exhort, with all

lenitate et doctrind. (3) Nam erit tempus quum sanam doctrinam

lenity and doctrine. For willbe time when sound doctrine
non tolerabunt; sed auribus prurientes, ipsi sibi
not they will endure; but with ears itching, they to themselves

secundim suas illas peculiares cupiditates coacervabunt doctores:
according to own their peculiar desires shall heap teachers:

(4) Et ἃ veritate quidem sures _ avertent ad
And from the truth indeed their ears they will turn away, unto

fabulas verd _divertent. (5) At τὰ vigila in omnibus, per.
fables and shall be turned. But thou watch ip all (things,) en-

fer injurias, opus perage evangelist, ministerii tui plenam

dure afflictions ; the work do of the evangelist, ministry, of thy full

fidem facito. (6) Namegojam liber, et tempus mese remigrationis
proof make. For I am now ready, and the time of my departure

_ instat. (6) Certaraen illud preclaram decertavi, | cursum
is raanifest. Fight the very famous I have fought, the race

LATIN GRAMMAR. 14]

consummavi, fidem serravi. (8) Quod reliquum est, repo-
I have finished, tre faith I have kept. Hencelorth, there is
sita est mibi justitim corona, quem reddet mihi Dominus in
laid up for me of justice a crown, which will give to me the Lord in
illo die justus ille judex.
that day just the judge.

MATTHAZUM.—Carvr VI, Canmen 9.

Vos, igitur, ita precamini: PaTeR noster qui es in cezlis, sanc-

Yx, therefore, thus pray: FatHsr our who art inheaven, hal-
tificetar nomen tuum: Veniat regnum tuum: Fiat voluntas tua, sicut
lowed be name thy: Come kingdom thy: Be done will thy as
in colo, (ita) etiam in terra: Panem nostrum quotidianum da _ nobis,
in heaven, (so) aleo on earth: Bread oar daily give to us,
hodie: Et remitte nobis debita nostra, sicut et nos remittimus debito-
to-day: Andforgive us debts our, as alsowe forgive § debt-
cibus nostris: Et ne nos inducas in tentationem, sed libera nos ab
ors our: And not us lead intotemptation, but deliver us from
illo malo, Quia tuum est regnom et ntia, et gloria,
all evil. For thine is the kingdom, and the power, and the glory,

in sicula. Amen.
for ever. Amen.

LUCAM.—Carvur XVIII, Canmen 10.

(10) Homines duo ascenderunt in templum ut precarentur;
Men two ascended into the temple that they might pray;

unus Phariseus, et alter publicanus. (11) Phariseus, con-
one a Pharisees, and the other a publican. The Pharisee stand-

sistens seorsim hc precatus est: Deus, gratias ago tibi
ing with himself, thus prayed: O God, thanks I give to thee
non sim ut reliquihomines, rapaces, injusti, mechi;
because not [maybe as other men, extortioners, unjust, adulterers ;
vel etiam ut iste publicanus; (12) Jejuno bis hebdomade; decimo

or even as this publican; I fast twice a week; I give the
quzecunque ideo. (13) Publicanus autem rocul
tenth of whatever I possess. The publican and at a distance

stans, = nolebat vel oculis in caslum attolere ; sed percutiebat pectus
standing, would not his eyes to heaven liftup; but bea Teast
soum,dicens, ‘‘ Deus, placatur mihi peccatori |”

lus, sayng, “ΠΟ God, ἐ mercifi: ‘o me a sinner!”

142 . THE PRINC.PLES OF

ANALYTICAL TABLE.

ΤΊ ὁ following words correspond to the figures used ‘in the first part
of the ΖΕ ποιά, i. 6. the Analysis. The object of this-table isto assist
the scholar in separating words into their constituent parts, which sepa-
ration is expressed throughout this work by the hyphen. By a careful
study of this, he will perceive the specific use of the various medial
letters, terminations, &c., and will find that all these divisions have a
particular meaning. In translating the verb, he will observe that the
word is rendered backwards.

The following abbreviations are used:

1 p., first person; 2 p. second person; 3 p, third person,

pl. plural; where not used, singular is understood.

i., indicative ; im., imperative ; ἐπ.) infinitive; sub., subjunctive.

p?., present; p., perfect.

imp., imperfect; plup., pluperfect ; /., fature.

pass., passive; prep., preposition; mi,, medial letter or letters

1,, 2., 3., 4., denote the conjugation.

EXxAMPLEs.—i. pr., indicative present; sub. imp., subjunctive im-
perfect; ml, 1., medial letter, first conjugation.

Root. 1 p. 4. pr. Prep. root. sub. tmp. 3 ἢ.
1, Can 0. 6. In fer re t.
Sing I. Into bring would he.
Rool. it. p. 3. 3p. Root. im.2z.
2. Ven i t. 7. Memor a.
Come has _ he. Relate thou.
Root. ml. 1. i. ». pass. 3 p. Root. ml. 3, in. pr.
3.Jact a tus e tt. 8. ον e re,
Tossed was he. Roll to.
Root. t. p. pase. 3 p. Prev. root, in. pr.
4. Pas suses t. 9. Ad i re.
Soffer ed 86. To go to.
Prep. root. ταὶ. 3. sub.imp.3p. Prep. root sub. p. Bp.
δ. Con ἃ 9 re τ, 10. Im pul eri t.

Together put would δ6. Into driven may have she.

LATIN 2RAMMAR.

Root. ὁ p.3. 3p.

ti. Fa i t.
Was it.
Root, al.2. i. p. 3. p. pl.

12. Ten u ére.
Held have they
Root. t.pr.3 Ὁ. pass.

' 13. Fer t ur.
Said she is.

«Root, mb. 2, inp.

14. Col u isso,
Cherished to have
Root, i. p. 3. 3p.

15. Fu i t. ᾿
Was it.

Root, in. pr.
16. E 886.
Be to,
Root, 28.3. sub. pr. pl. 3p.

17, Sin a n t.
Permit may they.
Root. ml.3.i.pr. 3p.

18. Tend i t.
Endeavors she.
Root, mb. 2.i. pr. 8p.

19. ον e t.
Cherishes she.
Root, in. pr. pass.

20. Due i,

Descended to be.
Root. ml.4. t.plup. 3p.

21. Aud iv era t.
Heard had she,
Root, ml.3, sub.imp. 3p.

22. Vert oe Ye t.
Overturn would it.

143

Root. in. 7.
23. Ven turum vese.
Come would.
Root. t. p. 3. p. pl.
24. Ὑοὶν ére.
Decreed have they.

Root, t.plup. 8».
25. Gess era t.
Carried had she,

Prep. root. ὁ plup. pl, 3 p.
26. Ex cid era ἢ t.
From fallen had they.
Root, ml, 2. i.pr. 3p.
27, Man 6 t.

Remains it.
Root, mi, 2. ἃ. imp. 3 p.
28. Arc 6 bas it.
Driving was she,
Root. mi, 1, t. imp. pl. 3p.
29. Err a ba on 1.
Wander ed _ they.
Root, t.imp. 3p.
30. E ra t.
Was it.
Prep. root. ml.3. in. pr.
81, Con d 9 re,
Together put to.
Root. ml. 1. t.imp. pl. 3p.
32. Ὁ & ba n ἴ.
Giving were they.
Root. ml, 3. i.ime. pl. 3p.
33. Ru e ba π 1,
Rushing were _ they.
Prep. root. mi 3, in. pr.
34. De sist ὁ re,

From stay to.

144:

Root, tn. pr
35. Po 880.
Able to be,

Prep. root. mi.3. ia. pr.
36. A vert 6 re,
From turn to.

Root, t. pr. pase.
37. Vet 0 r.
Forbidden I am.

Prep. root. ml.3. in. pr.
are. Ex ur e re,
Out burn to,

Root. ml. 2. t.p. 3p.
39. Pot a i t.
Been able has she,

Prep. root. ml.3, in. pr.

40. Sub merg 6 re,
Under sink to.
Prep. root. i.p. 3p

41. Dis jec it.

Asunder cast has she.
Prep. root. i.p. 3p.
42, E vert i t.
Over turned has _ she.
Prep. root. ml. 2. t.p. 3p.
43. Cor rip a i 1.
On seized
Prep. root. i.p. 3p.
44. In fix i ει,
On fastened 85 she.

Prep. root. t.pr. 1p.
4c, In ced 0.
On give place I, or I walk.
Root. i. pr. 1p.
46. Ger ο.
Carry I.

has she.

THE PRINCIPLES OF

Prep. root, ml. sub. pr. 1. 3p.
47. Ad or e t.
To pray may he.
Prep. root. πιΐ. 8. sub. pr. 3p.
48. Im pon a t.
On place may he

Root. i. p. 3p.
49. Ven i t.
Come has _ she.

Root. ml.3. pr. 3p.
50. Prem i t.
Governs he.
Root. mi.1. t.pr. 3p.
51. Fren a t.
Restrains he.

Root. ml. 3.i.pr. pl. 8».

52. Frem u Ὦ 1.
Roar they,
Root. mi. 2.i. pr. 8».

53. Sed é t.
Sits he.
Root. ml, 4.1. pr. 3p.

64. Moll i t.
Softens he.
Root, m.1.i.pr. 39.

55. Temper a t.
Moderates he,

Root, mi. 4. sub. pr. 3p.

56. Fao i a t.
Do may he.
Root. ml.3. sub. pr. pl. 3p.
57. Fer a n t.
Bear can they.
Root, ml.3, sub.pr. pl. 8p
58. Verr a n t.
Sweep can they

PRINCIPLES

Or THE

ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX

Or THE

GREEK LANGUAGE.

GREEK ALPHABET.
Tue Greex ALPHABET consists of twenty-four letters, viz

Character. Name. Sound.
A, a, Alpha, a.
B, B, ¢, Beta, b.
Tr, 7% Gamma, ;
A, ὁ, Delta, εἶ
E, ε, Epsilon, é short.
Z, ζ, 2; Zeta, Ze
H, 1 Eta, & long.
e, 4, ὃ, Theta, th.
1,4; Tota, i.
K, x, Kappa, k.
A, 2, Lambda, lL
M, ρ» Mu, m.
N 9 Vy Nu, n.
H, ἕξ, Xi, ks or x
O, @, Omicron, 6 short.
Il, #, τ, I, Ῥ.
Ῥ, ἔν P» Rho, Yr.
2, δ᾽ $y Sigma, 8.
T, ¢, 1, Tats, t.
T, vy i on, or u.
%, φ, Phi, oh, or f,
Χ, Chi, .
Y, κῃ Psi, .
Ώ, w Omega, 3 long.

13

146 THE PRINCIPLES OF

ABBREVIATIONS
Characters. Letters for which they stand. S<una.
ς + στ, . st.

Notr. — There are many other abbreviations, but these are in mcet
common use.

EXERCISES ON THE GREEK ALPHABET.

Agrippas de pros ton Paulon e phe:
"Aypiw@wag δὲ «ρὸς τὸν Παυλὸν ἔφη"

Agrippa then unto the Paul said :
‘Evil ps@wsilas Cos “usep Csauroy
Epitrepetai soi huper seautou
It is permitted to thee for thyself

legeiz. Tote ho Paulos apelogeito,

Aéyssv Tors 0 ILavrog daesroysira,
to speak. Then the Paul defended himself,

ekteinas ἰδῆ cheira. Peri panton

gxrsivag την χϑειρα. pi «ανφῶνΐ
raising the hand. Concerning all (things,)
on egkaloumai hupo Joudaiin
ὼν ἐγκαλοῦμα,’ι, ‘umwo Ἰονδαίων

of which Ϊ am accused by (the) Jews,

basileun Agrippa, egemal emauton
βασιλεῦ 'Aypigwa, ἥγημαι ὅὃμαυ]7ὸ
Ο, king grippa, think myeslf

makarion mellon apologeisthai, ὅσ.
»“«αχαριον μέλλων aworhoysio 6 as ἄσ.
happy (that)Iamabout ἴο defend royself, &c.

* Pronounced teen, ὃ long. t Pantone, ὃ long.
’ g

GREEK GRAMMAR. 147

TABLE OF DIPHTHONGAL SOUNDS

αι; like i in fire, as seu-Las.

ει, like i in fine, as rile.

av, like δὰ in Paul, as αὐλός.

ευ, like δὰ in feud, as εὑρέ.

ol, like oi in soil, as avloi.

ov, like ou in our, as οὗ ός.

Us, like ui in quick 07 we, as vlog, wheos.

OTHER SIGNS, ACCENTS, ETC.

Nots.—I’, before y, x, x, or £, is sounded like mg in ring,
as ayysdog, (angelos,) ayxov, (angkon,) ἄς. Sigma, at the
end of a word, is written ¢, otherwise ¢.

(ἡ) iscalled the rough breathing or sptritus asper; it is
the same as ὦ in English, as 6 (Ao).

(~) is called the circumflex accent.
(") the acute accent, and (7) is the grave.
(’) is the soft breathing, or sptritus lenis.*

(1) This character written under a vowel is called the
subscrept tota, (¢ written under,) as τῷ, apyn, &c.

In Greek, the vowels 8 and o are short; ἡ and w are long,
and a, s,u, are doubtful; called so because they are some-
times short and sometimes long; as @ in πατὴρ is always
long, in λαὸς is always short, while in “Apyc, it may be
either short or long.

(’) The apostrophe is written over the place of a short
vowel, that has been cut off from the end of a word; as,
αλλ᾽ for αλλα, χας᾽ or xaS’ for xara. This is done when the
next word commences with a vowel, and in compounds,
when the first part ends and the last part begins with a
vowel. Sometimes the diphthongs are elided by the poets,
as Θούλομ᾽ ἐγὼ for δούλομαι byw ; and sometimes after a long
syllable, the initial vowel is cut off from the following
word: as, ὦ "yaés for ὦ ᾿αγαθέ. Instead of the apostrophe
or cutting off the final vowel, the concurring vowels are of
ten contracted: as, x§x for xai sx, xdyo for καὶ ἐγὼ, &c.

° The spiritus lenis indicates that the spiritus asper is not used
Every word commencing with a vawel or diphthong has a spiritus or
breathing on that vowel, while the diphthong has it on the 2d letter.

148 THE PRINCIPLES OF

EUPHONY.

The Greeks paid the greatest attention to the smoothness
of sound: in their language; and in this manner, it became,
in a short time, one of the smoothest and richest languages
on the known earth. This, they called Euphony ; and
from a regard to this, they carefully avoided all harshness
of sound by concurring consonants, not easily pronounced.
The following rules will apply to this subject.

1. Words ending in σι, and verbs of the third person in

s and 1, add v to the termination, before a vowel or before a

ause, in the same manner as we add ἡ toa in the English
anguage; as, az ΟΣ foraoz. This is called v appended.

2. When two successive syllables would begin with an
aspirate or rough mute, the first is changed into its own
smooth ; thus, τριχὸς for ὀριχὸς, φρέχω for θρέχω, σρεφω for
θρέφω, ὅχς., &c.

3. A x mute (7, 6, φ,) before ¢, becomes J, (ps.)

4, Ax mute (x, 7, x,) before ¢, becomes &, (x.)

δ. As mute (s, 6, 4,) before μ, is changed into ¢.

6. When ¢ would stand between two consonants it Is re=
jected; as, AsAsip-dov for AsAsia-c-bov, Sc.

7. When ¢, by inflection, comes before σ᾽, it is rejected.

8. When both v and ar mute together are cast out before
¢ s preceding it is changed into εἰ, ὁ into ov, and a doubtful
~owel is lengthened; but ἡ and ὦ remain unchanged.*

PUNCTUATION.

,) The comma denotes the shortest pause.

The colon or semi-colon, the next shortest; and
) The period a full stop.
)
n

(
(
(
αὐ . Eeulish that a question is asked, and is the same as

Ὁ Fo: the remainder of these Rules, see page 156, on the verb

GREEK GRAMMAR. 149

PARTS OF SPEECH.
The Parts of Speech in Greek, are eight, viz:

1. Substantive or noun, Adjective, Article, Pronoun and
Verb, declined.

2, Adverb, Preposition and Conjunction,* undeclined.
(F or the definitions, see Latin Grammar.)

NUMBER.

The numbers in Greek, are three: Singular, denoting
πε object; Dual, denoting two objects, (commonly in
pairs, as a span of horses, the bird and its mate, man and
wife, &c.,) and the Plural, denoting more than one object.
The Dual is but little used.

CASE.

There are only five cases in Greek, there being no ab-
lative ; the others are like the Latin.

Notg.—In Greek, the genitive and dative supply the
place of the ablative.
(For ‘‘ Rules for the construction of Cases,” see Latin Grammar.)

OF DECLENSION.

Declension is the mode of changing the terminations of
nouns, verbs, pronouns and adjectives. There are three
declensions of nouns and adjectives, in Greek, called the
first, second and third.

_° The participle, which is considered by some grammarians, as a
d'stin.t part of speech, is more properly a part of the verb. It may
be, also, an adjective.

The Interjection is thought by some writers to be an adverb or ἃ
eperch of itself instead of a prt

δ᾽»

150 THI PRINCIPLES OF

TABLE OF DECLENSION.
FIRST DECLENSION. -
Singular. Dual. Plural

; N. G. D. AV. NAV. GD. ON. G. D. ad.
Mas. 06, ον, ἃ, Gv, α. Gy Ove ly By αἷς, ας, Oe
Mas. τς, οὐ, Ny Wy Neo ἄγ Vey ὅν αἷς, ἄς, Oe
Fem. 0, O65 ἂν ἂν, Ge Gy Give αι, Ὧν, IS, OG, Me
Fem...) 6) Ἦν MV, Ne Gy αιν. ly ὧν, αἷς) ας; α.

SECOND DECLENSION.

Singular. Dual. Plural.
N. G.D. A Ve NAVY. GD NLG. Dd OF.
Mas. 06, ov, @, ov, 6. Ws ον. Oy. ὧν, οἷς, OUS, OF-
Neut. ov, ov, @, ον, Ov. W, ον. ly ὧν, οἷς, Oy ἄ.

THIRD DECLENSION.
Singular. Dual. . Plural.

N.G.D. 4. V. N.AV.G.D.N.G. D. A. P.-
Μ΄ & Ε΄ —,*og, 1, ἃ ΟΥ ἂν, like N. 5, av. 6s, ὧν, σιν ἂς, SE.
Neuter. —,*og, ιν like N. like N. 5, ow. a, ὧν, δι, α, α.

RULES FOR THE ASSISTANCE OF THE STUDENT.
1. The nominative singular always ends either in a long
vowel or v, p, ¢, § and J.

2. In the dual, the genitive and dative always end alike.

3. The nominative and vocative are always alike in the
plural, and generally in the singular.

4, The genitive plural always ends in wv.

5. The accusative plural of the masculine and feminine
always ends ing; of the neuter in a.

6. In the neuter plural, the nominative, accusative and
vocative end in a.

7 The dative singular is known by having the subscrept
tota written under it; except where it already ends in i.

Φ The nominative terminations of this declension arenumerous. Its

genitive singular always ends in os, and has one syllable more than the
nominative. .

GEEEK GRAMMAR. 161

DECLENSION OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE.
Singular. Dual. Plural.
Mas Fem. New. Mas. Fem. Neut. Mas. Fem. Neut.
Nom.i, 4h, cs. £0, ch, i. οἷ, al, τά,
Gen. τοῦ. φῆς, τοῦ. τοῖν, φαῖν, φοῖν. φῶν, TOV, φῶν.
Dat. τῳ «ἢ, τῶ. τοῖν, ταῖν, τοῖν. τοῖς, ταῖς, τοῖς.
Acc. τόν τὴν, «ὁ. τώ, τά, Fi. τούς, τάς, τά.

Νοτε.--ῦς is sometimes annexed to the article through
all its parts, when it becomes ods, ἥδε, τόδε, &c., this.

PRONOUNS.

The Persona Pronouns, in Greek, are ἐγώ, I; σύ,
thou ; οὗ, of himself, of herself, of itself. They are thus

declined:
ἐγώ, ἃ
Singular. Dual, Plural,
N. G. ἢ. A NLA αἀ.Ρ. N. G.. D. «.
ἐγώ, (δ)μοῦ, (ἐ)μοὶ, (2) 28. νῶϊ or ve), νῶϊν OF νῷν. ἡμεῖς, ἡμῶν, ἡμῖν, ἡμᾶς.

σύ, thou.

N.G.D.4.V. NAV. α6.}. ΝΡ. ὦ. δ A.
σύ, σοῦ, Col, σέ, σν. σφῶϊ OF σφῷ, σφῶϊν or σφῷν. ὑμεῖς, ὑμῶν, ὑμῖν, ὑμᾶς.
sb, of himself, 4-c.

N. G.D.4. N.A. G.D. N G&G dD A,
—, οὗ, οἵ, §& cof, Coir, σφεῖς, σφῶν, σφίσι, σφᾶς.

The Possesstvz Pronouns are declined like the noun—
the masculine like the second declension masculine in o¢;
the feminine like nouns of the second declension, in ἃ or
4; the neuter like the neuter of the second declension, in
ey—thus :

Masculine. 0, ου, ῳ, ev, 8, ἄχος
Feminine, a,n; ἧς 63 7,%3 mW, av; 1,0, ὅζο.
Neuter. ον, ou, ῳ, ov, ov, Sc.

162 THE PRINCIPLES OF

The Definite Pronoun, αὐτὸς, is thus declined:

Singular. Dual. Plural.
N. G. ἢ. A. N. 4. G.D. N. G. D. f.
Mas. αὑτοὺς, «οὔ, «ὦ οὖν. «ὦ, «οἷ. «οἱ, «ὧν, «οἷς, «οὐξ-
Fem.. αὐφ.ἡ, -ἧς, -n, -ἣν. .«ἀἂ, Give Gl, «ὧν, «αἷς, -ἀς.
Neut. αὖς-ὃ, «οὔ, «-ᾧ, «ὁ. «ὦ, τον. «ἀ, «ὧν, «οἷς, «ἃ.

ἼΑΛλλος, ὃς and ἐχεινος are declined in the same manner.

The ReFrLexive Pronouns are such as relate to the sub-
ject of the proposition in which they stand. They are
formed from the accusative singular of the personal pro-
nouns, with the oblzquve* cases of avrog. They are ἐμαυτοῦ,
of myself, σεαυτοῦ, of thyself, ἑαντοῦ, of himself. They are
thus declined:

, Singular. Plural.

Ga ἢ. «4. a dD fA
Mas. -οὔ, «ὦ, «ὃν. «ὥν, «οἷς, -οὐς.
Fem: -ng, -ἢ, ἣν, «ὧν, «αἷς, -ἀς.
Ν eut. «οὔ, -ᾧ, οὗ. OV, «οἷς, «ἃ.

The Demonstrative Pronouns point out with precision,
ἃ person or thing already known. They are:

οἶος, αὔφη, rolro .
δὸς, ’ ἥδε, ᾿ τό δὲ, ἱ this, the latter, the one.
dxsivog, ἐχείνη, éxsivo, that, the former, the other.

Οὗτος is thus declined:

Singular. Dual.
N.V. G. D. “,. Ν. 4. Vv. G. D.
Masculine, οὗτος, τούτον, φούτῳ, φοῦτον. φούφω, τούτοιν.
. . a eo ’ [2 [4 é
Feminine, αὕτη, ταύτης, ταύτῃ, ταύτην. caine, ταύταιν.
Neuter, τοῦτο, rovrou, φούφῳ, tole. ToUTW, τούτοιν.

Masculine, οὗτοι, φούτων, τούτοις, τούτους.
Feminine, αὗται, ταύτων, ταύταις, ταύτας.
Neuter, φαυτα, φούτων, τούτοις, TOUTE.

* Al cases, except the nominative, are called oblique cases

GREEK GRAMMAR. 153

“Ode is declined lixe the definite article ὁ with the en-
clitic de annexed through all its cases, to render it emphatic.
*Exsivoc 18 declined like αὐςὺς.

The Retative Pronoun is one that relates to a noun or °
pronoun going before it, called its antecedent. The rela-
tive, ὅς, 4, 8, who, which, that, is declined like a’rig. It is
made emphatic by adding the enclitic syllable wsp; as
ὅσατρ, ἥπερ, oxep.

The Ionic and Doric writers and the Attic tragedians use
the article ὃ, 4, τό, as a relative, instead of ὅς, 4, 3.

The compound pronoun ὅσεις is used instead of ὅς, as a
relative, after πᾶς, or any word in the singular, expressing
an indefinite number; and ὅσοι, after the same words in
the plural: as, τᾶς ὅσεις, every one who; wavres ὅσοι, all
who, ὅτε.

The InrerRocativeE Pronoun is used in asking a ques-
tion. The interrogative rig is thus declined;

Singular. Dual. Plural.
N. G. OD. A. N.A.G.D. N. G oD JA.
M. Ρ. cig, civog, «ίνι, civa. ive, φίνοιν. φίνες, τίνων, φίσι, τίνας
Neut. ci, «ἴνος, τίνι, ci. τίνε, φίνοιν. φίνα, φίνων, «ίσι, τίνα.

The ἹΝΌΕΕΙΝΙΤΕ Pronouns are such as denote persons or
things indefinitely. They are:

tis, tis, ti, some one, declined like ig, above.
dew-a, «α, «α, some one, such a one.

ἄλλος, «ἡ, -0, another.

ἕφερος, ἕτερα, ἔφερον, other, a different one, another.

The indefinite cig has the grave accent on the last sylla-
ble to distinguish it from the interrogative rig, which has
the acute accent on the first; the former is enclitic, the

latter is not.
' The indefinite δεῖνα, some one, of all genders, and alway
with the article prefixed, is declined like a noun of the
third declension. It is, however, sometimes used indecli-
nable; as, genitive, rod δεῖνα, dative, rw δεῖνα.

All words used interrogatively, are also used indefinitely,
but generally with the accent changed.

164 THE PRINCIPLES OF

VERBS.

In Greez, the Transitive* verb has three forms, called
Active, Passive and Middle.

An Inrransitive* verb is commonly without the Passive
form.

The Mippte Voices, in Greek, represents the subject of
she verb as acting on itself; as σύαφομαι, I strike myself;
ἐθδλαψάμην cov woda, 1 hurt my foot, &c.

OF MOODS.

Moon is the mode or manner of expressing the meaning
or signification of the verb.

In Greek, the Moods are five, viz:—The Indicative,
Subjunctive, Optative, Imperative and Infinitive.

The Indicative mood is always used to express a thing
as certain and actual; as, φιλδβω, I love, τυστω, I streke.

The Subjunctive and Optative moods represent an action
as dependent and contingent, and never actual or certain.
Not a thing that certainly ἐξ, was or well be, but that may,
can or might be or exist. The subjunctive represents this
contingency or doubt as present, the optative as past.

The Imperative mood commands, exhorts, entreais and
permits; as, ypaps, write thou, ἴτω, let him go, &c.

The Infinitzve mood expresses the sense or meaning of
the verb in a general manner; as, rversw, to strike.

TENSES.

TENSE is the division of time into Present, Past and
Future.

Although there are, in reality, only the three above
named tenses, yet, by certain other modifications, a varjety
of tenses may be formed: of these, in Greek, there are
nine. They are the Present, the Imperfect, the First and
Second Future, the First and Second Aorist, the Perfect,
Eluperfect, and, in the Passive, the Paulo-post or Third

uture.

* For the feftaition of these terms, see Latin Grammar, p. 92.

GREEK GRAMMAR. 155

The Present tense represents the time now passing.
The Imperfect, time gone by or past.

The Perfect tense, time just completed.

The Pluperfect, time preceding the imperfect.

The Férst and Second Future, time that will come.
The Férst and Second Aorist, any time past.

The Paulo-post or Third Future Passtve, time that will
come and be continued; as, ἐγγράψε)ϊαι, he shall continue
enrolled.

SIGNS OF THE MOODS.

Indicative mood. There is no particular letter to denote
this mood ; but its difference from the others may be easily
seen by a glance at the Table of the Verb.

Subjunctive mood. ὦ and 7.
Optative mood. οἱ, os and ει.
Imperative -mood.. 8, ov, Sw, es and 6.
Infinittve mood. sv, vos, 60; and as.

The Siens or tHE ΤΈΝΒΕΒ will be seen, by referring to
the Table on the Verb, or page 168.

OF CONJUGATION.

Conjugation is the manner of arranging the Moods and
Tenses of the Verb according to a certain order.

In Greek, there are two Conjugations: the first of verbs
in w, the second in μι,

The different voices, moods, tenses, numbers and per=
sons that a verb undergoes by conjugation, may be referred
to three heads: the Root, the Augment, and the Termi-
natton.

OF THE COGNATE MUTES AND RULES OF CHANGE IN LETTERS.

The Mates are nine, but all are founded on three, viz.:
#, which is formed with the lips, x with the palate, and ¢
with the tongue. Add a slight roughness to « smooth, and

156 ᾿ "THE PRINCIPLES OF

you have 8 middle; next, the rough breathing (‘), and
you have ¢ rough.

K, with a slight roughness, becomes γ, to which add the
rough breathing, and you have y: and, in the same man-
ner, ς becomes ὃ and 6. Ὑ and ξ are called double conso-
nants, being mere.y # and x, with ¢ appended.

Il mutes. K mutes. |} mutes.
Smooth ¢, x, ςι
Middle, β,

γ, δ.
Rough, φ, δἀὰ σ΄ make. y,add¢ make % 4.

If ¢is added to + mutes, the mute is dropped: thus, from
ἀνύφω you have ἀνύσω and not ἀνύφσω.

II mutes before μὶ are changed into μὲ as, φέφυμμαι for
φέφυτμαι ; φέτριμμαι for φέτριδμαι ; γέγραμμαι for γέγραφμαι.
. K mutes before » are changed into y; as, xéarAsypou for

WOWAEXA LOL.

N, before a ¢ mute is changed into μὲ as, éuCaivw for
ἐνξβαινω.

N, before ἃ x mute is changed into γ: as, wépwyxa for
«ἐφανχα.

N, before the liquids, (A, μ, p,) is changed in those let-
ters respectively: as, δυλλέγω for cuvAsyo, ὅζο.

When mutes come together, they must be of the same
strength; that is, smooth with smooth, middle with middle
and rough with rough. Hence, when one is determined,
the other must be made to correspond: as, ἐσύφ-θην for érug-
dyv; λέλεχ-ϑε for AdAsx-bs, dcc., Sze.

Note.—The above business of Euphony, (especially the
last rule,) is no mew thing; but one which occurs in the
English, as well as in the Greek and Latin. There are
more changes in a great number of words, in the English
language, than most people seem to be aware of. Take,
for instance, the words col-lect, com-press, co-alesce and.
cor-respond, in which the Latin word con, by euphonic
changes, becomes alternately col, com, co, (in which the 2
is dropped,) and cor. And why this change? Why not
retain the original word con? Let us see. How would
con-lec:, con-press, con-alesce and con-respond sound? Very

GREEK GRAMMAR. 157

rough, 1 must confess. Hence, these changes are intro-
duced in the language for the express purpose of making
tha: language smooth. And in the same manner the 5}]-
lables ἐμ, ne, sub, ad, and some others, are changed into a
great variety of forms; 72, for instance, when used ag a
negative, and derived from zon or ne, Latin, becomes 21, z7,
zm, ig, if, (which, with d annexed, becomes df, as in d7f-
fident, dzf-ficult, (from facélés, easy,) and some others.)
Sub becomes sup, suf, suc, sus, &&c.; and ad becomes ai,
at, af, &c.; thus, 2z-vulnerable, ¢-competent, ¢/-legal, zm-
moral, ¢g-noble, dzf-fident, dzf-ficult. In all these cases,
the syllable in z¢aléc, comes from in, the » being changed
to ὦ before ὦ. m before m, g before 5", and dzf before f, for
the sake of Euphony or Sound.

OF THE ROOT.

The Roor is that part of the verb that remains un-
changed throughout, (except as required by the rules of
Euphony.)

The final letter of the root is called its characteristic,
because the verb is denominated pure, mute or liquid, ac-
cording as that letter is a vowel, mute or liquid.

In all primary forms of the verb, the characteristic is the
letter next to the termination, in the present tndicative ;
thos, A in λέγεω, “ in φρέπω, v in λύω, vin φεινω, ὅζα.

Many verbs have a second and third root, i. e., the verb
changes its forms in the second future and second aorist,
and again in the perfect and pluperfect middle. The root
of the present tense is called the first root. .

OF THE TENSE ROOT.

The Tense Root, or the Tense Sign, is that part of the
verb that remains unchanged through the same tense.®

Nore. —In some verbs, where there is no Tense sign,
the verb root or the termination denotes the Tense.

4 Some Authors make the Verb Root a part of the Tense Root,
but this is wrong. The Verb Roct remains unchanged throcgh the
verb, while the Tense Root throug) the tense, omy.

14

᾿ 158 THE PRINCIPLES OF (9

TABLE OF TENSE SIGNS.
In Mute and Pure Verbs, the Tense Signs are in the
Active, Passive. Middle.

first Future,...... δ, θησ, ὅ.
First Δογὶδῖ,. .οο ον. σ, 6, σ.
Second Future,.... ξ, "0, &.

Perfect & Pluperfect, ['Jorx, —, —,

In Liquid Verbs, the Tense Signs are, in the

First F uture,. eevee 8, bne, Se
First Aorist, oeeeeee —_—~s é. -
Second Future,.... 8, 10, 6
Pefect & Pluperfect, X, -- «---.

In the Present, Imperfect and Second Aorist, the tense
5 denoted by the terminations; as, Present, ὦ, sig, & ; sTov,
ov; oev, 88, οὐδ᾽. Imperfect, ov, sf, 8; δον, ETNV; ὁμὲν,
srs, ov. Second Aorist, like the Imperfect.

OF THE AUGMENT.

The Augment is the vowel or syllable prefixed to the
root, in the past or preterite tenses.

The Imperfect, Pluperfect and Aorists take the augment
in the Indicative Mood only; so, on the Table of the Verb,.
the student should be careful not to use the augment in
any other mood than the indicative, in the three above-
named tenses,

Νοτε. --- When the augment prefixes a syllable, it is
called the syllabic augment. When it lengthens the inis
tial vowel, it is called the temporal augment. The first is
used when the verb begins with a consonant, the other
when it begins with a vowel. : .

The syllabic augment is formed by prefixing « to the
augmented tenses, as é-rv.La, é-riov, &c.; the temporal, by
lengthening o intow,a ands into ἡ; as, ἄ-δω, ἤ-δον ; ῥελδυθω,
ἤ-λευθον ; Gs-pw, *%-pov; δ-ρυσϑω, ὥ-ρυσσον, dzc.

* In this place, the & 1s changed to ἢ while the! is s.bscript, oF
written under. -

φ GREEK GRAMMAR. 158

The diphthongs δὲ and ov, and the long vowels η and ὦ,
remain unchang: d by the augment.

si number of verbs commencing with « take the augment
In €6; as, 3- χω, &-yor,

Where the verb begins with a consonant, the consonant
is doubled befure the augment of the Perfect; as, ¢-verw,
τοέ-τυφα; Toi, {-8-τιχα, AC.

The rough mute reduplicates its own smooth; as, φ.ύω,
€-5-puxa, χ-ωρέω, χε- χώρηκα.

Verbs, compounded with prepositions, take the augmeni
between the preposition and the roet; as, xpot-pépw, «ροσ-ἔ-
φέρον.

OF THE TERMINATION.

The terminations cc nsist of that part of the verb which
immediately follows the Tense Root.

We here present the scholar with a Table on the conju
gation of the Greek Verb, containing all its changes; and
by which the whole subject of Euphony will be seen, in
the changes which the root undergoes, in being associated
with different letters; as, also, the augment, reduplication,
mood and tense. ‘This: Table was prepared, on the plan of
Professor Thiersch, of Germany, by the author's son, at
the Rochester Collegiate Institute, in the summer of 1847,
expressly for this work. The Table exhibits, at a glance,
all the changes that can take place in the Greek Verb, ex-
cept the person and number, which will be found in the
conjugation that immediately follows.

In the Table, the following abbreviations are used :-—
Term, Terminations; Want. Wanting; M. S. Mood Sign.

THE PRINCIPLES OF

160

[8 YSnoryy paurejar st

"$71 | (ἡ
"non | tc
JUBA
JUBAS
JUBA
JUBA
JUBA
1.8}
JUBAL
‘mn |
‘ron | (ἡ)

‘poopy eanounfqug

“0

"07
1.0.8}
JUBA
WaBA
JUBAN
JUBA
1UBA\
Soasrint

"Moni ὦ

ΜἈ0]} ©

ποι18ο ἀπ ρ91 aq) 3tq 9 1αϑαιδῃν 911 8958]

"*RpOOUr 91}

“4{πὸ ‘poopy θΑ1189100] ayy, ὦ

mis ai

ἴω wt

ζω | Ἴσθι 9»

“9 cart fo] ale sco [ | ens ΓΝ
Ὥ. sakrl [Ὁ] cal, "2 pas] pens
JUBA! | 3B onl jofyuem) | "Ue
JUBAL cron | =| oro tof Ὁ 13 0 ene] plans
118. ‘rom [ὁ] ston [οἱ "Ὁ φω | ραν
“Ὁ yuem| [08M "Δ18 UBM | ἼΘΒΛ
“(Ὁ -yaRm | [caer | A13 JUBA Ny
ον quem) [Ue "Ὁ juem | 7UBA
Ὁ | [π84] | ada “Ὦ JUBA ns |
Ὥ caked fol carl [9] Δ0 [is [ens
Ὃ "ποτὶ | ol "του jo} Ὃ [eos | pens
—_—&e&er ———e i “τ΄. ᾿-- “πο. (| en “-“-α-----.......-.

'2/suon eu αἰ βυοιΊβα] κἰβυο!δα} κα
Go| TOT, | Pj -Take 7 | ἢ ἸΌΩΟΙ,} »

"OIPPIW] |'eAteseg | ‘CAnoy

‘OIPPIM, | ‘oatseeg | ‘oanoy
“poo oanrvorpuy

“SUOTIVUIULIC 1,

MNS

ἕω

ῬΔΣ 182}, |
dns 98. ef
Nb 9.
dns 18.
[ens ἢ
[ns

“πο! ϑη[α00) 1811} 9G) Jo sqlaA 91} Jo
‘NOLLVOITMACTY AONV “SNL 'ΠΟΟΝ ‘INAWOAVY ‘AOIOA “LOOW FHL ONILIGIHXG

GT&VL V

eee *"3sLLOW PS
eee βίον 151
>» faining pe
"* ‘aiming py
°° “ainqu sg 157
‘yoajsadnig ΡΖ
Isaajzadayg 151
** “yaad PZ
** Yaajlag 181
“τ “oajiaduy
eeee ‘\uasalg

&

161

GREEK GRAMMAR. ᾿

"mpd 19] “rma te] cass “no "19 ΙΝ, 3 αἰιπὶ [10] “«(ε 1.1] "πὶ | τ! διλοῦ pz
"099 |7 "MA 1h “10 “0 [0] 0. sala jan "ale 1.18] se! | το] ΒΊΧΟΥ 1581
"JUBA "199 18] °7UBM “UBM "JUCM TUBA 4UGA "ald | 0 8.4 2107 pe
‘mgo |s| ‘men [9] cas quem "UBM quem ‘ald τ abel | 10] “πη | wolarang pZ
99 | 31 ‘mop | s “Δ18 \UuBA quem qUuBA “αἰ 110] ahr) | 10] sar! | 10 ‘Wy 151
ἽἼΟΘΌΔΑ UL.) ‘ma [4] UBA "UBM 3 “JUBA 708A sm | 10! -dnid PS
"ma |g] UBM ae "8 “ot “3 quem | "60.971 “mn | νὴ] πη] 151
"MOA [89] Ἴυλλ "A 18] UBM "JUBA “ ἽἼΠΒΔ ἽἼΠΌΔΑ on! | τὸ μα PG
ὍΛ [4] "τορὰ "ma 9 “8 ἕν “8 ea | [“5οαρη ‘mm | 10] 310g IST
“00 : "17099 "118 "Ὧ0 “no “8 "alert 110] "αἰ | 19) orf | κἱ yuodwy %,
99 | 3] ‘Mp "118 “no “no "8 als] | 20) "κἀπὶ | 10) sof | αἱ SQuosaig |=
‘suonuu | Si! ‘seoneu suosea |) ‘suonvu [Ἐξ] ‘suonee | &] -svonen | S| vuonea x ‘suoneu [Ἐκ α σὰ ἐΒ
“1191, on ἜἼΠΟ 1, on σῶν, [ὦ] TAL | on] “ἴα, | op} “e101 α] ἴα; ia WUBI, | oo 119, ¢ 1
“opi | “oaeva | “oanoy [ἌΡΡΗΝ | “easmea | “oanoy | wiper | ‘Amer | Any
ῬΟΟΜΙ sanuyuy “poow canwuodury ‘pooyy aanvidg

(axaNlINOD) ‘ATH VL

162 THE PRINCIPLES OF

TABLE, (ContinvEp.)

eee oO eo

Participle.

Present, .....cceee. ων. ὁ | μενος.
Imperfect, ....-.e00. ων ό | μενος.
First Perfect, ....... ὥς. μμένος
Second Perfect, ..... ὡς. want.
First Pluperfect,..... ὡς. μμένος.
Second Pluperfect,... ὡς. want.
First Future,........ ων. ὁ | μενος
Second F uture,. eeeeec Gv. 6 μενος
Third Future,,...... want. | 6 μενος.
First Aorist, ......0. ας. εἷς.
Second Aorist, ...... ὦν. ' εἰς.

The express design of the preceding Table, is to show
the student, at a glance, the Mood, Tense and Voice of the. .
Verb, without the Person and Number; and a Table like
the foregoing, is better adapted to this purpose than one
more lengthy, over the whole of which the student is
obliged to look before he can find the Mood or Tense de-
sired; but for the better information of those who desire
it, we give, commencing on the next page, a full conjugation
of the verb τύαφω, by which they can ascertain the Person
and Number, as well as the other par’s of any verb of the
frst conjugation.

8

GREEK GRAMMAR.

᾿ϑόσαο1 PUT spooul og [Te YAOI} ,,(on7 944 ,, ‘HONVOTUSs αἰ pus ‘ULIO} Uy pucdes or ONT] δῖ [UNCT ποσχρᾶ 161} ONLY, ,

‘ayy ‘not

"am 59.)

*1pno 49218
‘Aayy ‘no
"$9n0 48.8
98) ‘nof
ΔῺΡ 882
‘hogy ‘no
"app 959.)
"9:) ‘no
197 “820
‘haya ‘nok
"970 ‘850
θη ‘nod

“Ὁ B58
‘oy ‘nof
“tpno 68.8

‘OM
Sagtho

‘agnino
‘OM
Sagrio
‘OA

Sagal
“OA

‘asl
‘OM
Sasrin
‘OM
Sagriv

‘OM
Sagrio

‘OM

Sagrio

yond

om} faq} ὍΔ 0X ὋΠ ‘noyq, ‘7 Pip
“Αἰ Ὲ 40.» “8 ‘Sn oe ᾽
‘9IP'N J ISI SB oures “Π5Π3 0}
“10.218 0.518 106 Ss Ὁ πο
ὍΔ, 91] ‘omy aX 1 0} Ἢ [πὲ
*A0.59 A058 “8 “338 $~ ᾽
ὋΔΔΊ 98) ὍΔ), 9X 97 "Π0) Ἵ pry
"aks ‘nos "»- 3. % 13
om; (91) ‘om, 9X ‘oy ‘noyy 1 pry
"aks ‘0s — S$ 4 ef]
om) 91) ‘om. OK ‘oy ‘noyy Ἵ sary
“ΛΟ “ΛΟ "8 ‘Sn “Ὁ
ὋΔΑΊ (98) ‘omy eX ‘ay πο] 1 9480
"ΛΟΔΌ “ΛΟ *3 ‘m ὋὉὋ [,]
‘omy 95] ὍΔ] 9X ό 1 ‘noqy ἢ ——
"αἰῶ 8 4λ0.28 " 38: “ὁ. ee
om} (9111 ‘omy aX cay ‘nom ‘ op
*A0.b9 ‘A058, "13 318 $0) ---
"JON “ADINT US “asua J,

young (ποοάαι)
ons 99

pang (ἢ
ans

HONG

ands

Zaring

bd

ORNS

bDnd

‘joo ‘py ‘sny

“OOM ZAILVOIGNI—"AOIOA FAILOV

ΧΙ 15 OL ‘ULULL ΜΛ FHL JO TINA NI NOILVDOALNOO

8.

esXul),

fs

Ὁ

58 ΔΑ

ϑ

“ΒΊΟΥ 15]
‘ann J ΡΖ
‘ommyn J 151
θάμα PZ
‘yrodnyg 151
ἡρομοᾷ P&
yajleg 8]
*yoaj10d W)

‘quasaig

THE PRINCIPLES OF

164

“key “nok “9 M

1909

"9η1

“190)

faq)

1909

*faqi

°190

"98

“190-9

ἴθ)

“ρ0

“faq

“10

Sagvia

4 3 M
Savi

Sook
“οί
Sos

tnof
‘gob

‘aM
agri

‘nod
‘gah

οί
‘ask

‘OM

Sagi

‘OM
Sagrin

ποῖ ‘aM
‘si ‘astie

‘nod
S958

‘OM

‘yoann T

Sagrio

om) 97) 0M} OF
"AOS ‘nae

omy 9η1 ὍΛ 9Χ
“nos “non,

omy 9η) ‘omy OX

enon, - Saosk

om} 9Π1 ‘omy OX
AOE “aos

om} 971 ‘om? 9Χ
*A0.bke *aoak

om} Loy) “Δ᾽ OX
“aople ‘nop

om} 91) om] OX
*ak.o3 A083

To"

‘oy ΠΟ] ‘[ 3am ex

kb Sh Ὁ --- oO» “IOV PS

‘oy ‘nom; ἼἽἼ ᾿η31π ΘΙ

“ςΞς φΦὐ ὦ » 20s © σοῦ 3s]
. BSurguva ‘omyn J pg pus o1nyn J 19]

ὋΠ “noyy

1 oavy 1η81τὺ1 HONG (‘yjosAut)
ot ‘su {7 - wns 8. ‘soajzadntg ps
“HONS Vay 1η31}}--- ΟΝ 3843,7 9γ907--- οομϑάῃ)α 15]

ΘΙ “Ὧ0Π) Ἵ oavq Aum HONG (Π981α1)

7 οὐ ὦ -- ws 8b " Goeplag ΡΖ

‘aq. ‘noqy ‘y oavy Avur yonzg

Δ. Ske se [.] wb 8) °y99}I9J 151
“oR “029 “Bip —"measet φ.Ψ7---Ἰοομοάτα]

‘oq “ποῦ ‘] Ava ᾿ θη)

i) ὦ 25. ‘yueselg

‘COON HAILONOLaAs

‘ays 0), ἢ —— yonng

“3 -. 0, 3: “ΒυοΥ ps

“"γηϑωις ‘wat ΟΣ “pay “ny

- (QHONILNOO)——"GOON MAILVOICNI

165

GREEK GRAMMAR,

"ADDO L$
“anoprni79
"AN pO/8

"AD9/8
"ὍΡΟΙ ἢ

"A098

“Ag
“91, “ποῖ
“13 Spy

-Aoyy "ποῖ
es

“18
“9[Ὁ
489

439
498

499

.... ΔΩ) *A018 13 Sg Same ee NS «= SHONIIS OABY JO OFINS ‘YSUIOY PZ
.-- "ami "ΛΟ “0/70 "ὁ Sm DP Sos ‘FINNS ΘΑΒΠ 10 951115 “soy 15]
.. sams 8. Ὃ fg fae ene 95) (‘MONIES BABY) ")09.96Ἃπ|4 ΡΖ

“pala 1544] 9707-- --Ἴ29) 1940) 151

.-- sams ,ο[3 Ὃ 8. Smee NS 32 ('γ9}11585 BALL) "0994 PZ
-- = sams “3 mg “ fae [1] ene pe) (‘HONIIS BABY) "συμ IST
‘quasal 1] sv sumvg—{; axils) 9 9466}

‘__ cams — Saozs m3 {9 Sa me fw (‘029 ‘noyy 9511)5) “959141
“dOON ἘΛΙΣΥΈΞΑΝΙ :

Sagal “aks 410.) “-- 5. "ἡ ὸ 50. (‘929 “1451π1}) “πον pg

ἐΑϑ τὶ as = “AOS ‘—— 9. ‘nl mp wns (‘929 πϑι) ἥβμον 58]

οἰ nS πα 8 ἢ ἡ χῷ (‘amine 1η8:}) ‘aunin 7 PZ

‘asl “als oY -- i ee? (9η1119 1χ31τ) ‘ainjn J 151

‘asl “als ‘non “- 5. "ἡ 10 χα» 85 ('9180:η3101) “09:19 pg

afsag 1.411 9χι7---(8λ5η γχη3161) ᾿γ99] 184 151
iS ἋὋΟΘὌ. "-- 5. ἰ ἰὸ χῷ 8 (‘aavy Avul) Ἴ9μθ4 ΡΖ

om} 96) ὉΔῚ 9 K 7. “064) ‘y oavy deur yonng
43

"ὦ ‘0s — “ἢ fof ,] 20s 8s ἸΌΘΗΘΑ 151

ὋΦ ‘Burys 94 γ13117---- 08047 9.γ,11----ι09μ19ἀ8|]
omy (951 ‘om 9X ‘oy ‘nom Ἵ Aeur ayING
"ahs “102 "- 9 “τ 10 2». ‘suosalg

*dOON FAILVIdO

TIIE PRINCIPLES OF

166

"19% ‘sol ‘agrien tonsil

© "

“Ὃ2Λ ‘sop topen caupp ‘nope "Λορθηὶ 50) So | Sak 10 SSNS

“anh ‘899 “ngs raipp ‘aogp ‘aopsr! °0s “0 ‘alerl 10 SENS
, ὍΟΟΙΝ FZAILVIdO

“190 ‘sli ‘agri ὦ snob, ‘noble ‘nose "ὦ 49. Sm — ss

“190 ‘sok ‘agri snob, ‘aot “λον "ὁ ‘SK Sm ef] sas

(‘yon 941 131) 209,98
(‘yona1s 941 801) ‘yuasarg

(‘eq 1η811 1 18}1} ΒΟΥ pg
(‘aq 1181: 181}}} ΒΟΥ 151

9 901 ay? 94777 —("uaaq savy γχδιαι J ey?) "“ἀπ|4

“nob, ‘nosis eager Ἕ “8. Ὁ ῬΟΛΡΥΙ —

“mse “(

Ὧν 8.) (‘uaag Θ481 ABUL | 1811} 194
"quaset J 9}γ1 9717---[ στ) aq γπ81π 1101) “199}49410]

$170.54 ‘spk. “psn «Δορρίο “Αορρίε Saogerlo “ὈΤΙΟ — 2 χὴ (‘yonajs oq θαι ] 18η1) “1989.
Kayy ‘nod ‘a Ay 411.(941 0419 04119 AA ‘ay ‘Noy Ὁ} ΤΙΊΞ ἼΟΟΣ “payy "UOUBIYUZIG
"dOON HAILONOArdus
camo «= ‘ase = ‘ast "λοδίς Sao --. ᾿ς 8. (ἐν --- ΜῊ .8 (60) ἥβπιον pg
sang ‘ese ‘agra “Λοδὶνρ = “nose — h ‘Se “ας of] ene 9 (‘sem) ἼΒΟΥ 15]
ἼΩΛΟ “80ρρδ “ὈΡΘΥΘ Δορρ8 “ΛΟρρΒβ ‘aopstig Ὁ9 “(κ᾿ τὸ ρῥ ene 9.) ([ποοῆθΔπη ΠΡ{5) 18 1 pe
ἼὭΩΛΟ ‘spps ‘perio aopps ‘aopps ‘aogsrlo "Ὁ238 “ὦ ΦὈΥ “--- ρίι η΄ (‘aq 1114} “INF pg
ermsno 8028 ‘wpsrio saogps ‘aogps ‘aopsrig "298 “ὦ Ssorle -- plpdns (faq {1143} 707 15]
ramp tonstinl ‘sgh “wgerirl «= cag ῥ“λορὼ ἐλορθεν = tone Sof ‘athe --- qb 82 καὶ (‘uaaq pey)-dnyg
"1918 roasninl ‘39d (0 ΒΥ Τὶ *aogd ‘nogd ‘aogsriv "ISS ‘mt ‘Sori -- RS 8. (‘uaaq 9481) “194
soso ‘spps ‘ngsrio aopps ‘aogps “Δορθηο 0.8 “00 Salo --- sens 8 (‘sum) ‘yoayradwy
ἼΣΛΟ ‘3998 ‘npsrio = saopos ‘aogos ‘aogsrio "238 "δ τον --- = 5. (8) Quasalg
‘ sSayy ‘nok ‘ayy "αἡ Aoyr‘omjyad‘omjaay coq ‘noyy ἢ — Hon1¢
’ ‘punt yon "svn dur “LEW ΡΟΣ pay Bny

‘COOK ZAILVSIGNI—gO10A TAISSVd

167

thom ‘nok ‘om ‘ompforp‘ompoLtomsomy ὋΝ ‘nous ‘7 ΣΦ᾽ ΟΣ Sar

Soy
‘gy

"ADM
"AD DMS

“anprmpdh ‘spd

“anpmepp ‘spay
“mney? 101 ‘OX

(MAR.

GREEK GRA

"an ou
"anol
ὋΙΑΔ
"aA
ὍΛ

“ιν
‘sj
‘sop
‘399
‘sop

"spoopy 2y2 770 ySnoly? ‘aatssD 7 VLngnNT 3s 901} ye T—(*yjosAur SHINS TIM) famNIN J 151

ς ΓΤ
‘agile
‘perl
“ηρϑτὶ
‘ngerl

"SDOOPT 91} 210 yYFnosy3 ‘varssv gq pafsaduy 9y7 sv suvgG—(‘jjasAur Zurywys svar) 44o9;10d wy]

Spooyy 90} 770 ySnosy2 ‘aarssvg puasas J 9.1 9Y?T—(‘J[QSAW 951118 J) ‘Uasaig

uorpoYwusary *asual

ὍΟΟΝ FAILVOIGNI—“ZOIOA TIGA

4.0. —
410. 4...

*AMS
“Δ

“amed Snoph -- = "gd Sop - --
amps ‘nogps “--
“ὍΛΑ, WOT? 30] “Own? OX “wary 191 “NOY, ἢ
ὍΟΟΝ ZALLVUAENI
wake ‘aos ‘aoe he ‘Sh Sab
tale ἐλοιί Saope ch SS ἐλίε
rakop ‘aogo ‘aogsrl ‘on 0 “Αἰυτὶ
rakpp ‘Snogo ‘aopsrl ὋΣ “ὁ ‘Sati
‘akep ‘aogp ‘aogarl ὋΣ» “ὁ ‘atrl

canclis*sskig "ΛΒ Πι}8 songrinl “alesis ‘nosys cagrhrl
‘omy Aoqy‘omiek‘omye4, ‘oq ‘nom Ἵ

‘hem ‘nok ‘OAn

"MS

"pafiag 9γ1 sv οιωὸς --- 1994 BABY 1811) 9ajIa
cis ‘Sys ‘ays Songrin! ——
WES AT 100N “Fer

‘19 S— se
mp “1p Sa phn

(‘yonns 0q) “ΒΊΟΥ py

tad
(‘yonsy8 aq) ΒΟΥ 151

*pafiay sv aupg—{"yonns usaq eavy) “9 μϑι{πΠ|(

ne 82 (‘HONS 1996 OABY) “1999.

"quasel J sv φιωῦὺς --- 90.118 94) “yoajsaduly
"p03 ‘no “-ἡ - 2».

(9.15 θ4) "959.

jo »ὦ (‘aq | 1η31τ1) “ον pg
18 gas = (‘aq ὋΦ 1181) JOY IST
1029 BA» 49. (996 aATY] 1810}"Ὁ 1 PE
fo phone (‘awiyaininy θ0108) In εἰ py
10 pupdns 118 ‘HONS 941 Aswan q we

nd
ns ἢ (‘usaq savy 91) "991194
“woppoyiuthg ὅτι;

(‘CHONILNOO)—~"GOON ZAILVLdO

THE PRINCIPLES OF

168

. ‘eanieioduty 9071 Jo
‘ose ‘og | “Supuea ose ‘esnoun{qug pus eAneorpuy oy) uy poucnueu 9001 Jo uopdooxe om yy ‘sosuey 1010 OL] ,

‘anompon ‘3900 “-“-- ΔΟΡΡῸ Saogon -- “gon ‘fa ἢ». (191115 84) Ysu0Y 151
"π|91} 29] ‘OX "ὉΔΔ1 WOT} 191 04 OX “πῇ 30] ‘noyy,

. *dOOW SAILVUSdNI

“ΛΟ, Ssppk Snperim "λορρίο ‘aopok ‘aogsrie Ἰὼ “ὁ ‘Storie 9 aos (‘sashul 9511|5 γη81:1) ,"IOY 151
“GOON FZAILONOSANS

“Spoopy 902 110 0442 ‘+ 911 fo worssewo 901 ψλῖοι ‘aasssn 1 790 |9 6107 oy 949°T —("92 “θη 1118 Ἰη31ππ) “IO PZ

ὋΛ ‘spp «= ‘mgstl ΔμρΡ “Δ00 “ΔΟρϑΥΪ Ὃ (09. Saked mp (ὁ (||98{τὰ oNIIS 1310.) YsIIOY 157

roa ‘spp “Ὄ08Ὶ 'δμρρ “Λ00Ρ λορθη ἢ ὁ. “ἢ τ΄ wns (ῃ|95{Ὁὶ Π901)5 eABY [{124) 0 1 pg

"dOOM HZALLVLdO

ὍΛΟ ‘apps ‘wpsrlo cakpos ‘aopos ‘aogsrio κ [018 ‘no ‘akrlo — snes 8 (‘jjasXur yonns) ystloy pz

soja ‘sppm ‘ngerin calppn “ΔΟβρΡῸ ‘aogsrin Ὅ[Ὁ Ὃ Sakti 9 ΧΩ 8 (‘jyasXul yonas) ΒΟΥ 151

emyano ‘sppis Swgsrino § cnogois ‘aoppis ‘aogerine "}0.».3 ‘Kk ‘rorigo — ens (‘yjasAur 95.115 {112} INT ps

‘hogy ‘nuk ‘oy ‘omefom‘ompot‘omaeyy ‘oq ‘nom ‘y “LHR 00g any "uornaypulig “δε 7

(‘CHONIZNOO)—"dooK ZAILVOIGNI

GREEK GRAMMAR. - 169

SECOND CONJUGATION, OR VERBS IN MI

Place the root of any verb of the Second Conjugation,
in the blank under “ Root,’ in the following Table, and
you have it conjugated. '

Nors.—The significations are the same as those in the
First Conjugation.

ACTIVE VOICE.—INDICATIVE MOOD.

Tense. Aug. Root. Singular. Dual, Plurai,
Present, - — ps, ¢, δι);}ὺ ‘Tov, Ἶον; μᾶν, 75, ot.
Imperf. &§ — v, ¢ morw;lov, Inv; μὲν, Ts, Cav.
2d Aorist,§ — Like the Imperfect.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Present, - — ὦ, ¢, %Ord; Tov, Tov; μὲν, Ts, Ct.
Imperf. ὃ - Like the Imperfect Indicative.
2d Aorist, — Like the Present Subjunctive.

OPTATIVE MOOD.
Present, - — ἣν, "S73; ‘lov, yinv; ἡμῖν, 478, ἡσαν.
Imperf. ὅ — Like the Imperfect Indicative.
2d Aorist,@ -—- Like the Present Optative.
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
- — —, of Tw; Tov, Ἴων; —, 18, wav.
Imperf. ἔ — Like the Imperfect Indicative.
2d Aorist, —— —, scorog,w; Ἴων, ων; —, 18, wear
PASSIVE VOICE.—INDICATIVE MOOD.

Present, - —— pct, σαι, Tass ov; psba, σϑε, vies.
Imperfect,? — μην, 60, 10; stov, cbyv; sha, obs, To.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

Present, - —- μαι, gory, lar; θοὸν; μεθα, 62, vias.

Imperfect,’ — Like the Imperfect Indicative.
OPTATIVE MOOD. —
Present, -- — μην, of, 10; δον, dy; sda, cbs, To.
Imperfect, —- Like the Imperfect Indicative.
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Present, - — —, cvorov, σϑω ; chev, σϑων ; —, 00s, σϑωσαν.
Imperfect,’ — Like the Imperfect Indicative.
15

170 THE PRINCIPLES OF

MIDDLE VOICE.—INDICATIVE MOOL
Tense. 4ug. Root. Singular. Dual, Plural,
Present and Imperfect like Passive, through a 1 the Moods.
Θὰ Aorist, ὁ --- pry, ¢o, 70; θον, θην; sha, ods, vio.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Qd Aorist, 2 — Gus, Gory, Jos; psbov, 4θον ; psda, 666, ὠνῖαι
OPTATIVE MOOD.
Qd Aorist, ὁ — μὴν, 0, 10; dov, θην; sda, os, vio.
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
2d Aorist, 2 — —, σο(οῦ) chu; σϑον, σθων ; —, cds, σϑωσαν

RULES.

1. Averb mustagree with its nominative in personandnc.

2. Adjectives, participles and the article, agree with
their nouns, in gender, number and case.

3. Trans. verbs in the active voice govern the accusative.

4. One noun governs another in the genitive.

δ. Intransitive verbs admit a nominative case after ther.

6. Some nouns are put absolute with a participle.

7. Adverbs qualify verbs, adjectives and other adverbs

8. An adjective in the neuter gender, without a noun tc
qualify, governs the genitive, and sometimes the dative.

9. Elui and γίνομαι, signifying property, possession or
duty, govern the genitive.

10. Ell, γίνομαι and Svapyw, taken for the Latin habeo
to have, govern the dative.

11. Many verbs govern the genitive and dative.

12. Prepositions govern the genitive, dative & accusative
13. Participles govern the same case as their verbs.

14. One verb governs another in the infinitive.

15. The infinitive is often used as a noun.

16. The cause, manner and instrument are in the dative.

17. The relative ὃς agrees with its antecedent in gender
and number.

GREEK GRAMMAR. 171

ANALYSIS OF ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΥ, Ks β.
N. Ο. ἢ. «4. FV.

Translation. Syntaz. Etymology.

The (v. 1) T-o8 Ιησοῦ, 2m. ὃ, roi, τῷ, ev. —
when γενηθέντος δὲ conjunction, Indeclinable.
Jesus, γενηδένϊος Ing-o0, 2m. g. abs. οὖς, οὔ, οὔ, οὖν, οὔ.
being born ysv-nb-tvlog Ἰησοῦ, fig, vlog, éves, dvea, fig.
in ὃν prep. Βηδλεὸμ, Indeclinable.
Bethlehem, ἐν Βηῤδλεὲμ, Indeclinable.

of the τῆς Ἰουδαίας, ἴ. 8. ἢ, Ἰῆς, Th, Tv. —
Judea, Βηδλεὸμ, Ἰουδαί-ας, lf.s. a, ἄς, ᾷ. ἂν, a,
in ἐν prep. ἡμέραις, Indeclinable.

the days ἐν ἡμέρ-αἷς, 1 f. pl. ds, dv, αἷς, ας, ai,
of Herod ἡμέραις Ἡρώδεου 1m.s. ἧς, οὔ, 9, ὴν, ἀ(ὴ).
the ; φοῦ Eagirgwe 2m.s. ὁ, 705, 13, Tov. —
King, ἡμέραις Cacid-fus, 3m. 5. sis, ως, si, fa, εὖ.
behold, ἰδοὺ (ov), verb from εἰδω, Imper. Mood.
wise men pey-o1 wapsysvovro, of, civ, οἷς, οὖς, οἱ,
from dwé ἀναϊολῶν prep. = Indeclinable.

the east dad dvalod-civ 1f. pl. al, Gv, aig, ἄς, al,
came μάγοι wap-b-ysv-o-veo verb, from wapayiwopcu,
into εἷς Ἰεροσόλυμᾶ, preposition.

Jerusalem, εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμᾳ, 2n. ἃ, ὧν, o6, a α.
Saying, (2) Ady-o-v]-sc, μάγοι, ov7eg, Gv, οὔσι, ον]άς, &c.
where ἔσειν Tol adverb.

is S¢¢-s-v verb. εἶμι), si(s), FoTi(v), ἄζε.
(he) who ὁ φεχϑεὶς Z τη. ὁ, φοῦ, τῷ, τον, —
isto be born 8 ¢sy-é-sig part. from sixrw, &c.

king βασίλεους, 3 τὰ. vg, ὡς, ἡ, ἃ, ὑ.
of the ¢-fiv "loudaitiv2 τη. pl.ai, Ἰῶν, Taig, lodge, —
Jews? Tovdal-tiv; 2m. pl.ai, Gv, aig, οὖς, as

We have seen si-0-usv ἀστέρα verb, from sidw or sist.
Norz.—For parsing the verbs, see page 238

172 THE PRINCIPLES OF

for ἔστιν γὰρ sidopsy conjunction.

of him, ἀστέρα, αὐτοῦ, 2 m. ὅς, οὔ, @ Ce
the σιν ἀστέρα, 2m. ὁ, Ἰοῦ, τῷ τόν, --
star εἰδομον ἀσφέρ-α, 3 Τὴ. hp, ὅροξγ, spi, ipa, ép
in ἐν ἀνατολῇ preposition.

the φ-ἢ ἀνατολῇ 1 f. ἢ, τῆς, τῇ, Hh, --
east, dy ἀνατολ-ῇ, 1 f. hy ἧς th ἥν ἃ»
and sidopsv καὶ ἤλθομῶν, conjunction.

have come (ἡμεῖς) ἤ-λθο-μᾶν verb, from ἔρχομαι.

to worship «ρού-χυν-ἤ-σαι inf, from «ροσχυνέω.

him. φ«ροσχυῆσαι, αὖτ-ῷ, p. pro. m. ος, οὔ, Gl, OV.
Heard Ἡρώδης (3) 'Axov-cag (ravlév) verb, from dxsw.

when ἀἀκχοέσας δὲ conjunction.

Herod Ἡρώδης axoudas, ns, οὐ, % Ἦν. NOTE
the ὁ βασιλεὺς 2m. ὃ, τοῦ, τῷ, TH, —

king βασιλ-οὺς Sm. δὺυς, Sus, δ SH, Br

he was troubled ἐ-ταράχ-ϑη, from ταράσσω.

and . érapdx6n καὶ conjunction.

all «ἄσ-α Ἱεροδολυμα, waco, ἄς,» Gy OV, Me
Jerusalem, “Ispogodup-a, Lf. a, as G dy ἃ
with pss’ αὐτοῦ, preposition.

him, μετ᾽ αὐς-οῦὔ, per. pro.m. o¢, οὔ, @, ον

and (4) Kai conjunction.

called together συν-αγ-αγ-ὼν waviag part. from cuvdyt.
all ὀ συναγαγὼν ταντ-ας, adj. from «ας, waco, way, &e,

the ς-οὺς "apxispsic 2m. pl. διν τῶν, τοῖς, O05, —
chief priests ‘apyisp-sic 3 pl. m. sig, δῶν, δῦσι, Sig, εἷς.

and δυναγαγὼν καὶ δυναγαγὼν, conjunction.
scribes συναγαγὼν ypaypar-sic, 3 pl.m. εἷς, stv, stds, sig, sig.

of the τοοῦ λαοῦ 2 τὴ. ὁ, cot, φῷ, τὸν, —
people γραμματεῖς λαοῦ 22 τὰ. dg, οὔ, ᾧ, ον, 8.
asked Ἡρωδης é-muvbaxs-ro = from «υνθάνομαι.

of παρ᾽ αὐτῶν preposition.

them wap’ atr-Sv pro.m. plu. οἱ Gv, οἷς, οὖς, 6

GREEK GRAMMAR. 173

where σγεννᾶ]αι «οὔ adverb.

the . ὁ Xpigog, 2m. ὁ, τοῦ, τῷ, τὸν, —
Christ Xpig'-og γεννᾶ]αι, 2m, ὃς.) οὔ, G ὃν, ὃ,
should be born. γεννᾶ-ται- verb, from yévaa

They (5) ΟἹ sleev pro. m. plu. ol, τῶν, τοῖς, τούς, —~
and δὲ conjunction. §Indeclinable.:
said οἱ sle-ov verb froms«u. Defective.
(to)him ἶσον avr 2) τη. ὃς, οὔ, ᾧ, ὃν,

in ὃν Βηθλεὲμ, preposition.
Bethlehem, ἐν ByédAstp, Indeclinable.

(of) the cig Ἰεδαίας Lf. ὦ, τῆς, oH, τὴν, —

Judea, τῆς (sev) Ἰκδαί.ας, 1 f. ad, ἄς, G dv a
thus ysypaeras Οὗτ-ὥ = Adv.

for γέννῶται γὰρ γέγρασται conjunction.

it is written γέ.γραωκ-ται verb, from γράφω.

by διὰ «ροφήτου preposition.

the ¢-00 apophrov ὁ, col, «τῷ, fo, —
prophet dia wpophr-ov Lm. , ov, ἡ, ἤν, @
And (6) Kai conjunction.

thou ch εἶ δύ, dol, Goi, σέ, —
Bethlehem, Ω ByéaAsep, Indeclinable.

land γῆ =o ff. mm i, ἢ, ἤν, ὦ.
Judea, γῆ Ἰούδα,

not οὐδιαμῶς εἶ adverb.

the least drayicn cv 1f. ἢ, % 7, VY, %
art συ εἶ Sus, εἶ, sons, ὅχο,
amongst ἐν ἡγεμόσιν, preposition.

the «οἷς ἡγεμόσιν οι, τῶν, τοῖς, φουξι --
noble princes ἐν ἡγεμό-δεν 3 plu. m. Dative.

of Judea, hyspocw “Ixd-0

from ἐκ σοῦ preposition.

you é& σοοῦ pro. 2pla. σύ, σοῦ, oi, δ
for εἶ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται conjunction.

she. arise éZ-srsies-cos verb, from ἐξέρχομαι.

165

174 TRE PRINCIPLES OF

one ruling δγγοΐμεν.ος ἐξελεύσεται from ἡγούμιαι
who 8-516 σοιμανοῖ pron. com. égand sig.
will protect ὅξες woysov-si - verb, from ποηναύνω,
the civ λαὸν 2m. ὁ, τοῦ, τῷ, Tov, "--
people σιεμανοῖ λαοὸν 2m. ὃς, of, Gg, ὃν, &
of me λαὸν μεοῦ pronoun. ἐγώ, μιοῦ, μοι, μέ, =
the ctv Ἰσραὴλ 2m. ὁ, τοῦ, τῷ, τον, =
Israel, σεμανεῖ Ἰσραὴλ ἴ88. Indeclinable.

then ixpiSwes (Ὑ) Tors, Adverb.

Herod, Ἡρώδ.ης, ἠχρίβωσε ne, ov, ἢ, ἢν, ἢ Ore.
secretly καλέσας λαθρὰ, ᾿ Adverb. .
having called καλόσ-α8 perfect participle, from καλέω
the φοοὺς μάγοῦς 2m. ob τῶν, τοῖς, τοὺς) =

wise men καλύσας μαγ-ους, 2m. p. of, ὧν, of, OU, Gh
inquired ᾿Ηρώδης d-xpiSu-cs, verb, from ᾿αχρηβύω

of WUpa αὐτῶν, preposition.
them wope αὐτῶν prom. p. of, τῶν, τοῖς, τοὺς, ee
the φιὺν χρόνιν 2m. ὁ, vel, τῷ, dv, —

time ἠχρήθωσε ypivw Qm. oF οὐ G ον, ξ.
the χοῦ φαινομόνου 2m. ὁ, fot, τῷ, «ον; —
shining χρόνον φιινοβέν-ου 2m. 06, 9, G wf, Ψ,
star, φαινομόνοῦ “acré-poc, 3m. np, #p 0c, Spe, ἔρα, sp.

and (8) Kai conjunction.

having sent wipeL-o¢ αὐφοὺς, part. from weyrw.

them «ἔμψας αὐτοὺς 2m. pl οἱ, Gv, οἷς, off, we
into ’ sig Bsd)stp,, preposition. Ὁ
Bethlehem, δἷς BeéAstp, Indeclinable.

he said (atric) slx-s verb, from 8 #w.
departing, part. sopsuézve-ec, (ὑμεῖς) part. from wepeuw.
diligently ᾿αχριβῶς, adverb.

search (ὑμεῖς) é-ardd-a +s verb, from ἐξεσαϑω, imp.
concerning acpi «αιδίον preposition.

the φ-οῦ «αιδίου 2m τὸ, rol, τῷ, go, =

child, «τὶ wudw =O 2. ὃν, οὐ, ῳᾧ, «On,

GREEK GRAMMAR. 17%

and (when) δὲ ᾿αταγγέιλατέ conjunction.
you have foanc = sup-yr#, αὐτόν, verb, from εὐρίσκω.
bring word, © ‘aw-ayysia-a-ré, verb, from ἀπσοαγγέλω.

tome ᾿αεταγγείΐλατέ poi, ἐγώ, μοῦ, μοῖ, μὲ, --
how ‘awayysidars Saws Edda, conjunction.

I also κα -γὼ compound of καὶ and ϑγω.
going (ya) δλϑοὼν part. from ἐρχομαι.
mayworship (ἐγώ) #pec-xu-v-h-¢-w, verb, from spocxuvew.
him πθροσχυνήσω αὐτοῷ 2m. og, οὔ, &, bv

they axsdavrec (9) of 2m. pl. οἷ, φῶν, τοῖς, τούς, —
and ᾿αχούσαντες ὃς ἑαφορεύθησαν, conjunction.
having heard = ‘exod-dav-rsg, part.of axovu.

the φοοῦ βασίλεως 2m. ‘o, «οὔ, τῷ, Tov, —
king ᾿ακούσαντες βασίλοέως, 3m. sug, duc, εἰ, ba, Ὅν.
departed ἐ-«ορεύ-ϑοη-σαν verb, from wopevu.

and ἐκορεύθεσαν καὶ «ροῆγεν conjunction.

lo! (συ) ideou imp. mood, from #dw.

the Ὃ ᾿αστὴρ 2m. Ὃ, φτοῦ, «τῷ, τόν, —
star ᾿αστὴρ σρυῆγεν, 3M. 1p, p05, Spl, Spt, Sp.
which’aorip, εἶδον ὅν Relative pronoun.

they saw (οἷ) sid-ov ὅν verb, from ἔιδω. .
in ἐν ᾿ανατολη preposition.

the vy ᾿ανατολῆ Lf. ἡ, ic, τῇ, «τήν, —
east ὃν ᾿ανατολῆ 11. 4, Ke, % Sv

led before ’aornp «pe-fy-sv verb, from φρο ayu.
them φρυήγεν αὐτοοῦς m. of, ὧν, οἷς, ots,

until aponyev dug adverb.

being come αὐτός ἐλθεών part. from ὄρχομαι.

it stood αὗτός tern verb, from ἰσφήμι.
about ἔσανω adverb.

where ἔστη εὖ adverb.

was φαιδίον tev verb, from sips.

the , co φομδίον ὃ ἢ, £0, fol, τῷ, +2,

child «αιδίην. ἦν ῃ. ον, οὔ, G, bv, ον.

176 THE PRINCIPLES OF

Seeing (10) "Idovr-eg (αὐφοὶ) ον Ἷ ἐς, ovidiv, oud, ovlag, ovleg
and δὲ ἐχάρησαν Conjunction.
the φοόν ἀστέρα 2m. ὃ, @ou, τῷ, τόν, ---
star Ἰδόντες ἀσφέρ-α 3 m. NPs» Spog, Spt, § pa, sp
(they) rejoiced &-yap-n-cav, Verb, from χαίρεω.
joy (μες᾽ χαρ-ἂν 1 f. α, ἄς, Gy AV, as
great psyddhnv χαρὸὼν 1 f.

withexceeding. σφόδρ-α μεγάλην. Adverb.
And (11) Kai Conjunction.
having come (οἷ) éAdove-sg 3m. Participle, from ἐρχομαι-
into sig οἰχίαν Preposition.
the chy olxiav lf. ἡ, τῆς, τῇ, τὴν; —
house, εἷς olxi-av Lf. Oy ας, by αν, ἃ.
(they) found (οἱ) sip-ov «αιδίον, Verb, from εὐριόχω.
the 7-6 «αιδίον Qn. το, τοῦ, τῷ, τὸ, —
child εἷρον «αιδίςον Zn. ον, οὔ, Gy ὃν, ove
with μετὰ Μαρίας Preposition.
Mary, μετὰ Mapi-ag, 1 f. α, ἂς. Dy AV, Oe
the rng pntpg 0 Lf. oh, τῆς; oH, τὴν, —
mother μετὰ UNT-pog, Sf. = mpy poss ply pay Gp.
of it, Uyspog αὖς.οὔ, 2 ἢ, 0, of, w, é.
and δλθόντες καὶ «Ἐσόντες Conjunction.

falling down (οἱ) #sciversg 3m. pl. Part. from εἰσίτω.
(they) worshipped «poc-s-xiv-y-¢av, Verb, from spocxuvew. |

him «pocexivagay αὐς-ᾧ 2 ἢ. ὁ. οὔ, Gy 0.
-and, προσεχύνησαν καὶ spodsveyxay Conjunction. "
having opened(oi) dv-ciZav-reg Part. from dvorye.
the φ-οὺς θησαυροὺς 2m. pl. o, dv, vig, οὗ ξ-
treasures ϑησαυρ-οὺς 2Zm.pl. of, div, oig, οὗ ς» οἱ
of them dscaupotg αὐς-ὧν, 2 m. pl. Gv, οἷς, ove,
(they) gave (aveoi) wpoc-h-veyx-a-v Verb, from «ροσφέρω.
(to) him αὐφιῷ 2 τὴ. 0 οὔ, ᾧ, 6.
gifts, «“ροσήνογκαν δῶρ-α 2 ἢ. pl. ᾶ, ὧν, οἷς, hy Ge

gold, «ροσήνεγχαν χρυσ-ὄν 2 Τῇ. bs, οὗν. ᾧ, ὄν, ἐ

GREEK GRAMMAR. 177

and xpve-ov καὶ λίβανον, Conjunction.
franaincense - λίβανοον, Qm. of, οὔ, ὡὦ, ὃν, 9
and λίβανον. καὶ cpipvev Conjunction.
mytth.«poctveyxay Cpipv-ov. 1f. a, ns, ἢ, ἄν, α.
And (12) Καὶ Conjunction.
being admonished ypypancbivesg Part. from ypspari2u.
by κατ᾽ ὄναρ Preposition.
adream κατ᾽ ὄναρ Indeclinable.
not ἀὀναχάμψαι μὴ Adverb.
to turn back dve-xop—L-03 Verb, from ἀναχαμπφω.
unto «ρος Ἡρώδην Preposition.
Herod, apes Ἡρώδιην 1m. mg, οὐ, ἢ, nv, Gory
by δὶ bdo Preposition.
another GAA-7j¢ δῦ 1 η, ng, ἢ, ἤν, 1
way δὶ ὁδ.οῦ Qf of, οὔ, ᾧ, ον, ὃ.
they retired (οἷ) ἀν-ε-χώρ-η-σ.α-ν Verb, from ἀναχωρεω.
into εἷς χῶραν Preposition.
the chy χώραν lf.- ἢ, τῆς, τῇ, τὴν, —
country sig χώρ-αν lf. a, ας, ᾧ, ἂν, α-
of them. χώραν αὑτ-ὥν. 9 Ἰὼ. 0΄.. - div, οἷς, οὖς.
Having departed (13) Avaracapnatirran Part. from "aveypew
however Conjunction.
they να χωρησάνταν, αὐς-ὥν 9. τὰ. plu. of, Gv, οἷς, ους.

lo! (σὺ) id-00, Verb, from édu.
(an ) angel ἄγγελεος palveras ο6, οὔ, ov, &
of the Lord xupleou 2m. Of, οὐ, Hy ον, fe
appeared ἄγγελος, pabveser ac Verb, from φαινω.
by κατ᾽ ὄναρ Preposition.
adream xs’ ὄναρ Indeclinable.
(to) the φιῷ Ἰωσέφ 2m. ὁ, φτοῦ, τῷ, τον, --᾿
Joseph φαίνετα; Ἰωσηφ, Dative, proper noun, indclinable
saying, λόγεων ἄγγελος Participle, from Asyu.

awaking, (συ) ᾿Εγερ-θ-εὶς Participle, from éysipw.
take (συ) wapa-da8-e Verb, from σαραλαμβανω

178 THE PRINCIPLES OF

the co Ψαιδίό Qn. το, φτοῦ, τῷ, To, —
chid swapadraBs «αιδίοον 2n. ov, οὔ, @, ον, Ove
and «αιδίον καὶ μηφέρα Conjunction.
the cohv μητέα Lf. ἢ, τῆς, τῇ, την, —
mother σαράλαβε μητέρα Sf. hp, poss pt, Epa, gp.
of it μησέρα αὐτοῦ Q2n.- ὁ, οὔ, ᾧ, οε.

and σαραλαβὲ καὶ φεῦγε Conjunction.
flee (σὺ) psiy-s Verb, from φεύγω.
into εἷς Αἴγυπτον Of Preposition.
Egypt, sig Αἴγυπεοον Of, οὐ, ᾧ, ον, 8.
and φεῦγε καὶ ἴσθι Conjunction.
be (you) = (a0) Fo-bes | Imperative, from sipi.
there ἴσθι ἐκοεῖ ᾿Π Φ Adverb.
till 106s ἕως Adverb.
shall ἄν εἴσω Auxiliary.

I call (γω) stew Verb, from s χω.
to you, εἴσω c-os Pronoun. ov, δοῦ, ot, δὲ, —
will be about μέλλοδι Auxiliary.
for γάρ Conjunction.
Herod Ἡρώδοης μελλεί Yc, οὔ, ἢ, ἣν, ἡ οτὰ.
toseek μελλδι θητφεῖν Verb, from 2yrew.
the φοὺ «αἰδίν Qn. £0, φτοῦ, τῷ, τό, —
child, βητεῖν φαιδίοο, ZN. ov, OV, Gy OV, OV
to rou 2n. 6 gol, «τῷ, rv, —
destroy (Ἃαὐφός) *awo-As-c=cs Verb, from”’awoduw.
him. ‘awodscas aired. 2n, 6, οὔ, ᾧ ,ό.

He (14) Ὃ «αρόλαβε 2m. ὁ, τοῦ, τῷ, cox, —
however, δὲ Conjunction.
aroused αὐτός) dysp-d-sig 3m. Part. from éysipw.
took up Ὁ ταροδλαβεε Verb, from σαραλαμβανω.
the cd σαιδίον 2 n. An article.
child qapfra8s «αιδιον 2n. See wasdiov above.
and παιὰν καί μηφτὲρα Conjunction.

the φοὴν μητέρα lf. ἢ, τῆς: φῇ, «ἣν, -

GREEK GRAMMAR. 179

mother «ἀρέλαξε μης-ἔρα Of. NPs ρῦς, pr pa, 4p,

of it μητέρα αὐτοοῦ 2 τ. ὃ, οὔ, G, ὁ.

(by) night, did νυχε.ὺς, Sf. ἔ, κεαὸὺς, xri,xra, ἕ
and σραρέλαβε καὶ ᾿ανεχώρησεν Conjunction.
(he) departed ᾿αν-ε-χώρ-η-σ-ν Verb, from ‘avayupsw.
into sig Αἴγνατον Preposition,
Egypt; Αἴγναφοον 2 f, ὃς, οὔ, ᾧ, dv, 2.
And ἀνεχώρησόν (16) Καὶ ἦν Conjunction.
was (αὐφος) Fav Verb, from εἰμὶ,
there ἦν ᾿εχ-εῖ Adverb.
until ἕως «ελεντῆς . Preposition.
the cng τελευτῆς Lf. 4, τῆς, φῇ, φὴν, —
end Bug φελευτῆς 1 f. Ss ἦν ἥν, ἢἤ-
of Herod,rsAsuriig Ἡρώδοου, Im. ng, οὐ, ἢ, ἢν, Ne
that ἦν ha «ληρωδῇ Conjunction.
(it) might be fulfilled xAnp 0-6) Verb, from «#Anpow.
which e-6 phisv 2n 76, τοῦ, τῷ, 6, —
was spoken τό peh-d-sv Participle, from psu.
from ted Kupiov Preposition.
the φ-οὔ Κυρίν 2m. ὃ, τοῦ, 9, civ, —
Lord, des Κυρίου 2 m. ὃς, οὔ, G, ὃν, ὃ.
by διὰ «ροφητοῦ Preposition.
the τοῦ «ροφήτοῦ 2m. ὁ, coi, τῷ, τον, —
prophet, dx «ροφήτοου 1m. a, 0, ᾧ, ἥν, a
saying, . λόγον-τος «ροφήτοῦ wv, ovlog, ovil, ονῖα.
out of ἐξ Αἰγύᾳτου Preposition.
Egypt ἐξ Alyterou 2 f ὁς,ου, ᾧ, ον, &
Ihave called(#ya) 8-xa-s¢-a Verb, from xadsw.
the φοὸν υἷον 2m. ὅ, φοῦ, τῷ, τον, —
Son ὁχάλεσα νυἱ-ὅν 2 m. og, οὔ, ᾧ, ον, 8
of me. υἱόν pov. Pronoun. ἐἐγο, μου, wol, μέ, —
Then ἐθύμώϑη (16) Tord Adverb.
Herod, Ἡρώδ-ης, ἐθύμώϑθη ne, ov, ἢ, Ἦν, ἢ

seeing Ἢ ρώδης, ἰδεὼν Participle, from εἴδω, nom

180 THE PRINCIPLES OF

that ἰδὼν oss ἐνεααίχθη Conjunction.
he was mocked, éveraiey-d-y Verb, from ἐμπαίφω.
by ted μαγων Preposition.
the civ payew 2m.pl. δι, « ὥν, φοῖς, τούς, —

wise men, des payow 2 m. pl. Of, ὧν, Of, δὺς, 6h
was enraged §&-ups-Wed-n . Verb, from éuptw.

exceedingly; λίαν" Adverb.
and ἐθυμώθη καὶ 'awogsinag Conjunction.
having sent off ‘arorc-si-A-ac, Part., from awossA\Aw.
killed 'απος ἴλας ‘av-si-d-s Verb, from avaspsw.
all Tavreag «αἴδας SM. ὃς, ὧν, Ol, ας, 1
the φερὺς waidag 2m. ol, τῶν, cols, «οὖς, —
young children «αἴδιας, Sm. pl. ss, ὧν, δι, ag, ἔς.
that (were) φ-οὺς (sivas) 2 m. pl. of, τῶν, φοῖς, τοὺς, —
in ὃν Βηθλεὲμ, Preposition.
Bethlehem, ° ἐν Βηδλοὲμ, Indeclinable.
and Βηθλεὲμ, καὶ ὁρίοις Conjunction.
in ἐν ὁρίοις Preposition.
all wie ὁρίοις Sn. pL la ων, ads, avio , 10.
the «-«-οἷς ὁρίοις | ty φῶν, τοῖς, τα “--
coasts ἐν ὁρίοοις 2n. pl «a, dy, ofs, ἃ, o&
of it, ὁρίοις αὐτ-ῆς, Lf. ὦ, ἧς, ἢ, ἤν, ἅ.
from ‘awo διϑτοῦς Preposition,
two years ‘ame διδεοοῦς ol, div, οἷς, οὖς, οἱ.
and distros καὶ κατωφέρω, Conjunction,
under, (ἦσαν) κατωτέρω, Adverb.
according to xard, ρονον Preposition.
the φ-ὅν >povoy Artic:e.
time κατὰ Spev=ov 2 m. os, οὔ, ᾧ, ov, &,
that ἡκρβωσε 8-v ‘es οὔ, ᾧ, ov, —
he had enquired ipxpi8-w-d-s Verb, from αχριβόω.
of «αρα μάγων Preposition.
the cally μαγων οι, iv, τοῖς, τοὺς, —

wisemen. «ἀρὰ μάγεων. 3. τῆ. pl. of, ὧν, off, οὐς, Os.

GREEK GRAMMAR. 151]

Then ἐπσληροῦε (17) Tors A dverb.
was fulfilled (of) ἐ-“ληρ-ώ-θ-η Verb, from #Anpow.
the thing φ-ὺ pyésv com.rel. φὸ, τοῦ, τῷ, το, —
spoken vo phé-c-v Participle, from psw.
by bard “Ἱερεμίου Preposition.
Jeremy Seé Ἱερεμίου = 1m. MS) OU, a, Oy, a,
the φοοῦ φροφήτου 2m. ‘o, τοῦ, Gi, Tov, —
prophet, dae spophr-ov, 1m. "Sy OU Ny, MY, &.
saying, ALyour-o¢, wpophrov, ὧν, ovTog, ovis, ovla, wv.
A voice (18) Φωνὴ ἠχούσθη 1 ἴ, 1, ἧς, ἢ, nV, 2
in ἐν ‘Papa Preposition.
Rhama ἐν Ῥαμ-ἃ

was heard, φωνὴ 4-x0b-¢-4-n, Verb from dxovw.
lamentation θρῆνος ἡκούσϑη 2 Τα. ος, OU, ᾧ, ον, 5.
and θρῆνος καὶ κλαυδμὸς, Conjunction.
weeping xravdp-og ἠχουσθη Vm. ος; οὔ, ᾧ, dv, ἐ.
and χλαυόμος καὶ δδυρμος, Conjunction.
wailing ὀδυρμι-ος ἠκούσθη 2m. oF, οὔ, ᾧ, ὄν, 4.
much, wod-Ug, ὀδυρμος 2m. Ue, ob, ᾧ, bv, ύ.
Rachel Ῥαχὴλ χλαίουσα fem. Indeclinable.
weeping Ῥαχὴλ xAal-ov-c-2 Present part. from χλαίω.
(for) the e-a φέχνα 2 n. a, τῶν, τοῖς, « ὦ, —
children χλαίουσα τέχνα 2 n. Ql, ὧν, οἷς, Ol, ἄ-.
of her φέχνα αὑτ-ἧς fem. ἢ, 16, ἢ, ἦν, ἢ
and κλαίουσα καὶ ἤθελ: Conjunction.
not HOsrs οὐκ Adverb.
would Ῥαχήλ 4-4-8 Verb, from θέλω.
to be consoled scp-cxd-y-Gyj-vas Verb,-from xapaxadsw
for ἤθελε ost slob Conjunction.
not εἶσί οὐχ Adverb.
(they) are (αυφοὶ) sisi. Verb, from ἔιμι.
having died (19) TcAsurgcave-eg 3m. Part. from csAsvraw
however, δὲ Conjunction.
the - φ-οῦ Ἡρώδου 2m. ὃ, col, τῷ, φόν, —

16

182 THE PRINCIPLES OF

Herod, Ἡρώδ.οὔ, τελευτήσαντος 5, ον. 1, ἣν, ἢ
behold, (συ) 10-00 Imperative from iw.
the angel diryer~og, φαίνεται QM. OF, οὐ, wy ὃν, 8.
of the Lord ἄγγελος Kupfov 2 τὴ. 0S) OU, ᾧ, Ov, Ee
by . κας᾽ ὄναρ Preposition.
a dream xa” ὄναρ Indeclinable.
appears ἄγγθλος pal-v-s-reas Verb, from gasve.
(to) the ¢- Ἰωσὴφ 2m. ὁ, Tov, TO, Tov, —
Joseph φαινέφαι Ἰωσὴφ Indeclinable.
in ἐν Αἰγύστῳ Preposition.
Egypt ἐν Alyiers 2 f, OG, OU, W, ον, &

saying, (20) Λόέγεων ἄγγθδλος Bm. Part., from λέγω.
being arisen, (συ) "Evysp-6-si-¢, Participle from ἐγειρω.
take up (συ) «αρ-ά-λαβεε Imp., from raparapBavw.

the φ-ὁ wudlv 2n. £6, τοῦ, τῷ, τὸ, —
young child wudleov 2n. OV, OU, Wy OV, OV.
and «αιδίον καὶ μητέρα Conjunction.
the chy μητέα 1 ἢ, «τῆς» τῇ, τῆν, —
mother “αράλαβϑ μητέ-ρα Sf. fp, poss pt, Epa, sp.
of it pnrépa αὐτοοῦ 2n. ov, οὔ, ᾧ, ov, 8
and waparaSs καὶ φορδύοῦ Conjunction.
depart (dv) sopsi-ou Verb from sopevopcs.
into εἷς γῆν Preposition.
the land εἷς γεῆν 1 f. ἢ, Ἦξ, ἥν Ἦν, ἢ
οὗ Israel, γῆν Ἰσραῆλ, Indeclinable.
have died οἷ φϑδοθνήηκ-α»σι Verb, from ὀνησχω.
for «υρεύοῦ γὰρ φεθνηχαῦι Conjunction.
they ο- φέθνηχασι 2 τὴ. p. of, τῶν, τοῖς, τούς, —
seeking for ζητοῦντες of —- Participle, from @yrew.
the «-ἣν ψυχὴν 1 f. hy τῆς, τῇ, τἣν, —
life ϑηφοῦντες ψυχὴν 1 f. ἢ, WS) ἣν AV, Ne
of the 7-00 «αιδίοῦ 2n. φό, «εὖ τῷ, ro, —

young child ψυχὴ, «αἰδίοοῦ. 2. n. See φαιδίον above.

GREEK GRAMMAR, 183

ἸΩΑΝΝΟΥ, Keg. ἁ

(1) Ἔν apy ἦν ὁ δλογος, καὶ ὃ δλογὸος ἣν
(1) In (the) beginning was the Word, and the Word was
(1) In = principio ~=— erat = Sermo, et Sermo erat

«ρος τὸν Oé€ov, χαὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λογος. (9) Οὗτος ἣν
with (the) God, and God was the Word. This(Word) was
apud Deum, que Deuserat 116 Sermo. Hic (Sermo) erat

δ: ἀρχῆ «ρος cov @sov. (9) Πάντα δι' αὐ-

in (the) beginning with (the) God. All (things) by this

-ip~=—s principio apud Deum. Omnia per hune
Tou ἐγένδτο" χαὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ

(Word) were made; and without him was made nothing
(Sermonem)facta-sunt; et absque eo factum-est nihil

ὅ γέγονεν. (4) Ἔν αὐτῷ ϑωὴ ἦν καὶ ἢ Qu ἦν το
that was made. In him life was, and the life was the

quod factum-sit. In ipso vita erat, et vita erat illa
φῶς τῶν 'avdpdediv. (δ) Kas co φῶς ἐν sy σκοτία
light of the men. And the light in the darkness
lux hominum. Et ista lux tenebris
φαίνδι, xas ἢ Oxoria αὐὖτο ov χαφτέλαβεν. (6)

shineth, and the darkness it not comprehendeth
lucet et | tenebres eam non comprehenderunt.

"Evyétvero ἄνθρωπος ᾽'απος αλμόνος «αρὸ Θεοῦ" ὄνομα αὐτῷ
There was aman sent from God ; thenameof whom
Exstitit homo missus a Deo; nomen cui

Ἰωάννης. (7) Οὗτος ἤλθον εἷς μαρφυρίαν ἵνα μαρτυρήση
John. He came for a witness that he might testify
Joannes Is venit ad testimonium αἰ testaretur

184 THE PRINCIPLES OF

«Ep. φοῦ φωτὸς, ἵνα «ἄάνφες IS εὐσωσὶ δ
concerning the light, that all(men) might believe through

de illa luce, ut omnes _ crederent per
αὐτοῦ. (8) Oux ἦν ἐκεῖνος ¢o φῶς αλλ᾽ ἵνα
him. Not he was this the light, but (he was sent) that
eum. Non erat illa lux, sed (missus est) ut

μαρτυρήδη wept φοῦ musts, (9)"Hv τὸ φῶς, το
ae might testify concerning the light. It was the light, the
testaretur de _illa luce. (Hic) erat lux, illa

᾿᾽αληθινον, ὃ φωτίθει «ἄντα ἄνθρωκον ἔρχομιενον εἷς rev χούμον.
true thatlighteth all men coming into the world.
vera qu@illuminatomnem hominem venientem in mundum.

(10) Ἐν ty toopm Ἦν καὶ ‘o χούμος δι' αὐτοῦ ὁὀγένετο"
In the world (he) was and the world by him was made,
In mundo erat et mundus per eum factusest,

χὰ ‘o κούμος αὐτὸν οὐχ ἔγνως (11) Εἷς sad ἴδια ηλθε,
and the world him not knew. Unto the his own he came,
sed munduseumnonagnovit. Ad sua _——venit,

xaos of ἴδιοι αὐτὸν οὐ waptAnSov. (19) Ὅσο, δὲ
and the his own him not received. As many (as) but
et sui eum non exceperunt. Quotquot autem

ἔλαβον ateov, ἔδωχεν αὐφοῖς ἐξουσίαν rixva Θεοῦ
received him, he gave to them power children of God

exceperunt eum, dedit eis jus (ut) filii Dei
γϑνόσθο.; σεῖς «αἰσφεύουσιν εἷς «ὁ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ"

to become (even) to them (that) believe on the name of him;
sint facti(nempe) iis (qui) credunt in nomen 6718,

(13) OF ova ἐξ aluarwy ουδὲ ἐκ θελήματος δαρκος
Wich not of blood nor of the will of the flesh.
(Zui non ex sanguine neque ex libidine carnis

GREEK GRAMMAR. 185

οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος ἀνὸόρος, ἀλλ᾽ ἐχ Θεοῦ ἔγοννηθησαν, (14)
nor of the will of men, but of God were born.
neque ex libidine _—viri, +sed ex Deo geniti sunt.

Ku ‘o λογος σὰρξ ἐγένετο" καὶ ἐσχηνωσὲν ἐν ἦμῖν (και
And the Word flesh became; and dwelt among us (and
Et ille Sermo caro factus est; et commoratus est inter nos (ct

ἐθεασαμεθα riv δοξαν ὡς μονογδνοῦς

we beheld the glory as of the only begotten
spectavimus ejus = gloriam ut unigeniti

wapa Ilarpog,) «ληρης χαριτος καὶ ᾿αληδείας. (15) ᾿Ιωαννης
of the Father,) full of grace and truth. _ John
a Patre,) plenis gratis ac veritatis. | Joannes

μαρτυρει wp) αὐτοῦ, καὶ xéxpays, λέγων, Οὗτος
bear witness concerning him, and he cried, saying, This
testatus est de eo, et clamavit, dicens, Hic

ἣν ὃν εἶτον Ὁ ὀφίσω μοῦ ἔρχομενος
was (he) of whom I spoke; he (that) after me cometh,
erat quibus dicebam; is (qui) pone me _ venit,

ἕμεροσθέν μοῦ γέγονεν" ὅει “ρῶφος μῦ ἦν. (16) Kas
preferred before me is; for before me he was. And
ante-positas mihi est; quia prior me_ erat. Et

ἐχ col «ληρώωασος αὐτοῦ ἡμεῖς ravesg ἐλαβομεν, καὶ χαριν
of the fullness of him we all have received, and grace
ex plenitudine ipsius nos omnes accepimus, et gratiam

‘aves yapirog, (17) Ὅτι ‘o νόμος did Μωσέως ἐδοθη"
for grace. For the law by Moses was given; (but)
pro gratia. Nam illa lex per Mosen data est; (sed)

h xapig καὶ ἡ crnbsia διὰ Ἰησου Xpigod ἐγένδεο.
che grace and the truth by Jesus Christ came.
gratia et veritas per Jesum Christum preestita est
16*

186 THE PRINCIPLES OF

(18) Θεὸν ovdsig ἑώραχε «ὥκσοτε" ὁ μονογενὴς υἷος
God no one hath seen ever; the only begotten Son.
Deum nemo vidit unquam; ille unigenitus Filius,

‘9 ὧν els φὸν κόλπον col Tlarpig, ἐκεῖνες ἐξηγήσατο.
wha being in the bosom of the Father, he hath declared.
qui est in sinu Patris, ille exposuit (eum.)

(19) Καὶ αὕτη ἐςὶν ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ ᾿Ιωάννοῦ, ors ἀπές εἰλαν
And this is the record of the John, when sent
Atque hoc est testimonium Joannis, quum miserunt

οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων Ἱεροῖς καὶ Λευΐφας, ἵνα
the Jews from Jerusalem Priests and Levites, that
Judzi Hierosolumis Sacerdotes et Levitas, ut

ἐρωτήσωσιν αὐτόν, Σὺ τὶς εἶ; (90) Καὶ ὡμολόγησε
they might ask him, Thou who art ? And he confessed
interrogarent eum, Tu es qui? Et professus est

καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν’ “Ors, οὐχ shui ἐγὼ ὁ
and not denied, and confessed; That, not am I the
que ne negavit, et professus est; Ut, non sum ego ille

Χριςός. (21) Καὶ ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν, Τί, οὖν, Ἠλίας
Christ. And they asked him, Who, therefore, Elias
Christus. Et interrogaverunt eum, Quid, ergo, Elias

εἶ σύ; Kai λέγει, Οὐκ εἶμ. ‘O xpopyrne εἶ σύ:
art thou? And he said, Notlam. The prophet art thou ?
es tune? Et dirxit, Non sum. Propheta es tu?

Kai dwexpidn, Οὔ. (22) Eleov οὖν αὐτῷ, Τίς εἶ
And he answered, No. They said then to him, Who art
Atque respondit, Non. Dixerunt ergo ei, Quis es

σύ: ἀπόκρισιν ἵνα δῶμεν φοῖς «ἐμ γασὶιν
thou δῇ answer that we may give to them (who) sent
tu? respouzsam ut demus is (qui) miserunt

GREEK GRAMMAR. 18?

ἡμᾶς" «εἰ λέγεις «ερὶ σεαυτοῦ; (99) "Ἔφη, ᾿Εγὼ
us; what sayest (thou) of thyself? He said, [ (am)
uos: quid dicis de teipso? Ait, (sum)

φωνὴ Botiveos ἐν oy ἐρήμῳ, Evdivars
the voice (of one) crying in the wilderness, Make straight
vox (unius) clamantis in deserto, Complanate

«ἦν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, χαθὼς εἶχεν Ἡσαΐας Ὃ spephrns.
the way of the Lord, as said Esaias the prophet. °
viam Domini, ut. dixit Esaias propheta.

(24) Kai of ἀπος αλμόνοι, ἦσαν ἐκ φῶν Φαρισαίων
And they (which) were sent, were of the Pharisees.
Vero iis (qui) missi fuerant, erantex §Phariszis.

(25) Kei ηρώτησαν atriv, καὶ εἶτον αὐτῷ, τί,
And they asked him, and said tohim, Why,
Et interrogaverunteum,ac dixerunt ei, Cur,

οὖν, βακειβείς, εἰ σύ οὐχ εἶ ὃ Χριςὺς, οὔφε
therefore, baptizest thou, if thou not art the Christ, nor
ergo, baptizas, si tunon es ille Christus, neque

"Halag, οὔτε ὃ «ροφήτης ; (26)’Awsxpidn αὐτοῖς ὁ ᾿Ιωάννης,
Elias, ποῦ the prophe:? Answered them the John,
Elias, neque ille prophe:.? Respondit iis Joannes,
λόγων, "Eva βακείδω ἐν ὕδαει" μέσος δὲ ὑμῶν
saying, I baptize with water; in the midst but of you
dicens, Ego baptizo aqua; (in) medio vestrim

ἕξηκεν ὧν ὑμεῖς οὐχ οἵδατα. (97) Αὐσός tow, ὃ,
standeth (one) whom ye not know. He (it) is, who,
stat (unas) quem vos non néstis. Ile (hic) est, qui,

ὁασίσω μοῦ, ἐρχόμενος, ὃς ἔματροσθόέν υοὔ γέγονεν" οὗ ἐγὼ οὐχ shui
after me, coming, who before me_ is; Ι not am
poné me,veniens, qui antepositus mihi est; ego non sum

188 THE PRINCIPLES OF

ἅξιος ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ «τόν ἵμάντα σοῦ
worthy that I should unloose of him the latchet of the
dignus ut solvam cujus corrigiam

ὑποδήματος. (28) Ταῦτα ἐν Βηθαβαρᾷ ἐγένεντο «ἔραν τοῦ
shoes. These things in Bethabara were done beyond the
solearum. Hec in Bathabara facta sunt secus

Ἰορδάνοῦ, Sxou ἦν Ἰωάννης βακείδων. (29) TH ἐπαύριον
Jordan, where was John baptizing. The next day
Jordanem, ubi $Joannes baptizabat. Postero die

βλέασει ὁ ᾿Ιωάννης τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν ἐρχόμενον wpig αὑτὸν, καὶ λέγει,
seeth the John the Jesus coming unto him, and he said,
videt Joannes Jesum venientem ad se, et dixit,

"Ids ὃ ἀμνὸς φοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ
Behold the lamb of the God that taketh away the sins of the

Ecce agnus Dei qui tollit peccatum
»ὁσμοῦ, (30) Οὗτός does wepi ob ἐγὼ εἶκον, ‘Owiow μοῦ ἔρχεται
world. This is (he) of whom I said, After me cometh
mundi. Hic est de quodicebam, Poné me venit

ἀνὴρ ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μοῦ γέγονεν" oes «ρῶφός μοῦ
a man which preferred before me is; for before me he
vir = qui antepositus mihi est; quia prior me

ἦν. (31) Καᾳ᾽ γὼ οὐχ ἤδειν ἀνφον, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα pavepwdy
was. And I not knew him, but that he should be made
erat. Et ego nonnoverameum,sed ut manifestus

φῷ Ἰσραὴλ, διὰ «τοῦτο ἦλθον ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ ὕδατι

manifest to the Israel, by which am come I with the water

Israéli, propterea veni ego per aqua

Bowri2uv, (32) Καὶ ἐμαρτύρησεν ᾿Ιωάννης, λέγων, Ὅτι

baptizing. And hare record John, saying, That
baptizans. Kt testatus est Joannes, dicens, Ut

GREEK GRAMMAR. 189

φεδϑέαμαι co Πνεῦμα καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ wspig tpav, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ,
Isaw the Spirit descending like a dove, from heaven,
conspexi Spiritum descendentem quasi columbamexcelo,

χαὶ ἔμεινεν fe” αὐτόν. (33) Κα γώ οὐκ ἤδειν adrov ἀλλ᾽
and abode above him. And I not knew him but
etiam mansit super eum. Et ego non noveram eum sed

ὁ «τέμψας ps βακείξειν ty ὕδατι, exsivos μοι
(he) who sent me to baptize with water, the same unto me
qui missit me baptizare aqua, ille mihi

8

εἶπεν, Ἐφ᾽ ὃν ἂν ἴδης τὺ Tivetpa καταβαῖνον
said, Upon whom shalt thousee the Spirit descending
dixerat, Super quem videris Spiritum descendentem

χαὶ μένον ie’ αὐτὸν, οὗτος sow ὃ βακείϑων
and remaining on him, the same is (he) that baptizeth
et manentem supereum, hic est qui baptizat
fy Πνεύματι ἁγίῳ. (94) Κα γῶ ἑώραχα, καὶ μεμαρεύρηχα
with Ghost Holy. AndI saw, and bare record
Spiritu Sancto. Et ego videbam, et _testor
Ses οὗφὸς ἐςὶν ὃ υἱὸς god Θεοῦ. (35) Τῇ seaipiov «arn
that he is the Son of the God. The next day again
ille est Filius Dei. Postero die iterum
sig fixes ὁ ᾿Ιωάννης, xad ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ δύο. (36) Ka)
stood the John, and of the disciples of him two. And
stabat Joannes, et discipulis ejus duo. Et

ἐμβλέψας φῷ Ἰησοῦ περντατοῦνται, λόγι, “Ids ὃ
looking (upon) the Jesus walking, he said, Beho.d the

intuitus Jesum ambulantem, dixit, Ecce ille
ἀμνὸς «τοῦ Θεοῦ. (37) Kad ἤκουσαν αὐτοῦ of dio pabyras
Lamb of the God. And heard him the two disciples

Agnus Dei. Et audierunt eum illi duo discipuli

190 THE PRINCIPLES OF

λαλοῦνφος, καὶ ἠχελούθησαν τῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ. (38) Σεναφεις δὲ ὃ
speaking, and they followed the Jesus. Turned then the
loquentem, et sequuti sunt Jesum. Conversus verd

Ἰησοῦς, καὶ beacapevgauroug ἀκολουθοῦντας, Asyss αὐτοῖς;
Jesus, and saw them following, and said untothem,
Jesus, et videbat eos sequentes, dicit eis,

(39) Ti Qnrsize; ΟἹ δὲ εἶπον αὐτῷ, Ῥαββι, (ὃ
What seek (ye)? They and said (unto) him, Rabbi, (which
Quid quaritis? Illi verd dixerunt ei, Rabbi, (quod

λέγεται, spunvevsvonsvov, didacxadrs,) «οὔ μένεις 5
1s to say, Leing interpreted, Master,) where dwellest thou ἢ
dicitur, interpreteris, preeceptor,) ubi moraris ?

(40) Aéyss αὐτοῖς, "Ερχεσθς και ἴδετε. “Ἥλλβον χαὶ
He saith unto them, come and see. (And) they came and
Dicit eis, venite et videte. (Et) venerunt ac

εἶδιν «οὖ μένοι' καὶ reap? αὐτῷ ἔμειναν τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην"
saw where he dwelt; and with him abode the day that;
viderunt ubi moraretur ; et apud enm manserunt diem illum;

ipa δὲ ἦν Os δεκάτη. (41) Ἦν ᾿Ανδρέας, ὁ
hour for it was about the tenth. Was Andrew, the
hora enim erat quasi: decima. Erat Andreas,

ASerpog Σίμωνος ἹΠέφροῦ, εἷς ἐκ τῶν δύο τῶν ἀχουσάντων «αρὰ
brother Simon Peter, one of the two the hearing with
frater Simonis Petri, unus ex duobus (qui) audierunt cum

Ἰωάννοῦ, καὶ ᾿ακολουϑησάντων αὐτῷ. (49) Edpicxs: οὗτος «ρῶτος
John, and followed him. Findeth he _first
Joanne, et sequutierant eum. Invenit hie prior

τὸν "adeXpov cov ἴδιν Σίμωνα, καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ,
the brother the own Simon, and saith ‘unto) him,
fratrem suum Simonem et jixit οἱ,

GREEK GRAMMAR. 10)

Ἑὺρήκαμεν cov Μεσσίαν, ὃ ἔσει, μεθερμηνευόμενον,
We have found the Messiah, which is, being interpreted,
Invenimus illum Messiam, quod est, si interpreteris,

ὁ Χριστός. (43) Καὶ ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν apic τὸν Ἰησοῦν.
the Christ. And he brought him unto the Jesus.
ille Christus. Et $addurit eum ad Jesum.

"EuBr Jac δὲ αὐτῷδ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, sles, Σύ εἶ Σίμων
Beheld and when him the Jesus, he said, Thou art Simon
Intuitus autem eum Jesus, dixit, Tu es Simon

ὃ υἱἰς Ἰωνᾶ" σύ χληθήσῃ ἹΚηφᾶς, ὁ
the son of Jona; thou shalt be called Cephas, which (is)
Filius Joni; tu vocaberis © Cephas, quod (est)

Eppyveieras, σπἕφρος. (44) Τῇ ἐπαύριον ἠθέλησεν ὃ Ἰη-
by interpretation, ἃ stone. § The next day would the Je-
si interpreteris, petra. Postero die voluit Je-

Gots ἐξολθεῖν sig ev Γαλιλαίαν" καὶ εὑρίόχει Φίλιστον, καὶ
sus go forth into the Galilee; and findeth Philip, and
sus abire in Galileam; et invenit Philippum, et

λέγει αὐτῷ, ᾿Αχολούθδι μοι. (46) Ἣν δὲ ὁ Φίλιατος ἀπὸ
saith tohim, Follow me. §Wasnow the Philip οὗ
dixit ei, Sequere me. Erat autem Philippus ex

Βηδσαϊδὰ, ἐκ τῆς τόλθως ᾿Ανδρέοῦ καὶ Tiéspod. (46) Edpicxss
Bethsaida, of the city of Andrew and Peter. Findeth
Bethsaidé, civitate Andree et Petri. Invenit

Φίλισαος cov N αϑαναὴλ, καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, Ὃν
Philip the Nathaniel, and saith unto him, (Him) of whom
Philippus Nathanaélum, et dixit ei, (Illum) de qud

ἔγραψε Μωσῆς ἐν τῷ νόμῷ καὶ of «ροφῆται, εὑρήκαμεν,
wrote Moses in the law and the prophets, we have found,
scripsit Moses in lege et prophets, ‘nvenimus,

192 THE PRINCIPLES OF

Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἀπὸ Ναφαρές. (47) Καὶ εἶτεν αὐτῷ Ναθαναὴ)
Jesus the of Nazareth. And said tohim Nathaniel
Jesus ex Nazareth. Et dixit ei Nathanaél
Ex Nagapée δύναταί εἰ dyabiv εἶναι; Λέγει αὐτῷ
Out of Nazareth can’ any good (thing) be? Said to him
Ex Nazaretha potest aliquid boni esse? Dixit ei

Φίλιππος, Ἔρχου καὶ tds. (48) Elie ‘o Ἰησοῦς σὸν Ναϑαναὴλ

Philip, Come and see. Saw the Jesus the Nathaniel
Philippus, Veni et vide. Vidit Jesus Nathanaélum

ἐρχόμενον «ρὸς αὑφὸν, καὶ λόγει «πρὶ αὐτοῦ, "Ids ἀληθῶς
coming unto him, and said of him, Behold indeed
venientem ad se, et dixit de eo, Ecce veré

Ἰσραηλίτης ἐν ᾧ δόλος odx ἔς. (49) Λόγοι αὐτῷ Να-

an Israelite in whom deceit not is. Said to him Na-
Israélita in quo dolus non est. Dixit ei Na-
ϑαναὴλ, Πόθεν ps γινώδχδις ; *"Awsxpiby Ὧ Ἰησοῦς
thaniel, Whence me knowest thou? Answered the Jesus
thanaél, Unde me _ _onosti? Respondit Jesus

καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ips col σέ Φίλιστον φωνῆσαι, ὄντα des
and said to him, Before that thee Philip called, being under
et dixit ei, Priusquam te Philippus vocaret,quum esses subter

τὴν συχῆν, εἶδόν σέ. (60) "Awsxpidn Ναϑαναὴλ καὶ λόγοι
the fig tree, I saw thee. Answered Nathaniel and said
ficum, videbam te. § Respondit Nathanaél et dixit

αὐτῷ, ‘PaBBi, od ef ‘e υἱός φοῦ Θεοῦ: σύ εἶ
unto him, Rabbi, thou art the Son of the God; thou art

ei, Rabbi, tu es Filius Dei; tu es
Ὃ βασιλϑοὺς rol Ἰσραήλ. (61) ᾿Αφεχρίθη Ἰησοῦς, καὶ εἶσεν
the king of the Israel. Answered Jesus, and said

rex ille Israéli Respondit Jesus, et dixit

GREEK GRAMMAR 193

αὐτῷ, “Ori siwty σοι, εἶδόν os Saoxkrw τῆς συκῆς
to him, Because I said to thee, I saw thee under the fig tree,

ei, (υἷα dicebam tibi, Vidi te sub ficu,
widrsisis 5 Msi2w φ«ούτων ὄψει.
believest thou ? Greater (things) (than) these shalt thou see.
credis ? Majora istis videbis

(62) Καὶ λόγει αὐτῷ, ᾿Αμὴν, ἀμὴν, λόγω ὑμῖν, “Ae”
And he said unto him, Verily, verily, I tell you, After
Preterea dixit ei, Amen, amen, dico vobis, Ab

aprs ὄψεσθε cov οὐρανὸν ἀνεωγότα, καὶ «τοὺς ἀγγέλοὺς
now thou shalt see the heavens opened, and the angels
hoc __—videbitis celum apertum, et angelos

«οῦ Θεοῦ dvaBaivowrag καὶ καταβαίνοντας eal civ υἱὸν cod
of the God ascending and descending upon the Son οὗ the
Dei ascendentes et descendentes super Filium

ἀνθρώσου.

Man.
Hominis.

PAUL’S DEFENCE BEFORE AGRIPPA.
Τίραξις, Ke. x¢’.—Acra, Car. XXVI.—Acrs, Cuar. XXVi.
(1) "Ayprwwag δὲ φρὸς cov Παῦλον Son, ‘Eairpéwsral

Agrippa then unto (the) Paul said, (it) is permitted
Agrippa tum . Paulo dizit, permittitur

Gor ὑπὲρ σεαυτοῦ λόγει. Ths ὁ Παῦλος ᾿απελογεῖτο,
to thee for thyself to speak. Then the Paul defended himself
tibi pro teipso dicere. Tunc Paulus hic defensione usus

ἐχεείνας τὴν χεῖρα. (9) Περὶ «ἀντῶν ὧν
extending the hand. Concerning all (things) of which
est extensa manu. Super omnibus de quibus

17

194 THE PRIWCIPLES OF

ἐγκαλοῦμαι ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων, acid ‘Aypigwa, ἥγημαι
[ am accused by (the) Jews, O, king Agrippa, I think

postulor ἃ = Judzis, rex Agrippa, cogito
ἐμαυτὸν μαχάριον μέλλων dworoysicbas ἑᾳφὶ σοῦ
myself happy (that) Iam about to defend myself before you
me beatum (quod) sim dicturus apud_ te

σήμερον: (3) Μάλιστα γνώστην ὄνσα cf ῤῤλ ασάντων τῶν
this day: Especially knowing being you in all things which
hodie: Maximé gnarum sciam quod te omnium que

xara Ἰουδαίους, εϑῶν rs καὶ ϑητημάτων. Διὸ
(are) among Jews, manners and the customs. Therefore
(sunt) apud Judeos, rituum οἱ questionum. §$Ided

δέομα! σόυ paxpodipwe ἀχοῦσαί μου. (4) Τὴν μὲν οὖν

I pray you patiently to hearme. The truly, therefore,

rogo te (ut) patienter audias me. _—Itaque vitam
Biaciv pov φὴν ἐχ vsornrog, φΦὴν ᾿α«᾽
manner of life of me the from (my) youth, the from (the)
actam meam a juventute, a
᾿αρχῆς γϑνομιένην ἕν τῷ ἔθνει μόυ ἐν Ἶηρο-
beginning which was at first in the nation of me in Jeru-
principio queque fuit in ‘gente mea in Hiero-
δολύμοις, ἴσασι φάντες of "Tovdaio (δ) ἹΠρογινώσχοντές ps
rusalem, know all the Jews; (That) know me
solymis, sciunt omnes Judai; (Qui) noverunt me
ἄνωθεν gay θέλωσι μαρτυρεῖν) oss xara
from the beginning (if (they) would testify,) that after
amajoribus (si velint testari,) secundum

φὴν ἀχριβεσφτώτην αἵρεσιν ons ἡμετέρας θρησχρίας,
the most rigorous (and) strict of the our sect of religion,
illam exquisitisiman nostre heresin religionis,

GREEK GRAMMAR. 195

iinga φαρισαῖος (θ) Kai νῦν ee’ ἐλσίδι φῆς
[ lived a Pharisee. ‘And now for hope which the (was)
vixisse Phariseum. Vero nunc ob spem

«pig τούς πατέρας ἐπαγγελίας γενομένης veo φτοῦ Θεοῦ,
unto the fathers (of the) promise constituted by the God,
patribus promissionis facte 8 Deo,

ESTNXK (Defective) χρινύμενος" (7) Eig ἣν vo δωδεχάφυλον
I] stand (and) am judged ; To which the twelve tribes
sto in judicium ; Ad quem duodecim tribus

ἡμῶν ἐν ἐχεενία νύχτα και ἑμέραν λαφρεῦον ἑλαίθει καταντῆσαι"
of us constantly night and day serving hope tocome,
nostre perpetuo nocte et die servientis sperant perventuras ;

«Epi ἧς tAwidog ἐγκαλοῦμαι, βασιλεῦ ᾿Αγρίππα, ὑπὸ «τῶν Ιουδαίων.
for which hope I am accused,O king Agrippa, by the Jews.

de qua spe postular, § rex Agrippa, a Judzis.

(8) Τί ἄσιστον xpivercs wap’ ὑμῖν, εἰ ὁ
Why incredible should (it) be judged by you, that the
Quid incredibile §judicatur apud vos, qudéd |

Θεὸς . νεκροὺς ἐγείρει; (9) ᾿Εγώ μὲν οὖν

God should raise up (the) dead? I even therefore

Deus __excitet mortuos? (Ego) equidem statueram

ἐμαυτῷ, apis τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ «τοῦ Ναζωραίοῦ
with myself, against the name of Jesus of the Nazareth
apud adversus nomen Jesu Nazareni

δεν «ολλὰ ἐναντία «ρᾶξα. (10) Ὃ και
taught many (things) hostile to practice. © Which also |
multa contraria facere. Quod etiam

éwoinda ἐν “Ἱεροσολύμοις x08 wodAoug civ ἁγίων ἐγώ φυλακαῖς
performed in Jerusalem, and many of the saints I in prisons
feci in Hierosolymis, et multus sanctorum egocarceribus

196 THE PRINCIPLES OF

κατέχλεισα, τὴν «αρὼ τῶν ᾿αρχιερέων ἐξουσίαν
confined, which from the Chief Priests, authorizy
inclusi, ἃ principibus Sacerdotum, potestate
λαβὼν" ἀναιρουμένων vs αὐτῶν
having obtained; being put to death and when they
accepta ; interimerentur et quam

KOT HVEYKOL ψῆφον. (11) Kas κατὰ «ἄσας τὰς δυναγωγὸς
I gave against(them my) voice. And in all the synagogues
tuli (ab eis) suffragium. Ac per omnes synagogas

“ολλάχις φιμωρῶν αὐτοῦς, ἠνάγχαξον βλασφημεῖν"
often punishing them, I compelled (them) to blaspheme ;
sepe puniens ipsos, coegi ad blasphemandum;

«ερισσῶς «86 ἐμμαινόμδνος αὐτοῖς, ἐδίωχον ἕως
exceedingly and being mad against them, I persecuted them
supramodum et furens adversus eos, persequutus sum

χαὶ φὰς ἔξω «ὅλεις. (19) Ἐν οἷς καὶ “ορευνόμένος
even also (to) the foreign cities, Thro’ which as I passed
etiam in exteras civitates. Inter que etiam proficiscens

εἷς viv Δαμασχόν per’ ἐξουσίας xa deri porns cig «αρὰ
into the Damascus with authority and commission from
Damascum cum potestate et procuratione a

civ ᾿αρχιδρέων, (13) Ἡμέρας μέσης, κατὰ «ὴν ὅδον, εἶδον,
the Chief Priests, Day at mid, in the way, I saw,
principibus sacerdotum, Die medio, in via, vidi,

βασιλεῦ, εὐρανόθεν ὑασὲρ τὴν λαμαρόφητα φοῦ ἡλίου,
O king, from heaven above the brightness (of) the sun,
rex, ceelitus quee superans splendorem solis,

«εριλάμψαν με φῶς xat τοὺς σὺν ἐμιοὶ πορευομένους
shining around me a light, and those with me journeying.
circumfudit me lucem, et eos cum meiterfaciebant

GREEK GRAMMAR. 197

(14) Πάντων δὲ KOTO SPOTL ἡμῶν sle φὴν γῆν,
All and when having fallen of us upon the earth,
Omnes autem quum decidissemus in —sterram,

ἤχουσα φωνὴν λαλοῦσαν «ρός μϑ, καὶ λόγουσσαν “ἢ 86 ‘EL
I heard ἃ voice speaking unto me, and saying (in) the He-
audivi vocem alloquentem me, ac decentum He-

Bpatds διαλόέχεῷ, Σαοῦλ, Σαοὺλ, oh ps διώχεις ;
brew dialect, Saul, Saul, why me persecutest (thou) ?
braica lingua, Saul, Saul, quid me persequeris ?

σχληρόν dof «ρὺς κέντρα λαχείϑειν. (1δ) Ἐγὼ δὲ εἶτον,
Hard for you against (such) power to kick, $I and said,
duram tibi contra stimulos calctrare. Ego autem dixi,

Tic εἶ Kips; ὃ δὲ εἰπόν, Eye εἶμι Ἶνσοῦς ὃν
Who art (thou,) Lord? he and said, I am Jesus whom
Quises, Domini? ille et dixit, Ego sam Jesus quem

σύ διώχεις. (16) ᾿Αλλὰ ᾿αναρηθι, xai στῆθι te? τοὺς widag
thou perseeutest. Βαϊ rise up, and stand upon the feet
persequeris Sed exsurge, et sta in pedes

σοῦ, sig τοῦτο γὰρ ὥφϑην σοι, φροχειρίσασθαι
σ΄ you, for this because I have come to you, to choose
tuos, idcirco enim apparui tibi, designarem

Gs ὑπηρέτην καὶ μάρτυρα ὧν 45 εἶδος,
you ἃ minister and witness the things which thou hast seen
ministrum ac testum tameocram que vidisti,

“ay ce ὀφόθήσομαί Cot, (17) ᾿Ἐξαιρούωμενός os
the things and I will show to you, Delivering you
tum eorum quibus apperebo (δὶ, Eruens __te

tx φοῦ λαοῦ καὶ φῶν sbviw εἷς ode viv σεακιςζέλλω.
from the people and the heathen unto whom now you I send.
ex hoc populo εἰ gentibus ad quod nunc te mitto.

wy 1
a4

198 THE PRINCIPLES OF

(18) ᾿Ανοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν τοῦ ewig ρέψαι awe σλόφους
To open (the) eyes of them to turn from darkness
Ut aperias oculos corum (et) convertas (eos) a tenebris

tle φῶς, καὶ τῆς ἐξουσίας «τοῦ Σατανᾶ bai «ον Θεὸν, sob
unto light, and the power of the Satan unto the God, that
ad lucem, et (a) potestate Satane ad Deum, ut

λαβεῖν adroug ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτῶν, καὶ κλῆρον
they receive to them remission of offences, and a share

accipiant remissionem peccatorum, et sortem

ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις sige τῇ εἰς ἐμέ.
among thera who are sanctified by faith which (is) in me.
inter illos sanctificatos per fidem que est in me.

(19) "Odsv, βασιλεῦ ‘Aypinwa, οὐκ ἐγενομην ὠσπειθης φῇ
Whence, O king Agrippa, not I was disobedient (to) the
Unde, rex Agrippa, non fui _ rebellis illi

οὐρανίῳ ὀπτασία. (20) ᾿Αλλὰ τοῖς ἐν Δαμασχῷ «ρῶςον καὶ
heavenly vision. But (to) those in Damascus first and
celesti apparitioni. Sed iis (qui sunt) Damasci primum et

“Iepocoripots, εἷς π΄ σαν: φ«ὴν χώραν sis Ἰουδαίας, καὶ
at Jerusalem in all and the coasts of the Judea, and

Hierosolymis in omnes et regione Judex, et
φοῖς ἕόνεσιν, ἀπ “αγγέλλων ἐφανοεῖν
(then) to the Gentiles, showing (that they) might repent
(deinde) Gentibus, anunciavi ut resipiscerent
καὶ ἐπιστρέφειν wi τὸν Osoy, ἄξια φῆς
and _—_turn unto the God, (and) worthy of the

et converterent (se) ad Deum, convenientia

usravoing ἔργα «ράσσοντας. (21)"Evexa τούτων ps οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι
repentance works do. [or which me the Jews
tesipicenti# ope :a facientes. Horum causé me Judi

GREEK GEAMMAR. 199

συλλαβόμενοι ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἐκειρῶντο διαχειρίδασϑαι.
have seized in the temple (and) attempted to kill (me).
comprehensum (in)templum _tentarunt interficere (me).

(22) ’Eaixoupiag οὖν τυχὼν φὴς «αρὰ rod Θεοῦ,
Assistance therefore having obtained from the God,
Auxilium sed nactus a Deo,

ἄχρι τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης ἑστεχα μαρτυρούμδνος μιχρῷ «ε καὶ
to this day thus! continue testifying to small both and
in hanc diem usque perstiti testificans § parvis tum tum

μεγάλῷ, οὐδὲδ ἐκτὸς λόγων ὧν ss οἱ «ροφῆται
great, nothing than saying which both the prophets
magnis, nec quicqam dicens qua prophete
ἐλάλησαν μελλόντων γίνεσθαι καὶ Μωσῆς

did say should come and Moses. .

predixerunt futura ac Moses.

DIVES AND LAZARUS—Loxz XVI. 19-31.

(19) "Avépuwos d8 τίς ἣν «λούσιος, καὶ ἐνεδιδύσκετο «ορφύραν
A man and who was rich, and clothed (in) purple

καὶ βύσσον, εὑφραινόμδνος καθ᾽ ἡμέραν λαμπρῶς. (20)
and fine linen, (and) feasted by day sumptuously.

Πσωχὺξ 68 cig ἦν ὀνόματι Λάφαρος, ὃς ἐβέβλησο
A beggar and who was named Lazarus, who was thrown

apig cov αὐλῶνα αὐτοῦ ἠλκχωμένος, (21) Καὶ ἐᾳιθυμῶν
before the gate of the other full of ulcers, ἀπά desired
χορταϊθῆναι das τῶν ψιχίων τῶν « τεόνετῶν dat sig τραεόξης
to be fed withthe crumbs which fell from the table

200 THE PRINCIPLES OF
cov α«λουσίοῦ ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ κύνες ἐρχόμενοι daréAsryov
(of) the rich (man,) but also the dogs came (and) licked
φὰ ἕλλη αὐτοῦ. (22) ᾿Εγένετο δὲ ἀφοθανεῖν τὸν πτωχον,
the sores of him. [1 σαιὴθ to pass and died the beggar,
χαὶ ἀπενεχθῆναι αὐτὸν bed τῶν ἀγγέλων sig τὸν κόλπον τοῦ
and was carried he by the angels into the bosom of the
Αβραὰμ, ὠκέθανε δὲ xed ὁ «Δλούσιος χαὶ drape.
Abraham, died and also the rich (man) and was buried.
(23) Kai ἐν τῶ adn " inépag φοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὑτοῦ, ὑφάρχων
And in the hell Βα lifted the eyes of him, being
ὃν βασάνοις, ὁρᾷ τὸν ᾿Αβραᾶμ ded paxpdtev καὶ AaZapov
in torment, seeing the Abraham at a distance and Lazarus .
ἐν τοῖς κόλαοῖς αὐτοῦ. (24) Kal αὐτὸς φωνῆσας εἶπε, Ilarep
in the bosom of him. And he crying said, Father
᾿Αβραὰμ, ἐλόησόν ps, καὶ φέμψον Λάζαρον ἵνα
Abraham, have mercy on me, and send Lazarus that he
βάψη τὸ dixpov τοῦ δακεύλοῦ αὐτοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ καταψύξη
may dip the tip of the finger of him in water, and cool
φὴν γλῶσσάν μοῦ" Sei ὀδυνῶμαὶ ἐν τῇ φλογὶ raven.
the tongue of me; for I am tormented in the flame this.
(25) Elwes δὲ ᾿Αβραὰμ, Téxvov, μνησθήται ὅτι ἀκέλαθες σύ
Said and Abraham, Son, remember that received you
co ᾿αγαϑα σοῦ ἐν «ῇ ϑωῇ σοῦ, καὶ Λαϑαρος
the good things of you im the life of you, and Lezarus
buolwg τὰ XOXO, νῦν δὲ ods «αραλδῖτα σύ
likewise the evil things, now and here he is comforted, you

4 Literally, unseen, the invisible abode of the dead—dorived

εἴδω, to see. °

GREEK GRAMMAR. 201
δὲ oduvaca (26) Kai eai «ἄσι «τούφοις, μεταξύ ἡμῶν καὶ
and tormen Ξὰ; And besides all this between us and

ὑμῶν χάσμα μέγα ἐστήρικται, ὅξτως οἱ ὀὄέλοντες
you a gulf very great is placed, so that they who would

διαβῆναι ἐντεῦθεν apog ὕμᾶς, μὴ δύνωνται, μηδὲ οἷ
pass from tkis place to you, not can, neither those
exsidsv «ρὸς ἡμᾶς διαπερῶσιν. (27) Eles δὲ, Ἐρωτῶ οὖν
from that to us can pass. He said then, I pray therefore
gs, wassp, iva winlng αὐτὸν sig civ οἶκον τοῦ
thee, father, that thou wilt send him to the house of the
φατρός μοῦ" (28)"Exu γὰρ wives ἀδελφοὺς, drug διὰμαρφύρηλαι
father of me; __ I have for five brethren, that he witness
αὐτοῖς, ἵνα μὴ καὶ αὐφοὶ ἔλθωσιν εἷς τὸν rowdy φοῦτὸν τῆς
to them, that not also they come into the place this of the
βασάνοῦ. (29) Λέγει αὐτῷ ᾿Αἰβραὰμ, "Ἔχουσι Μωσέα χαὶ
torment. Said to him Abraham, They have Moses and
ols «ροφήτας, ἀχουσάτωσαν αὐτῶν. (890) Ὃ δὲ εἶσεν, Οὐχί,
the prophets, let them hear them. He and said, Nay,
«ἄτερ ᾿Αβραὰμι, arr’ ἐάν cig ‘awd vexptiv wopeudy
father Abraham, but if any one from the dead should go
τρὸς αὐτοὺς, μετανοήσουσι. (31) Els δὲ αὐτῷ, ἘΠ
unto them, they would repent. He said and to him, If
Μωσέως καὶ τῶν «ροφητῶν οὐχ ἀχούουσιν, ovdé sav gig ex
Moses and the prophets not they hear, neither if any one from ἡ

vexptiv ᾿ανασεῇ, «εἰσθήσονται.
the dead shoud arise, will they be persuaded.

202 TPE PRINCIPLES OF

MATTHEW XXIII. 34-39.

(34) 'Διὰ φοῦτο,; ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ ἀποστόλλω" «ρὸς ὑμᾶς wpophrac, κα
Wherefore, behold, I send unto you prophets, and
Propterea, ecce, ego mitto ad vos prophetas, et

δηφοὺς, καὶ γραμματεῖς" καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν awoxrev-
wise § (men) and scribes; and (some) of them shall ye
sapientes (viros) et scribas; et (nonnullos) ex ipsis trucid-

sivs* καὶ σταυρώσεφε, καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν μασειγώσεφε
sill and crucify, and(some) οἵ them shall ye scourge
abitis et crucifigetis, et (nonnullos) ex ipsis flagellabitis

ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς ὑμῶν, καὶ διώξετε ded wédsug sig
in the synagogues of you, and persecute from city unto
in —_conventibus vestris, et persequemini ab urbe, in

σύλιν (96) Ὅτως brby® ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς wiv’ αἷμα δίκαιον,
city ; That may come upon you all blood the righteous,
urbem; Ut veniat super vos omnis sanguis justus,

ἐχχυνόμινον ἑαὶ eng yng, det rol αἵμαφος “AGsA cod δικαίου,
shed _upon the earth, from the blood of Abel the righteous,
effusus super terram, ἃ sanguine Abel justi,

ἕως τοῦ aluarog Ζαχαρίον, υἱοῦ Βαραχίου, ὅν
until the blood of Zacharias, son of Barachias, whom
usque ad sanguinem Zacharie, filii © Barachie, quem

' Jesus says this, speaking of Jerusalem ; it is a beauti-

ful , passage.
iterally, through this—also, ῬΈΟΡΤΕΒΕΑ, on account

of these things.

3 Compound cf des and ¢rf\r\w-—send away.

*From dwoxravw. From Gidxes. = ° From ἔρχομαι.

" Greenfield says, “I. e., αἷμα «ἄντων τῶν Sixeuy”—the

hlood of all the just.

IREEK GRAMMAR. 203

ἐφονεύσατε μεταξὺ «τι ναοῦ καὶ τοῦ δισιαστηρίου. (96) ᾿Αμὴν

-ye slew between tke temple and the altar. Verily,
Occidistis inter templum et __altare. Amen,
λέγω ὑμῖν, ἥξει ταῦτα «ἄντα ἑᾳαὶ τὴν
I say (unto) you, shall eome these (things) all upon the
dico vobis, = venient hee omnia super

γενεὰν ταύτην. (37) Ἱδρουσαλὴμ,, Ἱἱδρουσαλὴμ, ἢ deoxrsivovda
generation this. Jerusalem, Jerusalem, (thou) that killest
wtatem istam. Jerusalem, Jerusalem, (tu) qui trucidas

τοὺς spophrag, καὶ λιθοξολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους φΦρὸς αὑτὴν,
the prophets, and stonest them (that are) sent unto thee,
prophetas, et lapidatrix* eorum (qui sunt) missi ad te,

ποσάχις ἠθέλησα ἐἐαισυναγαγεῖν τὰ τέχνα σοῦ, ὃν
how often would I have gathered the children of you, in
quoties volui § congregare liberos δαὶ,

φρόφον ἐφσισυνάγει ὄρνις τὰ νοσσία ἑδαυτῆς ted
like manner as gathereth a hen the chickens of her under
quemadmodum congregat galing _pullos = suos sub

τὰς wrépvyag, καὶ οὐκ ἠθελήσατε ; (98) ᾿Ιδοὺ, dpisrut ὑμῖν
the wings, and not ye would! = Behold, is left (to) you
alas, εἴ noluistis! Ecce, relinquetur vobis

ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος. (39) Λέγω γὰρ div, Οὐ pa
the house of you desolate. I say for (unto) you, In no wise
domus vestra deserta. Dico enim vobis, Nequaquam

9

us toners de’ ἄρτι, ἕως ἂν slanre, Εὐλογημένος
me shall ye see after now until shall ye say, Blessed (is he)
me videbitis ab hoc usquedum dicatis, Benedictus

ὁ ἐρχόμενος $ ἐν ὀνόμασι Κυρίου.
that cometh in the name of the Lord.
qui venit in nomine Domini.

*A stoner of them. tF rom ἀφίημι. fit. the one coming.

204 THE PRINCIPLES OF

MATTHEW XIX. 27-30.

(27) Vére deoxpibeig* ὃ ἹΠέφρος εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ἰδοὺ, ἡμεῖς
Then answering the Peter said (to) him, Behold, we
Tum respondens Petrus. dixit ei, Ecce, nos

ἀφήκαμεν «ἄντα, καὶ ἠχολουθησαμέν δου" φί ἄρα
have forsaken all, and followed thee; what, therefore,
relinquimus omnia, et sequuti sumus te; quid ergo

ἔσφαι ἡμῖν; (28) δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶχεν αὐτοῖς, ᾿Αμὴν
will there be to us? The and Jesus said unto them, Verily
erit nobis? Autem Jesus dixit illis, Amen

λέγω ὑμῖν, Ors ὑμεῖς οἱ ἀκολουθήσανφτές por, ἐν τῇ
I say (unto) you, that ye which have followed me, in the
dico vobis, vos qui sequuti estis me, in

«αλιγγενεσίᾳ, ὅταν καθίση ὃ υἱὸς τοῦ dvbptwou ἐφὶ
regeneration, when shall sit the son of the man upon the
regeneratione, quum sederit _filius hominis in

θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ, καϑίσεσθε καὶ ὑμεῖς ἑαὶ δώδεκα
throne of the glory of him, shall sit and ye upon twelve
throno glorie sua, sedebitis etiam vos super duodecim

θρόνους, κρίνοντες τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς «τοῦ ᾿Ιδραῆλ. (29)

thrones, judging the twelve tribes of the Israel.
thronos, judicantes duodecim tribus | Israél,

Kas wag ὃς ᾿αφηχενῖ οἰχίας, ἣ ᾿αδελφοὺς» ἡ αδελφὰς,
And all who have forsaken houses, or brothers, or sisters,
Et omnis qui reliquerit domos, aut fratres, aut sorores,

* From ‘aroxpivoycs. tFrom ᾿αφίημι.

GREEK GRAMMAR. 205

ἢ πατέρα, ἣ μητέρα, ἣ yuvaixa, ἣ τέχνα, ἣ αγροὺς,
or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or lands,
aut patrem, aut matrem, aut uxorem, aut liberos, aut agros,

Evexsy Tov ὀνόματός μου, ἑκαφοντααλασίονα λήψετφαι,
on account of the name of me, an hundred fold shall re-
ob nominis mei, centuplicia accipiet,

χαὶ ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει. (30) Πολλοὶ, δὲ
ceive, and life everlasting shallinherit. © Many, however
et vitam eternam hereditatis. Multi, autem,

ἔσονται «ρῶτοι, ἔσχατοι" καὶ δόχατοι, apiiro.
shall be first, last; and last, first.
erunt primi, ultimi; et ultimi, primi.

ST. LUKE XV. 1-7.

(1) Ἦσαν δὲ ἐγγίζοντες αὐτῷ «ἄντες οἱ τελῶναι καὶ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ,
Were but coming to him all the publicans and the sinners,
Autem accederunt ad eum omnes publicani et peccatores, "

"axobsy αὐτοῦ. (2) Kai διογόγγυζον οἱ Φαρισαῖω καὶ οἱ Tap
to hear him. And murmured the Pharisees and the
audire eum. Et murmurabant Pharisei et

parsic, λέγοντες, “Ost οὗτος ἁμαρτωλοὺς «ροσδέχοται, καὶ δυνεσθίει
Scribes, saying, That he sinners receives and (he) eats
Scribe, dicentes, Ut hic peccatores recipit, et edit

αὐτοῖς. (9) Eles δὲ «ρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν wapa.
(with) them. He spake, nevertheless, unto them the para-

(cum) illis. Loquutus est, autem, ad 608 para:
18

906 THE PRINCIPLES OF

βολὴν ταύτην, λόγων (4) Tig dvbpowog ἐξ ὑμῶν ἔχων bxarcy
ble this, saying; What manof you having an hun
bolam hance, dicens; Quis homoerx vobis habens_cent-

«ρόβατα, καὶ ἀπολέσας ἕν ἐξ αὐτῶν, οὐ καταλείφει
dred sheep, and if he loose one of them, not doth leave
um oves, et perdiderit unam ex illis, non relinquit

σὰ ewevnxovraswea ἐν oy ἐρήμῳ, καὶ wopsusras sai
the ninety nine inthe wilderness, and go after
illas nonaginta novem in deserto, et abit ad

φὸ ἀπολωλὸς, ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό; (δ) Καὶ εὑρὼν ἐφιτίθησιν
the lost, until Βα find it? | And finding (it) he layeth ©
perditam, usquedum invenerit eam? Et nactus (eam) imponit

bai rolg ὥμουις δαυτοῦ χαίρω, (6) Kai ἐλθὼν.
(it) upon the shoulders of him rejoicing, § And having--
(eam) super humeros suos gaudens, Et veniens

εἷς φὺν οἶκον, δυγκαλεῖ φοὺς φίλους χαὶ
come into the house, he calleth together the friends and
in domo (suo) convocat . amicos et

cols γείσονας, λόγων αὐτοῖς, Συγχάρητέ μοι, ὅει εὗρον
the neighbors, saying to them, With rejoice me, for I have
vicinos dicens eis, | Gratulamini mihi, nempe

ro φρόδατόν pou τ«ὸ ἀφσολωλὸς. (7) Λόγω ὑμῖν,
found the sheep of me that was lost. I say unto you,
invenl ΟΥ̓́Θ meam que perierat. Dico _vobis,

ὅτι οὕτω χωρὰ ἔσται ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, eal svi ἁμαρτωλῷ
that likewise joy shall be in the heaven, over one sinner
ut etiam gaudium erit ἢ cclo super uno peccatore

GREEK GRAMMAR. 207

μετανοοῦνσι, ἢ δαὶ ἐννενηχονφιχεννέαι διχαι.
that repenteth, (more) than over ninety nine just
resipiscente, magis quam super nonaginta novem jus

os:. οἵφινες οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσι μετανοίας.
(persons), which no need have of repentance.
tis, qui non opus habent resipiscentia.

ST, LUKE XV. 11-92. |

(11) Εἶχε ὁέ, "Ανϑρωκός τις els δ΄» υἱούς, (12) Καὶ εἶχεν
- He said and, A man certain had two sons, And said
Ait autem, Homo quidam habebat duos filios, Et dixit

ὁ νεώτερος αὐτῶν sy) «αφρί, Πάτερ, δός μοι τὸ
.” the younger of them to (his) father, Father, give to me that
janior _illorum patri, Pater, da mihi
ἐπιβάλλον μέρος rng οὐσίας. Καὶ oe

falleth (to me) the portion of the property. And he
attinentem (ad me) partem substantie. §_ Et _par-

εἴλεν αὑτοῖς τὺν βίον. (13) Kat ps’ od «ολλὰς
divided to them the living (of him.) And with not many
titit eis illam vitam. Et post non multos

ἡμέρας συναγαγὼν ἅπαντα ὃ νεώτερος υἱὸς ἀποδήμησεν
days collecting together all the younger son departed
dies congestens omnibus junior filius egressus est

tle χώραν μαχράν" καὶ ὀκεῖ διεσχόραιεε τὴν οὐσίαν αὑτοῦ
into country a distant; and there wasted the goods of him
inregionem longinquam; et illic dissipavit substantiam suam

208 “ THE PRINCIPLES OF
a

ζῶν ἀσώφως. (14) Δασανήσαντος δὲ αὐτοῦ
living with luxurious. He had consumed but whenof him
vivendo -—_ profusé. Consumpsisset autem quum

«ἄντα, ἐγένετο λιμὸς ἰσχυρὸς κατὰ φὴν χώραν sxsivay.
‘g20ds) all, there came famine a mighty in the land that;
omnia, orta est fames valida in regione illa;

as αὐτὸς ἤρξατο ὑστερεῖσθαι. (15) Kai qwopsubsig ἐχολλήθη
and he began to be in want. And he went and joined
et ipse cepit defici. Et abiens et adhesit

δὶ «τῶν «ολιτῶν τῆς χώρας ἐκείνης" καὶ
himself to one of the citizens of the country that; and
uni ex civibus regionis illus; et

ἔσεμνμεν αὐτὸν sig τοὺς ἀγροὺς αὑτοῦ βόσκχειν χοίρους. (16) Kai
he sent him into the fields of him to feed swine. And
missit eum in agros 5008 pascere porcos. Et

ἐπεθύμει γεμίσαι φὴν κοιλίαν αὑτοῦ dat ciivxspariny ὧν ἤσθιον
he wished to fill the belly of him with the husks that did eat
desiderabat implere ventrem suum __siliquis quas edebant

of χοῖροι" καὶ ovdsig ἐἐδίδν αὐτῷ. (17) Els ἑαυτὸν
the swine; and no one did give tohim. |§ Unto himself
porci; et nemo dabat ei. Ad se

δὲ δλθὼν, εἶχε, Πόσοι μίσϑιι τοῦ «ατρός
however coming, he said, How many servants of the father
autem redens, ait, Quotquot mercenarii patris

μου «Ἐρισσεύουσιν ἄρτων, ἐγ 68 λιμῷΡ ὠκαόλλυμαι ;
of me abound in bread, I however with want perish ?
mei abundant panibus, ego autem fame __ pereo?

(18) ᾿Αναστας πορεύσομαι apig civ “«ατέρα μου, χαὶ ἐρῶ
Arising I will go unto the father of me, and will say
Surgens proficiscar ad patrem mei, et dicam

GREEK GRAMMAR. 309

αὐτῷ, Tlarcp, ἥμαρτον slg τὺν οὐρανὸν καὶ
unto him, Father, I have sinned against the heaven and
el, Pater, _ peccavi in celum οἱ

ἐνώτιόν σου" (19) Καὶ οὐχόφι sips ἄξις κληθῆναι
in the gight of you; And no more am worthy to be called
in conspectu suo; Et non amplias sum dignus vocari

υἱός δου" φοίησόν μά ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων δου.
the son of you; make me as one of the servants of you.
filius tuus; fac me ut unum (ex) mercenariis tuis,

20) Καὶ ἀναστὰς, ἦλθε «ρὃς iv «ατέρα δαυτοῦ. “Ess
And arising, he came unto the fatherof him. Yet

Et surgens, venit ad patrem ejus. Quum
δὲ αὐτοῦ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος, εἶδεν αὐτὸν ὁ «ατὴρ αὐτοῦ

however way off a great he was, saw him the father of him
autem adhuc longéabesset, viditeum pater ejus

ταὶ ἐσαλαγχνίσϑθη * καὶ ὶ δραμὼν ἐσόαποσεν ἐπὶ τὸν «ράχηλον
and had compassion; and running fell upon the neck
et misericordiam habuit; et accurrens incidit in collum

αὐτοῦ καὶ κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν. (21) Εἶπε δὲ. αὐτῷ ὃ υἱὸς,
of him and ikissed _—ihim. Said and to him the son,
ejus et deosculatus est eum. Dixit autem ei filius,

~

Πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἷς cov οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώκιόν
Father, I have sinned against the heaven and in the sight
Pater, peccavi in celum et in conspectu

Gov, καὶ οὐχέφι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός δου.
of you, and no more am worthy to be called the son of you.
tuo, et neque amplius sum dignus vocari _filius tuus

(22) Εἶτε δὲ ὁ «ατὴρ «pig τοὺς δούλους αὑτοῦ, Ἐξενέγκατε
Said but the father unto the servants of him, Bring
Dixit autem pater ad servos suos, Afferte

18*

210 THE PRINCIPLES OF

Thy σεολιὴν τὴν πρώτην, Kai ἐἐνδύσατθ αὐτὸν, χαὶ dove
the robe the best, ἀμπᾶραί (it) upon him, and give
stolam illam precipuam, E* induite eum, et indite

δαχτύλιον sig τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὑποδήματα εἰς τοὺς widag.
a ring to the hand of him,and shoes ἰἴἰο the feet.
annulumin manum ejus, et soleas in pedes,

(23) Kai ἐνέγκαντες τὸν μόσχον σὸν σιτευτὸν ὀβύσατε, καὶ
And bring the calf the fatted (and) kill (it,) and
Et afferrentes vitulum illum saginatum mactate, et

φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν" (94) Ὅςι οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου vexpos
eating let us be merry; For this the son of me dead
edentes exhilaremur; Quia iste _filius meimortuus

ἦν καὶ ἀνέζησε, καὶ ἀπολωλὼς ἦν καὶ εὑρέθη.
was and is alive (again), and Jost he was and is found.
erat et revixit, οἱ perierat οἱ inventus est.

Kai ἤρξαντο εὐφραίνεσθαι. (95) Ἣν δὲ ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ
And they began to be merry. Was now the son of him
Et ceperunt sese exhilararet. Erat autem filius ejus

ὁ τρεσθύφερος ἕν ἀγρῷ, καὶ ὥς Epyduevog ἤγγισε φῇ
the elder in the field, and as coming he drew near to the
senior in agro, et ut veniens appropinquavit

οἰκίᾳ ἤχουσε συμφωνίας καὶ χορῶν. (26) Καὶ «ροσχαλεσάμενος
house he heard music and dancing. And _ calling
domui audivit concentum et choros. Et vocatum

ἕνα φῶν «αἰδων αὐτοῦ, fwuvdavero ςί εἴη ταῦτα:
one of the children of him, he asked what were these
unum (2x) ‘pueris ejus, interrogavit est quid essent

(27) Ὁ δὲ εἶπον αὐτῷ, “Orr ὁ ἀδελφός σου
things?) He and said to him, That the brother of you
heoc Is autem dixit ei, Fiater tuus

GREEK GRAMMAR. 91]

ἧκθι, καὶ ἔδυσεν ὁ garhp cov τὸν μόσχον φὸν
is come, and hath killed the father of you the calf the
venit, et mactavit pater tuus vitulum illum

διτευφὸν, ὃς ὑγιαίνονφα αὐφὸν ἀπέλαθεν. (98) Ὦργίσϑη
fatted, for safe him(he)hathreceived. He was ΔΏΡΤΥ
saginatum, quia tutum eum recepit. Indignatus est

δὲ καὶ οὐχ ἤθελεν εἰσελθεῖν. ‘O οὖν «ατὴρ αὐτοῦ
and, and not would comein. The therefore father of him
autem, et non voluit introire. Ergo _ pater ipsius

ἐξελθὼν «παρεκάλει αὐφὸν. (29) 'Ο δὲ dwoxpibeic εἶπε σῷ
coming out entreated him. He but answering said to the
egressus hortatus esteum. = Ipse vero respondens dixit

waspic Ἰδοὺ, rodaica ἔτη dovasiw σοι, καὶ οὐδέσοςϑ
father ; Behold how many years I serve thee, and at πο time
patri; Ecce ἰοὶ annos servio tibi, et nunquam

ἐντολὴν δου «αρῆλϑον, καὶ ἐμοὶ οὐδέποτε
the commands of you have I transgressed, and to me never
mandatum tuum sum __transgressus, et mihi nunquam

Eduxag ἔριφον, ἵνα μετὰ «τῶν φίλων pov δὑφρανϑῶ.
gavest thou a kid, that with the friends of me I might make
dedisti hedum, ut cum amicis meis oblectarer.

(30.)°Ors δὲ δ᾽ υἱός σου οἶτος, ὁ καφαφαγῶν
merry. When but the son of you this, that hath devoured

Cam sed _filius tuus iste, qui devoravit
gov sty βίὸν μετὰ sopviiv ἦλθεν, Eduo'ag
of you the living with harlots was come, thou hast killed
tuam vitam cum meretricibus venit, mactasti

αὐτῷ τὸν pbdyor civ owsuriv. (31) Ὃ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ,
forhim the calf the fatted. He and said unto him,
ei vitu:um Ilum saginatum. Ipse verd dixit ei,

212 THE PRINCIPLES OF

Téxvov, σὺ wavrors μες᾽ ἐμοῦ sh, καὶ raven τὰ dua, σὰ
Son, thou always with me art. and all that (is) mine, thine
Fili, tu) semper mecum 65 et omnia mea, tua

egw. (32.) Εὐφρανθϑῆναι, δὲ καὶ χαρῆναι ἔδει.
is. To rejoice, therefore, and to be glad it was meet,
sunt. | Exhilarari, vero, et gaudere opportebat,

ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου οὗτος vexpic ἦν, καὶ ἀνέζησε" καὶ
forthe brother of youthis dead was, and liveth; and
quia _frater tuus iste mortuus erat, et revixit; ‘etiam

dwodudcig Fv, καὶ εὑρέθη!
lost he was, and is found!
perierat et inventus est !

‘ROMANS IIL. 21-96.

(21) Nuvi δὲ «χωρὶς νόμου δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ
Now but without the law the righteousness of God is
Nunc verd absque __lege justitia Dei

wEpave perros, μαρτυρουμένη bes φοῦ νόμου καὶ φῶν
manifested, being witnessed _ by the law and the
manifesta est, testificata ἃ lege ac
«popnrtiv: (22) Δικαιοσύνη δὲ Θεοῦ διὰ σἰστοως
prophets; Even the righteousness of God by faith of
prophetis; Inqam justitia Dei per fidem

Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἷς waverag καὶ dai whveag τοὺς “ἰστεύοντας "
Jesus Christ, unto all and upon ail that believe;
Jesu Christi, in omnes et super omnes qui credunt;

οὗ γὰρ ἐστι διαστολὴ. (23) Πάντες γὰρ ἥμαρφον καὶ
no for there is difference All for have sinned and
non enim θὲ distinctio. Omnes enim pecaverunt ac

GREER SRAMMAR. — 213

ὑσφοροῦνται «ἧς δύξης Θεοῦ. (24) Asxcuodpevos δωρδὰν
come short of the glory of God. Being justified freely
deficiunter gloria Dei. Justificati gtatis

rH αὐτοῦ χάριτι διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν
by the of him grace through the redemption that (is) in
ejus gratia per redemptionem qua

Χριστῷ Ἰητοῦ" (26) Ὃν apoddsro ὁ Θεὸς ἱλασφήρων
Christ Jesus: Whom hath set forth the God ἃ propitiation
Christo Jesu; Quem pproposuit Deus placamentum

διὰ engwigsug ev sy) αὐτοῦ αἵματι, εἷς ἔνδειξιν τεῆς
through the faith in the of him blood, to declare the
per fidem in ipsius sanguine, ad demonstrandam

δικαιοδύνης αὐτοῦ, did τὴν wapsoiv φῶν «ρογεγονόφων
righteousness of him, for the remission of the past
justitiam suam, per remissionem que antecesserunt
ἁμαρτημάτων, (26) Ἔν φῇ ἀνοχῇ σοῦ Θεοῦ,
sins, Through the forbearance of the God,
peccatorum, Per tolerante Dei,

«pic 1 ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν
for to declare the righteousness of him at the present
ad demonstrandam justitiam |§ suam presenti

καιρῷ" sig τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν δίκαιον, καὶ δικαιοῦντα τεὸν
time; that might be he just, and the justifier of him
tempore; ut sit ipsejustas,et § justificans eum

é& «= wlgrswg Ἰησοῦ.
which believeth in Jesus.
qui est ex fide ~ Jesu.

214 THE PRINCIF LES OF

ROMANS V. 6-12, 18, 21.

(6) Ἔτι γὰρ Χριστὸς, ὄνων ἡμῶν dobedciv, κατὰ καιρὸν
Yet for Christ, being © we weak, by time
Adhuc enim Christus,existentibus nobis infirmis, in tempore

Seip ἀσεβῶν ἀσέθαν. (7) Μόλις γὰρ ὑπὲρ δικαίου
for the impious died. Scarcely for for righteous
pro impiis mortuus est. Vix §enimpro justo

cig ἀκοθανεῖται" ὑπὲρ γὰρ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ τάχα τις
person will one die; for yet the good (man) possibly one
quis moritur; proenim bono forsitan quis

χαὶ τολμᾷ ἀαοθανεῖν. (8) Συνίστησι δὲ «ὴν ξαυτοῦ
even would dare to die. Commendeth but the of himself
et audeat mori. | Commendat sedillam ipsius

ἀγάπην εἰς ἡμᾶς ὃ Θεὸς, Ser, ἔπι ἁμαρτωλῶν
love unto υ8 the God, since, yet sinners
charitatem in nobis Deus, quoniam, adhuc peccatoribus

ὄντων ἡμῶν, Χριστὸς ὑσὲρ ἡμῶν detbave. (9) ἸΤολλῷ
being we, Christ for us died. Much
existentibus nobis, Christus pro nobis mortuusest. Multo

οὖν μᾶλλον, δικαιωθόντες νῦν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ,
therefore more, being justified πον in the blood of him,
igitur magis, justificati nuncin sanguine ipsius,

σωθησόμεθα δι᾽ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ «τῆς ὀργῆς. (10) El γὰρ

we shall be saved by him from the wrath. If for
servabimur peripsumab . ira. Si enim
ἐχϑροὶ ὄντες χατηλλάγημεν «τῷ Θεῷ διὰ φτοῦ

enemies being we were reconciled to the God by the
inimici existentes reconciliati sumug Deo per

GREEK GRAMMAR. 215

ϑανάτον τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, «υλλῷ μᾶλλον, καζαλλαγένεες
death of the son of him, much more, being reconciled,
mortem filii ejus, multo magis, reconciliati,

δωθησύόμδθα ὃν «τῇ Cun αὐτοῦ. (11) Οὐ μόνον
shall we be saved by the life of him. Not only (that)
servabimur in . vitam ipsius. Non solum
dé," ἀλλὰ καὶ κανχώμϑνοιει ἐν τῷ Θεῷ did τοῦ Κυρίου
and, but also (816) glorying in the God through the Lord
autem, sed etiam gloriantesin Deo per Dominum

ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, δ’ οὗ νῦν τὴν καταλλαγὴν
of us, Jesus Christ, by whomnowthe reconciliation
nostrum, Jesum Christum, per quem nunc reconciliationem

ἔλαξομδεν. (129) Διὰ ςοῦτο ὥσπερ δι᾽ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώσου ἢ
we have received. Wherefore as by one man_ the
accepimus. Propterea‘sicut per unum hominum

duapria εἷς τὸν χόσμον slonrdc, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος,
sin intothe world came,and bythe sin the death,
peccatum in mundam venit, et per peccatum mors,

καὶ οὕτως εἷς πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὃ θάνατος διῆλθεν ἐφ᾽ ᾧ «ἄντες
and so upon all men _ the death passeth, for that all
et sicnt in omneshomines mors pertransit, in quo omnes

ἥμαρτον.

have sinned.

peccaverunt. .

(18) “Apa οὖν ὡς Oy ἑνὸς «αραπτώματος εἰς «ἄντας ἀνθρώπους
Therefore as by one offence (came) upon all men
Igitur sicut perunamoffensam ὀ ἰΙῃ omnes homines

* Translate the δὲ before ol—d2 οὐ μόνον, Sc.

216 THE PRINCIPLES OF

sig κατὰχριμα." οὕτω καὶ di’ ἑνὸς δικαιώματος,
unto judgment; so also by one righteous (the free
in condemnationem ; sic et per unum justitium

sig «άντας ἀνθρώπους sig δικαϊωσιν ζωῆς.
gift came) upon all men unto justification of life.
in omnes homines ad justificationem vite.

4, * ι ι * *
(21) Ἵνα ὥσαερ ἐβασίλευσεν 4 ἁμαρτία ἐν «τῷ θανάτῳ, οὕτω καὶ
That as hath reigned the sin unto the death, so even
Ut sicut regnavit peccatumin morte, ita et

ἢ χάρις Bacirsion διὰ δικαίοσύνης εἷς ζωὴν
the grace might reign through righteousness unto life
gratia regnaret per justitiam in vitam

αἰώνιον, διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Kupiou ἡμῶν.
eternal, by Jesus Christ the Lord. of us.
eternam, per Jesum Christum Dominum nostrum.

Oiru γὰρ ἠγάπησεν ὃ Θεὺς τὸν κόσμον Gers riv υἷον αὑφοῦ
So for loved the God the world that the son of him
Ita enim dilexit Deus mundum ut filium ejus

τὸν poveyevy ἔδωχθεν, ἵνα «ὃς ὃ᾽ «ἰστεύων εἷς αὐτὸν
the only begotten he gave, that all who believe in him
unigenitum dederit, ut omnes qui credunt in eum

μὴ ἀκόληται ἀλλ' ἔχῃ δωὴν αἰώνιον
not might perish but have life eternal.—John «ii. 16.
non pereant sed habeant vitam eternam.

GREEK GRAMMAR. 217

SCRIPTURE TEXTS ON DIFFERENT SUBJECTS.

Asics «ρός μὲ wavess οἱ χοαιῶνξες χα «ἰφορτισ.
Come unto me all (ye) that (are) laboring and are .eavy
Venite ad me omnes qui fatigati et onerati

pevoi, κα γὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς.
laden, and I will give rest to γου.---ὐαξίλειο zi, 98.
estis, et ego dabo requiem vobis.

Kai xad’* ὅσον dwtxeiras τοῖς t ἀνθρώποις ἅπαξ ἀποθανεῖν,
And as it is appointed to thees men once ἰο die,
Et sicut statutum est hominibussemel mori

acta δὲ φοῦτο χρίσις " Οὕτως ὁ Χριστὸς ἅπαξ «ροσενχϑθεὶς
after however the judgment; So the Christ once offered
post vero hoc judicium; Ita Christus semel oblatus

sls ¢d wodAcw ἀνενεγχεῖν ἁμαρτίας Ex δευτέρου χωρὶς
forthe many ἰο bear the sins for a second time without
multorum attollere peccata secundo absque

ἁμαρτίας ὀφθήσεται τοῖς αὐτὸν ἀπεχδεχομένοις sig σωτηρίαν.
sin he shall appear to those looking for him unto salvation.
peccato conspicietur eis expectantiseum ad salutem.

Hebrews ἐκ. 27, 98,

Ta γὰρ ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος, ro δὲ χάρισμα rod
The for wages of the sin (is) death, the but gift of the
Nam stipendia peccati mors, at donatio

Θεοῦ ϑωὴ αἰώνιος ὃν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυΐίῳ ἠυῶν.
God life eternal through Christ Jesus the Lord οἴ us.
Dei vita eterna in Christo Jesu Domino nostro.

Romans εἰ. 23.

* Contraction of καδὼς, conjunction.
t These men—the Priesthood of Aaron.
19

918 THE PRINCIPLES OF

(6) Τὸ γὰρ φρόνημα cig capxig θάνατος, vo ds
To be for minded of the flesh (is) death, to b out
Nam prudentia carnis (est) mors, at

φρύνημα τοῦ «νεύματος Cun) καὶ εἰρήνη. (7) Διόξε τὸ
minded of the spirit (is) life and peace. Because the
prudentia spiriti (est) vita et pax. Propterea

φρύνημα τῆς σαρκὸξ ἔχθρα εἷς Θεύν. τῷ γὰρ νόμῳ
mind of flesh (is) enmity againstGod. To the for law
prudentia carnis(est)inimica in Deum. Nam legi

φοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ὑσοτασσεται, οὐδ γὰρ δύναται. (8) Οἱ
of the God not is subject, neither indeed can (it) be. Those
Dei non subjicitur, nec enim potest. Qui

δὲ ἐν σαρχὶ ὄντε, Θεῷ ἀρέσαι οὗ δύνανται.
but in the flesh being, God to please not can.

at in carne existentes, Deo placere non possunt.
Romans vitt. 6-8

(38) πέπεισμαι γὰρ ὅτι οὔφε θάνατος, οὔτε Qu}, ours
I am persuaded for that neither death, nor life, nor
Persuasus sum enim ut neque mors, neque vila, neque

ἄγγελοι, ours ἀρχαί, «Ὁ ours δυνάμεις, ours ἐνεστῶτα
angels, nor principalities, nor powers, vor things present,
angeli, neque principatus, neque potestates, neque instantia, -

ors μέλλῳτα, (39) Οὔτε ὕψωμα, οὔτε ββάθος,
nor things to come, Nor height, nor depth,
neque futura, Neque altitudo, neque profunaitas

ore τις κείσις ἑτέρα, duvacssas ἡμᾶς χωρίσαι
nor any creature other, shall be able us to separate
neque aliqua creatura alia, _poterit nos separare

GREEK GRAMMAR. 219

Gero sng ἀγάπης ro Θεοῦ, τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ
from the love of the God, which (is) in Christ Jesus .he
a charitate Dei, que (est) in Christo Jesu

Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν.
Lord of us.—Romans viiz. 98, 39.
Domino nostro.

(10) Σὺ δὲ ci κρίνεις φὸν ἀδελφόν cov; 9 xai σὺ
Thou but why judgest the brother of you? or also thou
Tu autem cur judicas fratrem tuum? aut etiam tu

ci ἐξουδενεῖς civ ἀδελφόν σου; «ἄντες γὰρ παρας ησόμεθα
why set at nought the brother of you? all for shall stand ὁ
cur pro nihilo habes fratrem tuum ? omnes enim sistemur

φῷ βήματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ. (11) Γέγρασται γὰρ, Ζῶ
at the tribunal of the Christ. It is written for, (As) live
tribunali Christi. Scriptum est enim, vivo

ἐγὼ, Aeyss Κύριος, ὅτι ἐμο: χάμψζει wav γόνυ, καὶ
J, saith the Lord, that to me shall bend every knee, and
ego, dicit Dominus,ut mihi flectet omne genu, et

wide. γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ. (12)”Apa οὖν ἕχαστος
every tongue shall confess tothe G8d. §_ So then every one
omnis lingua confitebitur Deo. Itaque unusquisque

ἡμῶν «épi δαυφτοῦ λόγον δώσει «ῷ Θεῷ

of us concerning himself an account shall give to the God

nostrim de seipso rationem reddet Deo.
Romans ziv. 10- Ὁ,

(9) Tov δὲ Boy τι wap’ ἀγγέλους ἠλαττωμένον BAseropsy
The but little than (the) angels made lower we see
lium autem breve quid pre angelie minoratum videmus

220 THE PRINCIPLES OF

Ἰησοῦν, διὰ ro «ἀδημα rol ϑανάτουι, δέξῃ ᾿ καὶ τιμῇ
Jesus, for the suffering of the death, with glory and honor
Jesum, propter passionem § mortis, glori& et honore

ἐστεφανωμένον, ὅπως χάρισι Θεοῦ ὑπὲρ “αντὸὺξ γεύση-
crowned, that by the grace of God for every one should
coronatum, ut gratia Deiproomnibus gus-

A)

ταὶ θανάτους (10) Ἔπρεσε γὰρ αὐτῷ, ὁ’ ὃν ᾿ς φὰ
taste death. Itbecame for him, for whom (are) the
taret mortem. Decebat enim eum, propter quem

«ἄντα, χαὶ ὃ'᾽ οὗ τὰ “πάντα «ολλοὺς υἱοὺς
all (things,) and by whom the all (things are) many sons
omnia, et per quem omnia multos filios
εἷς δοξαν dyayivra, τὺν ἀρχηγὺν τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτῶν

unto glory in bringing, the captain of the salvation of them
in gloriam adducentem, auctorem salutis eorum

6a «παθημάτων φελειῶσαι.
through sufferings to make perfect.—Hebrews ἐξ, 9, 10.
per passiones consumare.

Kai ἀσαλλάξη ςούφους ὅσοι, φόβῳ ϑανάτου
And that he might free those who through fear of death
Et liberaret hos qui timore mortis

διὰ «“ανφὸς φοῦ ἢ Civ Evoyos ἦσαν dovAsiag.
luring the whole of (their) life held were in servitude.
per omne vivere obnoxli erant in servituti.
Hebrews ii, 15.

Ἐν ᾧ γὰρ wéarovdev αὑφὸς φειρασθεὶς,
In that for hath suffered he himself being tempted, he
In quo enim passusest _ipse tentatus,

δίναται τοῖς σειραβωμένοις βοηθῆσαι.
is able them that are tempted to succor.— Hebrews ἕξ. 18.
potest illis tentatis auxiliari.

GREEK GRAMMAR. 99)

(26) Τοιοῦτος γὰρ ἡμῖν ἔπρεπεν ἀρχιερεὺς, ὅσιος, ἄκακος,
Such for us became high priest, holy, harmless,
Talis enim nobis decebat pontifex, sanctus, innocens,

dutavrog, κεχωρισμένος dard τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν, καὶ ὑψνηλόφερος
undefiled, separate from the sinners, and higher (than)
impollutus, segregatus ἃ _ peccatoribus, et excelsior

φῶν οὐρανῶν γενόμενος. (9.7) Ὃς οὐκ ἔχει καθ᾽ ἡμέραν dvayxny,
che heavens made. Who not hath byday _ineed,
celis factus. Qui non habet quotidie necessitatem,

ὥσπερ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς, πρότερον ὑπὲρ τῶν ἰδίων ἁμαρτιῶν
as those high priests, first for the hisown sins
quemadmodum pontifices, prius pro _ propiis peccatis

θυσίας ἀναφέρειν, ἔκσειτα σῶν τοῦ λαοῦ" cairo
sacrifice to offer up, then (for) those of the people; this
hostias offere, deinde populi; hov

γὰρ ἐποίησεν ἐφάκαξ ἑαυτὸν ἀνενόγκας.
because he did once himself when he offered up.

enim fecit semel seipsum offerens.
Hebrews vit. 26, 27.
(3) ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐν αὐταῖς ἀνάμνησις ἁμαρτιῶν
But in those (sacrifices) a remembrance οἵ sins
Sed in ipsis commemoratio peccatorum
xar’ ἐνιαυτὸν. (4) ᾿Αδύνατον γὰρ
(is made) every year. Impossible (it 1s) for
(factum est) per singulos annos. Impossibile enim
αἷμα ταύρων καὶ τράγων ἀφαιρεῖν
(that) the blood of bulls and of goats should take away
sanguinem taurim et hircorum auferre
ἁμαρτίας (δ) Διὸ εἰσερχόμενος εἷς τὸν χόσμον, λέγει,
sins, Wherefore coming into the world, he saith

peccata. Ideo ingtediens in mundum, ditit,
19*

999 THE PRINCIPLES OF

Θυσίαν καὶ «ροσφορὰν οὐκ ἠθέλησας, σῶμα οὲ
Sacrifices and offering ποῖ thou wouldst, a body but
Hostiam etoblationem non voluisti, corpus autem

KUT NPT ICL) μοι. (6) ‘Orcxavrapara καὶ wepi ἁμαρτίας
hastthou prepared me. In burntofferingsand for sins
aptasti mihi. |§ Holocautomata et pro peccato

uux εὐδόχησας. (7) Τότε εἶπον, Ἰδοὺ ἥχω,

not thou hast had pleasure. § ThenI said, Behold] come,
non approbasti. Tunc dixi, Ecce venio,
(ἐν κεφαλίδι βιξλίου γέγρακται wp ἐμοῦ.)
(in the volume of the book it is written concerning me,)
{in capite libri scriptum est de me.)

τοῦ φοιῆσαι, ὁ Θεὸς, τὸ δέλημά σου.
Ὸ do, Ο, ἀοά, 6 will of thee.—Heb. z. 3-7.
ad faciendum, Deus, voluntatem tuam.

Ἐν ᾧ δϑελήματι ἡγιασμένοι ἐσμὲν οἱ διὰ ce προσφορᾶς
In which will sanctified we are thro’the sacrifice
In qua voluntate sanctificati sumus per oblationem

σοῦ σώματος Tov ᾿ἸἸησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐφάπαξ.
of the body of the Jesus Christ once.—Heb. zx. 10.
corporis Jesu Christi semel.

(24) Πίστει Μωσῆς μέγας γενόμενος, ἠρνήσατο λόγεσθαι
By faith Moses grown up being, refused to be called

Fidi Moses grandis factus, negavit vocari

υἱὸς θυγατρὸς Φαραώ, (25) Μᾶλλον ἑλόμενος
-he son of the daughter of Pharaoh. Rather choosing
filius filiee Pharaonis. Malis _eligens

Cuyxaxovysicdas τῷ λαῷ rol sod, ἢ wpdcxoupw
to suffer affliction with the people of God, than for a season
affligi cum populo Dei, quam temporartam

GR$2K GRAMMAR. . - 9

ἔχειν ἁμαρτίες ἀαόλαυσιν. (26) Μείζονα «λοῦτον ἡγησάμενος
to have of sin the pleasure. Greater riches esteeming
habere peccatiemolumentam. - Majores divitias estimans

réiv ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ θησαυρῶν civ ὀνειδισμὸν τοῦ Χριστοῦ"
(than all) the in Egypt treasures the reproach of the Christ ;
ZEgypti thesauris improperium Christi.

ἀπέδλεεε γὰρ εἷς τὴν μισθαποδοσίαν.
he had regard for unto the recompense.—Heb. 22. 24-26.
aspiciebat enim in § remunerationem.

(2) "Agopdivess εἷς civ τῆς wlorswe ἀρχηγὸν καὶ
Looking unto the of the faith (our) author and
Aspicientes in - fidei auctorem et con-

rersirjv Ἰησοῦν," ὃς ἀντὶ wig προχειμένης αὑτῷ χαρᾶς,
finisher § Jesus, who for the set before him joy,
summatorem Jesum, qui pro proposito sibi gaudio,

bwiusivs σταυρὸν, αἰσχύνης καταφρονήσας, ὃν δεξιᾷ ᾿
endured the cross, the shame despising, on the right hand
sustinuit crucem, confusione contempta ad dextram

ce «τοῦ ὀρόνυ «τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐχάϑθισεν.
and of the throne of the God is set down.
que throni Dei __ sedit.

(12) Δ τὰς «αρειμένας χεῖρας καὶ rad “αραλελυμένα
Wherefore the which hang down hands and the feeble
Ideo remissas manus et soluta

γόνατα ἀνορθώσατε
knees lift up.
genua erigite.

* Transposed—it reads, ᾿Αφορῶνφες sig Ἰσοῦν, τὸν ἀρχη) +
καὶ τελεριωσὴν THe Tidrswe.

224 THE PRINCIPLES OF

(16) Μὴ Tig = opvog, ἣ βέβηλος, ὡς Ἦσαῦ
Lest (there be) any fornicator, or profane person, as Esau,
Ne (sit) quisfornicator,aut prophanus, ut Esau,

ὃς dvet βρώσεως μιᾶς ἀπέδοτε «τὰ «ρωτοτόκια αὑφοῦ. (17)
who for morsel one sold the birthright of him.
qui propter escam unam vendidit primogenita sua.

“I¢ss γὰρ ὅτε καὶ weréwsira δέλων κληρονομῆσαι «ὴν
Ye knew for that also afterward wishing to inherit the
Scitis enim ut et postea volens hereditare

εὐλογίαν, ἀσεδοκιμάσθη " μετανοίας γὰρ τύπον
blessing, he was rejected; of repentance for place
benedictionem, reprobatus esf; pcenitentim enim locum

οὗχ εὗρε, χαίπερ μετὰ δακρύων ἐκζηφησας αὐτήν.
no he found, although with tears seeking it.
non invenit, quanquam cum lachrymis exquirens eam.

(18) Οὐ γὰρ «ροσεληλύθαφε ψηλαφωμένῳ
Not for are ye come unto the that might be touched
Non enim accessistis tractibilem
Ope, καὶ κεχαυμένῳ συρὶ, χαὶ γνόφῳ, καὶ
mount, and that burned with fire, and to blackness, and
montem, et incensum igne, et turbinem, οἱ

oxorw, καὶ dvéAAn, (19) Καὶ σάλαιγγος ἤχῳ, καὶ
darkness, and tempest, And of a trumpet the sound, and
calignem, et procellam, Et tube sonum, et

φωνῇ “ρημάτων, ἧς οἱ ἀκούσαντες «αρητήσαντο μὴ
the voice of words, which they hearing entreated not
vocem verborum, quam illi audientes deprecati non

«ροστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγον. (20) (Οὐχ ἔφερον
to set before them the word. (Not they could endure

propow eis sermonem (Non ferebant

GREEK GRAMMAR. 995

γὰρ φὺ διαστελλόμενον" Kav ϑηρίον
for (that) whick. (was) commanded ; And if (even) a beast
enim qui mandatus est; Et si bestia
bya «οῦ ὄρους, λιθοθοληθήσοται, ἣ βολίδι
touch the mountain, it shall be stoned, or with a dart it
tetigeret montem, lapidabitur, aut jaculo

κατατοξευθήσεται. (21) Kai, οὕτω poSspiv ἦν τὸ φανταζ-
shall be thrust through. §_ And, so fearful was the sight
configetur. Et, itaterribileerat δρρᾶ-

?

ἔμενν Μωσῆς εἶπεν," Ἐχφοξός εἶμι καὶ ἔντρομος") (99)
(that) Moses said, Terrified I am and (I) quake ;)
rens (ut) Moses dixit, Exteritus sum et tremebundus ;)

ANAL προσεληλύθατε Σιὼν ὄρει, καὶ «όλει Θεοῦ
But ye are come unto Sion mount, and to the city of God
Sed accessistis | Sionmontem,et civitatem Dei

ζῶντος, Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἐἑπουρανίῳ, καὶ μυριάσιν ἀγγέλων,

the living, Jerusalem the heavenly, and myriads of angels,
viventis, Hierasalem ca@lestem, et myriades angelorum,

(23) Tlavyyv pss καὶ ἐχχλησίςφ —- s’pwrordxuy ἕν
To the general assembly and church of the first born in
Frequentiam et ecclesiam primogenitorun in

οὔρανοις ἀπσογεγραμόνων, καὶ χρισῇ Θεῷ «ἄντων, καὶ «νεύπασι
heaven written, and to the judge God of all, and to the spirits
celisscriptorum,et | judicem Deum omnium, et spititus

δικαίων φεφελειωμένων, (24) Kai διηϑήκης νέας
of just (mer. made perfect, |§ And covenant of the new
justorum _perfectorum, Et testamenti novi

μεσίτη Ἰησοῦ, καὶ αἵμασι ρανφξισμοῦ κρδϑίφ-
the mediator o Jests, and to the blood of sprinkling better
mediatorem Jesum, et sangninem aspersionis pre-

296 THE PRINCIPLES OF

rove, λαλοῦνφι παρὰ φὸν “AGED,
things speaking before the Abel.—Hebd zéé. 2, 12, 16-24,
stantiora loquentera pre Abel.

(1) ᾿Οφεΐλομεν δὲ ἡμεῖς of δυνατοὶ τὰ ἀσθενηματα τῶν
Ought then we that (are) strong the infirmities of the
Debemus tunc nos qui (sunt) potentes imbecillitates

ἀδυνάτων βαστάζειν, καὶ μὴ ἑαυτοῖς ἀρέσχειν. (2) “Exac-
weak to bear, and not ourselves to please. Let every
impotentum portare, et non nobis ipsis placere. Unus-

Tog γὰρ ἡμῶν τῷ «λησίον dpscxérw sig τὸ ἀγαθὸν «ρὸς
one therefore of us the neighbor please for his good unto
quisque enim nostrum proximo placeat in bonum ad

οἰκοδομὴν.
edification.—Romans xv. 1, 2.
edificationem.

(22) Γόγρακται γὰρ ὅφι ᾿Αβραὰμ, dio υἱοὺς ἔσχεν’ ἔνα
It is written for that Abraham two sons had; _ one
Scriptum est enim ut Abraham duos filios habuit ; unum

gx τῆς «αιδίσχης, καὶ ἕνα ex τῆς ἐλευθέρας.
of these by a bond maid, and one of these by a freed woman.
de his ancilla, et unum de his libera,

(23) AAA’ ὁ μὲν x σῆς walidxycg, κατὰ σάρκα
But the one (that was) of the bond maid, after the flesh
Etiam qui (erat) de ancilla, secundum carnem

γεγέννηται" ὃ δὲ ἐκ τἧς ἐλευθέρας διὰ
was born; he but (wno was) of the freed woman, (was) by
natus est; qui autem (erat) de libera,: (erat) per

σῆς ἐπαγγελίας. (24)"A τινὰ ἔστιν ἀλληγορούμιενα" αὗται
the promise. Which things are an allegory; these
prormissione-n. Qua sunt allegorizata; hee

GREEK GRAMMAR. 227

γὰρ εἶσιν αἱ ἐύο διαθῆκαι" μία μὲν ded spoug Σινᾶ
for are the two covenants; the one from the mount Sinai,
enim sunt 100 testamenta; unum ἃ monte Sina,

εἷς dovAsiay γεννῶσα, ἥτις ἐστὶν "Αγαρ. (25) Τὸ
unto bondage which gendereth, which is Agar. This
in servitutem generans, qua est Agar.

γὰρ" Αγαρ, Σινᾶ ὅρος ἐσεὶν ἐν τῇ ᾿Αραβίᾳ, συστοιχεῖ δὲ φῇ
for Agar, Sinai mount 18 in the Arabia, answereth and to
Nam Agar, Sina mons est in Arabia, respondet autem

νῦν Ἱερουσαλὴμ, δουλεύει. δὲ μετὰ τῶν
the now Jerusalem (which) is in bondage and with the

nunc Hierusalem (que) servit et cum
φέχνων αὑτῆς. (26) Ἧ δὲ ἄνω Ἱπσρουσαλὴμ.
children of her. The but (which is) above Jerusalem

filiis suis. Illa autem (est) sublimis Hierusalem

ἐλευϑέρα ἐσφὶν, ἥτις ἐστὶ μήτηρ «ἄντων ἡμῶν.
free is, which is the mother οὗ 4]}] οὗυβ8. * * " 5
libera est, que est mater omnium nostrum.

(29) ᾿Αλλ’ dows τότε ὁ κατὰ σάρκα γεννηθεὶς,
But as then he after the flesh (that was) born,
Sed quomodo tunc ille secundum carnem genitus,

ἐδίωχε τὸν χατὰ «νεῦμα" οὗτο καὶ νῦν.

persecuted him (born) after the spirit; so even (it is) now.
persequebatur hunc secundum spiritum ; ita et (est) nunc.

* 4 8 8 8 8
(31)"Apa, ἀδελφοὶ, οὐκ ἐσμὲν «αιδίσχης φέχνα,
Therefore, brothers, not we are of the bond woman children,

Nempe, fratres, non sumus ancille nati,

ἀλλὰ sig ἐλευθέρας.
but of the free.—Galatians iv. 22-26, 29, 31.
sed liberee.

298 THE PRINCIPLES OF

(2) ᾿Αλλήλων τὰ βάρη Bacrafers, καὶ οὕτως ἀνααληρώσασι
One another’s burdens bear, and 80 fulfil
Alii aliorum oonera_ portate, et ita complete

τὸν νόμον «τοῦ Χριστοῦ. (3) Ei γὰρ δοκεῖ τις εἶναί
the law of the Christ, If for one imagine himself to be
legem Christi. | Sienimvidetur quis esse

vr, μηδὲν dv, ἑαυτὸν φρονααατᾷ. (4) Τὸ
something, nothing being, himself he deceiveth. The
aliquid, _ nihil existens, seipsum animo fallit.

δὲ ἔργον δξαυτοῦ δοχιμαζέφω ὄχασφος,γ καὶ rire sig ἑαυτὸν
but work his own let prove every one, and then in himself
At opus suum probet unusquisque, et tunc in seipsum

ὄνον τὺ καύχημα ἕξει, καὶ obx sig τὸν Erspov. . (δ)
alone rejoicing shall he have, and not in an other.
solum gloriationem habebit, et non in alterum.

Ἕκαστος γὰρ «τὸ ἴδιν φορτίον βαστάσει.
Every one for the his own burden shall bear.—Gal. υἱ.
Unusquisqe enim proprium onus _portabit. [2-5.

(14) Διὸ λέγει, ἜἜγειραι ὁ xabsiduyv, καὶ dvasa
Wherefore he saith, Awake thou that sleepest, and arise
Ideo _ dicit, Surge dormiens, et exurge

ex sv νεκρῶν, xal ἐἐᾳιφαύσει σοι ὃ Χριστός. (15) Βλό-
from the dead, and will give light to thee the Christ. See
ἃ mortuis, et illuminabit te Christus. Videte

wers οὖν «ὥς ἀχριξῶς xeprarsics. μὴ ὡς ἄδοφοι,
therefore that circumspectly ye walk; not ag fools,
itaque quomodoaccurate ambuletis; non quasi insipientes,

ἀλλ᾽ ὡς δοφοὶ" (16) ᾿Εξαγοραζόμιενοι τὸν καιρὸν, Ses αἱ ἡμέραι
but as wise; Redeeming the time, because the days
sed ut sapieates; Redimentes tempus, quoniam dies

GREEK GRAMMAR. 229

fovnpai εἶσι. (17) Aid τοῦτο μὴ γίνεσθε ἄφρονες, ἀλλὰ

evil are. Wherefore not be ye unwise, but

mali sunt. Propter hoc non estote 1mprudentes, sed

συνιέντες vs τὸ θέλημα τοῦ ἸἘζυρίο. (18) Καὶ ph
understanding what the will of the Lord (is), | And not
intelligentes que voluntas Domini (est). Et ne

μεϑύσχεσθςε οἴνῳ, ἐν ᾧ ἐριν ἀσωτία, ἀλλὰ «ληροῦσθε
be ye drunk with wine, in which is excess, but be filled
inebriamini _ vino, in quo est laxuria, sed implemini

ὃν Τίινεύματι" (19) Λαλοῦντες ἑαυτοῖς ψαλμοῖς καὶ
with the Spirit; | Speaking to yourselves in psalms and
Spiritu ; Loquentes vobismetipsis psalmis et

ὕμνοις, καὶ ῳδαῖς ανευματικαῖς " ἄδοντες καὶ Laddovees
hymns, and songs spiritual; singing and making melody
hymnis, et canticis spiritualibus; cantentes et psallentes

ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν «τῷ Κυρίῳ" (20) Εὐχαριστοῦντες πάντοτε
in the heart of you tothe Lord; § Giving thanks always
in corde vestro Domino; Gratias agentes semper

ὑπὲρ «ἄντων, ev ὀνόματι gol Kuplov ἥμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ,
for aj] (things), in the name of the Lord of us Jesus Christ,
pro omnibus, in nomine Domini nostri Jesu Christi,

φσῷ Θεῷ καὶ ἸΤατρί " (21) Ὑσοτασσόμενοι
anto God and the Father; Subjecting yourselves one
Deo et _ - Patri; Subjecti alii
λλῆλοις ἐν φόβῳ Θεοῦ.
to another in the fear of God.— Ephesians υ. 14-21.
alis intimore Dei.
20

230 THE PRINCIPLES OF

(Notse.—-Tha two following Chapters from Matthew, can be
easily translated into English, from a previous knowledge of the
form of Greek and Latin words, gained by a thorough perusal
of the preceding chapters and passeges; and a reference to the
common English Testament for such parts as appear difficult or
obscure. It would be advisable, however, to refer to it as seldom
a8 possible—only when necessity requires. The following will

afford a pleasant and agreeable exercise for the student.]

MAT@AIOY Keg. 10’.

1 Ἔν ἐκείνω σῷ καιρῷ ἤχουσεν
᾿Ἡρώδης ὁ τετράρχης τὴν ἀκοὴν
Ἰησοῦ.

2 Καὶ sls τοῖς «παισὶν αὑφοῦ"
Οὗτός ἐσειν ᾿Ιωάννης ὁ Βαστισ-
φής" αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη dard τῶν νεχρῶν,
καὶ διὰ φοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦ -
σιν ἐν αὐφῷ.

9 Ὁ γὰρ Ἡρώδης χραφῆσας rv
ἸΙωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐφὸν, καὶ ἔθετο ἐν
“ φυλακῇ, διὰ Ηρωδιάδα «ὴν γυναῖ-
κα Φιλίπαου τοῦ ἀδολφοῦ αὑτοῦ.

4 Ἔλεγε γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης"
Οὐχ ἔξεσφί σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν.

5 Καὶ δέλων αὐτὸν ἀποχεεῖναι,
ἐφοδήθη Tov ὄχλον, ὅς! ὡς «ροφή-
τὴν αὐτὸν εἶχον.

6 Τονεσίων δὲ ἀγομένων τοῦ
Ἠρώδου, ὠρχήσατο ἢ buyarnp
τῆς Ἡρωδιάδος ἐν τῷ μέσῳ, καὶ
ἤρεσε τῷ ‘Hpwdn.

7 Ὅϑεν μεθ᾽ ὅρχου ὡμολόγησεν

9

aden δοῦναι ὃ ἐὰν airhonras.

8 Ἡ ὃὲ, φροβιδασθεῖσα bao τῆς
υηφρὸς αὑτῆς, Δός μοι, φησὶν, ὧδε
ἐπὶ πσίναχι «τὴν κεφαλὴν ᾿Ιωάννου
τοῦ Βακειστοῦ.

9 Καὶ ἐλυπήθη ὁ βασιλεύς.
διὰ δὲ φοὺς Epxoug καὶ τοὺς συναν-
κχϑιμένους, ὀχέλευσε δοθῆναι.

MATTHAUM CAP. XIV.

1 In illo tempore audivit
Herodes Tetrarcha famam
Jesu.

2 Et ait pueris suis: Hic
est Joannes Baptista: ipse
sulrexit ἃ mortuis, et propter
hoc efficacia operantur in eo.

3 Nam Herodes apprehen-
dens Joannem, vinxit eum,
et posuit in custodia, propter
Herodiadem uxorem Philippi
fratris sui.

4 Dicebat enim ille Joannes
Non licet tibi habere eam.

5 Et volens illum occidere,
timuit turbam: quia sicut pro-
phetam eum habebant.

6 Natalitiis autem agendis
Herodis, saltavit® filia Hero-
diadis in medio, et placuit
Herodi.

7 Unde cum juramento
spopondit ei dare quicquid
postulasset.

8 Illa verd preinstructa ἃ
matre sua: Da mihi, inquit,
hic in disco caput Joannis
Baptiste.

9 Et contristatus est rex:
propter vero juramenta, et si-
mul accumbentes, jussit dari.

* Danced

GREEK GRAMMAR.

10 Καὶ «έμψας ἀσεχεφώλισε
τὸν ᾿Ιωάννην ἐν «ἢ φυλακῇ.

Ll Καὶ ἠνέχϑη ἣ κεφαλὴ ack
igi wivaxi, καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ χορασίῳ"
καὶ ἥνεγχε TH μηφρὶ αὑτῆς.

12 Καὶ προσελθόντες οἱ μαθη-
ταὶ αὐτοῦ ἦραν τὸ σῶμα, καὶ ἔϑα-
ψαν αὐτό" καὶ ἐλθόντες aerhy yer-
Pav τῷ Ἰησοῦ.

13 Καὶ ἀκούσας ὁ ᾿[ησοῦς, ἀνε-
χώρησεν Exsibev ἐν «λοίῳ εἰς ἔρη-
μον φσύαον χατ᾽ ἰδίαν. Kai ἀχού-
σαντες οἱ ὄχλοι, ἠκολούθησαν αὖ-
Tu) σεζὴ ἀπὸ ςῶν πόλεων.

14 Καὶ ἐξελθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς. εἶὸς
«ολὺν ὄχλον καὶ ἐσπαλαγχνισθη
ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς, καὶ ἐθεράπευσε τοὺς
ἀρρώσφους αὐφῶν.

16 ΟΨίας δὲ γενομένης, a poo%n-
λον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, λέγον-
τες Ἕρημός ἐσειν ὁ φτύαος, καὶ ἣ
ὥρα ἤδη wapnrbev ἀπόλυσον τοὺς
ἔχλες, ἵνα ἀπελθόνφες εἰς τὰς xu
αας, ἀγοράσωσιν ἑαυτοῖς Θρὠμαῖα.

16 ‘O δὲ ᾿ἸἸησοῦς εἶπεν αὐφοῖς,
Ov χρείαν ἔχουσιν ἀπελθϑῖν' δότε
αὑτοῖς ὑμεῖς paysiv.

17 ΟἹ δὲ λόγουσιν αὐτῷ, Οὐκ
ἔχομεν ὧδε εἰ μὴ wives ἄρτους
χαὶ δύο Iydvag.

18 δὲ εἶπε" Φέρετέ μοι αὐὖ-
φοὺς ὧδε.

19 Καὶ κελεύσας τοὺς ὄχλους
ἀναχλιθῆναι ἐπὶ φοὺς ύρτους, λα-
βὼν ros wives ἄρτους, καὶ φοὺς
δύο hybiag, ἀναβλέψας εἰς «τὸν
οὐρανὸν δὺλόγησό' καὶ κλάσας,
Eduxs τοῖς μαθηταῖς φοὺς ἄρτους"
οἱ δὲ μαϑηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις.

20 Καὶ ἔφαγον πάνφες, καὶ ἐ-
χορτάσϑησαν" καὶ ἦραν τὸ πἘριό-
σεῦον φῶν χλασμάφσων δώδεκα. χο-
φίνους «λήρεις.

99]

10 Et mittens decapitavit
Joannem in custodia.

11 Et allatum est caput ejus
in disco, et datum est puella:
et attulit matri sue.

12 Et accidentes discipuli
ejus, tulerunt corpus, et sep-
elierunt illud: et venientes
nunciaverunt Jesu.

13 Et audiens Jesus secessit
inde in navicula in desertum
locum privatim, et audientes
turbe sequute sunt eum pe-
dibus de civitatibus.

14 Et exiens Jesus vidit

multam turbam, et visceribus

affectus est erga eos, et cura:
vit egrotos eorum.

15 Vespere autem facto, ac-
cesserunt ad eum discipu!i
ejus, dicentes, Solitarius est
locus, et hora Jam preteriit:
absolve turbas, ut abeuntes
in vicos, mercentur sibi escas.

16 At Jesus dixit eis: Non
usum habent abire: date illis
vos manducare.

17 Illi autem dicunt ei: Non
habemus hic si non quinque
panes, et duos pisces.

18 Tile autem ait: Afferte
mihi illos huc.

19 Et jubens turbas discum-
bere super fena, accipiens
quinque panes et duos pisces,
suspiciens in celum, benedix-
it; et frangens dedit discipu-
lis panes: at discipuli turbis.

20 Et manducaverunt om-
nes, et saturati sunt, et tuler-
unt redundans fragn.entorum

* duode ‘im cophinos plenos.

232

Q1 Οἱ δὲ ἐσθίοντες ἦσαν ἄνδρες
ὡσεὶ «ενταχιδχίλιοι, χωρὶς γυναι-
κῶν καὶ καιδίων.-

22 Kai εὐθέως ἠνάγκασεν ὁ ᾿Ἰη-
δοῦς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὑτοῦ ἐμβῆναι
εἰς τὸ wAviov, καὶ «ροάγειν αὐτὸν
slg τὸ πέραν, ἕως οὗ ἀπολύσῃ τοὺς
ὄχλους.

23 Καὶ ἀπολύσας τοὺς ὄχλους,
ἀνέβη οἷς τὸ ὄρος χατ᾽ ἰδίαν «ρο-
σεύξασθαι. ᾿ΟΜίας δὲ γενομέ-
νης) μόνος HY ἐχεῖ.

24 Τὸ δὲ «λοῖον Ady μέσον τῆς
θαλάσσης ἦν, βασανιζόμιενον ὑπὸ
τῶν χυμάφων" ἦν γὰρ ἐναντίος ὁ
ἄνεμος.

25 Τετάρτῃ δὲ φυλακῇ τῆς νυχ-
Tog ἀπῆλθε «'ὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς;
«εριπατῶν ἐπὶ τῆς θαλασσης.

26 Καὶ ἰδόντες αὐτὸν οἱ μαθη-
cal tei τὴν θαλασσαν «εριπατοῦν-
Ta, ἑπαράχθησαν, λέγοντες, "Oss
᾿ φάανφασμά ἐστι" χαὶ awd col
φόθου ἔχραξαν.

ΟἿ Eidéwg δὲ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς
ὃ Ἰησοῦς, λέγων, Θαρσεῖσε" ἐγὼ
εἶμι" μὴ φοξῖσθε.

28 'Awoxpidsig δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ Πέ-
Tpog, εἰπε" ζόρι», εἰ σὺ εἶ, κέλευ-
σύν μὲ «ρός os ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ τὰ
ὕδατα.

290 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, "EASE. Καὶ
καταβὰς dard τοῦ «Λοίου ὃ Πέφρος,
περιεπάτησεν ἐπὶ τὰ ὕδατα, ἐλ-
θεῖν «τὸς τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν.

30 Βλέσων δὲ viv ἄνεμον ἰσχυ-
prev, ἐφοξήθη" καὶ ἀρξάμινος κας-
αποντίζεσθαι, ἔχραξε, λόγων, Κύ.-

ι8ς δῶσὸν μ.8.

21 Εὐθέως δὲ ὃ ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐχτείνας
τὴν χεῖρα, ἐπελάδετο αὐτοῦ, καὶ
reves αὐτῷ" Ὀλιγύσιστφε, sig τί
᾿διζσῃασῶςς

THE PRINCIPLES OF

21 At edentes fuerunt vir;
feré quinque millia, preter
mulieres et pueros.

22 Et statim compulit Jesus
discipulos suos ascendere in
naviculam, et preecedere eum
in ulteriora, dum absolveret
turbas.

23 Et absolvens turbas, as- .
cendit in montem privatim
orare. Vespere autem facto,
solus erat ibi.

24 Verim navicula jam me-
dium maris erat, vexata ἃ
fluctibus: erat enim contra-
rius ventus.

25 Quarta autem vigilia
noctis, abiit ad eos Jesus cir-
cumambulans super mare.

26 Et videntes eum discipuli
super mare circumambulan-
tem, turbati sunt, dicentes:
Quod phantasma est, et pra
timore clanaverunt.

27 Statim autem loquutus
est eis Jesus, dicens: Confi-
dite, ego sum: ne metuatis.

28 Respondens autem ei Pe-
trus, dixit: Domine, si tu es,
jube me ad te venire super
aquas.

29 Ipse verd ait: Veni. Et
descendens de navicula Pe-
trus, ambalabat super aquam,
venire ad Jesum.

30 Intuitus verd ventum va-
lidum, timuit: et incipiens
demergi, clamavit, dicens:
Domine, serva me.

31 Statim verd Jesus exten-
dens manum, excepit eum, et
ait illi: Exigue fidei, ad quid
dubitasti 2

GREEK GRAMMAR.

32 Kai ἐμβάνεων αὐφῶν slg τὸ
«λοῖον, ἐκόπασεν ὁ ἄνεμος.

33 Οἱ δὲ ἐν τῷ «λοίῳ, ξλδόντες
«ροδεχύνησαν αὐτῷ, λέγονφες,
᾿Αλήδως Θεοῦ υἱὸς εἶ"

94 Καὶ διαπεράσαντες, ἦλθον
sig τὴν γὴν Γεννησαρές.

96 Καὶ ἐκεγνόντες αὐτὸν οἱ ἄν-
- ὄρες τοῦ φσόπου ἐχείνου, ἀπέστει-
λαν εἷς ὅλην τὴν περίχωρον ἐχεί-
γὴν, χαὶ «ροσήνθγχαν αὐτῷ wav.
φας τοὺς καχῶς ἔχοντας.

96 Καὶ «αρεκάλουν αὐφὸν, ἵνα
μόνον ἅψωνται τοῦ χρασαέδου «οῦ
ἱματίου αὐφοῦ" καὶ ὅσοι ἥψαντο,
διεσώθησαν.

MAT@OAIOT Κεφ. xd’.

1 Καὶ ἐξελθὼν ὁ Ἰεσοῦς ἐπο-
psusro dare τοῦ Ἱεροῦ, καὶ «“ροσῆλ-
θον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἐαιδεῖξαι
αὐτῷ τὰς οἰκοδομὰς τοῦ Ἱεροῦ.

2 Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐςοῖς"
Οὐ βλέπετε πάντα ταῦτα ; ἀμὴν
λέγω ὑμῖν, οὗ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος
eri λίθον, ὃς ob μὴ καταλυθῆσε-
ra.

3 Καϑημένου δὲ αὐφοῦ dai rob

ὄρους τῶν ἐλαιῶν, «ροσῆλϑον αὐτῷ
οἱ μαϑηταὶ κατ᾽ ἰδίαν, λέγοντες"
Εἰτὸ ἡμῖν, wire ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ
TiO σημιξῖον Tig σῆς παρουσίας,
“you φῷς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος;

4 Καὶ dwoxpibtig ὃ Ἰησοῦς, εἷ-
wey αὑφοῖς" Βλέσεφε μήτις ὑμᾶς
«λανήηση.

δ πολλοὶ γὰρ ἔλεύσονεαι ἐπὶ τῷ
ὀνόματὶ pou, λέγοντες" "Enc εἶμι 6
Χριςός, καὶ πολλοὺς «λανήσουσι.

6 Μελλήσεφε δὲ ἀχούειν «ολέ-
μους χα ἀκοὰς πολέμων" ὁρῶτε

20»

233

32 Et ingressis illis in navi-
gum, quievit ventus.

33 Qui autem in navigio,
venientes adoraverunt eum,
dicentes: Veré Dei Filius es.

34 Et transferentes vene-
runt in terram Gennesaret.
| 35 Et cognoscentes eum viri
‘loci illius, miserunt in univer-
‘sam circumviciniam illam:
‘et attulerunt ei omnes malé
| affectos.

36 Et appellabant eum, ut
vel solim tangerent fimbriam
‘vestimenti ejus: et quotquot
tetigerunt, preservati sunt.

CAPUT XXIV.

1 Et egressus Jesus ibat
de templo: et accesserunt
discipuli ejus ostendere ei
eedificationes templi.

2 At Jesus dixit illis: Non
intuemini hec omnia? Amen
‘dico vobis, non relinquetur
‘hic lapis super lapidem, qui
'non dissolvetur.

3 Sedente autem eo super
montem Olivarum accesse-
runt ad eum discipuli privat-
im, dicentes: Dic nobis, quan-
do hec erunt, et quod signum
tus preesentie et consumma-
tionis seculi ?

4 Et respondens Jesus,
dixit eis: Videte nequis vos
seducat.

& Multi enim venient in no-
mine meo, dicentes: Egosum
Christus: et multos seducent.

6 Futuri estis autem audi-
re bella, et rumores bello-

234

μὴ dposigds δεῖ yap πάντα γενέσ-
θαι" ἀλλ᾽ οὕπω ἐσςὶ φςὸ φέλος.

7 ᾿Εγερθῆσεςται γὰρ ἔθνος ears
ἔϑνον, καὶ βασιλεία éxi Bacrrs-
ἰαν" xo ἔσονται λιμοὶ καὶ λοιμοὶ,
cal 7εισ κοὶ κατὰ TOONS.

8 Πάνεα δὲ ταῦτα ἀρχὴ ὠδί-
νων.

9 Τότε «αραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς
θλίψιν, καὶ ἀκποχφενοῦσιν ὑμᾶς"
χαὶ ἔσεσθε μισεύμενοι ὑπὸ «΄ἀντων
ἐθνῶ; διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου.

10 Kai core σχανδαλισθήσονται
«Ὀλλοὶ, καὶ ἀλλήλους wapadwe
δουδι, καὶ μισήσουσιν ἀλλήλους.

11 Καὶ αολλοὶ ψευδοαροφῆφαι
ἐγερθήσονται, καὶ α«λανήσουσι
«ολλούς.

12 Kai διὰ £0 «ληδυνθῆναι τὴν
ἀνομίαν, ψυγήσεται ἣ ὠγάᾳκη τῶν
«ολλῶν.

19 ‘O δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος,
οὗτος σωθήσεφαι.

14 Καὶ κηρυχθῆήσεςται τοῦφο «ὸ
Εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας ἐν
ὅλῃ τῇ υἱχουμένη, εἰς μαρφύριον
RACs τοῖς ἔθνεσι" καὶ Tore ἥξει 0
φέλος.

15 Ὅνταν οὖν ἴδητε £6 βδέλυγ-
μα τῆς ἐρημώσεως, τὸ “ρηθὲν διὰ
Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφῆφον, ἑστὼς ἐν τό-
wy ἁγίῳ" ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω"

16 Tors οἱ ἐν τῇ ᾿Ιονδαία φεν-
“ ἔτωσαν ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη.

17 Ὃ ἐκὶ sob δώματος, μὴ
καταξαινέτω ἄρα! cr ex τῆς οἰχὶ-
ας αὐτοῦ"

18 Καὶ ὁ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ, μὴ eae
“τρενάτω ὁπ Τὼ ἄραι τὰ ἱμάτια
aro.

THE PRINCIPLES OF

rum: Videte ne turbemini:
oportet enim omnia fieri: sed
nondum est finis.

7 Excitabitur enim gens in
gentem etregnum inregnum:
et erunt fames, et pestilentiz,
et terremotus secundum loca.

8 Omnia autem hec ini-
tium dolorum.

9 Tunc tradent vos in trib-
ulationem, et occident vos:
et eritis odio habiti ab om-
nibus gentibus, propter no-
men meum.

10 Et tunc offendentur mul-
ti: et invicem tradent, et
odio habebunt invicem.

11 Et multi pseudoprophete
excitabuntur, et seducent
multos.

12 Et propter multiplicati
Iniquitatem, refrigescet cha-
Titas multorum.

13 Qui autem permanens in
finem, hic servabitur.

ι4 Et predicabitur hoc E-
vangelium regni in universa
habitata, in testimonium om-
nibus gentibus: et tunc ve-
niet finis.

15 Cum ergo videritis abomi.-
nationem desolationis effatar.
ἃ Daniele Propheta, stans ir
locosancto: legensintellicat .

16 Tunc qui in Judea fugi-
ant ad montes.

17 Qui super domum, ron
descendat tol.ere quid de ede
sua: |

18 Et qui in agro, non re-
vertatur retro tollere vestem
suam.

GREEK GRAMMAR.

19 Οὐαὶ δὲ ταῖς ἐν yas pi ἐχού-
σαις καὶ ςαῖς θηλαφούσαις ἐν éxei-
vous ταῖς ἡμέραις.

20 Προσεύχεσθε δὲ ἵνα μὴ γέ-
νηφαι ἣ φυγὴ ὑμῶν χειμῶνος, μηδὲ
ἐν σαββάτῳ.

91 Ἔσται γὰρ Tore θλίψις με-
γάλη, οἵα οὗ γέγονεν ae’ ἀρχῆς
χύσμου ἕως τοῦ νῦν, οὔδ᾽ οὐ μὴ
γένηφξαι.

22 Kai εἰ μὴ ἐκολοξώθησαν αἱ
ἡμέρ as ἐχεῖναι, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη rida
σά ἐξ: διὰ δὲ τοὺς ἐκλεχφοὺς κολο-
ξωβήσονται αἱ ἡμέραι ὁ ἐχεῖναι.

23 Tors ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἰ “Ἢ: Ἰ-
dod, ὧδε ὃ Χριστὸς, ἢ ὧδε" μὴ
WTEC.

24 ᾿Ἐγερθήσονται γὰρ ψευδό-
χριότοι καὶ ψευδοπροφῆται, καὶ
δωσουσὶ δημεῖα, μεγάλα καὶ «ε-
ράτα, ὥσφε «ανῆσα:, εἰ δυνατὸν,
χαὶ TOUS ἐκλεκτούς.

25 Ἰδοὺ, SK posipyxer ὑμῖν.

26 ᾽Εὰν οὖν sigue ὑμῖν" Ἰδοὺ,
ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστί, μὴ ἐξέλθησε'
ἰδοὺ, ὁ ἐν φοῖς φαμξδίοις, μὴ «ισεεύ-
θησε.

27 ὍὭσαερ γὰρ ἢ ἀστρακὴ ἐξέρ-
χεφαι aed ἀνατολῶν, χαὶ φαίνεται
ἕως δυσμῶν" ourwe ἔσφαι καὶ ἢ
«αρουσία σοῦ υἱοῦ φτοῦ ῦ ἀνθρώπου.

55 Ὅκου γὰρ, ἐὰν 7 τὺ «τῶμα,
ἐχεῖ συναχθήσονται οἷ ἀδτοί.

29 Εὐδέως δὲ μετὰ τὴν SAL
τῶν ἡμερῶν. ἐχείνων ὁ ἥλιος ὅχοτιό-
ϑήσεται; καὶ ἣ σελήνη od δώσει 6
φέγγος. αἱ oT, καὶ οἱ & as Epes «εσοῦν-
ται ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανόῦ, καὶ αἱ δυνά-
μεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται.

3) Kai φόφε φανήσεξαι τὸ ση-
μεϊον φοῦ υἱοῦ αὐθρώπσου ἐν τῷ

235

19 Ve autem in utero ha-
bentibus, et lactantibus in
illis diebus.

20 Orate autem ut non fiat -
fuga vestra hyeme, neque in
Sabbato.

21 Erit enim tunc tribulatio
magna, qualis non fuit ab
initio mundi, usque, modo,
neque non fiet.

22 Et si non contracti fuis-
sent dies illi, non esset servata
omnes caro: propter autem

‘| electos contrahentur dies illi.

23 Tunc si quis vobis dix-
erit: Ecce hic Christus, aut
illic: ne credite.

24 Excitabuntur enim pseu-
dochristi et pseudopropheta,
et dabunt signa magna et
prodigia ita ut seducere, si
possibile, et electos.

25 Ecce, predixi vobis.

26 Si ergo dixerint vobis:
Ecce, in deserto est, ne exe-
atis: ecce in conclavibus, ne
credatis.

27 Sicut enim fulgur exit
ab Orientibus, et apparet us-
que Occidentes, ita erit et
presentia filii hominis.

28 Ubicunque enim fuerit
cadaver, illuc congregabun-
tur aquile.

29 Statim autem post tribu-
lationem dierum illorum Sol

obscurabitur, et Luna non

dabit lumen suum, et stellz
cadent de celo, et efficacie
celorum concutientur.

30 Et tuns parebit signum
filii hominis in celo: ct tune

236

οὐρανῷ" καὶ φότε κόψονται πᾶσαι
αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς» καὶ ὄψονται
stv υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον
_ Eat τῶν νεφελῶν rol οὐρανοῦ, μετὰ
δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης πολλῆς.

31 Καὶ ἀπος Asi τοὺς ἀγγέλες
αὑτοῦ μετὰ σάλπιγγος φωνῆς με-
γάλης, χαὶ ἐπισυνάξουσι τοὺς éx-
Λεχφοὺς αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῶν «τεσσάρων
ἀνέμων, ἀπ᾽ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως
ἄκρων αὐτῶν.

32 "Awd δὲ τῆς συχῆς μάθετε
Thy «αραξολήῆν᾽ ὅταν ἤδη ὁ χλά-
δος αἰτῆς γένησαι ἁπαλός, καὶ
σὰ φύλλα ἐχφύη, yiwhoxers ὅτι
ὄγγύς τὺ ϑέρος.

33 Οὕσω καὶ ὑμεῖς, Srav Toners
«ἄντα ταῦτα, γινώσκεφε ὅτι ἐγγύς
ἐστίν ἐπὶ ϑύραις.

34 ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὗ μὴ
«αρέλθη ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη, ἕως ἂν
«ἄντα ταῦτα γένεται.

30 Ὃὧ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἣ γῆ «αρε-
λεύσονται" οἱ δὲ λόγο; μου οὐ μὴ
«ἀρόλθωσι.-

96 Περὶ δὲ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης
καὶ τὴς ὥρας, οὐδεὶς, οἶδεν, οὐδὲ
οἱ ἄγγελλοι τῶν οὐρανῶν, εἰ μὴ ὁ
τατὴρ μοὺ μόνος.

97 “Ωσπερ δὲ αἱ ἡμέραι φῇ Νῶε,
οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἡ παρουσία «τοῦ
υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου.

95. Ωσπερ γὰρ ἦσαν ἐν ταῖς ἣ.. ἐ-
pais ταῖς πρὸ τοῦ καφταχλυσμιοὺ
«ρώγοντες "αὶ πίνοντες, γαμοῦντες
καὶ ἐχγαμίίζοντες, ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας
εἰσῆλθε Nog sig τὴν χιδωφόν"

99 Καὶ οὐχ ὄγνωσαν, ἕως ἦλθεν
ὁ καφαχλυσμὸς. καὶ ἣρεν away.
τας" οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἣ «ορουσία
τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώσυ.

40) Tors ὁύ» ἔσονεα, ἐν ou spe

THE PRINCIPLES OF

|plangent omnes tribus terre,
et videbunt filium hominis
venientem in nubibus cei,
jcum efficicia et glorié multa.
| 31 Et legabit angelos suos
cum tuba vocis magne, et
congregabunt electos ejus &
quatuor ventis, ἃ summis cee
lorum usque extrema ¢orum.

32 A vero ficu discite para-
bolam: quum jam ramus ejus
‘fuerit tener, et folia germi-
naverint, scitis quia prope
sestas.

33 Ita et vos, quum videritis
hee omnia scitote quia prope
est in januis.

34 Amen dico vobis, non
preteribit generatio hee do-
nec omnia ista fiant.

35 Celum et terra preteri-
bunt: verim verba mea non
preeteribunt.

36 De autem die illa et hora
nemo scit, neque angeli cco
lorum, si non Pater meus
solus.

37 Sicut autem dies Noé,
ita erit et adventus Filii ho-
minis.

38 Sicut enim erant in die-
bus ante diluvium, comeden-
tes et bibentes, nubentes et
nuptui tradentes, usque quo
die intravit Noé in arcam:

39 Et non cognoverunt do-
nec venit diluvium, et (αἰ
omnes: ita erit et presentia
Filii hominis.

40 Tune duo erutt in agro:

GREEK GEAMMAR,

. @ εἷς «αραλαμβάνεςαι, καὶ ὁ εἷς
ίξται.

41 Δύο ἀλήθουσαι ἐν τῷ μύλωνι"
μία παραλαμβάνεφαι, καὶ μία
ἀφίεται.

42 Τρηγορεῖτε οὖν, ὅτι οὐκ οἷ-
dare woig ὥρᾳ ὃ χύριος ὑμῶν ἔρ-

TO.

43 ’Exsive δὲ γινώσχεςε, Ses εἰ
ἤδει ὃ οἰχοδεσπύτης «οἰᾳ φυλαχᾷ
ὃ χλέστης ἔρχεται, ἐγρηγόρηδεν
ἂν, καὶ οὐκ ἂν εἴασε διορυγῆναι
THY οἰχίαν αὑφοῦ.

44 Διὰ «τοῦτο καὶ ὑμεῖς γίνεσθε
ἕφοιμοι" ὅφι, ἢ ὥρα οὐ δοκεῖφε, ὁ
υἱὸς rol ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται.

45 τίς ἄρα ἑσεὶν ὃ “ισεὺς δοῦ-
λος χαὶ φρόνιμος, ὃν κατέστησεν ὃ
κύριος αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς θεραπείας
αὑφοῦ, cov διδόναι αὐτοῖς τὴν
φροφὴν ἐν καιρῷ;

46 Μακάριος ὁ δοῦλος ἐχεῖνος;
ὃν ἐλθὼν ὁ χύριος αὐτοῦ εὑρήσει
«οιοῦνξα οὕτως.

AT ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, Ors dai
«ἄσι τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν αὑτοῦ xar-
αστῆσει αὐφὸν.

48 ᾿Ἐὰν δὲ sian ὃ κακὲς δοῦλος
Exsivog ἐν τῇ καρδία αὑφοῦ" Χρο-
νίζει ὁ κύριός μου ἐλθεῖν.

49 Καὶ ἄρξηται τύπτειν τοὺς
δυνδούλους, ἐσόίειν 68 χαὶ «ἴνειν
pera φῶν μεθυόντων"

50 Ἥξει ‘o κύριος τοῦ δούλου
ἐκείνου ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἢ οὐ προσδοχᾷ,
καὶ ἐν ὥρα ἦ οὐ γινώσκει.

δ1 Καί διχυεομήσει αὐςὸν, καὶ
σὺ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ «ῶν ὑποχρι-
φῶν Shoes ἐχεῖ ἔσεαι ὃ χλαυϑμὸς
καὶ ὁ βρυγυὸς τῶν ὀξύνφξων.

237

ubus assumitur, et unus re-
linquitur.

41 Due molentes in mola:
una assumetur, et una relin-
quetur.

42 Vigilate ergo, quia nes-
citis qua hora Dominus ves-
ter venit.

43 Illud autem scitote, quo-
niam si sciret paterfamilias
qua custodi& fur venit, vigi-
laret utique, et non sineret
perfodi domum suam.

44 Propter hoc et vos estote
parati, quia qua hora non pu-
tatis: Filius hominis ventu-
rus est.

45 Quis putas est fidelis
servus et prudens, quem con-
stituit dominus suus super
familiam suam, ad dandum
illis cibum in tempore ?

46 Beatus servus ille, quem
veniens dominus ejus, Inve
nerit facientem sic.

47 Amen dico vobis, quoni-
am super omnibus substantiis
suis constituet eum.

48 Si autem dixerit malus
servus ille in corde suo: Tar-
dat dominus meus venire.

49 Et ceperit percutere con-
servos, edere autem et bibere
cum ebriosis:

50 Veniet dominus serv
illius in die quo non expectat,
et in hora qua non scit.

51 Et dividet eum, et par-
tem ejus cum hypocritis po-
net: illic erit fletus, et stridor
dentium.

238 T iE FRINCIPLES OF

ANALYSIS OF 3REEK VERBS—Marrzew II
Prep. dug. Root ind.imp.3pl. Prep, Root. 1 fut.3 6.

1. wap ς γεν ὄντο. 19, ἐξ ελευσεὲ ται.
Around did come they. Out come shall one.
Root, 3 s. ind. pr. Root. 1 fut.3s.
2. sr ι΄ ν. 19. «οιμὰν si.
ΙΒ 86. “Protect shall who.
Root, 1st pl. Aug. Root.1 aor.ind.3¢
9. εἰὸ ομόν. 14, 4 κριδω σε.
See we. did inquire he.
Aug. Root. 1st pl. Root. 2 aor. 3 8.
4. ἢ λό ομεν. 15. εἶα 8.
Have come we. Say did he.
Prep. Root. inf... Prep. Root. laor.imp 2 pl
5. «poe xv Hoa, 16. ες star avs.
Before fall ἰο. About inqure do ye.
Aug. Root. Pas.ind.laor.38s. Root. 2aor. μὴ 2 pl.
θ, ὁ φαραχ θη. 17. sup
Was troubled he. Found ye shall have.
Aug. Root. ¢.v. ind. imp.38. Prep. Root. 1aor.imp. 2 pl
7. ὁ @uvbav ε Fo. 18. aw αγγελ arse
Did ask he. Back bring word do ye.
Root. c.v, 2 fut. mid. 3 s. it Root. (a 4) 1 aor. sub. 1 8.
8. yew ἃ cas 19, spoo χυν ἢ δ᾽ ω.
Ror δι should be. Before fall may I.
Root. 2 aor. 3 pl, ug. Root. 1 aor. dep. 3 pl.
9, εἶπ ον. 90 ὁ «ορύ 8 η σαν.
Said they. Depart did ‘hey.
Red. Root. Pas. ind. perf.38. Root, tmper. 3 4.
10. ye ypaw = rar. 2. [δ wow.
ritten it has been Behold thou.
Root. 2d s. Root. 2 aor. 3 pl...
M1. Ἂς i 22. διὸ ov.

Art thou. Seen had they.

GREEK GRAMIIAR. 239

Prep. Root. 2 aor.3 8. Root. imp. pr. 28.

293. ep iy δ. wv 35. ich
Before led it. Be thou.-
aug-Root. 2 aor. iad. 3 8. Root, sub. 2 aor. 1 2.
24.6 or 4. 36. sig ω.
Stood 11. Call 11.
Root, ind. imp. 3 ε. Root. ind. pr. 3s. ,
95. ἢ ve 37. srr Ele
Was it. - Is about
Aug. Root. 1 aor. iad, 3 pl. Root. inf. pr.
26. 2 χάρ ἡ σαν. 38, ξης εἶν.
Rejoice did they. Seek to.
Root. 2 aor. act. 3 pl. Prep. Root. 1 aor. taf
27. evp ον. 99. avo AS Co ok
Found they. De stroy to.
Prep. Root.1 aor. act. 3 pl. Prep. Aug. Root, 2aor 2? .

28. «poo « xv ἡ cave 40. wap ε λαβ &
Before fall did they. Up took he.

Prep. Aug. Root. 1 aor. 3 pl. Prep. Root. 1 aor. 3 s.
99, apo. ἡ vex a ve Al. ave yup ἢ 6᾽ fv.
Before did bring they. Back went he.
Prep, Root. 1 aor. inf. Root. 3 s.
30. ava καμπτ ¢ a 42. ἢ ν.
Back turn to. Was he.

Prep. Aug. Root.1 aor. a.3 pl. Root, sub. 1 aor. pas. 3 8.
91. av 8 χὼρ 4 Cav. 43. «ληρ w 6 4.
Back went they. Fulfilled might be it.

Root. ind. pr. 3.2. mid, lug. Root. ind. 1 aor. 1 8.
32. pov §€ fat 44, 3 xods δ, a.
Appears he. Called I.
Prep. Root. imp. 2 aor. 2 8. Root. 1 ao~. pass. ind, 3 8.
33. gwapa ra 8. 45, dvewary 8. η.
Up take (do) thou. Mocked was he.
Root. imp. 2 8. Aug. Root.ind.1 aor.pas.3 8
34. gsiy 6. 46. ὁ by w 6 4.

Flee (do) thou. Enraged _was he.

240 PRINCIPLES OF GREEK GRAMMAR.

Root, 2 wor.ind. act. 3 s. Root. ind, pres. 3 pl.
47. αν & Δ ε. 53. εἶ ot
Killed he. Are they.

' Aug. Root, laor.ind,act.3s. Root, ind. pr. 3s. mid.
48. ἡ χρᾷ ὦ δ a δά, paw 8. ται.
Enquired had he. Appears he.
Aug. Root.laor.ind.pas.3s. Prep. Root,imp, 2Aor act.
49. ἡ «dnp wow 47. 55. παρα AaB ε.

Fulfilled was it. Up take (do) thou.
Aug. Root.1aor,ind.pas. 3s. Root. imp. pr. 2s. dep
50. ἡ κού δ᾽ 6 4. 56. «Ὀρευ ou.
Heard was it. Depart thou.
Aug. Root, imp. ind. Red. Root, ind. act. perf. 3 pl.
§1. 4 é6r δ. 57. cs dvix a Gh
did will Dead are they.

Prep. Root. i aor. pass. inf. Aug, Root. 3 s, imp, ind.
52. wapa xX ἡ by vor ὅδ. ἡ DO 8 ν.

Consoled to be. Did come he.
NUMERALS.

1 εἷς, unus, 17 ἑατακαίδεκα, septemdecim,
2 δύο, duo, 18 dxrwxaldexa, octodecim,
3 φρεῖς, tres, 19 évwesaxaidsxa, povemdecim,
4 τέσσαρες, quotuor, 20 εἴκοσι, viginti,
§ wire, — quinque, 21 εἴκοσι εἷς, viginti unus,
6 ἕξ, sex, 22 εἴκοσι δύο, viginti duo,
7 ἑπτὰ, septem, 30 spiaxovra, triginta,
8 éxra, octo, 40 τεσσαράκοντα, quadraginta,
9 ἐννέα, novem, 50 πεντήχοντα, quinquaginta,
10 déxa, decem, 60 ἑξήκοντα, sexaginta,
11 évdexe, undecim, 70 ᾿βδομήκοντα, septuaginta,
12 dadsxa, duodecim, 80 ὀγδομήκοντα, octoginta,
13 φρισκαϊδδχα, tredecim, 90 ἐννενήχοντα, nonaginta,

14 τεσσαρεσκαίδεκα, quotuorde.100 éxarov, centum,
15 πεντεκαίδεκα, quindecim, 200 διακόσιοι, ducenti,
16 ἑκκαίδεκα, sexdecim, 300 φριακχόσιοι, trecenti.

PRINCIPLES

OF THE

GERMAN, SPANISH AND FRENCH LANGUAGES.

τ ξ ἢ ς
be

με

9
δ πες ξβεεϑεῖβ
ΝΜ πΟρ ΟΥ ΕΘ >

THE ALPHABETS

SPANISH.

A ah

B bay

C thay

D day
a
afa
hay

H d-chay

joe wo Fe Mew ow LL,

BNQvVWVAYy ws Ὁ 67) δ) 6 οἱ
WHRORQWROoA YAAK

21 241

& etc. .
Φ The former of these characters is initial or medial; the latter

always final.

242 THE GERMAN LANGUAGE.

There are also, in Spanish— ΄
Ch Ll (Ly) N (Ny) Rr
chay filyeay anyeay alr-ray

[Nore.—Let the student remember that the name haa nothing to do
with the pronunciation of a letter; no reliance will, therefora, be
placed on the alphabetical cognomen of a letter for its sound. |

PRONUNCIATION OF THE GERMAN.

%—like ain far.

Wa—protracted sound of a; as bas Haar, the hair.

$—At the commencement of syllables, it is like ὁ in bend;
but at the close of a syllable, it sounds much like p or pb; as
εἴ, yellow.

$t—enunciate both consonants; as lebt, (debt) Lives.

C—hbefore ¢, t, a, 8, &, 9, like ts; as ber (δ πεῖ, the circle.
Before ἃ, 0, u, and the consonants, like %; as das Concert, the
concert.

Gh (Tsay-hah) before a, o, u, sounds like &; also at the
commencement of a syllable, and before the consonants. After
vowels and consonants, and before ¢ and i, in French and
Latin words, has a peculiar guttural sound, difficult to repre-
sent in English. Observe the position of your tongue while
enunciating the consonant &, in the word kind—move the
tongue back towards the throat a little distance, force the
breath audibly, without the intonations of the voice, through
he aperture between the tongue and the roof of the mouth,
and you have the sound as exactly as it can be made by a
foreigner. This sound occurs in such words as bad Tuc, the
cloth; die Mild, the milk; ὅδ. It bas the sound of sh in
3h, J; reich, rich, &o. &e.

Chs—like x; as der Ochs, the ox.

Gf—like 4; as did, thick.

THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. 248
D—This letter approximates more closely to the sound of
torTH. The tongue is placed against the teeth (instead of
the roof of the mouth), a little above where it ts placed for
TH; closing the aperture between the roof of the mouth and
the tongue—the breath is emitted with the intonation of tho
voice, forming the sound of the German b.

€—long, like a in mate; as habe, have: short,* like e in
met; as das Ende, the end.

€e—-protracted ὁ.

§—like f in from, for, fount, &e.

§f—a little heavier sound than f single.

@G—like gi; as gut, good ; grog, great, 6. At th: end of
syllables, g has a sound similar to ch; as der Weg, the way.
Also, sometimes in the middle of syllables; as ber Regen, the
rain.

§—aspirates vowels, when placed before them; as der Him-
mel, the heaven. It is silent, and prolongs the vowel, when
placed after it; as bas Jahr, the year; wablen, fo choose; die
Ubr, the watch, ἄτα.

3$—long, like 6 in me: short, like ¢ in pin.

3 (like y; as fa, yes. .

RK—like &; as das Kind, the child.

Q—like 7; as dad Lamut, the lamb.

M—like πὶ; as ber Mani, the man.

N—like n; as neu, new.

Ng—like ng; as jung, young.

£—long, like ὅ ἴῃ no; as oder: or short, like u in tub; as
oft, often.

P—like p; as preffet, to press.

Ph—like f; as der Prophet, the prophet.

{)—like q; as bie Qual, the torment.

* A short vowel maintains its original sound, but is pronounced
quicker, and a little more compressed. Vowels before double letters
ere short, as cine Zaffe, α cup.

244 THE GERMAN LANGUAGE.

R—like x; as bas Herj, the heart.

G—like s; as bas Gal, the salt.

Gh—like sh ; as bie Schwefter, the sister.

T—like 2; as ber Tag, the day.

In words of foreign derivation, terminating in tion, the ἐΐ
is pronounced like tse; as Convention, convention: §—like &.

li—like oo; as ber Hut, the Aat: short, like win fall; as
ber Hund, the dog. ᾿

*S—like /; as yon, from.

WW—like v; as wabr, true.

k—like x; as die Ut, the axe.

Y—like i; as der Styl, the style.

3—like ts; as gebn, ten.

¥—like ai in Aatr, or e in men; as ber Bar, the dear.

S—like 6 in her ; as fhhin, beautiful.*

{t—similar in sound to the French x. In English, we have
1.) such sound. Observe the position of the lips in saying
é¢: with the lips remaining in this position, pronounce ὃ long;
draw the tongue slightly backward, and you will have the de-
sired sound. Bear in mind that this is a compressed sound :
notice that in saying we, you first enunciate oo (10), and after-
wards €; manage so as to pronounce the 6 at the same moment
with oo (10), the tongue being drawn a little backward, and
pressed firmly against the upper double teeth, and you will
ercounter little difficulty in pronouncing the letter correctly.

DIPHTHONGS.

Au—like ou; as das Haus, the house.

Wi—like ¢ in pine; as der Mai, May.

Ay—like ¢ in pine.

* This is as near as this sound can be represented by the English
vowel. The sound is a little more open thane in Aer; the tongue

is moved further forward. The best way to get this sound, is te
eatch it from a German, or some other acquainted with it.

THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 245

€t—like ¢ in pine.

Gy—like ¢ in pine.

Wu—like ot in noise (compressed sound),
€u—like of in noise (compressed sound).
Ye—like ce in feet.

Ci—like ¢ in mine.

OF THE SPANISH. —

A—is pronounced like ah; as la cara, the face.

B—like 5; as bonito, pretty.

C—hefore ¢, ᾧ like th in think ; as el pincel (e1 peenthail),
the pencil. Before a, o, τ, like &; as cual (koodl), which.

D—see German D.

E—like ἃ; as me (may), me. Short, like 6 in hen; 88
el, the.

F—like /; as café, the coffee.

G—like h before ὁ, ὦ; as genio (hi-nto), genius. Before
α, 0, u, before consonants and after all vowels, like g in go;
as grande, great.

H—is always silent.

I—like ὁ in me; as el vino, the wine.

J—like ἢ, in all cases; as, José (Hosay), Joseph.

K—like &; as kali, seaweed.

L—like 7; as el papel, the paper.

M—like m ; as mafiana (manyana), to-morrow.

N—like n ; as no, not, no.

O—like 0; as con gusto, with pleasure.

P—like p; as pan, bread.

Q—like %; the subsequent u is not pronounced; as que
(kiy), what. C is now generally used in the place of g. We
write cuél (kwiél), instead of qual, τολίολ.

R—soft, like 7 in Lar, far; &e.: hard, like rr in parrar, (0

246 THE FRENCH LANGUAGE.

extend. The soft sound is represented by a single r; the hard
sound, by double rr.

S—like sin so; as sefidr (sainyér), sir.

T—very similar to the German b; tengo, 7 have.

U—like 00; as su (800), your.

V—like v; as el vino, the wine.

X—occurs but seldom; pronounced the same as 2 in
English.

Y—lixe ee, or y; 88 muy (moo-€), very; y, and.

Z—like th in throne; as el l&pie (ldpeeth), the pencil.

Ch—pr nounced in all cases like ch in church ; as el chaléoo,
th: vest.

Ll—like ly; as bello (bailyo), beautiful.

N—like ny; as gefiorita (sainyoreeta), Miss.

Rr—see R.

OF THE FRENCH.

A—is pronounced like ah; as alezan (al-zang), bay or sorrel
horse, Paris, &c.: short, like a in hat; as datte, date, a fruit

B—like ὃ; as le bal (leh bal), the ball.

C—like ἃ before a, 0, 2, 2, r, ἔν in the same word; as caleul,
calculation; clou (kloo), nail, tack. Before 6, 4, y, like 3;
likewise, with the cedilla (, ) under it, before a, 0, το, ia pro-
nounced like s; as ga (sah), this, that.

Ch—like 4; as chlamyde, a cloak. Like sh; as un cheval,
a horse.

D—like d; as done, then.

E—[unaccented], like ὁ in her. Often silent. See Ger-
man 3.

é—[acsented], like ἃ long; as café (coff-ay), coffee.

é—like a in am; as le pére, the futher.

&—same as ¢, but longer; as téte, the head.

THE FRENOH LANGUAGE. 947

F—like , as fer, tron.

G—like g; as gant (gang), glove: like zh; as gésir, to lie,
be buried.

H—like hk. Often silent.

I—like ¢ in English ; as petite (pettit), Uéttle: short, like ¢
in pin; as ici (isy), here.

J—like s in measure; as jamais (shama), never; jour
(zhoor), day.

K—like &; as kynancie, quinsy.

L—like 7: 1] like ly or LyusA.

M—like m.*

N—like n.*

O—like o. _¢

P—like p ; as pain, bread.

Ph—like /; as phare, light-house.

Q—like Spanish ¢; as que, that.

R—like r. Silent where it terminates a word, if preceded
by e.

S—like sor z. Often silent.

Se—like s before e, +, y: before a, 0, τι, J, +, like sk.

T—like ¢@ It has also, before ta, te, teu, ion, a sound like
ts or c; as tial, tion, tieux, &c. Often silent.

Th—like ἐν in all cases.

U—like German it.

V—like v.

X—like ks, gz, ss, k, (before c), and z. Silent.

Y—like ee.

Z—like αὶ and s.

᾿ A guttural sound, somewhat similar to ngk.

DIPHTHONGS, &c.
Ai—is pronounced like αἱ in hair: algo like ay in day.
Ey—is pronounced like ey in prey.
Ki—is pronounced like αἵ in hair.
* The sound of the French nasals (m, #), ean never be learned
exept they are Acard repeatedly.

248 THE DEFINITE ABTICLE.

AS SS 9 9Ὸς ὦ ὐὐασυυσοανν

Ay-~is pronouaced like ai in hair.

Af, aie, ais, ait, aix, of, like at in Aatr, but longer.

Oi—like wa in water: in a few words, like ai in hair; as
frangois, void, affoiblir, &c.
' Au, eau, aux, eaux, aud, auds, ao, δ], aults, auex, aut,
auts, 62, oc, ocs, ods, oh, op, oqs, ot, δύ, ots, oth, oths, are
each pronounced like o in no.

Te—like yea.

NASALS.*
Am, an—uearly like fing; as ambition (angbissyong), ambt-
im ; ancre (angkr), anchor.
Aim, ain, ein, em, en—nearly like short ing.
Om, on—nearly like ong.
Um, un—nearly like ung.

THE DEFINITE ARTICLE.

GERMAN.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Nom. Gen. Dat. Aca
Mas. Wer, ded, dem, den. Die, der, den, die.
Fem. Die, der, der, die. ce “4
Neut. Das, des, dem, das. ee
SPANISH.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace
Fem. La, de la, & la, la.t las, de las, & las, las.§
Mas. El, del, al, 61. los, de los, & los, 1os.||
Neut. Lo, de lo, & lo, lo. No plural.
FRENCH.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace.
Mas. le, du, au, le. Les, des, aux, les.
Fem. La, de la, & la, la. ς ¢ {4 «

* If the m or ἢ is followed by ἃ vowel, it céases to be nasal; but
if it precedes a consonant, or terminates a word, it is a nasal. ὁ If it
terminates a word, the next word commencing with a vowel, there is
ὃ sound of 1 after the nasal.

! Or, & la. 1 Or, & el. 2 Or, & las. jj Or, & los.

DECLENSION. 249
[Norz.—When the French article, in the singular, precedes
another word commencing with a vowel or silent A, the final vowel
of the article is dropped ; as l’oncle, the uncle, for le oncle; )’étade,
the study, for la étut.e; Vhoneur, the honour, for le honeur. ]

THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE.
GERMAN.

SINGULAR.
Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace.
Mas. Gin, eines, einen, einem.

Fem. Cine, einer, einer, εἰπε, No plural.
Nent. Gin, eines, einen, ein.

ΒΡΑΝΙΒΉ.

SINGULAR.
Nom. Gen. Dat. Acc.

Mas. Un, deun, aun, un. No plural.
Fem. Una, do una, a una, una.

FRENOH.

Nom. Gen. Det. Ace.
Mas. Un, d’un, Aun, un. No plural.

Fem. Une, d’une, ἃ une, une.
THE FRENCH PARTITIVE.*

SINGULAR. a Dat.
Nom. Gen. Dat. Acc. Nom. Gen.
Mas. Du, de,fadu, du. deg, de,t ἃ ‘des, des.
Fem. De la, def, ἃ de la, de la.
DECLENSION.
GERMAN.

The German noun is subject to certain terminal mutations,
which, when they are arranged and classified, are denominated
Declensions. Of these Declensions, some authors recognise
eight, five, or four, while many accord that there are, in fact,
but three.

For the sake of simplicity and brevity, we shall arrange all
the German nouns into three separate heads or declensions—no
more; and in following out this arrangement, we shall class

* Translated, some, of sorse, Go. T Or, @’

260 DECLENSION.

ee

all the singulars first in order, and afterwards the plurals, in
their own place, on the plan of Le Bas and Régnier.

The Declensions are determined by their mode of termina-
tion.

SINGULARS.

First Declension.--All nouns of this declension are either
masculine or neuter, and make their genitive in ὁ, εὖ, and ens,

Nom. Gen. Dat. Aco.
Der Himmel,* bes Htmmels, dem Himmel, den Himmel.
In like manner are declined all masculine and neuter nouns
terminating in el, em, en, er; neuter, in n, den, lein, &e. &o.
Nouns which already terminate in 8, 3, δὲ, §, ὃ, take an ¢ in
the genitive before the ὁ, forsake of euphony; as

Nom. Gen. Dat. . dec.
Das Harz,f des Harzes, dem Harz,f das Harz.

Many nouns, also, take e, in this manner, when the final let-
ter produces too close a sound to admit of an immediate sub-
sequent 8, These nouns are of various terminations, as follows:

Das Land, the land; das Kind, the child; her Mann, the
man; der Hut, the hat; der Wein, the wine, Xe.

Nouns in end.

Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace.
Der Funke,§ des Funlens, bem Funten, den Funten,
Second Declension.—This declension comprises none but
masculine nouns. The genitive termination is τὶ oren, All
the other cases of the singular and plural are like the genitive
singular.
Der Knabe, the boy.
Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace.
Der Knabe, des Knaben, dem Knaben, den Knaben.
Most of the nouns of this declension, terminating in ἃ con-
gonant, make their genitive in en.

* Heaven.—[Notz.—Tho German noun always commences with a
capital letter. ] ᾿

t+ The rosin. τ ἢ ~Or, Sarge.

ἃ Formerly, and occasionally at the present day, Sunfen.

DECLENSION. 261

Der Bar, the bear.
Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace.
Der Bar, des Baren, dem Baren, dex Baren.

Third Declension.— All the nouns of this declension are of
the feminine gender. It takes no inflection in the singular,
nor does it terminate in any fixed letter.

§ ται, a@ woman.
Die Frau, ber Frau, der Frau, dte Frau.
PLURALS.

The various terminations of the nominative plural are ὁ,
wt, en, ens, or like the nominative singular.

When the nominative plural ends in n, all the other cases
are the same.

When the nominative plural does not end in n, the dative
alone takes an n, and the genitive and accusative are like the
nominative.

No inconsiderable number of nouns change ἃ, 0, 1, and au,
of the singular, into 4, 3, %, and du.

Masculine and neuter nouns, of the first declension, in εἶ,
er, en, ten, have their nominative plural like the nominative
singular, and add n for the dative.

Der Wdler, the eagle.

PLURAL.
Nom. Gen. Dat. Aoc.
Die Moler, der Wdler, ben Adlern, die Adler.
Das Stegel, the seal.

Die Siegel, der Siegel, den Siegel, die Stegel.

The greater part of the masculine nouns of the first declen-
sion take ¢, in the nominative, genitive, and accusative, and n, -
in the dative plural; as

Der Frembling, the stranger.

. PLURAL.
Die Fremdlinge, der Fremblinge, den Fremblingen, der Fremdlinge,
Feminine and neuter nouns in if, also take ¢; as

Das GeheimntF, the secret.
Die Gek eimniffe verGebheimniffe venGeheimniffen,die Gehetmniffe,
{Nora —When § comes between two vowels, it is changed into ff.]

252 DECLENSION.

A great number of nouns of the third declension in the
singular also are declined in the same manner in the plural;
so also are nearly all neuter nouns, whose initial is the particle
ge, and whose terminative is in any letter other than e, [, or er,
in the nominative singular; as, singular, bas Gefdent; plural,
bie Gefdhente, the gift, the gifts.

Thus, also, are declined all neuter nouns terminating in
ment; as Gaframent, Gaframente, &c. There are, also, many
neuters, whose distinctive features cannot be established.

All such nouns of the first declension as ending properly
in ¢, are often terminated by e or en; all nouns of the second
declension, which take ὁ in the genitive singular, and all
feminine nouns in el, e, ee, ἱε, Ἐ form their plaral by adding an
tt to the nominative singular.

All nouns of the second declension, whose genitive ends in
ex, as Bar, Biren; all feminine nouns not noticed hitherto, in
this description of the plurals; and especially such as termi-
nate in end, et, θεῖ, in, Fett, fcjaft, ung; and those derived
from foreign tongues; also.a number of masculine nouns, the
nouns Bett, bed; Hemb, shirt; Herz, heart; Obr, ear; and
nouns in or, incorporated from the Latin language; and a
greater part of the nouns in tir, are all declined by adding en
to the nominative singular termination.

All masculine and neuter nouns in thum, as (sing.) ber
Reihthum, the fortune; (plu.) die Reichthiimer, the fortunes;
(sing.) bas Herzogthum, the dukedom ; (plu.) dte Herzogthimer,
the dukedoms. All such neuters as have not been included in
the preceding explication, terminating generally in a mute, or
the letters ὁ, jt, [ὦ ; as (sing.) bas Bild, the image ; (plu.) dte
Bilder, the images; (sing.) bas Dorf, the village; (plu.) die
Dirfer, the villages; and the following masculine nouns :-—
Bofewidht, Dorn, Geift, Gott, Leib, Mann, Ort, Rand, Bormund,

* With the exception of bie Mutter, mother; die Vodhter, daughter,
which make their plural with the Umlaut (Ὁ, die Metter, die TSehter.

DECLENSION. 258
Wald, Wurnt, all make their plural in er, at the same time
placing the Umlaut (7) over the vowel or diphthong, in the last
syllable in the word; as Gott, Gitter, God; Mann, Manner,
man; Haus, Haufer, house, ὅσ. &e.

We have been thus prolix with the German noun, in com-
parison with the general brief style of this work, that the
student might have no room for doubt; and for the sake of
simplifying in a degree the preceding pages on the German
noun, we submit, in one general view, a table, so arranged as
to comprehend all the entire terminations in a body.

8a DECLENSION.
Feminine Nouns,

Ist DECLENSION.
Masculine and Neuter Nouns.

r—
1/G—(e) ὁ
: Do.
SSE Cepek @tc@ske
ΗΕ Ὅν πη, --- ().--- er|~ en. ς-- Ξ Or ἢ κα τ τι
A.—t. |— . |— τὸ [-ῷὸ ἐπ -πα (Ὁ) ποτῷ (Ὁ π...Ξ

SPANISH—FRENCH.

The Spanish and French nouns are indeclinable. They
merely add an s for the plural, (a few exceptions); but their
terminations never vary for the case, which can only be deter-
mined by the article or adjective prefixed, or by its syntactic
relation.

[Norz.—The genders, in German, are three, masculine, feminine,
and neuter. In Spanish, three, but the neuter in Spanish includes
only ὦ few adjectives, used in the sense of nouns, and not limited in
their extension; as lo Gtil, the useful; it has no plural. In French,
there is no neuter—nouns are either masculine or feminine, accord-
ing to usage, or as the termination of the word denotes. ]

PLURALS OF NOUNS.

German.—The method of forming the plural of German
nouns has been shown in the preceding Table of Declension.

Spanish.—W hen the Spanish noun is terminated by a short

254 THE ADJECTIVE.

vowel,* the plural is formed by adding an s to the termiration
of the singular; when the noun terminates in a long vowel or
a consonant, the plural adds es to the singular terminative :
e. g. first, carta, letter; cartas, letters; padre, father ; padres,
fathers: second, verdad, truth ; verdades, truths ; tribu, tribe ;
tribties, tribes. Nouns which terminate in z, change z to ces;
as lApiz, pencil; lapices. The plural of adjectives is formed
in the same manner.

French.—The plural of French nouns is usually formed by
the addition of ans; but when the noun (or adjective) ter-
minates in wu, preceded by one or more vowels, the plural is
made by adding x; as beau, beaux; also nouns ending in ai,
ail, not followed by 6 final (ale, 8116), make their plural by
changing ai, ail, into aux; as travail, travaux; mal, maux.
. These nouns, ciel, cil, aieul, also make their plural in 2;
cicux, yeux, aleux. These rules are also applicable to the
adjective.

LY

THE ADJECTIVE.
GERMAN.

When the adjective is employed as an attribute, it is inde-
clinable, but when it occurs in a qualifying phrase as an
epithet, it becomes declinable ; so that the same adjective is at
one time indeclinable, at another, declinable. We say, ber
Vater gut ift, che father ts good; die Mutter gut ift, the mother
ts good; bas Rind gut ift, the child is good, &c. ἄς. But when
- it 15 employed as an epithet, it is declined as follows :

Ist. If the adjective immediately precedes the noun, and is
not itself preceded by either the article definite or indefinite,
or any other declinable word, it is declined thus:

SINGULAR,
Nom. Gen. Dat. Acc.
Mas. G@uter,t gutes (guten), gutem, guten.
Fem. Gute, guter, guter, gute.

Neut. Gutes, gutes (gute), gute, gutes.

* An accented vowel (4, { 6, &c.) is long; unaccented, is short.
t Good, of good, &o.

THE ADJECTIVE. 255

PLURAL.
Mas. Fem. Neut. Gute, guter, guten, gute.
2d. When the adjective is preceded by the definite article,

or som. other determinate word, it is declined as follows:

SINGULAR.
Gen. Dat. Acc.

Nom.
Mas. Gute, guten, guten, guten.
Fem. Gute, guten, guten, gute.
Neut. Gute, guten, guten, gute.

PLUBAL.
Mas. Fem. Neut. Guten, guten, guten, guten.

84. When preceded by the indefinite article, ein, or any of
the possessive pronouns, mein, my; dein, thy; fein, Ais, her ;
unfer, our; euer, your; ihr, their; and fein, any, it is declined
in this wise :

"SINGULAR.
Nom. Gen. Dat. Aco.

Mas. @uter, guten, guten, guten.
Fem. Gute, guten, guten, gute.
Neut. Gutes, guten, guten, gutes.

ΝΣ Participles are declined in the same manner.

SPANISH—FRENCH.
The Spanish and French adjectives are indeclinable, and

only form their plural in order to be of the same number as
the noun to which they are attached, according to the rules
laid down on page 253.

The Spanish and French participles conform to the same
rules as their adjectives.

N. B. The adjective must be of the same gender, number,
and case as the noun to which it is attached in all the three
tongues.

OF THE ADJECTIVES USUALLY CALLED DEMONSTRATIVE
PRONOUNS.

GERMAN.
ont biefe, diefes, (hic, hsec, hoc, Lat. ; οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο,
Gr.) this, these ; declined like guter.
Sener, jene, fenes, (ille, illa, illud, Laz. ; ἐπεῖνος, ---α, —oy Gr.)
that, those ; declined in the same manner.

256 INTERROGATIVES.

Der, die, bas, used as a pronoun, instead of Diefer, in imita-
tion of the Greak (see page 153, Gr. Gram.), is thus declined:

Nom. Gen. Dat. Acc.
Mas. Wer, beffen, Dem, Der.

Fem. Die, deren, . ber, die.
Neut. Das, defer (defi,) dent, das.

Mas. Fem. Neut. Die, deren (derer), benen, die.

Derjenige, this, that, those; derfelbe, the same, are compounds.
The first part of the words, ber, follows the declension of the
article, while the other part follows the declension of the
adjective.

Golther, such, like, declined like biefer.

SPANISH.

Este (mas.), esta (fem. sing.),this; indeclinable.

Estos (mas.), estas (fem. plu.), these; indeclinable.

Ese (mas.), esa (fem. sing.), that; indeclinable.

Esos (mas.), esas (fem. plu.), those ; indeclinable.

Also, esto (neut. sing. ), this, this thing, any thing; indeclinable.

And eso, (neut. sing.), that, that thing, any thing; “

[Norz.—All these adjectives are indeclinable, and follow the
general rule in forming their plural to agree with their nouns. ]

FRENCH.
SINGULAR, PLURAL.
Mas. Fem. , Mas. .
Ce, cet, cette, this; ces, these.
Celui, celle, that; ceux, celles, those.

Celai-la, celle-li, the former; ceux-li, celles-ld, the former.
Celai-ci, celle-ci, the latter; ceux-ci, celles-ci, the latter.

INTERROGATIVES.
GERMAN.
BWeldher, who, which, what thus declined :
en. Dat.
Mas. Welder, nite, welchent, welder.
Fem. Weldhe, welder, welcher, welche.
Neut. Welches, welches, weldem, weldhes.

PLURAL.
Mas. Fom. Neut. Welche, welder, welder, welde.

PRECONJUNCTIVES. 257

a ὄπα. πῖππππασσπβαμαῦ.

Wer, who? was, what? thus declined :

Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace.
Mas. Fem. Wer, weffert (wef), went, wen.
veut. Was, was.

SPANISH.
Quién, que, who? which? &c., is declined by being placed
after the same particles as the definite article οἷ.
Cual (sing.), cuales (plu.) both genders, which ?
Qué (both genders and numbers), what ?

FRENCH.
Quel, quelle, quels, quelles, which? what? declined by placing
oefore it the same particles that are placed before the article
le, ἴα.
Qui (of both genders and numbers), declined in the same
manner. Quoi, what; like que.

PRECONJUNCTIVES.*

GERMAN.
Welches, which, that; declined same as weldes.
Was, which, what; like was.
Go, whd, whom ; indeclinable.
FRENCH.
En, ὦ, them, so; indeclinable.
Y, ἐδ, so; relating to something before it; indeclinable.
Le, tt, &c., indeclinable.
Ce qui, that which ; thus declined :

Nom. Ce qui, that which. Dat. Ce & quoi, that to which.

Gen. Ce dont, that ofwhich. Acc. Ce que, that which.

[J’ai oublié ce dont vous me parlies, I have forgotten that
of which you were speaking to me.]

SPANISH.

The pronoun cuyo is used as a preconjunctive or interroga-
live. It always agrees with the thing possessed (not with the
possessor), in gender, number, and case. [ Whose pens are
these? ,Cuyas son estas plumas ?— Whose book ts this ? qvayo
es este libro 7]

* Relatives.
228

268 PRONOUNS.

PRONOUNS.
GERMAN.
Jd, 2
Dat. Acc.
Sing. δᾶ, ὦ,1; meiner, my, mine, of me ; utir, me, tome; mid), me.
Plu. Wir, we; unfer, our, ours; ἡ Uns, us, fo us; UNS, Us.
Du, thou

Sing. Du, thou ; deiner, thine, of thee ; dir, thee, to thee ; dith, thee.
Plu. Shr, you, ye; euer, yours, of you; euch, you, to you; end), you.
Cr, fie, ε, he, she, τί.

Nom. Dat.

Gr, he; feiner, his is; thm, Aim, to him ; ign, him.

Sie, she ; ihrer, hers; thr, her, to her ; fie, her

G6, it; feiner, tts; ibm, 24, to tt; ἔθη, Ἢ

PLURAL.
Sie, they; ibrer, theirs; thnen, them, to them; fie, them.
The reflective pronoun has no nominative, and is thus
declined :

Gen. Dat Ace.

Mas. Geiner, of one’s self; fich, to one’s self; fich, one’s self.

Fem. S$brer, of one's self; {ich, to one’s self; fith, one’s self

Neut. Getner, of one’s self; fich, to one’s self; fic, one’s self.

PLUBAL.

Shrer, of themselves ; fic, to themselves ; fle, themselves.

(Norz.—The word {elbft, or {eloer, often added to the personal pro-
nouns, and answers the place of our word seif; as id) felb(t, myself,
eo.)

The pronouns Man, one; SJemand, some one; Miemanb, no
one, take e8 in the genitive, and en in the dative and accusa-
tive. Occasionally, also, they are used indeclinable.

Ctwas, something ; Nidts, nothing, are indeclinable.

Ciner, some rne; Reiner, any one, are declined like the ad-
jective, guter.

SPANISH.

Yo, 1
Ace.

M. F. "Yo I; de mi, of me; & mi, to me; & mi, me.

PRONOUNS. 259

ee

PLURAL.
Mas. Nos, nosotros, we; de nosotros, of us; & nosotros, nos,
to us; & nosotros, nos, us.
Fem Nosotras, we; de nosotrag, of us; & nosotras, nos, fo us;
4, nosostras, nos, us
Τά, thou.

M.F. Τά," thou; de tf, of thee; & tf, te, to thee; & ti, te, thee.

PLURAL.
Mas. Vos,* vosotros, ye, you; de vosotros, of you ; ὦ, vosotros, on,
to you; & vosotros, 08, you.
Fem. Vosotras, ye, you; de vosotras, of you ; & vosotras, os,
to you ; & vosotras, 08, you.
El, he; Ella, she.
Mas. El, he; de 61, of him; ὁ 4, le, se, to him ; & 4, le, lo, him.
Fem. Ella, she ; de ella, of her ; & ella, le, se, to her ; ἅ ella, la, her.

PLURAL.
Mas. Ellos, they; de ellos, of them; & ellos, les, se, to them; &
ellos, los, them.
Fem. Ellas, they; de ellas, of them; & ellas, les, se, to them;
& “elas, las, them.

The reflective pronoun has no nominative, and is thus de-
clined :

De si sf, of one’s self; & ὁ sf, se, to one’s self; bef se, one’s self.

N. B. Plural is declined like singular.

FRENCH.
Je, moi, 1
ve,f moi,f 1; de moi, of me, my, mine; ἃ moi, to me; me,
mol, me
PLURAL.

Nous, me; de nous, of us, ours; ἃ nous, to us; nous, us.

* TG, vos, are seldom used in Spanish. Usted, (abbreviated U.)
takes its place, except in very familiar conversation.

ἱ Used in all cases before the verb.

1 Used, 1st, After an intransitive verb; as o’est moi, t is J, for
c'est je; o’est lui, ἐξ is he, instead of c’est il; ce sont eux, ὦ ὦ they,
or, they are. 2d, After an imperative mood, if it is affirmative, in-
stead of me; as donnez-moi, give me; léve-toi, ratee thyself; but if the
imperative is negative, it follows the general rule and takes me; as
ne we donnez pas do not give me; ne te léve pas, do not raise up.

260 POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.
Tu, toi, thou.
Tu,* toi,t thou; de toi, of thee 5 ἃ toi, to thee; te, toi,t thee.

Vous, you, ye; de vous, of y you; 3 ἃ vous, to you; Vous, you.
Il, elle, on, he, she, one.
Mas. I],* lui,f he; de lui, of him; ἃ lui, to him; le, lui,t him.
Fem. Elle, she; d’elle, of her; ἃ 6116, ta her; la elle, her.
Neut. On, one, they, he, somebody, anybody, (indefinite—inde-
clinable).
PLURAL.
Mag. Ils,* eux,t they; d’eux, of them; leur, ἃ eux, to them;
les, eux, them.
Fem. Elles, they ; d’elles, of them ; & elles, to them ; elles, them.
The pronoun reflective, soi, is declined by adding the pre-
position ἃ and de.
N. B. In imitation of the German and English, we fre-
quently find méme attached to the personals, which we
translate self’; as moi-méme, mysel/, ke.

OF THE ADJECTIVE, COMMONLY CALLED THE POSSESSIVE
PRONOUN.
GERMAN.
Mein, my.
Mein, my; meines, of my; meinem, to my; meinen, my.
Meine, my; meiner, of my; meiner, tomy; mete, my.
Mein, my; meines, of my; meinem, tomy; meine, my.

Meine, mys meiner, of my; meinen, to my; meine, my.
Unfer, unfere (or, unfre), unfer, our, ours.
Dein, deine, dein, thy, thine.
Cuer, euere (or, eure), euer, your, yours.
Sein, feine, feist, Ats, her, its. [Used when the
name of the possessor is masculine or neuter].
Shr, thre, ihr, Ais, hers, cs. [Used when the
name of the possessor is feminine].
Shr, ive, ihr, their, theirs. [For the plural of
fei and ir, and for all the three genders].
* Seo anvi, (note ἡ, p. 259). t See ani2, (note {, p. 259).

POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 261

When the adjective mine relates to an antecedent, or agrees
with a noun previously mentioned; as this is your hat, but
where is mine? the word mine is represented in German by
meiner, meiner, meines, or by der, die, bas metnige.

Meiner, meine, meines, mine, that of mine.

Unferer, unfere, unferes, ours, that of ours.

Der, die, bad meinige, mine, that of mine.

Der, die, bad unfrige, ours, that of ours.

Ler, die, bad deinige, thine, that of thine.

Der, die, bas eurige, yours, that of yours.

Der, die, das feinige, Ais, her, tts. [Used if the
name of the possessor is masculine or neuter].

Der, die, das ihrigep his, her its, theirs. [Used
if the name of the possessor is feminine, or if the substantive
for which they stand is plural].

SPANISH.
Mi, my.
Mi, my ; de mi, of my; & mi, tomy; mi, & mi, my.

Mis, my; de mis, of my ; & mis, tomy; & mis, my.
Ταῦ (sing.), tus* (plu.), thy; declined as above.
Su (sing.), sus (plu.), Ais, hers, ts; declined as above.
Nuestro, —a, —08, —as (mas. fem. plu.), our; “
Vuestro, —a, —0s, 28 (M. F. sing. plu.), your; “ &
Su (sing.), sus (plu.), their ; “a
The Spaniards, like the Germans, use some of these adjec-
tives with the definite article prefixed, thus:
Mas. El mio, mine; del mio, of mine; al mio, fo mine; el or
al mio, mine
Fem. La mia, mine; dela mia, of mine; ὦ la mia, to mine ;
la or & la mia, mine.

* In all good society, and ordinary conversation, the Spaniard
makes use of de usted, cr de ustedes, (abbreviated de U.), instead of
ἔμ, tus, &o.

262 POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.

PLURAL.
Mas. Los mios, mine; de los mios, of mine; & los mios, t%
mine; los or & los mios, mine.
Las mias, mine; de las mias, of mine; ἃ las mias, to
mine; las or & las mias, mine.

And el tuyo, la tuya, thine; el suyo, la suya, his, hers;
el nuestro, la nuestra, ours; el vuestro, la vuestra, yours; el
suyo, la suya, theirs, with their plurals; los tuyos, las tuyaa,
thine ; los suyos, las suyas, his, hers ; los nuestros, las nuestras,
ours; los vuestros, las vuestras, yours; los suyos, las suyas,
theirs, are all declined the same as 6] mio.

FRENCH.

Mon, my ; ton, thy; sap, his, hers, tts; notre, our; votre,
your; leur, their; are indeclinable, and add s to form the
plural. Mon, ton, son, though masculine, are used before
all feminine nouns commencing with a vowel or mute A; as,
mon heur, my hour ; ton ignorance, thy ignorance ; son assu-
rette, his or her assurance.

Mien, mine, is declined by prefixing the definite article,
mienne (fem.), miens (mas. plu.), miennes (fem. plu.); tien,
thine; sien, his, hers, tts; notre (mas. and fem. sing.), notres
(mas. and fem. plu.), our, ours; votre (mas. and fem. sing.),
votres (mas. and fem. plu.), your, yours; leur (mas. and fem.
sing.), leurs (mas. and fem. plu.), theirs, are all declined in the
same manner as mien, and cannot be used in any case without
the article. In imitation of the German, these adjectives re-
late to an antecedent noun, with which they agree in gender,
number and case.

Ger. wiirde —en. wirde beget ‘haben.
Bp. Ist, aria,* eria,t irfa.3 2a, ora, Ist, ha

MOOD AND TENSE. 268

TABLE OF MOOD AND TENSE SIGNS.

INDICATIVE MOOD.

Imp. Perf. Plup. Ist Fat. 24 Pot

te. habe ges = hatte ges «= wwerde. —en werde.
ge-t haben.

ba,*ia,f he,*habia.t habia, Fr. habre—do.

aifions,¥ a,*i,fu,Zai. avais, eus. er. aurai.
ez.f)

*~ed. have. had. shall. shall have.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. ἢ
(ε) te. habe ges hatte gee werbde. Like Indic.
860,8 1966. All others like Indicative.
Like Indicative.
might. may have. mighthave.shall. shall have.
CONDITIONALS.

2d, hubiera.
iera,{ iese,f ase.f

Fr. rai- ~ (ons, τ ~iez.t) aurai, ausse, -ὅ.

Eng. shoul

should have.

IMPERATIVE.
2d. 8d. Ist. 2d, Sd.
(e). —t, et, —en wir. -t. —ent fie.
—a ti -ὁ 61. —mos noso- —d vos- —en ellos.
. tros otros.
-ο. quwil—e. -ons. -er. quwils —nt.
do thou. lethim. let us. do ye. let them.

INFINITIVE.

German. Spanish. French. English.

Pres. —en.

—ar, —er, -ir, er, ir, oir, re. te.

Perf. haven. haber —do. avoir. te have.

Pres. —end.

PARTICIPLES.
—do. nt -ing.
habiendo, -do. 6. -α having.

PERSONAL TERMINATIONS.

Sing. Plu. Sing. Plu. Sing. Plu.

o, a, 6, i. mas. The personal terminations of the

2d. ft. t,en. 8, ste. is. French are numerous, and are

8d. t,en. en.

* Ist Conjug.

8, 6, 0. an, ἢ. determined by the profoun.

ἡ 2a Conjug. ὃ 8d Conjug. 4 lst person plural.

t 2d person plural.

264 MOOD AND TENSE.

INFINITIVE.
Gein; ser (or) estar; &tre, to be.
PRESENT PARTICIPLE.
GSciend (or) wefend; siendo (or) estendo; étant, deing.

INDICATIVE MOOD.—PRESENT TENSE.
Ger. δῷ bin, du οἰ, ec ift, wir find, ihr feid, fie find.
Sp. Yo soy, ἰώ eres, el, la es, nosotras somos, vosotros sois, ellos son.
Sp. Yo estoy, (ά est&s, el, la esta, “" estamos, ‘* estais, ‘' estdn.
Fr. Je suis, tu es, il, elle est, nous sommes, vous étes, ils, elles sont.
Eng. I am, thou art, he, she, is, we are, you are, they ‘are.
IMPERFECT TENSE.
Sch war, bu warleft, ex war, wir waren, ihr warle)t, fie waren.
Yo era, tG eras, el era, nosotros éramos, vosotros érais, ellos eran.
Yo estaba, tG estabas, el estaba, nosotros estabamos, vosotros estabais,
ellos estaban.
Yofui, t&fuiste, el fué, nosot. fuimos, vosot. fuisteis, ellos fueron.
‘sEstuve, “estuviste, ‘*estuvo, *‘ estuvimos, “ estuvisteis, ‘‘estuvieron.
J’étais, tu étais, il était, nous étions, vous étiez, ils étaient.
Je fus, tu fus, il fut, nous fimes, vous fates, ils firent.
I was, thou wast, he was, we were, you were, they were.
PERFECT TENSE. [&e.
Bin gewefen,* bift qewefen, ift qewefen, find gewefen, ihr feid, &e., fie find
He aio, as sido, ha a aeealart ἜΦΗ aie an sae" find,
He estado, has estado, ha estado, hemos estado, habeis estado, han
estado.
Ai 6t6, as 6té, a été, avons été, avez été, ont été.
Have been, hast been, has been, have been, have been, have been.
PLUPERFECT TENSE. ᾿
War gewefen, warle)ft,&c., war,&c., waren, &., warle)t, &c., waren, &e.
Hube sido (or) estado, hubiste, &c., hubo, &c., hubimos, &o., hubfs-
teis, &c., hubieron, &c.
Yo habia sido (or) estado, habias, &c., habia, &c., habiamos, &o.
habliais, &c., hubian, &c.
Avais (or) eus été, avais, eus, &c., avait, eut, &c., avions, efimes, &
aviez, &c. δια. &c.
Had been, hadst been, had been, had been, ‘had been, had been.
FIRST FUTURE. ,
Werde fein, wirft fein, wird fein, werden fein, werdet,&c., werden, Ko.
Seré (estaré), ser&s (estards), seré (estar&), serémos (esterémos),
seréis (estaréis), serdn (esteran). |
Serai, seras, sera, serons, serez, seront.
Shall be, shalt be, shall be, shall be, &c. &e.
SECOND FUTURE.
Werde geroefen fein, wirft, &c., wird, &o., werden, &o., werdet, ὅσ.»
werden, &c.
Habré sido,+ habrés sido,t habr& sido,t habrémos sido,t habréis
sido, habraén sido.f
Aurai été, auras été, aura été, aurons ét6, aurez été, auront été.
Bhall have, shalt have, shall have, shall have, &. &o.

© A repetition of the pronoun fs unnecessary. ¢ Or estado.

EXPLANATIONS. 265

EXPLANATION OF THE TEXT AND OF THE FIGURED
PRONUNCIATION.

Jue TEXT is not encumbered by too much literalism ;
and great pains have been taken to use correct expressions.
Those words connected in a brace belong to one phrase, and
are for the most part idiomatic expressions. All the notes to
the references through the text—explaining expressions, etc.—
will be found at the close of each part. The small figures are
guides to the literal translation: thus enabling a person ac-
quainted with one, to translate correctly the other three languages.

Inasmuch as there exist certain sounds in the foreign tongues
wich we do not have in English, the following table will be
very important to him who has no teacher.

GERMAN.
Ch, ὦ oa represented i in fig. pron. by ow.
Gb (like sh), sh.
Gh (like k), 66 [1 ( Δ.
©, έε éé 66 0e
i, 6 és 6c ue
Ui, ay, εἰ, (Ὁ, “ “ “ t.
Au, eu, ( “ 6 οἷ.
SPANISH
Ν᾽, represented in figured pronunciation by ny.
Ll, [] éé ( és ly.
FRENCH.
U, represented in figured pronunciation by _ue.
Eu, ( ( éé 6 oe.
The nasals 6c e 66 ng.
Oi, oix, ὅτ. ‘6 «6 < waw.
J, 66 66 66 6c zh.

The accents have been arranged according to the actual pro-
nunciation. This (~) over a vowel denotes the vowel to be
long; (7) is short; and (*) is the broed accent. Where it
was thought necessary, the word has been divided into syllables.

CONVERSATIONS IN

GERMAN.

Sn einem Zudladen.
Mie? nennen* Sie® biefes*?
Vee nénén see désés?

(6: tft* ein® Sdhawl!*.

Ase tst ine 8

Wie υἱεῖ" 8 ift* der? Preis*?

Vee feel ist der prise?
Behn? Dollars*,

Tsane dollars.

Weldhe? Cinkaufe® haben® Stes
Velcha ine-koifab hah-ben see
in® London’ gemacht ?

tn Litndin gémacut ?

Sch ἔλυε cine? Auswahl
Ish kowfté ind owswGhl

von? Spipen®, Bandern’, Muffe-
fin spitsen, béndern, misd-

lins®, lins,
Kalifos*, Wollenftoffer*,
kdlicés, wolénstdfen,
Shawls; shahis ;

andoon™Paris“einen“Ballen*®

oond fiin Paris intn bdllén
der™® (honiten™, und
der shoensten, cond

reidften® Tidher™, Kafimirs™,
rishe-ten tuecher, kdsémérs,

u, f. 1.8, uw. f. 19,98 9
Haben**? Sie* Gonnenfdirmes ?
Hahben heerma ἢ

δέ66 δι}. 5.8

3H habe* fer {hones Gonnen-

Ish hahba sare shoend siinen-
{hirme® sheermd
286

SPANISH.

Tienda de pafio y de kenzo,
Como? se? Ilama** eso’?
6m5 say lyahmah asé ?

Es** un* chal*.

Es - oon chal.

1 Cualt es* 615 presio* ?

Quahl és el prathéd?

Dies* pesos’.

De-dth pasds.

λῶπο' articulos*ha* comprado®
@ Grticoolis ah comprado

Ὁ. —_en® Londres? ?
Oosted en Lindrés?

He comprado*? un? surtido*
A cimprahkdo oon soortido

de® encages®, cintas’, museli-
da éncaihés, thintds, moosilee-
nas®, nds,

zaraza®’, fana merina”®,
sarasa, lan-ah méreenah

chales" ; chaldse ;
y’® de* Paris“ un cantidad™
ὁ da Paris oon cantedad
de*” pafios® y casimires”*, muy
dad panyds ὃ caséméres, muy
hermosos® y* muy ricos®,
ermésos ὃ muy rékos,
etc.** etc.** et cetera®™.

Tiene? U.* quitasoles*?
e-dnd oosted kitasdlés ?

Tengo** quitasoles* muy* her-
Téngo kitasdléis muy &-
mosos* mdsds

CONVERSATIONS IN

FRENCH.

Magasin de drapes.

ENGLISH
Se TTS ene
Al a dry-soods store.

Comment ceci’ s’appelle*t-il 76 What* do* you® cail* this* ?

Comdny sty sdpél-tu?
C’? est? un? schale*.

S” dte ing shal,

Quel en Ὁ est* le* prix‘?

Kél dng ἃ luh pree?

Dix! piastres’.

Dee pyastr.

Quelles* emplettes* avez*-vous*
Kel -z-ang-plet ivy - voo
faites’ 4° Londres’ ?

fot ah Londr?

-----------
Αἱ acheté"* un? assortiment*

LZh’G dshta ung asortimaing

de* dentelles*, de rubans’, de
duk dangtel, duh ruebang, duh

mousselines®, moosleen,

-------“-Ἤ--ὦ-ὄΞΞΞ-Σ----
de calicos®, d’étoffes de laine’,
duh calico, d’etof duh lan,

de schales" ; duh shal ;

et? 433 Paris, 1615 plus’? beau®

ἃ ah Pary, lubplue bo

οὐδε le plus précieux™ choix*®
α luh plue presyoe shwato

de draps®, de casimirs™,
duh drah, duh casimeer,

etc.*5 etc. etc.2

Tenez**-yous* des parasols‘ ?
Teny -voo dd pdrdsdl?
J’* ene 81" de® trés* beaux?
Lhang ἃ duh tra - b6

It! is* δὴ shawl*.

What! 185 the® priro* ?

Ten‘ dollars’.

What! purchases* did*® you*
make’ in* London’ ?

I bought* an® assortment*

of? laces®, ribbons’, muslins®,

‘prints®, de-laines*, shawls" ;

and from*® Paris“, a lot*®

of” thet® most beautiful
and*

rich® cloths, casimeres™,

ἄο."5 &o.%8
Dot you* have* parasols‘?

I+ have* some* very‘ fine’ para-
sols®

267

268 GERMAN. SPANISII.

su7etnem®fehrontetrigent Preifet, &7 un® precio muy® equita-
ts00t-nem sdre nee-dreahen pri-sd. ah oon prathéo mwy akita-
tivo’. 7é-vo.

Habent Sie* Flanellet ? Tienet 0.5 bayetas* (frane-
Hahben see flinéla? é-Gnd costed bah-ydtas ( frané-
118) 7 8 lds?)
Ja,%* foll® ἰῷ Shnen® welche’ Tengo**algunas. {1 mostra-
Yah, soll ish énen velchad Tengo,dlgoonds. Ld mostrah-
geigen®? tsiken ἢ τόδ 4 U.® algunas’?
ra ah U. dlyoonds ?
Jat, rothen® Flanell*, Sit, las de* rojo*.
Yah, roten flannel. + See, las da rahe.
ὦ babe? nur? weifent. No? tengo“ mas que? blancas*
Ish hahba& noor vise-sen. No tengo mas ka blinkds.
D,? das® geniigt®* nicht, No** me? bastan*®.
O, das ganuezht nisht. No md bahstan.

3h muh? etwas‘ rothen’ haben®. Necesito’** algunas* rojas’.
Ish moos etuds roten hahben. Netheséts lgoonas rohas.

Sle! fornen*® ibn* 2 einem® Puede* U.* llevarlas** 4158
See koenen een ἰδοὺ t-nem Pwdda oosted lyd-vérlahs al

Farber? bringen*, und® ihn” gee tintorero’?, y® hacerlas
Férbér bringen, oond een gd- teentordro ἃ hatherlahs
farbt" befommen®. ferbebakomén. tefiir™. td-nyeer.

——_?.YQGe ss
Das' iwtirde® gut Loftiptelig® | Esdtme costaria*** demasia-
Das vuerda tsoo kostspeelizh Asdma cdstireeah ddmahséah-

do’, do,
und® gut mubfam’ fein’. y° seria*? tambien demasiado
oond tsoo muesdm. sine. éstryah tambyén damahséahdo

tedioso’.b ta-de-dso.

| re | . ΄------ -τ--ς-ς
53, fo τοῖον» 4. Sie> εὁ ὔπ- Muy bien’, sea? comot lo qui-
Goot, sovee see dsevuen Muy byén, sd-ah kémé lo kee-

ere’ ἴδ era J.

(Sr te
[ὅεπ.5 Sit" fonft® nod? Etwasd jQuiere* U.% algo?
shen. Ist sonst nocw etvas Kee-érd oosted alyo

FRENCH. ENGLISH. 269

ἃ 7 trés®-bas® prix* al? δ very® low” price.
ah trd-bah pree.

Avez*-vous* de la? flanelle*? Ἃ Have* you" any® flannels‘?
Avay-voo duh ἰαλὰ flanel ?

Oni. Vous® en’ montrerai-5 I: μανοῦ. Shall* I* show® you®
We. Vooz-ang mongtrérd- some’ ἢ
jet? zhuh?

Quit, de la* rouge*. Yes*, some* red? flannelé.
We, ἀ᾽ la roozh.

Jo‘ n’?ai* que* de la blanche’. [1 have* only* white‘.
Lhuh nd kuh d@ la blargsh.

—__—_—_—_—_—_—_—_—_—
Qh!, ce *n’est pas mon affaire. Οἵ, that* will*® never* do’.
O, suh n’d pak mong afare.

Jet veux de la* rouge’. It must? have* some* σοὶ.
Lhuh voe d’ la roozh.

Vous‘ n’avez* qu’ & la‘ porter* You can* take® it* ἰοῦ a®
Voo avy k’ ak lah porta
chez’ ehd .
le* teinturier’,e οὐδ la faire® dyer’,and*have*it*° coloured“.
luh tangtueryd, ἃ lah fare
teindre, tangdr.

Ce* serait™ trop* cofiteuxs οἱ That* would* be*® too* expen-
Suh tra tb cootee ἃ sive*

trop ennuyeux’. and® troublesome’.
tro enuc-yoe.

| rere
Boit.f A votre plaisir®*5* = Very* wells, just® as* you®
Swih. Ah votr pldzeer.

Desireriez--vous* autre® choose®. 157 there® any thing”
Dazecer-tr-ya-rz 6-tr
425

270 GERMAN. SPANISH.

was? Ste* heute haben mich mast hoy?
vihs see hoitd hahben moech- mds oy?
ten? tén ἢ

Heute? Nidhts?, mein Herr®, idj* Nada* mas‘ ahora’,d seffor,®
Hoita nix, mine hér, ish Nahdahmdasah-érah,sain-yor,
dante’ Shnen®; dankd eenen ;

aber? ich® werde® in® einigen**s gracias*®®; pero”? volvere®-*
ahber ish vérddi in tnizhéin gréthee-as; pdro volvai-ra

Tagen’? wieder einfpredent™*, en pocas* dias*®.
Tahgen veeder ine-spreshen. en podkds dé-as.

3h! werde® Jhnen®7 febrt Quedaré"*? muy* agradecido®

Ish vérdad é&nen — sdre Ka-dahré mwy agrahda-the-dé
| ee

verbunden® fein’, mein Herr®. && 7.

férboondén sine, mine hér. ah, oosted.

rn (|
δ, nidjt® im? Geringftent,e mein No hay de que.e
O, nisht im géringstin, mine No ὦ dd kd.
Herr.5 hér.

Guten® Tag’, mein® Freund®, | Buen® dia’, amigo® mio’.

Gooten tag, mine froind. Bwen dé-ah, amé-gé mé-6.

Guten? Tag’. Buen’ dia*.

Gooten, Tag. Buen dé-ah.
΄ς------...»-τ-

Wollen' Sie* mich* einige” Kalitos® 2) Hagame ver‘ 6 algunas?

Vollén see mish i-nizha Xalikoes Ha-gahma vér algoonas

a σ΄. ----- ----.
feben>® laffen®, mein Herr®? telas pintadas®,f sefior®?
sd-dn lassen, mine hér ? tdlas pintah-das, sainyor ?

Mitt dem* groften® Vergniigen®. Cont muchisimo*® gustot.
Μὰ dem groesten férgnuezhen. Kon moochisemo goosto.

-—_ v-e——C———— eee}
Wie viel! ift* der? Preiss? yA’ como vende U.eso?s
Vee feel ist der prise ? Ah kémé venda U. dso?
Diet Preife? fiud* verfdhieden*, 1051 precios* son® varios‘,
Dee pri-sd sind fersheeden, Lis pra-the-os sin var-e-os,

| mee |
three? Gitte® entfpredhend>*f en razon de*®h 587 cualidad®.
eerér guetd "εἰ reshencl. en rah-thon dé soo quahl-é-dad.

FRENCH. ¥NGLISH. 271

chose“ en ce moment4/g else*t that** you” wish to-
shdze 8 ang suh momdug ἢ day?

Rien’, aujourd’ hui*, monsieur,® Nothing! to-day‘, sir’, I*thank®
Ryang, dzhoord’we, milsyoe,
je* vous® zhuh voo

ed
remercie®; mais’ j’aurai soin you®; but? I* will® call’ in“
rémérsé; md zh'drd swawng
de repasser®* gous peu**6.h again* in™ a‘* few days*?.
duh répdssd 800 poe.

Vous m’obligerez beaucoup*~7,i 11 shall* be* much‘ obliged®

a obleezhérd békoo,
monsieur’. , _ to® you’, sir®.
musyoe.
er,
Oh’, il n'y 8 pas de quoi**4,k Qt, ποῦ at? all‘, sir’.

0, “il wee ah pah duh quaw,
’ monsieur’. musyoe.

Bon®-jour?, mon* ami®. Good® day’, my® friend.
Bong zhoor, mong nammy.

Bon*-jour*. Good? day’.

Bong-zhoor.

Voudriez'-vous* bien me‘ faire* Will* you* let® me* look’ at®
Vood-ryd voo byang muh fare ‘

voir’ des? calicos*, monsieur?? some? prints*, sir?
vwaw da kaléké, musyoe ?

Avect 165 plus grand?) plaisir‘. " With* the* greatest? pleasure’.
Auvck luh plue grang pldzeer.

De quel! prix‘ sont-ils* ? m What' is* the* price‘?

Duh kél pree singt-w

Le* prix® varie?“ The prices* are® various*,
Luh pree viree
suivant®® 147 qualité®.n according® tn® their? quality®

sece-vany lah kéhlé-ta.

272 GERMAN.

SPANISH.

Pier? ift® ein® Std, febr® (hin,
Heer ist ine stuek, sdre shoen,

fein? int Gemebe®, und’ dauer-
πὲ tm gd-vdbd, oond dower-
haft'®, fir? nur? aswel Scill-
haft, fuer noor tswi shill-

inge** und feds Cents*®.
tngd oond sex sents.

Wirdt er® verbleiden® ?

Veerd der férblichen ?

O41, nein®, ich? Habet thn® [617
0, nine, tsh hahbd een selbst

geprobts. Sie fonnen* fedszehné
ga-probpt. See koenen sextsane

Ellen® abmeffen*?, und? ifn® in”
élén Ghbmessen, oond een in
meine" Wohnung’, No.8 (3480
mind vd-nung, nummero (tsahl)
42" Paulus**
tswi-vond-feertsig Powloos

Strape’ {hiden®.
strassé shiken,

Gr foll* fogleidh® gefchidtwerbden*.
dér 361 sdglishe gdshikt vérdén.

3a babe? mir Bwirn® und?
sh hahbd meer tsveern oond

sabe einen? pie lel
Nahdeln, t-nen _fing-er-
Wakhe*, Sdheeren, und ee
Vax, shd-ren, oond sdre

a ,
feinen Stoff gu Hemben*®
fi-nén stiff tsoo hemden

Aquf esta? una? piezat,
Ak-ké éiah oonah pyd-thah,
bellisima®®, bellis-é-mah,
de tegido*, muy lindo’, y®
dd ta-hé-dé, muy lindéd, ἃ
durable, por"’solamente“dos™
doorable, por solah-mentd dos

e Fe meena
chelines** γῖ5 seis centavos."
chelinénes ὁ sdi-is thentahvos

| naar)

2 Perdera su color=**? 4
Pérdé-rah soo kélor ?

O, ποῖ, la® he* probado® yo?
O, no, lah ἃ pro-bah-do yo
mismo.” Cortemet*k
mees-mo. Kor-td-md

diex y seis® varas® , y7
dee-aith é sd-is vdras, ὃ

envielas™? 415 mi‘! casa*,
enve-d-las ah mé cdsah,
calle? de San Pablo*®

kila da San P4b-lo

No.* 42m,

Noomé-ro quahr-en‘ah ἃ dos.

Letenviere™ & U. al punto®.l
Ld enve-ard ah U.all poonta.

He** comprado® hilo®,
ἃ komprah-dd δι δ,

agujas*, dedal*®,
oohas, da-dal,

cera’, unas tijeras®,

tha-rah, oonds té-her-da,

γ΄ telas® muy*® finas'?,
ὁ téi-lds muy fe-nds,

FRENCH.

Voici*-* une* pidce* fort’ belle’,
Veoawsé uen pé-ds for δεῖ,

a “αν σσπουσπαππαιντα ας
trés fine’, d’un grand usage’,
tra fin, d ἄπο grangd uezazh,
at deux™ chelines*

ak doe shelin
en |

six sols-5, net.e
see sol, nd.

La couleur—passera*?-t-elle*?
Lah cooloer—passd-rah-t-el ?
Oh‘, non*, j’en® ait

O, ποτῷ zh'ang ἃ
nN

fait l’épreuve*. Donnez-m’en*~*
Jay Cuhproev. Don-nd-m'ang
seize® aunes®,

sdze: On

οἱ envoyez®-les? 41° ma‘

6 ang-voyd -la ah mah
residence”, rue” saint’
resé-ddngs rue sdng
Pauls, numero* 421
Pole, numéro karangt-dis.

ll

Je vais vous les envoyer de-

Lhuh vd voo ld-z-angvoyd duh

sulte®.p διοϊί,

΄-π-π“΄“΄---ὦὦᾧὦὦὦ...-..-τ---.

Jet viens* de πλ᾽ 6 acheter® ἀπ"

Lhuh vydng duh m’dshta due

815, des aiguilles*, un? dé,

ju, da -2-dgwil, ung dd,

. irae
de lat cire, une puire de

α᾽ lah er, wen padre da
ciseaux*?, et** det! tréa*® belle’”

stz-d, ἃ duh tra bel

ENGLISH. 278

Here? is* a* piece’, very®

beautiful’, fine” texture®, and®

durable’, fort? only** two*
shillings“

Δ 115 gixpence*® (six cents.)

Will! it* fade* ?

01, πο", 15 havet tried® it®

myself.? You may*

meagure® off* sixteen*

yards®, and’ send® 109 to’

my“ residence’, No.* 42%

St. Paul? street*7.

It‘ shall* be® gsent* imme-
diately®.

It have* bought? me*
some® thread® and’ needles®,
a‘ thimble, some beeswax,

scissors’, and some

974 GERMAN.

Βεἴαι [δ
gi-kowft.

SPANISH.

στ
para camisas*.m
parah kamésds.

Mein? Brak τ θα" ein® ened? Mit hermano* ha? comprado*
Mine brooa:xr hat ine noiyes Mé trmahnd &h khdm-prado

Paar® Gamafden™* gefauft.

un par® de” polaynas® nuevas.®

pakr gd-mashen gd-kowft. oonpahr dd pold-enasnoo-d-vds.

-΄-ς-----
Meine Φαπίεῖ δα." fo eben
Mind tihnid haht 3 aben

tinen® fhdnen’ neuen® Hut®
i-nen shoenen noi-yen hoot
mit? einer’ Heinen blauer*®
mit t-ner klinen blow-ér

Geder** gefaufts, weldhes® fie”
fa-dér gd-kow/t, velches see

auf? eine? {hone Wrt™ siert*®,

owf i-nd shoend Grt tseert.

Mia‘ tia* acaba*‘n de com

Me-&h té-Gh ak-ahbah dé kim-
prar* un®sombrero* hermoso’ y
prahr oon sdm-brd-ré ér-m6-36 6

nuevo®, con® una garzoti-
nwd-vo, kin oonah garthote.
ca’ azult ques la‘? embell-
kah athool kad lah embel-

ice*® 18 muchisimo*® * %,

é-thd moo-chis-€-md.

Sd? τοῦτος mid nit? wundern*
Ish vuerdd mish nisht voon-dérn

wenn® {hr** 3 Semand®7 feinen*®
ven cer yd-mdnd si-nen
Antrag" madte™®; ungeachtet**
Gnirag πιΔοπίᾶ; oongd-icutet
fier® εἰπεῖ gang’? alte® Sungfer™
see t-nd gants alia youngfér

απο τὴ δ {658 um Entfduld-
— Ish bittd oom ent-shoold-

No* serié** sorprendido*,o si®
NG sd-ré-ah sdr-prén-de-do 38
alguno®7 la‘** cortejaria®*—*1;
Glyoo-nd lah kir-ta-har-yah;

aunque* sea*?® una‘® don-
ah-oon-kd sd-ah oonah don-

celliduefiat®*° — Perdone-
thelyé-doo-enyah — Per-di-nd-

ma — Ké-ré-ah

qua? ἰῷ. metre’ Ὁ fehr? decir® muy adelantada®
égung —ish mind sdre dd-theermwy aAdddnushda
vorgeridt™ tm** Φεῦ en® affos™,
forgadruekt im Aer. én Gnyiis.

FRENCH. ENGLISH. 275
eee
toile pour faire des chemises®. very*® fine” shirting"*.
twawl poor fare da shmis.

Mon‘ frére* δ᾽ acheté* une’ paire® My" brother* has* bought*
Mong fraére ah ashty uen pare

de” geutres® neuves*®. a® pair® of? new® gaiters®.

duh goeitr noev.

Ma‘ tante* vient®* d’acheter’ My* aunt* has* just

Méh tangt vyangt d@’ashta .
un® beau’ chapean? nenf®, purchased a® beautiful’

ung b6 = shapo_noe/,

orné d’*° une*! plume** bleue* new® hat®, with” a‘ little*®
ornd αὐ uen pluem blue

qui* la? rend1%1* blue* plume“ that* sets
ké lah rang
trés jolie, her” off* in*? fine™ style*,
trad czholy.
Je ποῦ serais* point* étonné, I* shouldn’t** wonder* ifs
Lhuh nuh sera pwawngt d-ton-d,

65 quelqu’® un? lui 15 some® one? were® paying® his*
cuh kelk’ ung lwé
fit la cour®"; quoiqu’™ addresses? tot® her; not-
78 lah koor; kwawk withstanding**

elle“ soit*® surannée®*%q—- she is*® quite’? an® oldi®
el swaw suer-dn-d—

Bien des pardons®-* r — maid® — I* beg® pardon*—
Byiing da parding —

Jo™* voulais® dire’, I should® say®*, σού
Lheh voola deer,

figée*—*, advanced™ in* life”,
aga

276 GERMAN.

Sn einen G@hnciterladen.

cient |
®Guten? Tag*, mein Herr’.
Gootén tag, mine hér.

Haben' Ste* Rocle* 35 verfaufen?
Hahbén see roeka tsoo ferkowfen?

Sat, mein Herr®, ih? habe Rode®
: Yah, mine hér, ish hahba roe-kd

von’ allen? Sorte’. Weldhe® Art?

fiin dllén sorté. Velcha Grt

pon ods fol ih? Jhnen”

fiin rock sdl ish’ ece-nén
geigen’®? tseken ?

. Nun’, ‘einen? (dwarjzen* Frads,

Noon, i-nen shwéarisen frahk,

ρπὔ"Ὃ----τ ὖ---ς-.Χ.Ὺ0.0
bon feinem Tue —Gh® denke”
Sun fi-ném toochd — tsh déinkd

bas® tft? am? mobernften*.
das ist Ghm moddérnstén.
Sept> πιῶ, ραπλ" fo? modern*
Yétst nisht gants 36 médérn

ale® ber? (berrod® — Dberrdde?
als der ueber-rick—ueber-roekd

werden” mehr getragen*®,
verden madre gG-trah-gen.
ncn
Gut** denn’, zeigen Sie* miré
Goot, den, ist see meer

einen® lberrod’.
imnen ueler-rik.

Hier* ἱβ εἰπετϑ.--ἰἄ 6 benfes das
Heer τοὶ 1-nér — ish denka das

er® Shnen” page.
Gre eenén past.

SPANISH.

Con un Sastre.

Buenos‘ dias*, sefior’.
Bwa-nos dé-is, sainydr.

Tiene* ‘U.* vestidos* que ven-
é-dnd U. vesté-dis kd vén-
der®®? dér?

Sit, seffor’, tengo** vestidos®
Sé, sain-yor, téngd véstée-dds
de® todos’ generos®. 1 Que®
da tédis héndros. Ka
genero’ det! vestidos* Je mos-
héndré da vesté-dis la mis-
traré*—19§U.17? tradradah U2
. so
Bien*, un* vestido fino*5, y
Byén, oon véstedd fénd, ὃ
negro’. Creo®? este®® vestido
nd-gro. Krd-6 esta vestédd

de modo".

da médé.

No’ es tan*® de modo‘ ahora®
N6 és tan da médé ah-é-rah
como® el? saco*—los sacos®
komé el saki—lds shkds
son’? muy de modo,

sin mwy dd modo,

Muy’ bien®, ensefieme*®
Muy byen, ensdin-yd-ma
un§ gaco’.

oon sako.

Aqui‘ esta* uno*® que® viene®
Ah-ké éstah οο-πὸ kd ve-énd

bien & U.®p
byén αὖ, oosted.

FRENCH.

Avee un Tailleur.
Bonjour! *. monsieur.*
Bong-zhour, miis-yoe.
Avez*vous* des* habits* a*
Avy - voo ᾿ da-z-abé-z-ah

vendre’? vangdr ?

it, monsieur’, j’ai** des habits®
We, mits-yoe, τ ἃ da-z-abé
de® toutes’ espdce®. Quelle®
duh toot - 8 - éspés. Kel
sorte*? d’habit***? yous‘? mon-
sor d’ abé voo mong-

treral-je'**5? tr&rd-zhuh ?
Eh bien’, un*noir+ de beau drap*.
Ehbyang, iting nwawr duh bédra.

Celui-la* me® semble’ plus
Sélwé-lth muh singbl plue-z-

ἃ la mode.

ah lah méd.

Pas‘ autant* que® le” paleteau*—
Pah-«é-tang ka luh piltts—
les paleteaux® sont*°

la pilété song

plus d’usage 13.

plue d’ue-zazh.

Eh bien*, donc,* faites moi
Eh byang, dongk, fat mwaw
voir un® paleteau.’
vwar-rung paleo
ἱαπουσσνουποσασποσ τα,

En voici** un’,
Ang vwawsy ung, ké
siéra”®, je* pense’.
sytrah, zhuh pangs.

18 yous®
v00

24

ENGLISH. 277

At a Tailor-shop.
Good! morning’, sir.

Have‘ you* any* coats‘ ἰοῦ
sell®?

Yes’, sir’, I? have* coats® of ®
What?

every’ description.*

kind* of 1* a* coat*® shall Τῷ
show you???

Well, a? broadcloth*—black*,
frock® — I® think’ that® 189
most? fashionable*.

Not! quite* so* fashionable*
now® as® the” sack® — sacks®
are® much" worn®.

Very? well*, then®, show* me*
a® sack’,

Here? is* one*—I* think’

it® is? your® fit®.

278 GERMAN.

SPANISH

a π--ππτρρϑρϑ.ο τ προ τ τ τας
O1, πείπ, gang und gar nidt**s Ot, de ninguna manera; 6858

O, nine, gants oond σὰν nishi,

ex® {6 viel” gu® grop*—er®? wird
dre ist feel tso0 grdse—dre veerd

tie geniigen®,
nee gd-nu

Hiert ift? ein andern’®, eis
Heer ist ine andern, ine

—_—_—_—,
Hleinerer—verfuchen Sie diefen®.

kli-nérér—fersoochen see deesen.

Diefert if peffer—et papt® febr*

Dee-ser ist besser—der past sdre

gut®. Was? benfen*? Sie?
goot. Vas denken see

αν θεν 9. Sdneider™ ?
darueber, shnit - der ?

a.
τ fipt Shnen** febr* guts,
Are sitst é-nén βἄγε goot,

wabrlid®, Prats. — 169
eshtizh—niz

vahr-lish.

fonntet beffer'* fipen™.
Keoenia besser sitsen.

Was sft* der® Preiss?
Vas st der prise?

Er‘ betraghnurdreizehn*Dollars®

Are bétrégt noor dritsdne dollars.

Das* ift* gangs billig’.
Das vst gants billizh.

O, da neen-goond mindrah; és
demasiado”® ancho®®,
dd-mis-é-ah-dé ancho,

| ee |
no me ira jamas***.g
πὸ ma é-rah hamdas.

Age esta® unotro®—
ké estah oon-6-tr6—

΄-----ο.--.----
mas pequefiot, pracbela® 50.
miahs pakeany6, ; proo-d-balah U.

Ks*# mejor=—va muy bien*8,
Ase mi-hir—vah mwy byen.
-“----.--
ἐ Que? le Ῥαγθοθθ 9 de*t eso”,
Ka lipard-tha da dsé,

sefior sastre®?
sainydr sdstra ἢ

Va muy bien**; muy* bien’,
Vah muy byen ; mucy byen,

ciertamente®, Nada® pue-
the-ertamentd. Nah-dah pwa-

da‘ ir? mejor*.
dah eer mahor.

| “ο΄... τὙἸ..-.“-
14. como le vende U.?
Ah koémé la venda oosted ?

Solamente? trece* pesos’.
Sol-ah-menté trd-tha pé-sos.

Es** muy® de barato*.

Es muy da δαγαδίο.

Sch? verfaufe® alle? meine* Kletder> Vendo* ἐο 085 mis* vestidos®

Lh ferkowfa alla ming kli-der

Vindo tédda mis vestedde

rr STS?

Oh', non’, point? du® tout‘. Π5
O, nong, pwawny due too. Il

a° trop* d’ampleur’.¢ Cela‘
ah ἰγ d’ang-ploer. S'lah
he me va pas*—*,

nuh muh vah pah.
eee

En voici un autre®

Ang vueawsy ung-n-otr

oo

plus étroit‘, essayez>-le®.

plue-z-eirwaw, essay - ὦ - ζᾶ.

Tit va*t mieux*. I) sicd ἃ mer-

11 vah myoe. Il syd-d-ah mar-

veille*.a Qu’? en pensez'°-

vdlyuh. K’ ang pangsd-
στο λ τ τ eee

vous®, monsieur le tailleur® ἢ

voo, musyoe luk tdl-yoer ?

Tl sied ἃ merveille'*—a& mer-

It sya ah mérvalyuh— ah mér-

vielle*®, en vérité®. (C’est un
valyuh, ang vérétd. S’d-t-ung
chef-d’ceuvre,¥—on ne® saurait®
shef-d coeur — ong nuh 86-rd
ee
rien® vous faire de mieux**,
ryang voo fare duh myoe.
Quel]! en est* le* prix‘?
Kel ang ἃ luh pree?
Ce! n’est* que treize* piastres’.
Suh n’G& kuh traze pé-astr.

er |
C’test* bien ἃ bon marché.
S’a byang ah bong marsha.
Jo’ vyends* tous? mes* habita®
“huh vang too md-z-abé - z-

ENGLISH.

O', not* at? all‘; it®

186 quite” too® large*—it®
will! never do*.

Here? is* another*—
smallert—try® this®.

That! is* better*—very* fine’

fit®=. What? do® you? think*

of it’, tailor** ἢ

Very! fine* fit®, Very‘ fine‘,

indeed. Admirable’ fit?.

Nothing? could” sit! better"

Whatt 185 the® price*?
It! is* only* thirteen‘ dollars’.
That* is* quite* cheap‘.

It sell? all? my* clothes®

280 GERMAN.

billig®. Dies? {85 der®
billig. Dees is? der
woblfetl>*° Laden",
vole-fi-la laden.

Hier* iP bas? Gelb —ih®
Heer ist dis geld — ish
denfe® ε67 i(t* ridtig®.
déinkd dse ist rish-tizh.

Cee rn
Gang‘ richtig®, mein Herr®; follten*
Gants rish-tizh, mine hér ; sdlten

Gie> irgend? Chwvas® mehr® gu?
see eer-kend etvahs mdre tsoo

σ-------Σ::-::.-:-. -"
meinem δε ἀ{{12.1.5} belangend,
mi-nem gd-shéft bdting-end,

|
gebrauden®, fo laffen Gie es uns
gdbrowcHen, 80 lisén see dse oons
wiffen. © vissen.
Yeh? werde? ed* thun®, mein Herr.$
vérdd ase toon, mine hér.

Guten® Morgen’.
Gooten morken.

Haben® Sie® VBeinkletder?® ?
Haben see bine-kli-der ?

3a, id habe* Beinkleiders
Yah, tsh hah-ba bine-kli-der

pont jeders Urt® und? Giite®.
fin yadér Grt_ oond guetd.

Was fordern* Sie? fir® diefes®

Vahs firdern see fuer deeses
Paar7? pahr ?

Sieben? Dollars,

Secben dollars.

SPANISH.

baratismos®. Aqu{f’ esta®
baritismos. <Ak-ké estah

la® tienda” baratisima®*®.

lah tyenda bardtisémah.

Aquf! esta? su® dinero‘.
ké estah soo dé-nd-ré.

Ani parecer®* es” equitativo?.
Ah mé pirdthér ἔς dleitahtévd.

S{»* seffor®. Cuando* nece-
δέ, sdinydr. Quandd nd-the-

sitara®® alguna’ cosa®,
setarah algoonah kosah,

hagame el favor de darme

d, higdma el fahvor da darma

la_preferencia.**-*®
lah preferenthéah.

Lo* hare*-, seffor’.
Lh ah-rd, sain-yodr.

Buen® dia’.
Buen dé-ah.

Tiene* U.* pantalones*?
Tyand U. pantalo-nds ?

Tengo* pantalones* de‘ todas®
Tengo piantilé-nés da tédas

calidades® γῇ de todos generos®.
kaledadés ἃ dé todos hend-rds.

iCuanto' qaiere** U.* port
Quanto khétra U. pdr
este® par?? esta pahr f

Siete* pesos*.
Se-dld pd-sis.

FRENCH.

. .
ἃ bon marché®. (’7 est®
ah bong marsha. S’a

—_—_—_—_—_—_—_———
169 magasin au bon marché”.
lu magdzang ὅ bing marsha.
Vous voici |’*argent\—
Yoo vwawsy Larzhang—
C’7 est® just*—n’est ce pas? w

Sa ελαοεί--- ἃ συλ pak?

C’est bien™*, monsieur*. Quand*

Sa byang, musyoe. Kang

vous® désirerez® quelque’
voo dd-sérd-ra ieelle

chose® de* notre*! resort**,
shiz duh nétr_ resdr,

re)
venez nous νοἱχ.33. 16 Χ
vend noo vwarr.

Je n’y manqueraj pas, M* 5

Lhuh π᾿ ἃ mang-kerd pah, M.

Bonjour® 7.
Bong-zhoor.

Avez*-vous*® des® pantalons® ?

Avd -voo dé pang-talong ?

Jet tiens* toutes® sortes® de‘
Lhuh tyang t20t sort

pantalons’, et”? d’une grande

pang-ta-long, ἃ d’ung grang
varlété*. vare-tid.

Que! voulez-vous*~* de® cette®

Ka voold-voo tuh set
paire’? pdr f

Sep‘! piastros*.

Ba pe-Asir

24*

duh

ENGLISH. 281

cheap®. This? 185

the® cheap” store's.

Here‘ is* the® money*—

15 think® that’ 185 right®.
All‘ right*, εἶτ. When
you® want® any’ thing*
more? in my" line*,
give™ us“ 4.5 0811,

I* shall® do® go‘, sir’.
Good® morning’.

Have* you* any® pantaloons*?f
I! have* pantaloons* οὐδ al]
kinds® and? descriptions®.

Whatt do? you? ask‘ for® this®

Seven! dollars®.

282 GERMAN.
Das ift® au? viel*.
Das ist tsoo feel.
Nit, wenn® Sie bie> ΟΠ δ
Nicht, ven sce dee gueta

ὉὈε67.5 Tuched® und den"
és toochés oond den

—_—__—_—_—_—
Sdnitt* in Betracht siehen*
schnit in bd-tracué tsé-En.
Haben*> Sie? Weften* gu® vere
Hahben see véstén tsoo fer-

faufen®? kow/en ?

ee —
Jat, mein Herr®. Goll®id*Fonen®
Yah, mine hér, sol ish &nen

eine” Utlafmwe(te™® zeigen’?
“na Atlas-vestaé tst-ken ?

Meint, ἰῷ" witnfde** eine? von®
Nine, ish vuenshad t-nd fin

Kafimir®, Cs fangt an** 2
kasi-meer. Ase féngt Gn tsvo

—— — — .Ψ
regnen®; idy® Dente? id) gebe
rdzhnén; wh denkd wh σα-ἃ

nad Haufee". Legen* Sie mir™
adch how-za. Lazhén see meer

jene™ Beinfleider™® und*7 biefe™
yd-nd bine-kli-der oond deesd

Hiere? tft?

tsoosammen. Heer tst

ein? Hemb™—idh™ gedente*> ο659
ine hemd — ish gd-denkd dse

Wefte?? sufammen,
_ vesta

On
αἰ 59 yu faufen**"—legen™
ow th ὁ) hkowfen — lizhen

SPANISH.

Es? demasiado**.

Es dda-mahs-é-Ado.

Νοῖ, δ", si? se* ha de jusgar*

No, Sr., si si ah da hooth-gar

der la’ calidad® y* de lat

dd lah kal-é-dad é da lah

hechura* de* este® paffo®.

d-choo-rah da ét& panyo.
Tiene 1]... 5 chalecos* que

yand U. chaldkése ka
vender’? véndér ?

Sft, sefior®. ; Le ensefiare**
Se, sainyor. La ensd-nyra

ὦ U.° un’ chaleco® de raso*?
ah U. oon chala-ké da rah-s6?

No’, prefereria®* uno®
No, praféer-tr-é-ah oond
areata |

de casimirg®. Empesa‘* 4
dd kasé-mé-ré. Empés-ah ah
Nlover’, y voy®-*° & casa".
lydvér, € voy ah kalese’.

Enfardelad**** estos’ panta-
Enfahr-daé-lad estds panta-

lones*® γ17 este*® chaleco*.
lé-nés ὃ esta chald-ko.
Aqui* esta* una® camisa™.
Ah-ké estah oonah kum-é-sah

Quiero™* © comprarla**—* tam-
Kééré komprahrtah tam-

bien®. Enfardeladla"*-= con™
byen. Enfahrdaldd-tah kin

FRENCH.
©’! est® trop**.
Sa tro.
I

Non’, si vous examinez*~* bien
Nong, 8€ voo-z-ezimind byang
a’ qualité’ du” ® drap®,
lah kélé-ta@ due drah,
et” Jatt facon*®,
ἃ lah fasong.
| .
Avez-vyous*~* des gilets* a°
Avy-voo da cxhilazah

vendre’? vangdr ?
Oui‘, monsieur.* Vous® montre-
Wé, musyoe. Yoo mongtrd-
Τα 15.5.65 un’? gilet® de satin® ?
rd-zhuh ung zhila dd sdtang ?
Non’, j’*en préférerais®* un
Nong, zh’ang pra-fertrais ung
re
de casimir®. I]t commence*® ἂς
da kazémeer. Il kim-tings ah

pleuvoirS — je® vais®,z 166
ploe-vwawr—zhuh vd, zhuh

γσ----
pense’, retourner” chez moi".
pangs, rdtoorna chai mwaw.
Empaquetez™ **moi® ces pan-
Empaikit® mwaw sd pang-
talons¥ et’ ce gilet*®. Voici
(along ἃ suh zhild. Vwawsy
une® chemise*. Je* vais"’,s jo™
uen shmis. Zhuh va, zhuh

pense*, |’ acheter® également™.

pangs, V ashta ayalmang.
Mettez™-la® Met-d-lah

ENGLISH. 288

That? 18" too* much,

Nott when* you® consider*
the’ quality® of? the® cloth’,
and‘ thet make of * ‘hem.

Do* you* keep? vests* to’ sell®?

Yest, sir’. Shall? 19 show?
you® a7 satin® vest®?

Not; 15 would? like* a5
cassimere®, Itt is* beginning®
tot rain'—I® think’? 15. will®
return’ home“. Put me*™
up those“ pantaloons** and*”
that“ vest! Here® 185 a®
shirt®. 15. think*® 155 wills”

purchase* that® also*°. Put?

284 GERMAN. SPANISH.

Sie eg* gu hem® Ybrigen®, —_los®* otros articulos™.

see ase ts00 dem uebrigen. lis 6-trds ahrtikoolos.

Ja,? bas® if? ein fehr® fdnes® Sit, es** una* camisa’ her-

Yah, das ist ine sdre shoenés Sé, ὅδ. oona kdm-ésa ér-
Hemd’, hemd. mosisima®. mdsis-é-mah.

Wast ift* ver? Preis* diefen®>® Cuantot pidé U.t~ por® esta®
Vahs «st der preis deesen Quanto peda U. por estah
Halsbinber? ? Adls-binder ? corbata’? ἢ korbatah?

—_———_—_—
TDert ift* febr® niedrigs— Es** muy® de barato*.
Dér wt sdre né-drizh— Es mwy dd bdrdts.
unr> swolf? Shillinge’. Solamente® doce® chelines’.
noor tswoelf shilingd. Soldiméntd ἀδιλιᾷ chel-e-nés.

Sebhr' Gut*; legen*> Sie diefelbe* Bien**, bien“, enfardelad*-
sare goot; lazhen see dee-stlba Byen, byen, enfahr-dd-lad-

gu® bem’ Ubrigen®. la* con® los’ otros articulos*.
tsoo dem uebrizhen. la kon lds 6-trds artikoolés.
$n cinen S@dhubhladen. Con un Zapatero.
—————_:..
σι" dente? ἰ 5 will* unten® Me propongo“*s de ir’ 4 la
Ish denké& ish vil oontén Ma propingd dd eer ah lah

in bie Stadt? gehen’, und® mir? ciudad’ baja’, y* de comprar®
in dee stit gd-tn, oopd meer the-oodad baha, édakomprihr

ein™ Paar? Stiefel** faufen®. un par de* botas”.
ine pahr steefel kowfen. oon pahr dd botis.

—_—_—_—_—_—_—_—_—_—_—_—_—
Wollen*® Sie'* mich begletten*?? ;Quiere“U.** venir'7conmigo*?
Vollin see mish bégli-tin? Kééra U. vd-neer kin-mé-go?

Mit! Vergnitgen®, mein® Freund‘, Con* gusto*, amigo* mio*.
Mit verg-nuezhen, mein froind. Kon goostd, Amégd mé-d

SN
Werden wir gehen® oder*fabren? 7 Iremos & pie*, den coche*s
Vérdén veer ga-én édér fih-rin 7 Erdmésah pe-d, 6 en kocha?

FRENCH.

LT,
avec™ les*5 autres articles”.
δυδξ la-2z-dtre-zartkl.

Oui, οἷ: est? une* trés® jolie®
We, sdte uen tra chidly
chsmise”, shmis.

Quel’ est* 165. prix* de® cette®
Kel ἃ lah pree- duh set
cravate?? kravat?

Elle* est? ἃ trés? bon march&—
El ἃ ah tra bing marsha—

σ---..-...-.-.--ι
Douze® chelins’, pas ἀ᾿ ἀνδηίδροδ.
Dooz shélang pah d’dvangtazh.

Fort bien’, envelloppez*-la*
For byang, ang-vel-bvpa-lah

avec® 17 achat®
dvéke U dshih.

Magasin ἃ Bottes.

eee
Je suis d’avis de descendre*—
Lhuh swé d’avé duh ddsdngdr

en ville? pour m’*° acheter®
ang vil poor m’ashtd

une” paire** de® bottes“. Vou-
uen pdr duh bd. Ῥοο-
16:15. γο 815 m’** accompagner*? ?
l@-voo mdkdmpdan-ya?

Avec! plaisir®, mon® ami‘.
Ahvék plahzeer, mong-n-dmeé.

ENGLISH. 285
it™ up™ with™ the® rest,

Yes‘, that* is* a* very® fine®
shirt’.

What! is* the® price* οἵδ this®
cravat? 7

That* is* very* cheap*—
only® twelve® shillings’.
Very‘ wells, put* that¢

up® with® the? rest*.

In a Shoe-store.
I think® 15 will* μοῦ down®

town’, and® buy? me” a‘
pair*® of # boots!
Will you** accompany” me*?

With’ pleasure*, my? friend*.

Trons-nous i pied*-* ou*prendrons- Shall we? walk’, or‘ ride*?

Trong-noo ah pyd oo prangdrong-

nous y :iture’? noo vwawtuer?

286 GERMAN.

1, laffen Gie* ung® gehen ;
O, lasé see cons gd-én;

e8% {ft nur” ein® Sdritt? bis
dse ist noor ine shrit bis

gu* einem* Sdublaben’s.
ἔδοο t-nem 8

Sebrt wohl*, dann’, wollen? wirt
veer

Sdre vole, dan, vo
" geben®. ga-tn.

—— es
Beilaufig bemerlt*-, beobad-
Bi-lei

teten*® Sie3 geftern® Whend**
télén 866 gestern § Abend

Shren”? Vetter® im? Theater?
td-ah-ter ?

Nein, idh* beobachtete? ihn nidt*,
Nine, ish ba-Obacwlea een nicht,

é-rin fetter wm

meine’ Gedanten® waren’ gu® fehr®
mind gd-danken var-en tsoo sare

mit? dem? Sptele* δε α αἰ",

mit dem spé-la bd-shéftgt.

(δ᾽ war? ein® fehr* (hones®
Ase vir ine sdre shoenes

Stud; wurde aber? Ὀμτ 35 den!
stuck ; ’ voorda Ghber doorsh den

Unrubeftifter® im Parterre?®

son-roo-c-stifler im padrtér-rd

gu® oft® unterbroden’®.
ts00 6/t oonter-brochen.

Sat, ετὸ war? etn febr® fomtifdjer®

ah, dre var ine sdre kdmisher

Ramerid’. hahm-rdd.

ba-mérki, ba-dbacu-

SPANISH.
Vamos, pues, & pie’. Porque
Vamos, pwase,ah péd. Porkd

no’ hay®* que? un® paso® hasta”
πὸ t kd oon pahsd astah

lat! (primera) zapateria® 4,
luh (pré-médrdah ) thapdtéré-ah.

Muy* bient, vamos*~*,
Muy byen, vahmos.

jA proposito**, ha‘ visto® U.§
Ah pré-pozé-to ah veestd U.

su’ primo® 81» 10 teatro
soo pré-mé αἱ td-airéd

eee)
ayer por la sera ‘*/?t
ahyér por lah sarah ?

No’, no* le he* visto—
NG, πὸ la a veesto—

Mi5 espiritu® era’ captivado

Mé éspé-rétoo d-rah kaptévado
port 145 piesa‘.

por la ptdtha.

Era’* una* pieza® muy“
A-rah oonah “τον
agradable®; pero’ interompi-
agradahble ; pdro intér-ompé-

da*® demasiado®, por*! este**
da ddmahséddo, por esid
bribon® del* 15 patio*®.
bré-bon del pahté-6.

S{t, era*? un‘ bufonillo*’.
Sé, &rah oon buf-o-nilys.

FRENCH. ENGLISH. 287

Marchons™, 116 n’y? O+, let# us* walk‘; it®

Marshong, 11 ne

a® qu’? un® pas? d’ici, A un is® but? a® step® —s-

ah Kung pak @isy, ah ung tee
᾿

ΤΑΔΟΑΒΙΥΜΣ ἃ soulier*®. to*? att shoot-shop.” ὦ

magazang ah soolyér.

Eh bien’ bien*®,donc’, allons &pied*~*. Very? well’, then*, δ ν᾽
Ehbyang,dongh, allong-2-ah pyd. go*. .

A! propos**, avez*-vous® vu’ § By‘ the® way’, did* you®

Ah prépé - 5 - avd-voo vue

hier soir®, votre? cousin® observe® your’ cousin® at®

yer swawr, voir koozang

au®**° théatre” ? the* theatre last** evening™?

ὅ td-ah-tr ἢ

Non’, 65 ne‘ ΤὟ ai? pomt* vu. No‘, 15 did? not*—my°

Nong, zhuh nuhlé ἃ pwong vue.

Mon! esprit® était? trop®*® mind® was? too® much®
-tspré-t- ely ἐγ

occupé°dela*réprésentation®. engrossed’? with the* play*

oluepd duh lah répraséntasé-ong.

C’! était® une® trés* belle® Tt* was* a very* fine!

S’ety-t-uen tra bel

pidce® ; mais? trop* souvent? φγ]αγδ; but? too® frequently®

pets; md trd so0-vang-t-

interrompue* part! cet interrupted by that
dingter-Ompue pdr suk
plaisant? du’** parterre*®, rogue* in* the’ pit*,

pla-sang due périer.

Quit, 115 était® trés® comique®. Yes’, he® was* ag very® comi-
We, il eta tra kon-ik. cal® fellow’.

288 GERMAN. SPANISH.

Ganj* fo*; aber* Hier* find* wir? Es verdad**.u Perot aqui
Gants so; Gber heer sind veer Es vérdad. Paro &aké

betm>* Schubladen’?, Laffen® estamos*‘ delante’ de la®
bime dden. Ldsstn estimos dd-lanid da lah

Gie und* eintreten. zapateria”®, Entremos**!
see oons ine-trétén. - thapateréa. Entrd-ntos
Sollt th* Sie* mit einem® Quiere U.*-'v un® par’? de®
Soll ish see mis t-nem éérad U. oon par da
Paar? Gdube® verfehen® ? ἢ zapatos® ? |

pihr shood versd-tn ? thapatos

Rein, metn Herr®; ich? verlange* No’, sefior®; quiero** botas’.

Nine, mine hér; ish ferlang-& No, sainydr ; ké-troé botas.
Stiefel’, sté-fel.

Weldhet Art* von® Stiefeln* 4 Que genero® de® botas*

Velcha Grt fin sté-feln ἃ hendrd dda boas.

EN
glehen? Sie® vor7? von δας le agradece ἅ U. mas*7?w
tse-tn see for? fin khalbps ld agrahdatha ah U. mas?

eee
haut, bon grofem Ralbsfell,2h El piel becerillo®, de becerra’,
howt, fin grisem kalbpsfel, El pyél betherilyd, da betherah,

oder” yon Saffian?? Sh“ 6% de cordobant*? Tengo?
ddér fun sif-é-Gn? Ish 6 da kordsban? Tengo

habe einige febr*® fchinet® botas® de’? cordoban’? muy”
hahba i-nizha sdre shoend bitas da kédrdéban muy

Gadffian'’? Stiefel, weldhe*® ih fino*®, que? vendré*-™ 4 Ὁ.
saf-é-in stee-fel, velcha ish feno, ka véndrd ah U.

billig? verfaufen® will. muy de barato®.
billig verkowfen vill. muy dd barato.

Welchet Urt* Kalbsleder** haben’ ;Quetgenero® de® cuero de terne-
Velchd Grt kalbpslader hahben Ka hendro da kwaro dé térnd-

Sie? see? ro‘tiene>U. rotydna U.
Ι Δ
δ habe? {τα 663, Ἰϑηροῖ cuero* de ternero*,
Lh hahba Υ

Srantsoesiches, Tengo kwaro da térnaro,

FRENCH.

C’est vrai**.aa Enfin,bb
Sa vra. Ang-fang,
en,

nous voila*~* au®® magasin®
noo vwawlah 6 magazang

ἃ bottes?. Entrons*1,
ah bot. Angtrong.

Vous* Offrirai-je'* une
voo-z - offré-rd-zh -uen

paire’ de® souliers®?
par duh sool-yér ?

Non‘, monsieur*, 165 désirerais*
shuh dazértérd

Nong, musyoe,
des bottes®. dd bdt.

Quelle‘ sorte* de® bottes*
Kel sort da bat

΄-ρ“-᾿---
préférez®7-yous*—en veau!,
prafard - voo — ang v6,

rr
en vieux veau’, ou’?
ang vyeu vd, 00

. .
en maroquin? 139 4115 de“
ang marokang? zh’a duh

trés*S belles*® bottes’® en maro-
trd bel ~—S_ bot-8 - ang mar-o-

289

Quite so*; but* here’ ποῦ

ENGLISH.

are‘, at’ the® shoe?-store®.

. Let® us enter’.

Shall+ 15 accommodate® you‘
with? a® pair” of® shoes®?
Not, sir*; I* wants boote®.
What* kind* of? boots*

do you’ prefer?—calfskin®,
kipskin®, or

morocco? I** havet#

some“ ὙΟΙΎ fine*® morocco”

quin”, que? je™ puis* offrir® boots, that I» will™
kang, kuh zhuh pwe-z-of-reer
| ee’
ἃ bon marché*. sell™ cheap®.
ah bong marsha. .
Quelle* espéce* de® veau* avex’- What‘ kind? of? calfskin‘ have*
Kel duh vd avy- you®?
vous®? στοῦ ? .
J’! ait des cuirs de veaux‘de [1 have* French? calfskin‘,

ZWa& da kweer duh vd duh

25

290 QERMAN.

Philadelphter>, und® ordinares?
Filadelfier, oond drdinarés

Kalbeleder. (Θ ὦ habe) einen febr*

SPANISh.

frances*, de Filadelfia’, y®
franthés, da Filadelféah, é

de algunos ordinarios’. (Ade-

kalbsladér. (Ish hahba)inensdre da GgundsordénGréos. ( Ahdc-

fhinen® Artikel’? von" frangofle
shoenen Grtikel fin frantsoesi-

fem™ Ralbeleder®. Soll ich
shem kalbsladér. Sol, tsh

Shnen” weldhes zeigen’?
é-nen velches tsi-zhen ?

΄-“π,᾿.--
Wenn es Shnen* gefallig ἐμ}
Ven dse e-nen ga-fellig rst.

Hier? find? fier. Sch* denle® fie®
Heer sind see. Ish denkd see

werden? Jhnen® genau” paffen®,
vérdéin é-nen gdG-now pdassen.

GSie* fehen® febr® plump* und®
See sd-én sdre ploomp oond
gtop® aus*. gross ows.

Vielleidht? mdgen®* Ste*
Fé-licht moezhen see

am [iebften® Gaffian®-Stefel.
ahm leebsten Safi, dn-sté-fel.
Scht will? mir einige® Gaffian®-
Ish vil meer tnizha Safyan-
Stiefel befehen®, wenn? Sie? ers
ste-fe. ba-sd-én, vén see “ér-
lauben®, lowbén.
Hier? ἐμῇ ein® fehr* (hdnes® Paar’,
Heer ist ine sdre shoenes pahr,

welded” th* Qhnen*! unter dem?
vélchés ish é-nen oonter dem

mas) otros generos?° de
mahs) dtris héindrés da

ternero® frances", muy® boni-
terndro franthes mwy boné-

tos®, 1 Quiere'U. verlos!4—*8 ?

tos. Keé-éra U. vérlos?

Gon mucho gusto’.

_ Kon mvocho goosto.

Aquft estan**.
Ah-ké estan.

Creo*5 que
‘ra-o ζᾶ

ny
fe calzan muy bien.x
la kalthan muy byen.

Me parecen“*y muy® groceros*
Μὰ pardthin mwy grotheris
y® anchos®. e dnchds.

Quisat le gustarian*~ mucho
Keéthah la goostaréahn moocho
mas®s botas de maroqui’.
mas, botas da maro-ké.
Quiero** ver™ algunas® de
Ké-ér6é ver dlgunahs dé
maroqui®, ef? U.* le gusta’.
maroké sé U. la goosiah.

Aqui*esta* un? par® muy‘ fino’,
Ah-ké esta oon pahr muy feno,

que” puedo*® vender” & U.*
ζᾶ pwé-dd véndér ah U.

FRENCH. ENGL’SH. 29]

-.----- Pn eee

France’, de Philadelphia’, et® Philadelphia’, and®
Franys, duh Filddelfyah, ἃ

méme d’ordinaires? (J'ai) | common.’ A very

mdme dérdindr. (Zh a)

un trée®-beau® choix'® de veaux® fine® article® of * French”
ung trad - bo zhwaw duh vd

de France. Vous?” en mon- calf *%—shall [15
duh Frangs. Voo-z-ang mong- .

. - es Ae
trerai*!®-je% quelques-uns*? show*® you’? some ?
trerd - zhuh kelkd-z-ung ?

| ae |
8’il vous plait**.ce If* you* please.®
Sil voo pld.

* Les* voici™*. Elles® yous® vont?* Heret they* τοῦ. J* think
Livwawsy. Eli voo vong

(ec ae, .
je* pense’, & merveille’. they® will’ fit® you® exactly.
zhuh panys ah mérvdlyuh.

Elles ont? trop® ordinaires* et? They* look* very* coarse* un!
El-z-ony ἐγ OGrdindr ἃ large®.
trop grandes®. tro grdang.

Vous*en préféreriez™, peut-Stret, Perhaps‘ you* would? like*
Voo-2-any prafaréryd, poe-t-dtr,

en maroquin’. morocco’ better®-

ang wardkdng.

Montresz m’en deda maroquin®, I* will* look® at* some*
Mongtrd m’ang duh marokang,

je vons prie, (87 il vous® plaft®.) morocco’, 157 you® please’.
zhuh voo pre, (stl voo pld.)

En voicit * une? fort‘ belle’ | Here‘ is* αὐ very* fine® pair’,
Ang vwaws, uen for bel

pairn®, que? 765 puis® vous** that? 15 can® sell*® you”
par, kad zhuh pwé voo

292 GERMAN.

SPANISH

erften* Prete verfaufen® fann®. menos” de® su precio’ corri-

ér-sten prise vérkowfen kdn.

menos dd soo prathéd kirry-

(616 find” pracdtige® Stefeln’®, ente*.Son**7botas**escelentes*®.
Ase sind preshtizhd ste-feln. éntd. Son bdtds asthéléntés.

Sind! ε65 befdhadigt® ?
Sind ase bd-zhedigt ?

on,
Ὁ", nein®, ih fauftet fie’ auf bem®
O, nine, ish kowfta seeowfdem O

Auftion’; und® fann? {εἰ
owk-tse-on ; oond kan see

billig'* ohne Berlufte®
billizh 6nd _ferloost

vertaufen.™
Serkcowfen.

Was tft der? Preis* ἢ
Vahs tst dér prise ?

Nurt swangig? Scillinge’.

Noor tswantsig shillingd.

Dast ift* swei® und* etn® halben’
Das ἐξέ tswi oond ine halben

Dollars. dollars.

Yat, mein Herr’
Yah, mine hér.

Dast ift* febr® billige.
Das ist adre billizh.

᾿φιετ if? baa? Geld,
Heer «st das geld.

Guten’ Tag*, mein Herr’,

Gooten tag, mane hér.

{Son** averiadas* ?
Son dveriadas?

01, ποῦ, seifor, las he compra-
, πο, sainyor, las ἃ kompra-
do** 46 la almoneda’; y®
do ah lah almond-dah; é

puedo® venderlas'** muy de
pwd-do venderlas muwy da

barato“ sin“ perdida’®.
barahto sin perdé-da.

jA cuanto las vende U.?
Ah quanté las venda U. ?

Solamente* veinte* chelines®.
SolaméntaG vd-intd cha-lée-nes

Es decir"*, dos? pesos* y®

Es datheer, dos pd-sos 6
medio’. madéd.

Sit, sefior®.

Sé sainyor.

IN,
Es** muy de barato**.
Es muy dd barat.

Aqufé esta® su’ dinero.
Ah-ke estah soo dénaroa.

Buen! dia*, sefior®.
Bwen déah, sainyeor.

FRENCH.

vendre” ἃ bas prix.ee
vangdr ah bah pre.

ENGLISH. 298

less* than* prime“ cost*’.

Ce** sont” d’excellentes** bottes.*® Thay** are” excellent boota*’.

Suh song d’éélingt bot.
Sont? elles® avariées* 7?
Song-t-el - 2 - Gvdréd ?

——— “πὰ
Ob‘, non*, je* 1685" ai achetées* A®
O, nong, zhuh la-z-d ashta ah
un encan’; οὐδ je® puis les*
ung anykang ; azhuh pwé la

vendre**** ἃ bon marché",
vangdr ak bong marshd,

sans’® y perdre*’.

sang-z-é pérdr.

Quel! en** est® le* prix‘?
Kel ang ἃ luh pree?

Sculement' vingt* chelins*.
Soelmang vang shéling.

C’est** deux® piastres* οὖ
S’a doe pyastr ἃ
demi’. demy.

Quit, monsieur®.
We, musyoe.

C’est’* ἃ trés* bon marché.
S’a-t - ah tra bong marsha.

En voici*® l’argent?:®,
Ang vwawsy larzhang.

Bonjoart * monsieur®.
Bong-zhoor, musyoe.

Are’ they* damaged? ?

O', ποῦ; 15 bought* them! at*
auction’ ; and® can? afford”
to! sell*® them™ cheap",
withoutt loosing*.

What is? the® price* of§ them?
Only* twenty shillings®.

That’ is* two* dollars* and a*
half?.

Yes', sir’.
That* is* very® cheap*.
Here® is* the” moncy®.

Good‘ day*, sir’.

‘ty.

294 GERMAN. SPANISH.

Sn cinem Gewhrgladen. Con un Especiero.

DHaben* Sie* Kartoffeln* gu ver- 7 Tienet U.* patatas* que* ven-
Hahben sce kartufeln tsoo fer- Té-ina U. patatas ka ven-
faufen®? ouw/fen. der®? der?

----- --ΣοὸοΚ---ς.-.-.
So viel Ste wollen, mein Here®? Cuantas quiere U.a8, seffor’.
So feel see vollen, mine hér. Quantds kétra U., sainyor.

Was' fordern™ Ste? θα 59 8 Cuantotquiere™ U.? por®ellas®?
Vas firdérn see dah-fuer? Quanto kée-éra U. por ellas?

Firnfzig? Cents* das’ Bufdel® Cincuenta* centavos’ 145
Fuen fisizh tsents das booshel. § Theen-thoo-entah thentévos lah

fanega®. fandgah.
Lag ift* su® tel’. Es“* demasiado™.
Dus ist tsoc feel. Es ddmahséahdo.

Sie’ fonnen® fie in’ irgend® No®* puede* U.* comprarlas™
See koenén see in eerkend No pwa-da U. kimprarlas

einem anbern’ Gewtrzladen® en’ ninguna®? especeria’,
i-nim andérn gda-vuertsladen en ningoonah espd-the-tréa

εἰ unter® 75 Cents” faufen’. menos® det? 75* centavos’.
nisht oonter 75 tsents koufen. ménds dad 15 thentévis.

Gut, Sie* Connen® mir? durd den® Bien*. Puede* U.* enviarme”
Goot, see koenen meer doorsh ἀπ Byen. Pwa-da U. envedrmé

Knaben®einen”Bufdelbringen”® una’? fanega™ por su mozo®
kenahben i-nen booshéil bringén oona fandga por soo méthé

laffer*, wenn ed Shonen beliebt™. sit® quiere™ “, bb

lassen, οὗν dise e-nen bit-leebt. se keé-€rd.

Wie theuer™® iftt® ber Kafet?? 4 Cuanto* vale*® el queso’? ἢ
Vee toier ist derkacsd? Quanto vahla el kasd?
Zebhnt Cents*. Diez' centavos’.

Tsdine tsents. Deé-aith thentah-vos.

Geben Ste mir'* {εῶ9’ Pfund> Dame' seis* libras’ de® man-
Ga-ben sce meer sé pfoond Dah-md sd-ts lébris da man-

Butter’, zwei® Oupend® Cier4, teca?, dos® docenas® de® hue-
biltter, iswi doot-sird i-yer, tdkah, dos déthdnts da wA-

FRENCH. | ENGLISH. 295

Epicerie. . Ata Grocery.

—_————_—_—_—
Avez'-vous*des* pommesdeterre* Have* ve any® potatoes‘ to’
Avd-voo dad ptm duh ter

a} vendre®? ah vangdr ?

—_—_——_—_—_—_———————___|

Autant qu’il vous plaira, M.5 Any‘ quantity® of* them‘, sir’
O-ting k’il v00 plé-rah, M.

Combien les vendez-vous? What' do* you" ask for5them! ?
Kombyang la vang-dd-voo ?

Cinquante® sous‘ 16" boisseau®. They’ are® ᾿βῆγ! cents* per’
Sangkang soo iuh bwawed. bushel®.

C’! est* trop™ That* is* too* high* (too much).
S’a tro.

Vous* ne* sauriez* les acheter? You‘ cannot? buy® them‘
Noo nuh sé-ryd la-z-ashid

d's aucun®’ épicier® at® any® other’ grocery*

d é-kung - né-pisyd .

ἃ moins® de 75% sous. — less? than’ 75% cents”,

ah mwawng duh 75 soo.

Eh bien’, envoyez’-m’* en, s'il Well*, you* can® let* the®

Eh byang, ang-voyd-m’ang, sl

vous” plait“, un® boisseau*4, boy® bring’ me® up® a’°

voo pla-t-ung bwawsd,

par votre petit gargon®.# bushel, if** you please™.
par votr pely garsong.

Quel’ est*® la prix*dufromage’?? What* is*® cheese’” worth! ?
Kel ἃ luh pree due fromazh ?

Dix sous’. Ten‘ cents®.

Dee s00.

Donnez-moi*-* six‘ livres de® Lett me* have* six* pounds’ of ®
Don-nd-mwaw see lévr duh

beurre’, deux® douzainr3? butter’, two® dozen® of eggs",
beer, doe doozdn

296 GERMAN.

fin? Pfund= Sdhinten™, cin
fuenf pfoond shinkén, tne
Pfund® Gals", drei? Leib™
pfoond sdlis, dri libe
Brod, vier™ Pfund™ Thee®,
bral, feer pfoond ta,
fanf*? Pfund Kaffe, und*
fuenf pfoond koffa, oond

εἰπεῖ Tite™® mit™ Pfeffer™.
ind tueta mit pfeffer.

Hier* {{.35 herrlides*? Gchwine-
Heer ist hérlishes shwind-

fleifd™. Was ifs
flishe. Vas ist

der Prejs*?

der prise?

Acht' Cents®.

Οἶέ tsents.

Was" foftet™* diefer? Befen* ὃ
Vas kostet deeser béstn ?
Fiunf*? und giwanjig' Cents’.
Fuenf oond tswantsig tsents.
Habent Sie? Apfel?
Hahben see épfel?

Neint, mein Herr*, wir? halten®

Nine, mine hér, veer halten
nte* weldhe®. πὲ velchd.

Wollent Sie* mir* eine® Tite?
Vollen see meerind tietd

mit® Nelfenpfeffer® geben* *?
mit Nelkenpfeffer ga-ben ἢ

Mit! Vergniigen®.
Mit Veryrsezher.

SPANISH.

vos*!,cinco'’ libras“de jamon*,
vos, thinkd lébris da hamén,

y una‘ libra‘ 4617 541,5, tres*#
e oonah librah da sal, trés

libras® de™ pan®, cuarto™
lébrds dad pan, kwarto

libras™ de® (658, cinco” libras
lébras dd ta, thinké lébras
de™ cafet®; γῆ un™ poco™ 08
da kifa; e oon poké

de* pimienta™. Aquf® esta®
da pimé-entah. Ah-ke estah

escelente* puerco™,
éstlenta puwerko.

1A como le vende U.?

Ah kémé la venda U. ?

Ochot centavos’.
ὅζδ ~—s théntdvos.

ἐ Cuanto' vale* este* escobat?
Quanto vala ést& δεκδδαΐλ

Veintet y cinco* centavos’.
Vyéntd ἃ thinks thentavos.

jTiene*U.*algunas* manzanas‘?
Τεάπᾶ U. algoonas manthands?
No’, seffor®, ningunas“* tengo’.
N6, sainyor, ningoonas tenga.

Dame** 1].
Da-ma_ U.

algunos®* clavos®,
dlyoones klavos.

Cont gusto*.
Kon goosto.

FRENCH.

ENGLISH. 297

@’*° coufa*t, cin livresdejam- five** pounds'® ham", one’

d@ coef

sung lévr duh zham-

bon“, une* livre’®dot’sel*®,trois*® pound of 17 galt**, three?

bong, uen lévr duh sel, trwaw

livres® de* pain™, quatre™
lévr duh pang, kar
livres™ de*s thé, cing” livres
léor duh td, sank lor
de® cffé*, et? un™ peu*?
duh kiffi, ἃ ung poe

de* poivre™. Voici®*°

duh pwarovr. Vwawsy

d’*” excellent™ cochon®™ (pore*®).
d’ exellang koshong (pork).

at! |
Combien se vend-il? s#
Kombyang s& vang-d-il ?

Huit* gous®.
We 00.

Quel‘ est* le prix’ de ce* balai*?
Kel ἃ luh pree duh suh balla?

Vingt! cing® sous*.
Vang sank soo.

Avez*-vous* des* pommes* ?
Avd-voo dad pim?

Non’, M.*, nous® n’* cn® tenons®
Nong, M, noo nang tangnong
zhdimd.

jamais*.
Donnez**-moi* un® peu’ de®
Donnd-mwaw ung poe tuh
‘clous de girofles®,
keloo duh zheeroft.

Avec! plaisir®
Avek plazir.

loaves™ of * bread™, four®
pounds” of* tea®, five*”

of* coffee*; and® a* paper™
of pepper. Here is?

some” excellent® pork®®,

What is“ the“ price® οὔ"
it ?

Kight* cents*.

.Whatt is* this* broom‘ worth?

Twenty“five* cents’.
Have! you® any® apples‘?

No‘, sir®, τοῦ never* keep!
them’.

Will’ you® let* me* have’ a°

paper of® allspice®?

With! pleasure®.

29? NOTES.

GERMAN NOTES.

ἃ Wie viel, how much.

b The ot in this, and all other words, where printed in the
Roman character, must be pronounced more like ¢ than open οἱ

ο 11. f. τὸ. (und fo weiter), and so forth.

ἃ Sonft, else; noch, more; etwas, some; (some more else).

© Nicht im Geringften, not in the least.

f Entfprechend, being answered for; taken into account.

5 Gefchaft, occupation ; affair.

h Of great calf’s hide, (the same exp. tn Spanish and French).

SPANISH NOTES.

a Bayeta is the more comprehensive word ; it signifies woollen
tabric, in general. It is sanctioned by the Academy in pre-
ference to flanela or franela.

b It me would cost exceedingly ; and would be also (tambien)
exceedingly (demasiado) irksome. "

© Let it be as you like it. ἃ Ahora, af present.

e Not there is of what, or about what, (to be thankful).

f Telas pintadas, printed cloths.

g At how much sell you this?

h En razon de, in reason of. 1 Will it lose its colour ?

k Cut me off (cut off for me). 1 Al punto, at the point.

m Telas para camisas, cloths for shirts.

Ὁ Acaba, finishes to. © Surprised.

P Que viene bien ἃ U., that goes well on you.

ᾳ It will go on me never. Τ If one has to judge of.

s Propongo, J propose—v. irr. from propones, to propose.

t Yesterday for (at) the evening.

Ὁ That is true. Vv Do you wish?

w Le agradzsce, &c., + pleases you more.

x Que le, &c., that they will go on very well (muy bien) ;
calzar means to try on shoes.

y They appear to me. »* Mucho mas, much more.

NOTES. 299
sa ΑΒ much as you wish, or as much as you candesire. The
same exp. in French and German.
bb You can bring (send) me up a bushel by the boy, if
you please.
ec Poco, litéle.

FRENCH NOTES.

a How does this call itself? νυ En, of tt.

© En, some of them; I have some of them very fine.

ἃ Or, d’ lah. © You have but to take it, &c.

{ Soit, Zet tt be 80. καὶ Or, aujourd’ hui.

h I shall have a care to pass this way again, after a little
(sous peu).

i You will oblige me much,

k There is not (nothing) of that (for which you may thank
me). xp. similar to Spanish.

1 Plus makes the superlative. m Sont-ils? are they ?

n The prices vary following the quality. o Net, no more.

p Iam going (vais) to send them immediately (de suit).

q Or, une veille fille. σΣ Or, je demand pardon.

5 Or, il est beaucoup trop gross,—il a trop d’ampleur, it has
too great breadth.

t Va, goes on. ἃ It sits to a marvel.

Υ It is a masterpiece. Ἢ Is it not?

x Come and see us. Υ 1 shall not fail to do so.

5 Je vais, Jam going to.

aa C’est vrai, hat is true. bb At length.

cc If it pleases you. dd Show me some of.

ee Or, au dessous le premier prix.

You can send up a bushel, if it pleases you, by your
little boy.

δε How does it sell itself?

800 GERMAN.

SPANISH.

(Norz. The pronuncia“on is purposely suppressed in the following pages; for, aa
the student is supposed to have given marked attention to the rules of pronunciation
as laid down in the first part of this work, and to have acquired the ability to pronounce

Geld.

Wolfen? Sie* mirt swet® Franten®
borgen® ?

Mitt bem*® grégten® Vergniigen,

Sftt diefes® ein® Thalers ?

“γα, mein Herr*.—Diefes? ifteins
Pfenntg® (Penny®),

Habent Sie* ein® paart Pfunde®*
bei7fich® weldhe*Siewinfden*
ToS gu werden’*, indem*® Sie
nit (olde borgen*”?

σι Habe® nists einen’ Heller’,

Das? ift* unangenehm’.

Rennen** Sie* diefes* einen’
Dime® 2

Jat, und® diefed® iftt ein® WUdler®.
Das ifttein® funf! Thalerfhein®*.

Kinnen’ Ste* εἰπε Krown® wed
feln® ?

Me ailing’? ein? πιο απ ἐπ"

Nein; εὖ ie englifdes* Geld’.

Dies? {μ᾽ ein® fpanifdert Dollar’.

Kdnnent Ste* mirt eine? Guinte®
wedfeln®> 2

Nein, [ὦ tant εὖ nidt—Gelb*
iftS bei® mir® gegenwartig
δα rar’,

Sit! diefes* ein® guter Louishor??

Dinero.
Quiero’ U.* prestarme*™* dos#
francos® ?
Con‘ muchisimo™ gusto‘.
Es* eso* un® peso‘ (thaler*) ?
Sit, sefior*. Aquello* es* an®
centavo’.
jTiene' U.* dos*
ae |
pesos esterlines*®
que® disponer**-3
y*® prestarmet?-™ ἢ
N o*tengo**ano solo*maravedi*.
Kso* es* lastimoso*.
4 Liama** eso* una’ dima®
(diez centavos) ?
Sit, y* esto® es‘ una® aguila®
(diez pesos).
Ks un® billete® de cinco‘

Puede: U.* cambiarme® un‘
crown’?

ἡ Es* aquel* un? cheline® Meji-
cano*?

No‘; 6855 moneda§ inglesa*.

Eso' es* un® peso’ espafiol*

j Puedet U.*cambiarme™ una’
guinea®?

No’, no* lo puedo“. La mone-
dateata? muy® escasa’ ahora
con® migo®.

1 Es’ este* luis® bueno*?

' FRENCH. ENGLISH. 801

all words correctly, through the observance of these rules, and by means of continual
practice in the preceding pages where the figured pronunciation occurs, it is deemed
unnecessary to continue it (the pronunciation) any farther.)

Argent. Money.
Voulez*-vous* me‘ préter? deux’ Willt you* lend® me* two?
francs® ? francs® ἢ
Avec’ le* plns grand? plaisir’. With* the* greatest* pleasure*.
Estt-ce 149 un? écu‘? Ist this* a? thaler*?

Quit, monsieur’.—-C’? est ὑπὸ Yes’, sir—This*is‘a® penny’.
sou’. . :

Avez*-vous*, sur? vous*quelquest Havet you® δ᾽ couple* of
fivres sterlings®, dont? yous® ροππᾶβδ about? you®, that®
désireriez*t vous defaire*-% γου want“ to” get*rid*of
pour's m’en faire un prét'’?-©? by**loaning*7them*to*me”?

Je? n’*ai* pas? méme un‘ sou’. I*have*not*thet first’ farthing®.

C’test* malheureux?. That* 189 bad’.
Est-ce 14 dix sous? Dot you* call* this‘ a° dime® ?

Ouit; et* ceci? est* une’ aigle® Yes‘; and* (8185 155 an eagle’.
(10 piastres).

C’test* un? assignat® de cing* That' 18" δὲ five* dollar® bill®.
piastres®.

Pouvez*-vous*changer*un‘écu5? Cant you* change? a* crown’?

Est‘ ce* un* chelin’ méxicain‘? Is‘ that* a? Mexican‘ shil-
. ling’ ?
Non‘; c’*est*del’argent® anglais‘. No‘; it* is* English* money*.
C’test* une* piastre’ Espagnole*. This‘ is* δῇ Spanish* dollar’.
Pouvez*-vous* me‘changer® une’ Cant you" give* me* change’
guinée® ? for® a7 guinea? ?
Non,* je* ne* le puis* pas*. L’ar- Not, I* can* not*—money* is®
Pe . .
gent* me? fait de bien rares’” quite’ Boarce’ with? met
— ---ὦ jast® now*.
Visites, en ce moment*™"1,a
Est‘ ce* un* bon‘ louis d’ors? [51 this* δῇ good* louisd’or® ?
26

802 GERMAN.

Crt firkt* gut? aus —ich* meifé

aber nicdht® ob er gut ift, es? ift®
jept vtel® falfches*? Geld im’
Umlaufe?. Diefer** fleht* den-
nod? gut? αμ 615,

Gold? werden wir fept® in Ucber-
fluf** befommen®. Dtirt® iftte
erzablt worden’? die? Minen®
in® Californten* liefern™ εἰπεῖ
grofe® Menge**.

Biele? find® genetgt® gu‘ glauben®
ἐ65 fet cine? Auffdhneiderei®.

«ἰῷ: verfichere* Ste* daft ε66 εἰ ποῦ
Aufichnetderei® μδ; ich® βαθεῖ
ute"Beweife*, um meine*Dee
Fauptungt gu unterftipen™.

«ἡ bin auf? die Bewelsfihrung®
nicht® begterig’, aber? idj* bin®
ber? Meinung daf** die*Rar-
toffelgraber*> bod) am?®”
Cnde* alle wohlhabender™*
fein werben*® als™ die
Gold griber®,

Mit ctnem Wirthe.

Haben* Sie* Bimmer* gu vere
miethen® ?

Jat, mein Herr®, ih? habet meh-
tere’, Was® fiir Simmer’?
winfdhen?? Stee? Wollen®
Sie ein*® moblirtes* od rr?
unmoblirtes™® Simmert’ ?

SPANISH

Parece** bueno*. No puedo
decirselo&U. Corre*mucha?®
moneda falsa*® en 6] co-
mercio®.a Esta parece
todavia” buena*®.

ΕἸ oro’ esta* muy‘ abundante®
presentemente®. Me*® ha*®
dicho’? que las? minas®
de® California’® produzcan"
una” cantidad* muy abun-
dante*.

Muchos‘ βοὴ" dispuestos* &¢

creer? que es® una’ charla-
taneria®.

Aseguro** 4 U.* que‘ no’ 6559
charlataneria*. Tengo®#
pruebas muy autenticas*
para” probar“ my“asunto*®.

No? quiero™ argiiir®; pero?
ΒΟΥ 9 de’ parecer’! que™
todos* los buscadores*® de
patatas* seran’®* final.
mente**** mas ricos® que™

los* buscadores® de oro*®.

Con un Hostalero.
jTiene* U.* cuartos* de® al-
quiler® ?

Sit, seffor*; tengo** muchos*.
1 Que® cuartos’ quiere U.%?
{Quiere* U.* un*® apo-
sento” con muebles* 6:
ene |
sin ellos* ἢ Ὁ

FRENCT.

a
Π’ semble* bon*—je* ne saurais

vous® dire®. I]? court* 15 155
beaucoup® de fausse® mon-
naie", Cette piéce parait*s,
cependant’, fort bonne*.

|
L’or! abonde*-5 en ce moment’.
a
On m’a dit*7 que les’
mines® de® la Californie en
fournissent* une grande‘
, quantité,

Bien des personnes’ pensent?>

que c’est® de la’ charla-
tanerie®. |

Jet vous® assure* que‘ 665 n’7est®
point’? de la charlatanerie’.
J’*ai® des preuves** authen-

a,
tiques qui appuient™®*¢
mon’ assertion’.

Je’ n’*ai* point® envie* d’argu-
menter®; mais’ je® suis®
d’“opinion*t que** tous les®
mineurs“*de pommes de terre

seront, aprés® ἰου 37,15,

bien** plus*® ἃ leur aise*d
que les*s mincurs*” d’or®.

Avee un Hoéte.

Avez!-vous* des* chambres‘ a°
louer® ἢ

Quit, Mr.*, j’*en ai‘ plusieurs*.
Quelles® chambres? vou-
lez*°-vous® (avoir!**) ἢ Vou-
lez‘®-yous'* une*® chambre’?

meublée**ou??n 1 meublée”?

ENGLISH. 808

It! looks? good?—I* don’t’
know®— there? is® much?®
bad* money" in*® circula-
tion®. That* looks good’,
however’’.

Gold* is* getting* quite‘ plenty®
now’. The? mines* in?
California*® yield** an
abundant* quantity“, 14
am*s told”?

Many’ are® inclined® to* think®
106 47 humbug*.

It assure* you® that* 105 185
no? humbug*. 19 have*
authentic proofs? to®
back'* my® assertion’.

{? δ)" not* desirous‘ οὐδ ar-
guing®; but? 150 am® οὗ
opinion? that* the* pota-
toe“diggers*,in**the*7end*®, .
will*® be altogether*more™
wealthy* than™ the® gold™
diggers”.

With a Landlord.

Have* you® any® rooms* tu:
let®?

Yest, sir®, 15 have* several’—
what® rooms’ do* you® wish*®
to*have*? Do” you" wish”
879 apartment”? furnishod™
or’? unfurnished™ ?

804 GERMAN.

SPANISH.

Sch brauche* moblicte? Zimmer.

δῷ: fann® Shnen* dienen,*

Belieben Sie herein® gu® tre.
ten’, Sd? will*? Jonen™ die
Zimmer" geigen*, Hier™ ift®
“der? Saal,

Crt ift nidt® febr* grof?; aber®
er? paft>® fiir? mid.

Gie' fehen® daf® hier* {6857 sts,
was Sie ween und® dap
Die Mobel** febr* nett find.
Ὑ{Π{|6 Mibel?* find’? yon (of)
Mahagony.

Htert find® awel? Armftihle,
fechs® Stihle’, ein® neuer?
Leppidh'®, ein*! (hinert* Spies
gel, und febr® faubern*®
Vorhange”. Auch*® find™ an®
beiden™ Geiten®> ded??? Ras
mins® Sobrante”,

Laffen? Ste mich* diet Sdlafftu-
en® feben®.

Hierber*®, mein Herr®, wenn* οὖ
Shnen> beliebt?.

Mir® wollen? fehen?, ob* dass
Hett® gut® ἐξ; denn® das?
ift™die“Hauptiache**, Wenn
ich*® etn*® guted*® Bett haber,
Tiimmere™ ich* mid wenig™
um™ bad Ubrige* Ὁ,

Sie’ fonnen® [δ fein*® befferes®
witnfden®, .

Bebht** de® Stube® anf dte®
Strafje’ hinaus*?

Necesito“* aposentos* alhajm
dos*.

Puedo™ servirle™. Hagame

el favor’ de® entrar™*, En-
sefiare?* 4 U.1* los® apo-
sentos*. Aqui esta’® lat?
Balat®19,

No® es muy‘ ancha’, pero®
me cuadra’-* bien.e

U.1 vé que® hay** todo®7 lo
re, |

que es necesario®; γ8 que*®
lost meubles*? son® muy“
hermosos*. Todos*® los‘?
muebles“son**de anacardo™.

Aqui! estan* dos* paltronas*’,
seis® sillas?, un® nuevo? ta-
piz*®, un*t espejo* hermoso”,
γ colgaduras’? muy*® boni-
tas®; ademas*®!®, estan!
alacenas™ 4* los ambos™
lados* de® 16 chimenea™.

Haégame** ver los* cuartos de
dormir®.

Por aqui*, sefior?,ai le guste**,

Veamos*-*, sit 165 cama® esta?
buena’, porque® eso” est
lo principal***, 5118 ten-
ga’®? una‘? buena’ cama™,
nada**-* mas* quiero "ἃ

No* puede* Ὁ." tener**e una?
mejor®.

jAbre*f el* cuarto® en® la‘
calle? ?

FRENCH.

Π' me faut* des chambers*
meub]ées?.

-“-΄-“΄--ν»-α-..-»-.-.
Je* puis* vous‘ en donner.®
ora
Ayez la bonté d’entrer**.
a
Je® vais vous montrer’®*
les*® chambres. Voicit®*6
165 galon™9,
Il n’*est? pas* bien* grand? ;
mais® il’ fera*® mon* affaire.
Vous* voyez* qu’sil y* δ΄ tout®
ce qui est necessaire®; et®
que )’ameublement** en

est"? fort** beau. Tous*® les’
meubles* sont*® d’acajou™.

Voici* deux? fauteuils™, six®
chaises?, un® tapis tout
neuf®, une belle glace*,
et de trés jolis® rideaux*’;
il y® a”, en outre’9, des
armoires™ de* chaque™ c6té*
de® la” cheminée*.

Montrez-moi‘ les‘ chambres ἃ
coucherS,

De ce c6téci**, monsieur’, ‘s'il
enna |
vous plait‘.

Voyons** gi 165 lit® est? bon®;

car? c'est! 14 le princi-
pal, Quand* j’ai**7 un®

bon” lit®, je*! fais peu de
cas dn® reste®—27,

ENGLISH. 805

I* want® furnished* rooms.*

I* can* accommodate® yout.

Please® to® walk’ in*®. 19
will® show't you** the
rooms"*, Here 1815 the?
sitting*® room’,

It* is* ποῖ very* ἰατροῦ; but?

it? will® do® fort? me*.

Youtsee* that* there‘ 185 every®

thing’ necessary®, and®that®
thet furniture” is very*
neat™. All*® the’? furni-
ture* is*® mahogany.

Here* are* two* arm‘ chairs‘,

six® chairs’, a® new® carpet,
a‘! fine** glass; and‘ very*s
neat® curtains; besides*®
that, there® are cup-
boards* on® both* sides*
of * the®” chimney*.

Let! me® see* the* bedrooms’.

Thist way*, sir®, if* you®

please®.

Let* us* see*® whether‘ the!

bed® is’ good*; for® that‘
ist the main‘* point™.
When* I** have'? a* good’®
bed™, It hardly** care™
for* any* thing™ else”.

Voust ne? sauriez* en désirer®** You! cannot* wish? for* a5

un® meilleur®7,

La* chambre? Jonne-t-elle*“e sur?
la® ruy ?

26*

better® one’.

Does! the® room® look* into’

the® street? ?

806 GERMAN.

dem! Garten’ hinaue’,

Defto* beffer*.
nicht® gerne”? στη binaus",
wegen bes*? Wagenges
raffelg%*,

Nein’, mein Here’, [εἶ geht* πα No’, sefior, abre** en® el ‘jar.
din

SPANISH

3h fchlafe? Masho mejor‘. No® quiero*?

ormir®# en*® un cuarto®
Y oem en |
que abre en la calle’,

,
&* ragon* del*®t7 ruido'®
de® los® coches*.

Wiinfchen™ Gie* dte® andern’ iQuiere’t U.* ver*® los® otros”

Stube® gus feben’ ?

δῷ vermuthe® bas? Bett* ijt’ Creo“* que la* cama‘ estas

gut®. Sept? font e6?>*

rere

nur nod? auf** ben® Preis
απ.8 Was verlangen® Sie”
fiir’? die™ dret*! Bimmer mit™
Der Kirche ?

-.Ψ......ἰ.....-.ὄ....
buena®. Nada mas que del
precio.74 Que*s quiere *®1#
U.17 por'® ose tres“ cuar-
tos™ γῆ la® cocina ?

Yh! Habe* ben? Saal® mit? einem® He** siempre? alquilado* la®

ber®° Zimmer" immer® firs?
olerzehin*? Schillinge** vermie-
thet*. Stes follen™ mir fur®
das™ Ganyje® eine’? Guinee™
υἱεῖ Woche geben?—hvas*
it?” nur fleben® Scdhillinge™
fir die anbdere*® Stube™
und nie Kirche’.

Das finde ἰ 5 viel>> Geld*.d

Bedenlent Sie, daG* icfes® eines®
ber®7 beften® Stadtolertel**
if, wot υἱε᾽ 5 HDaufert® fehrt*
theuer’® vermiethet*? werden*®,

Nun', ih wilt Dhnen* εἰπεῖ
Guinee? geben*; aber® ich?
braudje*™* einen? Theilt*
“6.15 Rellers*® und‘? einen’®
Play? um? Hols* und* Koh-
Ten™ aufbe.vahren™ zu fonnen.

Bien esta.

sala® y7 uno® de® los‘ cuar-
tos’ por® catorce™ cheli-
6814, U.'5 me dara*#17

a ene |
upa’guinea® é la semana™*
por® 615 todo®. Es%*7 go-
lamente™ siete* chelines™®
por*' 6152 otro® cuarto* y*
la® cocina’,

σ--- --“-Ξ--Ῥ.-.--
A mi parecer’,h es? mucho*

de dinero‘.

΄“-“-5----
Mire U.* que* este™ cuartel?

688 617 mejor® de” la” ciu-
dad*, y donde* las‘ casas'S
son” muy**caras**(costosas ).

Le dare** 4 U.?
una® guinea’, pero® necesi-
to* una parte# de™ la's
cantina, y’? un lugar’
para™ poner* mi horna
guéra™ y® mi lefio™.

FRENCH.

Noa‘, morsieur*, elle* donne‘
sur® le® jardin’.

Tant** mieux**; je> n’aime®”

point ἀδ σοι μοι dans”

-“σ-----.---

une“ chambre” sur la rue*’,

(Senay, .

ἃ cause ἀυ Ὁ 156 bruit*® deg'2°

voitures™,
Desirez-vous**voir* les® autres’

chambres® ?

Le? 1105 bon®.

, Δ RN,
Ii ne s’agit plus*-* ἃ présent?
que du* prix*.f Que de-
mandez-vous'**des'*™trois*!
chambres*, οὐδ de 165 cui-
sine* 7?

J’ai toujours’ loué*, ἃ" qua-
torze* chelines™, 165 salon’,
et? une® seule chambre".
Vous me“donnerez*®*7du%*
tout® une’? guinée® par®
semaine™, Ce* n’*est®” απο

me! semble*

sept® chelins® pour ]’*au- |

tre* chambre™ et®> la®® cuis-
ine”,

|
A Yous dire vrai,g c*est beau-
coup** d’7argent?.
Considerez‘ que* c’®est* πη des®7
meilleurs® quartiers® de*® 142
. | i |
ville*; et que le* loyer’” des
maigons” y est*® fort*® cher’.

Kh bient, je* vous* donnerai™
une® guinée?; mais bien en-
tendu queh j’*aurai une*®
partie* de la cave, et?”
un** endroit pour™ y mettre*
mon charb:n de terre™® οὐ
mon brs.

807

No’, sir*; it? looks‘ into® the*

en’.

Sot much* the® bettert—-I*
don’t® like” to* sleep® in*
ait front room", on™ ac-
count* of ® the’? noise of #9
the” carriages.

ENGLISH.

Dot you* wish® to* see® ἐμοῦ
other” rooms® ἢ

I fancy* the® bed* 185) good®.
Now’ the® only® question”
ist about the* price‘.
What* do* you’? ask*® for'#
the® three** rooms™ with*
the™ kitchen* ?

It have* always? let* the® par-
lour®, with’? one® οὔθ᾽ the
rooms”, for**fourteen® shil-
lings*. You*® will*® give’

. meone® guinea” a* week*
for™ the™ whole*—it*® is¥
only* seven® shillings®
for** the™® other room™
and** the*® kitchen”.

11 think* it? a* great® sum® of?
money®.

Consider* that* {8155 is‘ one®
of® the” best® quarters® of **
the town", where* the“
houses*® are” let’? very
high’®.

Well!, 15 will® give* you® 83
inea?; but® 19 must’

Favet a’? part in the

cellar, and?” 418 place*® to™

put™ coals™ and® wood™
in®.

$08 GERMAN.

Das verfteht fidh.d Ciet follen’
einen’ver{dhliepbaren®“=Plag’
befommen®, Wann’? denfen?
Sie von®? Fhrer™ Wohnung™
BVefib™ gu” nehmen® ?

Sch! denke® diefen® Abend® gum
Sdlafen® herzulommen*.
Machen Sie Alles bei
guter Scit?? guredt?>e,

Sehr wohl*, mein Herr’, Sie*
fdnnen’ [07 [185 fommen® ale?
ἐδ Shnen gefallig™ ἐξ,

Begrk&fungen.
δι" wiinide® Shnen® einen* gue
ten> Morgen®.

Wie befinden** Sie? ὦ heute?

Ganz wohl*, id danke? Shnen*.
Wie! {μ᾽ Shr* Befinden* ?

Auferordentlih' gut*; und* dad
Sbrige*?

Wiet gewshnlich’, mein Herr®.

Erlaubent Ste mir®, mid) nach
Shrer® Gejundheit” gu? erfun-
digen*.

DankShnen,*mein Herr ἐπῆν tft
nidt® gang” wobl®.

Wabrlid,t das betritlt> nid
febr*.

SPANISH.

a

Se entiende asi.i Tendra*
U.* un’ lugar® cerrado
‘con® llave*,k Cuando
quiere*9 U.** tomar* pos-
esion™ de* sus™ aposentos® ?

|

Me propongo™ de® venir*, y*
de acortarme® aqui? esta®
noche?. Veat°U .que“todo**

sea™ preparado,* en‘® hora
Coy
buena.17

Sera servido™, Sefior.* Puedes

venir® cuando”*9 lo
quiera*™#,

Salutaciones.

Buenas® dias® tenga** U*.
1 Como? esta® U*. hoy?

Muy’! bien*, Gracias™.
{ Como? γα" su® salud‘?

Perfectamente“, y® yoomo
estat U?
A? mi ordinario*, Seffor*.

Permitame™ de® preguntar* a°
U®1;como esta su salud? ?m

Mil gracias*, Seffort, No*
estoy*> muy” bueno®.

Kn verdad’, lo siento** mua-
chisima’,

FRENCH.

Ee oe ὁ

Cela’ est? entendu®. Vous* au-
τοῦδ δ un’ endroit*, qui ferme

—————

ἃ la clef**-**. Quand pen-
sez-178 yous occuper*-* vo-
tre™ appartement® 7?

Je* me propose* d® y’ venir, οὐδ
coucher® ce® soir’, Faites

eA ey, e
en sorte que*™*4i tout*®* goit**
prét*s 46 temps’’.

Fort! bien’, Monsieur®. Vous
. ς’-------Φ-......»....ὦὕὐῇ
pouvez’ venir® quand’—* bon
a
il yous plaira’™‘1,

Saluter.

Je vous* souhaite® le* bon-
jour®®

Commentt vous* portez-** vous,
aujourd huis? Κ

Fort bien*, je vous‘ remercie*.
Comment’ est* votre® santé‘?
Tras: bonne*—et? la votre‘?

Comme? ἃ )’ordinaire*, Mr.*

Vous me* permittez' de® m’in-
former* de® votre® santé’.

Merci“, monsieur*—je* ne® m2
‘porte’ pas? trés’-bien®

J*en suis*, vraiment*, bien
faché.

ENGLISH. 809

That: is* understood*. You
shall have® a? place® with®
a” lock*t and” key® tot
it’. When do? you
mtan”® to” take* posses-
sion® of ® your™ lodging’?

It intend* to* come* andé
sleep® here’ to*-night®.
See’® that't every’ thing"
is“ ready in*® geason'’,

Very? well’, sir®. You* may‘
come® 8,87 soon’ 889 you’?
please.

Salutations.
I! wish* you? a* good’ morn-
ing®.
How! do® you® dot to-day*?

Quite* well*, thank® you‘.

How! is* your® health‘?

Exceeding* good*: and
yours*

As* usual,® sir’.

Permit‘ me* to* inquire‘ after*
your® health’.

Thank‘ you’, sir*; 15 am* πού
very’ well®.

Indeed! 15 am* quite‘ sorry®.

810 GERMAN.

Beim Mittagseffen.
Lie’ Glode* ldutet® gum* Cffen’;

laffen® Gie uns’? bem Rufe

folgen®**,
Wast wollen* Sie nehment?

Rindfletidh*, wenn ἰῷ bitten
barf-*

Wollent Sie® εἰπε" Teller> Sup-
pe7?
Wiinfden’ Sie* Schweinefletfh >?

Soll? ἰῷ" Shnen* etwas? yon?
diefen® Erbjen® vorlegen®?

Wenn εὖ οὐ gefallig? ijt,
mein Derr*

Wollent Sie* diet Gite® Haben?,
mir’ ein? Std von” diefem™
Kalbflet(ch* gu geben? ?

Mit? Vergnitgen®.

Wiinfden® (Οἰε Fett* ober’
Mageres®?

Cin' Wenig* von? Belden’, wenn?
ἐδ Shnen® gefallig’ ift.

Kellnert! Cine Taffe? Thee’.
Jat, ja* mein Herr’.
Wolken? Ste® [05 gut? fein? und
΄“-Χ-:Δ
mir? has® Brod reihen*?

Wollen* Sie® etwas‘ von* diefem®
Salat? nehmen*?

SPANISH.

Comiendo.

Toca* lat campanilla* por* la
comida’; entremos*@ y*
comama".

{De que quiere U. quo le
sirva ἡ 2

Un pocotde vaca’, sile gusta®~®.
ἐ Quiere** U.* sopa’?

J Quiere** U.* un pedazo de
-puerco® fo

| ae |
{Quiere U. que le sirva‘-
guisantes®?

Gon mucho gusto**, Seffort.

{Quieret [0.5 hacerme® 6]
favor de® darme’*p τη
pedazo* de** ternero**?

Con‘ gusto*.

JQuiere**® U*. magrot, 6°
gordo®?

Un! poco? de* ambos‘ me gus-
ta bien.g

;Muchacho'! una® taza* de* té°

S{#, sf{*, Seffor.

Hagame U. el favor de” dar.
me® pan‘,

2 Quiere* U.* tomar® un poco*
de esta? mesalada {7

FRENCH.

Diner.

La‘ clochette* sonne® pour‘ if-
ner’. Allons*® diner.

Que‘ sonhaitez-** vous"?

Dut boouf* 5511 vous* plaft®.
Voulez-'vous* de la soupe’?

ed
Désirez-*yous* un morceau du
cochon5?
Vous* offrirai-je** de ces7*
pois*?

Sil vous* platt®, Monsieur*.

Voulez*-vous* ayoir® lat bonté&
de® me® donner”? un‘ mor-
ceau‘! (633 0618 yeau-“la ἢ

Avec? plaisir®.

Désirezvous* du gras‘ ou’ du
maigre®?

—_—_—_—_—_—_—_—_—_—_—_

Un! ρου" de l’un, et de ]’autre™,
5511 vous® plaft7.

Garcon‘! une* tasse® det thé’.

Quit, oui*! Monsieur’.

Voudriez-*yous? bien me faire
passer®~* le® pain* 7

Prendrez?-vous? un peu* de®
cette® salade 27

ENGLISH. 81)
At Dinner.
Thet bell* rings* for‘ dinner’ :

let® us’ go* in® and” dine“.

What will* you® μανοῦ

Some beef*, if* you* please’.

Willt you* have* a* plate’ of®
soup’ ?

Dot you* wish® for* pork®?

Shall! I? help* you* to® some®
of” these* peas® 7

If* you* please’, sirt.

Will! you* have® the* kindnese®
to® help” me® to® a*° piece*t
of * that* veal“?

With' pleasure’.

Dot you* wish? fat* or® lean®?

A! little* of* both‘, if5 you®
please’.

Waiter !* A* cup? οὐδ tea’.

Ay’, ay’, sir’.

Willt you* be* so* kind# as® to?
pass® the® bread” this**
way [15

Will you* take* some* of this®
salad 77

812 NOTES.

GERMAN NOTES.

a Gebt auf, goes out. 7

Ὁ Now comes it but yet on the price to, (Vow ἐξ comes to
the price).

¢ I find that much gold (money).

ἃ The proper import of the expression is, that the statement
is not only understood; but agreed to.

9 Make every thing aright by good time.

SPANISH NOTES.

a The Market (Commerce). » Without them.

ο Cuadra bien, please well. ἃ I require nothing more.
e Have. f Opens.

g Nothing more but the price.

h It appears to me. i One understands it so.

x Cerrado con llave, fastened with a key.

1 Pregunotar ἃ U., to inquire of you.

m How is your health ?

n What do you desire that I should help you to?

o Pedazo, piece. p Dar, give. ᾳ Would please me well.

FRENCH NOTES.

a Moncy makes rare visits to me in this moment.

b Court, circulates, rans, (from the Latin curro, to ran).

6 Qui appuient, which help. ἃ At their ease.

9 Gives it?

fIt does not agitate itself. There is nothing more to be
discussed at present, but the price.

& To tell you the truth (vrai).

h Bien entendu que, tt being well understood that.

i En sort que, in such a manner that.

& How do you carry yourself to-day ?

POLYGLOT ARRANGEMENT

OF A

PART OF THE GOSPEL OF ST. MATTHEW.

relepn,
BDierjehn,

Gin ἔθη,
A aie

Siebenjehn,
Adtyehn,
Neunzehrr,
in une wangl
n und za
Dreigi soangig,

Hundert und cing,
wei hundert,
au(end,

THE NUMERALS.

( Cardinal.)

SPANISH FRENCH.
uno, un(e),
dos, eux,
tres, trois,
quatro, quatre,
cinco, cinq,
seis, six,
siete, sept,
ocho, huit
nueve, neuf,

iez, dix,
once, onze,
doce, douze,
trece, treize,
catorce, quatorze,

vince, quinze,

iez y eels, seize,

iez y siete, dix-sept,
diez y ocho, dix-huit
diez y nueve, dix-neuf,
viente, vingt,
viente yuno, _vingt-un,
treinta, trente,
quarenta, quarante,
cincuenta, cinquante,
sesenta, soixante,
setenta, soixante-dix,
ochenta, quatre-vingt,
noventa, quatre-vingt-dix,
ciento, cent,
clento y uno, cent un,
dos ciento, deux cent,

2

27

mille

seventeen
eighteen.
nineteen,
twenty.

hundred and one.
two hundred.
one thousand.

314

GREEK.

1. Tow δὲ Ἰησοῦ yev-
νηθίντος ἐν Βηθλεὲμ
τῆς ᾿ἸΙουδιίας, ἐν ἡμέ-
pas Ἡρώδον τοῦ βα-
σιλέως, ἰδοὺ, μάγοι
ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν παρε-
γένοντο els ἹἹεροσόλυ-
μα, λέγοντες "

2. Ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ τε-
χθεὶς βισσιλεὺς τῶν
Ἰουδαίων ; εἴδομεν γὰρ
αὐτοῦ Tov ἀστέρα ἐν
φῇ ἀνατολῇ καὶ ἤλθο-
μεν προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ.

3. ᾿Ακούσας δὲ Ἣρώ-
δης ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐταρά-
x9n, καὶ πᾶσα ‘lepo-
σόλυμα μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ.

4. Καὶ συναγαγῶν
πάντας τοὺς ᾿Αρχιερεῖς
καὶ Tpappareis τοῦ
Μαοῦ, ἐπυνθάνετο παρ᾽
αὐτῶν ποῦ ὁ Χριστὸς
γεννᾶται.

5. οἱ δὲ εἶπον αὐτῷ "
"Ev Βηθλεὲμ τῆς Ἰου-
duias* οὕτω γὰρ γέ-
γραπται διὰ τοῦ προ-
φήτου "

6 “Kal σὺ Βηθλε-
ἐμ, γῆ Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς
ἐλιχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς
ἡγεμόσιν ᾿Ιούδα - ἐκ
σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται
ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποι-
μινεῖ τὸν λαόν μον τὸν

MATTHEW, CHAPTER II.

FRENCH.

1. Or Jesus étant

né ἃ Bethlehem,
ville de Juda, au
temps du roi Hé-
rode, voici arriver
des sages d’Orient
a Jérusalem,

2. en disant: Ou
est le roi des Juifs
qui est né? car
nous avons vu son
étoile en Orient, et
nous sommes venus
ladorer.

3. Ce que le roi
Hérode ayant en-
tendu, il en fut trou-
blé, et tout Jérusa-
lem avec lui.

4. Et ayant assem-
blé tous les princi-
paux sacrificateurs,
et les scribes du
peuple, il s’informa
d’eux ou le Christ
devait naitre.

5. Etils lui dirent:
A Bethléhem, ville
de Judée; car il est
ainsi écrit par un
prophéte :

6. Et toi, Bethlé-
hem, terre de Juda,
tu n’es nullement la
plus petite entre les
gouverneurs de Ju-
da; car de toi sorti-
ra le Conducteur qui

ENGLISH.

1. Now when Je-
sus was born iu
Bethlehem of Ju-
dea, in the days οἱ
Herod the king, be-
hold, there came
wise men from the
east to Jerusalem,

2. Saying, Where
is he that is born
king of the Jews?
for we have seen
his star in the east,
and are come to
worship him.

3. When Herod
the king had heard
these things, he was
troubled, and all Je-
rusalem with him.

4. And when he
had gathered all the
chief priests and
scribes of the peo-
ple together, he de-
manded of them
where Christ should
be born.

5. And they said
unto him, In Beth-
lehem of Judea : for
thus it is written by
the prophet,

6. And thou Beth-
lehem, in the land
of Juda, art not the
least among the
princes of Juda: for
out of thee shall
come n Governor,

QERMAN,
1. Da Nejus oeboren

MAITHEW, CHAPTER TI.

SPANISH.

1. Y despues que!

815

LATIN.
Ἰ. At.esu nato in

ar gucBcchlehsm, tmphubé nacido Jesus|Bethlehem Judes,

σοι Sande, pur
Sere ek Kbutas He:
redcs, ftehe, da Pamen
tie Weifen vom Mor:
ἀπ δὲ gen Feruya:
fem, und (prachen:

2, Wo it der nen:
Qeborne Kénig ver
Juden? Wir haben
feinen Grern gefeben
im Diorgenlants, und
find gefominen, ibn
anzubeten.

3. Da due der ὁ:
nig Herodes hérece,
erjhrad er, und mit
thm das ganze Jeru:
falem ;

4, Und liek verfam:
meln alle Hohepricster
und Gebrifegelehreen
unter tem Boll, und
erforfchbte pon ihnen,
wo Chriftus follte ge:
Coren werden.

5. lind fle fagten
ibm: 3u Bethlehem,
im jaddifchen Saude.
Denn alfo flehet ge:
fcdrieben durch den
Propheten :

6. Und du Bethle:

en Bethlehem
Judea en los dias
del Rey Herodes,
he aqui unos Magos
vinieron del Orien-

‘Ite ἃ Jerusalem.

2. Diciendo ὁ Don-
de esta el que ha
nacido rey de los
Judios ? Porque he-
mos visto su estrella
en el Oriente, y vi-
nimos 4 adorarie.

3. Y cuando el
Rey Herodes hubd
oido esto, turbése y
con él toda Jerusa-
lem.

de

de,

tito.
4. Y convocaclos |

todos los principes:
los Sacerdotes cerdotun et Scribas

in diebus Herodis
regis, ecce Magi ab
Orientibus accesse-
runt in Hierosoly-
mam, dicentes :

2. Ubi est natus
rex Judeworum ὃ vi-
dimus enim ejus
stellam in Oriente,
et venimus adorare
cum.

3. Audiens autem
Herodes rex, turba-

tus cst, et omnis
Hierosolyma cum

4. Et congregans
omnes principes Sa-

y los Escribas del|populi, sciscitabatur
pueblo preguntéles|ab cis ubi Christus
dénde habia de na-|nasceretur.

cer el Christo. .

5. Y ellos le dije-

ron: En Bethlehem|/ei :

5. At illi dixeruat
In Bethlehem

de Judea, porque|Judee: sic enim

4 ’ Φ .
asi esta escrito por|scriptum = est

el profeta.

per
Prophetam :

6. Y ta Bethle-| 6. Et tu Betble-

hem tierra de Juda,|hem terra Juda, ne-
no eres la menor}quaquam minima es
entre los principes|in ducibus Juda: ex
αι Suda; denn aug/de Judd, porque de!te enim exibit dux,
bir foll mir fommen|ti saldra el caudillo(qui regat populum
ber Herzog, ter itber|que regira ἃ Israél|meum Esracl.

Hem, im firdifchen san:
de, ΔΗ mit nichcen die
Fleingte uncer den Fir:

316

GREEK.

Ἰσραήλ."

7. τότε Ἡρώδης λά-
θρα καλέσας τοὺς μά-
γους, ἠκρίβωσε παρ᾽
αὐτῶν τὸν χρόνον τοῦ
φαινομένου ἀστέρος.

8. Καὶ πεμψὰς av-
τοὺς εἰς Βηθλεὲμ, εἷ-
πε Πορευθέντες, ἀκρι-
βῶς ἐξετάσατε περὶ
τοῦ παιδίου" ἐπὰν δὲ
εὕρητε, ἀπαγγείλατέ
μοι, ὅπως κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν
προσκυνήσω αὐτῷ.

9. οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες
τοῦ βασιλέως, ἐπορεύ-
θησαν" καὶ ἰδοὺ, ὁ
ἀστὴρ, ὃν εἶδον ἐν τῇ
ἀνατολῇ, προῆγεν av-
τοὺς, ἕως ἐλθὼν ἔστη
ἐπάνω οὗ ἦν τὸ παιδίον.

10. Ἰδόντες δὲ τὸν
ἀστέρα, ἐχάρησαν χα-
ρὰν μεγάλην σφόδρα.

3
11. Καὶ ἐλθόντες εἰς
a 49 ἡ 4 A
τὴν οἰκίαν, εἶδον τὸ
παιδίον μετὰ Μαρίας
΄- 3 φι
τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ " καὶ
πεσόντες προυσεκύνη-
8 a . » ’
σαν αντῷ,, καὶ ἀνοίξαν-
3 ε
τες τοὺς θησ:ιυροὺς αὖ-

FRENCH.
paitra mon peuple
d’Israél.

7. Alors Hérode,
ayant appelé en se-
cret les sages, s’in-
forma d’eux soi-
gneusement du
temps que l’étoile
leur était apparue.

8. Et les envoyant
& Bethléhem, il leur
dit: Allez, et vous
informez soigneuse-
ment touchant le
petit enfant; et
quand vous l’aurez
trouve, faites-le-moi
savoir, afin que ἸὟ
aille aussi, et que je
adore.

9. Eux‘donc ayant
oul le roi, s’en al-
lérent; et voici, |’é-
toile qu’ils avaient
vue en Orient allait
devant eux, jusqu’a
ce qu'elle vint et
s’arreta sur le lieu
ou était le petit en-
fant.

10. Et quand ils
virent l’étoile, ils se
réjouirent d’une fort
grande joie.

11. Et étant entrés
dans la maison, ils
trouvérent le petit
enfant avec Marie,
sa mere, lequcl ils
adorérent, en 86
prosternant en terre;

MATTHEW, CHAPTER II.

ENJLISH.

that shall rule my
people Israel.

7. Then Herod,
when he had privi-
ly called the wise
men, inquired of
them diligently
what time the star
appeared.

8. And he sent”
them to Bethlehem,
and said, Go, and
search diligently for
the young child;
and when ye have
found him, bring
me word again,
that 1 may come
and worship him
also.

9. When they had
heard the king, they
departed ; and lo,
the star, which they
saw in the east,
went before them,
till it came and
stood over where

the young child
was.
10. When they

saw the star, they
rejoiced with ex-
ceeding great joy.
11. And when
they were come in-
to the house, they
saw the young child
with Mary his moth-
er, and fell down,
and —_—_— worshipped

MATTHEW, CHAPTER II.

GERMAN. SPANISH.
mein Golf Sfrael ein} mi pueblo.
Here fen.

7. Enténces He-
rodes Ilamados en

ἡ. Da bericf Hero:
des Die Weijen heim:
lich, und erlernete mit
Fleif von ihnen, wann
der Gteru erfchienen

inquirid de_ ellos
cuidadosamente el

ware, tiempo en que apa-
recié la estrella.
8, Und wies fle 8. Y enviandoles

αὐ Bethlehem, τὸ Bethlehem les di-
(prac: Biehet hin}jo: Id, y preguntad
und forfchce fleifigjcon diligencia por
nach dem Kindlein ;jel niiio, y cuando
und wenn ibe 66. finz|le hubieseis hallado
det, fo fauget es mirjhacedmelo — saber,
wiedcr, Daf ich auch|paraque vaya yo
cota, und es anz|tambien y le adore.
ete.

9. Uls fie nun den} 9- Y. “habiendo
Konig aehsret hatten,|ellos oido al Rey
zogen fle bin. Und marcharonse. Y he

secreto los Magos| perquisivit

817

LATIN.

7. Tune Herodes
clam vocans Magos,
ab eis
tempus apparen..s
stelle.

8. Et mittens eos
in Bethlehem, dixit:
Euntes _ diligenter
explorate de puero:
cum autem invene-
ritis, renunciate mi-
hi ut et ego veniens
adorem eum.

9. Illi autem audi- .
entes regem, profec-
ti sunt, et ecce, stel-

antecede-

Ἀν der Geran, denjaqui la estrella que|la quam viderant in

ὁ im Morgenlanode habian visto en elj Oriente,

acfehen batten, ging|Oriente iba delante
vor ibnen bin, bie dagjde ellos hasta que
er fam, und ftand,|Hegando se paro
oben aber, da_ dag|sobre donde estaba
Kiudlein war. el niiio.

10. Da fle den} 10. Y al ver la
Stern fahen, wurden) estrella se regocija-
fle hoch erfrenet, ron con extremado

gozo.

11. Und gingen in} 11. Y entrando en
das Haus, und faitden|la casa hallaron al
bas = Kindlein = mit}nifio con su madre
Maria, feiner Mut:|Maria, y postran-

bat eos, usque dum
veniens staret supra
ubi erat puer.

10. Videntes au-
tem stellam, gavisi
sunt gaudium mag-
num valde.

11. Et venientes
in domum, invene-
runt pueruin cum
Maria matre ejus.

ter, und ficlen nieder,|dose le adoraron, y| Et procidentes ado-

und beteten es an,/abriendo sus tesoros|raverunt eum, et

und thaten ihre Ghd: lle ofreci¢ron ines] apericn'es thesauros
o7*

318

MATTHEW, CHAPTER II.

GREEK.

τῶν, προσήνεγκαν av-
τῷ δῶρα, χρυσὸν, καὶ
λίβανον, καὶ σμύρναν.

12. Καὶ χρηματισθέν-
τες κατ᾽ ὄναρ μὴ ava-
κάμψαι πρὸς Ἡρώδην,
δι᾽ ἄλλης ὁδοῦ ἀνεχώ-
ρησαν εἰς τὴν χώραν

αὑτῶν.

13. ᾿Αναχωρησάντων
δὲ αὐτῶν, ἰδοὺ, ἄγγε-
λος Κυρίου φαίνεται
κατ᾽ ὄναρ τῷ ᾿Ιωσὴφ,
λέγων, Ἐγερθεὶς πα-
ράλαβε τὸ παιδίον καὶ
τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ
φεῦγε εἰς Αἴγυπτον"
καὶ ἴσθι ἐκεῖ ἕως ἂν
εἴπω σοι μέλλει γὰρ
Ἡρώδης ζητεῖν τὸ παι-
δίον, τοῦ ἀπολέσαι αὐὖ-

τό.

14, ‘O δὲ ἐγερθεὶς
παρέλαβε τὸ παιδίον
καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ
γυκτὸς, καὶ ἀνεχώρη-
σεν εἰς Αἴγυπτον.

15. Καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ ἕως
τῆς τελευτῆς Ἡρώδου":
ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν.
ὑπὸ τοῦ Kupio' dia!

WRENCH.
et, aprés avoir deé-
ployé leurs trésors,
ils lui offrirent des
présens, savoir, de
Por, de l’cncens, et
de la myrrhe.

12. Puis étant di-
vinement _avertis
dans un songe de
ne retourner point
vers Hérode, ils se
retirérent en leur
pays par un autre
chemin.

13. Or, aprés qu’ils
86 furent retirés, voi-
ci, ’ange du Seign-
eur apparut dans un
songe ἃ Joseph, οἱ
lui dit: Leéve-toi, et
prends le petit en-
fant ct sa mere, et
Venfuis cn Egypte,
et demeure la jus-
qu’a ce que je te le
dise ; car Hérode
cherchera le petit
enfant pour le faire i
mourir.

14, Joseph donc ;
étant reéveille,

|

ENGLISH.

him: and when
they had opened
their treasures, they
presented unto him
gifts; gold, and
frankincense, and
myrrh.

12. And being
warned of God in
a.dream that they
should not return to
Herod, they depart-
ed into their own

country = another
way.
13. And when

they were depart- _
ed, behold, the an-

gel of the Lord ap-
peareth to Joseph
in a dream, saying,
Arise, and take the
young child and his
mother, and fice
into Egypt, and be
thou there until 1
bring thee word:

for Herod will seek

the young child to
destroy him.

14. When he

ΡΥ ἢ arose, he took the

de nuit le petit en- _ young child and his

fant et sa mére, et! mother

se retira en Egypte.

ὃν night.

and departed into

15. Et il demeura
lA jusqu’a la mort until the death of

d*Llerode, afin que
fut accomplice dont

gypt:
15. And was there

that it
fulfilled

' Herod :
might be

MATTHEW, CHAPTER II.

GERMAN.

ge auf, und fchenften
thn Gold, Weil:
ται und Dtyrrben.

12. Und Gott be:
fabl ibuen tm Train,
dag fie {ὦ niche foll:
ten wieder gu Herodes
fen€cn. Und fie zogen
Durch εἰπῶ anderit
Weg wieder in ihr
$and.

13. Da fle aber δ 11:
weg gezegen waren,
fiebe, da erfchien der
Enael des Herru dem
Sofeph im Traut,
und γα: Grebe
anf, und nimm daé
Kinslein und feine
Mutter ze dir, und
fliche in Canpeenland,
und bleibe allda, bis
ich Dir fage; denn es
ift vorbanden, δαβ
Herodes das Kind:
fein fuche, dajfelbe
umpubringen.

14. Und ἐτ ftand
auf, und nabm das
Kindlein τὸ {εἰπὲ
Mutter gu fich, bey

ter Macht, und ents.

wich in Egnptentand,

15. Und bliel allda
big nach dem Tove
Herodes, auf dag εὖ:
fallec withic, dag ber

SPANISH.
oro é incensio, y
mirra.

12. Y avisados en
suciios que no vol-
viesen 4 Herodes
regresaron 4 su ti-
erra, por otro Cca-
mino.

13. Y despues que
hubieron ellos par-
tido he aqui el an-
gel del Sejior apa-

819

LATIN.

suos, obtulerunt e:
munera, aurum, et
thus, et myrrham.

12. Et responsi
secundum somni-
um, non reflectere
ad Herodem, per
aliam viam recesse-
runt ἢ regionem
suam.

13. Recessis au-
tem ipsis, ecce an-
gelus Domini appa-
ret per somnium

rece en suejios 4|Joseph, dicens: Ex-

Joseph diciendo :
Levantate y toma
al niiio, y 4 su ma-
dre y huye 4 Egip-
to, y estate alli
hasta que yo te
avise porque ha de
acontecer que He-
rodes busque al ni-
fio para matarle.

14. Y levantando-
se él tomé de no-
che al nifio y 4 su
madre, y fuese 4

Egipto.

15. Y permanecié

citatus accipe pu-
erum et matrem
ejus, et fuge in
fEgyptum: et esto
101 usque dum di-
cam tibi. Futurus
est enim Herodes
queerere puerum ad
perdendum eum.

14, Is autem exci-
tatus accepit pue-
rum et matrem ejus
nocte, et secessit in
Egyptum :

15. Et erat. ibi

alli hasta la muerte|usque ad obitum
de Herodes para-|Herodis: ut adim-

que se cu mplicse

:plerevur

dictum ἃ

820

GREEK FRENCH.

τοῦ προφήτου, λέγον. | le Seigneur avait
ros, ‘*’E& Αἰγύπτου | parlé par un _pro-
ἐκάλεσα τὸν υἱόν pov.” | phéte, disant: J'ai
appele mon Fils
hors d’Egypte.

16. Alors Herode,
voyant que les sages
s’étaicnt moqués de
lui, fut fort en co-
lére, et il envoya
tucr tous les enfans
41} étaient dans
Bethlehem, et-dans
tout son territoire,
depuis l’age de deux
ans et au-dessous,
selon le temps dont
il s°était exactement
informé des sages.

16. Tore Ἡρώδης
3h) @ 3 « A
ἰδὼν ὅτι ἐνεπαίχθη tro

4“ Ul 3 δ
τῶν μάγων. ἐθυμώθη
λίαν, καὶ ἀποστεΐλας
ἀνεῖλε πάντας τοὺς
παῖδας τοὺς ἐν Βηθ-
λεὲμ, καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς
ὁρίοις αὐτῆς, ἀπὸ διε-
τοῦς καὶ κατωτέρω,
κατὰ τὸν χρόνον ὃν
ἠκρίβωσε παρὰ τῶν
υάγω».

17. Τότε ἐπληρώθη 17. Alors fut ac-
τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Ἱερεμίου : compli ce dont avait
τοῦ προφήτον, λέγον- | parlé Jérémie le pro-
TOS, , phéte, en disant:

|

18. “- Φωνὴ ἐν Ῥαμᾷ! 18. On a out ἃ
ἠκούσθη, θρῆνος καὶ ᾿ Rama un cri, une
κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὀδυρμὸς | lamentation, des
πολὺς, 'Ῥαχὴλ κλαίου- , plaintes, et un grand
ga τὰ τέκνα αὑτῆς " | gemissement; Ra-

τοῦ Ἡρώδου, ἰδοὺ, ἄγ-
yeAos Κυρίου κατ᾽ ὄναρ
φαίνεται τῷ lool ἐν

’
Al erty,

qu’Hérode fut mort,
voici, ange du Sci-
gneur apparut dans
, un songe a Joseph,

καὶ οὐκ ἤθελε wapa-'chel pleurant 565
κληθῆναι, ὅτι οὐκ] enfans, et n’ayant
eal.” ΕΣ voulu étre
consolée de ce
qu’ils ne sont plus.
19. Τελευτήσαντος 8€ | 19. Mais δρτὰβ

MATTHEW, CHAPTER II.

ENGLISH.

which was spoken
of the Lord by the
prophet, _ saying,
Out of Egypt have
I called my son.

16. Then Herod,
when he saw that
he was mocked οἱ
the wise men, wa
exceeding wroth,
and sent forth, and
slew all the chil-
dren that were in
Bethlehem, and in
all the coasts there-
of, from two years
old and under, ac-
cording to the time
which he had dili-
gently inquired of
the wise men.

17. Then was ful-
filled that which
was spoken by Jer-
emy the prophet,
saying,

18. In Rama was
there a voice heard,
lamentation, and
weeping, and great
mourning, Rachel
weeping for her
children, and would
not be comforted,
because they are
not. .

19. But when
Herod was dead,
behold, an angel of
the Lord appeareth
i: a dream ta Jo-

MATTHEW, CHAPTER Il.

GERMAN.

Here durch den Pro-
pheten gejagt hat, der
da fpricht: Uns Egnp:
ten babe ic) meinen
Gobn gerufen.

16. Da Herodes nun
fah, daf er von den
Weifen betrogen war,
ward er febr zornig,
und fdicte aus, und
{ alle Kinder gu
Bethlehem cdoeen,
und an ifren ganzen
Grenjzen, die da zrven:
jabrig und daruntcr
waren, uach der Zeit,
die εὐ mit Fleif von
den Weifen erlernet
batte.

17. Da it erfirllet,
DAS gefaget tft von Dem
Propheter Jeremia,
der da (priche :

18. Uuf dem Gebir:
ge bat man ein Ge:
fcbrey agebdret, viel
Klagene, Weinens
und Heulens ; Rabel
beweinete ibre in:
der, und wollte [ὦ
nicht tréften (αι;
deun es war aus mit
ibuen.

19. Da aber Hero:
des geftorben war, fie:
he, δὰ erfchien der
Engel des Herrn dem
Sofey) iw Traum in

821

SPANISH. LATIN.

lo que hablé el Se-|Domino _ per Pro-
ΠΟΥ por el profeta|phetam, dicentem :
diciendo: De Egip-| Ex Egypto vocay:
to llamé 4 mi hijo. |filium meum.

16. Tune Herodes
videns quoniam illu-
sus esset a Magis,
gos irritése sobre|iratus est valde: et
manera, y envid, é/mittens occidit om-
hiz6 matar 4 todos|nes pueros qui in
los nifios, que ha-|Bethlehem, et om-
bia en Bethlehem, |nibus finibus ejus, a
y en toda su co-|binatu et infra,
marca de dos aiiosjsecundum tempus
abajo conforme al|quod perquisivit a
tiempo que él ha-| Magis.
bia cuidadosamente
inquirido de los Ma-

gos.

17. Enténces 86] 17. Tunc adimple-
cumplié lo que ha-/tum est dictum per
bia hablado por el|Jeremiam _prophe-
profeta Jeremias di-|tam, dicentem :
ciendo,

18. Voz fué oida] 18. Vox in Rama
en Ram4 lamentos,|jaudita est, ploratus
y lloros y grandes/et ululatus et ejula-
gemidos: Raquel|tus multus: Rachel
llorando sus hijos y|plorans natos suos,
no quiso ser conso-jet noluit consolari,
lada porque no ex-|quia non sunt.
isten ya.

16. Enténces He-
rodes cuando se vid
burlado de los Ma-

19. Pero habien-| 19. Desinente an-
do muerto Herodes|tem Herode, ecco
he aqui un 4ngeljangelus Domini se-
del Sefior aparecié|cundur1 somnium
en suefios 4 Joseph|appare Joseph in

$22

GREEE.

20. Λέγων, Eyep-
θεὶς παράλαβε τὸ
παιδίον; καὶ τὴν μη-
τέρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ πο-
pevov εἰς γὴν Ἰσρα-
HA * τεθνήκασι γὰρ
οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν
ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου.

21. Ὁ δὲ ἐγερθεὶς
wapé NaBe τὸ παιδί-
ον, καὶ τὴν μητέρα
αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς
γῆν Ἰσραήλ.

22. ᾿Ακούσας δὲ
ὅτε ᾿Αρχέλαος βα-
σιλεύει ἐπὶ τῆς Ἰου-
δαίας ἀντὶ Ηρώδου
τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ,
ἐφοβήθη ἐκεῖ ἀπελ-
θεῖν " χρηματισθεὶς
δὲ κατ᾽ ὄναρ, ἀνεχώ-
ρησεν els τὰ μέρη
τῆς Ταλιλαίας "

23. Καὶ ἐλθὼν
κατώκησεν εἰς πό-
λιν λεγομένην Να-
ζαρέτ, ὅπως πλη-
ρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ
τῶν προφητῶν, ὅτι
Ναζωραῖος κληθή-

σεται."

a. Ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἡ-
μέραις ἐκείναις πα-
ραγίνεται Ἰωάννης

ae er PY

|

MATTLEW, CHAPTERS II., ΠῚ.

FRENCH.

en Egypte,

20. et lui dit:
Léve-toi, et prends le
petit enfant et sa mére,
et t’en va au pays
d’Israél ; car ceux qui
cherchaient ἃ Oter la
vie au petit enfant sont
morts.

21. Joseph donc s’é-| 21. And he arose, ©
tant réveillé, prit le}and took the young
petit enfant ct sa mére, ; child and his mother
et s’en vint au pays/| and came into the land
d‘Israel. ‘of Israel.

22. Mais quand il! 22. But when he
eut appris qu’Arché-| heard that Archelaus
laiis regnait en Ju-|did reign in Judea in
dée, a la place d’He-| the room of his father
rode, son pére, il crai-| Herod, he was afraid
gnit d’y aller; et étant| to go thither: notwith-
divinement averti dans | standing, being warn-
un songe, il se retira|ed of God in a dream,
en Galilee. he turned aside into
the parts of Galilee :

23. And he came and
dwelt in a city called
Nazareth: that it
might be fulfilled
which was spoken by
the prophets, He shall
be called a Nazarene

ENGLISH.
seph in Egypt,

20. Saying, . Arise,
and take the young
child and his mother,
and go into the land of
Israel: for they are
dead which sought the
young child’s life.

23. Et y étant arrivé
il habita dans la ville
appelée Nazareth, afin
que fit accompli ce
qui avait été dit par les
prophétes: [1 sera
appelé Nazarien.

1. In those days
came John the Baptist,
preaching ἐπ the wil-
derness of Judea,

1, Or en ce temps-
la vint Jean-Baptiste,
préchant dans le dé-

ὁ βαπτιστὴς κη- | sert de la Judée,
γύσσων ἐν τῇ épn- |

ug τῆς Ἰουδαίας, |

2. Καὶ λέγων, 2. ct disant : Con-
Meravacire > ἢἤγ- veriissez-vous, car le

2. And saying, Re-
pent ye: for the king-

MATTHEW, CHAPTERS I1., III.

GERMAN.

Cagnptenland,

20. Und (prach: Gee:
be auf, und nimm das
Kindlein πὸ (εἰπε
Mutter zu div, wud zie
be bin in das sand Jf:
racl; fie find geftorben,
dic dem Kinde nach dem
Seben ftanden.

21. Und er stand aut,
und nabm das Kindlein
und feine WMtutter gu
fic, und fam in das
Sand Sfrael.

22, Da er aber horete,
daG Urchelaus im jidi:
{chen Sande Kdnig war,
an Gtatt feines Vaters
Herodes, fiirchtete er
fich dabin 3u fommen.
ind im Traum empfing
εἰ Befehl von Gott,
und jog in die Oerter
des galildifchen Landes,

23. Und fam, und
wohnete in der Grade,
die da Heige Mazarech ;
auf daG erfillet wurde,
das da gefagt tft von
dem SPropheten: Cr
foll Mazarenus Heifen.

1. Bu der Beit fam
Johannes, der Taufer,
und predigte in der
Wijte des jidifchen
sandes,

2. Und fpradh: Tho:
Bue, das H mmelreich

SPANISH.

en Egipto.

20. Diciendo: Le-
vantate y toma al ni-
iio y 4 su madre, y
vete 4 tierra de Isra-
él porque muertos
son los que atenta-
ban 4 la vida del niiio.

21. Enténces le-
vantandose él tomé
al nijio, y 4 su ma-
dre, y vinose 4 tierra
de Israél.

22. Mas habiendo
oido .que Archelao
reynaba en Judea en
lugar de su padre He-
rodes temio ir alla y
avisado en sueiios se
retir6 & tierra de Ga-
lilea.

23. Y vind y habité
en una ciudad llama-
da Nazareth paraque
se cumpliese lo que
habian dicho los pro-
fetas: Sera llamado
Nazareno.

1. Y en aquellos di-
as viné Juan el Bau-
tista predicando en
el desierto de Judea.

2. Ydiciendo: Ar-
repentios porque el

_ 828
ee
LATIN. “-
ZEgypto,

20. Dicens: Ex-
citatus accipe pu-
erum, et matrem
ejus, eg®vade in
terram _Israél :
mortul sunt enim
querentes ani-
mam pueri.

21. Ille autem
excitatus accepit
puerum et ma-
trem ejus, et venit
in terram Israél.

22. Audiens au-
tem quod Arche-
laus regnaret, in
Judza pro Hero-
de patre suo, ti-
muit illoire. Re-
sponsus autem se-
cundum somni-
um, secessit in
partes Galilee.

23. Et veniens
commigrayit in
civitatem dictam
Nazaret: ut im-
pleretur dictum
per _ Prophetas,
Quod Nazoreeus
vocabitur.

1. In autem die-
bus illis accedit
Joannes Baptista,
preedicans in de-
serto Judser,

2. Et dicens:
Peenitemini, ap-

324

GREEK.

γικε yap ἡ βασι-

λεία τῶν οὐρανῶν.

9. Οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν
ὁ ῥηθεὶς SRS Ἡσαί.
ov τοῦ προφήτου,
λέγοντος, “ Φωνὴ
βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρή-
μῳ, ἙὩἙτοιμάσατε
τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου,
εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς
τρίβους αὐτοῦ.᾽"
4. Αὐτὸς δὲ Ἰω-
ἄννης εἶχε τὸ ἔνδυ-
μα αὑτοῦ ἀπὸ τρι-
χῶν καμήλον, καὶ
ζώων δερματίνην
περὶ τὴν ὀσφῦν αὗ-
rou: ἡ δὲ τροφὴ
αὐτοῦ ἦν ἀκρίδες

καὶ μέλι ἄγριον.

5. Tére ἐξεπο-
pevero πρὸς αὐτὸν
Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ
πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία,
καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχω-
ρος τοῦ ᾿Ιορδάνου,

6. Καὶ ἐβαπτί-
ζοντο ἐν τῷ Ἰορδά-
vy ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, ἐξο-
μολογούμενοι τὰς
ἁμαρτίας αὑτῶν.

7. ᾿Ιδὼν δὲ πολ-
λοὺς τῶν Φαρισαί-
ὧν καὶ Σαδδουκαί-
wy ἐρχομένους ἐπὶ
τὸ βάπτισμα αὖ-
τοῦ, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς,
Γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν,
τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν

MATTHEW, CHAPTER III.

FRENCH.

royaume des cieux est
proche.

3. Car c’est ici celui
dont il a été parlé par
Esaie le prophéte, en
disant: La voix de
celui qui crie dans le
désert est: Préparez
le chemin duSeigneur,
aplanissez ses sen-
tiers.

4. Or Jean avait son
vétement de poil de
chameau, et une cein-
ture de cuir autour de
ses reins; et son man-
ger était des saute-
relles et du miel sau-
vage.

5. Alors les habitans
de Jérusalem, et de
toute la Judée, et de
tout le pays des envi-
rons du Jourdain vin-
rent ἃ lui.

6. Et ils étaient bap-
tisés par lui au Jour-
dain, confessant leurs
péchés.

7. Mais voyant plu-
sieurs des pharisiens
et des sadducéens ve-
nir ἃ son baptéme, il
leur dit: Race de vi-
péres, qui vous ἃ aver-
tis de fuir la colére a
venir ὃ

ENGLISH.

dom of heaven is at
hand.

3. For this is he that
was spoken of by the
prophet Esaias, say-
ing, The vaice of one
crying in the wilder-
ness, Prepare ye the
way of the Lord, make
his paths straight.

4. And the same John
had his raiment of
camel’s hair, and a
leathern girdle about
his loins ; and his meat
was locusts and wild
honey.

5. Then went out to
him Jerusalem, and
all Judea, and all the
region round about
Jordan,

6. And were baptized
of him in Jordan, con-
fessing their sins.

7. But when he saw
many of the Pharisees
and Sadducees come
to his baptism, he said
unto them, O genera-
tion of vipers, whe
hath warned you to
flee from the wrath to

MATTHEW, CHAPTER III.

325

GERMAN.

ift nahe herber gefom:
tren.

3. Und er ift der, von
dem der Prophet Je:
friar aefage Hat, und gez
frrochen: "Es ijt eine
Grimme cines Predi:
geré in Der Diryte, δὸς
reitec tem Herren den
Weg, und machet rich:
tia feine Geeige.

4, Er aber, Johan:
neg, hatte ein Kleid von
Cameel(shaarenn, wud εἰ:
nen federnen Giirtel
uin feine Senden; feine
Gpeife aber war Heu-
fcbrecen und wilder
Horrig.

5. Da ging zu ibm
hinaus die Grave Se:
rrjalemt, Und DAs ganze
jidifcbe Sand, und alle
wduder an dem Jordan,

6. Und lichen {Ὁ tau:
fen von ihm im Jordan,
und befannten ire
Ginden.

ἡ. Ulls er nun viele
Pharifder und Gaddu:
caer fal gu feiner Taufe
Fomimncu, (prac ev zu
ihuen: Jhe Otternge:
zichte, wer hat denn
euch gewiefen, dag ibt
dem zubinftigen Zorn

SPANISH.

reyno de los cielos
esta cerca.

3. Porque este es
aquel de quien hablo
el profeta Isaias dici-
endo: Voz del que
clama en οἱ desierto:
Aparejad el camino
del Sejior, haced de-
rechas sus sendas.

4. ὙὟ el mismo Juan
llevaba un vestido de
pelos de camello, y
un cinto de cuero al
rededor de sus lomos,
y su comida eran lan-
gostas y micl silves-
tre.

5. Enténces salid
ἃ él Jerusalém, y to-
da la Judea, y toda la
tierra de la comarca

del Jordan.

6. Y eran bautiza-
dos por él en el Jor-
dan confesando sus
pecados.

7. Mas viendo que
muchos de lus Pha-
riseos y Saduceos ve-
nian 4 su bautismo
les dij6 ; oh genera-
cion de viboras! qui-
én os ha ensefiado 4
huir de la ira veni.

28 »

LATIN.
propinquavit 6.
nim regnum ce-
lorum.

3. Hic enim est
pronunéiftus ab
Esaia Propheta,
dicente: Vox cla-
mantis in deserto:
Expedite viam
Domini, rectis fa-
cite semitas ejus.

4. Ipse autem
Joannes habebat
indumentum 58-
um e pilis cameli,
et zonam pellice-
am circa lumbum
suum: esca au-
tem ejus erat lo-
custze et mel sil-
vestre.

5. Tunc exibat
ad eum Hieroso-
lyma, et omnis
Judzea, et omnis
circum _—ivicinia
Jordanis.

6. Et baptiza-
bantur in Jordane
ab eo, consitentes
peccata sua.

7. Videns autem
multos Phariseo-
rum et Sadduce-
orum _ venientes
ad baptismum su-
um, dixit eis : Ge-
nimina _—-vipera-
rum, quis demon-

820

MATTHEW, .CHAPTER ΠῚ.

GREEK.

φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς
μελλούσης ὀργῆς ;

8. Ποιήσατε οὖν
καρπὸν ἀξίον τῆς
μετανοίας.

9. Καὶ μὴ δόξητε
λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς,
Πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν
᾿Αβραάμ ᾿ λέγω
γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι δύνα-
ται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν
λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖ-
pat τέκνα τῷ ᾿Α-
βραάμ.

10. Ἤδη δὲ καὶ
ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν

δίζαν τῶν δένδρων

FRENCH.

8. Faites donc des
fruits convenables ἃ la
repentance.

9. Et ne présumez
point de dire en vous-
mémes: Nous avons
Abraham pour pére ;
car je vous dis que
Dieu peut faire naitre
de ces pierres méme
des enfans ἃ Abra-
ham.

10. Or la cognée est
déja mise a la racine
des arbres ; c’est pour-

κεῖται " πᾶν οὖν quoi tout arbre, qui ne
δίνδρον μὴ ποιοῦν fait point de bon fruit,

καρπὸν καλὸν,

κόπτεται, καὶ

πῦρ βάλλεται.
ll. Ἐγὼ μὲν

βαπτίζω ὑμᾶς ἐν
ὕδατι εἰς μετάνοι-
αν " ὁ δὲ ὀπίσω μου
ἐρχόμενος, ἰσχυρό-
τερός μου ἐστὶν, οὗ
οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς τὰ
ὑποδήματα βαστά-
σαι, αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς
Sarrices ἐν πνεύ-
uart ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί"

12. Οὗ τὸ πτύον
ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ,
καὶ διακαθαριεῖ τὴν
ἅλωνα αὑτοῦ, καὶ
συνάξει τὸν σῖτον
αὑτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀπο-
θήκην, τὸ δὲ ἄχν-

ἐκ- νὰ €tre coupé et jeté
εἰς [8ὺ feu.

11, Pour moi, je
vous baptjse d’eau en
signe de repentance ;
mais celui qui vient
aprés moi est plus pu-
issant que moi, et je
ne suls pas digne de
porter 568 souliers ;
celui-la vous baptisera
du Saint-Esprit et de
feu.

12. Il a son van en
sa main, ct il nettoiera
entiérement son aire,
et 1] assemblera son
froment au grenicr ;
mais il brilera la paille
au feu qui ne s’étcint

ENGLISH.
come ἡ

8. Bring forth there-
fore fruits meet for re-
pentance :

9. And think not to
say within yourselves,
We have Abraham to
our father: for I say
unto you, that God is
able of these stones to
raise up children unto
Abraham.

10. And now also
the axe is laid unto
the root of the trees:
therefore every tree
which bringeth not
forth good fruit is hewn
down, and cast into
the fire.

11. I indeed baptize
you with water unto
repentance: but he
that cometh after me
is mightier than I,
whose shoes I am not
worthy to bear: he
shall baptize you with
the Holy Ghost, and
with fire :

12. Whose fan is in
his hand, and he will
thoroughly purge his
floor, and gather his
wheat into the garnet ;
but he will burn up
the chaff with un-

MATTHEW, CHAPTER IIT. §27

GERMAN. SPANISH. LATIN.

cuerinuen werdet Ὁ dera? stravit vobis fu-

gere a futura ira?

8. Geher ju, thut} 8. Producid pues; 8. Facite ergo
rechtjchatfene Fritchte|frutos dignos de ar-}fructus — dignos
der Buge. repentimiento. peenitentia.

9. Denkee nur nicht,| 9. Y no penscis en} 9. Et ne arbitre-
daf ibe bey ench wollt|decir interiormente : | mini dicere in vo-
fagen: Wir haben A: |A Abraham tenemos | bis ipsis: Patrem
brabam jum Water | por padre; porque yo/habemus Abra-
ὦ fage euch: ὅλοι ο5 digo: que podero-| ham; dico enim
yerinag dem UWbhraham)so es Dios para le-| vobis,quoniam po-
aus οἰ Geeinen|vantar hijos 4 Abra-| test Deus de lapi-
Kinder zu erweefen. | ham atin de estus pi-| dibus istis suscita-

edras. re natos Abrahee.

10. Es ift fchon tie} 10. Y ahora tambi-| 10. Jam vero et
Art dew Baumen ant die, en ya esta puesta la! securis ad _ radi-
Wurzel aclegt. Duaz|segur a la raiz de los|cem arborum ad-
rum, τες Baum! Arboles. Y todo ar-|jacet. Omnis er-
nicht qute Frucht brin:| bol que no produce‘ go arbor non fa-
act, wird abgehanen|buen fruto cortado ciens fructum bo-
und ins Feuer gewor-|sera, y echado al fu- num, exciditur, et
fen. ego. in ignem jacitur.

11. Yeh ἀπε euch mie} 11. Yo en verdad, 11, Ego qui-
Wafer zur Bue; ter|os bautizo en agua, dem baptizo’ vos
aber nach mic fommt,| para arrepentimien- in aqua in peeni-
ift ftarfer, denn ich,|to, mas 6] que viene|tentiam, qui au-
dem ich auch nicht ges}en pos de mi, mas| tem post me veni-
nugfam bis, (eine Gchu: | poderoso es que yo,/ens, fortior me
De yu tragen 5 ter wird | cuyos zapatos no soy | est : cujus non
ἐπ mit tem Heiligen|digno de llevar. El|sum idoneus cal-
Θεὲ und mit Feuer|os bautizara en el | ceamenta portare,

—

taufen. Espiritu Santo, y en|ipse vos baptiza-
fuego. bit in Spiritu sanc-
to et igni.

12. tnd er hat {εἶπε 12. Su bieldo esté| 12. Cujue venti-
Worffebaufel in (einer|en su mano, y lim-|labrum in manu
Hand; ee wird ftine piard bien la era, y| sua, et permanda-
Tenune fegen, und den; recogerd su trigo en| bit aream suam,
Weisen in feine Gehen:'la trox mas la paja| et congregabit tri-
πὸ fammeln; aber die'la quemaré en un fu-|ticum suum im
Spreu wird cr verbren: ego inextinguible. | horreum: at pa-

328

MATTHEW, CHAPTER III.

GREEK.

ρον κατακαύσει πυ-
ρὶ ἀσβέστῳ.

13. Τότε παραγί-
νεται ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς ἀπὸ
τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἐπὶ
τὸν ᾿Ιορδάνην πρὸς
τὸν Ἰωάννην, τοῦ
βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ᾽
αὐτοῦ.

14, Ὁ δὲ Ἰωάν-
νης διεκώλυεν av-
τὸν, λέγων, Ἐγὼ
χρείιν ἔχω ὑπὸ σοῦ
βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ
σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός pe;

158. ᾿Αποκριθεὶς
δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπε
πρὸς αὐτὸν " “Ades
ἄρτι " οὕτω γὰρ
πρέπον ἐστὶν ἡμὶν
“ληρῶσαι πᾶσαν
δικαιοσύνην " τότε
ἀφίησιν αὐτόν.

16. Καὶ βαπτισ-
8 ¢ 3 a >. 9
θεὶς ὁ ᾿Ιησοὺς ave-
9 ‘ ? a ~
Bn εὐθὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ
ὕδατος, καὶ ἱἰδοὺ,
ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ
ε » 8 , f
οἱ οὐρανοὶ, καὶ εἰδε
τὸ πνεῦμα TOU Θεοῦ
καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ
περιστερὰν, καὶ ἐρ-
χόμενον ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν.

17. Καὶ ἰδοὺ, φω-

νὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν,"

λέγουσα, Οὗτός ἐσ-
τιν 6 vids μον ὁ
ἐν 8 ) »

ὡ;απητὸς, ἐν ᾧ ev-
δόκησα.

FRENCH.
point.

13. Alors Jésus vint
de Galilée au Jourdain
vers Jean pour étre
baptisé par lui:

14. Mais Jean len
empéchait fort, en lui
disant: J’ai besoin
d’étre baptisé par toi,
et tu viens vers moi !

15. Et Jesus répon-
dant, lui dit: Laisse-
moi faire pour le pré-
sént; car il nous est
ainsi convenable d’ac-
complir toute justice.
Et alors il le laissa
faire.

16. Et quand Jesus
cut été baptisé, il sor-
tit incontinent hors de
cau; et voila, les
cieux lui furent ou-
verts, et Jean vit l’Es-
prit de Dieu descen-
dant comme une co-
lombe, et venant sur
lui.

17. Et voila une voix
du ciel, disant: Celui-
ci est mon Fils bien-
aimé, en qui j’al pris
mon bon plaisir.

ENGLISH.
quenchable fire.

13. Then cometh Je-
sus from Galilee to
Jordan unto John, to
be baptized of him.

14. But John forbade
him, saying, | have
need to be baptized of
thee, and comest thou
to me ?

15. And Jesus an-
swering said unto him,
Suffer it to be so now:
for thus it becomceth us
to fulfil all righteouss
ness. Then he suf-
fered him. -

16. And Jesus, when
he was baptized, went
up straightway out of
the water: and lo, the
heavens were opened
unto him, and he saw
the Spirit of God de-
scending like a dove,
and lighting upon him:

17. And lo, a voice
from heaven, saying,
This is my beloved
Son, in whom I am
well pleased.

MATTHEW, CHAPTER III.

one

GERMAN.
nen mit ewigem Feuer.

13. 3u der Beit fam
Sefus aus Galilda an
ven Jorden yu FJohan-
ae, daB er fich bon ibm
aufen liege.

14. Uber Johannes
webrete ihm, und
fprach :
wohl, daf ich bon dir
getauft werdes und du
Fommit 3u mir ?

15. Sefus aber ant:
τουτί, und fprach zu
ihm : $a8 jeae alfo feyn;
alfo gebithret es une,
alle Gerechtigfeit gu
erfillen. Da lieG er es
thm gu.

16. Und da Yefus ge-
tanfe warftieg er bald
berauf aus dem Daf:
fers und ftebe, da that

SPANISH.

13. Enténces Jesus

vind de Galilza al

| Jordan a encontrar 4

Juan para ser bauti-
zado de él.

14. Mas Juan se lo
estorbaba diciendo:

Sch bedarf| 4 Yo he menester ser

bautizado de ti, y τύ
vienes & mi?

15. Y respondiendo
Jesus le dijé: 3 De-
je esto ahora porque
asi nos conviene
cumplir toda justicia.
Enténces condescen-

16.

16. Y despues que
Jesus fué bautizado,
subid luego del agua,
y he aqui se le abri-

fic der Himmel auf) eron los cielos, y vid

fiber ibs. Und Johan:
nes fal den Geijt Got:
tes, gleich als cine Tanz
be berab fahren, und
iiber ihu fommen.

17. Und flebe, cine
Stimme vom Himmel
herab fprach: Dies ἐπ
mein {δὲν Gohn, an
welchem ih Woblge-
fallen babe.

al Espiritu de Dios
descendiendo como
paloma y _ viniendo
sobre él.

17. Υ he aqui una
voz del cielo que de-
cia: Este es mi hijo
muy querido, en qui-
en tengo toda mi
complacencia.

28 *

829

LATIN,

leam comburet ig-
ni inextinguibili.
13. Tune acce-
dit Jesus a Gali-
lea ad Jordanem
ad Joannem, bap-
tizari ab eo.

14, At Joannes
prohibebat eum,
dicens: Ego usum
habeo a te bapti-
zari, et tu venis
ad me ?

15. Respondens
autem Jesus dixit
ad eum, Sine in-
terim: sic enim
decens est no-
bis implere om-
nem justificatio-
nem. Tunc di-
mittit eum.

16. Et baptiza-
tus Jesus, ascen-
dit statim de aqua:
Et ecce aperti
sunt ei ceeli, evidit
Spiritum Dei de-
scendentum sicut
columbam, et ve-
nientem = super
eum.

17. Et ecce vox
de celis, dicens:
Hic est filius me-
us dilectus, in quo
complacui.

830

------.

GREEK.

]. τό Te ὁ Ἶη-
~ > 7 > 4
σοὺς ἀνήχθη εἰς τὴν
ἔρημον ὑπὸ τοῦ
πνεύματος, πειρασ-
θῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ δια-

βόλον.

2. Καὶ νηστεύσας
ἡμέρις τεσσαρά-
κοντα καὶ νύκτας
τεσσαράκοντα, ὕσ-
τερον ἐπείνασε.

3. Kul προσελ-
θὼν αὐτῷ ὁ πειρά-

φΦ δ eA
ζων, εἶπεν - Ei υἱὸς

4 ~ a 9 αι
εἰ τον Θεοῦ, εἰπε
ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι
ἄρτοι γένωνται.

« 4 9
4. Ὁ δὲ ἀποκρι-
4 ”
θεὶς εἶπε + Γέγραπ-
ται - Οὐκ ἐπ᾽ ἄρτῳ
᾿ ’
μόνῳ ζησεται ἄν-
θρωπος, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ
παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπο-
ρευομένῳ διὰ στό-
uaros Θεοῦ.

ὅ. Τότε παραλαμ-

° 24 ¢ Ld
βάνει αὐτὸν ὁ διά-

3 8 ’
βολος εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν
πόλιν, Kat ἴστησιν
αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ πτερύ-

-ytov τοῦ ἱεροῦ.

6. Kui λέγει αὐ-
“- ? «a ψ a
τῳ " Et υἱὸς εἰ Tov
Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυ-
τὸν κάτω * yéypar-
‘ 1? »
ται yap, “ Ort τοὺς
9 ? € ~ 9
ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ev-
τελεῖτιιε περὶ σοῦ,
καὶ ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀ-
οοῦσί σε, μήποτε
+)
προσκόψῃς πρὸς

MATTHEW, CHAPTER We

FRENCH.

1. Alors Jésus fut
emmené par PEsprit
au désert, pour y étre
tente par | le diable.

2. Et quand il eut
jetiné quarante jours et
quarante nuits, finale-
ment il eut faim.

3. Et le tentateur
s'approchant, lui dit:
Situ es le Fils de Dieu,
dis que ces pierres de-
viennent des pains.

. Mais Jésus répon-
dit et dit: Il est écrit:
L’homme πὸ vivra
point de pain seule-
ment, mais de toute
parole qui sort de la
bouche de Dieu.

5. Alors le diable le
transporta dans la
sainte ville, et le mit
sur les creneaux du
temple ;

6. et il lui dit: Si tu
es le Fils de Dicu, jette-
toien bas; car il est
écrit: Il ordonnera a
ses anges de tc porter
en leurs mains, de peur |
que tu ne heurtes ton |
pied contre quelque
werre.

cerning thee:

----... ----΄-ςς.-.

ENGLISH.

1. Then was Jesus
led up of the Spirit
into the wilderness, to
be tempted of the
devil.

2. Anc. when he had
fasted forty days and
forty nights, he was
afterward an hungred.

3. And when the
tempter carne to him,
he said, If thou be the
Son of God, command
that these stones be
made bread.

4. But he answered
and said, It is written,
Man shall not live by
bread alone, but by
every word that pro-
ceedeth out of the
mouth of God.

5. Then the devil
taketh him up into the
holy city, and setteth
him on a pinnacle of
the temple,

6. And saith unto
him, If -thou be the
Son of God, cast thy-
self down: for it is
written, He shall give
his angels charge con-
and in
their hands they shall
bear thee up, lest αἱ

any tune thou dash

»

MATTHEW, CHAPTER IV.

881

GERMAN.

1. Da ward Jefue
hom ὅδε in die Wa:
fte aefithrct, auf da& er
pon dem Teufel verfuche
wilrde.

ὦ. Und da er vierzig
Tage und vierzig Mach:
te gefatce bucce, δι}.
gerte ibn.

8. Und der Berfucher
frat zu ibis, ud fprach:
Bit ou Gostes Gohn,
fo (prich, dag Ddicfe
Gteine Brod werden.

4, Und er antwortete,
und (ρα: (δ [ἰὼ
bee gefchricben : Der
Menfch (δεῖ niche vom
Brod allein, foudernu
von einem jealichen
Wort, dus durch den
Mund Gortes geber.
5. Da fithrte ibn der
Teufel mic ὦ in die
Heiline Geude, und ftel:
fete ihu auf die Zinne
des Tempel,

6. Und fprach gu ihm:
Bit du Gottes Gohn,
fo lag dich Hinab 5 denn
(6 ftehee gejchrichen :

ee SSD ep pep =e SS Ss SSS SS

SPANISH.

1. Enténces Jesus
fué llevado por el
Espiritu al desierto
para ser tentado del
diablo.

2. Y habiendo ayu-
nado quarenta dias y
quarenta noches de-
spues tuvo hambre.

3. Y Ilegandose 4
él el tentador le dijé :
Si eres Hijo de Dias,
di que estas piedras
se hagan panes.

4. Mas él respondi-
endo le dijé: Eseri-
to esta: no de solo
pan vivira el hombre,
mas de toda palabra
que sale de ‘la boca
de Dios.

5. Entdnces le to-
m6 el diablo, le llevé
4 la Santa Ciudad, y
le puso sobre las al-
menas del templo.

6. Y le dijo: Si
eres Hijo de Dios

LATIN.

l. Tunc Jesus
actus est in deser-
tum ἃ Spiritu,
tentari a diabolo,

2. Et jejunans
dies quadraginta,
et noctes quadra-
ginta, postremum
esuriit.

3. Et accidens
el tentator, dixit:
Si filius es Dei,
dic ut lapides isti
panes fiant.

4, Ille autem re-
spondens, dixit:
Scriptum est, Non
in pane solo vivet
homo, sed in om-
ni verbo exeunte
per os Dei.

5. Tunc assu-
mit eum diabolus
in sanctam civir
tatem, et statuit
cum super pinna-
culum templi.

6. Et dicit ei:
Si filius es Dei,

echate de aqui abajo, dejice teipsum de-

porque escrito esta

Er wird feinen Engelu| que te encomendara
liber dir BWefehl chun, | 4 sus Angeles, y te
und fie merden dich auf; tomaran en sus ma-
den Handen tragen, auf: nos paraque tu pié no
dag Cu deinen Fug nicht tropieze con piedra
an cincn Grein ptogejt. alguna.

orsum. Scriptum
est enim, Quia
angelis suis man-
dabit de te, et in
manibus _ tollent
te, ne forte im-

| pingas ad lapidem

382

MATTHEW, CHAPTER IV.

GREEK.

λίθον τὸν πόδα
σον."
7. "Ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ
Ἰησοῦς + Πάλιν γέ-
γραπται, “ Οὐκ ἐκ-
πειράσεις Κύριον
τὸν Θεόν gov.”’

8. Πάλιν παρα-
λαμβάνει αὐτὸν ὁ
διάβολος εἰς ὄρος
ὑψηλὸν λίαν, καὶ
δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ πά-
σας τὰς βασιλείας
τοῦ κόσμου, καὶ τὴν
δόξαν αὐτῶν.

9. Καὶ λέγει av-
τῷ " Ταῦτα πάντα
got δώσω, ἐὰν πε-
σὼν προσκυνήσῃς

μοι.

10. Τότε λέγει
αὐτᾷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Ὗ-
παγε, ὀπίσω μου
σατανᾶ. Τέγραπ-
ται γάρ, “ Κύριον
τὸν Θεόν σου προσ-
κυνήσεις, καὶ αὐτῷ
μόνῳ λατρεύσεις."

11. Τότε ἀφίησιν
αὐτὸν ὁ διάβολος -
καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἄγγελοι
προσῆλθον, καὶ δι»
nkévouy αὐτῷ.

12. ᾿Ακούσας δὲ
ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι Ἰω-

ἄννης παρεδόθη, ἀ-
vexopnoev εἷς τὴν

Γαλιλαίαν.
13. Καὶ καταλι-

ENGLISH.

thy foot against a
stone.

7. Jésus lui dit: ΠῚ 7. Jesus said unto
est aussi écrit: Tu ne | him, It is written again,
tenteras point leSeign- ; Thou shalt not tempt
eur ton Dieu. the Lord thy God.

FRENCH.

8. Le diable le trans-; 8. Again, the devil
porta encore sur une/| taketh him up into an
fort haute montagne, | exceeding high moun-
et lui montra tous 68 tain, and sheweth hime
royaumes du monde|all the kmgdoms of
et leur-gloire ; the world, and the glo-

ry of them,

9. et il luidit: Jete| 9. And saith unto
donnerai toutes ces|him, All these things
choses, si, en te pros-| will I give thee, if thou
ternant en terre, tu| wilt fall down and wor.
m’adores. ship me.

10. Mais Jésus lui; 10. Then said Jesus
dit: Va, Satan; caril| unto him, Get thee
est écrit: ‘Tu adoreras | hence, Satan: for it is
le Seigneur ton Dieu,! written, Thou shalt
et tu le serviras lui! worship the Lord thy
seul. God, and him only

shalt thou serve.

11. Alors le diable le; 11. Then the devil
laissa, et voila, les an-|leaveth him, and be-
ges s’approcheérent, et | hold, angels came and
le servirent. ministered unto him.

12. Or Jésus ayant| 12. Now when Jesus
oui dire que Jean avait | had heard that John
été mis en prison, se| was cast into prison,

retira en Galilée. he departed into Gali-
lee ;
13. Et ayant quitte 13. And leaving Naz-

τὼν τὴν Ναζαρὲτ, ΓΙ Nazareth, il alla de-|areth, he came and
ἐλθὼν κατῴκησεν meurer A Capernaiim, dwelt in Capernaum,

MATTHEW, CHAPTER IV.

GREMAN.

7 Da (prac Yefue
guihm: Wiederum te:
bet auch aeychriebcr :
Du follft Gort, dewuen
Herru, wiche verfuchen.

8. W[Biederum fihrere
thu der Teufel mie fich
auf εἰπεῖν (che boben
Berg, und jeigete thin
alle DMeiche oer Welt
und thre HerrlichFeic;

9. Und fprach gu ihm:
Hies alles will ich dir
aqeben, fo du uteder:
failt, nud mich anbe-
teft.

10. Da fprach Sefus
gu.thm: Hebe dich weg
bon mir, Gatan! dena
es ftebt aefcbricben: Ou
folipt anbecen Gore, dei:
nen Herru, und ibm
alletu diencu.

11. Da overlieR ibn

dev Teufel; und flehe,
da (τατον die Engcl zu
ihm, und dicnecew ifm.

12, Da nut Jefus
bérete, dag Johannes
fibcrautwortce war, 308
ce in Das galsldyche
Sand 5

13. Und verlich dic
Gade Mazareth, fam
UND wohiuse gu Caper:

SPANISH.

7. Y Jesus le dijo:
tambien esta escrito :
No tentaras al Sefior
tu Dios.

8. De nuevo el dia-
blo le subi6 ἃ un
monte muy encum-
brado, y le mostré
todos los reynos del
mundo, y la gloria de
ellos.

9. Y le dijo: te daré
todas estas cosas 8]
postrado me _ ado-
rares,

10. Enténces Jesus
le respondié : Apar-
tate Satanas ; porque
escrito esta: Adora-
rds al Seiior tu Dios,
y 4 él solo serviras.

11. Enténces le de-
jo el diablo, y he
aqii los Angeles lle-
garon, y le vervian.

12. Mas cuando Je-
sus ογό que Juan es-
taba en prision volvi-
ose 4 Galilea.

13, Y dojando 4
Nazareth, vind, y
moro en vapharna-

333

oe

LATIN.
pedem tuum.

7. Ait illi Jescs;
Rursum scriptum
est: Non tentabis.
Dominum Deum
tuum.

8. Iterum assu-
mit eum diabolus
in montem excel-
sum valde, et ο8-
tendit ei omnia
regna mundi, ot
gloriam eorum :

9. Et dicit ei:
Hsec omnia tibi
dabo, si cadens

adoraveris me.

10. Tunc dicit
ei Jesus: Abi Sa-
tana; scriptum
est enim, Domi-
num Deum tuum
adorabis, οἱ illi
soli servies.

11. Tune dimit
tit eum diabolus:
et ecce angell ac-
cesscrunt, et mi-
nistrabant el.

12. Audiens au-
tem Jesus quod
Joannes _traditus
esset, secessit in
Galilean. :

13. Et relin.
quens Nazaret
veniens commi

334

MATTHEW, CHAPTER IV.

GREEK.

εἰς Καπερναοὺμ τὴν
παραθαλασσίαν, ἐν
ὁρίοις Ζαβονλὼν καὶ

Νεφθαλείμ.

14. Ἕνα πληρωθῇ
τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ ᾿Ησαίου
τοῦ προφήτου, λέ-
γοντο,

15. “Ty Ζαβου-
Ady καὶ γῇ Nedéa-
λεὶμ, ὁδὸν θαλάσσης,
πέραν τοῦ ᾿Ιορδάνου,
Ταλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν,

16. ‘O λαὸς ὁ κα-
θημενος ἐν σκότει, εἷ-
δὲ φῶς μέγα, καὶ τοῖς
καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ
καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς
ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς.᾽"

17. ᾿Απὸ τότε ἤρ-
ξατο ὁ "Ingots κηρύσ-
σειν, καὶ λέγειν, Με-
TAVOELTE " ἤγγικε γὰρ
ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὖρα-
νῶν.

18. Περιπατῶν δὲ
παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν
τῆς Γαλιλαίας, εἶδε
δύο ἀδελφοὺς, Σίμω-
να τὸν λεγόμενον Πέ-
τρον, καὶ ᾿Ανδρέαν
τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ,
βάλλοντας ἀμφίβλη-
στρον εἷς τὴν θάλασ-
σαν" ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλι-
eis’

FRENCH.

ville maritime, sur les
confins de Zabulon et

de Nephthali ;

14. afin que fit ac-
compli ce dont il
avait été parlé par
Esaie le prophéte,
disant :

15. Le pays de Za:
bulon, et le pays de
Nephthali, vers le
chemin de la mer, au-
dela du Jourdain, la
Galilée des Gentils ;

16. ce peuple, qui
était assis dans les
tenébres, a vu une
grande lumiére ; et a
ceux qui étalent assis
dans la région et dans
V’ombre de la mort la
lumiére s’est levée.

17. Dés-lors Jésus
commenga a précher,
et a dire : Convertis-
sez-vous, car le roy-
aume des cieux est
proche.

18. Et comme Jé-
sus marchait le long
de la mer de Galilée,
il vit deux fréres, sa-
voir Simon, qui fut
appelé Pierre, et An-
dré, son frére, qui je-
taient leurs filets dans
la mer, car ils étaient
pécheurs.

ENGLISH.

which is upon the sea-
coast in the borders of
Zabulon and Neph-

thalim ;

.14. That it might be
fulfilled which was
spoken by Esaias the
prophet, saying,

15. The land of
Zabulon, and the land
of Nephthalim, by the
way of the sea, be-
yond Jordan, Galilee
of the Gentiles :

16. The - people
which sat in dark-
ness saw great light ;
and to them which
sat in the region and
shadow of death, light
is sprung up.

17. From that tinx
Jesus began to preach
and to say, Repent .
for the kingdom of
heaven is at hand.

18. And Jesus, walk-
ing by the sea of Gal-
ilee, saw two breth-
ren, S:mon called Pe-
ter, ard Andrew his
brother, castng a net
into the sea; for the
were fishers.

MATTHEW, CHAPTER IV.

GERMAN.

naum, die da fiegt am
Meer, at den Grenjzen
eabulon und Mepheha-
im.

14, Unf da erfillee
τοῦτοι, das da gefage ift
durch den SPropheten
Sefaia, der da (pricht :

15. Das sand Zabu:-
fon, und das sand
Mephehalim, am Wege
des Meers, jenfcit des
Jordans, und die heid:
nifche Galilda,

16. Das Volf, das in
Finfterni® (ag, bat cin
Gropes sicht gefeben,
und die da fagen am
Orte.und Schatten des
Tpdes, denen ift ein
Sicht aufgegangen.

17. Von δὲν Beit an
fing Jefus ari zu predi-
gen, und 21 fagen:
Thue Bufge, das Him:
melreich ift nabe berbey
geFommeit.

18. Ale nun Sefus
an dem galildifcen
Meere ging, fah er
gioeen Briider, Simon,
der da Heike Petrus,
und UAndreas, feinen
Bruder 5; die warfen
ite Meke ing Meer,
denn fle waren Fifcher.

SPANISH.

LATIN.

um ciudad maritima|gravit in Caper-

en los confines cue
Zabulon, y Nephta-
lim.

14. Paraque 86
cumpliese lo que fué
dicho por el profeta
Isaias que dijé.

15. La tierra de Za-
bulon, y la tierra de
Nephtalim, camino
del mar al otro lado
del Jordan, Galilea
de los Gentiles.

16. Puebla sentado
en tinieblas vid gran
luz y & los que mo-
raban en la region y
sombra de la muerte,
luz les amanecié.

17. Desde aquel
punto comenzé Jesus
& predicar y 4 decir:
Arrepentios porque
el reyno de los cielos
6818 cerca.

18. Y¥ Jesus yendo
por la costa del mar
de Galilea vio 4 dos
hermanos Simon, lla-
mado Pedro, y An-
dres su hermano que
echaban la red en el
mar, pues eran pes-
cadores.

naum mariti-
mam : in finibus
Zabulon et Neph-
thalim.

14. Ut adimple-
retur pronuncia-
tum per Isaiam
Prophetam, _ di-
centem :

15. Terra Zabu-
lon, et terra Neph-
thali, viam maris
ultra Jordanem,
Galilea gentium :

16. Populus se-
dens in tenebris,
videns lucem
magnam, et 86»
dentibus in regi-
one et umbra mor-
tis, lux orta est
els,

17. Ex tunc ce-
pit Jesus preedica- °
re, et dicere : Pa-
nitemini: appro-
pinquavit enim
regnum celorum.

18. Circumam-
bulans autem Je-
sus juxta mare
Galilee, vidit du-
os fratres, Simo-
nem dictum Pe-
trum, et Andream
fratrem ejus, mit-
ten es verniculum
in mare; (erant
enira pisca ores.)

336 MATTHEW, CHAPTER IV.

GREEK. FRENCH.

19. Kai λέγει ad-' 19. Et il leur dit:
τοῖς, Δεῦτε ὀπίσω Venez aprés moi, et
μου, καὶ ποιήσω ὑμᾶς je vous ferai pécheurs
ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων. d’hommes.

20. Οἱ δὲ εὐθέως - 20. Et ayant aussi-
ἰφέντες τὰ Sixrva,! tot quitté leurs filets,
‘koAov@ngay αὐτῷ. [115 le suivirent.

21. Kat προβὰς, 21. Et de la étant
τεῖθεν, εἶδεν dAAous | allé plus avant, il vit
ἀφο ἀδελφοὺς, "Idcw-|deux autres fréres,
Roy τὸν τοῦ ZeSedai- | Jacques, fils de Zé-
ov, Kai ᾿Ιωάννην τὸν bédée, et Jean, son
ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, évifréere, dans une na-
τῷ πλοίῳ pera ZeBe-| celle, avec Zébédée,
δαίου τοῦ πατρὸς av-|leur pére, qui rac-
τῶν, καταρτίζοντας ' commodaient leurs fi-
τὰ δίκτυα αὐτῶν " καὶ lets, et il les appela.
ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς,

22. Οἱ δὲ εὐθέως] 22. Et ayant aussi-
ἀφέντες τὸ πλοῖον tot quitté leur nacelle
kal τὸν πατέρα αὖὗ- οἱ leur pére, ils le
τῶν, ἠκολούθησαν | suivirent.
αὐτῷ. ᾿ ;

23. Καὶ περιῆγεν] 23. Et Jésus allait
ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν par toute la Galilée,
ὁ Ἰησοῦς, διδάσκων enseignant dans leurs
ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς synagogues, préchant

ENGLISH.

19. And he saith un
to them, Follow me,
and I will make you
fishers of men.

20. And they
straightway left their
nets, and followed
him.

21. And. going on
from thence, he saw
other two brethren,
James the son of Zeb-
edee, and John his
brother, in a ship with
Zebedee their father,
mending their nets:
and he called them.

22. And they im-
mediately left’ the
ship, and their father,
and followed him.

23. And Jesus went
about all Galilee,
teaching in their syn-
agogues, and preach-

αἰτῶν, kal κηρύσσων Vevangile du roy-'ing the gospel of the

τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς aume, et guerissant
- βασιλείας, καὶ θερα- 1 toutes sortes de mala-
πεύων πᾶσαν νόσον dies, et toutes sortes

kingdom, and healing

| .
all manner of sick-
‘ness, and all manner

καὶ πῆσιιν μαλακίαν de langueurs parmi le of disease among the

ἐν TO λαῷ. cuple.

‘ people.

21. Kal ἀπῆλθεν. 24. Et sa renom-! 24. And his fame

ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ eis ὅλην Mee se répandit par
τὴν Συρίαν, καὶ mpoo | toute la Syrie ; et on
ἤνεγκαν αὐτῷ πάν ‘lui présentait tous
Tas τοὺς κακῶς ἔχον- CEUX qui se portaicnt
τας, ποικίλαις νόσοις Mal, tourmentés de

went throughout all
Syria: and they
brought unto him all
sick people that were
taken with divers dis-

MATTHEW, CHAPTER IV.

GERMAN.
19. Und er fprach gu
ihuen: olact mir

nach ; ich will ench κι
Menfehen-Fifehern maz
chen.

20. Bald verlicGen fie
ihre Mege, und folgten
ihm nach.

21. Und da er von
Dantien weiter ging, fab
er gween andere (Brit:
dev, Jafobum, den
Gohn Bcbeddi, und
Sohannem, feinen Brit:
der, im Schiff, mit
ibrem Bater Scbheddo,
daG fie ihre Mewe flict:
ten; und er cief fle.

22. Bald verliefen fle
das ΘΟΕ und ibren
Bater, und folgten ihm
nach.

23. πὸ Jefus ging
umber im ganzen gali:
(Aifchen Sande, lebrete
in den Gehulen, und
predigte das Coangelis
nin von dem MNeich,
und beilete αἰετίου
SGeuche und Kran heit
im Bolf. |

24, Ind fein Geriiche
erfcholl in das ganze
Θυτίε απὸ Und fle
brachten 3u ibm allerfen
Kranfe, mit mancherler
SGeuchen und Qual bez

SPANISH.

19. Ὑ les dijé: Se-
guidme, y yo haré

837

eee

LATIN.

19. Et ait illis:
Ven:te post me,

que seais pescadores | et faciam vos pis-

de hombres.

- 20. Y ellos dejadas
al instante las redes,
le siguieron.

21. Y pasando de
alli adelante vio 4
otros dos hermanos
Jacobo hijo de Zebe-
deo, y su hermano
Juan que estaban en
un barco con su pa-
dre Zebedeo remen-
dando las redes, y
les llamo.

22. Y ellos imme-
diatamente dejaron
el barco, y su padre,
y le siguieron.

23. Y recorrié Je-
sus toda la Galilea
ensefiando en las Si-
nagogas de ellos, y
predicando el Evan-

catores hominum.

20. IJlli autem
continuo —_ dimit-
tentes retia, secu-
ti sunt eum.

21. Et proce-
dens inde, vidit
alios duos fratres,
Jacobum Zebe-
dei, et Joannem
fratrem ejus in
navi cum Zebe-
deeo patre eorum,
resarciertes τοῖα
sua: et vocavit
608.

22. Illi autem
statim dimittentes
naviculam et pa-
trem suum, secu-
ti sunt eum.

23. Et circuibat
totum Galileam
Jesus, docens in
synagogis eorum,
et predicans eu-

gelio del reyno, y ,angelium regni,
curando toda enfer- ; et sanans omnem
medad, y toda dolen- |morbum, et om-

cia en el pueblo.

24. Ὑ corrié su fa-
ma por toda la Syria

nem infirmitatem
in populo.

24. Et abiit au-
ditio ejus in totam

y le traian todos los |Syriam, et obtu-

enfermos atacados de
diversos males y tor-
mentos, y los posel-
29

lerunt el omnes
male habentes,
variis norbis, et

838

GREEK.

καὶ βασάνοις ovvexo-
μένους, καὶ δαιμονι-
ζομένους, καὶ σεληνι-
αζομένους, καὶ παρα-
λνυτικούν " καὶ ἐθερά-
πευσεν αὐτούς.

25. Καὶ ἠκολούθη-
σαν αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολ-
λοὶ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαί-
ας καὶ Δεκαπόλεως

4 6ε id
kat ἱεροσολύμων» καὶ
a ᾿
Ἰουδαίας, καὶ πέραν
τοῦ ᾿Ιορδάνου.

δὲ τοὺς

1. ᾿Ιδὼν

FRENCH.
diverses maladies, les

MATTHEW, CHAPTERS IV., V.

——e ὦ

| ENGLISH.
eases and torments

démoniaques, les lu-|and those which were
natiques, les paraly-| possessed with devils,
ti, ves, et il les gué-) and those which were

rissait.

25. Et de grandes
troupes de peuple le
suivirent de Galilée,
et de Décapolis, et de
Jérusalem, et de Ju-
dée, et de dela le
Jourdain.

1. Or Jésus voyant

ὄχλους. ἐνέβη eis τὸ tout ce peuple, mon-

ὄρος " καὶ καθίσαν-
ros αὐτοῦ, προσὴλ-
θον αὐτῷ of μαθηταὶ
αὐτοῦ.

2. Καὶ ἀνοίξας τὸ
στόμα αὑτοῦ, ἐδίδα-
σκεν αὐτοὺς, λέγων,

3. Μακάριοι οπτω-
χοὶ τῷ πνεύματι, ὅτι
αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ βασι-
λεία τῶν οὐρανῶν.

4. Μακάριοι οἷ πεν-
θοῦντες, ὅτι αὐτοὶ
παρακληθήσονται.

5. Μακάριοι of πρᾳ-
is, ὅτι αὐτοὶ κληρο-
νομήσουσι τὴν γῆν.

6. Μακάριοι οἱ πει-
νῶντες καὶ διψῶντες
τὴν δικαιοσύνην, ὅτι

ta sur une montagne ;
puis s’étant assis, ses
disciples s’approché-
rent de lui;

2. et ayant com-
mencé a parler, i les
enseignait de la sorte:

3. Bienheureux sont

lunatic, and those that
had the palsy ; and he
healed them.

25. And there fol-
lowed him great mul-
titudes of people from
Galilee, and from De-
capolis, and from Je

rusalem, and from
Judea, and from be-
yond Jordan.

1. And seeing the
multitudes, he went
up into a mountain:
and when he was set,
his disciples came un-
to him.

2. And he opened
his mouth, and taught
them, saying,

3. Blessed are the

les pauvres enesprit;, poor in spirit: for

car le royaume des
cieux est a eux.

theirs is the kingdom

of heaven.

4. Bienheureux sont: 4. Blessed are they

ceux qui pleurent ;

that mourn : for they

car ils seront conso-| shall be comforted.

lés.
5. Bienheureux sont

5. Blessed are the

les débonnaires; car; meek: for they shalt

ils heriteront la terre.

6. Bienheureux sont
ceux qui sont affa-
més et altérés de la

iwnhenit the earth.

6. Blessed are they
which do hunger and
thirst after righteous-

αὐτοὶ χορτιισθήσον- ' justice; car ils seront ness: “or they shall

GERMAN.

baftet, bie Befeijenucn,
die Montyichciqcw wud
die = Gichebrichigen ;
und er machte fle alle
gcfund.

25. Und es folate ibm
nach viel Bolfs aus
Galilaa, aus den zehn
Gradten von TJerufaz
lem, aus dem jirdifchen
Lande, und von jenfert
des Jordans.

1. Da er aber διό

MATTHEW, CHAPTERS TV , V.

BPANISH. |

dos del demonio Y |
los lunaticos y lus
paraliticos ; y los cu-
raba.

25. Y le seguian
grandes multitudes
de pueblo de Galilea,
y de Decapolis y de
Jerusalem y de Ju-
dea, y de la otra ban-
da del Jordan.

1. ¥ viendo Jesus

Bolf fab, ging er auf} las gentes subidé 4 un

einen Berga, und (egee
fich, und feine Finger
traten gu ibm.

2 Under chat fcinen
Mund anf, lehrece fie,
wud (prach :

3. Gelig find, die da
Gcitlich ari {{πὸ 5. deni
das Himmelreich it ihr.

4. Selig find, die da
{cid tragen; denn fie
follen getrdjtct werden.

5. Geliq find die
Ganftmithigen 5 denn
fle werden das Erdreich
befigen.

6. Gelig find, die da
hungere und ditrftet
nach der Gerechtigkeit ;
Dens fle follen fate werz

monte y habiendose
sentado llegaron 4 é1
sus discipulos.

2. Y abriendo su
boca les ensefiaba di-
ciendo.

3. Bienaventurados
los pobres de espiri-
tu, porque de ellos es
el reyno de los cielos.

4. Bienaventurados
los afligidos, porque
ellos seran consola-
dos.

5. Bienaventurados
los mansos, porque
ellos recibiran en he-
rencia la tierra.

6. Bienaventurados
los que tienen ham-
bre y sed de justicia,
porque ellos seran

889

LATIN.

torminibus com-
prehensos, et da.
moniecos, et luna-
ticos, et paralyti-
cos: et curavit
608.

25. Et secute
sunt eum turbse
multe de Galilea,
et Decapoli, et
Hierosolymis, et
Judeea, et trans
Jordanem.

1. Videns autem
turbas, ascendit
in montem : et se-
dente eo, advene-
runt ei discipuli
ejus.

2. Et aperiens
os suum, docebat
eos, dicens :

3. Beati paupe-
res spiritu, quo-
niam ipsorum est
regnum celorum.

4. Beati lugen-
tes, quia ipsi con-
solabuntur.

5. Beati mites
quaniam ipsi hee-
reditabuntterre Ἢ.

6. Beati esuri
entes et sitientes
justitiam, quoni-
am ipsi sabiras

340

MATTHEW, CHAPTER V.

GREEK.

ται.

Y. Μακάριοι of ἔλε-
ἥμονες, ὅτι αὐτοὶ ἐλε-
ηθήσονται.

8. Μακάριοι οἱ κα-
θαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ, ὅτι
αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψον»-
ται.

9. Μακάριοι of εἰ-
ρηνοποιοὶ, ὅτε αὐτοὶ
υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσον-
ται.

10. Μακάριοι of δε-
διωγμένοι ἕνεκεν δι-
καιοσύνης, ὅτι αὐτῶν
ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν

οὐρανῶν.

11. Μακάριοί ἐστε
@ id
oray ὀνειδίσωσιν
¢a a s
ὑμᾶς καὶ διώξωσι,
καὶ εἴπωσι πᾶν πο-

νηρὸν ῥῆμα καθ᾽
ὑμῶν, ψευδόμενοι,

ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ,

12. Χαίρετε καὶ
ἀγαλλιᾶσθε, ὅτι ὁ
ucOds ὑμῶν πολὺς
ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς " οὔ-
τω γὰρ ἐδίωξαν τοὺς
προφίτας τοὺς πρὸ
εἰς,
ὑμῶν.

13. Ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ
ἅλας τῆς γῆς. "Edy
δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ,
ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται ;

FRENCH.
rassasiés.

7. Bienheureux sont
les miséricordieux ;
car miséricorde leur
sera faite.

8. Bienheureux sont
ceux qui sont nets de
coeur ; car ils verront
Dieu.

9. Bienheureux sont
ceux qui procurent la
paix; car ils seront
appelés enfans de
Dieu.

10. Bienheureux sont
ceux qui sont persé-
cutés pour la justice ;
car le royaume des
cieux est ἃ eux.

11. Vous serez bien-
heureux quand on
vous aura injuries et
persécutés, et quand,
a cause de moi, on
aura dit faussement
contre vous _ toute
sorte de mal.

12. Réjouissez-vous,
et tressaillez de joie,
parce que votre ré-
compense est grande
dans les cieux; car
on a ainsi persécuté
les prophétes qui ont
eté avant vous.

13. Vous étes le sel
de la terre; mais si
le sel perd sa saveur,
avec quoi le salera-t-

ENGLISH.

be filled.

7. Blessed are the
merciful: for they
shall obtain mercy.

8. Blessed are the
pure in heart: for
they shall sce God.

9. Blessed are the
peace-makers: for
they shall be called
the children of God.

10. Blessed are they
which are persecut-
ed for righteousness’
sake: for theirs is the
kingdom of heaven.

11. Blessed are ye
when men shall re-
vile you, and perse-
cute you, and shall
say all manner of evil
against you falsely,
for my sake.

12, Rejoice, and be
exceeding glad: for
great is your reward
in heaven: for so
persecuted they the
prophets which were
before you.

13. Ye are the salt
of the earth: but if
the’'salt have lost his
savor, wherewith shall

MATTHEW, CHAPTER V.

841

GERMAN.

een. ,

7 Gelig find die
Barmberzinen 5 deun
Ve werden Barmberzig:
teit erfangen.

8. Gelig find, die rei
£6 Herzens find; deun
fe werden Gore (chau:

1.

9. Gelig find pie
Griedfertigen; denn fie
werden Gottes Kinder
Jeigen.

10. Gelig find, die um
Gerechtigtere willen
verfolget werden; der
das Himmelreich it ihr.

11. Gelig fend ibe,
wenn euch die Menfchen
ui meinetwillen febma:
Hen und veefolgen, und
reden allerf[en Uebels
wider cuch, fo fie da:
tan litgen,

12, Geyd frbblic
und getrojt, es wird
exch im Himmel wohl
belobuct werden. Denn
alfo haben fle ver folget
die Propheten, die vor
euch gewefen find.

13. Nhe fend das
Galz der Erde. Wo
τι das Galz damm

SPANISH.

saciados.

7. Bienaventurados
los misericordiosos,
porque ellos alcanza-
ran misericordia.

8. Bienaventurados
los limpios de cora-
zon, porque ellos ve-
ran 4 Dios.

9, Bienaventurados
los pacificos, porque
ellos seran llamados
hijos de Dios.

10. Bienaventura-
dos los que padecen
persecucion por cau-
aa de la justicia, por-
que de ellos es el
reyno de los cielos.

11. Bienaventura-
dos sois cuando os
maldijeren, y os per-
siguieren, y dijeren
todo mal de vosotros
con falsedad por mi
causa.

12. Gozaos y ale-
graos porque es gran-
e vuestro galardon
en los cielos, porque
asi persiguieron 4 los
profetas que fueron
antes de vosotros.

18. Vosotros sois
la sal de la tierra,
y si la sal perdiere

wird, momit wi{f man’ su sabor 2 con ‘ue se

29°

mm IE RL .--.- ῴἐσπτ ὀἝΚ..-ς--““““ρπ.» 0ὕ00Ο0ᾧὋτὈὈἨτὌτ--- “τ τ Τοσ5’Ρ.,Τἅῦὑ-------Ξ

LATIN.

buntur.

7. Beati miseri-
cordes, quoniam
1.81] misericordia
afficientur.

8. Beati mundi
corde, quoniam
ipsi Deum vide-
bunt.

9. Beati pacifi-
ci, quoniam ipsi
811} Dei vocabun-
tur.

10. Beati per-
secutione affecti
propter justitiam,
quoniam ipsorum
est regnum czlo-
rum.

11. Beati estis
quum maledixe-
rint vos, et perse-
quuti fuerint, et
dixerint omne ma-
lum verbum ad-
versum vos, men-
tientes, propter
me.

12. Gaudete et
exultate, quoniam
merces _vestra
multa in czelis, sic
enim persequuti
sunt Prophetas
qui ante vos.

13. Vos estis sal
verre ; si autem
sal infatuatum sit,
in quo salietur ;

842

GREEK.

els οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι,
εἰ μὴ 3ληθῆναι ἔξω,
καὶ καταπατεῖσθαι
ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων.

14. Ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ
φώς τοὺ κόσμου. Οὐ
δύναται πόλις κρυβῆ-
ναι ἐπάνω ὄρους Ket-
“ένη "

15. οὐδε καίουσι
λύχνον, καὶ τιθέασιν
εὐτὸν ὑπὸ τὸν μόδι-
ov, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τὴν
λυχνίαν, καὶ λάμπει

πᾶσι τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ.

16. οὕτω λαμψά-
τω τὸ Pas ὑμῶν ἔμ-
προσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώ-
σων, ὅπως ἴδωσιν
ὑμῶν τὰ καλὰ ἔργα,
καὶ δοξάσωσι τὸν
πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν
τοῖς οὐρανοῖς.

17. Μὴ νομίσητε
ὅτι ἦλθον καταλῦσαι
τὸν νόμον, ἣ τοὺς
προφήτας" οὐκ ἦλ-
θον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ
πληρῶσαι.

18. ᾿Αμὴν γὰρ λέ-
yo ὑμῖν, ἕως ἂν πα-
οέλθη ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ
ἡ γῆ, ἰῶτα ἕν ἣ μία
κεραία οὐ μὴ παρέλ-
όῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμον, ἕως
ἂν πάντα γένηται.

MATTHEW, CHAPTER

FRENCH.

Il ne vaut plus
rien qu’a @tre jeté
dehors, et foulé des
hommes.

on?

miére du monde.
Une ville située sur
une montagne he peut
point étre cachée.
15. Et on n’allume
point la lampe pour
la mettre sous un
boisseau, mais sur un
chandelier, et elle
éclaire tous ceux qui
sont dans la maison.
16. Ainsi, que votre
lumiére luise devant
les hommes, afin
quwils voient vos
bonnes ceuvres, et
quwils glorifient votre
Pére quiestaux cieux.

|
14. Vous étes la lu-

17. Ne croyez pas
que je sois venu ané-
antir la loi ou les pro-
phétes; je ne suis
pas venu les anéan-
tir, mais les accom-

plir.

18. Car je vous dis,
en vérité, que jus-
qu’a ce que le ciel et

'la terre soient passés,
un seul iota, ou un
seul trait de lettre, nm
passera point, que
toutes ces choses ne

V.

ENGLISH.

it be salted? it is
thenceforth good for
nothing, but to be cast
out, and to be trodden
under foot of men.
14. Ye are the light
of the world. A city
that is set on an hill
cannot be hid.

‘15. Neither do men
light a candle, and
put it under a bushel,
but on a candlestick :
and it giveth light un-
to all that are in the
house.

16. Let your light
so shine before men,
that they may sec
your good works, and
glorify your Father
which is in heaven.

17. Think not that
I am come to destroy
the law, or the proph-
ets: [ am not come
to destroy, but to ful-
fil.

18. For verily I say
|unto you, Till heaven
and earth pass, one
jot or one tittle shall
in no wise pass from
the law, till all be ful-
filled.

i

M«TTHEW, CHAPTER V.

348

GERMAN.

falzen? E3 ist gu niches
Hinfort uitge, denn δαβ
man es Hinanefchittte,
und [affe es die seute
zertreten.

14. Shr feyd duc siche
ber Wels. Es mag
bie Stadt, die auf εἰ:
nem Berge liegt, niche
verborgent (epi.

15. Man ziindet auch
niche cin sicht an, und
fege. ¢6 unter einen
ΘΟΕ, foudern arf
cinen seuchtcr, fo feuch:
tet es denen allen, die
im Haufe find.

16. Ulfo faffet eer
Siche [euchter vor den
Senter, daB fle eure gu:
ten Werfe fehen, und
curen αν im Him:
mel preifen.

17. Sor follt niche
wabuen, daf ich gefom:
men bin, das Sefeg
oder die SPropheten
aufjuldfen. Sch bin
εἰς gefommen aufzu:
lofen, fendcrn ) erfitl:
cn.

18. Denn ich fage euch
wahrlidd: Bis dag
Himmel und Erde ger:
gche, wird nicht zerge:
ben δὲς (εἰς Wucb:
ftabe, μοῦ Ein Titel
pom Gefcg, bis daf es
affes αὐδῇ.

SPANISH.

hara salada ὃ Novale
ya para nada sino
para ser echada fue-
ra- y pisada de los
hombres.

14. Vosotros sois la

uz del mundo. Una

ciudad situada sobre
un monte no puede
esconderse.

15. Nise enciende
uns vela para poner-
la bajo un celemin
sino en el candelero,
y asi alumbra ἃ todos
los de la casa.

16. Brille asi vu-
estra luz delante de
los hombres paraque
vean vuestras buenas
obras y glorifiquen 4
vuestro Padre que
est4 en los cielos.

17. No creais que
yo he venido 4 abro-
gar la Ley ὁ los pro-
fetas: no he venido
4 abrogarlos sino 4
hacerlos cumplidos.

18. Porque en ver-
dad os digo que an-
tes pasaran el cielo
y la tierra, que deje
de pasar una jota 6
una tilde de la Ley

sin que todas las co-

i sas scan cumplidas.

LATIN.

ad nihilum valet
ultra, si non ejici
foras, et concul-
cari ab homini-
bus.

14. Ves estis lux
muhdi: non po-
test civitas ab-
scondi supra mon-
tem posita.

15. Neque ac-
cendunt _lucer.
nam, et ponunt
eam sub modio,
sed super cande-
labrum, et lucet
omnibus in domo.

16. Sic luceat
lux vestra coram
hominibus, ut vi-
deant vestra pul-
chra opera, et glo-
rificent Patrem
vestrum qui in
ceelis.

17. Ne putetis
quod veni dissol-
vere legem, aut
Prophetas ; non
veni_ dissolvere,
sed adimplere.

18. Amen quip-
pe dico vobis, do-
nec pretereat cxe-
lum et terra, jota
unum, aut unus
apex non preeter-
ibit a lege, donec
omnia fiant.

844

MATTHEW, CHAPTER V.

GREEK.

19 Os ἐὰν οὖν
λύσῃ μίαν τῶν évro-

λῶν τούτων τῶν ἔλα- |

χίστων, και διδάξη

Ψ A > ’
οὕτω τοὺς ἀνθρώ-
hommes, sera tenu le

πους, ἐλάχιστος 'κλη-
θήσεται ἐν τῇ βασι-
λείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν "

ὃς δ᾽ ἂν ποιήσῃ καὶ
enseignés, sera tenu

διδάξῃ, οὗτος μέγας
κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ
βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρα-
νῶν.

20. Λέγω yap
ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ πε-
ρισσεύσῃ ἡ ἡ δικαιοσύ-

FRENCH.

soient faites.

19. Celui donc qui
aura violé lun de ces
petits | commande-
mens, et qui aura
enseigné ainsi les

plus petit au royaume
des cieux ; mais celui
qui les aura faits et

grand au royaume
des cieux.

20. Car je vous dis
que si votre justice ne
surpasse celle des

νὴ ὑμῶν πλεῖον ravi scribes et des phari-

Γραμματέων καὶ Sa-
ρισαίων, οὐ μὴ el-
σέλθητε εἰς τὴν βασι-
λείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν.

2], "Heoveare ὅτι

siens, vous n’entrerez
point dans le roy-
aume des cieux.

21. Vous avez en-

ἐῤῥέθη τοῖς dpxaiots, | tendu qu il a eté dit

bs δ᾽.

Οὐ φονεύσεις "

ἂν φονεύσῃ, ἔνοχος

ἔσται τῇ κρίσει.

22. ᾿Εγὼ δὲ λέγω
ὑμῖν, ὅτι πᾶς ὁ ὀργι-
ζόμενος τῷ ἀδελφῷ
αὑτοῦ εἰκῇ, ἔνοχος
ἔσται τῇ κρίσει " ὃς
δ᾽ ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ἀδελ-
φῷ αὑτοῦ ῥακὰ ἔνο-
χος dora. τῷ συνε-
δρίῳ > ὃς δ᾽ ἂν εἴπῃ
μωρὲ, ἔνοχος ἔσται
εἰς τὴν γέειναν τοῦ

᾿ υχ anciens: Tu ne
tueras point; et qui
tuera sera punissable
par le jugement.

22. Mais moi, je
vous dis que qui-
conque se met en co-
lére sans cause con-
tre son frére, sera pu-
nissable par le juge-
ment; et celui qui
dira ἃ sor. frére, Ra-
cha, sera punissable
par le conseil ; et ce-
lui gui lui dira, Fou,

‘council :

ENGLI16H.

19. Whosoever there-
fore shall break one
of these least com-
mandments, and shal!
teach men 80, he shall
be called the least in
the kingdom of heay-
en: but whosoever
shall do and teach
them, the same shal.
be called great in the
kingdom of heaven.

20. For I say unte
you, That except your
righteousness _ shal!
exceed the righteous-
ness of the scribes
and Pharisees, ye
shall in no case enter
into the kingdom οἱ
heaven.

21. Ye have heard
that it was said by
them of οἷά time,
Thou shalt not kill:
and whosoever shall
kill, shall be in dan-
ger of the judgment:

22. But I say unto
you, That whosoever
is angry with his
brother without a
cause, shall be in
danger of the judg-
ment: and whoscev-
er shall say to his
brother, Raca, shall
be in danger of the
but whosn-

| MATTHEW, CHAPTER V.
πΨἕΨἭὌΨΨΗΠοοοοτ͵τ!͵ὖ͵ἍἍἷοὐΓ ὄὀἐὄἐἧὄστ ὕ.-“ οἷ ἧἧ ἧἧ. ΄ἴὮἝἽἧἧἰἴἧἴἾἪ---΄.--Ὸ ὉὉ6Φᾧ-΄΄..-΄-΄-΄-΄............- 5...

GERMax,

19. Wer nim Cine
bon dicfen Fleinjten Ges
boten αἰ εξ, und leh:
ret Die gente aljo, der
wird der Kleinite heifen
im Himmelreich 5 wer
es abcr thut und lebret,
der wird grog heifen
im Hiunmelreich.

2. Denn ich fage
euch: Ee fey denn enve
Gerechtigfcie bheffer,
denn der Grbrifege:
lehreen und Pharifder,
fo werdce ibr wicht in
das Himmelreich Fom:
men.

21. Shr habe gebsree,
Daf gu den Uleen gefage
ift: On follit niche cdo:
tens wer aber cdodtet,

der foll des Serichts.

fhuldig fenn.

22. Fch aber (age euch:
Wer mit feinem Brus
ber zitrnec, der ift des
SGeriches fehuldig; wer
aber zu feinem Bruder
fage: Mucha, der it
bes Maths fchuldig ;
wer aber fagt: Du
Marr, der it des Hdl:
lifchen Feuers (chuldig.

SPANISH.

19. De modo que
el que quebrantase
uno de estos minimos
mandamientos, y en-
86 856 asi 4 los hom-
bres, ser& llamado
muy pequeiio en el
reyno de los cielos.
Mas el que los guar-
dare y ensefiare, este
sera llamado grande
en el reyno de los
cielos.

20. Porque yo os
digo que si vuestra
Justicia no fuere ma-
yor que la de los
Escribas y Phariseos
no entraréis en el
reyno de los cielos.

21. Oisteis que fué
dicho 4 los antiguos :
no mataras, y cual-
quiera que matare,
quedara obligado 4
juicio.

22. Mas yo os digo
que cualquiera que
se enojare con su
hermano, quedara
sujeto ἅ juicio, y cu-
alquiera que llamare
Raca 4 su hermano,
quedaz4 sujeto al Sy-
nedric Mas él que

845

LATIN.

19. Quiergosol-
verit unum man-
datorum istorum
minimorum, _ et
docuerit sic ho-
mines, minimus
vocabitur in reg-
no celorum: qui
autem fecerit et
docuerit, hic mag-
nus vocabitur in
regno crelorum.

20. Dico enim
vobis, quod si non
abundaverit jus-
titla vestra plus
Scribarum et Pha-
riseorum, non in-
trabitis in regnum
cvlorum.

21. Audistisquia
pronunciatum est
antiquis: Non oc-
cides: qui autem
occiderit, obnox-
lus erit judicio.

22. Ego autem
dico vobis, quia
omnis __irascens
fratri suo imme
rito, obnoxius erit
judicio: qui au-
tem dixerit fratri
suo Raca obnox-
ius erit concessui:

le llarnare insensato | qui autem dixerit

quedara sujeto al fu-

fatue, obnoxius

346

GREEK.

srup Ss.

23. *Edv οὖν προσ-
φέρῃς τὸ δῶρόν σον
ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον,
κἀκεῖ μνησθῆς, ὅτι ὁ
ἀδελφός σου ἔχει τὶ
κατὰ σοῦ,

24. “Ades ἐκεῖ τὸ
δωρόν σου, ἔμπροσ-
θεν τοῦ θυσιαστηρί-
ον, καὶ ὕπαγε, πρῶ-
τον διαλλάγηθι τῷ
ἀδελφῷ σου, καὶ τό-
τε ἐλθὼν πρόσφερε
τὸ δῶρόν gov. =,

29. Ἴσθι εὐνοῶν
τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου τα-
xb, €ws ὅτου εἶ ἐν
τῇ ὁδῷ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ,
μήποτέ σε παραδῷ
ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ κριτῇ,
καὶ 6 κριτής oe πα-
ραδῷ τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ,

καὶ εἰς φυλακὴν
βληθήσῃ.
20. ᾿Αμὴν λέγω

σοὶ, ov μὴ ἐξέλθῃς
ἐκεῖθεν ἕως dv ἀπο-
δῷς τὸν ἔσχατον κο-
δράντην.

27. ᾿κούσατε ὅτι
ἐῤῥέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις
Οὐ μοιχεύσεις "

MATTHEW, CILAPTER VY.

FRENCH.

sera punissable par
la ge.enne du feu.

23. Si done tu ap-
portes ton offrande a
lautel, et que 1a il te
souvienne que ton
frére ‘a quelque chose
contre toi;

24. laisse li ton of-
frande devant l’autel,
et va te réconcilier
premiérement avec
ton frére; puis viens,
et offre ton offrande.

25. Sois _ bientdét
d’accord avec ta par-
tie adverse, tandis que
tu es en chemin avec
elle; de peur que ta
partie adverse ne te
livre au juge, et que
le juge ne te livre au
sergent, et que tu ne
8018 mis en prison.

26. En verité, je te
dis que tu ne sortiras
point de Ja, jusqu’a
ce que tu aies payé
le dernier quadrain.

27. Vous avez en-
tendu qu'il a été dit
aux ancien: : Tu ne
commettras _ point
adultére.

ENGLISH.

ever shall say, Thou
fool, shall be in dan-
ger of hell-fire.

23. Therefore, it
thou bring thy gift to
the altar, and there
rememberest that thy
brother hath aught
against thee,

24. Leave there thy
gift before the altar,
and go thy way ; first
be reconciled to thy
brother, and _ then
come and offer thy
gift.

25. Agree with thine
adversary quickly,
while thou art in the
way with him; lest
at any time the ad-
versary dcliver thee
to the judge, and the
judge deliver thee to
the officer, and thou
be cast into prison.

26. Verily, I say
unto thee, Thou shalt
by no means come
out thence, till thou
hast paid the utter-
most farthing.

27. Ye have heard
that it was said by
them of old time,
Thou shalt not com-
mit adultery :

MATTHEW, CHAPTER VY.

347

GERMAN.

23. Darum, wenn du
deine Gabe auf dem
Ultar opferjt, und wirft
allda cingedenf, dag
dein Bruder etwas wi-
der dich habe,

24. Go [a allda vor
dem Altar deine Gabe,
und gebe γιοῦ Hin,
und berfdhne dich mit
Deinem “Bruder; und
alsdann Fomm, und op:
fere deine Gabe.

25. Gen willfabrig
deinem Widerfacher
bald, dieweil du nocd
ber ibm auf dem Wege
bift, auf daG dich der
Widerfacher niche der:
maleintt Aberantworte
dem Nichter, und der
Richter Aberantworte
dich dem Diener, und
werdeft in den Kerker
gtworfen.

26. Τῷ fage dir:
Wahrlich, du wiry
nicht bon dannen He:
raus fommen, bis du
auch den [egten Heller
bezableft.

27. Thr habe gehsret,
DaB gut dew WAlten gefage
ifts Du follit nicht ebe-
brechen.

BPANIBH.
ego del infierno.

23. Por tanto si ta
llevares tu ofrenda
al altar y alli te a-
cordares que tu her-
mano tiene algo con-
tra ti,

24. Deja tu ofren-
da ante el altar y ve-
te: reconciliate pri-
mero con tu herma-
no, y despues ven y
presenta tu ofrenda.

25. Acomodate con
tu adversario pron-
tamente mientras es-
tas con él todavia en
el camino, no sea
que el adversario te
entregue al Jucz, y
el Juez te entregue
al ministro, y seas
echado en la carcel.

26. En verdad te
digo que no saldr4s
de alli hasta que pa-
gues al dltimo mara-
vedi.

27. Oisteis que fué

LATIN.
erit in geheonam
ignis.

23. Si ergo οἵ-
fers munus tuum
ad altare, et ibi
recordatus fueris,
quia frater tuus
habet aliquid ad-
versum te,

24. Relinque ibi
munus tuum ante
altare, et vade,
prius reconciliare
fratri tuo, et tunc
veniens offer mu-
hus tuum.

*25. Esto bene-
sentiens adversa-
rio tuo cito, dum
es in via cum eo:
ne forte te tradat
adversarius judi-
ci, et judex te tra-
dat ministro, et in
custodiam conji-
ciaris.

26. Amen dico
tibi, non exios in-
de, donec reddas
novissimum qua-
drantem.

27. Audistis quia

dicho 4 los antiguos :; pronunciatum est

No cometerés adul-|antiquis :

terio.

Non
maschaberis

348

MATTHEW, CHAPTER

Υ.

GREEK.

28. Ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω
ὑμῖν, ὅτι πᾶς ὁ βλέ-
πων γυναῖκα πρὸς τὸ
ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν,
ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν αὐ-
τὴν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ
αὐτοῦ.

29. Ei δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλ-
pos σον ὁ δεξιὸς
σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξε-
λε αὐτὸν, καὶ βάλε
ἀπὸ σοῦ" συμφέρει
γάρ σοι, ἵνα ἀπόλη-
ται éy τῶν μελῶν
σου, καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ
σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς
γέενναν.

90. Καὶ εἰ ἡ δεξιά
σου χεὶρ σκανδαλί-
ζει σε, ἔκκοψον av-

FRENCH.
28. Mais moi, je
vous dis que qui-
conque regarde une
femme pour la con-
voiter, il a deja com-
mis dans son cceur
un adultére avec elle.

29. Que si ton οἱ]
droit te fait broncher,
arrache-le, et jette-le
loin de toi; car il
vaut mieux qu’un de
tes membres périsse,
que si tout ton corps
était jeté dans la gé-
henne.

30. Et si ta main
droite te fait bron-
cher, coupe-la, οἵ

τὴν, καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ [6116-ἰ|α loin de toi;

σοῦ" συμφέρει γάρ
σοι, ἵνα ἀπόληται ἕν
τῶν μελῶν σου, καὶ

4 Ψ' 8 σι ,
μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά
σον βληθῇ εἰς γέεν-
vay.

31. Ἐῤῥέθη δὲ ὅτι
-ὃς ἂν ἀπολύσῃ. τὴν
γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, δότω
αὐτῇ ἀποστάσιον "

32. ᾿Εγὼ δὲ λέγω
ὑμῖν, ὅτι ὃς ἂν ἀπο-
λύσῃ τὴν κυναῖκα αὖ-

car il vaut mieux
qu’un de tes mem-
bres pé€risse, que si
tout ton corps était
jeté dans la géhenne.

31. Ila été dit en-
core: §i quelqu’un
répudie sa femme,
qu’il lui donne la let-
tre de divorce.

32. Mais moi, je
vous dis que qui-
conque aura repudié

ENGLISH.

28. But I say unto
you, That whosoever
looketh on a woman
to lust after her, hath
committed adultery
with her already in
his heart.

29. And if thy right
eye offend thee, pluck
it out, and cast it from
thee: for it is prof-
itable for thee that
one of thy members
should perish, and ποῖ:
that thy whole body
should be cast into
hell.

30. And if thy right
hand offend thee, cut
it off, and cast it from
thee: for it is prof-
itable for thee that
one of thy members
should perish, and not
that thy whole body
should be cast into
hell.

31. Ithath been said,
Whosoever shall put
away his wife, let him
give her a writing of
divorcement :

32. But I say unto
you, That whosoever
shall put away his

MATTHEW, CHAPTER V.

GERMAN. .

28. JFch aber fage euch:

SPANISH.

28. Yo os digo pu-

Wer ein Weib anfles}es que todo aquel
bet ihrer gu begehren, | que pusiere los ojos

der Hat febou mit ihe
die Ehe gebrochen in
feix zm Herzen.

29, Aergert dich aber
dein rechtes Auge, fo
reif es ans, wud wirf
(ὁ von dir, Es it dir
beffer, daG eines deiner
Glieder verderhe, und
niche der ganze Seif in

" Die Halle geworfen wer:

δέ.

90. Uergert dich deine
rechte Hand, fo haue fle
ab, und wirf fle bon dir.
Es it dir beffer, dap
eines deiner Slieder
verderbe, und nicht der
ganze seth in die Holle
geworfen werde.

31. Eé iff auch gefagt:
Wer [ὦ von feinem
Weibe fcheidet, der foll
ibe geben einen Gcbei-
debrief.

32. Ich aber fage euch:
Wer fich von feinem
Weibe fcheidet, (es fey

en una muger para
codiciarla ya come-
tid con ella adulterio
en su corazon.

29. Y-si tu ojo de-
recho te fuere oca-
sion de caer, sacalo
y arrojalo fuera de
ti, porque mas te va-
le que perezca uno

[46 tus miémbros que

no, que todo tu cuer-
po sea arrojado al in-
fierno.

30. Y si tu mano
derecha te fuere oca-
sion de caer cortala,
y lanzala de ti pues
mejor te es el que
perezca uno de tus
miembros que no el
que todo tu cuerpo
sea arrojado al infi-
erno.

31. Hase dicho:
Cualquiera que repu-
diare 4 su muger de-
la carta de divorcio.

32. Mas yo os digo
que cualquiera que

849

LATIN.

28. Ego autem
dico volis, quia
omnis conspici-
ens mulierem ad
concupiscendum
eam, Jam meecha-
tus est eam In cor-
de suo.

29. Si autem
oculus tuus dexter
scandalizat _te,
erue eum, et pro-
jice abs te; con-
fert enim tibi
uf pereat unum
membrorum tuo-
rum, et non totum
corpus tuum con-
jiciatur in gehen-
nam.

30. Et si dex-
tera tua manus
scandalizat te, ab-
scinde eam, et
projice abs te:
confert enim tibi ἢ
ut pereat unum
membrorum tuo-
rum, et non totum
corpus tuum con-
jiciatur in gehen-
nam.

31. Pronuncia-
tum est autem,
quod quicumque
absolverit uxorem
suam, det el re-
udium.

32. Ego autem
dico vobis, quia

repudidre & su mu-|quicunque absol-

30

350 MATTHEW, CHAPTER V.
GREEK. FRENCH. | . ENGLISH.
τοῦ, παρεκτὸς λόγου |Sa femme, si ce n’est] wife, saving for the

πορνείας, ποιεῖ av-
τὴν μοιχᾶσθαι" καὶ
᾿ ὃς ἐὰν ἀπολελυμένην
γαμήσῃ, μοιχᾶται.

33. Πάλιν κούσα-

τε ὅτι ἐῤῥέθη τοῖς
ἀρχαίοις + Οὐκ ἐπι-
ορκήσεις, ἀποδώσεις
δὲ τῷ Κυρίῳ τοὺς
ὅρκους σου"

94. ᾿Εγὼ δὲ λέγω
ὑμῖν, μὴ ὀμόσαι
ὅλως" μήτε ἐν τῷ
οὐρανῷ, ὅτι θρόνος
ἐστὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ "

90. Μήτε ἐν τῇ γῆ,
ὅτι ὑποπόδιόν ἐστι
τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ"
μήτε εἰς Ἱἱεροσόλυμα,
ὅτι πόλις ἐστὶ τοῦ
μεγάλου βασιλέως -

86. Μήτε ἐν τῇ
κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς,
ὅτι οὐ δύνασαι μίαν
τρίχα λευκὴν ἧ μέ-
λαιναν' ποιῆσαι.

37. Ἔστω δὲ ὁ λό-
γος ὑμῶν, Ναὶ, ναὶ "
Οὗ, οὔ - τὸ δὲ πε-
οισιτὸν τούτων, ἐκ
τοῦ πονηροῦ ἔστιν.

38. Ἠκούσατε ὅτι

ἐῤῥέθη, ᾿οφθυλμὸν

pour cause d’adul-
tére, il la fait devenir
adultére ; et qui-
conque se mariera ἃ
la femme répudiée,
commet un adultere.
33. Vous avez aussi
appris qu’il a été dit
aux anciens: Tu ne
parjureras point; mais
tu rendras au Seign-
eur ce que tu auras
promis par jurement.

34. Mais moi, je

‘vous dis: Ne jurez

en aucune maniére ;
ni par le ciel, car
c’est le troéne de Dieu;

35. ni par la terre,
car c’est le marche-
pied de ses pieds ; ni
par Jérusalem, parce
que c'est la ville du
grand roi.

36. Tu ne jureras
point non plus par ta
téte; car tu ne peux
faire un cheveu blanc
ou noir.

37. Mais que votre
parole soit : Oui, Oui,
Non, Non; car ce
qui est de plus est
mauvais.

38. Vous avez ap-
pris qu'il a été dit:

cause of fornication,
causeth her to com-
mit adultery: and
whosoever shall mar-
ry her that is divorced,
committeth adultery.
33. Again, ye have
heard that it hath been
said by them of old
time, Thou shalt not
forswear thyself, but
shalt perform unto the
Lord thine oaths:
34. But 1 say unto
you, Swear not at all:
neither by heaven;
for it is God’s throne :

35. Nor by the
earth; for it is his
footstool: neither by
Jerusalem; for it is
the city of the great
King :

36. Neither shalt
thou swear by thy
head, because thou
canst not make one
hair white or black.

37. But let your
communication be,
Yea, yea; Nay, ray:
for whatsoever is
more than these c<m-
eth of evil.

38. Ye have heard
that it hath been said,

“-ν τ΄΄-

MATTHEW, CHAPTER V.

GERMAN. SPANISH.

denn um Chcbriuch.)| ger 4 no ser por cau-
der machet, Dug fie tie!sa de fornicacion,
Ehe briche; wud wer} hace que ella sea
eine Ubacichietene frey: | addltera, y cualqui-

et, dex briche Die She.

33. Yor habe weiter

era que se case con
la divorciada comete
adulterio.

33. Tambien oiste-

gehdret, da gu den Ul: | is que fué dicho 4 los
sen acfagt tft: Du felltt| antiguos. No te per-

feinen = falfcheu

€10 | juraris, mas cumpli-

thu, wd folljt Gott! ras lo que hubieres

deinen Eid halen.

jurado al Sejfior.

34. Jeb aber fage euch: | 34. Mas yo os digo:
bag ihe allerdinge niche | No juréis de ninguna
[Φιοότειι follt, webdcr | manera ni porel cie-
bey dem Himinel, denn | lo porgué es el trono

er ijt Goctes Geuhl;
35. Moch bey dee Er:

de Dios.

35. Ni por la tierra

de, δέ» fte ift feiner! porque es la peana

δύβε Gehemel ; noch
ben Serufalem, denn fle
ift eines grogen Kbnigs
SGeart.

36. Δι follit ou
niche bey deintm Haup:
te (chwdrens dena du
Dermat niche cin cit:
geo Haar wei} oder
chiatry gu machen.

37. Cure Mede aber
fer: Ja, fas nein, nein.
Was durither ijt, tas
ift vom Uebel.

88, Shr habe gebaret,

das ta acfage ijt: δέν | fué dicho ojo por ojo,

de sus pies ni por
Jerusalem porque es
la ciudad del gran
Rey.

36. Ni juraras por
tu cabeza porque no
puedes hacer un ca-
bello blanco ὃ negro.

$7. .Mas_ vuestro
hablar sea si, si; no,
no; porque lo que
excede de esto, de
mal procede.

38. Habéis oido que

851

LATIN.

verit uxorem su-
am, excepta rati-
one fornicationis,
facit eam me-
chari: et qui ab
solutam duxerit,
adulterat.

33. Iterum au:
distis quia pro-
nunciatum est an-
tiquis: Non per-
jurabis: reddes
autem Domino
juramenta tua.
34. Ego autem
dico vobis, non
jurare omnino,
neque in celo,
quia thronus est
Dei:

35. Neque in
terra, quia scabel-
lum est pedum
ejus: neque in Hi-
erosolyma, quia
civitas est magni
regis :

36. Neque in

‘capite tuo jurave-

ris, quia non po-
tes unum capil-
lum album aut ni-
grum facere.

37. Sit autem
sermo vester, Eti-
am, etiam, Non,
non : quod autem
abundans his, a
malo est.

38. Audistis quia
pronunciatum est:

852 MATTHEW, CHAPTER

GREEK. FRENCH.

ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ, xat| CEil pour ceil, et dent
ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντα "͵ pour dent.

39. Ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 39. Mais moi, je
ὑμῖν, μὴ ἀντιστῆναι | vous dis: Ne résistez
τῷ πονηρῷ * ἀλλ᾽) point δὰ mal; mais
ὅστις σε ῥαπίσει ἐπὶ 5] quelqu’un te frappe
τὴν δεξιάν σον σια- ἃ ta joue droite, pré-
γόνα, στρέψον αὐτῷ , sente-lui aussi !’autre.
καὶ τὴν ἄλλην "

40. Καὶ τῷ θέλον- 40. Et si quelqu’un
τί σοι κριθῆναι, καὶ veut plaider contre
τὸν χιτῶνά gov λα- | tol, et t’oter ta robe,
βεῖν, ἄφες αὐτῷ καὶ laisse-lui encore le
τὸ ἱμάτιον. mantcau.

41. Kal ὅστις oe; 41. Et si quelqu’un
ἀγγαρεύσει μίλιον € ἕν," | te veut contraindre
ὕπαγε μετ᾽ adrov'd’aller avec lui une
δύο. lieue, vas-en deux.

42. τῷ αἰτοῦντί (σε, 42. Donne 4 celui

Vv.

ENGLISH.

An’ eye for an eye,
and a tooth for a
tooth.

39. But I say unto
you, That ye resist
not evil: but whoso-
ever shall smite thee
on thy right cheek,
turn to him the other
also.

40. And if any man
will sue thee at the
law, and take away
thy coat, let him have
thy cloak also.

41. And whosoever
shall compel thee to
go a mile, go with

him twain.
42. Give to him that

δίδου" καὶ τὸν θέλον-' qui te demande, et ne | asketh thee, and from
ra ἀπὸ gov δανεί- [ἰδ détourne point de: him that would bor-
σασθαι μὴ ἀποστρα- celui qui veut em-/| row of thec, turn not
dis. prunter de toi. thou away.

43. ᾿Ηκούσατε ὅτιϊ 43. Vous avez ap-| 43. Ye have heard
ἐῤῥέθη, ᾿Αγαπήσεις pris qu "il a eété dit: | that it hath been said,
τὸν πλησίον σου, καὶ Tu aimeras ton pro-|'Thou shalt love thy
μισήσεις τὸν éyOpdv'chain, et tu hairas|neighbor, and hate
σου" ton ennemi. thine enemy :

44. Ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 44. Mais moi, je| 44. But | say unto
ὑμῖν, ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς, vous dis : Aimez vos you, Love your ene-
ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν, εὐλο- ennemis, et bénissez : mies, bless them that
γεῖτε τοὺς καταρω- | ceux qui vous mau | curse you, do good
μένους ὑμᾶς, καλῶς. dissent ; faites du bien | to them that hate you,
ποιεῖτε τοὺς μισοῦνοὶ ἃ ceux qui vous πα- Ἀπὺῦ pray for them
τας ὑμᾶς, καὶ προσ- | issent, et priez pour | which despitefully use
εύχεσθε ὑπὲρ τῶν ceux qui vous cou-, you and _ persecute
ἐπηρεαζόντω» pas rent sus et vous per-| you ;

MATTHEW, CILAPTER V.

GERMAN.

SPANISH.

Δὲ um Auge, 3abn um |y diente por diente.

Sabu.

39. Ych aber fage enc:
DAB ihe niche wideritre:
ben folle dem {δέ ;
fonderu fo div jemand
cinen Gereich giche auf
deinen rechten Bucten,
dem διε den andern
auch dar,

40. Und fo jemand mit
Dir rechten will, wnd
deinen Mod nehmen,
penn Lag auch deu Maun:
te

41. Und (ὁ dich je:
mand udthiget cine
Mrzile, fo gche mit ibm
pido.

42. Gieb dem, der
dich Hictet ; und wende
dich ἰδὲ von dem, Der
dir abborgen will.

43. Shr habe gebhort,
dag gefaat itt: Ou follii
deinen Machiten lieben,
uud deinen Fed bal:
(eu.

44. Yh aber fage euch:
Sieber cuve Feinde ; (cg:
net, die euch fluchen ;
thut wohl dewew, die
euch hajfens brecee fir
die, fo euch beleidigen
wud verfolaen ;

80

39. Mas yo os digo:
No opéngais _resis-
tencia 4 la injuria,
antes si alguno te hi-
riese en la mexilla
derecha, presentale
la otra.

40. Y si alguien
quisiere ponerte pley-
to y quitarte la tuini-
ca, alargale tambien
tu capa.

41. Y si alguno te
compeliere 4 una le-
gua vé con él dos.

42. Al que te pidi-
ere, dale; y al que
te quisiese pedir pres-
tado, no le vuelvas
las espaldas.

43. Habéis oido que
fué dicho: Amaras 4
tu proximo, y abor-
receras ἃ tu enemi-

go.

44. Mas yo os digo:
Amad 4 vuestrosene-
migos bendecid 4 los
que os maldicen: 13-
ced bien 4 los que us
odian, y orad por los
que os calumnian y
p 2rsiguen.

853

LATIN.

Qculum pro ocu-
lo, et dentem pro
dente. .

39. Ego autem
dico vobis, non
obsistere malo:
sed quicumque te
percusserit in
dexteram tuam
maxillam, verte
illi et aliam.

40. Et volenti
tibi judicium pa-
rari, et tunicam
tuam tollere, di-
mitte ei et palli-
um.

41. Et quicun-
que te angariave-
rit milliare unum,
vadecum illo duo.

42. Petenti te,
da: et volentem
a te mutuare, ne
avertaris,

43. Audistis quia
pronunciatum est,
Diliges proximum
tuum, et odio ha-
bebis inimicum
tuum.

44. Ego autem
dico vobis, Diligi
te inimicos ves-
tros, benedicite
maledicentes vos:
benefacite odien-
tibus vos, et orate
pro infestantibus
vos et insectantle

854

GREELX.

καὶ διωκόντων ὑμᾶς "

45. Ὅπως γένησθη
υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν
τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ὅτι
τὸν ἥλιον αὑτοῦ ava-
τέλλει ἐπὶ πονηροὺς
καὶ ἀγαθοὺς, καὶ βρέ-
χει ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ
ἀδίκους.

46. "Edy γὰρ ἀγα-
πήσητε τοὺς ἀγαπῶν-
τας ὑμᾶς, τίνα μισθὸν
ἔχετε; οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ
τελῶναι τὸ αὐτὸ ποι-
οῦὔσι;

47. Καὶ ἐὰν ἀσπά-

FRENCH.

sécutent ;

45. afin que vous
soyez les enfans de
votre Pére qui est aux
cieux ; car il fait le-
ver son soleil sur les
méchans et sur les
gens de bien, et il en-
voie sa pluie sur les
justes et sur les in-
justes.

46. Car si vous al-
mez seulement ceux
qui vous aiment,
quelle récompense en
aurez-vous ὃ Les ρέ-
agers méme_ n’en
font-ils pas tout au-
tant?

47. Et si vous faites

σησθε τοὺς ἀδελ- | accueil seulement a

hous ὑμῶν μόνον, ri
περισσὸν
rbyt καὶ οἱ τελῶναι
TO ποιοῦσιν ;

48. Ἔσεσθε οὖν
€ ~ o
ὑμεῖς τέλειοι, ὥσπερ
ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν
τοῖς οὐρανοῖς τέλειός
ἐστι.

1. Προσέχετε τὴν
ἐλεημοσύνην ὑμῶν μὲ
ποιεῖν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν
ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ
θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς " «:
δὲ μήγε, μισθὸν οὐκ
ἔχετε παρὶ τῷ πατρὶ
ὑμῶν τῷ ἐν τοῖς οὐ-
βώνοιξ.

ποιεῖτε; vous plus que

vos fréres, que faites-
les
autres? Les péagers
méme ne le font-ils
pas aussi ὁ

48. Soyez donc par-
faits, comme _ votre
Pére qui est aux cleux
est parfait.

1. Prenez garde de
ne pas faire votre
aumdne devant les
hommes pour en étre
regardés ; autrement
vous n’en recevrez
point la récompense
de votre Pére qui est
a ‘x cieux.

MATTHEW, CHAPTERS V., VI.

ENGLISH.

45. That ye may be
the children of your
Father which is in
heaven: for he mak-
eth his sun to rise on
the evil and on the
good, and sendeth
rain on the just and
on the unjust.

46. For if ye love
them which love you,
what reward have ye?
do not even the pub-
licans the same ?

47. And if ve salute
your brethren only,
what do ye more than
others ? do not even
the publicans so?

48. Be ye therefore
perfect, even as your
Father which is in
heaven is perfect.

1. Take heed that
ye do not your alms
before men, to be seen
of them: otherwise
ye have no reward of

our Father which is
in heaven.

MATTHEW, CHAPTERS V., VI.

855

GERMAN.

45. Uuf da§ ihe Kin:
der fend enres Vaters
im Hhunmel. Denn er
(ἀδι feire Gonne auf:
gehen θεν. die Bofen
und ither die Guten,
und lage requen iber
Gerechte und Wage:
rechte.

46. Deun fo ibe lie:
bet, die euch lieben, was
werdet ibe fire {ohn ha:
ben? Thun niche δα»
felbe auch die Ξόίίμεν ?

47. Und fo ihr end
nur zu enren Brikdern
freundlich ἐδ, was
thut ibe fonderliches.?
Thun nicht die Zoller
alfo ?

48. Darum folle ibe
pollfommenfenn, gleich:
wiecucr Vater im Him:
mel vollFominen ἢν

1. Habe χε anf eure
Almofen, dif ihr die
nicht gebet vor dew seu:
ten, dag ihr von ihnen
aefeben werdet; idr
halt anders Feinen Sohn
ben curem Gater ins
Himmel.

SPANISH.

45. Paraque séais
hijos de vuestro Pa-
dre que esta en los
cielos el cual hace
salir el sol sobre ma-
los y buenos, y llue-
ve sobre justos, é in-
justos.

46. Porque si amé-
is 4 los que os aman,
ὁ que recompensa ha-
béis de tener? 2No
hacen lo mismo aun
los publicanos ?

47. Y si salud4is
solamente 4 vuestros
hermanos {qué mas
hacéis que los otros ?
ἐ Νο hacen tambien
lo mismo los publi-
canos ?

48. Sed pues voso-
tros perfectos asi
como vuestro Padre
que esta en los cie-
los es perfecto.

1. Mirad que no
hag4is vuestra li-
mosna. delante de los
hombres con el fin
de ser vistos de ellos
de otra manera no
tendréis galardon de
vuestro Padre que
9 !4 en los cielos.

LATIN.

bus vos.

45. Ut sitis filn
Patris vestri qui
in ceelis, quia so-
lem suum produ-
cit super malos et
bonos, et pluit su- -
per justos et in-
justos.

46. Si enim di-
lexeritis diligen-
tes vos, quam
mercedem habe-
tis? nonne et pub-
licani idem faci-
unt ἢ

47. Et si salu-
taveritis fratres
vestros tantum,
quid abundans fa-
citis ὃ nonne et
publicani sic facie
unt ?

48. Estote ergo
vos perfecti, sicut
Pater vester qui
in ceelis, perfec-
tus est.

1. Attendite mi-
sericordiam ves-
tram non facere
ante homines, ad
spectari eis: si
autem non, mer-
cedem non habe-
tis apud Patrem
vestrum qul In

856

Ee
GREEK.

2. Ὅταν οὖν ποιῇς
ἐλεημοσύνην, μὴ
σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν
gov, ὥσπερ οἱ ὑπο-
κριταὶ ποιοῦσιν ἐν
᾿ ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ
ἐν ταῖς ῥύμαις, ὅπως
δοξασθῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν
ἀνθρώπων. ᾿Αμὴν
λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπέχουσι
τὸν μισθὸν αὑτῶν.

3. Σοῦ δὲ ποιοῦν-

τος ἐλεημοσύνην, μὴ
γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά
gov τί ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά
σου-

4. “Ὅπως ἢ σον ἡ
ἐλεημοσύνη ἐν τῷ
κρυπτῷ " καὶ ὁ πατήρ
σου ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ
κρυπτῷ, αὐτὸς ἀπο-
δώσει σοι ἐν τῷ φα-
νερῷ.

5. Καὶ ὅταν προσ-
εύχῃ, οὐκ ἔσῃ ὥσπερ
οἱ ὑποκριταὶ, ὅτι φι-
λοῦσιν ἐν ταῖς συνα-
γωγαῖς καὶ ἐν ταῖς
γωνίαις τῶν πλατει-
ὧν ἑστῶτες προσεύ-
χεσθαι, ὅπως ἂν φα-
νῶσι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις "
᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι
ἀπέχουσι τὸν μισθὸν
αὑτῶν.

6. Σὺ δὲ ὅταν προσ-
εὔχῃ, εἴσελθε εἷς τὸ
ταμιεῖόν σον, καὶ
«“λείσως τὴν Θ ραν

FRENCH.

2. Lors donc que tu
feras ton auméne, ne
fais point sonner la
trompette devant toi,
comme les hypocrites
font dans les syna-
gogues et dans les
rues, pour en etre ho-
norés des hommes.
En vérité, je vous dis
qu’ils recoivent -leur
récompense.

3. Mais quand tu
fais ton auméne, que
ta main gauche ne
sache point ce que
fait ta droite.

4. Afin que ton au-
mOne soit dans le se-
cret ; et ton Pére qui
voit ce qui se fait en

secret t’en recom-
pensera _ publique-
ment.

_ 5. Et quand tu prie-

ras, ne sois point
comme les _hypo-
crites ; car ils aiment
a prier en se tenant
debout dans les syna-
gogues et aux coins
des rues, afin d’étre
vus des hommes. En
vérité, je vous dis
qu’ils recoivent leur
récompense.

6. Mais toi, quand
tu pries, entre dans
ton cabinet ; et ayant
fermé ta porte prie

MATTHEW, CHAPTER VI.

ENGLISH.

2. Therefore, when
thou doest thine alms,
do not sound a trum-
pet before thee, as the
hypocrites do, in the
synagogues, and in
the streets, that they
may have glory of
men. Verily, I say
unto you, They have
their reward.

3. But when thou
doest alms, let not thy
left hand know what
thy right hand doeth:

4. That thine alms
may be in secret:
and thy Father, which
seeth in secret, him-
self shall reward thee
openly.

5. And when thou
prayest, thou shalt not
be as the hypocrites
are: for they love to
pray standing in the
Synagogues, and in
the corners of the
streets, that they may
be seen of men. Ver-
ily, 1 say unto you,
They have their re-
ward.

6. But thou, when
thou prayest, enter
into thy closet, and
when thou hast shut

. MATTHEW, CHAPTER VI.

857

GERMAN.

2. Wenn du nun Al:
mofen giebyt, folljt du
nicht [affen vor dir po:
faunen, wie die Heuch-
ler {πε in den Gebu:
fen, und anf den Ga:
fer, anf dag fle vou den
Senten aepricfen rwer-
det. §=Wabhrlich, ich
fage euch: Gie haben
ihren Sobu dabin.

8. Wenn du aber Al-
mofen giebyt, fo laf
deine linfe Hand niche
wWiffen, was die rechte
thut;

4. Uuf dag dein Ul:
mofer verborgen fen;
Und dein Vater, dev in
das Berborgene fiehct,
Wird dirs vergelten sf
fentlich.

5. Und wenn dit beteft,
follit du niche feyn wie
die Heuchfer, die da ger:
ne ftehen und beten in
den Grbulen, und an
den Eefen auf den Gas
fen, auf να fle vou den
Seuten gefeben werden.
Wahrlich, ich fage cuch:
Gie haben ihren sohu
dabin.

6. Wen da aber bez
teft, fo ache in dein
Kammer lein,und fcblie:
fe die Thitr zu, wud

SPANISH.

LATIN,
ceelis.

2. Asi que cuando} 2. Cum ergo fa-
haces limosna no ha- , cis eleémosynt m,

gas que se toque la
trompeta delante de
tt, como hacen los
hipdécritas en las si-
nagogas, y en las cal-
les para atraerse hon-
ra de los hombres.
En verdad: os digo
que ya recibieron su
recompensa.

3. Mas cuando des
limosna haz que tu
mano izquierda, no
sepa lo que hace tu
derecha.

4. Paraque tu li-
mosna quede secreta,
y tu Padre que ve en
lo secreto, te premi-
ar& en publico.

5. Y cuando ores
no seas como los
hipécritas : Porque
ellos aman el orar en
pié en las sinagogas
y en las esquinas de
las calles para ser
vistos de los hombres.
En verdad os digo
que ya recibien su
recompensa.

6. Mas τώ cuando
orares entra en tu
aposento, y cerrada
la puerta ora 4 tu Pa-

ne tuba clanxcris
ante te, sicut hy-
pocritee faciunt in
synagogis et in
vicis, ut glorifi-
centur ab homini-
bus: amen dico
vobis, exciprunt
mercedem suam.

3. Te autem fa-
cliente elecmosy-
nam, nesciat si-
nistra tua quid fa-
ciat dextera tua.

4. Utsit tua eleé-
mosyna in secre-
to: et Pater tuus
videns in secreto,
ipse reddet tibi in
manifesto.

5. Et quum ores,
non eris sicut hy-
pocrite: quia a-
mant in synago-
gis, et in angulis
platearum stantes
orare, ut appare-
ant hominibus.
Amen dico vobis,
quod = excipiunt
mercedem suam.

6. Tu autem

.cum ores, intra in

cubiculum tuum,
et claudens osti-

858

GREEK.

gov, πρόσευξαι τῷ
πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ
κρυπτῷ' καὶ ὃ πατήρ
σου ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ
κρυπτῷ, ἀποδώσει
σοι ἐν τῷ φανερῷ.
7. προσευχόμενοι
δὲ μὴ βαττολογήση-
re, ὥσπερ οἱ ἐθνικοί "
δοκοῦσι γὰρ ὅτι ἐν
τῇ πολυλογίᾳ αὐτῶν
εἰσακουσθήσονται.

8. Μὴ οὖν ὁμοιω-
θῆτε αὐτοῖς" οἷδε γὰρ
ὃ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὧν
χρείαν ἔχετε, πρὸ τοῦ
ὑμᾶς αἰτῆσαι αὐτόν.

9. Οὕτως οὖν
προσεύχεσθε ὑμεῖς"
Πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς
οὐρανοῖς, ἁγιασθήτω
τὸ ὄνομά σον"

10. ᾿Ελθέτω ἡ Ba-
σιλεία σου " γενηθή-
τω τὸ θέλημά σου,
ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ
ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς.

11, Τὸν ἄρτον ἧ-
μῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον

δὸς ἡμῖν σήμερον.

12, Καὶ ἄφες ἡμῖν
τὰ ὀφειλήματα ἡμῶν,
ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀφίεμεν
τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν.

18 Καὶ μὴ εἰσ -
νέγκῃς ἡμᾶς els met:
μασμὰν, ἀλλὴ ὀῦσα

tion ;

FRENCH.

ton Pére qui te voit
dans ce lieu secret;
et ton Pére qui te voit
dans ce lieu secret,
te récompensera pub-
liquement.

7. Or, quand vous
priez, n’usez point de
vaines redites, comme
font les paiens; car
ils s’imaginent d’étre
exaucés en parlant
beaucoup.

8. Ne leur ressem-
blez donc point; car
votre Pére sait de quoi
vous avez besoin,
avant que vous le lui
demandiez.

9. Vous donc priez
ainsi: Notre Pére qui
es aux cieux, ton nom
soit sanctifie.

10. Ton régne vi-
enne. Ta_ volonté
goit faite sur la terre
comme au ciel.

11. Donne-nous au-
jourd’hui notre pain
quotidien.

12. Et nous quitte
nos dettes, comme
nous quittons aussi les
dettes 4 nos débiteurs.

13. Et ne nous in-
duis point en tenta-
mais dj'ivre-

MATTHEW, CHAPTER VI

ENGLISH.
thy door, pray to thy
Father which is in
secret; and thy Fa-
ther, which seeth in
secret, shall reward
thee openly.

7. Butwhenye pray,
use not vain repeti-
tions, as the heathen
do: for they think
that they shall be
heard for their much
speaking.

8. Be not ye there-
fore like unto them:
for your’ Father
knoweth what things
ye have need of be-
fore ye ask him.

9. After this manner
therefore pray ye:
Our Father which art
in heaven, Hallowed
be thy name.

10. Thy kingdom
come. Thy will be
done in earth as it is
in heaven.

11. Give us this day
our daily bread.

12. And forgive us
our debts, as we for-
give our debtors.

13. And lead us not
into temptation, but

deliver us from evil.

MATTHEW, CHAITER VI.

GERMAN.

hete gu deinem Barer
im BVerborgenen s unt
dein Bacer, der in das
Verborgene fiehet, wird
dirs vergelten dffent-
lich.

ἡ. Und went ir be:
tet, follt ihe niche viel
plappern, wie die Hei:
Dens Denn fle meynnen,
fie werden erbadret,
τοῦ fle viele Worte
machen.

8. Darum follt ibr
euch ihnen niche gleich:
en: Ener Vater weif,
was ihe bediirfet, ebe
denn ihe ihn bitter,

9. Darum follt ibr
alfe beten: Unfer Ba:
ter in dem Himmel !
Dein Mame werde ge-
heiliger.

10. Dein Neich Pom:
me Dein Wille ge:
(hehe auf Crden, wie
un Simmel.

11. Unfer taglichee
Brod gieh uns heute.

12. Und vergieh une
unfere Gehulden, wie
wir τ Gehuldigern
vergeben.

13. Und fibre une
nicht in Berfuchung,
foudern erldfe wis von

SPANISH.

dre en secreto, y tu
Padre que ve en lo
secreto, te recompen-
sara en ptblico.

7. Ὑ al orar no ha-
bléis mucho como
los Gentiles creyen-
do que han de ser
oidos por su mucho
hablar.

8. No os asemejéis
4 ellos: porque vu-
estro Padre sabe de
lo que tenéis necesi-
-dad antes que voso-
tros le pida4is.

9. Vosotros pues ha-
béis de orar asi : Pa-
dre nuestro que estas
en los cielos santifi-
cado sea tu nombre.

10. Venga el tu rey-
no: hagase tu volun-
tad en la tierra asi
como en el cielo.

11. Danos hoy nu-
estro pan cotidiano.

12. Y perdonanos
nuestras deudas asi
como nosotros perdo-
namos 4 nuestros
deudores,

13. Y no nos dejes
caer en ten({acion mas
libranos de mal por-

359

LATIN.

um tuum, ore Pa
trem tuum qui in
secreto: et Pater
tuus conspicieng
in secreto, reddet
tibi in apparenti.

7. Orantes au-
tem ne inania lo-
quamini, _sicut
ethnici, arbitran-
tur enim quod in
multiloquio suo
exaudientur.

8. Ne igitur as-
similemini 65:
novit enim Pater
vester quorum u-
sum habetis, ante
vos petere eum.

9. Sic ergo ora-
te vos: Pater no-
ster qui in calis,
sanctificetur no-
men tuum.

10. Adveniat
regnum tuum.
Fiat voluntas tua,
sicut in celo et in
terra.

11. Panem no- °

strum super sub-
stantialem da no-
bis hodie.

12. Et dimitte
nobis debita no-
stra, sicut et nos
dimittimus debi-
toribus ncstris.

13. Et ae infe-
ras nos in tenta-
tionem, sed libera

860

GREEK.
ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονη-
pov: ὅτι σοῦ ἐστιν
ἡ βασιλεία, καὶ ἡ
δύναμις, καὶ ἡ δόξα,
εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας"
ἀμήν.

14. ᾿Ἐὰν yap ἀφῆ-
τε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὰ
παραπτώματα αὐτῶν,
ἀφήσει καὶ ὑμῖν ὁ
πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐρά-
vos "

15. ᾿Εὰν δὲ μὴ
ἀφῆτε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις
τὰ παραπτώματα av-
τῶν, οὐδὲ ὁ πατὴρ
ὑμῶν ἀφήσει τὰ πα-
ραπτώματα ὑμῶν.

16. “Ὅταν δὲ νη-
aTeunre, μὴ γίνεσθε
ὥσπερ of ὑποκριταὶ,
σκυθρωποί" ἀφανί-
ζουσι γὰρ τὰ πρόσω-
πα αὐτῶν, ὅπως φα-
νῶσι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις
νεστεύοντες. ᾿Αμὴν
λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἀπέ-
χουσι τὸν μισθὸν αὖ-
τᾶν.

17. Σὺ δὲ νεστεύων
ἄλεψαί σου τὴν κε-
φαλὴν, καὶ τὸ πρόσ-
ὠπόν σον νίψαι"

18. Ὅπως μὴ φα-
ys τοῖς ἀνθρώποις
νηστεύων, ἀλλὰ τῷ
πατρί σον τῷ ἐν τῷ
κρυπτῷ " καὶ ὁ «α-
τήρ σου ὁ βλέπων ἐν
γῷ κρυπτῷ, ἀποδώσει

MATTHEW, CHAPTER

FRENCH.

nous du mal. Cara
toi est le régne, et la
puissance, et la gloire
a jamais. Amen.

14. Car si vous par-
donnez aux hommes
leurs offenses, votre
Pére celeste vous par-
donnera aussi les νῦ-
tres.

15. Mais si vous ne
pardonnez point aux
hommes leurs ᾿ of-
fenses, votre Pére ne
vous pardonnera point
non plus vos offenses.

16. Et quand vous
jetinerez, ne prenez
point un air triste,
comme font les hypo-
crites ; car ils se ren-
dent tout défaits de
visage, afin qu’il pa-
raisse aux hommes
qu’ils jeinent. En
vérité, je vous dis

_|qwils regoivent leur

récompense.

17. Mais toi, quand
tu jetines, oins ta téte,
et lave ton visage ;

18. afin qu’il ne
paraisse point aux
hommes que tu
jetines, mais ἃ ton
Pére qui est présent
dans ton lieu secret;
et ton Pére qui te voit

VI.

ENGLISH.

For thine is the king-
dom, and the power,
and the glory, for ey-
er. Amen.

14. For if ye for-
give men their tres-
passes, your heavenly
Father will also for-
give you:

15. But if ye for-
give not men their
trespasses, neither
will your Father for-
give your trespasses.

16. Moreover, when
ye fast, be not as the
hypocrites, of a sad
countenance: _— for
they disfigure their
faces, that they may
appear unto men to
fast. Verily, I say
unto you, They have
their reward.

17. But thou, when
thou fastest, anoint
thine head, and wash
thy face ;

18. That thou ap-
pear not unto men to
fast, but unto thy Fa-
ther, which is in se-
cret: and thy Father,
which seeth in secret,
shall reward thee

MATTIEW, CHAPTER VI.

GERMAN.

dem Uebel. Denn dein
ift Das MNeich, und die
Kraft, und die Herr:
fichfei¢ in Ewigfeit.
Ainen,

14. Denn fo ifr den
Menfchen ibre Febler
vergebet, fo wird euch
ener bimmlifcher Vater
auch vergeben.

15. Wo ibe aber den
Menfchen ihre Fehler
nicht vergebet, fo wird
euch ener Gater eure
Fehler auch niche νεῖ:
geben.

16. Wenn ibe (αἰεί,
follt ibe nicht fauer fe:
ben, wie die Heuchler ;
denn fie verftellen ihre
Angefichter, auf daG fle
vor den Seuten (heinen
mit ihren Sajten.
Wahrlich, ich fage euch:
Gie haben ihren son
dabin.

17. Wenn du aber
fafteit, fo (αἴθε dein
Haupt, und wafche dein
Ungeficht ;

18. Uuf daf du niche
fcheinest bor den Seuten
mit Deinem Fajten, fon:
Dern vor deinem Gater,
welcher verborgen ijt;
und dein Vater, der in
das Gerborgene flehet,

SPANISH.

que tuyo es el reyno,
el poder, y la gloria
por lossiglos. Amen.

14. Porque si per-
donareis 4 los hom-
bres sus ofensas vu-
estro Padre celestial
os perdonara tambien
ἃ vosotros.

15..Mas si no per-
don4reis ἃ los hom-
bres sus ofensas tam-
poco vuestro Padre
os perdonara vues-
tras ofensas.

16. Y cuando ayu-
néis no ,os pongais
cgritristes como fos
hipdcritas, los cuales
desfiguran sus rostros
para hacer ver 4 los
hombres que ayunap.
En verdad os digo
que ya recibien su
recompensa.

17. Mas tu cuando
ayunes unge tu cabe-
za. y lava tu cara.

18. Para no hacer
ver 4 los hombres
que ayunas sino 4 tu
Padre que esta en lo
secreto y tu Padre
que ve en lo secreto
te recompensaraé en
31

861

LATIN.

nos a malo. Quo-
niam tuum est
regnum, et po-
tentia, et gloria in
secula. men.

14. Si enim di-
miseritis homini-
bus lapsus eorum,
dimittet et vobis
Pater vester 688-
lestis. ©

15. Si autem
non dimiseritis
hominibus lapsus
ipsorum, nec Pa-
ter vester dimittet
lapsus vestros.

16. Quum au-
tem jejunatis, ne
fiatis sicut hypo-
crite, obtristati ;
obscurant enim
facies suas ; ut
appareant homi-
nibus jejunantes.
Amen dico γο-

| bis, quia recipiunt_

mercedem suam.

17. Tu autem
jejunans, unge tu-
um caput, et fa-
ciem tuam lava:

18. Ut ne appa-
reas hominibus
jejunans, sed Pa-
tri tuo qui in se-
creto: et Patez
tuus videns in se-
creto, reddet tibi

852

MATTHEW, CHAPTER VI.

GREBE.

σοι ἐν τῷ φανερῷ.

19. Μὴ θησαυρίζε-
re ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς
ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς) ὅπου
σὴς καὶ βρῶσις ἀφα-

é a id e
vier, καὶ ὅπον κλέ-
πται διορύσσουσι,
καὶ κλέπτουσι "

20. Θησαυρίζετε δὲ
ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐν
οὐρανῷ, ὅπου οὔτε
σὴς, οὔτε βρῶσις
ἀφανίζει, καὶ ὅπον
κλέπται οὐ διορύσ-
σουσιν, οὐδὲ κλέ-
πτουσιν.

21. Ὅπον γάρ ἐσ-
τιν ὁ θησαυρὸς ὑμῶν,
ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρ-
δία ὑμῶν.

22. Ὁ λύχνος τοῦ
σώματός ἐστιν ὁ
ὀφθωλμός * ἐὰν οὖν ὁ
ὀφθαλμός σου ἁπλοὺς
9, ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σον
φωτεινὸν ἔσται "

23. Ἐὰν δὲ ὁ
ὀφθαλμός σον πονὴη-

FRENCH.

dans ton lieu secret
te récompensera pub-
liquement.

19. Ne vous amas.
sez point des trésors
sur la terre, que les
vers et la rouille con-
sument, et que les
larrons percent et de-
robent.

20. Mais amassez-
vous des trésors dans
le ciel, o ni les vers
ni la rouille ne con-
sument nen, et ou les
larrons ne percent ni
ne dérobent.

21. Car ait est votre
trésor, la sera augsi
votre coeur.

22. L’ceil est la lu-
miére du corps; si
donc ton ceil est net,

‘tout ton corps sera
éclairé.

23. Mais si ton ceil
est mal disposé, tout

pos ἦ, ὅλον rd σῶμά ton corps sera téné-

Jou σκοτεινὸν ἔσται.

breux; si donc la

Ei οὖν τὸ φῶς τὸ év)lumiére qui est en
σοὶ, σκότος ἐστὶ, τὸ toi n’est que téné-

‘4

σκότος πόσον ;

bres, combien seront
grandes les ténébres
meémes ἡ

24. Οὐδεὶς δύναται [ 24. Nul ne peut ser-
δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύ- vir deux maitres; car,

ENGLISH.

openly.

19. Lay not up for
yourselves treasures
upon earth, where
moth and rust doth
corrujt, and where
thieves break through
and steal :

20. But lay up for
yourselves treasures
in heaven, where nei-
ther moth nor rus
doth corrupt, and
where thieves do no
break through nor
steal.

21. For where your
treasure is, there wil
your heart be also.

22. The light of the
body is the eye: if
therefore thine eye be
single, thy whole body
shall be full of light.

23. But if thine eye
be evil, thy whole
body shall be full of
darkness. If there-
fore the light that is
in thee be darkness,
how great is that
darknuss |

24. No man can
serve two masters:

MATTHEW, COAPTER VI.

GERMAN.

SPA{IISH.

wird dirs vergelten bf: | piblico.

κα.

19. SYhr (οἱ euch
niche Gchage fammeln
auf Erden, da fie dre
Moreen und der Most
(τοι, und da Die Die:
re nach grabew umd fteb:
cn,

20. Gammelt enc
aber Gcbige im Him:
mel; da fie weder Mor:
ten noc Mort freien,
UND Da Dic Diebe niche
nach grabeu, noch ftcb-
fen.

21. Deun, wo ener
Gebag ift, da it auch
ener Herj.

22. Das Uuge ijt des
Scibes fiche. Wenn
dein Uuge cinfaleig ijt,
fo wird dcin ganger 410
Licht feyn.

23. Wenn aber dein
Unae ein GehalF ijt, fo
wird Dein guuzer scib
finjter (πη. Wenn
aber das sicht, das in
dir it, Finiternip it,
Wie arog wird dann die
FinjternigZ felber feyn ?

24. Micmand Fann
λοέο Herren dienen ;

19. No amontonéis
tesoros para vosotros
en la tierra, en don-
de la polilla y el
orin los consumen y
en donde los ladrones

868

LATIN
1.1 manilesto.

19. Ne thesau-
rizate vobis_ the-
sauros in terra,
ubi serugo et tinea
exterminat, et ubi
fures perfodiunt,

los desentierran y ro- ! et furantur.

ban.

20. Mas amontonad
para vosotros tesoros
en el cielo en donde
ni la polilla ni el
orin los consumen, y
en donde los ladrones
no los desentierran
ni roban.

21. Porque donde
esta vuestro tesoro
alli est& tambien vu-
estro corazon.

22. Luz de tu cu-
erpo es tu ojo, por lo
que si tu ojo fuere
sencillo, todo tu cu-
erpo estara lleno de
luz.

23. Mas si tu ojo
fuere maligno todo

20. Thesauriza-
te autem vobis
thesauros in czlo,
ubi neque erugo,
neque tinea ex-
terminat, et ubi
fures non effodi-
unt, nec furantur.

21. Ubi enim
est thesaurus ve-
ster, ibi erit et cor
vestrum.

22. Lucerna cor: Γ᾿
poris ‘est oculus :
si igitur oculus
tuus simplex fue-
rit, totum corpus
tuum _ lucidum
erit.

23. Si autem
oculus tuus malus

tu cuerpo esta‘a lle- ; fuerit, totum cor-

no de tinieblas. Asi
que si la luz que hay
en ties tinieblas gcu-
an grandes seran las
mismas tinieblas ?

Ninguno puede
servir 4 dos seiiores,

pus tuum tene-
brosum erit. Si
ergo lumen quod
in te, tenebres
sunt, tenebree
quantee ?

24. Nemo po-

| test duobus dumi-

864

—_—_ae

GREFK.
ey ἣ yap τὸν ἕνα
μισήσει, καὶ τὸν ἔτε-
ρον ἀγαπήσει " ἣ ἑνὸς
ἀνθέξεται, καὶ τοῦ
ἑτέρου καταφρονή-
σει" οὐ δύνασθε Θεῷ
δουλεύειν καὶ μαμ-

μωνᾷ.

25. Διὰ τοῦτο λέγω
ὑμῖν, μὴ μεριμνᾶτε τῇ
ψυχῇ ὑμῶν, τί φάγη-
τε, καὶ τί πίητε " μη-
δὲ τῷ σώματι ὑμῶν,
τί ἐνδύσησθε " οὐχὶ
ἡ Ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστι
τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ
σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος;

26. ᾿Εμβλέψατε εἷς
τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ ovpa-
you, ὅτι οὐ σπείρου-
σιν, οὐδὲ θερίζουσιν,
οὐδὲ συνάγουσιν εἰς
ἀποθήκας, καὶ ὁ πα-
τὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος
τρέφει αὐτάς Οὐχ
ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέ-

pete αὐτῶν;

21. Τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν
μεριμνῶν δύναται
προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν
ἡλικίαν αὑτοῦ πῆχυν
ἕνα ;

28. Καὶ περὶ ἐνδύ-
ματος τί μεριμνᾶτε ;
καταμάθετε τὰ κρίνα

τοῦ ἀγροῖ. τῶς αὐξά-Ἶ tommentcroissent les

MATTHEW, CHAPTER VI.

FRENCH.
ou il haira l’un, et
aimera l’autre; ou il
s’attachera ἃ ]’un, et
méprisera __l’autre ;
vous ne pouvez servir
Dieu et Mammon.

25. Cest pourquoi
je vous dis : Ne soyez
point en souci pour
votre vie, de ce que
vous mangerez, et de
ce que vous boirez;
ni pour votre corps,
de quoi vous serez
vétus. La vie n’est-
elle pas plus que la
nourriture, et le corps
plus que le vétement ?

26. Considérez les
oiseaux du ciel, car
ils ne sément, ni ne
moissonnent, ni n’as-
semblent dans des
greniers, et ccpen-
dant votre Pére cé-
leste les nourrit.
N’étes-vous pas beau-
coup plus excellens
qu’eux ?

27. Et qui est celui
d’entre vous, qui
puisse par son souci
ajouter une coudée &
sa taille ?

28. Et pourquoi
étes-vous en souci du
vétement ? Apprenez

—_— oe oe we Ὁ

ENGLISH.

for either he will hate
the one, and love the
other; or.else be will
hold to the one, and
despise the other. Ye
cannot serve God and
Mammon.

25.. Therefore I say
unto you, Take no
thought for your life,
what ye shall eat, or
what ye shall drink ;
nor yet for your body,
what ye shall put on.
Is not the life more
than meat, and the
body than raiment ?

26. Behold the fowls
of the air: for they
sow not, neither do
they reap, nor gather
into barns; yet your
heavenly Father feed-
eth them. Are ye not
much better than
they ἡ

27. Which of you
by taking thought can
add one, cubit unto
his stature ?

28. And why take
ye thought for rai-
ment? Consider the
lilies of the field, how

MATTHEW, CHAPTER VI.

GERMAN.

entweder er wird einen
haffen und den andern
ficben 5 oder wird εἰ:
ein anhangen, wud den
auderu perachten, Shr
founct niche Goce die:
nen und dem Mam:
mon.

25. Darum fage ich
euch): Gorget niche fir
ἐμεῦ Schen, was ibe ef:
feu und ἐτίθει werdec;
auch niche fitr ecuren
$cib, was ibe anzieben
werdet. Sit niche dus
Schen mehr, denn die
Speije? Und der Seib
mehr, denn die Klei:
dung ?

26. Sebhet die Bdgel
unter dem Himmel an:
fle (den niche, fle ernten
nicht, fie fammelu niche
in die Geheunen, und
eucr bimmlifcber Vater
nabret fle doch. Geyd
ihr denn nicht υἱοί
mebr, dcun fle?

27. Wer itt unter
euch, der feiner sdnge
eine Eile gufegen mage,
0b cr gleich durum for:
get ¢

28. Und warum for:
act iby file die Klei-
duna? Gebanet die sie
fien auf dem Felde, wie

SPANISH.

porque 6 aborrecera
al uno y amara al
otro, 6 se allegara al
uno y menospreciara
al otro. No podéis
servir 4 Dios y 4 las
riquezas.

25. Por esto os di-
go: no andéis afa-
nados por vuestra
vida pensando que
habéis de comer 6
que habéis de beber,
ni por vuestro cuer-
po que habéis de ves-
tir. No vale mas
la vida que el alimen-
to, y el cuerpo que
el vestido ?

26. Mirad las aves
del cielo que nosiem-
bran ni siegan, ni re-
cogen en troges, y
vuestro Padre celes-
tial las alimenta gno
valéis pues vosotros
mucho mas que e-
lias?

27. Y¥ quien de vo-
sotros dandose 4 dis-
eurrir podra ajiadir
un codo & su estatu-
rar

28. Y 2 porqué os
afandis por el vesti-
do? Contemplad los

lirios del campu co-

Q1 *

363

LATIN.

nis servire: aut
enim unum ode-
rit, et alterum di-
liget: aut unum
amplexabitur, et
alterum despiciet.
Non potestis Deo
servire et mam-
mone.

25. Propter hoc
dico vobis, ne
anxiemini anime
vestree, quid man-
ducetis, et quid
bibatis: neque
corpori _vestro,
quid _induamini.
Nonne anima plus
est esca, et cor:
pus indumento ?

26. Inspicite in
volatilia celi,
quoniam non se-
minant, neque
metunt, neque
congregant in
horrea, et Pater
vester celestis
pascit illa. Non-
he vos magis ex-
cellitis illis

27. Quis autem
ex vobis anxiatus
potest adjicere ad
staturam suam
cubitum unum ἢ

28. Et circa ves-
timentum quid
anxiamini? Ob-
servate l’lia agri

866

GREEK.
yess οὗ κοπιᾷ, οὐδὲ
γήθει.

29. Λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν,
ὅτι οὐδὲ Συλομὼν ἐν
πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὑτοῦ
φᾳεριεβάλετο ὡς ἕν

δ

TouTay "

90. Et δὲ τὸν χόρ-
τὸν τοῦ ἀγροῦ σήμε-
pow ὄντα, καὶ αὔριον
εἷς κλίβανον βαλλό-
μένον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως
ἀμφιέννυσιν, οὐ ποὰλ-
λῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὁλι-
γόπιστοι ;

31. Μὴ οὖν μερι-
μ»νήσητε, λέγοντες,
τί φάγωμεν, ἣ τί πί-
ὠμεν, ἣ τί περιβα-
λώμεθα;

32. Πάντα γὰρ
ταῦτα τὰ ἔθνη ἐπι-
ζητεῖ + οἷδε γὰρ ὁ πα-
τὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος,
ὅτι χρήζετε τούτων
ἀπάντων.

33. Ζητεῖτε δὲ πρώ-
τον τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ
Θεοῦ, καὶ τὴν δικαιο-
σύνην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ταῦ-
τα πάντα προστεθή-
σεται ὑμῖν.

84. Μὴ οὖν μερι-
μνήσητε els τὴν αὔ-
ov: ἡ γὰρ αὔριον

MATTHEW, CHAPTER

FRENCH.

lis des champs; ils
ne travaillent ni ne
filent.

29. Cependant, je
vous dis que Salomon
méme, dans toute sa
gloire, n’a pas été vé-
tu comme |’un d’eux.

30. Si donc Dieu
revét ainsi l’herbe des
champs, qui est au-
jourd’hui sur pied, et
qui demain sera jetée
au four, ne vous vé-
tira-t-il pas beaucoup
plutét, 6 gens de pe-
tite foi ὃ

31. Ne soyez donc
point en souci, di-
sant: Que mange-
rons-nous? ou que
boirons-nous ? ou de
quoi serons-nous veé-
tus ?

32. Vu que les
paiens recherchent
toutes ces choses; car
votre Pére celeste
connait que

ces choses.

33. Mais cherchez
premiérement le roy-
aume de Dieu et sa
justice, et toutes ces
choses vous seront
données par dessus.

34. Ne soyez donc
p?int en souci pour
la lendemair " car le

VI.

KNGLIOH.
they grow; they toil
not, neither do they
spin :

29. And yet I say
unto you, ‘That even
Solomon, in all his
glory, was not ar-
rayed like one of
these.

30. Wherefore, i-
God so clothe the
grass of the field,
which to-day is, and
to-morrow is cast into
the oven, shall he not
much more clothe
you, O ye of little
faith ?

31. Therefore take
no thought, saying,
What shall we eat?
or, What shall we
drink ? or, Where-
withal shall we be
clothed ?

32. (For after all
these things do the
Gentiles seek :) for
your heavenly Father

vous | knoweth that ye have
avez besoin de toutes'need of all

these
things.

33. But seek ye first
the kingdom of God,
and his righteousness,

jand all these things
‘shall be added unto
“you.

_ 34. Take therefore

no thought for the
morrow : for the mon-

MATTHEW, CHAPTER VI.

fie wachfen: fie arbei-
ten nicht, auch (pinnen
fle niche.

29. Sch fage euch, daf
aud Galomo in aller
feiner Herelichfeit niche
beflcidec gewefen ft,
als derjelben Eine. .

30. Go denn Gott
das Gras auf vem Fel:
de alfo Fleidet, das doch
heute ftebet, und mor:
gen in den (οι gewor-
fer wird, follte cr das
nicht viclmebr euch
thun? Oibr Kleinglau:
biaen !

31. Darum follt ihr
nicht Pdrgen, und faget:
Was werden wir effen ὃ
Was werden wir trin:
fen? Womit werden
wir unc fleiden.

82. Mach folchern al:
fen trachten die Heiden.
Denn ener himmlifcer
Bater weif, daf ibr δὲβ
alles bedirfct.

33. Trachtet am εἰ:
{Δ nach dem MNeiche
Gottes, und nach feiner
Serechtiafcit; fo wird
ἐμ “olches alles jus
fallen.

34. Darum forget
niche fir den andern
Morgen ;

SPANISH.

mo crecen: ellos no
trabajan, ni hilan.

29. Y sinembargo
os digo que ni adn
Salomon en medio
de toda su gloria no
estuvo vestido como
uno de estos.

30. Pues si la yer-
ba del campo que
hoy es y. majiana es
echada en el horno,
Dios la viste asi no
os vestira mucho mas
ἃ vosotros hombres
de poca fé ?

31. No os afanéis
pues diciendo que
comeremos? 6 que
beberemos? 6 con
que nos.cubriremos ?

32. (Porque los
Gentiles buscan estas
cosas) porque vues-
tro Padre celestial
sabe que tenéis ne-
cesidad de todas es-
tas cosas.

33. Buscad pues
primero el reyno de
Dios, y su justicia, y
todas estas cosas 0s
seran aiiadidas.

34. Asi que no an-
déis cuidadosos por

denn derjel aia de mafiana,

867

LATIN,

quomodo augen
tur: non fatigan-
tur, neque nent.
29. Dico autem
vobis, quoniam
nec Salomon in
omni gloria sua
amictus est sicut
unum istorum.
30. Si autem
foenum agri hodie
existens, et cras
in clibanum in-
jectum, Deus sic
circumornat, non
multo magis vos,
exigue: fidei ?

31. Ne igitur
anxiemini, dicen-
tes: Quid man-
ducabimus, aut
quid bibemus,
aut quid circum-
amiciemur ?

32. Omnia enim
heec gentes inqui-
runt. Novit enim
Pater vester cse-
lestis quod opus
habetis horum
omnium.

33. Queerite au
tem primum reg-
num Dei, et juss
titiam ejus, et heec
omnia adponens
tur vobis.

34. Ne igitur
anxiemini in cras:
num cras curahit

868

GREEK.

MATTHEW, CHAPTERS VI., VII.

FRENCH. ENGLISH.

μεριμνήσει τὰ dav- | lendemain prendra_rowshall take thought
τῆς * ἀρκετὸν τῇ ἡμέ- Soin de ce qui le re- for the things of itself.

pa ἡ κακία αὐτῆς.

1. Μὴ κρίνετε, ἵνα
μὴ κριθῆτε.

2. Ἐν ᾧ γὰρ κρί-
ματι κρίνετε, κριθή-
σεσθε" καὶ ἐν ᾧ μέ-
τρῳ μετρεῖτε, ἀντιμε-
τρηθήσεται ὑμῖν.

3. τί δὲ βλέπεις τὸ
κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ
ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελ-
φοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ ἐν
τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δο-
κὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς ;

4, "Ἢ mos ἐρεῖς τῷ
ἀδελφῷ cov, “Ades
ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος
ἀπὸ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ
σου; καὶ ἰδοὺ ἡ δο-
ads ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ
σον"

5. Ὑποκριτὰ, ἔκ-
βαλε πρῶτον τὴν δο-
κὸν ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ
σου, καὶ τότε διαβλέ-
ψεις ἐκβαλεῖν τὸ
κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλ-
μοῦ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου.
,.0. Μὴ dare τὸ ἅγι-
ον τοῖς κυσὶ, μηδὲ
βάλητε τοὺς μαργα-
pitas ὑμῶν ἔμτρο-
wtlev τῶν χυίρων “1ἡ-

garde: ἃ chaque jour Sufficient unto the
suffit sa peine. | day is the evil thereof.

1. Ne jugez point,| 1. Judge not, that ye
afin que vous ne Βογ- be not judged.
ez point jugeés.

2. Car de tel juge-| 2. For with what
ment que vous juge-' judgment ye judge,
rez, vous serez juges; ye shall be judged;
et de telle mesure, and with what meas-
que vous mesurerez, ure ye mete, it shall
on vous mesurera ré-; be measured to you
ciproquement. again.

3. Et pourquoi re-; 3. And why behold-
gardes-tu le fétu qui; cst thou the mote that
est dans l’aeil de tonjis in thy brother’s
frére, et tu ne prends cye, but considerest
pas garde a la poutre not the beam that is
qui est dans ton ail δ in thine own eye ?

4. Oucomment dis-| 4. Or how wilt thou
tu a ton frére: Per-'say to thy brother,
mets que j’6te de ton! Let me pull out the
ceil ce fétu, et voila,! mote out of thine
tu as une poutre dans eye ; and behold, a
ton ail? beam is in thine own

jeye?

5. Hypocrite, dte: 5. Thou hypocrite,
premiérement de ton first cast out the beam
ceil la poutre, et apres ' out of thine own eye 5
cela tu verras com- and then shalt thou
ment tu 6teras le fétu ' see clearly to cast out
de I’ceil de ton frére.'the mote out of thy

brother’s eye.

6. Ne donnez point| 6. Give not that
les choses saintes aux | which is holy unto the
chiens, et ne jetez' dogs, neither cast ye
point vos perles de-|your pearls before
vant les pourceaux, swine, lest they tram

MATTISIEW, CHAPTERS VI., VII.

GERMAN

moraende Tag wird fir
das Geineforgen. (6
ift genug, δὰβ ein jeg:
licher Tag feine cigene
Plage habe.

1. Michrze niche, auf

δα β ibr niche gerichtet
‘werdet.

2. Denn mit welcher:
Tey Gericht iby richece,
werdet tbr gerichtet
Werden; und mit welch:
erlery Maag ihr πηι,
wird ench gemejfen wer:
den.

3. Wae fieheft du aber
den Splitter in δεῖ:
nes Bruder Auge, und
Wirft nicht gewahr den
Ballen in deinem Aue
ge?

4. Oder wie darfit du
fagen zu deinem Bru:
der: Halt, ih will dir
den Gplitter aus dei-
tem Uuge ziehben? und
fiehe, ein Balke ἢ in
deinem Unge.

5. Du Heuchler, zie
be an erften den Bal:
fen aus deinem Buge;
darnach befiehe, wie du
den Gplitter aus dei-
nes Bruders Auge gic:
δε,

6. Shr folle dag Hei:
figthum nicht ten Hun:
den geben, und eure
Perlen foll¢ iby niche
vor die Gdue werfer;

SPANISH.

porque el dia de ma-
fiana traer4 su cul-
dado ; bastale al dia
su proprio afan.

1. No juzgu€is pa-
raque no seais juz-
gados.

2. Porque con el
juicio con que juzgé-
reis seréis juzgados,
y con la medida con
que midiereis se os
volvera 4 medir.

3. Y 4g porqué ves
la mota en el ojo de
tu hermano y no
echas de ver la viga
que est& en tu ojo?

4. O 2como dices
& tu hermano, deja
que saque la mota de
tu ojo, y he aqui τά
tienes una viga en tu
proprio ojo?

5. Hip Scrita, echa
primero .a viga de
tu ojo, y entdnces
verds claramente pa-
ra sacar la mota del
ojo de tu hermano.

6. No déis lo santo
ἅ los perros ni ecté-
is yuestras perlas de-
lante de los puercos,
no sea que las hu-

869

LATIN.
suaipsius : suffi-
ciens di¢i malitia
sua.

1. Ne judicate,
ut non judicemi-
ni.

2. In quo enim
judicio judicave-
ritis, judicabimi-
ni: et in qua
mensura mensi
fueritis, remetie-
tur vobis.

3. Quid autem
intueris festucam
que in oculo fra-
tris tui, at in tuo
oculo trabem non
animadvertis ?

4. Aut quomodo
dices fratri tuo:
Sine ejiciam fe-
stucam de oculo
tuo, et ecce trabs
in oculo tuo ?

5. Hypocrita,
ejice primum tra-
bem de oculo tuo,
et tunc intueberis
ejicere festucam
de oculo fratris
tui.

6. Ne detis sanc
tum canibus, ne-
que mittatis mar-
garitas vestras
ante porcos, ne

870

GREEK.

wore καταπατήσωσιν
αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν
αὑτῶν, καὶ στραφέν-
τες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς.

7. Αἰτεῖτε, καὶ δ)-
θήσεται ὑμῖν " ζητεῖ-
τε, καὶ εὑρήσετε"
κρούετε, καὶ ἀνοιγή-
σεται ὑμῖν.

8. Πᾶς γὰρ ὁ al-
τῶν λαμβάνει, καὶ ὁ
ζητῶν εὑρίσκει, καὶ
τῷ κρούοντι ἀνοιγή-
σεται.

9. Ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ
ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν
ἐὰν αἰτήσῃ ὁ υἱὸς αὖ-
τοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον
ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ ;

10. Καὶ ἐὰν ἰχθὺν
αἰτήσῃ. μὴ ὄφιν ἐπι-
δώσει αὐτῷ;

11. El οὖν ὑμεῖς,
πονηροὶ ὄντες, οἴδατε
δόματα ἀγαθὰ διδόναι
τοῖς τέκνοις ὑμῶν, πό-
ow μᾶλλον 6 πατὴρ
ὑμῶν, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρα-
νοῖς, δώσει ἀγαθὰ
τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν;

12. Πάντα οὖν ὅσα
ἂν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶ-
σιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι,

FRENCH.
de peur qu’ils ne le
foulent ἃ leurs pieds.
et que se retournan
ils ne vous déchirent.

7. Demandez, et i

vous sera donné ;
cherchez, et vous
trouverez ; heurtez,

et il vous sera ouvert.

8. Car quiconque
demande, ‘regoit; et
quiconque _cherche,
trouve; et il sera ou-

vert ἃ celui qui
heurte.
9. Mais qui sera

homme d’entre vous
qui donne une pierre
a son fils, s’il lui de-
mande du pain ?

10. Et s’il lui de-
mande un poisson, lui
donnera-t-il un ser-
pent ?

11. Si donc vous,
qui étes mechans, sa-
vez bien donner ἃ vos
enfans des choses
bonnes, combien’plus
votre Pére qui est aux
cieux, donnera-t-il des
biens ἃ ceux qui les
lui demandent |!

12. Toutes les
choses done que yous
voulez que [68

οὕτω καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιεῖ- | hommes vous fassent,
re αὐτοῖς . ob 1s ydp | faites-les-leuraussi de
ἐστιν ὁ vévas «i οἷ! méme, car.c’est la loijis the law and the

MATTHEW, CHAPTER VII.

ENGLISH.

ple them under ther
feet, and tum again
and rend you.

7. Ask, and it shall
be’ given you; seek,
and ye shall find;
knock, and it shall be
opened unto you:

8. For every one
that asketh, receiv
eth; and he that seek-
eth, findeth; and to
him that knocketh, it
shall be opened.

9. Or what man is
there of you, whom
if his son ask bread,
will he give him a
stoner .

10. Or if he ask a
fish, will he give him
ἃ serpent ?

11. If ye, then, be-
ing evil, know how to
give good gifts unto
your children, how
much more shall your
Father which is in
heaven - give
things to them that
ask him ?

12. Therefore all
things whatsoever ye
would that men should
do to you, do ye even
so to them: for this

MATTHEW, CHAPTER VII.

371

GERMAN.
auf dag fle dicfelbigen
Niche zerereten mit ih:
ten Fiipen, md fic
wenden, und euch Zer:
teiper.

7. Bittet, fo wird ench
gegeben ; (εξ, fo wer:
δεῖ the finden; Flopfee
an, {0 wird euch aufges
tha.

8. Denn wer da bit:
tet, der cmpfanat; und
Wer da frcbet, der fin:
det; und wer δὰ an:
Flopfet, dom wird auf:
gethan.

9. Welcher it unter
euch Menfeben, fo ihn
fen Gohn biteee um
Brod, der ibm εἴποι
Seein bicte?

10. Over fo er iu
bittet wn einen Filch,
der ihm cine Gehlange
biete ?

11. Go denn ihr, die
ibr doch arg fend, ἔδιι:
net dennoch curen Rin:
der gute Gaben ge:
hen, wie vielmebr wird
ener Vater im Hunmel
Gutes geben deacn, die
tba bitten.

12. Ulfes nw, wag
ihr wollet, Daf} ench dtc
$eute than follen, das
thut ibr ibnens dag yt
das Gefeg und die Pro-
pheten.

SPANISH.

ellen con sus pies y
volviendose contra
vosotros os despeda-
cen.

7. Pedit, y se os
dara: buscad, y ha-
llaréis: llamad, y se
os abrira.

8. Porque todo a-
quel que pide récibe ;
y el que busca halla,
y al que llama se le
abrira.

9. O quien de vo-
sotros es el hombre
4 quien si su hijo pi-
diere pan acaso le
dara una piedra ?

10. O si le pidiere
un pez, acaso le dara
una serpiente ?

11. Si vosotros pues
siendo malos sabéis
dar buenas dadivas a
vuestros hijos ὁ cuan-
to mas vuestro Pa-
dre que esta en los
cielos dar& buenas
dadivas 4 los que se
las pidieren ?

12. Asi que todo lo
que quisiereis que los
hombres hagan con
vosotros, hacedlo asi
vosotros tambien con
ellos: porque esta es

LATIN.

forte conculcent
eas in pedibus su-
is, et conversi di-
rumpant vos.

7. Petite, et da-
bitur vobis : quee-
rite, et invenietis:
pulsate, et aperie-
tur vobis.

8. Omnis enim
petensaccipit : et
quéerens invenit,
et pulsanti speri-
etur.

9. Aut quis est
ex vobis homo,
quem si petierit
filius suus panem,
nunquid lapidem
dabit ei?

10. Et si piscem
petierit, nunquid
serpentem dabit
el?

11. Si ergo vos
mali existentes,
nostis data bona
dare filiis vestris,
quan 0 magis Pa-
ter ves‘er qui in
ceelis, dabit bona
petentibus se ?

12. Omnia ergo
queecumque vul-
tis ut faciant vo-
bis homines, ita
et vos facite illis.
Hec enim. 6,»

872

MATTHEW, CHAPTER VII.

GEEEKR.

mpopnras.

13, Εἰσέλθετε διὰ
τῆς στενῆς πύλης"
ὅτι πλατεῖα ἡ πύλη,
καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδὸς
ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν
ἀπώλειαν, καὶ πολλοί
εἰσιν of εἰσερχόμενοι
δι᾽ αὐτῆς.

14, Ὅτι στενὴ ἡ
πύλη, καὶ τεθλιμμένη
ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα
εἰς τὴν ζωὴν, καὶ ὀλί-
γοι εἰσὶν οἱ εὑρίσκον-
τες αὐτήν.

15. Προσέχετε δὲ
ἀπὸ τῶν ψευδοπρο-
φητῶν, οἵτινες ἔρχον-
ται πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ἐν-
δύμασι προβάτων,
ἔσωθεν δέ εἰσι λύκοι
ἅρπαγες.

16. ᾿Απὸ τῶν καρ
πῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώ-
σεσθε αὐτούς. Μήτι
συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀ-
_ κανθῶν σταφυλὴν, ἢ
ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα;

17. Οὕτω πᾶν δέν-
δρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς
καλοὺς ποιεῖ" τὸ δὲ
σαπρὸν δένδρον καρ-
“τοὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ.

18. οὐ δύναται
δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρ-
ποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖν,
οὐδὲ δένδρον σαπρὸν
καοποὺς καλοὺς ποι-
εἴν.

19. Πᾶν δένδρον μὴ

FRENCH.

et les prophétes.

13. Entrez par la
porte-étroite, car c’est
la porte large et le
chemin spacieux qui
méne a la perdition ;
et il y ena beaucoup
qui entrent par elle.

14. Car la porte est
étroite ; et le chemin
est étroit qui méne a
la vie; et il yena
peu qui le trouvent.

15. Or gardez-vous
des faux prophétes,
qui viennent & vous
en habits de _ brebis,
mais qui au-dedans
sont des loups ravis-
sans.

16. Vous les con-
naitrez a leurs fruits :
Cueille-t-on les rai-
sins ἃ des épines, ou
les figues ἃ des char-
dons ?

17. Ainsi tout bon
arbre fait de bons
fruits; mais le mau-
vais arbre fait de
mauvais fruits. .

18. Le bon arbre ne
peut point faire de
mauvais fruits, ni le
mauyais arbre faire
de bons fruits.

19. Tout arbre qui

EXGLISH.
prophets.

13. Enter ye in at
the strait gate; for
wide is the gate, and
broad is the way, that
leadeth to destruction,
and many there be
which go in thereat :

14. Because strait is
the gate, and narrow
is the way, which
leadeth unto life, and
few there be that find

it.

15. Beware of false
prophets, which come
to you in sheep’s
clothing, but inward-
ly they are ravening

wolves.

16. Ye shall know
them by their fruits.
Do men gather grapes
of thorns, or figs of
thistles ?

17. Even so every
good tree bringeth
forth good fruit; but
a corrupt tree bring-
eth forth evil fruit.

18. A tree can-
not nee forth evil
fruit, neither can a
corrupt tree bring
forth good fruit.

19. Every tree that

MATTHEW, CHAPTER VII.

878

GERMAN.

13. Gebet cin durch
die enae SPforte ; denn
Die Porte ijt weit, und
der Weg ift ἔτει, der
zur Berdammnigf ab:
fabret; und ihrer fiud
viele, die Darauf wan-
delu.

14. Und die Pforee
ἐξ enge, und Der Weg
ift fchmal, dev zum se:
ben (τεῦ. und weni:
ge find ibrer, die ibn
finden.

15. Gebet euch vor,
vor den falfchen Pro:

heten, die In Gehafe-
feidern gu euch fom:
men; inwendiq aber
find fle reiffende Wolfe.

16. Un ihren Friich:
ten follt ihr fle erFen:
nen, Kann man aud
Trauben lefen von den
Dornen, oder Feigen
pon den Difteln ?

17. Ulfo ein jealicher
guter ‘Baum bringet
gute Frichte; aber ein
fauler Baum bringet
arge Frischee.

18, Ein guter Bam
Fann niche arge Friichee
bringen, und cin fanler
Baum Fann nicht gute
Srichte bringen.

19. Gin feglicher

SPANISH.

la Ley y los Profetas.

13. Entrad por la
puerta angosta, por-
que ancha es la .pu-
erta, y espacioso el
camino que conduce
ἅ la perdicion, y mu-
chos son los que en-
tran por ella.

14. Porque estrecha
es la puerta, y an-
gosto el camino que
conduce a la vida y
pocos son los que
atinan con él.

15. Guardaos de los
falsos profetas que
vienen 4 vosotros
vestidos de pieles de
ovejas y por dentro
son lobos rapaces.

16. Por sus frutos
los conoceréis. Aca-
so se cogen uvas de
los espinos, 6 higos
de los abrojos ἡ

17. Asi mismo todo
Arbol bueno lleva bu-
en fruto, y el 4rbol
malo lleva mal fruto.

18. No puede el
4rbol bueno llevar
mal fruto, ni el 4r-
bol malo llevar fruto
bueno.

19. Todo 4rbol que
32

LATIN.

Lex et Prophete.

13. Intrate per
angustam portam,
quia lata porta et
spatiosa via du-
cens ad perditio-
nem, et multi sunt
ingredientes per
eam.

14. Quia angus-
ta porta, et stricta
via ducens ad vi-
tam, et pauci sunt
invenientes eam.

15. Attendite ve-
ro a falsis prophe-
tis, qui veniunt ad
vos in indumentis
ovium, intrinse-
cus autem = sunt
lupi rapaces.

16. A fructibus
eorum agnoscetis
eos. Nunquid col-
ligunt ἃ spinis
uvam, aut de tri-
bulis ficum ?

17. Sic omnis
arbor bona fruc
tus bonos facit.
at cariosa arbor
fructus malos fa-
cit...

18. Non potest
arbor bona fruc-
tus malos facere,
neque arbor cari
osa fructus pul-
chros facere.

19. Omnis arbor

374

ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν
ἐκκόπτεται, καὶ els

πῦρ βάλλεται

20. “Apaye ἀπὸ τῶν
καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπι-
γνώσεσθε αὐτούς.

21. Οὐ πᾶς ὁ λέ-
γων μοι, Κύριε, Κύ-
ριε, εἰσελεύσεται εἰς
τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν
οὐρανῶν > ἀλλ᾽ ὁ ποι-
ὧν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ
πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν
οὐρανοῖς.

22. Πολλοὶ ἐροῦσί
μοι ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέ-
pa, Κύριε, Κύριε, ov
τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι προ-
εφητεύσαμεν, καὶ τῷ
σῷ ὀνόματι δαιμόνια
ἐξεβάλομεν, καὶ τῷ
σῷ ὀνόματι δυνάμεις
πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν;

23. Kal τότε ὅμο-
λογήσω αὐτοῖς, ὅτι
οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς"
ἀποχωρεῖτε ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ
οἱ ἐργαζόμενοι τὴν
ἀνομίαν.

24. Πᾶς οὖν ὅστις
8 Φ ἢ
ἄκουει μον τοὺς λό-
γους τούτους, καὶ ποι-
εἴ αὐτοὺς, ὁμοιώσω

> 4 > 4A ἐ a
αὑτὸν ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ,
@ 3
ὅστις φκοδόμησε τὴν
οἰκίων αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὴν
πέτρων"

FRENCH.

ne fait point de bon
fruit, est coupé et je-
té au feu.

20. Vous les con-
naitrez donc ἃ leurs
fruits.

21. Tous ceux qui
me disent: Seigneur!
Seigneur! _n’entre-
ront pas dans le roy-
aume des cieux ; mais
celui qui fait la vo-
lonté de mon Pére
qui est aux cieux.

22. Plusieurs me di-
ront en ce jour-la:
Seigneur ! Seigneur !
n’avons-nous pas pro-
phétisé en fon nom ?
et n’avons-nous pas
chassé les demons en
ton nom ? et n’avons-
nous pas fait plusieurs
miracles en ton nom?

23. Mais je leur di-
ra alors tout ouverte-
ment: Je ne vous ai
jamais reconnus ; re-
tirez-vous de moi,
vous qui vous adon-
nez a l’iniquité.

24. Quiconque en-
tend donc ces paroles

que je dis, et les met

en pratique, je le com-
parerai ἃ Vhomme
prudent, qui a bati sa

MATTHEW, CHAPTER VII.

ENGLISH.

bringeth not forth
good fruit is hewn
down, and cast into
the fire.

20. Wherefore by
their fruits ye shall
know them.

21. Not every one
that saith unto me,
Lord, Lord, shall en-
ter into the kingdom
of heaven; but he:
that doeth the will of
my Father which is
in heaven.

22. Many will say
to me in that day,
Lord, Lord, have we
not prophesied in thy
name ? and in thy
name have cast out
devils ? and in thy
name done many
wonderful works ?

23. And then will I
profess unto them, I
never knew you: de-
part from me, ye that
work iniquity.

24. Therefore who-
soever heareth these
sayings of mine, and
docth them, I will
liken him unto a wise
man, which built his

maison sur la roche ;| house upon 8 rock:

og

MATTHEW, CHAPTER VII.

GERMAN.

Baum, der niche gute
SFrichte bringet, wird
abyehauen und ing Feu:
er qeworfen.

20. Darum arn ihren
Hritchten follt iby fee
erfennen,

21. ( ὁ werden niche
alle, die gu mit fagen:
Herve, Herr! in dae
Himmelretch fommen ;
fondern die den Willen
thun meines Baters
im Simmel,

BPANISH.

no lleva buen fruto,
sera cortado y echa-
do al fuego.

20. Por sus frutos
pues los conoceréis.

21. No todo aquel
que me dice Seior,
Seifior, entrar4 en el
reyno de los cielos,
sino aquel que hicie-
re la voluntad de mi
Padre que est& en

‘los cielos. -

22. Es werden viele |
ἐδ mir fagen an jenem!
age: Herr, Herr, haz
ben wir niche in deinem |
Mammen geweitfagec ?,
Huben wir niche in deiz )
nem = Mame Teufel,
ausgetrieben? Haber:
wit nicht in deinem,
Mumen viele Thaten
gcthan Ὁ
23. Dann werde ἰῷ
thraen befennen: Job
babe euch noch nie εἰ:
fannt ; weichet alle von
mir, ihr Uebclehdcer.

24. Darum, wer die:
fe meine Mede θότεῖ,
und thut fte, den ver:
gleiche ich cinem Flugen
Manne, der (cin Hans
auf einen Feljen bau-
ete,

A

22. Muchos me di-
ran en aquel dia Se-
fior, Sefior zgno he-
mos profetizado en
tu nombre? ¢y no
hemos en tu nombre
lanzado demonios ?
ΔΎ hecho muchos mi-
Jagros en tu nombre ?

23. Y enténces yo
les diré claramente.
Nunca os conoci;
apartaos de mi ope-
rarios de la maldad.

24. Por tanto todo
aquel que oye estas
mis palabras y las
practica, lo compa-
raré 4 un hombre
cuerdo que edificé su
casa sobre peiia.

'nomine

875

LATIN.

non faciens fruc-
tum _— pulchrum,
exscinditur, et in
ignem injicitur.

20. Itaque ex
fructibus eorum
agnoscetis eos.

21. Non omnis
dicens mihi, Do-
mine, Domine,
intrabit in regnum
celorum : sed fa-
ciens voluntatem
Patris mei, qui in
celis.

22. Multi dicent
mihi in illa-die:
Domine, Domine,
nonne tuo nomi-
ne _— prophetavi-
mus, et tuo no-
mine damonia —
ejecimus, et tuo
¢ ficien:
tias multas feci-
mus? .

23. Et tunc con-
fitebor illis, Quod
nunquam novi
vos; abscedite a
me omnes ope-
rantes iniquita-
tem.

24. Omnis ergo
quicunque audit
mea verba hec,
et facit ea, assi-
milabo illum viro
prudenti, qui sedi-
ficavit domum su-
am super petram

876

MATTHEW, CHAPTER VII.

GREEK.

FRENCH.

25. Kal κατέβη ἡ] 25. et lorsque la

βροχὴ, καὶ ἦλθον οἱ
ποταμοὶ, καὶ ἔπνευ-
χαν οἱ ἄνεμοι, καὶ
προσέπεσον τῇ οἷκίᾳ
ἐκείνῃ) καὶ οὐκ ἔπε-
σε" τεθεμελίωτο γὰρ
᾽πὶ τὴν πέτραν.

26. Καὶ πᾶς ὁ d-
κούων μου τοὺς λό-
γους τούτους, καὶ μὴ
ποιῶν αὐτοὺς, ὁμοιω-
θήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ
ὅστις ὠκοδόμησε τὴν
οἰκίαν αὑτοῦ ἐπὶ τὴν

ἄμμον -

27. Καὶ κατέβη ἡ
βροχὴ, καὶ ἦλθον οἱ
«οταμοὶ, καὶ ἔπνευ-
σαν of ἄνεμοι, καὶ
προσέκοψαν τῇ οἰκίᾳ
ἐκείνῃ, καὶ ἔπεσε"
καὶ ἦν ἡ πτῶσις av-
τῆς μεγάλη.

28. Καὶ ἐγένετο
ὅτε συνετέλεσεν ὁ
Ἰησοῦς τοὺς λόγους

’, > ὃ
τούτους, ἐξεπλήσ-
govro οἱ ὄχλοι ἐπὶ
τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ -

Φ
29, Ἦν γὰρ διδά-
σκω» αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξου-
σίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ

ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς.

|

pluie est tombée, et
que les torrens sont
venus, et que les
vents ont soufflé, et
ont donné contre
cette maison, elle
n’est point tombée,
parce qu’elle était
fondée sur la roche.
26. Mais quiconque
entend ces paroles
que je dis, et ne les
met point en pratique,
sera semblable a
"homme insensé, qui
a bati sa maison sur
le sable ;

27. et lorsque la
pluie est tombée, et
que les torrens sont
venus, et que les
vents ont souffié, et
ont donné_ contre
cette maison, elle est
tombée, et sa ruine
a été grande.

28. Or il arriva que
quand Jésus eut ache-
vé ce discours, les
troupes furent éton-
nées de sa doctrine ;

29. car il les ensei-
gnait comme ayant
de lautorite, et non
pas comine [65
scribes.

ENGLISH.

25. And the rain
desecnded, and the
floods came, and the
winds blew, and beat
ὅρου that house ; and
it fell not: for it was
founded upon a rock.

26. And every one
that heareth these
sayings of mine, and
doeth them not, shall
be likened unto a
foolish man, which
built his house upon
the sand:

27. And the rain
descended, and the
floods came, and the .
winds blew, and beat
upon that house ; and
it fell: and great was
the fall of it.

28. And it came to
pass, when Jesus had
ended these sayings,
the people were as-
tonished at his doc-
trine :

29. For he taught
them as one having
authority, and not us
the scribes.

MATTHEW, CHAPTER VII.

GEEMAN.

25. Da nun ein Plags
regen fiel, und cin Gee
waffer Pam, und webe-
ten die Winde, und
ftieBen an das Harte,
fiel ἐ6 doch nicht, denn
(ὁ war auf einen Felfen
Gegrindet.

26. Und wer diefe
meine Mede δότε, wud
thut fle nicht, der ἐπ
einem ehérichter Man:
ne gleich, der fein Haus
auf den Gand bauete.

27. Da nun ein Plas:
regen fiel, und fam ein
— Gewalfer, und webheten
die Winde, und ftiefen
an das Hans, da fiel es,
und that einen grogen
Gall.

28. Itnd es begab fich,
da Telus dicfe Mede
vollendet hatte, entfegte
fic das Bolt ber fei
ne ἐε τέ,

29. Deun ev predigte
gewaltig, und nicht wi?
bie Sebriftgelehrten.

eee

SPANISH.

25. Y¥ descendid
lluvia, y vinieron ri-
os, y soplaron vien-
tos, y dieron con im-
petu sobre aquella
casa y no cayé por-
que estaba cimenta-
da sobre peiia.

26. Y todo aquel
que oye estas mis
palabras, y no las
cumple, sera seme-
jante 4 un hombre
loco que edific6é su
casa sobre arena.

27... Y descendid
lluvia, y rios vinie-
ron, y soplaron vien-
tos, y dieron impetu-
osamente sobre a-
quella casa, y cayé,
y fué grande su rul-
na.

28. Y sucedié que
cuando Jesus hubo
concluido estos razo-
namientos las gentes
estaban pasmadas de
su doctrina.

29. Porque los en-
seiiaba como quien
tiene autoridad y no
& la manera de los
Escribas,

82"

377

LATIN.

25. Et descen-
dit pluvia et vene-
runt flumina, οἱ
flaverunt venti, et
procubuerunt do-
mui illi, et non
cecidit: fundata
erat enim super
petram.

26. Et omnis
audiens mea ver-
ba hee, et non
faciens ea, assi-
milabitur viro
stulto, qui edifi-
cavit domum su-
am super 86"
nam:

27. Et descen-
dit pluvia, et vee
nerunt flumina, et
flaverunt venti, et
proruerunt domu
illi, et cecidit, et
fuit casus illius
magnus.

28. Et factum
est, quum con-
summasset Jesus
sermones hos,stu-
pebant illum tur-
bee super doctrina
ejus.

29. Erat enim
docens eos ut auc-
toritatem habens,
et non sicut Scrr
bee.

878

GREBK. FPREXCH.

1. Καταβάντι δὲ 1, Et quand il fut
αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους, descendu de la mon-
ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ tagne, 46 grandes
ὄχλοι πολλοί. ‘troupes le suivirent.

2. Καὶ ἰδοὺ λεπρὸς 2. Et voici, un lé-
ἐλθὼν προσεκύνει av-| preux vint et se pro-
τῷ, λέγων Κύριε, ἐὰν Sterna devant lui, en
θέλῃς, δύνασαί pe xa- | lui disant: Seigneur,
θαρίσαι. si tu veux, tu peux

me rendre net.

8. Καὶ ἐκτείνας τὴν] 3. Et Jésus etendant
χεῖρα, ἥψατο αὐτοῦ | la main, le toucha, en
ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Aéyov-'disant: Je le veux,
Θέλω, καθαρίσθητι "8018 net; et inconti-
Kal εὐθέως éxaGapi-| nent sa lépre fut gué-
σθη αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα. | Tie.

4. Καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ͵ 4. Puis Jésus lui dit:
ὁ Ἰησοῦς" Ὅρα py-| Prends garde de ne le
Sevl εἴπῃς" ἀλλὰ dire ἃ personne; mais
ὕπαγε, σεαυτὸν dei-|Va, et te montre au
fov τῷ ἱερεῖ, καὶ sacrificateur, et offre
προσένεγκε τὸ δῶρον, |le don que Moise a
ὁ προσέταξε Μωσῆς, | ordonné,afin que cela
els μαρτύριον atrois.' leur serve de témoi-

gnage.
5. ἙΕἰσελθόντι δὲ! 5. Et quand Jésus

τῷ Ἰησοῦ eis Καπερ- | fut entré dans Caper-
ναοὺμ, προσῆλθεν | naiim, un centenier

αὐτῷ δκατόνταρχος | vint ἃ lui, le priant,
παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν,

6. et disant: Sei-
ριεη ὁ παῖς μου Ae-| gneur, mon serviteur
βληται ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ est paralytique dans
παραλυτικὸς, δεινῶς ma maison, et il souf-
βασανιζόμενος. fre extrémement.

6. Kal λέγων, Κύ-

7. Kal λέγει αὐτῷ 7. Jésus lui dit: J'i-
Ἰησοῖς > ᾿Εγὼ @\-| rai, et je le guérirai.

re SE ἷΔὁ[ [ΙἑΟ.΄'ΡῤΘ οι...

MATTHEW, CHAPTER VIII.

ENGLISH.

1. When he was
come down from the
mountain, great mul.
titudes followed him.

2. And behold, there
came a leper and wor-
shipped him, saying,
Lord, if thou wilt,
thou canst make me
clean.

3. And Jesus put
forth his hand, and
touched him, saying,
I will; be thou clean.
And immediately his
leprosy was cleansed.

4. And Jesus saith
unto him, See thou
tell no man; but
thy way, show thyself
to the priest, and offer
‘the gift that Moses
commanded, for a tes-
timony unto them.

5. And when Jesus
was entered into Ca-
pernaum, there came
unto him a centurion,
beseeching him,

6. And saying, Lord,
my servant lieth at
home sick of the pal-
sy, grievously tor.
mented.

7. And Jesus saih
unto him, I will come

MATTHEW, CHAPTER VIII.

GERMAN.

. 1. Da ev aber vom
Bere herat ging folg:
te ibm viel Volls nach.

2. Und flebe, cin Ane:

fagiger Cam, und betcte
bu an, und fpracd:
Herr,. fo du τοἱ
fannjt du mich wobl
reinigen.

3. Und Yefug ftrecte
feine Hand aus, rithre:
te ihn an, und fprach:
Ich wills thun; fey ge:
retuiget. Und alfobald
ward er von feinem
Augfag rein.

4, Und Jefus fpracd
quihm: Giche ju, fa:
ge es niemand; fon:
dern gehe bin, und γε,»
ge Dich dem SPriefter,
und opfere die Gabe,
Die Mofes befohlen hat,

u einem Senguif, δεν

(.
5. Da aber Yefus ein:
ging’ gu Capernaum,
frat cin Hauptmann
gu ihm, der bat ibn,

6. Und fprach: Herr,
mein Knecht fiege zu
Haufe, und ἢ} gichebri:
chia, nud bat groge
Qual,

7. Jefue fprach yn
ibm Sch will fom:

SPANISH.

1. Y cuando hubo
descentido del monte
le seguian muchas
gentes.

"2. Y he aqui viné

un leproso, y le ado-
raba diciendo Seiior,
si ti quieres puedes
limpiarme.

3. Y estendiendo
Jesus la mano le to-
cé diciendo: Quie-
ro, se limpiéd, ὁ in-
mediatamente quedo
limpio de su lepra.

4. Entonces Jesus
le dij6 : Mira no lo
digas ἃ nadie mas ve,
presentate al Sacer-
dote, y ofrece el don
que Moyses ordené
en testimonio 4 ellos.

5. Y habiendo en-
trado Jesus en Ca-
pharnaum se llegé 4
él un centurion ro-

gandole.

6. Y¥ diciendo : Se-
fior, mi criado est&
postrado en cama
paralitico reciamente
atormentado.

ἢ. Y Jesus le dijo:
Yo iré y le sanaré.

879

LATIN.

1. Descendeute
autem eo de mon-
te, secute sunt
eum turbe mul-
te.
2. Et ecce le-
prosus veniens,
adorabat eum, di-
cens: Domine, si
velis, efficax es
me mundare.

3. Et extencens
manum, _ tetigit
eum Jesus, di-
cens: Volo, mun-
dare. Et confes-
tim mundata est
ejus lepra.

4: Et ait illi Je.
sus: Vide, nemi-
ni dixeris: sed
abi, teipsum os-
tende sacerdoti,
et offer munus
quod _s preecepit
Moyses, in testi-
monium illis.

5. Introeunte au-
tem Jesu in Ca.-
pernaum, acces-
sit ad eum Cen-
turio, appellans
eum,

6. Et dicens:
Domine, _ fuer
meus jacet in do-
mo paralyticus,
vehementer dise
cruciatus.

7. Et ait illiJe
sus : Ego veniens

880

MATTHEW, CHAPTER VIII.

GREEE.
θὼν θεραπεύσω
τόν.
8. Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς
ὁ ἑκατόνταρχος ἔφη "
Κύριε, οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκα-
νὸς ἵνα μον ὑπὸ τὴν
στέγην εἰσέλθης "
ἀλλὰ μόνον εἰπὲ λό-
ye, καὶ ἰαθήσεται ὁ
παῖς μου.

αὐὖ-

9. Καὶ γὰρ ἐγὼ ἄν-
θρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξ-
aveiay, ἔχων ὑπ᾽
ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας "
καὶ λέγω τούτῳ; πο-
ρεύθητι, καὶ πορεύε-
ται" καὶ ἄλλῳ, ἔρ-
χουν, καὶ ἔρχεται"
καὶ τῷ δούλῳ μου,
ποίησον τοῦτο, καὶ
ποιεῖ.

10. ᾿Ακούσας δὲ ὁ
Ἰησοῦς, ἐθαύμασε,
καὶ εἶπε τοῖς ἀκολου-
θοῦσιν" ᾿Αμὴν λέγω
ὑμῖν, οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ Ἰσ-
ραὴλ τοσαύτην πί-
στιν εὗρον.

11. Λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν,
ὅτι πολλοὶ ἀπὸ ἀνα-
τολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν ἧ-
ἔουσι, καὶ ἀνακλιθή-
σονται μετὰ ᾿Αβραὰμ
καὶ ᾿Ισαὰκ καὶ ᾽1α-
κὼβ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ
τῶν οὐρανῶν"

12 οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς

FRENCH.

8. Mais le centenier
lui répondit: Sei-
gneur, je ne suis pas
digre que tu entres
sous mon toit; mais
dis seulement la pa-
role, et mon serviteur
sera guéri.

9. Car moi-méme,
qui suis un homme
constitué sous la puis-
sance d’autrui, j'ai
sous moi des gens de
guerre, et je dis a
Pun: Va, et il va; et
ἃ un autre: Viens, et
il vient; et & mon

ENGLISH.
and heal him.

8. The centurion
answered and said,
Lord, I am not wor-
thy that thou should-
est come under my
roof: but speak the
word only, and my
servant shall be
healed.

9. For I am a man
under authority, hav-
ing soldiers under
me: and I say to this
man, Go, and he go-
eth; and to another,
Come, and he cometh;
and to my servant,
Do this and he doeth

serviteur: Fais cela, 1.

et il le fait.

10. Ce que Jésus
ayant entendu, il s’en
étonna, et dit ἃ ceux
qui le suivaient: En
vérité, je vous dis que
je n’ai pas trouvé,
méme en Israél, une
si grande fol.

11. Mais je vous dis
que plusieurs vien-
dront d’Orient et
d’Occident, et seront
ἃ table dans le roy-
aume des cieux, avec
Abraham, Isaac et
Jacob. .

| 12. Et les enfans du

10. When Jesus
heard it, he marvelled,
and said to them that
followed, Verily I say
unto you, | have not
found so at faith,
no, not in Israel.

11. And I say unto
you, That many shall
come from the east
and west, and shall
sit down with Abra-
ham, and Isaac, and
Jacob, in the kingdom
of heaven :

12. But the children

MATTHEW, CHAPTER VITt.

GERMAN

men, tind ibn gefund
machen.

8. Der Hauptmann
antwortete, und (prach:
Herr, ich bin niche
werth, daB δι. wuneer
mein Dach geheit ; fon:
dern fpric) nur ein
Wort, fo wird mein
Kueche gefund.

9. Denn ich bin ein
Menfeh, dazu δεῖ
Obrigteit unterehan,
md habe unter mir
Kriegefuechee : doch
went ich fage 3 einen:
Gehe hin, fo gebee
εὐ ; πιὸ zum andern:
Komm ber, fo tomme
evs πὸ gu meinem
Kuechte: Thue das, fo
thut erg.

10. Da daé Yefue

drete, verwunderte er

th, und fprach zu δὲ:
nen, die ihm nacdhfoly:
ten: Wabhrlich, ἰῷ fas
ge ἐπ), folchen Glau:
ben habe ish iu γε
nicht gefunden.

11. Uber ich fage euch:
Biele werden fommen
bom Morgen und vom
Abend, und mie Abra:
bam und Sfaal πε
Safob ins Himmelreich
figen.

12. Uber tie Kinder

SPANISH.

8. Enténces el cen-
turion le respondié
diciendo: Seiior yo
no soy digno de que
entres debajo de mi
techo, mas di sola-
mente la palabra, y
sanara mi criado.

9. Porque yo tam-
bien soy hombre su-
jeto 4 la autoridad de
otro, y tengo 4 mis
érdenes soldados, y
digo 4 este: Vé y
va; y al otro ven, y
viene: y 4 mi cria-
do: haz esto, y lo
hace.

10. Al oir Jesus se
maravillé y dijé 4
los que le seguian:
En verdad os digo
que no he hallado fé
tan grande, no, ni en
Israel.

11. Y os digo que
vendran muchos de
oriente, y de occi-
dente, y se sentaran
con Abraham, é
Isaac y Jacob en el
rayno de los cielos.

12. Y los hijos del

881

LATIN.
curabo eum.

8. Et respon-
dens Centurio ait:
Domine, non sum
idoneus ut meum
sub tectum intres:
sed tantum dic
verbum, et sana-
bitur puer meus.

9. Etenim ego
homo sum _ sub
auctoritatem, ha-
bens sub meip-
sum milites: et*
dico hyic, Vade,
et vadit: et alii,
Veni, et venit: et
servo meo, Fac
hoc, et facit.

10. Audiens au-
tem Jesus, mira-
tus est: et ait se-
quentibus: Amen
dico vobis, neque
in Israél tantam
fidem inveni.

11. Dico autem
vobis, quod multi
ab orientibus et
occidentibus ve-
nient, et recum-
bent cum Abra-
ham, et Isaac, et
Jacob in regno
ceelorum.

12. Filii autem

882

GREEK.
βασιλείας ἐκβληθή-
σονται εἷς τὸ σκότος
τὸ ἐξώτερον" ἐκεῖ
ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ
ὁ βρνγμὸς τῶν ὁδόν-
τῶν.

18. Καὶ εἶπεν ὁ
Ἰησοῦς τῷ ἕκατον-
τάρχῳ " ὕπαγε, καὶ
ὡς ἐπίστευσας γενη-
θήτω σοι. Καὶ ἰάθη
6 παῖς αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ
ὥρᾳ ἐκείνῃ.

14. Καὶ ἐλθὼν ὁ
“Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν
Πέτρον, ἔΐδε τὴν πεν-
θερὰν αὐτοῦ βεβλη-
μένην καὶ πυρέσσου-
σαν"

15. Καὶ ἥψατο τῆς
χειρὸς αὐτῆς, καὶ ἀ-
φῆκεν αὐτὴν 6 πυρε-
τός " καὶ ἠγέρθη, καὶ
διηκόνει αὐτῷ.

16. ’Owias δὲ γε-
νομένης προσήνεγκαν
αὐτῷ δαιμονιζομένους
πολλοὺς + καὶ ἐξέβα-
λε τὰ πνεύματα λό-
γῳ, καὶ πάντας τοὺς
κακῶς ἔχοντας ἐθε-
ράπευσεν.

17. “Ὅπως πληρω-
θῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἢ-
σαΐου τοῦ προφήτου,
λέγοντος " ““ Αὐτὸς
τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν
ὅλαβε, καὶ τὰς νόσους

«βάστασε:.,"

PRENOH.

royaume seront jetés
dans les ténébres de
dehors, ot: 1] y aura
des pleurs et des
grincemens de dents.

13. Alors Jésus dit
au centenier: Va, et
quwil te soit fait selon
que tuascru. Et a
Pheure méme 808
serviteur fut guéri.

14. Puis Jésus étant
venu dans la maison
de Pierre, vit la belle-
mére de Pierre qui
était au lit, et qui
avait la fiévre.

15. Et lui ayant tou-
ché la main, la fiévre
la quitta : puis elle se
leva, et les servit.

16. Et le soir étant
venu, on lui présenta
plusieurs § démoni-
aques, desquels il
chassa par sa parole
les esprits malins, et
guérit tous ceux qui
se portaient mal ;

17. afin que fut ac-
compli ce dont il avait
été parlé par Esale
le pfophéte, en di-
sant: Il a pris nos
langueurs, et a porté
nos maladies.

MATTHEW, CHAPTER VIL.

ENGLISH.

of the kingdom shal]
be cast out into out-
er darkness: there
shall be weeping and
gnashing of teeth.

13. And Jesus said
unto the centurion,
Go thy way; and as
thou hast: believed, so
be it done unto thee.
And his servant was
healed in the self-
same hour. ἡ

14. And when Jesus
was come into Peter’s
house, he saw his
wife’s mother laid,
and sick of a fever

15. And he touched
her hand, and the fe-
ver left her: and she
arose, and ministered
unto them.

16. When the even
was come, _ they
brought unto him
many that were pos-
sessed with devils.
and he cast out the
spirits with his word,
and healed all that
were sick :

17. That it might
be fulfil.ed which was
spoken by Esaias the
prophet, saying, Him-
self took our infirmi-
ties and bare our sick
nesses.

MATTHEW, CHAPTER VIII.

888

GERMAN.

des Meichs werden aus:
geftofen in die dugerite
Finfternig hinaus, da
wird fenn Heulen und
Bahullappen.

13. Und Jefus fprach
qu dem Hauptmanne :
Gebe hin, dir gefchebe,
wie du geglaubet bait.
Und fein Knecht ward
gefund ju derfelbigen
Geunde.

14. Und Sefus tam
in SPPetri Haus, und
fabe, daf {εἰπε Gchwie-
germutter [ag, und bat:
te das Sieber.

15. Da griff er ihre
Hand an, und das Fie-
ber verlief fle. Und fle
ftand auf, und Ddienete
ihnen.

16. Um Abend aber
brachten fle viele Be:
feffene zu ihm; und er
trich die Geifter aus
mit Worten, und mach:
te. allerien Kranke ge:
fund.

17. Unf daG erfillet
witrde, das aefagt ift
durch den SPropheten
Jefaia, der da fpricht:
Er hat unfcre Gchwach:
δεῖς auf fic genommnen,
und unfere Geuche hat

SPANISH.

reyno seran echados
4 las tinieblas esteri-
ores. Alli sera el
llanto y el crugir de
dientes.

13. Y Jesus dijé al
centurion: Vé y co-
mo creiste asi te sea
hecho. Y fué’ sano
el siervo en aquella
hora. |

14. Y habiendo
llegado Jesus 4 la
casa de Pedro vié 4
su suegra postrada
en cama, y con fie-
bre.

15. Y toc6 su ma-
no, y la fiebre la dejé,
y levantose, y los
servia.

16. Y venida la tar-
de le trajeron mu-
chos endemoniados,
y con su palabra lan-
zaba los espiritus, y
curé 4 todos los do-
lientes.

17. Para que se
cumpliese lo que fué
dicho por el profeta
Isaias, cuando ἀϊ)ό.
ΕἸ mismo tomé nu-
estras enfermedades,
y carg6 con nuestras

LATIN. .
regni ejicientur in
tenebras exterio-
res: ibi erit fle-
tus, et fremitus
dentium.

13. Et dixit Je
sus Centurioni :
Abi, et sicut cre-
didisti, fiat tibi.
Et sanatus_ est
puer ejus in hora
illa.

14. Et in
Jesus in domum
Petri, vidit βο-
crum ejus jacen-
tem et febrici-
tantem :

15. Et tetigit
manum ejus, et
dimisit eam fe-
bris: et surrexit,
et ministrabat eis.

16. Vespere au-
tem facto, obtu-
lerunt ei deemoni-
acos multos, et
ejiciebat spiritus
verbo et omnes
male habentes sa-
nabat: -

17. Ut adimple-
retur dictum per
Isaiam Prophe-
tam, dicentem :
Ipse iafirmitates
nostras accepit, et
segrotationes por-

884

18. ᾿Ιδὼν δὲ 6 Ἶη-
σοῦς πολλοὺς ὄχλους
περὶ αὑτὸν, ἐκέλευ-
σεν ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὸ

sré pay.

19. Καὶ προσελ-
θὼν εἷς Tpappareds,
φ + "“ ’
εἶπεν auro* Διδά-
σκαλε, ᾿ἀκολουθήσω
σοι ὅπου ἐὰν ἀπέρ-

xn-

20. Καὶ λέγει av-
τῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς" Al
ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς
ἔχουσι, καὶ τὰ πετεί-
να τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατα-
σκηνώσεις " ὁ δὲ υἱὸς
τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ
ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφα-
λὴν κλίνῃ.

21. Ἕτερος δὲ τῶν
μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ εἶπεν
avrg: Κύριε ἐπίτρε-
ψόν μοι πρῶτον
ἀπελθεῖν, καὶ θάψαι
τὸν πατέρα μον.

22. Ὁ δὲ ᾿ἸΙησοῦς
εἶπεν αὐτῷ" ᾿Ακο-
λούθει μοι, καὶ ἄφες
τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι
τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς.

23. Καὶ ἐμβάντι
αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ πλοῖον,
ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ
μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ.

24. Καὶ ἰδοὺ, σεισ-

FRENCH.

18. Or Jésus voyant
autour de lui de
grandes troupes, com-
manda de passer a
autre rivage.

19. Et un scribe
s’approchant, lui dit:
Maitre, je te suivrai
partout ou tu iras.

20. Et Jésus luidit:
Les renards ont des
taniéres, et les oi-
seaux du ciel ont des
nids; mais le Fils de
homme n’a pas ou
il puisse reposer sa
téte.

21. Puis un autre de
ses disciples lui dit:
Seigneur, permets-
moi d’aller premiére-
ment ensevelir mon
pére.

22. Et Jésus lui dit:
Suis-moi, et laisse les
morts ensevelir leurs
morts.

23. Et quand il fut
entré dans la nacelle,
ses disciples le sui-
virent.

24. Et, voici, il s’é-

MATTHEW, CHAPTER VITI.

ENGLISH.

18. Now when Je-
sus saw great multi
tudes about him, he
gave commandment
to depart unto the
other side.

19. And a certain
scribe came, and said
unto him, Master, I

will follow thee
whithersoever thou
goest.

20. And Jesus saith
unto him, The. foxes
have holes, and the
birds of the air have
nests; but the Son of
man hath not where
to lay his head.

21. And another of
his disciples said un-
to him, Lord, suffer
me first to go and
bury my father.

22. But Jesus said
unto him, Follow me;
and let the dead bury
their dead.

23. And when he
was entered into a
ship, his disciples fol-
lowed him.

24. And _ behold,

μὸς μέγας éyévero! leva sur la mer une sijthere arose a great

MATTHEW, CHAPTER VIII.

885

er getragen.

18. Und da Yefus viel
Bolle um fich fabe,
~bieG ex hiniber jenfecit
des Meers fabren..

19. Und es trat ju
ihm ein Gebriftgelche:
ter, dev (prach gu ibm:
Meifter, icy will dir
folgen, wo du bingebeft.

20. efus {nate zu
ihm: Die Fuchfe ha:
ben Gruben, und die
VWodgel unter dem Him:
mel haben Mefter; aber
des Menfchen Gohn
Hat nicht, da er fein
Haupt hinlege.

21. Und ein anderer
unter feinen Jiugern
fprach gu ihm: Serr,
erlaube mir, dag§ ich
hingehe,. und — zuvor
meinen Vater begrabe.

22. Uber χει fprach
gu thm: Folge du mir,

SPANISH.

dolencias.

18, Mas como vie-
se Jesus muchas gen-
tes al rededor de si,
orden6é pasar 4 la
otra parte del lago.

19. Y llegandose 4
él un Escriba le dijé :
Maestro te seguiré
adonde quiera que
fueres.

20. Y Jesus le dijé
las zerras tienen ma-
drigueras y las aves
del cielo nidos, mas
el Hijo del hombre
no tiene donde recli-
nar su cabeza.

21. Y otro de sus
disctpulos le dijé:
Seiior permite que
primero vaya y enti-
erre 4 mi padre.

22. Mas Jesus le
dij6: sigueme y de-

und [ag die Zodten ihre|ja que los muertos

Todten begraben.

23. Und er trat in das
SGOiff, und (εἰπε Jiu:
ger folgten ibm. -

24, Und flebe, da er:
bob fic ein grofes Un-

entierren 4 sus mu-
ertos. .
23. Y habiendo é
entrado en un barco
le siguieron sus dis-
cipulos.

24. Y he aqui se
levanté una tempes-

LATIN.

Lavit.

18. Videns au-
tem Jesus multas
turbas circum se,
jussit abire in ul-
terius.

19. Et accedens _
unus Scriba, ait
illi: Magister, se-
quar te quocum-
que ieris.

20. Et dicit ei
Jesus : Vulpes fo-
veas habent, et
volucres czli um-
bracula: Filius
autem hominis
non habet ubi ca-
put reclinet.

21. Alius autem
discipulorum ejus
ait illi: Domine,
permitte mihi pri-
mum abire, et 56-
pelire patrem me-

um.

22. At Jesus ait
illi: Sequere me,
et dimitte mortu-
os sepelire suos
mortuos.

23. Et ascen-
dente .eo in navi-
culam, secuti sunt
eum discipuli e-
jus.

24. Et ecce mo-
tus magnus fac-

886

ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ, Sore grande tempéte, que
vd πλοῖυν καλύπτε- la nacelle était cou-
σθαι ὑπὸ τῶν xvpd-| verte de flots; et Jé-
τῶν " αὐτὸς δὲ éxd-| sus dormait.
θευδε.

25. Kat mpoced-| 25. Et ses disciples
θόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ vinrent, et léveillé-
αὐτοῦ ἤγειραν αὐτὸν, ‘rent, en lui disant:
λέγοντες" Κύριε, σῶ- Seigneur, sauve-nous,
σον ἡμᾶς, ἀπολλύ- | nous périssons !
peda.

26. Kal λέγει av-| 26. E: il leur dit:
rois: Ti δειλοί ἐστε, Pourquoi avez-vous
ὀλιγόπιστοι ; Τότε peur, gens de petite
ἐγερθεὶς ἐπετίμησε' ἴοἱ ὃ — Alors s’étant
τοῖς ἀνέμοις καὶ rp: leve, il parla forte-
θαλάσσῃ " καὶ éyéve-| ment aux vents et a
τὸ γαλήνη μεγάλη. |la mer, et il se fit un

grand calme.

27. Οἱ δὲ ἄνθρω.) 27. Et les gens qui
ποι ἐθαύμασαν, λέ- | étaient la s’en éton-
youres: orands nérent. et dirent: Qui
ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι καὶ est celui-ci que les
of ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θά- ' vents méme et la mer
λασσα ὑπακούουσιν lui obéissent ?
αὐτῷ;

28. Καὶ ἐλθόντι, 28. Et quand il fut
αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ πέραν εἰς passé ἃ autre cété,
τὴν χώραν τῶν ΤῈρ- ! dans le pays des Ger-
γεσηνῶν, ὑπήντησαν géséniens, deux dé-
αὐτῷ δύο δαιμονιζό- | moniaques étant sor-
μένοι, ἐκ τῶν μνημεί- | tis des sépulcres vin-
ων ἐξερχόμενοι, χα- | rent le rencontrer ; et
λεποὶ λίαν, ὥστε μὴ ils étaient si dange-
σχύειν τινὰ maped- | reux que personne ne
θεῖν διὰ τῆς ὁδοῦ pouvait passer par ce
ἐκείνης. chemin-la.

FRENCH.

29. Καὶ ἰδοὺ éxpa-| 29. Et, voici, ils
fav, λέγοντες" Ti 8’écriérent, en disant:
muiv καί σοι, Ἰησοῦ Qu’y a-t-il entre nous

MATTHEW, CHAPTER VIII.

ENGLISH.

tempest in the sea,
insomuch that the
ship was covered with
the waves: but he’
was asleep.

25. And his disci-
ples came to him, and
awoke him, saying.
Lord, save us: we
perish.

26. And he saith
unto them, Why are
ye fearful, O ye of
little faith? Then he
arose, and rebuked
the winds and the
sea; and there was
ἃ great calm.

27. But the men
marvelled, saying,
What manner of man
is this, that even the
winds and the ser
obey him !

28. And when hs
was come to the other
side, into the country
of the Gergesenes,
there met him two
possessed with devils,
coming out of the
tombs, exceeding
fierce, so that no man
might pass by that
way.

29. And behold, they
cried out, sa ing,
What have we .o do

MATTHEW, CHAPTER VIII.

GERMAN.

aeftiim im Meer, alfo,
dak aud das Gebifflein
mic IWGellen bedectt
ward; und er fchlief.

25. πὸ die FJanger
traten 21 thm, und
weedten ign anf, und
fprachen: Herr, galf
uns, wir verderben!

26. Da faate er ju
ihuen: Yor Kleinglau:
bigen, warum fend ibr
fo furctjam? = Uno
ftand auf, und bedro:
Hete den Wind und dag
Meer 5 da ward es gan}
ftille.

27. Die Menfchen
aber verwunderten fich,
und (prachen: Was it
dus fir ein Mann, daf
ihr Wind und Meer
gcborjam it?

28. Und er fam jeu:

feit des WMeerg, in die
Gegend der Gergefe:
ner, Da liefer thm
entaeaen gween Beles:
fene, die Puen aus den
Toodtengrabern, nnd
Waren (τ arimmig,
alfo, dah uiemand die:
felbe Gerage wandeln
Fonnte,

29. Und flehe, {{
fchriecen und fprachen :
Ud Yefu, su Gohn

SPANISH.

tad tan grande en el
mar que las olas cu-
brian el barco. Yel
dormia.

25. Y llegandose 4
él sus discipulos le
dispertaron diciendo:
Seiior, salvanos que
perecemos.

26. Y el les dijo:
é Qué teméis 6 hom-
bres de poca fé? Y
levantandose repren-
dio 4 los viéntos y 4
la mar y_ siguidse
gran bonanza.

27. Y los hombres
se maravillaron y
decian: 4 Quién es
este que hasta los
vientos, y el mar le
obedecen ?

28. Y cuando Je-
sus hubo pasado 4
la otra parte del la-
go en el pais de los
Gergesenos vinieron
& su encuentro dos
endemoniados que
salian de los sepul-
cros de tal manera
fieros que nadie po-
dia pasar por aquel
camino.

29. Υ he aqui que
empezaron 4 dar gri-
tos diciendo ; qué te-

887
LATIN.

tus est in mari,
ita ut naviculam
operiri sub flucti-
bus: ipse vero
dormiebat.

25. Et acceden-
tes discipuli ejus,
suscitaverunt e-
um, dicentes : Do-
mine, salva nos,
perimus.

26. Et dicit eis:
Quid timidi estis,
exigue _fidei ?
Tunc surgens im-
peravit ventis et
mari, et facta est
tranquillitas mag-

na.

27. At homines
mirati sunt, di-
centes: Qualis
est hic, quia et
venti et mare obe-
diunt ei?

28. Et venienti
\asi in ulterius in
regionem Gerge-
senorum, occur-
rerunt ei duo de-
moniaci de monu-
mentis exeuntes,
seevi nimis, ita ut
non valere quen-
quam transire per
viam illam.

29. Et ecce cla
maverunt, εἰ δ»
tes: Quid nobis

888
GREEK.

υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ; ἦλθες
ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βα-

σανίσαι ἡμᾶς;

80. Ἦν δὲ μακρὰν
ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἀγέλη χοί-
ρὼν πολλῶν βοσκο-
μένη.

91. οἱ δὲ δαίμονες
παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν,
λέγοντες > El ἐκβάλ-
λεις ἡμᾶς, ἐπίτρεψον
ἡωῖν ἀπελθεῖν els
τὴν ἀγέλην τῶν χοί-

y.
32. Kal εἶπεν ai-
τοῖς " Ὑπάγετε. Οἱ
δὲ ἐξελθόντες ἀπῆλ-
Gov εἰς τὴν ἀγέλην
τῶν χοίρων. Kal ἰδοὺ,
ὥρμησε πᾶσα ἡ ἀγέ-
λη τῶν χοίρων κατὰ
τοῦ κρημνοῦ εἰς τὴν
θάλασσαν, καὶ ἀπέ-
θανον ἐν τοῖς ὕδασιν.

33. Οἱ δὲ βόσκον-
τες ἔφυγον, καὶ ἀπελ-
θόντες εἰς τὴν πόλιν,
ἀπήγγειλαν πάντα,
καὶ τὰ τῶν δαιμονι-
ζομένων.

BM. Καὶ ἰδοὺ, πᾶσα
ἡ πόλις ἐξῆλθεν eis
συνάντησιν τῷ “Ine
σοῦ" καὶ ἰδόντες αὖ-
σὸν, παρεκάλεσαν ὅ-

" WRENCH.
et toi, Jesus, Fils de
Dieu? Es-tu venu
ici nous tourmenter
avant le temps ?

30. Or, il y avait un
peu loin deux un
grand troupeau de
pourceaux qui pais-
sait.

31. Et les démons
le priaient, en disant :
Si tu nous jettes de-
hors, permets-nous
de nous en aller dans
ce troupeau de pour-
ceaux.

32. Et il leur dit:
Allez. Et eux étant
sortis, s’en allérent
dans le troupeau de
pourceaux ; et, voila,
tout ce troupeau de
pourceaux se préci-
pita dans la mer, et
15. moururent dans
les eaux.

33. Et ceux qui les
| gardaient s’enfuirent,
,et étant venus dans la
‘ville, ils racontérent

toutes ces choses, et
ce qui était arrivé aux
démoniaques.

34. Et voila, toute
la ville alla au-devant
de Ji$sus; et ayant
vu i3le priérent de
'se retirer de leur

ry, SSS ss sa gS SSS Νο.»....ὕ0τὐσ-πθσ σον

MATTHEW, CHAPTER VIII.

——m »

ENGLISH.

with thee, Jesus, thon
Son of God ? art thou
come hither to tor-
ment us before the
time ?
30. And there was
a good way off from
them an herd of mary
swine, feeding.

31. So the devils
besought him, saying
If thou cast us out,
suffer us to go away
into the herd of
swine.

32. And he said un-
to them, Go. And
when they were come
out, they went into
the herd of swine:
and behold, the whole
herd of swine ran vio-
lently down a steep
place into the sea,
and perished in the
waters.

33. And they that
kept them fied, and
went their ways into
the city, and told ev-
ery thing; and what
was befallen to the
possessed of the dev-
ils.

34. And behold, the
whole city came out
to meet Jesus: and
when they saw him,
they besought him

MATTHEW, CHAPTER VIII.

GERMAN.

Gottes, was haben wir
mit dir zu thun? Wit
δι: Hergefominen 16
u qudlen, ehe denn ἐδ
Bit ijt ¢

30. Es war aber fer:
Ne von ibuen eine grofe
Heerve Gaue an der
Weide.

81. Da baten ihn die
Teufel, und (prachen :
“ΘΙ du uns auserei:
ben, fo erlaube une in
die Heerde Gadue zu
fabren.

32. Und er fprach:
Pane bin, Da fubren
ὁ aus, und fubren in
die Hecrde Giue.. Und
fiche, die ganze Heerde
Gaue |titrzee fico mit
einem Geurm in das
WMieer, und erfoffen im
Wafer.

33. Und die Hirten
flohen, und gingen bin
in die Gtade, und fags
ten das alles, und wie
es mit den Befefenen
ergaugen war.

3A. Und fiehe, da ging
die ganze Grave heraus
efu entgegen. Und da

SPANI6H.

nemos que ver con-
tigo Jesus Hijo de
Dios? 4 Has venido
aca 4 atormentarnos
antes de tiempo ?

30. Y lejos de ellos
estaba paciendo una
gran piara de puer-
608.

31. Y los demonios
le rogaron diciendo :
Si nos echas de aqui
permitenos que vay-
amos 4 aquella pidra
de puercos.

32. Y él les dijd,
Id. Y habiendo ellos
salido se fueron 4 la
piara de los puercos.
Y he aqui que toda
la piara de los puer-
cos se precipité en la
mar por un despeiia-
dero, y perecieron en

las aguas.

33. Y los que los
guardaban huyeron
y se fueron 4 la ciu-
dad, y lo contaron
todo con lo que ha-
bia acontecido 4 los
endemoniados.

34. Y he aqui que

LATIN.

et tibi, Jesu fili
Dei? Venisti hue
ante tempus tore
quere nos ?

30. Erat autem
longe ab illis grex
porcorum multo-
rum pascens.

31. Verum ἀ85»
mones_ appella-
bant eum, dicene
tes: Sicjicis nos,
permitte nobis
abire in gregem
porcorum.

32. Et ait illis,
Abite. Illi autem
exeuntes abierunt
in gregem porco-
rum. Et ecce ir-
ruit totus grex
porcorum _ per
preeceps in mare,
et mortui sunt in
aquis.

33. Pastores au-
tem fugerunt, et
venientes in civi-
tatem, nunciave-
runt omnia, et illa
quee dzmoniaco-
rum.

34. Et ecce tota

toda la ciudad salié | civitas exiit in oc-

4 encontrar 4 Jesus,!¢ursum Jesu. E

fle ihn faben, baten fle} y al verle le regaron

thu, taf cr tou ihrer|que se fuese de sus gabant ut transi
333 *

videntes eum, ro

890

MATTHEW, CHAPTER IX.

GREEK.

πως μεταβῇ ἀπὸ τῶν
ὁρίων αὐτῶν.

1. Καὶ ἐμβὰς εἷς].

τὸ πλοῖον, διεπέρα-
σε, καὶ ἦλθεν els τὴν
, ἐδίαν πόλιν.

2, Καὶ ἰδοὺ, προσέ-
φερον αὐτῷ παραλυ-
φικὸν ἐπὶ κλίνης βε-
βλημένον " καὶ ἰδὼν
ὅ ἸἸησοῦτ᾽ τὴν πίστιν
αὐτῶν, εἶπε τῷ πα-
ϑαλυτικζῷ " Θάρσει
τέκνον, ἀφέωνταί σοι
τ: ἁμαρτίαι σον.

3. Καὶ ἰδοὺ, τινὲς
τῶν Γραμματέων εἷ-
πὸν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς " Οὗὖ-

τος βλασφημεῖ.

4. Καὶ ἰδὼν ὁ "In-

σοῦς τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις
αὐτῶν, εἶπεν" Ἱνατί
ὑμεῖς ἐνθυμεῖσθε πο-
γηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις
ὑμῶν ;
. 9. Τίγάρ ἐστιν εὐ-
κοπώτερον, . εἰπεῖν "
᾿Αφέωνταί σοι αἱ
ἁμαρτίαι" ἣ εἰπεῖν"
Ἐγειραι καὶ περιπά-
τει;

6. “Iva δὲ εἰδῆτε,
ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ
υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου
ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἀφιέναι
Suaprias > τότε λέγει
r@ παραλνι τῷ" Ἔ-

FRENOH.

pays

1. Alors, étant en-
tré dans la nacelle,
il yepassa la mer, et
vint en sa ville.

2. Et, voici, on lui
présenta un paraly-
tique couché dans un
lit. Et Jésus voyant
leur foi, dit au. para-
lytique:' Aie don
courage, mon fils!
tes péchés te sont
pardonnés.

3. Et, voici,
quelques-uns des
scribes disaient en
eux-mémes: Celui-
ci blasphé me.

4. Mais Jésus, con-
naissant leurs pen-
sées, leur dit: Pour-
quoi pensez-vous du
mal dans vos cceurs ?

5. Car lequel est le
plus aisé, ou de dire :
Tes péchés te sont
pardonnés ; ou de
dire: Léve-toi, et
marche ?

6. Or, afin que vous
sachiez que le Fils
de ’homme a le pou-
voir sur la terre de

ENGLISH.

that he would depart
out of their coasts.

1. And he entered
into a ship, and passed
over, and came into
his own city.

2. And behold, they
brought to him a man
sick of the palsy, ly-
ing on a bed: and
Jesus, seeing their
faith, said unto the
sick of the palsy, Son,
be of good cheer; thy
sins be forgiven thee.

3. And behold, cer-
tain of the scribes said
within themselves,
This man blasphem-
eth.

4. And Jesus, know-
ing their thoughts,
said, Wherefore think
ye evilin your hearts?

5. For whether is
easier to say, Thy
sins be forgiven thee ;
or to say, Arise, and
walk

6. But that ye may
know that the Son of
man hath power on
earth to forgive sins,

pardonner les péchés, | (then saith he to the
il dit afors au pargly-!sick of the palsy,)

MATTHEW, CHAPTER 1X.

GEAMAX.
SGeenjze weichen wollce.

1. Da trat er in das
ΘΟ und fuhr wie:
der -beritber, und fam
in feine Geade.

2. Und fiebhe, da brach:
ten fie gu ibm einen
Gichebriichigen, δεῖ
lag auf einem Berte.
Da nun Yefus ibren
Glauben fab, fprach er
gu dem = Gichebriichi-
gen: Sey getroft, mein
Gobu, deine Gauden
find dic vergeben.

3. Und flehe, etliche
unter den Gebriftae:
febrten (prachen ben fic
felbjt: Diefer lajtere
Gott. ᾿

4, Da aber Yefus ibre
* Gedanfen fab, (prach
ec: ‘Warum denket ihr
fo Urges in euren Her:
zen?

δ. Welches ijt leich:
ter, gu fagen: Dir find
deine Gianden verge:
ben; oder 21: agen:
Sree auf, un’ wan:
dle?

6. Auf bak if aber
wiffct, Daf des Menfcb:
en Gohu Mache habe
auf Erden, die Gan:
den 211 veraeben, fprach
er gu dein Gichebrischis

SPANISH.
terminos.

1. Y entrando en
un barco pasé 4 la
otra ribera, y vind 4
su ciudad.

2. Y he aqui le tra-
jeron un paralitico
postrado en un lecho,
y viendo Jesus la fé
de ellos dijé al para-
litico: Ten confian-
za, hijo, tus pecados
te son perdonados.

3. Y he aqui algu-
nos de los Escribas
decian para consigo:
Este blasfema.

4. Y viendo Jesus
sus pensamientos dijé
2 porqué pensdis mal
en vuestros corazo-
nes ?

5. 2Cual cosa es
mas facil decir per-
donados te son tus
pecados, 6 decir le-
vantate y anda ?

6. Pues paraque sé-
pais que el Hijo del
ombre tiene potes-
tad en la tierra de
perdonar _pecados,

levantate (dijé él en- | cata:

891

LATIN.

ret a finibus e0-
rum.

1. Et ascendens
in naviculam, tra-
jecit, et venit in
propriam civita-
tem.

2. Et ecce offe-
rebant ei paraly-
ticum in lecto ja-
centem: et vi-
dens Jesus fidem
illorum, dixit pa-
ralytico: Confide
fili, . remittuntur
tibi peccata tua.

3. Et ecce qui
dam Scribarum
dixerunt in seip-
sis: Hic blasphe
mat.

4, Et videns Je
sus cogitationes
eorum, dixit, Ut
quid vos cogitatis -

_| mala in cordibus

vestris ?
5. Quid enim

est facilius, di-

cere: Dimittun-
tur tibi peccata
an dicere, Eri.
gere, et ambula ?
6. Ut autem sci-
atis quod auctori-

tatem fiubet Fili-

us hominis in ter-
ra remittere pec-
tunc αἱἷΐ

392

GREEK.
yerbels ἀρόν σον τὴν
κλίνην, καὶ ὕπαγε εἰς
τὸν οἶκόν σου.

7. Καὶ ἐγερθεὶς,
ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἷ-
κον αὑτοῦ.

8. Ἰϑδόντες δὲ οἱ
ὄχλοι ἐθαύμασαν, καὶ
ἐδόξασαν τὸν Θεὸν,
τὸν δόντα ἐξουσίαν
τοιαύτην τοῖς ἀνθρώ-
ποις.

9. Καὶ παράγων ὁ
Ἰησοῦς ἐκεῖθεν, εἶδεν
ἄνθρωπον καθήμενον
ἐπὶ τὸ τελώνιον,

Ματθαῖον λεγόμενον"

καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, ᾿Ακο-"

λούθει μοι. Καὶ ἀνα-
στὰς, ἠκολούθησεν
αὐτῷ.

10. Καὶ ἐγένετο αὐ-
τοῦ ἀνακειμένου ἐν
τῇ οἰκίᾳ, καὶ ἰδοὺ,
πολλοὶ τελῶναι καὶ
ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἐλθόντες,
συνανέκειντο τῷ 'In-
σοῦ καὶ τοῖς μαθη-

ταῖς αὐτοῦ.

1}. Καὶ ἰδάντες οἱ
Φαρισαῖοι, εἶπον τοῖς
μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ" Δια-
τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν

καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθί-

εἰ ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑ-
μῶν; “

MATTHEW, CHAPTER IX.

FRENCH.

tique : Léve-toi,
charge ton lit, et t’en
va en ta maison,

7. Et il se leva, et

s’en alla en sa mai-
son. .
8. Ce que les troupes
ayant vu, elles s’en
étonnérent, et elles
glorifigrent Dieu de
ce qu'il avait donné
une telle puissance
aux hommes.

9. Puis Jésus pas-
sant plus avant, vit
un homme, nommé
Matthieu, assis au leu
du péage, et il lui dit:
Suis-moi, et il se le-
va, et le suivit.

10. Et comme Jé-
sus était ἃ table dans
la maison de Mat-
thieu, voici, plusieurs
péagers, et des gens
de mauvaise vie, qul
étaient, venus la, se
mirent ἃ table avec
Jésus et ses disciples.

11. Ce que les pha-
risiens ayant vu, ils
dirent ἃ ses disciples :
Pourquoi votre mai-
tre mange-t-l avec
des péag>:s et des
gens de mauvaise
vie?

ENGLISH.
Arise, take up thy
bed, and go unto
thine house.

7. And he arose,
and departed to his
house.

8. But when th
multitude saw it, th
marvelled, and glori-
fied God, which had
given such power une
to men.

9. And as Jesus
passed forth from
thence, he saw a man
named Matthew, sit-
ting at the receipt of
custom: and he saith
unto him, Follow me.
And he arose, and
followed him.

10. And it came to
pass, as Jesus sat at
meat in the house,
behold, many publi-
cans and _ sinncrs
came and sat. down
with him and his dis-
ciples.

11. And when the

Pharisees saw it, they
said unto his disci-
ples, Why eateta
your Master with pub-
licans and sinners ?

MATTIEW, CHAPTER IX.

GEERMAR.

gen: Geehe anf, bebe
dein Bett auf, und ge-
be beim.

7. Und er ftand anf,
und ging beim.

8. Da das Volf das
fah, werwunderte (6
fich, und prices Gott,
ber folche Mache den
Menfchen gegeben bat.

9 Und da Sefus von
dDannen ging, {ah er εἰς
nen Menfchen am 3Zoll
figen, der bieG Mar:
thaus, und fprach zu
. thin: Folge mir. Und er
ftaud auf, und folgte
thm.

10. Und es begab fich,
da er gu Zifche (af im
Haunfe, flehe, da Famen
piele 38lluer und Gin:
der, und fagen gu Tifche
mit Seu und (einen
Situgern.

11, Da dae die Pha:
vifacr fahen, fprachen
fle zu feinen Sinaern:
Warum {τε ener Mei:
fter mit 3einern und
SGinvderr ?

SPANIGH.

t6nces al paralitico)
toma tu lecho, y vete
a tu casa.

7. Ὑ levantdése y se
fué 4 su casa.

8. Y cuando le vie-
ron las gentes se ma-
ravillaron y glorifica-
ron 4 Dios, por ha-
ber dado tal potestad
& los hombres.

9. Y pasando ade-
lante de alli Jesus
vio & un hombre que
estaba sentado en
dénde se recibian los
tributos, οἱ cual se
llamaba Matheo, y
le dijo: Sigueme,
él levantése y le si-
guid.

10. Y acaecid que
estando Jesus senta-
do 4 la mesa en la
casa, he aquf vinie-
ron muchos publicé-
nos y pecadores, y
se sentaron 4 comer
con él y sus discipu-
los. ᾿

11. ¥ al verlo los
Phariseos dijeron 4
sus discipulos ὁ por-
qué vuestro Maestro
come con publicanos
y pecadores ?

LATIN.
paralytico: E-
rectus tolle tuum
lectum, et abi in
domum tuam.

7. Et erectus
abiit in domum
suam.

8. Videntes au-
tem turbee, timu-
erunt, et glorifi-
caverunt um,
dantem auctorita-
tem talem homti-
nibus.

9. Et preteri-
ens Jesus inde,
vidit hominem se-
dentem in telonio,
Mattheum dic-
tum: et ait illi:
Sequere me: et
surgens sequutus
est eum.

10. Et factum
est eo discum-
bente in domo, et
ecce multi publi-
cani et peccatores
venientes, dis-
cumbebant cum
Jesu, et discipu-
lis ejus.

11. Et videntes
Pharissei dicebant
discipulis ejus:
Quare cum pub
licanis et pecca
toribus manducat
Magister vester ?

894

MATTHEW, CHAPTER IX.

GREEK.
12, Ὃ δὲ σοῦς
ἀκούσας, εἶπεν av-
rois- Οὐ χρείαν ἔ-
χουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες
ἱατροῦ, ἀλλ᾽ οἱ κα-
κῶς ἔχοντες.

18. Πορευθέντες δὲ
μάθετε τί ἐστιν > "E-
λεον θέλω, καὶ οὐ
θυσίαν - οὐ γὰρ ἦλ-
θον καλέσαι δικαίους,
ἄλλ᾽ ἁμαρτωλοὺς els
μετάνοιαν.

14. Tére προσέρ-
χονται αὐτῷ οἱ μαθη-
ταὶ ᾿Ιωάννου, λέγον-
τες" Διατί ἡμεῖς καὶ
οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύ-
ομεν πολλὰ, οἱ δὲ
μαθηταί σου οὐ νη-
στεύουσι;

15. Καὶ εἶπεν av-
τοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς" My
δύνανται οἱ viol τοῦ
νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν,
ἐφ᾽ ὅσον μετ᾽ αὐτῶν
ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος ;
ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι
ὅταν ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ av-
‘ray ὁ νυμφίος, καὶ
τότε ynorevcou rw.

16. οὐδεὶς de ἐπι-
βάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥά.
cous dyvddov ἐπ
‘pari παλαιῷ" αἴρε

FRENCH.

12. Mais Jésus l’a-
yant entendu, leur
dit: Ceux qui sont
en santé n’ont pas be-
soin de médecin, mais
ceux qui se portent
mal.

13. Mais allez, et
apprenez ce que
veulent dire ces pa-
roles: Je veux misé-
ricorde, et non pas
sacrifice; car je ne
suis pas venu pour
appeler a la repen-
tance les justes, mais
les pécheurs.

14. Alors les disci- |

ples de Jean vinrent
a lui, et lui dirent:
Pourquoi nous et les
pharisiens _jetinons-
nous souvent, et tes |
disciples ne jedinent
point ὃ

15. EtJésus leur ré-
pondit :

ENGLISH.

12. But when Jesus
heard that, he said
unto them, They that
be whole need not a
physician, but they
that are sick.

13. But go ye an
learn what that mean
eth, I will have mer-
cy, and not sacrifice :
for I am not come to
call the righteous, but
sinners to repentance.

14. Then came to
him the disciples of
John, saying, Why do .
we and the Pharisees
fast oft, but thy dis-

i ciples fast not ?

15. And Jesus said

Les gens de| unto them, Can the

la chambre du nou-| children of the bride-

veau marié peuvent-
ils s’affliger pendant
que le nouveau ma-
Τό est avec eux?
Mais les jours vien-
dront que le nouveau
marie leur sera oté,
et c'est alors qu’ils
jetner«nt.

16. Aussi personne

chamber mourn, as
long as the bride-
groom is with them ?
but the days will
come when the bride-
groom shall be taken
from them, and then
shall they fast.

16. No man putteth

ne met une piéce de|a piece of new cloth
drap neuf ἃ un vieux | unto an old garment:

habit ;

car ce qui est} for that which is put

MATTHEW, CHAPTER IX.

895

GERMAN

12. Da das Yefus
δότε, fprach ev gu ib:
nen: Die Gearken δὲς:
diirfen des Urztes niche,
fondern die Kranfen. |

13. Gebet aber hin,
und fernet, was das
fey: Bch habe Wohl:
gefallen an Barmber:
zigbeit, und nicht am
Opfer. Ich bin gebom:-
men, die Gitnder zur
Bufe 211 rufen, und
niche die Frommen.

14, SundeG Famen die
SSunger Sohannis 31
ihm, und fpracden:
Warum faften wir und
‘die Pharifaer fo viel,
Und deine Jinger falten
nicht?

16. Sefus (ρτα μι
ibnen: Wie ἔδηπει
die Hochzeitheute seid
tragen, fo fange ὑεῖ
Brdutigam bey ihnen
it? Es wird aber die
Zeit fommen, daG der
Grautigam von ihuen
Gettommen wird; als:
dann werden fle fajten.

16. Miemand flidet
ein altes Kleid mit eis
nem sappen don nenem

Tuc; denn dex Lappe |

SPANISH.

12. Mas oyendolo
Jesus les. dij6: no
tienen los que estan
sanos necesidad de
médico, sino los que
estan enfermos.

13. Id pues, y a-
prended lo que sig-
nifica : Misericérdia
quiero, y no sacrifi-
clo, porque no he
venido 4 llamar los
justos sino los peca-
dores 4 arrepentimi-
ento.

14. A esta sazon
vinieron 4 él-los dis-
cipulos de Juan di-
ciendole 2 porqué
nosotros y los Phari-
seos ayunamos con
frequencia, y tus dis-

LATIN.

12. At Jesus au-
diens, eit filis:
Non usum habent
valentes médico,
sed male haben-
tes.

18. Euntes au-
tem discite quid
est, Misericordi-
am volo, et non
sacrificium. Non
enim veni vocare
Justos, sed pecca-
tores ad poeniten-
tiam.

14. Tune ade-
unt eum discipuli
Joannis, dicentes:
Quare nos et Pha-
risel jejunamus
frequenter, disci-
puli autem tui non

cipulos no ayunan ? | jejunant ὃ

15. Y Jesus les di-
j6 ¢ pueden acaso los
que estan de bodas
andar afligidos mien-
tras el esposo esta
con ellos? Mas ven-
dran dias en que el
esposo les sera quita-
do; y enténces ayu-
na

16. Nadie echa re-
miendo de pafio re-
clo en vestido viejo,
porque el tal remien-

15. Et ait illis
Jesus,. Nunquid
possunt filii spen-
si lugere quam-
diu cum illis est
sponsus? Veni-
ent autem dies,
quum_ auferetur
ab eis sponsus, et
tunc jejunabunt.

16. Nemo au-
tem injicit injec-
tionem panni rue
dis in vestimen

896

MATTHEW, CHAPTER IX.

GREEK.

yap τὸ πλήρωμα. αὐ-
τοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου,
καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα
γίνεται.

φ ΄ »
ty οἶνον νέον εἰς
᾿ 4A id
ἀσκοὺς παλαιοὺς " εἰ
δὲ μήγε, ῥήγνυνται
οἱ ἀσκοὶ, καὶ ὁ οἶνος
ἐκχεῖται, καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ
ἀπολοῦνται - ἀλλὰ!
βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον
εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινοὺς,
καὶ ἀμφότερα συν-
τηροῦνται.

18. Ταῦτα αὐτοῦ
λαλοῦντος αὐτοῖς,

FRENCH.
mis pour remplir, em-
porte de habit, et la
déchirure en est plus
grande.

17. On ne met pas
non plus le vin nou-
veau dans de vieux
vaisseaux ; autrement
les vaisseaux se rom-
| pent, et le vin se ré-
pand, et les vaisseaux
périssent ; mais on
met le vin nouveau
dans des vaisseaux
neufs, et l’un et l’au-
tre se conservent.

18. Comme il leur
disait ces choses, vol-

ἰδοὺ, ἄρχων ἐλθὼν ci venir un seigneur

προσεκύνει αὐτῷ, λέ-

g ε é
yor: Ὅτι ἡ θυγάτηρ
μου ἄρτι ἐτελεύτη-
σεν" ἀλλὰ ἐλθὼν,
ἐπίθες τὴν χεῖρά σου
ἐπ᾽ αὐτὴν, καὶ ζήσε-
ται.

19. Καὶ ἐγερθεὶς ὁ

qui se prosterna de-
vant lui, en lui ‘di-
sant: Ma fille est dé-
ja morte ; mais viens,
et pose ta main sur
elle, et elle vivra.

19. Et Jésus s’étant

Ἰησοῦς ἠκολούθησεν | levé, le suivit avec

αὐτῷ, καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ
αὐτοῦ.

20. Καὶ ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ
αἱμοῤῥοοῦσα δώδεκα
ἔτη, προσελθοῦσα
ὄπισθεν, ἥψατο τοῦ
κρασπέδου τοῦ ἦμα-
τιου αὐτοῦ "

21. "Ἔλεγε γὰρ ἐν
ἑαυτῇ " ᾿Εὰν μόνον
ἅψωωιαι τοῦ ἱματίου

ses disciples.

20. Et, voici, une
femme travaillee
d’une perte de sang
depuis douze ans, vint
par derriére, et tou-
cha le bord de son
vétement.

21. Car elle disait
en elleeméme: Si
seulement je touche

ENGLISH.

in to fill it up taketh
from the garment,
and the rent is made
worse.

17. Neither do men
put new wine into old
bottles: else the bot-
tles break, and the
wine runneth out, and
the bottles perish : but
they put new wine
into new bottles, ‘and
both are preserved.

18. While he spake
these things unto
them, behold, there
came a certain ruler,
and worshipped him,
saying, My daughter
is even now dead:
but come and lay thy
hand upon her, and
she shall live.

19. And Jesus arose,
and followed him, and
so did his disciples.

20. (And behold, a
woman, which was -
diseased with an issue
of blood twelve years,
came behind him, and
touched the hem of
his garment.

21. For she sad
within herself, If I
may but touch his

MATTHEW, CHAPTER IX.

ee Senate me

GBRMAN.

reife doch wieder vom
Kleide, und der Hif
wird drger

17. Man faffet anch
niche Mot in alte
Gehlduche ; andere die
Geolduche jerreiffen,
und der Mot wird
berfchiicter, und die
SGehlduche fommen um:
fondern man faffet
Moft in nese Sehlin-
che, fo werden fle bende
mit einander bebalten.

18. Da er folches mit
ihnen redete, fiche, da
tam der Oberjten einer,
und fiel vor ihm nie:
der, und fprach: Herr,
meine Tochcer ἢ jege
geftorben; aber fomm,
und fege deine Sand
auf fle fo wird fie fe:
bendig.

19. Und Defus ftand
auf, und folgte ibm
nach, und feine Finger.

20. Und fiehe, ein
Weib, das γοδί( Jah:
re den Glutgang ge:
habt, (ταί von binten
#, Und rithrete feines

leides Gaunt an,

21. Denn fle fpracd
ben fich (elbft: Mochte

SPANISH.

do se lleva parte del
mismo vestido, y la
rotura se hace peor.

17. ΝῚ tampoco
echan vino nuevo en
odres viejos. De
otra suerte se rom-
pen los odres y el
vino se derrama, y
se pierden los odres.
Mas echan el vino
nuevo en odres nue-
vos, y asi se conser-
va lo uno y los otros.

18. Mientras é] les
estaba diciendo estas
cosas he aqui vino
un cierto hombre
princip4l, y le adoré
diciendo: Sefior mi
hija acaba de morir,
pero ven, pon tu ma-
no sobre ella y vivi-
ra.

19. Y levantandose
Jesus le fué siguien-
do con sus discipu-

los.

20. Y he aqui una
muger que hacia
doce afios que pade-
cia un flujo de san-

, llegandose por
etras le tocé la orla
de su vestido.

21. Porque decia
ella entre si: si yo

891

LATIN.

tum vetus: aufert
enim __plenitudi-
nem ejus a vesti-
mento, et pejor
scissura fit.

17. Neque mit-
tunt vinum no-
vum in utres ve-
teres: si autem
minus, rumpun-
tur utres, et vi-
num effluit, et
utres pereunt :
sed mittunt vi-
num novum in u-
tres novos, et am-
bo conservantur.

18. Heec illo lo-
quente els, ecce
princeps veniens,
adorabat eum di-
cens: Quod filia
mea modo de-
functa est: sed
veniens impone
manum tuam su-
per eam et vivet.

19. Et surgens
Jesus sequebatur
eum, et discipuli
ejus.

20. Et ecce mu-
lier sanguifiua
duodecim annis,
accedens retro,
tetigit fimbriam
vestimenti ejus.

21. Dicebat e-
nim in seipsa:

teh nur fein Kle ar | puedo tocar tan sola-!Si tantum tetige-

34

898

MATTHEW, CHAPTER IX.

GREBE.

αὐτοῦ. σωθήσομαι.

22. O δὲ Ἰησοῦς

FRENCH.
son vétement, Je se-
rai guérie.

22. Et Jésus s’étant

ἐπιστραφεὶς καὶ ἰδὼν retourné, et la regar-

αὐτὴν. εἶπε" Θάρσει
θύγατερ" ἡ πίστις
σου σέσωκέ σε. Καὶ

dant, lui dit : Aie bon

courage, ma fille! ta

Et

foi [6 sauvée.

ἐσώθη ἡ yur) ἀπὸ dans ce moment la

τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης.

femme fut guérie.

23. Kat ἐλθὼν 6) 23. Or quand Jésus

Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν olxi-
αν τοῦ ἄρχοντος, καὶ
ἰδὼν τοὺς αὐλητὰς,
καὶ τὸν ὄχλον θορυ-
βούμενον,

24. Λέγει αὐτοῖς -
᾿Αναχωρεῖτε" ov γὰρ
ἀπέθινε τὸ κοράσιον,
ἀλλὰ καθεύδει. Καὶ
κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ.

25. Ὅτε δὲ ἐξε-

fut arrivé ἃ la maison
de ce seigneur, et
qu’il eut vu les joueurs
d’instrumens, et une
troupe de gens qui
faisait un grand bruit,

24. il leur dit: Re-
tirez-vous, car la
jeune fille n’est pas
morte, mais elle dort;
et ils se moquaient de
lui.

25. Aprés donc

βλήθη ὁ ἄχλος, εἰσ- αὐ ἢ eut fait sortir

ελθὼν ἐκράτησε rns; toute cette troupe, il

χειρὸς αὐτῆς, καὶ entra, et prit la main

ἠγέρθη τὸ κοράσιον. |de la jeune fille, et
elle se leva.

26. Kal ἐξῆλθεν

26. Et le bruit s’en

ἡ φήμη αὕτη els ὅλην répandit par tout ce

τὴν γὴν ἐκείνην.

27. Καὶ παράγοντι

pays-la.

27. Et comme Jé-

ἐκεῖθεν τῷ ᾿ἸΙησοῦ, 808 passait plus loin,
ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ deux aveugles le sui-

i Ὁ ὉΦὉᾧὖῦὉΟὉΟΘΟΘϑ.ϑ. τ ͵...-΄-“΄“΄“ΠὋΠρΠῤὀΞΞΠἝἕἷ .. ...΄Ἕἷ“-.--ῆ-ῆῇὲΦΔῷᾷΌῸτ0ὺῊὰΔὠὦἜἁἕ:ἔ᾽ ἅὔὐτ.ςὉῸ Ὀο--θᾶοτρτοφϑ το --ῆ-ποορ Ὰᾳ..πτ:ᾺὯτΓᾺΧᾺΝΓῈ Γ.ΤΤττττ1...--΄ΠῤΠΠο’Πὺἠ ,;»0Ὰ00.0.ττ.....β-....:.ὃὄᾧ}ὄὅὅ-

EN 2LISH.

garment, I shall be
whole.

22. But Jesus turned
him about ; and when .
he saw her, he said,
Daughter, be of good
comfort: thy faith
hath made thee
whole. And the wo-
man was made whole
from that hour.)

23. And when Jesus
came into the ruler’s
house, and saw the
minstrels and the peo-
ple making a noise,

24. He said untc
them, Give place: fer
the maid is not dead,
but slcepeth. And
they laughed him to
scorn.

25. But when the
people were put forth,
he went in, and took
her by the hand, and
the maid arose.

26. And the fame
hereof went abroad
into all that land.

27. And when Jesus
departed thence, two
blind men followed

δύο τυφλοὶ, κράζον- virent, en criant οἱ him, crying, and say-

res, καὶ λέγοιτες -|disant: Fils de David,
Ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς, υἱὲ] aie ptié de nous !
Δαβίδ.

Thou son of Da-

ng
vid, have mercy on
us.

MATTHEW, CHAPTER IX.

GERMAN.

rithren, fo wiirde ich
μι.

22. Da wanrte [ὦ
Sefus um, und fah fie,
und fprad: Gey ge:
trojt meine TZochter,
dein Glaube hat dir ge:
holfen. Unddas Weib
Ward acfuud yu der{el-
bigen Gunde.

23. Und als er in dee
Oberiten Hans fam,
und fab die SPfeifer
und dag Geshinmel des
Volts,

24. Gprad er gu
ihnen: Weichet, denn
dus Mrdadlein it niche
todt, fondern ἐ6 fcblafe.
Und fle verlachten ibn.

25. Uls aber das
“οι aucgetrichen war,
ging er hinein, und er:
ariff fle ben der Hand;
da ftand das Mdgodlein
auf.

26. τεῦ dies Geriche
erjcholl in daffelbige
guuze Saud.

27. Und da Jefus von
Damien weiter gina,
folacca ibm γθεει
Blinge nach, die (chrie:
en und fprachen: Uh
du Gohn Davids, er:
barme dich unjcr !

SPANISH.

mente
seré sana.

22. Y volviendcse
Jesus y viendola la
dijé ; ten confianza
hija, tu fe te ha 58]-
vado. Y quedé la
muger sana desde
aquella hora.

23. Y cuando llegé
Jesus 4 casa de aquel
hombre principal, y
vié los taiiedores de
flautas y & M gente
que hacian ruido.

24. Dijoles: Reti-
raos, pues la mucha-
cha no est& muerta
sino que duerme. Y
hacian burla de él.

25. Y echada que
fué la gente fuera,
entré: y la tomé de
la mano, y la mucha-
cha se levanté.

26. Y corrié la fa-
ma de esto por toda
aquella tierra.

27. Y cuando par-
[6 Jesus de aquel
lugar 6 siguieron
dos ciegos gritando
y diciendo : Hijo de
avid ten misericér-
dia de nosotros.

3A9

LATIN.

su vestido,| ro vestimentum

ejus, servabor.
22. At Jesus
conversus, et vi-
dens eam, dixit:
Confide filia, fides
tua servavit te.
Et servata est
mulier ab hora
1118.

23. Et veniens
Jesus in domum
Principis, et vi-
dens tibicines et
turbam tumultu-
antem,

24. Dicit illis:
Recedite : non
enim mortua est
puella, sed dor-
mit. Et deride-
bant eum.

25. Quum vero
ejecta esset turba,
ingressus appre-
hendit manum
ejus, et surrexit
puella.

26. Et εχ! fa-
ma hee Ἢ uni-
versam __ terram
illam.

27. Ἐπ. transe-
unte inde Jesu,
sequuti sunt eum
duo ceci, cla-
mantes, et dicen-
tes: Miserere nu-
stri fili David. -

400

MATTHEW, CHAPTER IX.

GREEK.

28. Ἔλθόντι δὲ
εἷς τὴν οἰκίαν, προσ-
ἣλθον αὐτῷ οἱ τυ-
φλοὶ, καὶ λέγει αὖ-
τοῖς ὁ ησοῖς " Πι-
στεύετε ὅτι δύναμαι
τοῦτο ποιῆσαι; Δέ-
γουσιν αὐτῷ, Ναὶ
Κύριε.

29. Tére ἥψατο
τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν av-
τῶν, λέγων" Kara
τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γε-
γηθήτω ὑμῖν.

30. Καὶ ἀνεῴχθη-
σαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλ-
pol: καὶ ἐνεβριμή-
σατο αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἶη-
sous, λέγων - Ορᾶτε
μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω.

91. οἱ δὲ ἐξελθόν-
τες διεφήμισαν αὐτὸν
ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ γῆ ἐκείνῃ.

32. Αὐτῶν δὲ ἐξ-

ἐρχομένων, ἰδοὺ,
προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ
ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν δαι-
μονιζόμενον "

33. Καὶ ἐκβληθέν-
τος τοῦ δαιμονίου,
ἐλάλησεν ὁ κωφός"
καὶ ἐθαύμασαν οἱ
ὄχλοι, λέγοντες" Ὅτι
οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη ov-
res ἐν τῷ ᾿Ισραήλ.

34 οἱ δὲ Φαρι-

FRENCH

ENGLISH.

28. Et quand il fut} 28. And when he

arrivé dans la maison,
ces aveugles vinrent
a lui, et il leur dit:
Croyez-vous que je
puisse faire ce que
vous me demandez ?
Iis lui répondirent :
Qui, vraiment, Sei-
gneur.

29. Alors il toucha
leurs yeux, en disant:
Qu’il vous soit fait
selon votre foi.

30. Et leurs yeux
furent ouverts ; et Jé-
sus leur défendit avec
menaces, disant : Pre-
nez garde que per-
sonne ne le sache.

31. Mais eux étant
partis, répandirent sa
renommeée dans tout
ce pays-la. ,

32, Et comme ils
sortaient, voici, on lui
présenta un homme
muet et démoniaque.

33. Et quand le dé-
mon eut été chasse
dehors, le muet par-
la; et les troupes s’en
étonnérent, en disant:
Ii ne s’est jamais rien
vu de semblable en
Israél.

34. Mais les phari-

was come into the
house, the blind men
came to him: and Je-
sus saith unto them,
Believe ye that I am
able todo this? They
said unto him, Yea,
Lord.

29. Then touched
he their eyes, saying,

According to your
faith be it unto you.

30. And their eyes
were opened; and
Jesus straitly charged
them, saying, See
that no man know it.

31. But they, when
they were departed,
spread abroad his
fame in all that coun-

try.

32. As they went
out, behold, they
brought to him a
dumb man posse
with a devil.

33. And when the
devil was cast out,
the dumb spake : and
the multitudes mar-
velled, saying, It was
never so seen in le-
rael.

34. But the Phari-

MATTHEW, CHAPTER IX.

491

GE2M AN.

28. lind da er beim
fam, traten die Blin:
den gu ihm. Und Ye
fus fprach zu ihnen:
Glaubee ihr, dag ic
euch folebes thun Fann ?
Da fprachen fie zu ihm:
Herr, ja.

29. Da rithrete er ihre
Augen an, und fprach :
Euch gefchebe nach eu:
cem Glauben.

80. Und ibre Unaen
wurden aedffiet, Und
Nejus bedrobete fie,
und fprach: Gebet ju,
baf cs niemund erfabre.

31. Uber fle gingen
aus, und machten ibu
ruchebur in demfelbigen
ganzen Sarde.

32. Da nun dicfe wa-
ren hinaus gefommen,
fiche, da brachten fie zu
ihin einen Menfchen,
Der war ftumim 1110 be:
fejfen.

33. Und da der Ten:
fel war ausactricben,

- yedete der Gtummme.

Und das Volf verwun:
Derce fich, und fprach:
Golches ijt noch wie in
Afcacl erfeben worden.

SPANISH.

28. Y llegado 4 la

casa los ciegos vinie-|

ron 4 él. Y Jesus
les dy6 2 Creéis que
puedo hacer esto ?

Ellos digeron- Si,

ΞΘ ΠΟΥ.

29. Enténces les
toc6 los ojos dicien-
do: Segun vuestra
fé asi os sea hecho.

30. Y fueron abier-
tos sus ojos, y Jesus
les encargé estrecha-
mente diciendo: mi-
rad que nadie lo se-

a.

PSI. Mas habiendo
ellos salido de alli
divulgaron su fama
por toda aquella ti-
erra.

32. Y al salir ellos,
he aqui le trajeron
un hombre mudo po-
seido del demonio.

33. Y lanzado fué-
ra οἱ demonio el mu-
do hablo, y las gen-
tes maravilladas de-
cian: nunca se vid
tal cosa en Israel.

84, Aber die Phari- 34. Mo los Phari-
34

LATIN.

28. Venienti au.

tem in domum,
accesserunt ad
eum ceci. Et
dicit eis Jesus:
Creditis quod pos-
sum hoc facere ?
Dicunt ei: Ut
que Domine.

29. Tunc teti-
git oculos eorum,
dicens: Secun-
dum fidem_ ve-
stram fiat vobis.

30. Et aperti
sunt eorum ocull:
et comminatus est
illis Jesus, di-
cens: Videte ne
quis sciat :

31. Ih autem
exeuntes diffama-
verunt eum in
tota terra illa.

$2. Illis autem
egressis, ecce ob-
tulerunt ei homi-
nem mutum dee.
moniacum.

33. Et ejecto
azemonio, locutus
est mutus, et mi-
rate sunt turbe,

dicentes, Nun-
quam apparuit sic
in Israel.

34. Pharisse: aus

a

402

GREBE.
gato; ἔλεγον" Ἔν
τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαι-
μονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ
δαιμόνια.

35. Καὶ περιῆγεν
ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὰς πόλεις
πάσας καὶ τὰς κώμας,
διδάσκων ἐν ταῖς συ-
ναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν; καὶ
κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέ-
λιον τῆς βασιλείας,
καὶ θεραπεύων πᾶσαν
νόσον καὶ πάσαν μα-

λακίαν ἐν τῷ λαῷ.

36. ᾿Ιδὼν δὲ τοὺς
ὄχλους, ἐσπλαγχνί-
On περὶ αὐτῶν, ὅτι
ἦσαν ἐκλελυμένοι καὶ
ἐῤῥιμμένοι ὡσεὶ πρό-
βατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποι-
μένα.

37. Τότε λέγει τοῖς
μαθηταῖς αὑτοῦ" Ὃ
μὲν θερισμὸς πολὺς,
cl δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι "

38. Δεήθητε οὖν
τοῦ κυρίου τοῦ θε-
ρισμοῦ, ὅπως ἐκβάλ-
λῃ ἐργάτας εἷς τὸν
θερισμὸν αὑτοῦ.

1, Καὶ προσκαλε-
σάμενος τοὺς δώδε-
κα μαθητὰς αὑτοῦ,
ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξου-
σίαν κατὰ πνευμάτων

axabdprov, ὥστε ἐκ-

ἘΒΈΝΟΕΙ.

siens disaient: ἢ
chasse les démons
par le prince des dé-
mons.

35. Or Jésus allait
dans toutes les villes
et dans les bourgades,
enseignant dans leurs
synagogues, et pré-

chant l’évangile du

royaume, et guéris-
sant toutes sortes de
maladies, et toutes
sortes d’infirmités
parmi le peuple.

36. Et voyant les
troupes, il en fut &ému
de compassion, parce
quils étaient disper-
sés et errans comme
des brebis qui n’ont
point de pasteur.

37. Et il dit ἃ ses
disciples : Certes la
moisson est grande,
mais il y a peu d’ou-
vriers.

38. Priez donc le
seigneur de la mois-
son, qu'il envoie des
ouvriers en sa mois-
son.

1. Alors Jésus a-
yant appelé ses douze
disciples, leur donna
puissance 80. les
esprits § immondes
pour les shasser hors

MATTHEW, CHAPTERS IX., X.

ENGLI6H.

sees said, He casteth
out devils, through
the prince of the
devils. ;
35. And Jesus went
about all the citie
and villages, teachinr-
in their synagoguer
and preaching tly
gospel of the king
dom, and healing ev
ery sickness, and ev-
ery disease among
the people.

36. But when hesaw
the multitudes, he was
moved with compas
sion on them, because
they fainted, and were
scattered abroad, as
sheep having no shep-
herd.

37. Then saith he
unto his disciples,
The harvest truly is °
plenteous, but the la-
borers are few.

38. Pray ye there-
fore the Lord of the
harvest, that he will
send forth laborers
into his harvest.

1. And when he had
called’ unto Lim his
twelve disciples, he
gave them power
against unclean spir-

‘its, to cast them out,

MATTHEW, CHAPTERS IX., X.

405

faer fprachen: Er trei:
bet die Teufel aus durch
der Teufel θεν πη.

35. lind Yefus ging
umber in alle Geddte
und Madrlte, lehrete in
ibren Gehulen, und
predigte das Eoangelt-
um von dem Meich,
und beilete allerley
Seuche, und allerley
Kranfbeit im Voll.

36. Und da er das
Boll (ah, jammerte ihn
deffelbigen ; denn fle
waren verfchmachtet
UNDd Zerftreuct, wie die
Gebafe, die feinen Hir:
ten haben.

37. Da fprach er zu

feinen Yiingern: Die
Crnte it grog, aber
wenige find dex Wrbei-
ter.

88. Darum bittet den
Herrn der Ernte, daf
εἰ Urbeiter ἐπ feine
Erne fende.

1. Und ex vief {εἶπε

gwslf Singer gu fich,
und gab ihnen Mache
ber die unfaubern Geis
fter, daf fle diefelben
auctricben, unt beile:

SPANIG6H.

seos decian : por me-
dio del principe de
los deménios echa
fuéra los demédnios.
35. Y Jesus iba re-
corriendo todas las
ciudades y villas en-
sefiando en sus sina-
gogas y predicando
el Evangelio del rey-
no, curando toda en-
fermedad y toda do-
léncia en el pueblo.

36. Y al ver aque-
llas gentes tuvo com-
pasion de ellas, por-
que estaban abatidas
y desparramadas co-
mo oOvejas sin pastor.

37. Enténces dijé
& sus. discfpulos:
Verdaderamente la
mies es copidésa’;
mas los trabajadores
son pocos.

38. Rogad pues al
Sefior que envie tra-
bajadores ἃ su mies.

1. Enténces [18-
mando 4 si sus doce
discipulos les dié po-
testad sobre los espi-
ritus inmundos para
lanzarlos fuera, y cu-

LATIN.

tem dicebant: ln
principe demoni-
orum ejicit dx-
mones.

35. Et circumi
bat Jesus civitates
omnes, et castel-
la, docens in sy
nagogis eorum, et
preedicans euan-
gelium regni, et
curanps omnem
languorem, οἱ
omnem infirmita-
tem in populo.

36. Videns au-
tem turbas, mi-
sertus est de els,
quia erant vexati,
et dispersi sicut
oves non haben-
tes pastorem.

37. Tunc dicit
discipulis suis:
Messis quidem
multa, operarii
autem pauci.

38. Supplicate
ergo domino mes-
sis, ut emittat o-
perarios in mes-
sem suam.

1. Et advocans
duodecim discie
pulos suos, dedit
illis potestaterm
spirituum immun-
dorum, ut ejicere

404 MATTHEW, CHAPTER
GREBK. FRENCH.
βάλλειν aird, καὶ des possédés, et pour

θεραπεύειν πᾶσαν v6- | guérir toutes sortes
σὸν καὶ πᾶσαν pada- 46 maladies, et toutes
κίαν. sortes d'infirmités.

2. Τῶν δὲ δώδεκα 2. Et ce sont ici les
ἀποστόλων τὰ dvd-; noms des douze apé-
ward ἐστι ταῦτα" ties : Le premier
πρῶτος, Σίμων ὁ Ae- est Simon, nommé
γόμενος Πέτρος, καὶ Pierre, et André, son
᾿Ανδρέας ὁ ἀδελφὸς ‘frére ; Jacques, fils
αὐτοῦ" Ἰάκωβος ὁ de Zébédée, et Jean,
τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου, καὶ son frére ;
᾿Ιωάννης ὁ ἀδελφὸς
αὑτοῦ"

8. Φίλιππος, καὶ 3” Philippe et Βατ-
Βαρθολομαῖος * -Ow- | thélemi ; Thomas, et
μᾶς, καὶ Ματθαῖος ὁ Matthieu, le péager ;
τελώνης " Ἰάκωβος ὁ Jacques, fils d’Al-
τοῦ ᾿Αλφαίου, καὶ phée, οἱ Lebbée, sur-
ΔΛεββαῖος ὁ ἐπικλη- | nommé Thaddée ;
Beis Θαδδαῖος. -

4. Simon Canané-
en, et Judas Iscariot,
qui méme le trahit.

4. Σίμων ὁ Kaya-
virns, καὶ ᾿Ιούδας ὁ
Ἰσκαριώτης, ὁ καὶ
παραδοὺς αὐτόν.

ὅ. Τούτους τοὺς δώ-

5. Jésus envoya ces
dexa ἀπέστειλεν ὁ douze, et leur com-
Ιησοῦς, mapayyeihas manda, en disant:
αὐτοῖς, λέγων" Els' N’allez point vers les
ὁδὸν ἐθνῶν μὴ awed-|Gentils, et n’entrez
Onre, καὶ εἰς πόλιν point dans aucune
Σαμαρειτῶν μὴ elo- | ville des Samaritains;
ἔλθητε "

6. Πορεύεσθε δὲ
μᾶλλον πρὸς τὰ πρό-
βατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα
οἴκου ᾿Ισροήλ.

Ἴ. Πορειόμενοι δὲ'
κηρέσσετε Aé-vovres*

6. -mais plutét allez
vers les brebis per-
dues de la maison
d’Israél.

7. Et quand vous
serez partis, pt¢chez,

ENGLISH.

and to heal all man-
ner of sickness, and
all manner of disease.

2. Now the names
of the twelve apostles
are these: The first,
Simon, who is called
Peter, and Andrew,
his brother; James
the son of Zebedee,
and John his brother Ὁ

3. Philip, and Bar.
tholomew ; Thomas,
and Matthew the pub-
lican ; James the son
of Alpheus, and Leb-
beus, whose surname
was Thaddeus ;

4, Simon the Cana-
anite, and Judas Is-
cariot, who also be-
trayed him.

5. These twelve Je-
sus sent forth, and
commanded _ them,
saying, Go not into
the way of the Gen-
tiles, and into any
city of the Saman-
tans enter ye not.

6. But go rather to
the lost sheep of the
house of Israel.

7. And as ye go,
preach, saying, The

MATTHEW, CHAPTER X.

405

GERMAN

ten alleriey Genche,
und allerley τα) εἰ.

2 Die Mamen aber
ver gwolf Aportel find
diefe: Der erjte Gi-
mon, genaunt Petrus ;
τὸ Wudreas, fein Bru-
der; Safobus, Zebe-
ddi Gohn; und Jo:
bannes, fein Bruder ;

3. SPbilippus; und
Bartholomdus ; Tho:
mas; und Matthaug,
der Bdlluer; Jakobus,
Alphadi Gohns sebba:
us, mit dem Zunamen
Thadddaug ;

) 4, Gimon von Cana;
und Judas S(charioth,
welcher ihn verrieth.

5. Diefe wolf fandte
Yefus, gebot ihuen und
fpradh: Gebet niche
auf der Heiden Gtrage,
und zichet niche in der
Gamariter Geddte;

6. Gondern gebet hin
zu den verfornen Gcha:
fen aus dem Haufe «1:
rael,

7. Gebet aber und
prediget, und fprechet :

SPANISH.

rar toda enfermedad
y toda dolencia.

2. Y los nombres
de los doce Apésto-
les son estos: el pri-

mero Simon llamado’

Pedro y Andres su
hermano, Jacobo hijo
de Zebedeo, y Juan
su hermano.

3. Felipe y Barto-
lome: Tomas y Ma-
theo el publicano:
Jacobo hijo de Alfeo,
y Lebeo por sobre
nombre 'Thadeo.

4. Simon el Cana-
neo, y Judas Iscari-
otes δὶ mismo que le
entrego.

5. Estos doce envid
Jesus y les mandé
diciendo : no andéis
por camino de Gen-
tiles ni entréis en ci-
udad alguna de los
Samaritanos.

6. Mas id antes 4
las ovejas perdidas
de la casa de Israel :

7. Id, y predicad
diciendo: el reyno
Φ

LATIN.

eos, et curare
omnem languo-
rem, et omnem
infirmitatem.

2. Duodecim au-
tem Apostolorum
nomina sunt hee :
Primus, Simon
dictus Petrus, et
Andreas __frater
ejus, Jacobus Ze-
bedzi, et Joannes
frater ejus.

3. Philippus et
Bartholomeus :
Thomas et Mat-
theeus publicanus:
Jacobus Alpheei,
et Lebbseus cog-
nominatus Thad-
deeus :

4. Simon Cha-
nanites, et Judas
Iscariotes, qui et
tradens eum.

5. Hos duode-
cim legavit Jesus,
denuncians 68.
dicens: In viam
gentium ne abie-
ritis, et in civita-
tem Samaritano-
rum me intrave-
ritis.

6. Ite autem ma-
gis ad oves perdi-
tas domus Israél.

ἡ. Euntes au-
tem preedicate, di-

406

GREEK.

Ὅτι ἤγγικεν ἡ βασι

λεία τῶν οὐρανῶν.

8. ᾿Ασθενοῦντας θε-
ραπεύετε, λεπρ᾽ὺς
καθαρίζετε, νεκροὺς
ἐγείρετε, δαιμόνια
ἐκβάλλετε - δωρεὰν
ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δό-
TE.

9. Μὴ κτήσησθε
χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργνυ-
pov, μηδὲ χαλκὸν εἰς
τὰς ζώνας ὑμῶν"

10. Μὴ πήραν εἰς
ὁδὸν, μηδὲ δύο χιτῶ-

pas, μηδὲ ὑποδήματα,

μηδὲ ῥάβδους : ἄξιος
γὰρ ὁ ἐργάτης τῆς
τροφῆς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν.

11. Εἰς ἣν δ᾽ ἂν
πόλιν ἣ κώμην εἰσέλ-
Onre, ἐξετάσατε τίς
ἐγ αὐτῇ ἄξιός ἐστι "
κἀκεῖ μείνατε ἕως ἂν
ἐξέλθητε.

12. Ἑἰσερχόμενοι
δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν,
ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν.

13. Καὶ ἐὰν μὲν ἢ

ε Vv
_ ἢ οἰκία ἀξία, ἐλθέτω

ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν én’
αὐτήν " ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἡ
ἀξία, ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν
πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστρα"
φήτω.

MATTHEW, CHAPTER X

FRENCH.

en disant: Le roy-
aume des cieux est
proche.

8. Guérissez les ma-
lades, rendez nets les
lepreux, ressuscitez
les morts, chassez les
démons hors des pos-
sédés ; vous l’avez re-
gu gratuitement, don-
nez-le gratuitement.

9. Ne faites provi-
sion ni d’or, ni d’ar-
gent, ni de monnaie
dans vos ceintures ;

10. mi de sac pour
le voyage, ni de deux
robes, ni de souliers,
ni de baton ; car l’ou-
vrier est digne de sa
nourriture.

11. Et dans quelque
ville ou bourgade que
vous entriez, infor-
mez-vous qui y est
digne de vous loger;
et demeurez chez lui
jusqu’a ce que vous
partiez de la.

12. Et quand vous
entrerez dans quelque
maison, saluez-la.

13. Et εἰ cette mai-
son en est digne, que
votre paix vienne sur
elle ; mais si elle n’en
est pas digne, que vo-

ENG L15H.

kingdcm of heaven
is at hand.

8. Heal the sick,
cleanse the lepers,
ruise the dead, cast
out devils: freely ye
have received, freely

give.

9. Provide neither
gold, nor silver, nor
brass, in your purses ;

10. Nor scrip for
your journey, neither
two coats, neither
shoes, nor yet staves:
for the workman is
worthy of his meat.

11. And into what-
soever city or town
ye shall enter, inquire
who in it is worthy ;
and there abide till
ye go thence.

12. And when ye
come into an house
salute it.

13. And if the house
be werthy, let your
peace come upon it:
but if it be not wor-
thy, let your peace

tre paix retoury; ἃ | return τὸ you.

vov 3.

MATTHEW, CHAPTER X.

GERMAN.

Das Himmelreich itt
nabe berber gefommen.

8. Machet die Kranz.
fen gefund, reiniget die
Aucfagigen, weet die
Toodten anf, treibet die
Teufel aus. Umfonft
habe ihe es empfangen,
umfonft gebt es auch.

9. Jbr folle niche
Fold, ποῦ Gilber,
noch (ὅτ in curen Gile:
telu haben;

10. Auch feine Tafche
sur Wegfahre, auch
nicht ween Dtbcfe, Feine
Gebubhe, auch einen
SGreeen.
Urbeiter {{
GSpeife werth.

11. Do ibe aber in
tine Stadt oder Markt
gehet, δα erFundiget
euch, ob jenfand darin:
nen fen, der es werth
ift; und hey demfelben
bletbet, big iby von
daunen zieher.

12. Wo ibe aber in
ein Huns gehet, fo grit:
fet dualfelbige.

13. Und fo es ναοί:
bige Huns werth it,
wird ον Friede auf
file fommen. SR es
abcr nicht werth, fo

micder zu euch) wenden.

SPANISH.

de los cielos est cer-
ca.

8. Curad enfermos,
limpiad leprosos, re-
sucitad muertos, lan-
zad demonios: (6
valde recibisteis, dad
de valde.

9. No llevéis oro ni
plata ni cébre en vu-
estras bolsas.

10. Ni alforja para
el camino, ni dos ta-
nicas, ni zapatos, ni
baston ; porque el

Denn ein|trabajador, digno es
feiner | de su alimento :

11. Mas en cual-
quiera ciudad 6 aldea
donde entrareis, in-
formaos de quien hay
en ella, que sea dig-
no; y morad alli
hasta que salgais.

12. Y al entrar en
la casa saludadla.

13. Y si la casa fu-
ere digna, vuestra
paz vendra sobre
ella, mas si no fuere

centes: Quia-ap-
propinquavit reg-
num celorum.

8. Infirmos cu-

- 407

LATIN.

rate, leprosos
mundate, mortu-
os suscitate de.
mones__ejicite :
gratis accepistis,
gratis date.

9. Ne possideatis
aurum, neque ar-
gentum, neque 865
in zonis vestris :

10. Non peram
in viam, neque
duas tunicas, ne-
que calceamenta,
neque virgam:
dignus enim ope-
rarius
suo est...

11. In quam-
cunque autem ci-
vitatem aut ca-
stellum intraveri-
tis, interrogate
quis in ea dignus
sit: et ib! manete
donec exeatis.

12. Intrantes au-
tem in domun,
salutate eam.

13. Et si qui-
dem fuerit domus,
digna, ingredia-
tur pax vestra su-

alimento

digna vuestra paz se! per eam: si au-
wird fich ener Sriede | volverd & vosotros.

tem non fuerit dig-

na, pax vestra ad

vos convertatur.
δ

~

ADVERTISEMENT

τὸ

THE INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

The following pages, prepared for the convenience of the mer-
chant, the man of business, and the mechanic, may not be
deemed altogether unimportant by the scholar or learned ama-
teur, as a book of etymological reference. |

Every one must have observed the unusual emigration to our
shores of Germans, Spaniards and French. Coming into daily
intercourse with these foreigners, the merchant, more especially,
will find this little work vastly beneficial to him; and will regard
it as an indispensable auxiliary in the transaction of business.
The more recent discoveries of gold have induced an extraordi-
nary influx of the inhabitants of all nations, more especially of
Spain, France and Germany; and it is strange that no attempt
has hitherto been made to produce a work of this kind, the im-
mense benefit of which must be perceived by the most casual
observer.

The compiler did not deem it necessary to include all the words
in these languages, as, in many instances, after the primitive
radical is given, it would be a superlative waste of space to add
the derivations which follow according to fixed rules, and are,
consequently, obvious to every one.

Hoping that these few pages will serve to fill a void hitherto
seriously felt in the commercial and literary world, the compiler
offers them to 8 generous public, trusting that they will be re-
ceived with the same spirit of kindness which has guided the
writer in the compilation of the work, and which has ever been
the characteristic of the American people.

INTERNATIONAL

AND

COMMERCIAL DICTIONARY,
SU the Principal aud Badical Words

ENGLISH, GERMAN, SPANISH AND FRENCH

LANGUAGES,

WITH MANY OF THEIR DERIVATIVES,
MUTUALLY TRANSLATED INTO EACH OTHER.

COMPILED FROM STANDARD AUTHORS,

By B. ΒΞ. BARRETT.

BUFFALO:

B. R. JEWETT ἃ 00., STEREOTYPERS, 161 MAIN ST.
35

EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS

USED IN THE DICTIONARY.

8. substantive. int. interjection.
v. verb. m. masculine,
adj. adjective. J. feminine.

adv. adverb. m. neuter.

prep. preposition. m. f. masculine or
conj. conjunction. feminine.

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1857,
Br B. 8. BARRETT,

In the Clerk’s Office of the District Court of the United States, for the Northern District
of New York.

——— ee

ABA.
Abaft,

Abandon,
Abuse, |
Abasement,
Abash,
Abate,
Abatement,

Abbreviation,
Abbreviator,
Abdicate,
Abdication,
Abdomen,
Abduct,

Aberration,
Abet, (assist,)
Abettor,
Abhor,
Abhorrence,
Abhorrent,
Abhorrer,
Abide,
Abiding place,
Ability P

' Abject,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 411

GEeRMan. . SPANISH. FRENCH.

Nach dem hint- En popa, De la-proue.
ertheile, .

Verlassen, Abandonar, Abandonner.

Niederlassen, Abatir, Humilier,

Erniedrigung, f. Abatimiento, m. Abaissement, m.
Beschimen, Avergonzar, §Rendre honteux.
Vermindern, Minorar, Diminuer.
Abnahme, f/f, Rebaxa, Καὶ Diminution, αὶ
Kloster, n. Abadia, αὶ Couvent, m.
Abkiirzen, Abreviar, Abréger.
Abkiirzung, f. Compendio,m. Abréviation, Καὶ
Abkiirzer, m,. Abreviador, m. Abréviateur, m.
Aufgeben, Abdicar, Abdiquer.
Abdankung, αὶ Abdicacion, Κ Abdication, αὶ
Unterleib, m. . Abdomen, m. Abdomen, m

Abziehen, Tirar, (una cosa Oter, separer.
de otra),

Abweichung, f. Aberacion, £ Aberration, αὶ

Helfen, ‘A poyar, _Supporter,

Anstifter, m. Fautor, m. ~ Promoteur, m.

Verabscheuen, Aborrecer, . Abhorrer.

Abscheu, m Ahorrecimiento, Detestation, Καὶ
Verabscheuend, Llenode horror, Pleine d’horreur.
Verabscheuer,m.A borrecedor, m. Celui quiabhorre

Bleiben, Habitar, sufrir, Demeurer.
Wohnort, m. Habitacion, Demeure, /.
Vermégen, n. Potencia, Καὶ Pouvoir, m.
Wegwerfen, v. Repulsar, v. vil, Rebute, υ., ab-
niedrig, adj. adj. ject, vil, adj.

Niedertrachtig. Baxeza, vileza, f. Abjection, Κὶ
keit, Καὶ

Abschwaren, Abjurar, Abjurer.
Abschworung,f.Abjuracion, ἢ Serment, m.
Wegnahme, f, Quite, m. Ablation, Καὶ
Geschickt, Capaz, habil, Capable.
Stark, riistig, Forzudo, Robuste.

Abwaschen, ἢ. Ablution, αὶ Ablution, Κα

_An Bord, A! bordo, ‘A bord.

Aufenthalt, m. Domicilio, m. | Demeure, ζ.
Abschaffen, Abolir, Abolir.
Abschaffung, f. Abolicion, { Abolition, Κὶ

412

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

ABO

GgRMAN.

Abominable, Abscheulich,
Abomination, Abscheu, m.

Abortion,
Abortive,
Abound,

About,
Above,
Abridge,

Abridgement,

Abrupt,
Abscess,
Abscind,
Abscond,
Absence,
Absent;

Absolute,
Absolution,
Absolve,
Absorb,
Abstain,
Abstemious,
Abstinence,

Abstract,

Abstruse,
Absurd,
Absurdity,
Abundance,
Abundant,
Abuse,

Abuser,
Abusive,
Abyss,
Academic,
_ Academy,
Accede,

Fehlgeburt, αὶ
Unzeitig,
Ueberfluss ha-
ben,
Um, im, an, in,
Ueber, oben,
Abkirzen,
Abkirzung, f.
Abgebrochen,
Geschwiir, 2.
Abschneiden,
Verbergen,
Abwesenheit, αὶ
Abwesend, adj.
entfernen, #.

Unumschrankt,

Lossprechung, αὶ

Lossprechen,
Verschlucken,
Sich enthalten,
Enthaltsam,
Enthaltsam-
keit, Καὶ
Abziehen, νυ. ab-
gezogen, adj.
Verdeckt,
Ungereimt,
Albernheit, αὶ
Ueberfiuss, πὶ,
Ueberfliissig,
Missbrauch, 8.m.
misbrauchen, νυ.
Verfiihrer, m.
Missbrauchend,
Abgrund, m.
Akademisch,
Akademie, f.
Hingehen,

, SPaNIsH. PRENCH.
Abominable, § Abominable.
Odio, m. Haine, Καὶ
Aborto, m. Abortion, Καὶ
Abortivo, inutil, Abortif,-ve.
Abundar, Abonder.
Cerca, Autour de.
Encima, sobre, Sur, au desus de.
Abreviar, Abrégér.
Compendio, m. Abrégement, m.
Quebrado, Soudain,-e.
Absceso, m. Abcés, m.
Cortar, Retrancher.
Esconderse, Se cacher.
Ausencia, αὶ Absence, Καὶ
Ausente, adj. Absent, eloigné,
ausentarse, v. adj. s’absen-

. tér de, νυ.
Absoluto, Absolu,-e, libre.
Absolucion, f Absolution, Καὶ
Absolver, Absoudre de.
Absorver, Absorber.
Abstenerse, Se priver de.
Abstemio, Abstéme, sobre.
Abstinencia, fi, Abstinence, /-
Abstraer, v. Abstraire, v.

abstracto, adj. abstrait, adj.
Abstruso, Abstrus,re.
Absurdo, Absurde.
Absurdidad, αὶ Incongruité, Καὶ
Abundancia, f. Abondance, αὶ
Abundante, Abondant.
Abuso, m. abu- Abus, 8. m.

sar, ¥. abuser, 2.
El que abusa, Abuseur, m.
Abusivo, Injurieux,-se.
Abismo, m. Abime, m.
Academico, Academique.
Academia, f. Academie, αὶ
Acceder, _ Accéder.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 413
ACC. GERMAX, SPANISH. FRexcn.
Accelerate, | Beschleunigen, Acelerar, Accélérer.
Acceleration, Beschleunig- §Aceleracion, f. Accélération, f
ung, f.
Accent,. Accent s.m. Acento,s.m. Accent, s,m.
accentuiren,v. acentuar, v. prononcer, v.
Accentuation, Tonsetzung, f. Acentuacion, Κζ ‘Accentuation, Καὶ
Accept, Annnehmen, Aceptar, Accepter.
Acceptable, Annehmlich, Aceptable, Acceptable.
Acceptance, Annahme, f Aceptacion, Καὶ Acceptation, f.
Access, Zugang, m Acceso, m. Accés, m.
Accessible, § Zuginglich, Accesible, Accessible.
Accessory, _ Beigefiigt, Cémplice, Complice.
Accident, Zufall, Vorfall,m. Accidente, m. Accident, πηι.
Accipient, Empfinger, m. Recibidor, πὶ Récipient, m.
Acclamation, Zuruf, m. Acclamacion, Ff. Acclamation, Καὶ
Acclivity, Steilheit, Καὶ Cuesta ariba, 7. Elévation, αὶ
Accommodate, Schlichten, Surtir, Accommoder.
Accommoda- Anpassung,f Adaptacion,£ Accommode-
tion, ment, 21.
Accompani- Begleitung, Δ Acompanami- Accompagne-
ment, ento, m. ment, 7.
Accompany, Begleiten, Acom net, Accompagner.
Accomplice, Mitschuldige, m. Cémplice,m. | Complice, m.f.
Accomplish, Erfillen, Efectuar, Accomplir.
Accomplish- Vollendung, 7, Complemento,m. Accomplisse-
ment, ment, m.
Accord, 8. Uebereinstimm- Acuerda, s. αὶ Accord, 8. mM.
ung, 8. αὶ
Accord, Ὁ. vemiinee v. Acordar, ν. Accorder, ».
Accordance, Uebereinstimm- Conformidad, J; Conformité, αὶ
ung, f.
Accordingly, Nach~ gemiss, Segun, Selon.
Accost, Antreten, Safuder, Accoster, saluer
Account,s. Rechnung, s.f. Cuenta, s. f° Compte, s.m.
Account, v. | _Rechnen, ν. Tener, contar, v. Expliquer, νυ.
Accountant, Rechner, m Contador, in Compteur, ™
Account-book, Rechnungsbuch, Libro (m) de Livre (m) de
cuentas, comptes.
Accumulate, Aufh&ufen, Acumular, A masser.

Accumulation, Anhiufung,f. Acumulacion, f. Accumula- ᾿

35*

tion, Κ᾿

414

ACC.
Accuracy,
Accurate,
Accurse,
Accusation,
Accuse,
Accuser,

Accustom,
Accustomed,
Acervation,
Ache, s.

Ache, v.
Achieve,
Achievement,
Acid,
Acidity,
Acknowledge,
Acknowledg-
ment,
Acme,

Acquaint,
Acquaintance,
Acquiesce,
Acquire,
Acquisition,
Acquit,
Accuittal,

Acre,
Across,
Act, 9.

Act, υ.
Action,
Achvely,
Actor,
Actress,

Actual,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GeRMan. SPaNIsi. FRenca.

Genauigkeit, f. Cuidado, m. Précision, Καὶ
Genau, Ἐ χϑοίο, Exact,-e.
Verfluchen, Maldecir, Maudire.
Anklage, Καὶ Acusacion, f, Accusation, καὶ
Anklagen, Acusar, Accuser.
Anklager, m. Acusador,m. Accusateur,-
trice, m. Καὶ
Gewodhnen, Acostumbrar, Accoutumer.
Gewohnt, Freqitente,[to,m. Coutumier,-e.
Aufhaufung, αὶ Amontonamien- Entassement, m.
᾿ Pein, 8. f. Dolor continua- * Pein, Κὶ mal, s.2.
do, 8. m.
Schmerzen, v. Doler, νυ. Avoir mal, νυ.
Aiusfiihren, Executar, Executer.
Ausfithrung, αὶ Execucion, α Exploit, m.
Sauer, Acido, Acide, piquant
Saure, f. Agrura, f. Acidité, Καὶ
Erkennen, Reconocer, Confesser,
Anerkennung, Καὶ Reconocimien- Aveu, m. con-
to, m. cession, Καὶ
Gipfel, m. El ultimo pun- La plus haute
to, m. pointe, Κα
Bekanntmachen, Imponer, Informer.

Bekanntschaft, αὶ Conocimiento, m. Connaissance, f-
Einwilligen, Allanarse, Acquiesce¢r.

Erwerben, Adquirir, Acquerir.
Erwerbung,f Adquisicion, f. Acquis, m.
Freimachen, _Libertar, Décharger.
Lossprech- Absolucion, f. Absolution, Καὶ
ung, 7. [des,m.
Morgen Lan- Acre, πὸ. Acre, Καὶ
Kreuzweise, De través, ἃ travers.
Verhand- Hecho, s. m. Acte, 8. m.
lung, 8. Κ .
Handeln, v. Hacer, v. Agir, jour, v.
Handlung, ΚΖ Accion, hecho,m. Action, /-
Thitig, Activo, Actif,- ve.

Schauspieler,m. Agente, actor,m. Acteur, m.
Schauspieler- Comedianta, f Actrice, comé-
in, Καὶ dienne, αὶ

Wirklich, Actual, Actuel, réel.

ACT.
Actuate,
Acute,
Adage,
Adamant,
Adapt,
Add,
Addict,
Addition,
Address, υ.
Address, s.

Adept,
Adequate,
Adhere,
Adherent,
Adhesion,
Adieu,
Adjacent,
Adjourn,

Adjournment,

Adjure,
Adjutant,

Administer,
Administra-
tion,

Administrator,

Admiration,
Admire,
Admission,
Admit,
Admonish,
Adopt,

Adoption,

Adoration,
Adore,
Adorn,
Adornation,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN. SPANIsH.
Treiben, Mover,
Spitzig, scharf, Agudo,
Sprichwort, n. Adagio, m.
Diamant, m. Diamante, m.
Anpassen, Adaptar,
Hinzuthun, Aiiadar,
Widmen, Dedicar,
Hinzusetzen, n. Adicion, f.
Anreden, νυ. Hablar, v.
Verwendung,s.f. Recurso (m)

dige, m. verbal,
Kunstverstan- Adepto, m
Angemessen, Adequado,
Anhangen, Pegarse,
Anhangend, Adherente,
Anhangen, ». Adhesion, αὶ
Lebe wohl! & Dios,
Anliegend, Adyacente,
Aussetzen, Diferir,
Aufschub, m. Suspension, Καὶ
Beschwéren, §Juramentar,
Adjutant, m. Ayudante
mayor, m.
Verwalten, Administrar,
Verwaltung, ΨΚ Administra-
οἴου, Κ᾽

Verwalter, m.

415

FRENCH.
Pousser, exciter.
Aigu.

Adage, m.
Adamant, m.
Adapter.
Ajouter.

8’ appliquer a.
Addition, Κὶ
Addresser, v.
Addresse, 8. f.

Adepte, m.
Adequat,-e.
Adherer.
Adherent.
Adhesion, καὶ
Adieu.
Adjacent.
Ajourner.
Ajournement, m.
Adjurer.
Adjutant, m.

Administrer.
Administra-
tion, Καὶ

Administrador,m Administrateur.
Bewunderung, f, Admiracion, αὶ Admiration, /.

Bewundern, Admirar, Admirer.

Zulassung, f, | Admission, f. Admission, Καὶ

Zulassen, Admitir, Admettre.

Erinnern, Amonestar, Avertir.

An Kindes Statt Adoptar, Adopter.
annehmen,

Annahme, an Adopcion, αὶ Adoption, Καὶ
Kindes Statt, αὶ

Anbetung,f, §_ Adoracion, ἡ = Adoration, /.

Aubeten, Adorar, Adorer.

Zieren, Adornar, Decorer,

Schmuck, m Laaccion(f) Decoration, Κὶ

de adornar,

416 INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.
ADV GERMAN. SpPanisii. PRENOG.
Advance, Vorritcken, Avanzar, [to, m. Avancer,

Advancement, Fortschritt, m. Adelantamien- Avancement, m.
Advantage, Vortheil, m. Ventaja, Καὶ Avantage, m
Adveut, Advent, m. Adviento, m. Avent, m.
Adventure, 5. Abenteuer,s.n. Aventura, 8.57 Aventure, 9. Καὶ
Adventure, υ. Wagen, v. Aventurar, ὅσ. Aventurer, ».
Adverb, Nebenwort, rn. Adverbio, m. Adverbe, m.
Advert, Achtung geben, Atender, Observer.
Advertise, Benachrichtigen, Avirsar, Avertir.
Advertisement, Nachricht, = Noticia, Καὶ Avertissement.
Advertiser, Anzeiger,m. | Advisador, τ. Avertisseur, m.
Advice, Nachricht, f Consejo, m. Conseil, avis, m.
Advise, Rathen, Conejar, Conseiller.
Advocate, s. Advocat, 8. m. Abogado, s.m Avocat-e, sm. Κὶ
Advocate, v. Vertheidigen, νυν. Abogar, v. Defender, v.
Affable, Gesprachig, Afable, Affable.
Affinity, Versthwiger- Afinidad, Καὶ Affinité, αὶ

ung, f. .
Affix, Beiftigen, Anexar, Joindre ἃ
A filict, Aengstigen, Afligir, Affliger.
Afffiction, Leiden, n. Afficcion, Καὶ Afiliction, f.
Affront, 8. Angriff, a.m. Afrenta, s.f <Affront, 8. πε.
Affront, v. Angreisen, ¥. = Encarar, v. A ffronter, ¥.
A foot, Zu Fusze, A' pie, ‘A pied.
Afraid, Furchtsam, Amedrentado, Affrayé,
After, Nach, Despues, Aprés.
Again, Wieder, Otra ves, Encore.
Against, Wider, gegen, Contra, Contre.
Age, Alter, N. Edad, αὶ Biécle, age, m.
Agent, Agent, m. Operativo, m. Agent, m.
Aggravate, Schwerer,[ung,/ Agravar, Aggraver.
Aggravation, Verschlitamer- Agravacion, /. Aggravation, ἢ
Aggrieve, Kranken, Apesadumbrar, Vexer.
Agitate, Bewegen, Agitar, Agiter
Agitator, Unwalt, m. Timon, m. Agitateur, τι
Ago, Vorbei, Pasado, Depuis.
A gonize, Peinigen, Estar agonsando, Agoniser.
Agony, Pein, f. [men, Agonia, αὶ Agonie, peine, 7.
Agree, Uebereinstim- Concordar, 8’accorder.
Agreeable, Gemisz, Conveniente, Plaisant,-e.
Agreed! Topp! richtig! Establecido! § Fini! D’accord!

\

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 417
GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH.
Uebereinstim- Concordia, fi | Accord, m.
mung, f.
Landbau, m. Agricultura, f- iculture, Κα
Lust, αὶ Ayre, Zefiro, m. Air, m. brise, f.
Larm, 8. m. arma, 8. f. Alarme, 8. Καὶ
Larm blassen, v. Alarmar, v. Alarmer, υ.
Ach,oweh! Ay! Hélas!
Stammbuch, 2. Librito, m. Album, m.
Rectificirter Alcohol, m. Alcohol, 22,
Weingeist,m.
Rathsherr, m Senador 6 mag- Alderman, m.
Bier, π. istrador, m.
Ungehopftes Cerveza, ζὶ Aile, f.
Algebra, f- Algebra, f. Algebra, αὶ
" Gleich, Descender, Pareillement.
Nahrung, /. Alimento,m. Aliment, m.
Unterhalt, m. Alimentos, m. Pension, αὶ
Lebendig, Vivo, viviento, Vivant,-e.
All, aller, jeder, Todo, Tout,-e, chaque.
iren, Ligar, Allier.
Erloubeo, ‘Admmitar, Admettre.
Erlaubnisz, f. Permission, ὦ Indulgence, Κα
Piment,m. | Pimento,m. ἈἘρίοο, Κ
Anspielung, Κα Indirecta, αὶ Allusion, Καὶ
Allmichtig, Omnipotente, Tout-puissant.
Fast, beinahe, Casi, Presque.
Almosen, n. Limosna, Καὶ Aumione, αὶ
Aloe, f. Aloe, ὁ linalo, m. Aloés, m.
Hoch, itiber, Arriba, En haut.
Allein, Solo, solamente, Seul,-e.
Langs, A' lo largo, De long.
Bereits, A' la hora esta, Déja.
Ebenfalls, Tambien, Aussi.
Aendern, Alterar, Changer.
Veranderung, ΨΚ Alteracion,/. Alteration, 77
Obgleich, Aunque, Quoique.
Alaun, . Alumbre, m, Alum, m.
“‘Immer, stets, Siempre, Toujours.
Erschrecken, Aterrar, ‘A ttonner.
Gesandte,m. | Embaxador, m. ‘Ambassadeur,m.

Zweideutigkeit,f. Ambiguedad, f. ‘Ambiguite, Κα

418

AMB,
Ambition,
Ambitious,
Amiable,
Amicableg,

Amid,
Among,
Amount, 8.
Amount, v.
Amuse,
Amusement,
Analogy,
Analyze,
Anatomy,

Anchor,

Annuity,
Another,
Answer,

Antagonist,

Antemeridian,

Antichrist,
Antiquarian,

Antiquity,
Anvil,
Any,
Apology,
Apostate,
Apostle,
Apparel,
Appear,
Applaud,
Applause,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN.

q

SPANISH.

Ehrgeiz, m. Ambicion, Καὶ
Ehrgeizig, Ambicioso,
Liebenswiirdig, Amable,
Freundschast- Amigable,
lich,
Mitten in, Entre,
Unter, zwischen, Entre,
Betrag, s.m. §_Importe, 8. m.
Betragen, v. Retirar, v.
Unterhalten, -Entretener,
Unterhaltung, Κὶ Diversion, /-
Analogie, Καὶ Analogia, 7.
Auslasen, Analizar,
Zergliederung- Anatomia, αὶ
skunst, Καὶ
Anker, 8. m. Ancla, 8. αὶ
Vor alters, Antiquo,
Und, y:
Engel, m Angel, m.
Zorn, m. Colera, αὶ
Thier, x. Animal, m.
Beisiigen, Anexar,
Vernichten, Aniquiar,
Yehrgeld, 2. Renta, αὶ
Hino anderer, Otro,
Antwort, s. f. Respuesta, s. Καὶ
Gegner, m Antagonista, m.
Vormittagig, Maiiana,
Antichrist, m. Antechristo, m.
Alterthumsken- Antiquario, m
ner, 7,
Alter, n. Antiguedad, καὶ
Amboss, m. Yunque, m.
Jeder, jede, Qualquier,
Schutzspruch, m. Apologia, αὶ
Abirinnige Apostata,
tel, m. Apostol, m.
Kleidung, f Trage, m.
Erscheinen, Aperecer,
Beifall geben, Aplaudir,
Beifall, m. Aplauso, m.

FRENCH.
Ambition, αὶ
Ambitieux, fC
Aimable.
Doux,-ce.

Parmi, entre.
Parmi, dans.
Somme, Κα

Se monter, v.
Amuser.
Amusement, m.
Analogie, Καὶ
Analyser.
Anatomie, I

Ancre, 8. f. .
Ancienne.

Et.

Ange, m.
Colére, f.
Animal, m.
Annexer-4.
Anéantir.
Annuité, Κὶ
Autre.
Réponse, s. f.
Antagoniste, m.
Avant midi.
Antichrist, m.
Antiquaire, m. f

Antiquite, Καὶ
Enclume, Καὶ
Queraue.
Apologie, /.
Apostat.
Apdtre, m.
Habillement, m.
Paraitre.
Applaudir.[ment.
Applaudisse-

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. : 419
APP. GuaMan. SPANISH. FRENOH.
Apple, Augapfel, m. Manzana, αὶ Pomme, f.
Application, Anwendung, f. Aplication, Κα Application, f.
Apply, Auslegen, Aplicar, S’appliquer a.
Appoint, Bestimmen, Sefialar, Appointer.

Appointment, Bestimmung, /. Estipulacion, ἡ Appointment, m.
Apprentice, Lehrling,m. |= Aprendiz,m Apprentice, m. ἢ

Approve, rene Gustar, Approver.
April, Apnil,m — Abril, m. Avril, m.
Apron, Schiirze, Καὶ Devantal, 2. Tablidr, m.

Aqueduct, Wasserleitung,/ Aqueducto, m. Aqueduc, m.
Arbitrary, Willkirlich, Arbitrario, Arbitraire.

Arbitrate, Entscheiden, §Arbitrar, Arbitrer.
Arcade, Bogengang, m. Boveda, αὶ Arcade, αὶ
Arch, Bogen, πὶ Arco, m. Arche, Κα
Archijot ° Baumeister, m. Arquitecto, m. Architect, m.
Disputiren, Razonar, Raisoner.

Argument, Beweis, m. Argumento, m. Argument, m.
Arise, Aufsteigen, Levantarse, Se lever.
Aristocracy, Aristokratie, 7. Aristocracia, jf. <Aristocratic, αὶ
Arithmetician, Rechenmeister, Arithmético, m. Arithméticien,m.
Arithmetic, | Rechenkunst, / Arithmética, fi Arithmétique, Καὶ

Arm, Arm, m. Brazo, m. Bras, m.
Army, Armee, αὶ Exercito, m. Armée, Κ
Around, Rings, herum, Circa, Autour de.
Arrange, Orduen, [men, Colocar, Arranger.
Arrest, in Beschlagneh- Prender, Arréter. —
Arrival, Ankunft, αὶ Arribo, m. Arrivée, αὶ
Arrive, Ankommen, Arribar, Arriver ἃ.
Arrow, Pfeil, m. Flecha, αὶ Fléche, f.
Arson, Mordbrennerei, El] delito, m. | Arson, f. [sion.
Art, Kunst, List, f. Arte, cautela, ἃ Art, γι. profes-
Artery, Pulsader, αὶ Arteria, Καὶ Artére, Καὶ
Artful, Kintslich, Artificioso, Rusé,-e.”
Article, Artikel, m. Articulo, m. Article, m
Artillery, Artillerie, Καὶ Artilleria, αὶ Artillerie, αὶ

i Kinstler, m. Artista, m Artiste, m
As, . Als, da, sofern, Como, Presque, comme.
Ascent, Aufsteigen,n. Subida, καὶ Elévation, Καὶ
Ashes, Asche, I. Ceniza, Καὶ Cindres, v4

Aside, Bei seite, ἃ lado, 1A cdté, ἃ part
Ask, Um etwas bitten, Pedir, Demander.

es
.

420

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. |

ASL. GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH.
Asleep, Schlasend, Durmiendo, En dormi.
Aspire, Streben, Aspirar, Aspirer a.

Ἢ Ἐ 56], m. eselin, 7. Asno, m. Ane, m. anease, f.
Assassin, Menchelmérder, Assassator, m Assassin,-e, m. Καὶ
Assassinate, Verratherischer Asesinar, Assassiner.

weise ermorden,
' Assault, Angriff, 8. m. an- Asalto, 8. m. ac- Assaut, s.m, at-
greisen, v. ometer, 6. taquer, τ.
Assembly, Bersammlung, Κ Asamblea, fh Assemblée, αὶ
Assertion, Behauptung, 7. Asercion, Καὶ Assertion, ζὶ
Assess, Beschatzen, Carcar, Taxer.
Assessment, Schatzung, ἡ Derechos,m. Taxation, 7-
Assessor, Beistzér, m. Asesor, "7. Assesseur, 71.
Assign, Anweisen, Asignar, Assigner.
Assignation, Anweisung, Κ Asignacion, J Assignation, αὶ
Assignee, Curator (m.) de Podatorio, m. Député, m.
masse,
Assignment, Anweisung, f. Sefialamiento, m. Consignation, /.
Assist, Beistehen, Asistir, Assister, aider.
Assistance, Beistand, m. Asistencia, f, Assistance, αὶ
Assistané, Gehilfe, m. Asistente,m. Auziliaire, m.
Associate, Theilnehmer, s. Socio, 8. m. Associé,-e, m. fi
m. begleiten, v. asociar, v. associer, v.
_ Assort, Mit waaren ver- Colocar, Assortir.
sehen, glada,
Assortment, Sortiment,n. Colecion, /. arre- Assortiment, γι.
Assure, Versichern, Asegurar, Assurer.
Astonish, Erschrecken, |§Asombrar, Etonner.
Astonishment, Bestiirzung, ἃ Pasmo, πὶ. tonnement, m.
At, Zu, an, bel, &. <A’, al, Au, ἃ la, sur, &o.
Atheism, Gottesleugnung, Ateismo, m. Athéisme, m.
Atheist, Gottesleugner,m. Ateista, atéo, m. Athéiste, m. Δ
Atlas, Landkarten- Atlas, m. Atlas, m.
sarmmlung, αὶ
Atmosphere, Dunstkreis, m. Atmosfera, f. Atmosphere, Κ
Atone, Voreitenaf Expiar, accordar, E:xpier.
Atonement, Vergiitung, Concordia, f, | Expiation, Κ
Attach, Verhaften” Prender, Attacher, lier.
Attachment, Verhaftneh- § Amistad, Καὶ Attachement, ms.
mung, f.
Attack, Angriff 8m, Ataque,s.m, Attaque, sf.

ATT.
Attempt,

Attend,
Attendance,
Attendant,
Attention,

Attest,
Attorney,
Attract,
Auction,
Auctioneer,

Audible,
Audience,
Aunt,
Author,
Authority,
Authorize,
Autograph,
Autumn,
Avenue,
Average,
Avert,
Avocation,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

OREMAN. SPaNIse.

421

FRENCH.

Versuch, s.m. Ataque, 9. m. in- Essai, 8. mm. tent-

versuchen, v. _—tentar, v.

Aufmerken,

er, νυ.

Atender, servir, Acompagner.

Aufwartung, Κα Corte, m. Service, m.
Aufwirter, m. El que atiende, Compagnon, sm,
Aufmerksam- Atencion, Κὶ Attention, Καὶ
heit, /-

Bezeugen, Atestiguar, Attester.
Bevollmachtigte, Procurador, m. Avoué, m.
Anziehen, Atraer, Attirer, inviter.
Auction, Καὶ Almoneda, f. Encan, m.
Auctionator,m. Pregonero, m. Vendeur m. a

de almoneda, _‘il’enchére.
Hérbar, Audible, Haut, chair,-e.
Audienz, αὶ Audiencia, Δ. Audience, αὶ
Muhme,Tante, Καὶ Tia, Καὶ Tante, αὶ
Urheber, . Autor, πὶ. Auteur, #.
Ansehen, 2. Autoridad, f. Autorité, αὶ
Bevollmichtigen, Autorizar, Autoriser.
Unterschrift, f/ Autographo, m. Autograph, m.
Herbst, 7. Otofio, 2m. Automne, mf.
Allee, f. Entrada, αὶ Avenue, f.
Frohndienst, m. Averia, f. Average, m.
Abwenden, Desviar, Detourner.
Beruf, 2. La accion (/.) de Emploi, . pro-

blamar, fession, Καὶ
Aufwachen, . Despartar,v. des- Eveiller, v.

wach, adj. pierto, adj. eveillé,-a.
Weg, fort, Ausente, Absent,-e.
Ehrwiirdig, Tremendo, Sublime.
Pfrieme, ᾿ Lesna, f. Aléne, f.
Axt, f. [7 Segur, hacha, αὶ Hache, cognée, Κ
Axe, (am wagen) Exe, n. Essieu,-x, πὶ.
Himmelblau, Azul, clara. Azur, bleu.
B.

Saugling, m. Infante, m. Enfant, m.

Junggeselle, m. Soltero, m.

Bachelier, 7.

Ricken, δ. m. zu-Espalda,s.f. mon- Dos, 8. 7m. secon-

8 reiten, 2,

atr a caballo,v.

der, νυ.

Banishment,
Bank,

Banner,

Baptism,
Baptize,

Bar,

Barbarian,
Barbarous,
Barber,
Bare, ᾿

Bargain,
Bark,

Barn,
Barrel,
Barren,
Barter,
Base,

Bashful,
Basket,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GEenMaNn. SPANISH. _ FRENCH.
Speck, m. Tocino, m. Lard, m.
Krank, schlecht, Mal, malo, Mauvais,-e.
Zeichen, 7. Divisa, αὶ Marque, m.
Sack, m. Saco, m. Sac, m. poche, Κα
Landvogt, m. <Alguacil, γι. Bailli, γι.
Backen, Cocer, en horno. Boulanger.

Wage, s. f. er- Balanca, 8. f. ba- Balance, 8. f. pe-
wiagen, v. lancear, v. ser, v.
Ball, m. Kugel, f Bola, bala, 2 _—Balle, Κὶ
Lustball, m. Bola (.) de co- Ballon, m.
lumna.

Wahlkigelchen. Balota, 8. f. ba- Ballotte, s. f. bal-

s.m. ballotiren,v. _lotar, v. lotter, v.
Balsam, σι. Balsamo, m. Baume, m.
Gift, n. Veneno, m. Poison, m.
Verbannen, Destarrar, Bannir.
Verbannung, f, Destierro, m. | Bannissement,m.
Ufer, n. damm, Banco, m.' Bord, rivage, m.
m. Geldbank, 7. banque, f.
Pannier, 2. Bandera, f. Banniere, Καὶ
Taufe, αὶ Bautismo, m. Bapteme, f.
Taufen, Bautizar, Baptiser.

Stange, s. f, sper- Palenque, 8. m. Barre, 8. f. bar-

ren, v. atrancar,v. [m. rer, v.
Barbar, m Hombre barbaro, Barbare, ™.
Grausam, Barbaro, Sauvage.
Barbier, m Barbero, m. Barbier, ™.
Blosz, adj. ent- Desnudo, adj. Nuc, adj. depou-

blészen, v. desnudar, νυ. iller, v.

Handel, s. m. Ajuste, δ. m. pac- Marche, ¢.m. bar-
handela, v. , v. guigner, v
Baumrinde, 9. αὶ Barco, 8. m. la- Barque, 8. f a-
bellen, v. drar, v. boyer, ὅ.
Scheune, Καὶ Granero, m. Grange, f-
Tasz,z. Tonne, Κὶ Barril, huso, m. Baril, tonneau,2.
Unfruchtbar, Esteril, Sterile.
Tausch, 8. m. Trafico, 8. mt. Troc, 8. m.
Niedrig, adj. §_Baxo, adj. fondo, Bas,-se, adj. bas,

bass, 8. m, 8. ἢ. 8. Me
Schamhaft, Vergonzoso, Modeste, timide.
Korb, m. Cesta, canasta,f. Panier, m.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

423

-- “αὐ

BAS. GEKMAN. SPANISH. FRENOH.
Bason, basin, Becken, π Jofayna, f. Bassin, γι.
Bass, Bass, m. Esparto, m. Basse, Καὶ
Bat, Fledermaus, f. Garrote, m.. Massue, crosse, ἢ
Bath, n. bathe, Bad, n. Bahung, Baiio, s.m. baflir, Bain, 8. m. se
δ. f baden, νυ. νυ. baiyner, v.
Battery, Angriff, m. Bateria, αὶ Batterie, αὶ
Battle, Schlacht, Καὶ Batalla, f. Bataille, αὶ
Bayonet, Bajonnet, n. [n.Bayoneta, Ὁ —_ Baionnette, αὶ
Beach, Strand, τι. Ufer, Costa. f. | Bord, rivage, m.
Beacon, Larmzeichen, n. Valiza, αὶ Phare, m.
Beak, Schnabel, m. Pico, m. Bec, m. — [m.
Beam, Balken,Strabl,m. Viga, f. rayo, m. Poutre, ΚΖ rayon,
Bear, Bar, 8. m. tragen, Oso, s.m. llevar Ours, ¢, ms por
υ. alguna cosa,v. ter, v.
Beard, Bart, m. Barba, f. Barbe, αὶ [m.
Beast, Thier, 2. Bestia, αὶ Béte, f. animal,
Beau, Stutzer, m. Caballero, m. Petit maitre, m.
Beautiful, Schon, Hermoso, Beau, bel, belle.
Beauty, Schénheit, £ | Hermosura,f Beauté, αὶ
Because, Darum, weil, Porque, Parce que.
Beck, Wink, s. m. Cabecco, s.m. Signe 8. f.
Become, Werden, Hacerse, Convenir, ἃ,
Bed, Bett, n. Cama, f: [locos, Lit, νι.
Bedlam, Tollhaus, 1. Casa (7.3) de —_‘ Petites maisons.
Bee, Biene, Κα Abeja, f. Abeille, αὶ
Beech, Buche, Καὶ Haya, αὶ Hatre, m
Beef, Rindfleisch, x. Vaca, f. Boeuf, m.
Beer, Bier, n. Cerveza, f. Biére, ΚΖ
Beet, Ribe, Καὶ Acelga, Καὶ Bette, poirée, Καὶ
Befriend, Begiinstigen, §Favorecer, Supporter,
Beget, Zeugen, Engendrar, Engendrer.
Beggar, Bettler, n. Mendigo, m Mendiant,-e,m. αὶ
Begin, Anfangen, Empezar, Commencer.
Beginning, Anfang, n. Principio, m. | Commencement.
Bobet Beneiden, Envidiar, Nier, envier.
av Sich betragen, Proceder, Se conduire.
Bebe Betragen, 2. Modal, m. Deportment, m.
Behead, Enthaupten, __Degollar, Decapiter.
Behind, Hinter, [Siehe! Detrés, atris, Deriére, aprés.
Behold, Ansehen, v. Ver, v. he! ἐμέ, Voir, νυ. Voici!
Being, 8, Dasein, n. Existencia, f. Etre, m.

494. INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

BEL. GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH.
Belch, Rilpsen, Regoldar, Roter, vomir.
Belie, Beliigen, Contrahacer, Contredire.
Belief, Glaube, m. Creencia, Καὶ Croyance, foi, 7.
Believe, Glauben, Creer, Croire.
Bell, Glocke, Καὶ Campana, f. ° Cloche, αὶ
Bellow, Brillen, Bramar, Beugler.
Bellows, Blasebalg,m. Fuelles, m. Soufflet, m.
Belly, Bauch, m. Vientre, m. Ventre, m.
Belong, Betreffen, Pertenecer, Appartenir.
Below, Unter, unten, Debaxo, abaxo, Au dessous de.
Belt, Gehenk, n. Carrea, αὶ Ceinturon, n.
Bench, Bank, f. [gen v. Banco,m. [var, v. Bane, m.
Bend, * Biegung,f bie- Comba, Κὶ encor- Pli, s.m. plier, v.
Beneath, Unter, Abaxo, Sous.
Benefit, Wohlthat, s.f Beneficio, s.m. Bienfait, 8. m.
Bequeath, Vermachen, § Mandar, Legher ἃ.
Bereave, Berauben, Despojar, Depouiller.
Berry, Beere, f. Baya, f. Baie, Καὶ
Beseech, Bitten, flehen, Suplicar, Prier, conjurer.
Beset, Besetzen, Sitiar, acosar, Assieger.
Beside, Auszer,neben, Cerca, ademas, ‘A cdté de.
Besiege, Belagern, Sitiar, Assieger.
Best, Beste, Mejor, Meilleur,-e.
Bestow, Schenken, Dar, conferir. Donner.
Bet, Wette, 8. αὶ Apuesta, s.f. Gageure, αὶ |
Betide, Begegnen, Sucedar, Arriver. |
Betray, Verrathen, Exponer, Trahir.
Betroth, Verloben, Desposar, Fiancer.
Better, Besser, El mejor, Meilleur,-e. |
Between, Zwischenu, Entre, Entre.
Bewitch, Beheren, Encantar, Enchanter. |
Beyond, Ueber, jenseite, Mas alla, ‘Au dela de.
Bible, Bibel, αὶ Biblia, f. Bible, m.
Bid, Entbieten, Pedir, mandar, Proposer.
Bidding, s. Befehl, m. Orden, m. f. | Commande. Κ |
Big, Dick, kiihn, Grande, Gros, large. |
Bigamy, Bigamie, αὶ Bigamia, /f. Bigamie, Καὶ
Bigot, Scheinheilige, m. Partidario,m. Βιίροί,-6, m./.
Bile, Beule, Galle, f. Bilis, colera,f. Bile, Καὶ clou, m.
Bilge, Leck werden, Hacer agua. Couler.

Bilious,

Gallenhaft,

Bilioso, Bilieux-se.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 425

BIL. GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH.
Bill, Schnabel, Bill, f Pico (m) de ava, Bec, billet, σι.
Billow, Woge, Welle, f. Oleada, αὶ Vague, Καὶ
Bin, Kasten, m. Lade, Despensa, Καὶ Coffre, m.
Bind, Binden, ‘Atar, {m. Enchainer.
Binder, Binder, 2. Enquadernador, Relieur, lieur, πὶ,
Biped, Thier, 7. Animal de dos_ Bipéde, m.

pies, m.

Birch, Birke, Ruthe, αὶ Abedul, m. Bouleau,-x, m.
Bird, Vogel, m. Ave, m. Oisseaux-x, m.
Birth, Geburt, αὶ Nacimiento, πε. Naissance, Καὶ
Biscuit, Zwieback, m. Galleta, Καὶ Biscuit, m.
Bishop, Bischof, m. Obispo, m. véque, m.
Bit, Bissen, m. Stiick, Bocado, m. Morceau,-x, m.
Bite, Beiszen,kranken, Morder, Mordre, pincer.
Bitter, Bitter, Amargo, Amer,-e.
Black, Mitrrisch, Negro, obscuro, Noir, sombre.
Black-lead, = Reisz-blei, n. | Lapiz-plomo, m. Minede plomb, Κ
Blacksmith, = Grobschmied, m. Herrero, m. Forgeron. m.
Bladder, Blase, 7. Vexiga, f. [mo, Vessie, enflure, Καὶ
Blade, Blattchen, n. Pala (f-) dere- Lame, tige, f
Blame, Tadel, s. m. Calpa, Καὶ Blame, crime, m.
Blameless, Untadelhaft, Inocente, Innocent,-e.
Blanket, WolleneDecke, f. Manta, αὶ Couverture Καὶ
Blaspheme, Gott lastern, Blasfemar, Blasphémer.

Blasphemer, Gotteslisterer,n. Blasfemo,m. | Blasphemateur.
Windstoss,s. 7m. Nublo, 8. m. Boutfée, s. m.

Blaze, Flamme, 5. Κα Llama, 8. f. bril- Flamme, 8. /.
Flammen, v. lar, v. allumer, v.
Bleach, Bleichen, Blanquear, Blancher.
Bleachery, Bleich, αὶ Blanqueria, f. Blanchisserie, Καὶ
Bleat, Bloéken, 8. 2. v. Balido, 8. m. Bélement, s.m. @
balar, νυ. béler, v.
Bleed, Bluten, Sangrar, Saigner.
Blemish, Makel, 9. m. Tacha, 8. αὶ Tache, 9. f.
Blend, Besudeln, Mezelar, Méler.
Bless, Segnen, Bendecir, Bénir, louer.
Blind, | Blind, falsch, Ciego, Aveugle.
Blindness, Blindkeit, αὶ Ceguedad, 7. Aveuglement, m.
Bliss, Beligkeit, 7. Gloria, f. Béatitude, Κα
Blister, Blatter, s.f. Vexiga, 8. f. Vésicule, s. αὶ

Bloat, jAufblasen, Hinchar, S’ enfler, gonfler.

426

BLA.
Block,
Blood,

Blood-thirsty, Blutdiirstig,

Bloom,
Blot,
Blotch,

INTERNATIONAL D:CrTIONARY.

GERMAN.

Blut, n.

Klecks, 8. m.

[υ.

SPAMS. FRENCH,
Block, Klotz, m. Zoquete, s.m. Bloc, 8. m.
Sangre, m. Sang, m.
Sanguinario, § Sanguinaire,
Blithe,s. blithen, Flor,s. fenchar,v Fleur,s.fieurir, ὃν
Borron, s.m. Tache, 8. f.
Roncha, Κ Pustule, [lard,m.

Blatter, f.

Blotting-paper, Léschpapier, 2. Teleta, αὶ
Stosz,m.wehen,v Golpe,s. soplar,v. Coup,s.soufiler,v.

Blow,
Blue,
Bluff,
Blunder,
Blunt,

Blur,
Blush,

Bluster,
Board,
Boarder,
Boast,

Blau,

Grob, .

Schnitzer, 9. ἢν.

Stumpf, adj.
abstumpfen, v.

Klecks, s. m:

Azul,

Agreste,

Desatino, s. m.

Lerdo, adj. em-
botar, v.

Borron, 8. 17.

Schamrothe, s. /, Chapa, 8. αὶ

erréthen, v.
Sturm, 8. m.
Brett, #. Kost, αὶ
Kostgiinger, m.
Prahlerei, 8. Κα

prahlen, v.

hacer roxo, ν.
Ruido, 8. m.
Tabla, s. ff
Mes, afio, ™.
Jactancia, 8. Καὶ

jactar, ψ.

Boot, n. Fahre, Κ Bote, m.
Schnur, Spale, /- Bolillo, ss.

Schniirbrust, Καὶ
Haarnadel, αὶ

Leib, Korper,m.

Corsé, m.
Punzon, m.
Cuerpo, m.

Sumpf,Morast,m Pantano, m.

Theebuh, m. specie de té,m.
Kochen, Hervir,
Stiirmisch, Barrascoso,
Sieder, m. Cocedor, m.
Kihn, frech, —_Intrepido,
Bombardiren, Bombardear,
Band,7.Strick,m. Grillo, n.
Knechtschaft, Κα Cautiverio, m.
Knochen, m. §Hueso, m.

Freudenfeuer, nr.

Damenhtt, 7”.
Buch, 2.

Querstange, Κ

Fuego (m.) de
regocijo.
Bonete, 9),
Libro, .
Botalon, m.

Papier brouil-

Bleu, d’azur.

Rude, fier,-e.
Erreur, δ. Καὶ
moussé, adj.
émousser, v.
Tache, 5. αὶ
Rougeur, s. Κ
rougir, v.
Fracas, 8. m.
Planche, 8. f-
Pensionnaire, ™
Parade, 8.1
vanter, ¥.
Bateau,-x, ™.
Bobine, Κα

Corset, m.

Foingon, 45.
Co omme,".
Matis, m.
Thé-bou, m.
Bouillir.
Violent,-e.
Bouilloire, fz
Hardi,-e, rude,
Bombardier.
Lien, m.
Captivité, f.
Os, m. arréte, f.
Feu (m) de joie
[τ΄

Bonnet, chapeau,
Livre, m.

Bome, percha, ἢ

INTERNATIONAL DIOTIONARY.

GERMAN.

Gabe,e.lustig,ad).

Stiefel, m.
Beute, f. Raub,
Geboren,
Marktflecken, m.
Borgen,
Busen, m.
Buckel, αὶ
Botanisch,
Botaniker, m.
Krauterkunde, f.
Flickwerk,s.n.
Beide, _
Flasche, Κὶ
Grund, Boden,m.
Ast, m.
Sprung, m.
prallen, 2.
Grenzenlos,
Pramie, f.
Bug, 8. m.
beigen, ¥.
Bogen, m.
Eingeweinde, n.
Becken, s. n.
Biichse, αὶ
Knabe,Junge,m.

Band, 8. 7.

Branntwein, ™.
Kohipfanne, 7

427

SPANISM. FREenog.
Dadiva, 8. alegre, Present,s.bon, a
Ganancia, f- Botte, Καὶ
Botin, m. Butin, pillage, m.
Nacido, Né.

Ciudad, Κὶ Bourg, m.
Tomar fiado, |§ Emprunter.
Seno, m. Sein, m.
Clavo, m. Bosse, Καὶ
Botanico, Botanique.
Botanista, m. Botaniste, m. 7.
Botanica, αὶ Botanique, /-
Roncha, 8. Κ Enflure, 8. αὶ
Ambos, los dos, Tous deux.
Botella, αὶ Bouteille, Καὶ
Fondo, m. Fond, m.

Brazos de érbol, Branche, /-
Limite, s.m. des- Limite, s. f. limi

lindar, 2. ter, v.
Tllimitado, Tilimité, [té, 7
Generosidad, Καὶ Bonté, générosi-

Reverencia, f, Salut, m. cour

encorvar, Ὁ. ber, v.
Arco, m. Arc, archet, m.
Intestinos,m. Entraillles, Καὶ
Taza, 8. 7. Bassin, 8. m.

Box, m. caxa, f. Buis, m. caisse, ἢ

Muchacho, nifio, Garcon, ™.

Abrazadera, ¢. f. Paire, 8. Κὶ lier, v.
bracear, 2.

Clavo, mm. Clou, sans téte.
Jactarse, Vanter.
Fanfarron,m. | Bravache, m.

Trenza, 8. f. tren- Noeud, 8. νι, tres-

zar, v. ser, Vv.
Celebro, mm Cerveau-x, m.
Helechal, m. | Buisson, m. [mm
Salvado, m. Son, bran de son,
Rama, 8. αὶ Branche, 8. f.
Tizon, 8. m. Tison, δ. ™.
Aguardientam. Brandevin, m.
Latonero, m. _‘ Brasier, ™m.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

Break,
Breakfast,
Breast,
Breath,
Breathe,
Brevity,
Brew,
Brewer,
Brewery,
Bribe,
Brick,
Brickle,
Bridal,
Bride,
Bridge,
Bridle
Brier,
Brig,
Brigade,
Bright,
Brim,
Brimstone,
Brindle,

Brine,

Bring,
Brine
Bristle,
Broach,
Broad,
Brogan,
Broker,
Brook,
Broom,

GERMAN. SPanisH. Frencg.
Kupfer, n. Bronce, m.. Airain, m
Kind, n. Balg,m. Rapaz, prole, m. Petit marmot, πὶ.
Groszprahlerei, f Bravata, f. Bravade, αὶ
Tapfer, Bravo, Brave,
Prahlerei, f. Pompa, Κα Courage, a.
Schallen, jar, Broyer, v.
Brod, 2. Pan, m. Pain, m.
Breite, αὶ Anchura, Καὶ Largeur, αὶ
Brechen, Romper, Rompre, casser.
Frihstfick,n. Almuerzo,m. Déjetiner, s.m.v.
Brust, αὶ Pecho, m. Poitrine, αὶ
Athem, m. Aliento, m. Haleine, αὶ
Athmen, Alentar, Respirer.
Kirze, Καὶ Brevidad, αὶ Bréveté, αὶ
Brauen, Hacer licores, Brasser.
Brauer, m. Cervecero,m. Brasseur, m
Brauhaus, 2. _ Cerveceria, f. —_ Brasserie, αὶ
Geschenk, s. x. Cohecho,s.f Present, m.
Zie elstein, m. Ladrillo, m. Brique, f-
rbrechlich, § Quebradizo, Fragile.
Brautlich, Nupcial, Nuptial,-e.
Braut, αὶ Novia, αὶ pouse, αὶ
Briicke, αὶ Puente, "1 Pont,chevalet,m.
Zaum, m. Brida, αὶ frano, m, Bride, f. frein, m.
Stauch, m. Zarzo, 13. Ronee, Κα
Brigg, τι. Bergantin, m. Brig antin γῇ
Hak eee Brigada, Κὶ Brigade, ἡ
klar, Claro, ant,-e.
Rand. m. Borde, m. Bord,oxieémith,f
Schwefel,m. | Azufre, m. [res, Soufre, Κὶ
Schecke, Veriedad decolo- Tavelure, tache.
Salzwasser, n. Salmuera, αὶ Saumure, mer, 7.
Bringen, Llevar, traer, | Apporter.
m. Orilla, αὶ Bord, m.
Borste, s. fe Cerda, s. αὶ Soie, 8. αὶ
Bratspies, 5. m. Espeto, s.m. Broche, s. /.
Breit, grosz, Ancho, claro, Large, gT08,-8e.
; Holzse uh, m. Zapato, m. Soulier, m.
Makler, m. Corredor, m. _ Courtier, =
Bach, 8. m. Arroyo, s.m. Ruisseau-x, 8. m.
Pfriemenkraut,n. Escobera, f. Gendt, ballai, sm.

BRO.
Broth,
Brother,
Brotherly,
Brown,
Bruise,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 429

GERMAN. ΒΡΑΧΙΒΕ. FRER OW.
Fleischbrtthe, αὶ Caldo, m. Fréze, m.
Bruder, m. Hermano, ™. Bouillon, m.
Bruderlich, Fraternal, Fraternel,-le.
Braun, Bruno, Brun,-e.
Schlagen, v. Contusion, 8. ᾧ Contusion, 8. αὶ
Birste, 8. f. Brusa, s. αὶ Brosse, 3. f.

biirsten, ν. acepillar, v. brosser, v.
Vieh, s. n. Bruto, δ. m. Brute, s. Κα
Wasser-blase, f, Burbuja, s. 7, Bouteille, 8. αὶ
Knospe, 8. f. _Pimpolla, s. f. Bouton, 9. m.
Ranzen, 7. Talego portatil, Petit sac, m.
Biffel, m. Bifalo, m. Buffle, ns.
Schlagen, Combatir, Souffleter.
Possenreiszer, m. Bufon, m. Bouffon.

Wanze, ἢ Chinche, m. Punaise, Καὶ
Einspanner, m. Especie de carro, Voiture, Καὶ
Waldhorn, n, Corneta, Κα Cor de chasse,m,
Bauen, Edificar, Batir.

Klumpen, m. Tamaiio, 72, Grandeur.

Stier, m. Toro, m. Taureau, m.
Kugel, f. Bala de metal, Balle,f-boulet, m.

Kuppler, 8. κα. Espadachin, m. Ta

eur, M2.

Volles Glas, n. Copa, lleno, Rasade, αὶ
Bund, Biindel, ». Nudo, racimo, μι, Bosse, f.

Bund, n. Atado, lio, γι. Paquet, m.
Spund, m Bondon, m. Bondon, m.
Boje, Καὶ Boya, f. Bouéd, Καὶ
Bebend, Boyante, m. Flottant,-e.
Klette, αὶ Cadillo, m. Bardane, Καὶ
Klette, αὶ Bardana, ζὶ Glouteron, ™.
Last, f. Carga, Fardeau,-x, m.
Bergamotte, f. Pera bergomota, Bergamote, f.
Schreibtiech, θὲ. Escritorio, #. | Bureau,-x, m.
Dieb, ™. Robador, m. Voleur, m.
Brand, 8. m. Quemadura,s. f. Brilure, 8. 1 bra-
brennen, v. quemar, σ. ler, v.
Bersten, Reventar, Crever.
Vergraben, Enterrar, Enterrer.
Busch, γι. Arbusto, m. Buisson, 7.
Scheffel, κε. Fanega, /. Boisseau,-X, ™.

Gerausch, 4, 5. Bullicio, s.m. Bruit, m

430

BUS.
Busy,

But,
But,

Butcher,

Butchery,
Butter,
Buttery,
Button,

Buttress, ὁ
Buy,
Buyer,

By,
Bye (good,)

Cabbage,
Cabin,
Cabinet,
Cable,
Cadet,

Cage,

Cake,
Calash,
Calculate,
Calculation,
Caldron,
Calender,
Calf,
Calico,
Call,

Calm,

Calomel,
Calumny,
Cambric,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN.

Geschiiftig, adj.

beschiiftigen, 2.

Aber, nur, als.

SPaNisi.
Ocupado, adj.
ocupar, v.

Excepto,

FRENOR.
Actif,-ve, adj. oc-
euper, v.

Mais.

Ende, s. 2. an- Limite, cabo,s.m. Bout, 8. m. heur-

grenzen, v. hincharse, v. _-ter, ¥.

Fleischer, 8. m. Carnicero, s.m. Boucher, s. m.
schiachten, v. matar, v. egorger, v.

Fleischbank, f Carruceria, f. Boucherie, αὶ
Butter, αὶ Manteca, αὶ Beurre, m.
Speisekammer,f. Mantecoso, m. Dépense, Καὶ
Knopf, 5. m.zu- Boton, s.m. Bouton, s. m.

knipfen, νυ. abotonar, v. —_ boutanner, v.
Stiitze, αὶ Estribo, 2. Arc-boutant, m.
Kaufen, Comprar, Acheter.
Kaufer, m. Comprador, m. Acheteur-se,m,/~
Durch, von, su, Por, Par, de, &, au,
Lebe wohl, & Dios, Adieu.

Cc.

Kohl, m. Berza, f. Chou,-x, [f-
Cabinet, 7. Cabana, Καὶ Petite chambre,
Cabinet, n. Gabinete, m, Cabinet, m.
Ankertau, 2. Cable, m. Cable, m.
Cadet, m. Cadete, m. Cadet, m.
Vogelbauer,s.m. Jaula, 5. f. en- Cage, s. f. enca-

einspenen, v. _—jaular, v. ger, v.
Kuchen, m. Bollo, m. Gateau-x, mm.
Kalesche, αὶ Calesa, /. Caléche. αὶ
Ausrechnen, Calcular, Calculer.
Berechnung, f. Calculacion, αὶ Calcul, m.
Kochtopf, τ. Caldera, f. Chaudron, m.
Kalender, m § Calandfia, f. §_ Calandre, f-
Kalb, n. Pontorrilla, f. Veau-x, m.
Kattun, m. Calicad, 7 Indienne, αὶ
Nennen, Llamar, Appeler.
Windstille, 5. Calmo, s. m. Calme, 8. m. cal-

ruhig, adj. tranquilo, adj. me, adj.
Calomel, n. Mercurio dulce, Calomel, m.
Verleumdung, f. Calumnia, ΚΖ | Calomnie, f.
Kammertuch, n. Batista, αὶ Batiste, ζὶ

®

CAM. GERMAN. SPaNisg. YRENOH.
Camel, Kameel, a. Camello, m. Chameau,-x, m.
Camomile, Kamille, αὶ Manzanilla, 2 Camomille, αὶ
Camp, Lager, 8. π. cam- Campo, s.m. Camp, s.m.

iren, νυ. acammpar, v. camper, v.
Campaign, Feldzug,m. Campaiia, f. | Campagne, 7.
Camphor, Kampfer, m = Alcanfor, m. amphre, m.
Canal, Canal, m. Canal, m. Canal,-aux, m.
Canary-bird, Canarienvogel,m Canario, m. Serin, m. Καὶ
Cancel, Ausstreichen, Cancelar, Canceller.
Cancer, Krebs, m. Cancer, m. Cancre, m.
Candid, Weisz, Candido, Blanc,-he.
Candidate, Candidat, m. | Candidato, m. Candidat, m.
Candle, Licht, n. Candela, αὶ Chandelle, f.
Candle-snuffer, Lichtputze, {, | Despabiladeras,fMoucheur (m) de
chandelle,
Candlestick, Leuchter,m. | Candelero,m. Chandelier, m.
Candor, Biederkeit, 7. | Candor, m. Candeur, αὶ
Cannibal, Kannibal, m §_Canibal, m. [ria, Canibale, m.
Cannon, Kanone, Καὶ Canon de artille- Canon, m.
Canon, Kanon, 22. Canon, m. Canon,statute,m.
Canopy, himmel, m. Dosel, m. Dais, pavillon, m.
Cant, Heuchelei, 4. f. Gerigonza, 8. f. Argot, δ. m. jar-
. winfeln, v. almonedear, ¥. gonner, v.
Canter, Pasz, ὃ. m. Galope, 8. m. Galop, δ. m.
opiren, v. opear, ν. galopear, v.
Canto, aoe m. Canto, m. Chant, m.
Canvass, Cannevas, s. m. Lona, 8. f. solici- Canevas, 8. m.
" priifen,v[lerym. tar, v. solliciter, v.
Canvasser, Stimmensamm- Solicitador, m. Solliciteur, m.
Cap, Miitze, Haube, 7, Gorro, m. Gorra, Chapeau, m.
Capable, Fihig, tiichtig, Capaz, Capable.
Capacity, Umfang, m. §_ Capacidad, 7. § Capacité, αὶ
Cape, Kragen, nf. Cabo, m. Collet, m. Ἀ
Capit-al,-ol, Hauptstadt,s.f. Capitolio, s,m. Chapiteau-x, a.m.
peinlich, adj. capital, adj. ᾽ capital,-e, adj.
Captain, Hauptmann, m. Capitan, m. Capitaine, m.
Captivate, Einnehmen, [Κὶ Cautivar, Captiver.
Captivity, Gefangenschaft, Cautiverio, m. Captivité, f.
Car, Karren, m. Carreta, αὶ Charrette, Κὶ
Carcass, TodterKérper,m Res muerta, 7, Carcasse, /.
Card, Karte, Καὶ Naype, . Carte, curd, Καὶ

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

«Ὁ

431

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

Cataract,
Catch,
Cathedral,
Catholic,.

Cattle,
Cause,

Caution,
Cavern,

Cedar,
Celebrate,

Celebration,

Celestial,

Greaman. Spantan. FRENCH.

Cardinal, s. 2. Cardinal, s.m. Cardinal, 9. m

vornehmst, adj. cardinal, adj. cardinal,-e, adj.
Sorge, Vorsicht, f Cuidado, 2. Soin, m
Besorgt, Cuidadoso, Soigneux,-se.
, Nachlissig, Descuidado, Negligent,-e.
Liebkosen, Acariciar, Caresser.
Schiffsladung,7f. Carga, /. Cargaison, f.
Carmin, m. Carmin, m. Rouge, carmin-e.
Blutbad, 5. Carniceria, #2 Carnage, m.
Lied, 8. π. sin- Villancico, 8. m. Chanson joy-

gen, v. cantar, ¥. euse, 8. f. chan-
ter, v.

Zimmermann, 33. Carpintero, m. Charpentier, μι.

Teppich, τι. [m. Tapéte de mesa, Tapis, m
Fuhre, f.Wagen, Porte, Coche, m. Voiture, Ἕ [ter.

Tragen, fihren, Lievar, Porter,
Karren, m. Carro,carromato, Charrette, t
Graben, Grabar, . Couper.

, Futteral, ». Estado, m. [te, Boite, f. [tantm.
Baares Geld, Dinero comtaz- Argent compt-
Cassirer, #7. Caxero, 18, Caissier, m.
Fasz, n. Helm,m. Barril, 2m. Tonneau,-x, m
Werfen, Tirar, mudar, Jeter, lancer.
Schloss, n. ῳ Castillo, m. Chateau,-x, m.
Biber, Biberhut, Castor, πὶ. Castor, m.
Katze, Καὶ Cato, m. Chat, m.
Wasserfall, x. Cascada, αὶ Chute ( 7.) d’eau.
Fangen, Coger, Saisir, prendre.
Domkirche, f. Catedral, αὶ Cathédrale, καὶ

Katholik, s.m. Catolico, s.m. Catholique, δι".

katholisch adj. catélico, adj. catholique, adj.
Rindvieh, n. Ganado, m. Betail, m. Bétes.
Ursache, δ f. Causa, 8. αὶ Cause, Κ cau-

verursachen,¥. causar, v. δον

"Vorsicht, 8.5 Cautela, δ. ζὶ Prudence, 8. f.

warnen, v. prevenir, ¥. avertir, v
Hohle, Καὶ Caverna, αὶ Caverne, ft
Ceder, αὶ Cedro, m. Cédre, m.
Feiern, Celebrar, Célébrer.
Feier, Κ Celebracion, αὶ Celebration, /.
Himmlisch, Celestial,

Celeste.

CEL.
Cellar,
Cent,
Centinel,
Centre,
Century,
Ceremony,
Certain,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN. SPANISH.
Keller, m. Sétano, m.
Hundert, . Ciento, m.

Schildwache, f. Centinela, m.
Mittelpunkt, m. Centro, m.
Jahrhundert, . Centuria, Καὶ

Ceremonie, | Ceremonia, Καὶ
Gewisz, Cierto, certain,
Bescheinigung,f. Certificacion, Κα
Vergewissern, Certificar,
Stillstand, m. | Cesacion, /
Spreu, /- Zurron, m.
Kette, Cadena, Κὶ

Sitz, Stuhl,m. Silla, Καὶ

Kreide,/'Kalk,m. Greda, ἃ
Kammer, Καὶ Camara, αὶ
Zufall, Καὶ Fortuna, f-
Kanzler, m. Canciller, m.
Kanzlei, Καὶ Cancilleria, Κὶ

Wechseln,v.Ver- Mudar, v. mu-
inderung, s.f. danza, 8. f.

Maul,s. spalten,v. Grieta,s.firajar,v.
Capelle, 7 Capilla, Χ
Schriftzug, m. Caracter, m.
Holzkohle, f, Carbon, m.
Ladung, s.f£ Cargo, 8. m.

en, v. encargar, ¥.
Gutmithigkeit,f. Caridad, Καὶ
Zauber, s.m. Encanto, 8. m.

bezaubern, v. _encantar, v.
Zauberer, m. | Encantador, m.
Seekarte, Καὶ Carta de navigar,
Urkunde, f. Privilegio, m.
Jadg,s.f. Jagen,v Caza,s. f. cazar,v.
Keusch, Casto, puro,
Keusehheit, f. Castidad, f- lm.
Vermigen,. Bienes muebles,
Wohlfeil, Barato,
Betrug, s.m. Trapa, s. f.
betriigen, v. — engaiiiar, v.

Einhalt, 5. γι. Rechazo, 8. m.

, hemmen, ». reprimir, v.

433

FRENCH.
Cave, fcellier,m.

‘Cent, m.

Sentinelle, Κα
Centre, m.
Centur,-ie, αὶ
Cérémonie, Καὶ
Certain,-e.
Certificat, m.
Certifier.
Cessation, αὶ
Paille, αὶ
Chaine, αὶ
Chaise, 7.
Craie, marne, αὶ
Chambre, αὶ
Hasard, m.
Chancelier, m.
Chancellerie, αὶ
Changer, υ.
changement,s.m.
Fente,sf.fendre,v
Chapelle, αὶ
Caractére,m. [m.
Charbon de bois.
Charge, 8. αὶ
charger, v.
Charite, αὶ
Charm, 8. m.
charmer, v.
Enchanteur, m.
Carte marine, Καὶ
Titre, m. [ser,v.
Chasse,s. f. chas-
Chaste, fidéle.
Chasteté, αὶ
Biens, 22.
‘A bon marché.
Tromperie, 8.1
_ tromper, v.
Obstacle, 8. 22.
arretter, v.

434 INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.
CHE. GERMAN. SPaNIse. FRENCH.
Cheek, W ange, f: Carrillo, m. Joue, αὶ
Cheese, Kise, γι. Queso, m. Fromage, m.
Chemistry, Chemie, αὶ Quimica, Καὶ Chimie, Καὶ
Chesnut, Kastanie, αὶ Castana, A{drez, Chataigne, f.
Chess, Schachspiel, n, Juego(m)de axe- Echeco, τε. [m.
Chest, . Kiste, Lade, f. Arca, καὶ Caisse, 7. coffre,
Chew, Kauen, Mascar, Macher. γε.
Chicken, Kichlein, Polluelo, m. Poulet, poussin,
Chief, Erste, ὃ. m. Principal, adj. Chef, s. m.
oberst, adj. Xefe, 8. m. principal, adj.
Child, Kind, n. Infante, m. [v. Enfant, m. f-
Chill, Frost, 8. m. kalt Frio, 9. γι. enfriar, Froid,.s. m.
machen, ὃ. glacer, v.
Chimney, Kamin, n. Chimenea, f. Cheminée, αὶ
Chin, Kinn, π. Barba, Καὶ Menton, m.
Chip, ' Span, 8. m. Brizna, 8. ἢ Copeau,-x, 8. m.
schneiden, v. _astillar, v. hacher v.
Chisel, Meissel, 8. πὶ Escoplo, s.m. Cisseau-x, 8. mm
meizeln, υ. escoplear, νυ. ciseler, v,
Chocolate, Chocolate, f. | Chocolate, m. Chocolat, m.
Chuice, ‘Wahl, 9. Κὶ aus- Elecion, 8. f. es- Choix, 8. m.
erlesen, adj. cogido, adj. Choisi,-e, adj.
Choose, Wahlen, Escoger, hoisir.
Chord, Saite, Κὶ mit Sai- Cuerda, 5. ΚΖ en- Corde,s. f. mon-
ten beziehen,v. cordar, v. ter, v.
Christ, Christus, m, Christo, m. Christ, m.
Christian, Christ, m. Christiano, m. Chréten,-nem Καὶ
Christmas, Weichnachten,n. Navidad, f. - , Noél, m.
Church, Kirche, f. Iglesia, αὶ Egitse;.
Churn, Butterfass, 8. ἢ. Mantequera, 8. /. Baratte, 9/7.
schiitteln, v. = agitar, v. barattg@t, v.
Chemist, §—~ Scheidekiinstler, Quimico, m. Chimist@ n. -
Cider, Aepfelwein, m. Sidra, αὶ Cidre,
Cinnamon, Zimmt, m. Cancle, Καὶ Cinnamome, n.
Circle, Zirkel, Kreis, m.Circulo, circo, 2. Cercle, m.
Circulate, In Umlanf brin- Cercar, Circuler.
gen, [lauf, m.
Circulation, αι, Kreis- Circulacion, f Circulation, f-
Circumcise, Beschneiden, Circuncidar, Circoncire.
Circumcision, Beschneidung, f. Circuncision, f. Circoncision, f.
Circumference, Umkreis, m. Circunferencia, Circonference, Κα

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 435

CIR. GERMAN. ΒΡΑΝΙΒΉ. Fence.

Circumnavi- Umschiffen, Navegar al rede- Navivsuer autour
gate, dor, de.

Circumstance, Umstand, m. Circunstancia, Κ Circonstance, Κ᾿
Circumstantial, Zufallig, Accidental, Accidentel,-le.
Circus, Circus, m. _ [m. Circo, m. Circque, m.
Cistern, Wasserbehilter, Cisterna, αὶ Citerne, Καὶ
Cite, ° Vorladen, Citer ἃ juicio, Citer.
City, -Btadt, Δ΄ Ciudad, Καὶ Ville, cité, 7.
Citizen, ‘Birger, m. Cindadano, m. Citoyen,-ne, fm.
Civil, Birgerlich, Civil, ες Civil,-e.
Civilize, Gesittet machen, Civilizar, Civiliser.

Clam, , Anspruch, 8. m. Demanda, s. f. Demande, 8. Καὶ
. “ machen, v. demandar,v. Demander, v.

We

. Clap, « Klappern, Batir, Batir, claquer.
Clarify, Abklaren, Clarificar, Clarifier.
Clasp,’ Haken, s. m. Broche, 8. m. Agrafe, s. 7.

zuhaken, 2. abrochar, v. agrafer, v.
Class, Classe, αὶ Clase, αὶ Classe, αὶ
Classical, Classich, Clasico, Classique.
Clatter, Gerassel, s.n. Resonancia, s.f. Choc, 8. m. faire
zanken, συ. resonar, Vv. du bruit, v.
Olause, Redesatz, m. [v. Clausula, [rar,v. Clause, Κὶ
Claw, Klaue, #- kratzen, Garra,s.f.desgar- Griffe, gratter, v.
Clay, Thon, Lehm, m. Arcilla, αὶ Argille, f-
Clean, Rein, glatt, adj. Limpio, adj. lim- Popre, adj. net-
reinigen, v. plar, v. toyer, Ὁ.
Clear, Hell, klar, adj. Claro, adj. clari- Claire, adj.
einigen, v. ficar, v. laircir, v.
Cleggy, ———Gaistlichkeit, f. Clero,m. —— Clergé, m.
Cler Geistliche, m. _ Clerigo, m. Clerc, m.
Cleve Geschickt, Diestro, Habile.
Clima@, Klima, x. Clima, Καὶ Climat, m.
Climb, Klimmen, Subir, Grimper sur,
Clinch, Befestigen, Empuiiar, Empoigner.
Cling, Anbangen, Colgar, Se tener a.
Clip, Abschneiden, Abrazar, Embrasser.
Cloak, Mantel, m. Capa, αὶ Manteau,-x, m.
Clock, Schlaguhr, f. Relox, m. Horloge, 7.
Close, Zumachen, ν. ‘Cerrar, v. cerra- Fermer, v. en-
verborgen, adj. ἀο, adj. ferme, adj.

Closet, Cabinet, π. Retrete, m. Cabinet, m.

436

στο.
Cloth,
Clothe,
Clothes,
Clothier,

Cloud,
Clove, .
Clown,
Club,
Cluster,

Coach,
Coal,
Coalition,
Coarse,
Coat,
Coax,
Cobble,
Cobbler,

Coincide,

Coincidence,
Cold,

Collar,
Collect,
Collection,
Collector,
College,
Collegian,

Collegiate,
Collision,
Colonel,
Colony,
Colt, .

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN. SPANISH.
Zeug,m. Tuch, n. Patio, m.
Bekleiden, Vestir,
Kleidung, Καὶ Vestidos, m.
Tuchhandler, m Fabrikante (nt)

de pafios,

Wolke, Καὶ Nube, Καὶ
Kloben, m. Clavo, m.
Grobian, πηι. Patan, m.
Keule, αὶ Clava, f.
Schwarm, s.m. Racimo, 8. m.

hausen, 2. apifiar, v.
Kutsche, Καὶ Coche, m.
Kohle, αὶ Fuego, m.
Vereinigung, f. Union, Κα
Grob, rob, 8 f Laste,
Roch, m. Fell x, Cassaca, fi.
Schmeicheln, _Lisonjear,
Flicken, Chapucear,
Pfuscher,m. -Chapucero, m.
Hahn, m. Gallo, m.
Gesetzbuch, n. Libro, m.
Kaffee, m. Café, π᾿.
Sarg,m. Ditte, f. Ataud, om.
Dringend, Convincente,
Ecke, f. Keil, γι. Moneda, αὶ
Zusammentref- Coincidir,

fen, [}

Zusammenkunft, Coincidencia, αὶ
Kalte, kalt, adj. Frio,s.m. frio,adj.

Haisband, 2.
Sammeln,

. Sammlung, αὶ

Sammler, 7.
Collegium, n.
Student, m.

Collegialisch,
Collision, Sf.
Oberste, 21.
Kolonie, αὶ
Hengstfillen, n.

Collera, αὶ
Congregar,

Colecion, f. —

Colector, m,
Colegio, m.
Colegial, m.

Colegial,
Colision, /.
Coronel, m.
Colonia, αὶ

Potro, m.

FRENCH.
Toile, Καὶ drap, πε.
Habiller.
Habillement, m.
Drapier, m.

Nue, f. nuage,m.
Clou de girofle,m
Paysan, m.
Massue, ἢ
Amas, 8. m.
amasser, v.
Carosse m.
Charbon, m.
Coalition, αὶ
Grossier.
Habit, m.
Flatter.
Saveter.
Savetier, πε.
Coq, m.
Code, m.
Café, m.
Biére, αὶ
Convainquant,-e.
Monnaie, f.
Coincider.

Coincidence, Καὶ
Froid, froid,-e,ad}
Collier, mm."
Ramasser.
Collection, Καὶ
Collecteur, m.
Collége, m.
Membre m. d’un
Collége.
Collégial,-e.
Choc, m.
Colonel, 2.
Colonie, Καὶ
Poulain, m.

coL.
Column,
Comb,
Combat,

Combine,
Come,
Comedian,
Comedy,
Comet,
Comfort,

Comforter,
Comical,
Command,

Commander,
Command-
ment,
Commence,
Comment, ».

Comment, ἢ.

Commentator,

Commerce,
Commercial,
Commission,
Commit,
Committee,

Common,
Commotion,
Communica-
tion,
Communion,
Community,

Compact,

Companion,
Company,
Compare,
Comparison,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 437

GeEMAN. SPANISH. PRENCH.
Columne, αὶ Columna, αὶ Colonne, Καὶ
Kamm, m. Peyne, m. Peigne, m.
Kampfs.m.strei- Combate, 8. m. Combat, 4. m.

ten, v. combatir, v. combattre, v.
Verbinden, Combinar, Joindre.
Kommen, Venir, Venir. [-ne, mf.
Schauspieler, m. Comediante, m. Commedien,
Lustspiel, 7. Comedia, Καὶ Comédie, αὶ
Comet, m. Cometa, Καὶ Cométe, Κὶ
Trost, 8. m. trés- Confortacion,s.f. Secours, δ. m.

ten, v. confortar, v. consvler, νυ.
Troster, m. Consolador, m. Consolateur, m.
Possierlich, Comico, Comique.
Befehl, 8. m. Mando, s.m. Odre,s.m., com-

befehlen, v. mandar, v. mander, νυ.
Befehlshaher, m. Comandante, m. Comniandant, m.
Héchste Ge- Mandato, m. Command-

walt, Καὶ ment. m.
Beginnen, Comenzar, Commencer.
Bemerkungen Comentar, Commenter.

machen, .

Anmerkung, £ Comento, m. Commentaire, m.

Ausleger, m.

Gewerbe, 2. Comercio, m.
Merkantisch, Comercial,
Auftrag, m. Comision, f.

Uebergeben, [m. Cometer,

Comentador, m

Commentateur.
Commerce, m.

Commercial,-e.
Commission, ἡ
Confier a.

engerAusschusz, Junta( /)decom- Comité, m.
misionados,m.
Gemein, Comun, [m. Commun,-e.
Bewegung, f. Levantamiento, Emeute, f°
Mittheilung, f. Comunicacion, Κὶ Communica-
tion, αὶ
Gemeinschaft, αὶ Comunidad, Φ Communion, f/.

Gemeinde, Comunidad, f Communaut
Betrag, s.m. Pacto, 8. m.com- Pacte, 8. m.
Gedrungen,adj. _ pacto, adj. compact, adj.
Geselischafter,m Compaiero, m. Compagnon, m.
Zunft, αὶ Compaiiia, 7. Compagnie, Κ
Vergleichen, | Comparar, Comparer.

Vergieichung, Ff. Comparacion, ΚΖ Comparaison, f.
37%

438

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

COM. GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENOg.
Compass, Compass, s.m. Circulo, s.m. Tour, s.m.
einschliessen, ¥. —_circuir, 2. entourer, νυ.
Compel, Zwingen, Compeler, Forcer.
Compete, Concurriren,[gen Disputar, Concourir.
Compile, Zusammentra- Compilar, Compiler.
Complain, Beklagen, Quejarse, ' ὀ ἠ ἠ Deplorer. [m/f. -
Complainant, Klager, ne. Querellante, m. Complaignant,-e.
Complaint, Klage, f. Queja, αὶ Plainte, f.
Complement, erganzung, f. Complemento,m. Perfection, Καὶ
Complete, Vollenden, v. Completar, v. Acomplir, συ.
vollstandig, adj. “completo, adj. _ complet,-e,adj.
Complexion, Ansehen, n. Complexo, m Complexion, αὶ
Complicate, Verwickeln,v. Complicar, v. | Compliquer, v.
verwickelt,adj. complicado,adj. complique,-e,adj.
Compliment, Compliment,s.n. Cumplimiento,m. Compliment, m.
lissen, v. cumplimentar,v. complimenter, v.
Comply, Einwilligen,{zen, Cumplir, Condescendre ἃ. -
Compose, Zusammenset- Componer, Composer.
Composition, Schreibart, | Composicion, f Composition, αὶ
Compositor, Setzer, m. Compositor, m. Compositeur, m.
Comprise, Begreifen, Comprehender, Contenir.
Compulsion, Zwang, m. Compulsion, f. Contrainte, Καὶ
Compute, Rechnen, Computar, Compter.
Comrade, Camerad,m. | Camarada,f §Camarade, mf.
Conceal, Verhehlen, Callar, Celer, cacher. ~
Conceit, Gedanke, m. | Concepcion, ἡ Imagination, Κὶ
Conceive, Fassen, [m. Concebir, Concevoir.
Conception, Begriff, Vorsatz, Concepcion, ἡ Conception.
Concern, Sorge, s. f. Negocia, s.f. Affaire, 8. f. con-
betreffen, v. concernir, v. cerner, ¥.
Concert, Concert, n. Concierto, m. Concert, m.
Concise, Gedrungen, Conciso, Concis,-e.
Conclude, Schlieszen, Concluir, Conclure.
Conclusion, Schluss, m. Conclusion, f. Conclusion, Καὶ
Concord, Eintr cht, αὶ Concordia, f. | Concorde, Καὶ
Concourse, Zulauf, m. [men, Concurso, m. Concours, m.
Concur, Uebereinstim- Concurrir, Concurir.
Concurrence, Uebereinstimm- Concurrencia, f, Concours, m.
ung, f.
Condemn, Verdammen, Condenar, Condamner.

Condemnation, Verdammung,f. Condenswon. f Condemnation,*

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 489

CON. GERMAN. SPANISH. Faxnca,
Condense, Verdichten, Condensar, Condenser.
Condition, Zustand, m. Condicion, f. | Condition, Κὶ
Conduct, Geleit, 8. π. fih- Conducta, s,f Conduit, 5. αὶ

ren, . conducir, v. mener, ¥,
Conductor, Fithrer, m. [7 Conductor, m. Conducteur, m.
Confectionery, Zuckerbickerei, Confiteria, Κ Laboratoire, mt.

Confer, Vergleichen, Conferenciar, | Conférer.
Confess, Bekennen, ~° Confesar, Confesser, αὶ
Confession, Zeugniss, n. Confesion, καὶ Confession,
Confide, Vertrauen, Confiar, Se fier.
Confidence, Vertrauen,». | Confianza, Κὶ Confiance, Καὶ
Confine, Grenze, 8. 7. an- Confin, 8. m. Bourne,s.n.confi-
| renzen, Ὁ. confinar, ¥. ner,v. [ment,m.
Confinement, Verhaft, αὶ Prision, Καὶ Emprisonne-
Confirm, Bestitigen, Confirmar, Confirmer,
Oonflagration, Feuersbrunst, αὶ Conflagracion, /. Incendie, αὶ
Conflict, Kampf,s.m. kam- Conflicto, s. m.Combat, s. m.
pfen, νυ. luchar, ν. lutter, v.
Conform, Sich richten, Conformar, Conformer.
Confuse, Verwirren, Confundir, Méler.
Confusion, ‘Verwirrung,f. Confusion, £ Confusion, Κὶ

Congratulate, Gliick wiinschen Congratular, | Congratuler.
Congregation, Versammlung,/. Agregado, m. Congrégation, /-
Congress, Congress, m{s.f Congreso, m. Congrés, m.
Conjecture, Muthmaszung, Conjectura, s. f, Conjecture, 8. f.
- muthmaszen,v, _conjecturar,». conjecturer, v.
Conjugal, Ehelich, Conyugal, Conjugal,-e.
Conjugate, Conjugiren, Juntar, Unir, marier.
Conjugation, Verbindung, f Conjuncion, 7 Conjugaison, /.
Conjunction, Bindewort,n. Conjuncion, £ Conjunction, ζ

Conjure, Beschwéren, § Conjurar, Conjurer.
Conjurer, Beschworer, m. Conjurador, m. Enchanteur, m.
Connect, Verbinden, [m. Juntar, Joindre.
Connexion, Zusammenhang, Connexion, f Connexion, /.
Connive, Winken, Guinar el ojo, Conniver.
Conquer, Besiegen, Conquistar, Conquérir.
Conquest, Eroberung,f. Conquista,f; Conquédte, f.
"Conscious, Bewuszt, Consabido, [s.m. Sensible, [8. m.
Consent, Einwilligung, 8... Consentimiento, Consentement,

einwilligen, v. consentir,v. | consentir, v.
Consequence, Einfluss, m. Conseqiiencia, αὶ Consequence, fi .

440

INTERNATIONAL DIOTIONARY.

CON. GERMAN. SPanisa. FRENCH.
Conservative, Erhaltend, Conservativo, Préservatif,-ve.
Consider, Betrachten, Considerar, Considérer.
Consideration, Ueberlegung, Δ Consideracion, 7. Considération, Κὶ
Consist, Bestehen, Consistir, Consister.
Consistent, Dicht, fest, Consistente, Conforme.
Consolation, Trost, m. Consolacion, αὶ Consolation, /.
Console, Trésten, - Consolar, Consoler.
Conspiracy, Verschwérung, fConspiracion, αὶ Conspiration, Κὶ
Conspire, Verschworen, Conspirar, Conspirer.
Constable, Hascher, m. Alguacil, m | Connétable,
Constant, Standhaft, Constante, Constant,-e.
Constitute, Ausmachen, [7 Constituir, Constituer.
Constitution, Staatsverfassung Constitucion, f Constitution, Καὶ
Constrain, Zwingen, Constreflir, [m. Contraindre.
Constraint, § Zwang, τι. Constreflimiento Contrainte, f.
Construct, Errichten, Construir, Construire.
Constructor, Erbauer, m. Arquitecto, m. B&tisseur, m.
Construction, Erbauung, f §Construccion, Κὶ Construction, Καὶ
Consult, um Rath fragen, Consultarse, Consulter.
Consume, Verzehren, Consumir, Consumer.
Consumption, Verbrauch, m. Consumo, m. | Consomption,f.
Contact, Berithrung, f. Contacto, m. Contact, m
Contain, Enthalten, Contener, Contenir.
Contempt, Verachtung, f. Disprecio,m. | Mépris, m.
Contend, Streiten, Contender, Disputer.
Content, Befriedigen, v. Contentar, v. Contentir, v. con-

Zufrieden, a. | contento, adj. __tent,-e, a.
Contentment, Zufriedenheit, Κὶ Contentamiento, Satisfaction, Καὶ
Contest, Streit, 8. χε. strei- Contienda, s. Κὶ Contestation, δῖ

ten, v. contestar, v. disputer, v.
Continent, feste Land, ». Continente, m. Continent, m.
Continual, Ununterbrochen Continuo, Continual,-le.
Continue, Sortsetzen, Continouar, Pursuivre.
Contract, Vertrag, s.m. Contrato, s. σι. Contrat, ὃ. m. 86

verkiirzen, νυ. _ contratar, v. contracter, Ὁ.
Contradict, | Widersprechen, Contradecir, Contredire.
Contradiction, Widerspruch, πὶ. Contradiccion, f. Contradiction, Κὶ
Contrary, Zuwider, gegen, Contrario, Contraire.
Contrast, Abstich, s.m. Contraste, s. m.Contraste, 8. m.

abstechen, #. §_contrastar, v. |: contraster, v.

~ Contribute,

Beitragen, Contribuir, Contribuer.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 441

CON. GExEMAN. . SPanisg. FRENCH.
Contribution, Steuer, 7. Codperacion, Κα Contribution, Καὶ
Contrivance, Erfindung,f Idea, αὶ Invention, Καὶ
Contrive, Erfinden, Idear, Inventer.
Control, Gewalt, 8. Δ be- Contra-lista, 8. f, Contréle, s,m.

herrechen, v. _—reprimer, v. controler, v.

Controversy, Streit, m. Controversia, αὶ Dispute, Καὶ

- Convalescence, Genesung, f. | Convalecencia, Κ Cunvalescence,/f.
Convalescent, Genesend, Convaleciente, Convalescent,-e.
Convene, Vorladen, Convocar, Assembler.
Convenience, Schicklichkeit, Καὶ Conveniencia, f° Aise, αὶ
Convenient, Schicklich, Conveniente, Convenable.
Convent, Kloster, 2. Convento, m. Couvent, m.

Convention, Versammlung,/. Convencion,f Convention, Καὶ
Conversation, Gespriich,n. | Convercion, 7. Conversation, αὶ

Converse, Umgang haben, Conversat, Converset.
Conversion, Umkehrung, f Conversion, f Conversion, Κ
Convert, ‘Bekehrter, sm. Converso, 8. m. Prosélyte 8. m,
bekehren, 2. convertir, ν. convertir,v.
Convey, Fihren, tragen, Transporter; ~ Transporter.
Conveyance, Wegfihren,n. -Conduccion, f. Transport, m.
Convict, = Verbrecher, #.m. Convicto, 8. m. Forgat, 8. γι. re-

wigerlegen, v. convencer,v. __ futer, v.
Conviction, Ueberfithrung, fConviccion, f. Conviction, αὶ

Convince, Ueberzeugen, Convencer, Convaincre.
Cook, Koch, m. kéchin, Cocinero, 8. m.Cuisinier, 8. m.
s.f.kochen, v. cocinar,v. - cuisiner, v.
Cool, Kaltsinnig, adj. Fresco, adj. en- Frais, calme, adj.
erkalten, v. friar, v.. rafraichir, v.
Oooper, Ktiper, m. Tonelero,m. § Tonnelier, m.

Copartner, Theilhaber, m. Compaifero,m. Associé,-e, m. αὶ
Copartnership, Gcnoesenschaft,f Compafiiia, f. | Association, f.

Cope, Decke, s. f. kim- Capa (s. 7.) plu- Calotte, 9. Κὶ

pfen, v. vial, cubrir, v. 8’ opposer, ἃ, ¥.
Copious, Haufig, Copiose, Copieux,-se.
Copy, Abschrift, 7 = Copia, καὶ Copie, example /-
Coquette, Coquette, f. | Dama presumida Coquette, /-

de hermosa, Κὶ

Coral, Koralle, f. Coral, m. Corail,-aux, m.
Cord, Seil, n, Strick, m. Cuerda, /. Corde, αὶ
Core, Greibs, Kern, m2. Corazon, m. Coeur, m.

Cork, Korkbaum, m. Alcornoque, m. Liége, m.

449
COR.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN. SPANISH. Frencn

Com, Korn, 2, Grano, m. Blé, grain, m.
Corner, Winkel, m. Angulo, m. Angle, coin, m,
Cornice... Karniess, n. Cornica, αὶ Corniche, Καὶ
Corporal,...,..,.,. Corporal, m. Caporal, 7. Corporal,-aux, τ
Corporation, Gemeine, αὶ Cabildo, m. Communauté, αὶ
Corporeal, K6rperlich, Corporeo, Corporel,-le.
Corps, Truppencorps, x. Cuerpo, m. Corps, m. [π|.
Corpse, Leichnam, m Cadaver, m. Corps, cadavre,
Correct, Verbessern, v. Corregir, νυ, cor- Corriger, ¥. cor-
verbessert,adj. recto, adj. rect,-e, adj.
Correction, Verbesserung,/. Correccion, f. Correction, Κὶ
Correspond, Uebereinstim- Corresponder, ᾿ Correspondre.
. men,
Correspond- Briefwechsel,m Corresponden- Correspond-
ence, m. cia,f. [m. ance, f. [m.
Correspondent, Correspondent, Correspondiente, Correspondant,
Corrode, Zernagen, Corroer, Corroder.
Corrosive, Zerfressend, _Corrosivo, Corrosif,-ve.
Corrupt, Verderben, v. Corromper, σ. Corrompre, 2.
verfault, adj. corrompido, ἃ. corrompu,-é, a
Corruption, Fiéulniss, αὶ Corrupcion, f. Corruption, αὶ
Cosmetic, Verschénerungs- Cosmetico, m. Cosmétique, m.
mittel,n.[ ten ,v, [tar, v. [cotiter, v.
Cost, Kosten, 8. f. kos- Coste, δ. m. cos- Dépense, 8. f.
Costive, Verstopft, Estrenido de Constipé,-e.
° cererpo,
Cott ..... Hitte, αὶ Cabana, Καὶ Cabane, αὶ
Cotton, Baumwollen, f. Algodon, m. Coton, m.
Couch, Ruhebett,[ten, z. Silla poltrona, f Lit, m. [ser, 2.
Cough, Husten,s.m.,hus- Tos, 8. f. toser, νυ. Toux, 8. Καὶ tous-
Council, Rathsversamm- Concilio, m. Concile, m.
lung, αὶ .
Counsel,.._. Ueberlegung,s.f. Consejo, 8. m, Conseil, 9. m.
rathen, ν. aconsejar, v. conseiller, v.
Count, Rechnen, v. Contar, v. ocon- Compter, v .com-
Graf, 8. m. de, 8. m. pte, 8. m.

Countenance, Gunsat, s. f. billi- Semblante, 8. m. Contenance, 8. f.

gen, v.
Counter, Zahlpfennig, m.

sostcner, v.
Contador, m.

favoriser,v.[ mm.

Jeton, Comptoir,

Counterfeit, | Nachmachen,v. Contrahacer, νυ. Contrefaire. ».
nachgemacht,a, contrahecho,a forgé,-e, adj.

σου. GERMAR.
Counterpane, Betidecke, αὶ
Country, Landschaft, καὶ
County, Grafschaft, αὶ
Courage, Muth, m.
Course, Lauf, Gang, m.
Court, Hof, Vorhof, m.
Courtship, Gunstlewer-,
bung, "ἡ,
Cousin, Vetter, m,
Covenant, Vertrag, m
Cover, Decke, 8. Κ
‘decken, v.
Covetous, Begierig,
Cow, Kuh, f.
Coward, Memme, Δ
Cozen, Betriigen,
Crack, Spalte, 5.
Cradl whee. [be,n. Cuna, Καὶ
e, lege, f. 2. Cuna, Κα
Craft, ay
Crafty, Listig, [sen,-m. Astuto,
Crag, Klippe, f. Fel-
Cramp, Kampf, 8. m.
driicken, v.
Crank, Kurbel, αὶ
Crape, Krepp, mm.
Crash, Gekrach, 8. ἢ.
krachen, υ.
Cravat, Halsbinde, f.
Crave, Bitten,
Crawl, Kriechen,
Crazy, Gebrechlich,
Cream, Rahm, m.
Create, Erschaffen,
Creation,
Creator,
Creature,
Credible, Glaubwiirdig,
Credit,
glauben, v.
Creditor,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

Kunst, αὶ Gewer- Arte, m.

Bchépfung, f, Creacion, Καὶ
Schopfer, m. [n. Criador, m.
- Geschépf, Thier, Criatura, αὶ
Glaube, 8. m Credito, 8. m.

Glaubige,m. | Acreedor, m.

443

FRENCa.
Courte-pointe, f.
Pays,m.contrée,f
Camté,district,m.
Courage, m.
Course, Κα
Cour, αὶ
Galanterie, f.

Cousin,-e, m. f.
Contrat, m.
Couvert, 8. 51.
couvris, υ.
Avide. ,
Vache, Καὶ
Lache, m.
Tromper.
Fente, 8. m.
fendre, v.
Berceau,-x, m.
Métier, m.
Adroit,-e. — [#m.

Despefiadero, m. Rocher escrapé,

Crampon, 8. m.
cramponner,v.

Hierro (m.) de fa- Levier, m.

Crépe, m.
Craquement,s.m,
craqueter, v.

Cravate, fi
Implorer.
Ramper.
Casse,-e, folle.
Créme, αὶ
Créer.
Creation, αὶ
Createur, m.
Créature, αὶ
Croyable.
Foi, s. f. Croire νυ.

Créancier,-e,m.f

444

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

CRE. GERMAN. BPANIsg. FRenog.
Credulous, § Leichtglaubig, Crédulo, Crédule.
Creed, Glaubensbe- Credo, m. Confession, f.
¢ kenntniss, ἡ. de foi.
Creek, Kleine Bucht, f. Cala, αὶ Petite baie, Κὶ
Creep, Schleichen, Arrastrar, Ramper, trainer.
Crew, Schiffsvolk,. Quadrilla, αὶ Bande, Καὶ
Crime, Verbrechen, 2. Crimen, m. Crime, m.
Criminal, Verbrecher, 8.m. Reo, 8. m. .Criminel,-le, 's.m.
peinlich, adj. .criminal, adj. _criminal,-le,adj.
Cripple, Kriippel, s.m. Coxo, 8. m. Estropié,-e,8.2,f,
verstimmeln, 5. derrenger,v. — estropier, v.
Critic, Kritiker, m. Critico, m. ’ Critique, m. f.
Criticise, Beurtheilen, Criticar, Critiquer.
Criticism, Beurtheilung, Δ Critica, αὶ Critique, Καὶ
Croak, Quaken, Croaxar, Croasser.
Crockery, Tépferwaare, f. Vidriado,m. _Poterie, f.
Crocodile, Crocodile, x. __Cocodrilo, m. Crocodile, m.
Crook, Haken, s.m. Gancho,s.m. Croc, 8. m
krummsein, v. incorvar, v. courber, #.
Crooked, Schief, krumm, Corvo, Courbé,-e.
Crop, Kropf, m. -Buche de ava, m. Récolte, Καὶ
Kreuz, 8. n. ΤΌΣ, 8. 7. Croix, 8. Καὶ
Cross, kreuzen, v, atravesar, νυ. croiser, ¥.
Croup, Braune, f- Obispillo, m. | Croupe, αὶ
Crow, Krihe, 8. αὶ Barra, 8. f. Corneille, 8. f.
krahen, v. cantar el gallo,v. coqueliner, v.
Crowd, Haufe, 8. m. Caterva,s.f. Foule, 8. αὶ
drangen, νυ. amontonar, v7. presser, v.
Crown, Krone, 8. αὶ Corona, 8. f. Couronne, 8. f.
krénen, νυ. coronar, ὕ. couronner, ¥.
Crucifixion, Kreuzigung, f Crucifixion, 7, Crucifiement, m.
Crucify, Kreuzigen, Crucificar, Crucifier.
Cruel, Grausam, [en,v. Cruel, [zar, v. Cruel,-le. [ser, v.
Cruise, Krug,s.m. kreuz- Xicara, 8. f. cru- Course, 8. f. crot-
Crush, Stoss, 8. m. Colision, 8... Choc, δ. m.
quetschen, v. _—apretar, v. presser, θ.
Crust, Kruste, αὶ Costra, αὶ Croute, f.
Cry, Geschrei, 8.2. Alarido, s.m. Cri, 8. m.
schreien, v. ritar, Ὁ. crier, ¥.
Crystal, stall, m. Cristal, m. Cristal, 7.
Cuckoo, Kuckuk, m. Cuclillo, m. Coucou, m.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 445

cua

Cucumber,

Cue,
Culprit,
Cultivate,

GERMAN. Spanieg. FRENCH.
Gurke, f. Cohombro, m. Concombre, m.
Queue, αὶ Cola, αὶ Queue, Καὶ
Verbrecher, m. Reo acusado, m. Accusé,-e, m. αὶ
Ausbilden, Cultivar, Cultiver.
Ausbildung, 7 Cultura, 7 Culture, Καὶ
Erfahren, Sabio, experto, Adroit,-e.
Becher, m. Copa, αὶ Coupe, tasse, f. .

Begierde, Lust, f. Concupicencia, αὶ Cupidité, f.
Pfarrgehilfe, m. Teniente decura, Curé, m.
Kinkette,s. f:im Barbada, 8. f. Gourmette, s. Καὶ

Zaume halten,v. _refrenar, v. urmer, v.
Quark, m. [en, Cuajada, Καὶ Lait caille, m.
Gerinnen mach- Cuajarse, Cailler.
Heilung, 8... Cura, sf Reméde, 8. γι.

curiren, v. curar, v. guérir, v.
Seltenheit, i | Curiosidad,f. Curiosité, f.
Neugierig, Curioso, Curieux,-se.
Korinthe, αὶ Grosellero, m. Gadelle, αὶ

Courantgeld, πα. Circulacion, f. Circulation, Καὶ
Strom, s.m.° Arroyo, s.m. Courant, 8. m.

umlaufend, adj. corriente, adj. courant,-e, adj.

Garben, Curtir pieles, | Corroyer.
Fluch, 8. m. Maldicion, 8. Malediction, s.m.

fluchen, v. maldecir, v. maudire, νυ.

Vorhang, s.m. Cortina, s.f. Rideau,-x, 8. m.

umhingen, v. _rodear, v.
Kriimme, 8. f. Corva, 8. f.

enfermer, 2.
Courbure, 3. f.

kriimmen, vw. — encorvar, v. courber, v.
Kissen, 2. Coxin, m. Coussin, m.
Verhaft, m. Custodia, αὶ [m.Garde, ἡ [ff

Gebrauch,Zoll, m Costumbre, Uso, Coutume, mode,

Gebrauchlich,

Kunde, m.

Schnitt, 8. γι.
schneiden, ν.

Hirschfanger,{m.

Messerschmied,

Walze, αὶ

Cypresse, Κὶ
ΣΑΙ, ΤΆ.

88

Usual, Habituel,-le.

Parroquiano, m. Chaland, m.

Corte, 8. m. Morceau,m. tran-
cortar, νυ. che,s.f.couper,v.

Espada, ancha, f. Coutelas, m.
Cuchillero,m. Coutelier, m.
Cilindro, m. § Cylindre, m.
Cipres, m. Cyprés, .
Zar, πὶ. Czar, τι.

446

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

DAG.

Dagger,
Daily,
Dainty,
Dairy,
Daisy,
Dale,
Dally,
Dan,

Damage,
Dame,
Damn,
Damp,

Damsel,
Dance,

Dandelion,

GERMAN. SPANISH.
D.
Dolch, m. Daga, αὶ
Taglich, Diario,
Leckerhafj, Delicado,
Hollinderei, f. Oficina, Καὶ
Ganseblume, αὶ Margarita, αὶ
Thal, n. Cafiada, αὶ
Tandeln, Bobear,
Damm, 8.m. ‘Presa, 8. f.
dammen, v. repressar, v.

Schade,sm.Scha- θεῖο, n. dafiar,v.
den zufiigen, v.

Dame, Frau, f. Dama, /.
Verdammen, Condenar,
Nebel, 8. γι. Niebla, 5. 7.

feucht, adj. Humedo, adj.
Madchen, αὶ Damisela, Καὶ
Tanz, s. m. Danza, 8. ἢ

tanzen, v. baylar, νυ
Liwenzahm, m. Diente de leén,
Gefahr, αὶ Peligro, m.
Gefihrlich, Peligroso,
Diirfen, sar,

Dunkel, adj. | Obscuro, adj.

Dunkelheit,s.f. obscuridad, s./.
Verdunkeln, Obscurecer,
Liebling, 8. m. Predilecto, 8. m.

theuer, adj. querido, adj.
Stopfen, Surcir,

Wurfspiess, s.n. Dardo, 8. m.

werfen, τ. τυ.
Schlag, mm. Choque, 8. m.

schlagen, v. arrojar, v.
Dattel, 8. f. Data, 8. ἡ.

datiren, νυ. ponar la data, v.

Beschmieren, _Pintor rear,

Tochter, αὶ Hija, αὶ

Dammerung, s.f. Alba, 4. /-
tagen, v. amanecer, v.

FRENCH,

Poignard, m.
Journalier,-e,
Exquis,-e.
Malterie, Sf.
arguerite, αὶ
Vallon, m. f
Badiner.

Digue, s. Καὶ
enfermer, 2.
Dommage, s. m.
endomager, 2.

Dame, Κα
Damner.
Humidité, s. Καὶ
humide,a. [/-
Jeune damoiselle
Danse, s._f.
danser, v.
Dent de lion, Καὶ
Danger, m.
Dangereux,-se.
Oser.
Obscur,-e, adj.
tenebres, 8.1
Obseurcir.
Favori, 8. m.
aime,-e, adj.
Rentraire.
Dard, 9. m.
lancer, ¥.
Choc,m.barre,sf.
jaillér, v.
Date, 8.ὄ αὶ
dater, v.
Barbouiller.
Fille, Καὶ
Point, 8. m.
poindre, ¥.

DAY.

Day, to-day,

Deacon,
Dead,
Deaf,
Deafen,
Deal,

Dealer,
Dealing.
Dear,
Death,
Debate,

Debility,
Debt,
Debtor,
Decanter,
Decay,

Decease,

Deceit,
Deceive,
Deceiver,
December,
Decent,
Decide,
Decision,
Deck,

Declare,
Decline,
Decorate,
Decorum,
Decree,

Dedicate,
Dedication,
Deduce,
Deduct,
Deduction,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN. SPANISH.

447

PRENCH.

Tag, m. heute, Dia, m. ahora, Jour,m. aujourd,

Diaconus, m. Diacono, m.
Todt, Muerto,
Dumpf, Sordo,
Taub machen, LEnsordar,
Theil, 8. m. Trato, 8. m.

austheilen, ».

distribuir, v.

Diacre, m. [Βα].
Mort,-e.
Sourd,-e.
Assourdir.
Partie, 4. Καὶ
trafiquer, v.

Kartengeber, m. Interventor, m. Merchand,-e, m.

Handel, m.

116}, Querido,

Tod, m. Muerte, Καὶ

Streit, δ. m. Debate, 8. m.
disputiren, v. | debatir, v.

Schwachheit, αὶ Debilidad, Κὶ

Schuld, αὶ Deuda, αὶ
Schuldner, m. Deudor, m.
Flasche, αὶ Botella, Καὶ
Verfallen, v. —Tisica, s. f-

Verfall, s.m. —_ decaer, ¥v.
Absterben, 8. π. Muerte, 9. Καὶ

sterben, v. morir, v.
Betrug, m. Engafio, m.
Betriigen, Engaiiar,

Verfiihrer, m.
December, m.
Ziichtig, Decente,
Entscheiden, Decidir,
Entscheidung, Κὶ Decision, Καὶ

Engafiador, m.
Diciembre, m.

Verdeck, s.”. Cubierta, 5.1
verdecken, v. | Cubrir, υ.
Erklaren, Declarar,
Abweichen, Declinar,
Verzieren, Decorar,

Anstandigkeit, αὶ Decoro, m.
Beschluss, s.m. Decreto, 9. m.
beschlieszen, v. decretar, v.

Zueignen, Dedicar,
Zueignung, f. Dedicacion, Κὶ
Herleiten, Deducir,
Abziehen, Deducir,
Abzug, m. Deducion, Κὶ

Modo de obrar,m. Commerce, m.

Chér,-e,
Mort, αὶ
Débat, 8. m.
débattre, v.
Débilité, αὶ
Dette, fi [mf
Débiteur,-trice,
Flacon, m.
Déclin, 8. m.
decliner, v.
Décés, 8. m.
décéder, v.
Fraude, αὶ
Tromper. [πὸ
Trompeur,-se,
Décembre, m.
Décent,-e.
Décider.
Décision, Καὶ
Tillac, 8. m.
couvrir, Ὁ.
Déclarer.
Déchoir,decliner
Décorer, orner.
Décorum, m.
Décret, 8. m.
décerner, ¥.
Dédier.
Dédicace, f.
Déduire.
Déduire.
Conséquence, Κὶ

448

DEE.

Deed,
Deep,

Deer,
Deface,
Defame,
Default,
Defeat,

Defect,
Defence,
Defend,
Defendant,
Defer,
Define,
Definition,
Deform,
Deformity,
Defray,

_ Defunct,
Defy,
Degenerate,

Degradation,
Degrade,
Degree,
Deign,
Deist,

Deity,
Dejection,
Delay,

Delegate,

Deliberate,
Deliberation,
Delicacy,
Delicate,
Delicious,
Delight,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

Niedergesclagen Melancholia, αὶ
Aufschub, 8.m. Dilacion, 4. 7.

verz

Abgeordactosm. D

versenden, ¥.
Ueberlegen,

Ueberlegung, f. Deliberacion, J

Zartheit, αὶ

Sein, zart,
Hochst,

Vergniigen, s.n. Delicia, 8. f.

ergotzen, v.

German. FRENCH.
That, Handlun ne | Acciona, J. Action, Καὶ
Tief, dunkel,a Profond,-e, adj.
Meer, ὃ. 1. Mer, δ. Καὶ
Rothwild, x. Cerf, m.
Entstellen, Détruire.
Verleumden, Diffamer. ©
Fehler, m. ἰδίου, Καὶ Défaut.
Vernichtung, s,f. Derrota,s.f. Défaite, x.
schlagen, v. defaire, v.
Gebrechen, 2. Défaut, m.
Vertheidigung.f. Defensa, i Défense, αὶ
Vertheidigen, Défendre.
Vertheidiger, m. El que defiende, Défendcur, m.
Aufschieben, Différer.
Bestimmen, Définir.
Erklarung, f. Definicion, f Définition, αὶ
Verunstalten, Défigurer.
Ungestaltheit, Καὶ Deformidad,f Difformité. αὶ
_ Auslegen, Défrayer.
Verstorben, Défunct,-e.
Herausfordern, Desafier, Défier.
Ausarten, v. Dégenérer, v
ausgeartet, adj. degenerante, α. Vepénéré, ὦ adj
Herabsetzung, f. Degradacion, ἡ Dégradation, J.
Herabsetzen, Dégrader.
Stufe, αὶ Grad,m. Grado, m. Drade, degré, m
Wirdigen, Daigner.
Deist, m. - Déiste, m.
Gottheit, [heit, 7; Deidad, f Déité, αὶ

Abattement, .
Délai, 8. 2.
tarder, v.
. Délégué, δ. m.
déléguer, ν.
Délibérer.
Délibération, αὶ
Délicatesse, f-
Délicat,-e.
Charmant-e.
Délice, 8. a.
plaire, v.

DEL.
Delightful,
Delinquent,
Delirium,
Deliver,
Deliverance,
Delude,
Deluge,

Delusion,
Demand,

Democracy,
Democrat,
Demolish,
Demon,
Demonstrate,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN

Angenebm,

Verbrecher, m.

‘Wahnsinn, m.
Befreien,
Befreiung, Ὁ
Tauschen,
Siindfluth, sf.

uberfluthen, v.

Betrug, m.

Forderung, 8.1

fordern, v.
Demokratie, f.
Demokrat, m.
Niederreiszen,

Geist, Teufel, m.

Erweisen,

Demonstration, Beweis, m.

Den,

Denial,
Denomination,
Denote,
Denounce,
Dense,
Dentist,
Deny,
Depart,
Daparture,
Depend,
Dependence,
Dependent,
Deplorable,
Deplore,
Deponent,
Deposit,

Depot,
Deprave,
Depravity,
Depredation,
Depress,
Depression,

Hohle, Grube, Καὶ Caverna, /.

449

SPANISH. FRENCH.
Delicioso, Agréable. [m.f-
Deliqgiiente, m. Delinquant,-e,
Delirio, m. Délire, m.

Dar, entregar, D6livrer.
Entrega, 7. Livraison, Καὶ
Engaiiar, Tromper.

Deluvio, s.m. Déluge, 8. m.
deluviar, v. submerger, ¥.
Dolo,m. ilusion, f. Fourberie, /.
Demanda, s.f. Demande, 8. ἢ
demandar, v. |§ demander, v.
Democracia, f. Démocratie, Καὶ
Democratico, m. Démocrat, m.

Demoler, Démolir.
Demonio, m. Démon, m.
Demonstrar, Démonstrer.

Demonstracion, f Démonstration,/¢
Caverne, f.

Verneinung, f. Denegacion, /. Déni, refus, m.
Benennung, f. Denominacion, ΚΑ Dénomination, f
Bezeichnen, Denotar, Dénoter.
Ankiindigen, §Denunciar, Dénoncer.
Dicht, fest, Denso, Dense.
Zahnarzt, m. Dentistia, m. § Dentiste, m.
Leugnen, Negar, Nier.
Weggehen, Partir, Sortir, partir.
Abreise,f.Tod, m Partida, f. Départ, m.
Herabhingen, Pender, Dépendre.
Abhingigkeit, f. Dependencia, f. Dépendance, f.
Abhingig, [dig, Dependiente, | Dépendante.
Beklagenswiir- Deplorable, Déplorable.
Beklagen, [ge,m. Deplorar, Déplorer.
Beeidigte Zeu- Deponente,m. Déposant, m.
Pfand, 8. n. Deposito, 8. m. Dépdt, s. m.

niederlegen, νυ.

depositar, v. eposer, v.

Depot,Magazin,n Depot, posito, m. Depot, m.

Verderben,

Verdorbenheit, Καὶ Depravacion, /.
Plinderung, f. Depredacion, Κὶ
Niederdriicken, Comprimir,

_Unterdritckung, Compresion, ἡ
ΩΝ

Dépraver.
Corruption, f.
Dépredation, f.
Déprimer.
Dépression, 7.

Depravar,

450

DEP.
Deprive,
Depute,
Deputy,
Derange,
Deride,
Denision,
Derive,
Descant,

Descend,
Descendant,
Describe,
Description,
Desert,

Deserter
Deserve,

Design,
Desire,

Desirous,
Desist,
Desk,
Despair,

Despatch,

Desperate,
Despise,
Despite,

Despond,
Despot,
Despotism,
Destination,
Destine,
Destitute,
Destroy,
Destruction,
Detach,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENOR.
Berauben, Privar, Priver.
Abordnen, Deputar, Députer.
Abgeordnete,m. Deputado,m. Député, m.
Stéren, Desarreglar, Déranger.
Verlachen, Burlar, Railler.

Spott, m. Irrision, f. Dérision.

Herleiten, Derivar, Dériver.

Discant, s.m. Discante, s.m. Discours, 9. m.
trillern, v. discantar, v. haranguer, νυ.

Sich senken, Descender, Déscendre. [m-/.
Abkémmling,m, Descendiente, m. Déscendant,-e,

Beschreiben, —_ Describir, Décrire.
Beschreibung, f. Descripcion, f. Déscription, f
Wiiste, ΚΖ verlas- Desierto, s.m. Désert, 8. m.
sen, v. desertar, v. déserter, v.
Abtriinniger, m. Desertor,m. Déserteur, m.
Verdienen, Mercer, Mériter.
Plan, 8. m. Designio, s.m. Dessein, 8. m.
entwerfen, v. — designar, v. désigner, v.
Verlangen, s.n. Deseo, s.m. Désir, m. dé-
wiinschen, v. _ desear, ¥. sirer, v.
Wiinschend, Desevso, Désireux,-se.
Abstechen, Deaistir, Se désister de.
Schreibepult, x. Escritorio, m. Pupitre, m.

Verzweiflung, s.f. Desconfianza, s.f. Désespoir, 8. m.
verzweifeln, v. desesperar, v. désespérer, Ὁ.
Bericht, s,m. | Despacho, 8. m. Expédition, 8. ζὶ

abschicken,¥. | despachar, v. épécher, v.
Verzweifelt, Desesperado, Désespéré,-e.
Verachten, Despreciar, Mépriser.

Hasz, s.m.zum Despecho, 8. m. Malice, 8. Καὶ

Trotz, prep. &pesarde,prep. malgré, prep.
Verzagen, Desconfiar, Désespérer.
Despot,m.[walt Καὶ Déspota, m. Despote, m.
Willkirliche Ge- Despotismo, m. Despotisme, m.
Bestimmung, Κα Destinacion,f Destination, αὶ
Verhingnisz, x. Destino, m,. Destinée, αὶ
Verlassen, Destitudo, Délaissé,-e.
Zerstéren, Destruir, Détruire.
Vernichtung, ΚΦ Destrucciop, # Destruction, /
Absondern, Separar, Détacher.

eo ° .
INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 451
DET. GERMAN. SPANIsH. FRENCH.
Detachment, Detachement,. Destacamentom. Détachement, m.
Detain, Vorenthalten, Retener, Détenir.
Detect, Aufdecken, Descubrir, Découvrir.
Detection, Entdeckung, 7. Avecriguacion, 7. Découverte, Καὶ
Deter, Abschrecken, Dasanimar, Détourner.

Determination, Entscheidung, Κα Determinacion, f: Détermination, f.

Determine, __Beschlieszen, §Determinar, Déterminer.
Detest, Verabscheuen, Detestar, Détester.
Dethrone, Entthronen, Destronar, Détroner.
Detract, Abziehen, __Detractar, Médire.
Detraction, Verleumdung,/. Detraccion, f Détraction, Καὶ
Detriment, Schade, n. Detrimento, m. Détriment, m.
Detrimental, Nachtheilig, § Perjudicial, Préjudiciable.
Develop, Enthiillen, Desenvolver, Développer.
Deviate, Abweichen, Desviarse, S’éloigner.
Devil, Teufel, 2. Diablo, m. Diable, m.
Dew, Thau, m. Rocio, m. Rossée, Καὶ
Diamond, Diamant, m. Diamante, m. Diamant, m.
Diaper, Serviette, f. Servilleta, f. | Linge ouvré, m. -
Diary, Tagebuch, n. _ Diario, m. Jourual,-aux, m.
Dice, Wirfel, m. Dados, m. Dés, m.
Dictate, Dictiren, Dictar, Dicter.
Dictionary, | Worterbuch, x. Diccionario, m. Dictionnaire, m.
Die, Sterben, Morir, Monrir.
Differ, Abweichen, [4 Diferenciarse, Différer.
Difference, | Verschiedenheit, Diferencia, f. _Différence, Καὶ
Different, Unterschieden, Diferente, Différent,-e.
Difficul Schwierig, Dificil, Difficile.
Difficulty, Schwierigkeit, f. Dificultad, 7. Difficult é, αὶ
Dig, — Graben, bohren, Cavar, Creuser.
Digest, Verdauen, Digerir, Digérer.
Digestion, Verdauung, f. Digestion, ΚΔ Digestion, Κα
Dignify, Ehren, Dignificar, Elever ἃ.
Dignity, Wirde, αὶ Dignidad, αὶ Dignité, αὶ
Diligent, Fleiszig, Diligente, Diligent,-e.
Dim, Dunkel Obscuro, Obscur,-e.
Dimple, Griibchen, x. Hoyo, m. Fossette, Καὶ
Din, Schall, m. Ruido violento,m Bruit, m.
Dine, zu Mittag essen, Dar de comer, Diner.
Dinner, Mittagamahl, n. Comida, 7 Diné, m.
Diocese, Kirchsprengel,m. Diocesia, /-. Diocése, m.

Discourse,

Discover,
Discovery,
Discrete,
Discretion,
Disdain,

- Disease,

-

452 INTERNATIONAL DIOTIONARY.
DIP. GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH.

Dip, Eintunken, Mojar, Plonger.

Diploma, Urkunde, 7. Diploma, /. Diplome, sm.

Dire, Graszlich, Horrendo, Terrible.

Direct, Gerade, adj. _ Directo, adj. Direct,-e, ad).
richten, νυ. dirigir, v. [ΣΧ diriger, v.

Dirge, Klagelied, n. | Cancionlugubre, Chant funébre,m

Dirk, Dolch, m. Especie de daga, Poignard, sm.

Dirt, Koth, Dreck, m. Cieno, m. Boue, f.

Dirty, Schmutzig, Baxo, Crotte,-e.

Disable, Entkriaften, Inhabilitar, A ffaiblir.

Disadvantage, Nachtheil, m. Menoscabo, m. Desavantage, m

‘Disagree, Nicht tberein- Disconvenir, Disconvenir.
stimmen,

Disagrecable, Unpaszlich, Contrario, Desagréable.

Disappear, Verschwinden, Desaparecer, Disparaitre.

Disappoint, Vereiteln, Frustrar, Frustrer.

Disappoint- § Vereitelung, ἃ Chasco,m. ° Contretemps, m.

ment,

- Disaster, Unstern, m. Desastre, m. Désastre, πὶ.
Disband, Abdanken, Descartar, Casser.
Discard, Verstoszen, Descartar, Ecarter.
Discern, Unterscheiden, Discernir, Discerner, voir.
Discharge, Entladung, s. f. Descarga,s.f. Décharge, 8. f.

entladen, v. descargar, v. decharger, v.
Disciple, Schiiler, m. Discipulo, m. _ Disciple, m.
Disconsolate, Trostlos, Desconsolado, Inconsolable.
Discord, Missklang, s.m. Discordia, s. f. Discorde, 8. κὶ

misslingen,¥. discordar, v. — discorder, νυ.
Discount, Abzug, s.m. Descuento, s.m. Rabais, 8. m.

discontiren, v. descontar, v. escompter, v.
Discourage, § Muthlosmachen, Desalentar, Décourager. [m.
Discouragement Abschreckung,/. Desaliéato, f Découragement,

Unterredung,s.f. Discurso, 8. m. Discours, 8. m.

sprechen, v.
Aufdecken,

conversar, υ.
Descubrir,

discourir, ¥.

[m. Révéler.

Entdeckung, 7. Descubrimiento, Découverte, αὶ

Getrennt,

Discreto,

Discret,-e.

Besonnenheit, Καὶ Discrecion, f. _Discrétion, Καὶ

Verachtung, 8. f-
verschmihen, v.
Krankheit, αὶ

Desden, 8. τι.
desdenar, υ.
Mal, m.

Dedain, δ. m.
dédaigner, v.
Maladie, κὶ

@
INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 453

DIS.
Disembark,

Disgrace,

Dishonorable,
Disinherit,
Disinterested,
Disjoin,
Dislike,

Dislocate,
Dislodge,
Disma
Dismay,

Dismiss,
Disobedience,
Disebey,
Disorder,
Dispatch,

Dispel
Display,

Displeasure,
Disposal,
Dispose,
Disposition,
Dispute,

Disregard,

Dissemble,
Dissipate,

Dissipated,
Dissolution,

GQaRMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH.
Ausschiffen, | Desembarcar, Débarquer.
Ungunsts,f. aus- Ignominia, s. f. Honte, 5. αὶ
serGunstsetzen,». desgraciar, v. déshonorer, v.
Schimpflich, Vergonzoso, Déshonorant,-e.
Verkleidung, 8... Disfraz, s,m. Déguiser.

verkleiden, v. — disfrazar, v.
Eckel, m. Disgusto, m. § Dégott, m.
Schissel, /, Fuente, plato, m. Plat,m. ecuelle, f.
Schandlich, Deshonroso, Déshonorable.

Enterben, Desheredar, Déshériter.
Uneigenniitaig, Disinteresado, Desintéressé,-e.
Trennen, Desunir, Déjoinder.

Miszfallen, 8. π. Aversion, ,fper- Dégoat, 8. m.
nicht mégen, v. sona desaprobar, desapprouver,v.

Verenken, Dislocar, Disloquer. .
Verlegen, Desalojar, Déloger.
Elend, Triste, Triste.

Schrecken, s.m. Desmayo, 8. m. Terreur, 9. Καὶ
erschrecken,v. desmayar, v. | epouvanter, v.
Entlassen, Despedir, Congédir.
Ungehorsam, m. Disobediencia, fi Désobéissance, Καὶ
Ungehorsamen, Deobadecer, § Désobéir.
Unordnung, 7. Desdérden, m Désordre, m.
Bericht, s.m. | Despacho, 8. m. Expedition, 8.1
abschicken, v. despachar, υ. éprécher, υ.
Zerstreuen, Esparcir, Chasser.
Schau, 8. αὶ Ostentacion, 3.7, Montre, 8. αὶ
auskramen,v. ostentar, v. déployer, v.
Missvergniigen,x Desplacer,m. Déplaisir, m.
Anordoung, f. Disposicion, f. Disposition, Καὶ
Anordnen, Disponer, Disposer.
Einrichtung, f Disposicion, ὦ Disposition, Κα
Streit, s. m. Disputa, s. f. Dispute, 9.1
disputiren, υ. isputar, v. disputer, νυ.
Vernachlassig- Desatencion, 8. Καὶ Indifférence, s. f
ung, 8. f. ver- desatender,v. négliger, v.

nachlassigen, v.
Verbergen, Disimular, Feindre.
Zerstreuen, Desparramar, _Dissiper.

Liederlich, Desparrama, Dissipé.
Auflésung,f, Disolucion, f. ‘Dissolution, Ὁ

454

DIS. GuRMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH.
Dissolve, Auflésen, Disolver, Dissoudre.
Distance, Ferne, Καὶ Distancia, αὶ Distance, Κα
Distant, Entfernt, Distante, Distant,-e.
Distemper, §Krankheit, fi = Mal, m. Maladie, Καὶ
Distil, Destilliren, Distilar, Distiller.
Distillery, Brennhaus, x. _Distilatorio, m. _Distilerie, Καὶ
Distinct, Unterschieden, Distinto, Distinct,-e.
Distinguish, Auszeichnen, _Distinguir, Distinguer.
District, Bezirk, m. Distrito, m. District, m.
Disturb, Storen, Perturber, Interrompre.
Disunion, Trennung,f §Desunion, f. Désunion, Καὶ
Ditch, Graben, m. . Zanga, 7. Fossé, m.
Ditto, Desgleichen, = Dicho, Le méme.
Diversion, Zeitvertygib, m. Diversion, f. —_Divérsion, αὶ
Divide, Theilen, Dividir, Diviser.
Divine, Wahrsagen, v. Adivinar, νυ. Diviner, v.

gottlich, adj. divino, adj. divin,-e, adj.
Divinity, Gottheit, Καὶ Divinidad, fi _—Diivineté, Καὶ
Division, Theilung, f[ 8.f. Division, 7. Division, Καὶ
Divorce, Ehescheidung, Divorcio, 8. m. Divorce, 8. m.
Ehe auflésen,v. —divorciar, v. divorcer, v.
Dizzy, Schwindelig, | Vertiginoso, E'cervelé,-e.
0, Thun, machen, Hacer, Faire.
Dock, Doche,f-Kreuz,n Mazlo, dique, m. Queue, plante, Κα
Doctor, Doctor, Arzt, m. Doctor, m. Docteur, πὶ.
Dodge, Herumziehen, Trampear, Biaiser.
Dog, Hund, m. Perro, m. Chien, m.
Dogma, Lehrsatz,m. § Dogma, m Dogme, m.
Dollar, Thaler, m. Dolera, /. Piastre, Καὶ
Dome, Dom, m. Casa, Καὶ Votte,fdome,m.
Domestic, Hauslich, Doméstico, Domestique.
Doom, Schicksal, 8. 2. Sentencia, s. f. Sentence, s. /
beschlieszen, v. sentenciar, v. juger, v.
Door, Thiir, αὶ [m. Puerta, f. Porte, αὶ
Dose, Gabe, f. Antheil, Dosis, Κ. Dose, ἃ
Dot, Punkt, m. Tilde, m. Point, m.
Double, Doppelt, adj. Doble, adj. Double, adj.
verdoppeln, v. —_doblar, v. doubler, v.
Doubt, Zweifeln, s.m. Duda, 8. Καὶ Doute, 8. m.
zweifeln, v. dudar, v. douter, v.
Dough, Teig, m. - Masa, f. Pate, αὶ

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN.

Taube, Καὶ
Brautschatz, m.

SPANisg.
Palomo, m.
Dote, m.

455

FRENCH.
Colombe, Καὶ
Dot, f. donaire,m

Flaumfeder, s.f. Plumon, s.m Duvet, 8. m.

nieder, prep.
Dutzend, π. [m.

abaxo, prep.
Docena, /.

en bas, prep.
Douzaine,

Tratte, f. Abzug, Ocupado altriar, Billet, desein, m.
Zugnetz, 8. π. Carretilla,s.f. Drague, 8. f.

D ziehen, v. arrastrar, v. D trainer, v.
ragoner,m ἢ D, Mm on, m.
Graben, 8. Ὧι. Dessguadero,sm. Tranchée, 8...
ableiten, v. escurrir, ¥. Baigner, v.
Schluck, Dracma, f. Dragme, f.
Schauspiel, n. Poema, αὶ Drame, m.
Ziehen, Tirar, chupar, Tircr, dessiner.
Schleife, ἃ Treno, m. Charette, αὶ
Schrecken, 8. m. Miedo, 8. m. Peur, s.
sehr farchten,v. temer, v. craindre, v.
Traum, s.m. Sueiio, s.m. Songe, 8, m.
trdumen, v. soliar, v. songer, Ὁ.
Traurig, Triste, espantoso, Triste,affroyable.
Kleider, 8. π. Vestido,s.m. Habit, 8. m.
putzen, v. vestir, v. habiller, v.
Trieb, m, Ziel,s.n. Impulso, s.m. But,monceau,sm.
aufhaufen, v. _impeler, v. usser, v.
Trank, 8. m. Bebida, s. f. Boisson, 8. /f.
trinken, v. beber, Ὁ. boire, v.
Treiben, Impeler, Chasser de. [m.
Fuhrmann, [8.m. Empujador, m. Chassoir, cocher,
Perle, f. Tropfen, Gota, 8. 7. Goutte, sf. laisser
ausgieszen, v. destilar, v.[les, , tomber, v.
Schlacke, αὶ Escoria de meta- Ecume, Ζ
Heerde, Καὶ Manada, αὶ Troupeau,-x, 51.
Viehhirt, m. |§ Empujador,m. Bouvier, m.
Ertranken, Ahogar, Noier.
Arznei, f. Droga, f. Drogue, f.
Droguist, m. Droguero, m. Droguiste, m.
Trocken, adj. Απάο, adj. Séche, adj.
trocknen, v. secar, v. sécher, v.
Ente, f. A'nade, m. f, Canard, m.
Recht ,8. πν Debido, s.m. Df, 8. m._
gebdhrend, adj, exactamente,adj. due, adj.

Dwelling,
Dye,

Dysentery,

Each,

Economy,
Eddy,
Edge,
Edging,
Ralfice,
Editor,
Educate,
Education,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH.
Sweikampf, m. Duelo, m. Duel, m.
Herzog, m. Duque, m. Due, m.

Dumn, stumpf, Lerdo, Emoussé,-e.
tumm, Mudo, Muet,-te.

Gliubiger, 8. m. Seto, 8. m. Créancier, 8. m.
mahnen, Ὁ. executar, νυ. importuner, v.
dunkel, adj. bruno, adj. brun, adj.

Staub, 9. γι. Polvo, 8. m. Poufiére, 8. αὶ

bestiuben, υ. despolvorear,v. _nettoyer, v.

Hollander, 8. m. Holandes, 8. m. Hollandais,-e,

hollandish, adj. &adj. [m. 8. πι. & adj.
Pflicht, Wache 7. Deber, impuesto, Devoir,m. taxe, f.

Wohnen, Habitar, Habiter.
Wohnung, f, Habitacion, Demeure, αὶ
Farbe, n. Tinte, 8. m. Teinte, 8. αὶ
firben, υ. tefiir, v. teihdre, v,
Rothe Ruhr, f. Disenteria, fi. Dysenterie, αὶ
E.
Jeder, Qualquier, Chacun,-e.
Sauer, heftig, | Ansioso, Véhément,-e.
dler, m. Aguila, Καὶ Aigle, σι. f.
Ohr, Gehér,n. Oreja, αὶ Oreille, Κα
Frih, zeitig, | Temprano, De bon heure.
Erwerben, Ganer, Gagner. [m.
Erde, αὶ Tierra, Καὶ Terre, f. Globe,
Musse, αὶ Quietud, αὶ Aise, f. repos, m.
Osten, sm. Oriente, m. Est, Orient, m.
Ruhig, Facil, Aisé,-e, facile.
Kissen, Comer, Manger,
Finsterniss,s. 7. Eclipse, 8. m. Eclipse, δ. 7.
verdunkeln,y. — eclipsar, v. , éclipser, ν
Wirrthschaft, 7. Economia, f. | Economie, /.
Wirbel, m. Remolino, m. Mascaret, m.
Scharfo, αὶ Filo, m. punta, f. Tranchant, m.
Einfassung, f Orla, Orilla, # Bordure,,f.
Gebiude, n. Edificio, m. difice, m.
Herausgeber, m. Editor, m. diteur, m.
Erziehen, Educar, Instruire.

Erziehung, ἡ Education, fi § Education, /-.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

457

EEL. GERMAN. SPaNisH. FRENOE..
Eel, Aal,-m. Anguila, Καὶ Anguille, f.
Effect, Wirkung, s. f. Efecto, sm. Effet, 8. m.

bewirken, σύ. —eféctuar, . effectuer, v.

Effort, Anstrengung, f. Esfuerzo, /. Effort, m.
Egg, Ei, n. den, Huezo(m)deave, Huf, m.
Either, Einer von bei- Qualquiera, L’un ou l’autre.
Elapse, Verfliessen, Pasar, - Se passer.
Elate, Aufblahen, Engreir, Fier,-e.
Elbow, Elbogen, me. Codo, m.. Coude, m.
Elect, Wahien, Elegir, lire, choisir.
Election, © Erwahlung, Δ _Elecion, Καὶ election, f.
Elective, Wahlend, Electivo, lectif,-ve.

- .Elector, Wahlmann, m. Elector, m. Klecteur, m. -
Electricity, Elektricitét, 7. Electricidad, Κα Electricité, αὶ
Elegant, Geschmackvoll, Elegante, légant,-e.
Elegy, Trauergedicht,x. Elegia, 7. Elégie, αὶ
Element, Element, ». — Elemento, m. lément, m.
Elevate, Erhéhen, - Elevar, xacter.
Elevation, Erhéhung, ἡ —_Elevacion, Καὶ lévation, Καὶ
Elevator, Heber, m. . KElevador, m. lévateur, m.
Elocution, Vortrag, m. Elocucion, Καὶ Elocution, Ζ
Elogy,-giym, Lobrede, καὶ Elogio, m. Eloge, m.
Elope, . Entlaufen, Escapar, S’enfuir.

Else, Anders, sonst, Otro, Autre.
Elude, Abwenden, ΕἸυάΐν, Eluder.
Elusion, Ausflucht, f, | Escapatoria, fi Artifice, m.
Emaculate, _Reinigen, Quitar manchas, Emaculer.
Emanate, Herrithren, Emanar, maner. .
Emanation, Ausfluss, m. Emanacion, f. manation, ἢ
Emancipate, _ Befreien, Emancipar, 7. manciper.
Emancipation, Freimachung, Καὶ Emancipacion,/ Emancipation, 7.
Emarginate, Ausranden, Quitar la margen, Emarger.
Embarras, Verwirren, Embarazar, Embarrasser.
Embarrass- Verwirrung, f. Embarazo, m. Embarrs, m.
“ ment, .

Embassador, Gesandte, m. [ f-Embaxador, m. Ambassadeur,m.
Embers, GlithendeAsche, Rescoldo, m. | Cendreschaudes.
Emblem, Sinnbild, n. Emblema, f. Embléme, m.
Embrace, Umarmung s.f. Abrazo,s.m. | Embrassement,

umarmen, v, _—abrazar, νυ. embrasser, ¥.
Embroil, Verwirren, Embrollar, Brouiller.

39 °

458

EME.
Emersion,
_ Emetic,
Emigrant,
Emission,
Emperor,
Employ,
Employment,
Empress,
Empty,

Enable,
Enact,
Enamel,
Enclose,
Encourage,
Encrease,

Encroach,
Encyclopedia,

End,

Endear,
Endeavor,

Endorse,
Endure,
Enemy,
Energy,
Enforce,
Engage,
Engagement,
Engine,
Engineer,
English,
Engraft,
Engrave,
Enigma, ,
Enjoy,
Enjoyment,
Enough,
Enquire,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. ,

GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH.
Sichtbar werden, Emersion, Emersion, Καὶ
Brechmittel, x. Emético, m. metique.
Auswanderer, m. E] que emigra, Emigré,-e, m. Καὶ
Aussendung, Enmisiof, Καὶ mission, Κὶ
Kaiser, m. Emperador, m. Empereur, m.
Beschiftigen, | Emplear, Employer.
Geschiift, n. Empleo, m.. Emploi, m.
Kaiserin, Καὶ Emperatriz, f. Emperatrice, Καὶ
Leer, adj. aus- Vaciar, v. Vide, adj.

leeren, v. vacio, adj, vider, υ.
In Stand setzen, Habilitar, Habiliter.
Verrichten, Estabiecer, Ordonner.
Emailliren, Esmaltar, Emailler.
Einhangen, Cercar, Clorre.
Ermuthigen, Animar, Encourager.
Wachsthum, s.n. Aumento, 8. m Augmenter.

wachsen, v. aumentar, v.

Eingriffthun, Userpar, Empieter.
Encyklopidie, Καὶ Enciclopedia, f. Encyclopédie, Καὶ
Ende, 8. π. Fin, s.m.aca- Bout, 8. m

endigen, νυ. bar, υ. finir, v.
Werth machen, Encarecer, Concilier l’amitié,
Béstreben, 8. n. Esfuerzo,s.m. Effort, 9. m.

. versuchen, v. esforzarse, v. _8’efforcer, v.
Indossiren, Rotular, Endosser.
Aushalten, Aguantar, Endurer.
Feind, m. Enemigo,m. Enemi,-e, m. f.
Thitigkeit, Κα | Energia, Καὶ Energie, 7:
Verstarken, Esforzar, Affermir.
Verpflichten, Empefiar, [m. Engager.

Verpflichtung, Καὶ Empefiamiento, Engagement, m,

Maschine, Καὶ Ingenio, m. Machine, f.
Ingenieur, m Ingeniero,m. Ingenieur, m.
Englische, Ingles, Anglais.
Einpfropfen, Attar, Greffer.
Eingraben, Grabar, Graver.

Rathsel, n. Enigma, αὶ Enigme, αὶ
Geniessen, Gozar, Jouir.

Genuss, m. Gozo, m. Jouissance, Κα
Genug, Bastante, Suffisance, assex.
Untersuchen, Inquirir, Demander.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 459

ENR. ΟΜ ΑΝ. SPANISH. FRENGH,
Enrage, Aufbringen, = Infurecer, Irriter.
Enrich, Bereichern, Enriquecer, Enrichir,
Enrol, Einschreiben, Alistar, Enroler.

* Enshrine, Einschliefsen, Guardar como Enchasser.

reliquia,
Ensign, Kennzeichen, ». Bandera, αὶ Signal, m.
Enslave, _ Zum Sclaven Esclavizar, Assujettir.
machen,

Ensnare, Verstricken, § Entrampar, Surprendre.
Entangle, Verwickeln, § Enredar, Embarrasser.
Enter, Ejntreten, Entrar, Entrer.

Enthusiasm, Begeisterung, | Entusiasmo, m. Enthousiasme, m
Enthusiast, Schwirmer, m. Entusiasta, m. Enthousiaste,m.

Entice, Anlocken, Haligar, Inciter.
Entitle, Betiteln, Titular, Intituler.
Entrance, Eingang, s.m. Entrada, s.f. Entrée, 8. Καὶ
entziicken, v. = absortar, v. extasier, v.
Entrap, Verstricken, |§ Entrampar, Attraper.
Entreat, Behandeln, Rogar, Solliciter.
Entry, Einfubr, αὶ Entrada, Καὶ Passage, ni.
Enumerate, Aufzahlen, Enumerar, Dénombrer.

Envelope, Umschlag, m. Envolvedero,m. Enveloppe, Κ
Epaulet, Epaulett, 2. Charretera (32) Epaulette, αὶ

al hombro,
Epidemical, |Einheimisch, Epidemial, Epidémique.
Episcopal, Bisch6flich, Episcopal, piscopal,-e.
Epistle, Brief, m. Epistola, Κα Epitre, αὶ
Epoch, Zeitabschnitt, m. Epoca, Καὶ Epoque, ΤΣ
Equal, Gleich, Igual Egal,-e.

Equality, ὠ Gleicheit,~ | Igualdad, i Ἐμαϊιά.
Equinox, Tag- und Nacht- Equinoccio, m. Equinoxe, m.

gleiche, Καὶ
Equivocal, § Zweideutig, Equivoca, Equivoque.
Era, Aera, Καὶ Era, f. Ere, époque, /.
Erase, Abkratzen, Raer, Effacer.
Erasement, Vertilgung, f LExterminio,m. Rature, /.
Err, Erren, Vagar, Errer.
Erroneous, § Herumirrend, Errante, Erroné,-e.
Error, . Irrthum, m. Error, m. Erreur, αὶ
Erudite, Unterrichtet, §Erudito, rndit,-e.

Erudition, Golehrsamkeit,/. Erudicion, Καὶ rudition, f.

460 INTERNATIONAL DIOTIONARY.

ESP. . GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH.
Escape, Davon laufen, Huir, Eviter.
Espouse, Verloben, Desponsarse, Promettre.
Esquire, Schildknapp, m. Escudero, m. Ecuyer, m.
Essence, Wesen, 2. Esencia, Καὶ Essence, αὶ
Essential, Wesentlich, Esencial, §—_—_—Esssentiel,-le.
Estate, Zustand, m. Estado, τι. Etat, m.
Esteem, Schatzen, Estimar, Priser,Regarder.
Estima-te,-tion, Schatzung, Δ + stimacion, © Supputation, Καὶ
Eternal, Ewig, Eterno, Etemel,-le.
Eternity, Ewigkeit, αὶ Eternidad,f. Eternité, αὶ
Ether, Aether, m. Eter, m. ther, ™.
Ethics, Sittenlehre, Etica, αὶ thique, f.
Etiquette, Hofsitte, Καὶ Rotulo, m. tiquette, Δ
Evangelist, | Evangelist, m. Evangelista, m. Evangéliste, m.
Evasion, Ausflucht, f, Evasion, Καὶ Evasion, αὶ
Even, Eben, glatte, Llano, gal,-e.
Evening, Abend, αὶ Vespertino, m. Soir, m.
Event, Vorfall, mm. Evento, m. Evéncment, 422,
Ever, Jemals, [f Siempre, Toujours.
Everlasting, Immerwdahbrend, Eterno, ternal,-le.
Evidence, Beweis, m, Evidencia, αὶ Evidence, 7
Evil, Uebel, 9.5. Maldad, 8. αὶ Mal, 8. m.

bése, adj, malo, ad}. mauvais,-e, adj.
Evolve, Entwickeln, Desenvolver, _Deplier.
Evolution, Entwickelung, Καὶ Desplegadura, Κα Evolution, αὶ
Exact, Eintreiben, Exiger, Exiger.
Exalt, Erheben, ExAltar, Elever.
Examination, Prifung, αὶ ExAminacion,#. Examen, m.
Examine, Priifen, Ex4minar, Exammer. |
Examiner, Untersucher, m. Ex&minador, m. Examinateur, m.
Exceed, Ueberschreiten, Exceder, Excéder.
Exceeding, | Uebermiissig, Excesivo, Excessif,-ve.
Excel, Uebertreffen, | Sobresalir, Exceller,
Excellence, Vortrefilichkeit,fExcelencia, f. Excellence, /.
Excellent, Hervorragend, Excelente, Excellent,-e.
Except, Ausnehmen, Exceptuar, Excepter.
Excess, Uebermass, ἢ. Exceso, m. Excés, m.
Exchange, Austauschen, Cambiar, Echanger.
Excise, Accise, Excisa, Impdt, m.
Excite, Erregen, Excitar, Exciter.

Excitement, Anregung,f. Estimulo,m. Motif, m.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

461

EXC. GERMAN.. SPANISE. FRENCH.
Exclaim, Ausrufen, Exclamar, Crier.
Exclamation, Ausraf, m. Exclamacion, f. Clameur, 7
Exclude, Ausschliessen, Excluir, . Exclure,
Exclusion,[cate Ausschliessung.fExclusion, f. Exclusion, Κὶ
Excommuni- Ausschliessen, Excomulgar, §Excommunier.
Excursion, Ausflug, m. Excursion, 7, Excursivn, αὶ
Excuse, Entschuldigen, Excussr, Excuser.

_ Execute, Voliziehen, Executar, Exécuter. [mf
Executer,-or, Vollzieher,m. Executor,m. |§Exécuteur,-trice
Execution, Ausfiithrung, 7, Execucion, fi Exécution, αὶ
Executive, Vollzichend Executivo, Exécutif,-ve.
Exempt, Ausnehmen, Exéntar, Exempter.
Exemption, Befreiung, 7, | Exencion, Καὶ Exemption, Κὶ
Exert, Aeussern, Ksforzar, Faire des efforts.
Exertion, Anstrengung, 7. Esfuerzo, m. Effort, m.
Exhale, Ausdiinsten, Exhalar, Exhaler
Exhibit, Darbieten, Exhibir, Exhiber.
Exhort, Ermahnen, Exhortar, Exhorter.
Exhortation, Ermahnung, f. Exhortacion, f. Exhortation, f.
Exile, Verbannung, s. f. Exilio, 8. m. Exil,s.m. exiler,v.

verbennen, ¥. = desterrar, v.
Exist, Sein, Existir, Exister.
Existence, Dasein, n. Existencia, f. Existence, f-
Expect, Erwarten, Esperar, Attendre.
Expectation, Erwartung, / Expectacion, 7. Expectation, /.
Expedience, Schicklichkeit, /; Aptitud, αὶ Expedient, m.
Expedite, Erleichtern, Expedir, Faciliter.
Expedition, | Schnelligkeit, αὶ Expedicion, f. Expédition, /.

' Expel, Wegtreiben, Expelér, Chasser.
Expence, Ausgabe, Κα Expensa, f. Dépense, Καὶ
Expensive, Theuer, Prodigo, Dépensier,-e.
Experience, Erfahrung, s.f. Experencia, s.f. Experience, 8. fi

erfahren, v. | experimentar,v. cxpérimenter, 9
Experiment, Versuch, sm. Experimento,s.m.Experience, 8. Καὶ

versuchen, ¥. experimentar,y. experimenter, ¥
Expiate, Abbiissen, Expiar, Expier.
Expiation, Bissung, Κ Expiacion, f. §_Expiation, Καὶ
Expiration, | Aushauchen, x. Expiracion, f. Expiration, f-
Expire, Aushauchen, Expirar, Mourir.
Explain, Erklaren, Explanar, Expliquer.

Explanation, Erklérung, Κ᾽ Explanacion, f. Explication, Κὶ
39*

462

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

Faxxcn.
Explicite.
Siffler.
Explorer.
Exporter.
Exportation, 7’.
Découvrir.
Exposition, f.
Exprés, 8. m.

exprimer, ¥.
Expression, Καὶ
Exquis,-e.

tendre.
Extension, Καὶ
Etendu,-e.
Exterminer.

Exterminacion, Κ᾽ Extermination, f

Cometer extor- Extorquer.

trait, 8. m.
Extravagant,-e.
Extréme.

CEil, yeux, m.
Vue, f.

Fable, Καὶ

Face, ΚΑ visage,m.
Fait, m.
Faction, αὶ
Factorerie, Καὶ
Faner.

Manquer. _[m.
Faute, f.défaute,
Languissant,-e.
Beau.
Foi, αὶ [4.2
Faux,-sse.
Renom, 21.

EXP. GERMAN. SPaNish.
Explicit, Ausdriicklich, Explicito,
Explode, Auspochen, Dar, prita,
Explore, Erforschen, Explorar,
Export, Ausfihren, Extraer,
Exportation, Ausfuhr, αὶ Extraccion, ft
Expose, Aussetzen, Exponer,
Exposure, Darlegung,f. Manifestacion, f-
Express, Express, 8. m. Expreso, 8. m.

ausdriicken, v. representar, v.

Expression, Ausdruck, m. Expresion, ἢ
Exquisite, Auserlesen, Exquisito,
Extend, Ausdehnen, Extender,
Extension, Ausdehnung, f, Extension, Καὶ
Extensive, Ausgedehnt, ‘Extenso,
Exterminate, Ausrotten, Exterminar,
Extermination, Ausrottung, /.
Extinct, Ausgeloscht, Extinto, [sion, Eteint,-e.
Extort, Abzwingen,
Extract, Ausziehen, 8.n.v. Extracto, 8. σι. Hixtraire, v. ex-

extracr, ¥.
Extravagant, Ausschweifend, Extrav
Extreme, Ausserst, hichst,Extremo,
Eye, Auge, n. Ojo, m.
Eye-sight, § Sehvermdgen, « Vista, Καὶ

F.

Fable, Fabel, αὶ Fabula, αὶ
Face, Gesicht, n. Cara, αὶ
Fact, Thatsache, f. Hecho, m.
Faction, Aufrubr, m. δοοίου, Καὶ
Factory, Factorei, αὶ Factoria, Καὶ
Fade, Verschwinden, Marchitar,
Fail, , Fehlen, Perecer,
Failure, Mangel, m. Falta, ἡ.
Faint, Verschwinden, Languido,
Fair, Schon, Hermcso,
Faith, Glaube, πη. Fe, Κα
Fall, - Fallen, v. Fall,am,Caer, v. caido,s.f Tomber,v. chu
False, Falsch, Falso,
Fame, Geriicht, 2. Fama, /.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 463

GEAMAN. * ‘Sparse. FRENCH.
Familie,gattung f Familia, αὶ Famille, αὶ
, Facher, 8. m. Abanico, 8. m. ventail, 9. m.
facheln, v. abanicar, v. éventer, v.
Einbildung,f Fantasia, /. Fantaisie, αὶ

Weit, Lejos, Loin.
Abschied, s. m. Despedida, 3. f. <Adieu,-x, 8. m.

lebe wohl!int. 4 dios! ἐπέ. adieu! sné.
Pachtgut, n. Heredad, αὶ Ferme, αὶ
Pechter, m. Arrendatario, m. Fermier,-e, m. Καὶ

Form, gestalt, Καὶ Forma, f [ar, v. Fagon, mode, /.
Fest, a. fasten, v. Firme, adj. ayun- Ferme,a.jetiner υ,

Fett, plump, Gordo, Gras.
Schicksal, 2. Fato, m. Destin, m.

_ Vater, m. Padre, m. Pere, m.
Furcht, 8. αὶ Miedo, 8. m. ἰ6- Crainte, 8. f.

firchten, v. mer, v. Φ craindre, v.
Februar, ™. Febrero, m. Février.
Weib, n. Hembra,f[ro,mFemelle. —_[m.
Vertheidigung, f Defensa, ζ. repa- Garde, f. enclos,
Fahre, αὶ Barco, m. aleau, m.
Fieber, n. Fiebre, m Fiévre, Καὶ
Wenig, ᾿ Poco, Peu.
Geige, Καὶ Violin, m. Violon, m.
Feld, n. Campo, Champ, m.
Gefecht, 9. n. Batalle. 8. f. pe- Combat, 8. m.
fechten, »v. lear, v. combattre, v.

Fillen, Llenar, Remplir.
Finden, Encontrar, Trouver.
Fein, ‘Fino, Fin,-e, subtil,-e.
Finger, m. Dedo, m. Doigt, m.
Feuer, n. Fuego, m. Feu,-x, m.
Erste, erstlich, Primero, Premier,-e.
Fisch, m. Pez, m. Poisson, 22.
Fiinf, Cinco, Cing.
Befestigen, Fixar, Fixer.
Flagge, αὶ Espedana, f, Pavillon, m.
Flamme, Καὶ Llama, αὶ Flamme, f.
Fleisch, n. Carne, m. Chair, 7.
Heerde,s. f. Manada, 5. Troupeau,-x, 8.7.

concourir, ¥.

sich sammeln,v. con
Deluge, flux, m.

arse, v.
Fluth, αὶ τῇ

Diluvio, m.

Forbid,
Forehead,
Foreign,
Foreigner,
Forget,
Fork,
Form,
Fort,
Fortune,
Four,
Fox,
Fraction,
Fracture,

Frame,
Fraud,
Free,
Freeze,
French,
Fresh,
Friend,
Fright,
Fringe,
Frolie,

From,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

Gzauan. °

Fuszboden, m.
Feine Mehl, n.
Blume, ζ
Flissigkeit, ΚΦ *
Fliege, 8. f.
fliegen, v.
Schaum, s. m.
schiumen, Ὁ.
Tasche, αὶ
Dicker Nebel, m.
Folgen,
Speise, f.
Thor, Narr, m.
Fusz, m.
Fiir,
Verbsten,
Stirn, f.
Fremd,

’ Ausilander, mm,

Vergessen,
Gabel, Κα
Form, ft
Festung, f.
Gliick, n.
Vier,
Fuchs, m.
Bruch, m.
Bruch, 8. m.
brechen, νυ.
Gebaude, n.
Betrug, m.
Frei,
Frieren,
Franzoésich,
Frisch,
Freund, m.
Schreck, 8. m.
erschrecken, v.
Franse, f.
Scherz, m.
Vor, von, aus,

SPANISH.
Pavimento, m.
Harina, Κὶ
Flor, Δ
Suco, m.
Mosca, 8. f.

volar, v.
Espuma, 8.1
espumar, ¥.
Faltriquera, 7.
Niebla, αὶ
Seguirse, -
Alimento, m.
Bobo, Idiota, m.
Pie, m.
Por,
Prohibir,

- Frente, m.

Extrangéro, m.
Extrangero, m.
Olvidar,
Tenedor, m.
Forma, αὶ
Fuerte, m.
Fortuna, Κα
Quatro,
Raposa, sorra, f.
Fraccion, Καὶ
Fractura, 8. ἢ.
quebrar, v.
Fabrica, αὶ
Fraude, m.
Libre,
Helarse,
Frances,
Fresco,
Amigo, m.
Susto, 8. m.
Espantar, %,
Franja, f.
Fantasia, Καὶ
Despues,

FRENCH.
Plancher, ™.
Farine, αὶ

Mouche, 8. fi
voler, v.
cume, f.
écumer, 9.
Gousset, #2.
Brouillard, m.
Suivre.
Nourriture, f.
Simple,m. fou,m.
Pied, pié, m.
Pour.
Défendre.
Front, m.
Etranger,-e.
tranger,-e. mf.
Oublier.
Fourche, αὶ
Forme, f.
Fort, m.
Fortune, αὶ
Quatre.
Renard,-e, m. f,
Fraction, Κ
Fracture, Καὶ
casser, v.
Structure, f.
Fraude, αὶ
Libre.
Geler.
Francais.
Frais.
Ami,-e, m. f.
Frageur, δ. f.
effrayer, v.
Frange, f.
Boutade, αὶ
De, ἃ, aux, d’.

Gab,
Gable,
Gain,

Gallon,
Gallows,
-Gamble,
Gambler,
Game,
Gammon,
Garden,
Garret,
Garter,
Gaze,

Gem,
Gender,
Generous,
Genius,
Genteel,
Gentle,

Gentleman,
Geography,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN.

Stirn, /,Gesicht,n Frente, m.
Frost, Reif, [5.1 Helada, καὶ
GerunzelteSurn, Cefio, 5. m.
finster ausse-
Frucht,f. [hen,v. Fruto, m.

465

FRENCH.
Front, m.
Gelée, αὶ
Froncement, 8.2m.
se refrogner,v.
Fruit, m.

SPANISH.

cellar, v.

Fischbrut, 8. f Enxambre, δ. m. Frai, 8. Ὧι.
résten, v. freir, v. frire, v.
Voll, fm. Lleno, Plein,e. [m
Scherz, Hintere, Diversion, αὶ Divertissement,
Raserei, αὶ Furor, m — Furie, fureur, αὶ
Zukunft, 3.f, Futuro, sm. Futur,-e, 8. m.
kinftig, adj. & adj. & adj.
G.
Schnattern, Mentir, Babiller.
Giebel, m. Pared apifiada, f Toit, m.
Gewinn, s.m. Ganancia, sf. Gain, 8. m.
ewinnen, v. ganar, v. agner, νυ.
Gallone, αὶ Galon, m. Gallon, m.,
Galgen, m. Horeca, Καὶ Gibet, m.
Hoch spielen, Jugar enexcesso, Jouer.
Spieler, sm. Tahur, 2. ‘ Filou, m.
Spiel, 2. Juego, m. Récréation, f.
Schinken, m Jamon, m. Jambon, m.
Garten, 2. Huerta, αὶ Jardin, m.
Dachstube, f. Guardilla, f Galetas, m.

Hosenhand, n.
Angaffen, 9. n.

Cenogil, m. [s. f, Jarrétiere, f.
Contemplacion, Regard, s. m.

starren, v. ojear,v. [f. regarder,v. [ f.
Edelstein, m. | Piedra, preciosa, Pierre précieuse,
Geschlecht,n. Especie, Καὶ Genre, 2.
Grossmiithig, | Generoso, Généreux,-se.
Schutzgeist, m. Genio, m. Génie, m.

Artig, fein, Urbano, Poli,-e, élégant.
Vornehm,héflich Suave, Doux,-ce.
Herr, [ung, f Gentilhombre,m. Monsieur.
Erdbeschreib- Geografia,f. | Geographic, /,
Deutsche, Aleman, llemand.
Erhalten, Grangear, Gagner.

Geist, m.

Alma racional, Καὶ Esprit, m.

Govern,

Governor,

Grace,
Grain,
Grand,
Grape,
Grass,

Grasshopper,

Grave,

Gravel,
Gray,
Great,

. Greece,
Greek,
Green,
Grind,
Grist, °
Grocer,

Grocery,

Ground,
Grow,
Grove,

Gudgeon,

Guest,
Guide,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

. ΘΕ. ΒΡΑΧΙΒΗ.
Gabe, f- Don, σι
Schlinge, f. Trampa, Κ
Madchen, xn. - Doncillita, Καὶ
Geben, Dar, donar,
Heiter, [m. fegre,
Glas, n. Spiegel, Vidrio, m

Kugel, αὶ Globo, m.
Dunkelheit, f. Opacidad, Καὶ
Ruhm, Preis, m. Gloria, f.
Vielfrass, m. Gloton va
Scheu, Andar, ir,
Gott, m. Dios, m.

Gold, n. Oro, aureo, ἢ.
Gut, Wohl, Bueno,
Regieren, Gobernar,
Beherrscher, m. Gobernador, m
Anmuth, f. Gracia, αὶ
Korn, %. Grano, m.
Gross, Grande,
Weinbeere,f. Uva, fi
Gras, n. Yerba, αὶ
Grashiipfer, m. Langostino, m.
Grab, 8. n. Sepultura, δ. f.
feierlich, adj. | Grave, adj.
Kies, m. Cascajo, m.
Grau, ris,
Gross, Grande,
Griechenland, n. Grecia, f. .
Griechisch, Greco,
Grin, Verde,
Reiben, Moler, aimoler,
Korn, Mehl, . Mollenda, αὶ

Ge wirzkramer, Especiero, m.

Krimerwaare, f. Eepecierie, Ζ
Grund, m. Tierra, αὶ
Wachsen, Crecer,
Hain, m. Arboleda,
Griindlich, m. Gobio, m
Gast, m. Huésped, mM.
Fiihrer,s. 7 Guia, s. m.
leiten, v. Guiay, v.

PRENCH.
Don, present, m.
Trébuchet, m.
Fille, Καὶ
Donner.
Content,-e.
Verre,m. Glace, Καὶ
Globe,m. sphéref
Obscurité, καὶ
Gloire, f. .
Glouton,-ne, mf.
Aller.
Dieu, m.
Or, m.
Bon,-ne. |
Governer.
. Gouverneur, m.

Herbe, Κ
Sauterelle, αὶ
Tombeau, 8. 28."
serieux,-se, adj.
Gravier, m.,
Gris,-e.
Grand,-e.
Grecque, f.
Grec. -
Vert.
Moudre.
Monture, αὶ
Epicier,-e, m f.
Epecerie, f.
Terre, Καὶ
Croitre.
Bocage, m.
Goujon, m.
Convié, m.
Guide, 8. m.
conduire, %

Qui.
Guinea,
Gulf,
Gun,

Habit,
Hair,
Half,

Hall,
Ham, .
Hammer,

Hand,
Handle,

Handmaid,
Handsaw,
Handsome,
Hang,
Happen,

Happy,
arbor,

Hard,
Hardship,
Hark!
Harm,
Harmless,
Harness,
Harp,
Harpoon,
Har
Harvest,

- Haste,
Hat,

Hatchet,
Hate,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

467

GERMAN. SPaNisH. FRENCH.
Guinee, αὶ Guinea, αὶ Guinée, Καὶ
Meerbusen,m. Gulfo, m. Golfe, m.
Geschiitz, n. Agna, f. Fusil,m. Fusil, m.

H.
Zustand, mm. Estado, m. . Habitude, καὶ
Haar, ἢ. Pelo, m. Cheveu,-x, 3.
Halfte, s. f. Mitad, 3. f. Moitié, 5. αὶ
halb, adj. medio, adj. demi,-e, adj.
Saal, γι. Salon, m. Palais, m.
Schenkel, m. Corva,/. Jambon, m.
Hammer, s.m. Martillo, s.m. Marteau,-x, 8. m7.
hammern, ». martillar,v. |§ marteler, v. '
Hand, Faust, f. Mano, κι. Main, αὶ
Hanhabe, s. f. Mango,s.m. Anse, 8. Κὶ
berthren, » . Palpar, v. manier, ¥.
Magd, f. Doncella, αὶ Servante, αὶ
Handsige, f- ‘Sierra de mano, Scie (7) ἃ main.
Bequem, schén, Hermoso, Beau, bel, belle.
Hangen, Colgar, Pendre.
Sich ereignen, Acontecer, Venir.
Glicklich, Feliz, Heureux.
Hafen, m. Albergue,m. Refuge, havre,m.
Hart, heftig, Duro, Dur,-e.
Ungemach, n. Injuria, Καὶ Dureté, Καὶ
Horch! He! Oyes! Ecoute!
Unrecht, 2. Maldad, αὶ Mal, Dammage,m.
Unschiadlich, Sencillo, . Tnnocent,-e.
Harnisch, m. Guarniciones, i Harnais, m.
Harfe, αὶ Arpa, αὶ Harpe, Κα
Harpune, f. Arpon, m. Harpon, m,
Hirsch, m. Ciervo, m. Cerf, m.
Ernte, 8. ft Agosta, 8.m. Moisson, Καὶ
ernten, recoger, v. moissonner, v.
Eile, 4.1 Priesa, 8.ὄ αὶ Hate, 8. m.
eilen, v. acelerar, v. - hater, νυ.
Hut, m. Sombrero, m. Chapeau,-x, ™. °
Beil, 2. Destral, m. Hachette, fC
Hass, 8. m. Odio, 8. m. Haine, 8.1
hassen, ν. detestar, v. hair, v.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

HAT.
Hatter,
Have,

Heifer,
Heir,
Heiress,
Hell,
Help,

Helve,
Hemp,
Hen.
Hence,
Henpeck,
Her,
Herb,
Here,
Heretic,
Hermit,
Hero,
Hesitate,
Hew,

Hide,

\ GERMAN. ΒΡΑΧΙΒΗ͂, FRENCH.
Hutmacher, m. Sombrerero, m. Chapelier, m.
Haben, Traer, haber, §Avotr.

Hafen, m. @ Puerto, m. Havre, m.
Falke, m. Halcon, m. Faucon, πὶ.
Heu, zn. Heno, m. Foin, m.
Er, derjenige, ΕἸ, Il, lui.
Haupt, π. Cabeza, Κὶ Tate, f.
Heilen, Curar, Guérir.
Gesundheit, f. Salud, Καὶ Santé, 7.
Gesund, Sano, Sain,-e.
Haufe, 8. m. Monton, #.m. Amas, 8, m.

haufen, v. amontonar, v. entasser, v._

Horen, Oir, Entendre.
Herz, ἢ. Corazon, ™. Coeur, m.

_ Herd, m. Hogar, m. Atre, m.
Hitze, 8. f. Calor, 8. m. Chaleur, s. ff

erhitzen, v. caléentar, υ. chauffer, v.
Schwer, Grave, Pesant,-e.
Hecke, αὶ Seto, m. Haie, Κα
Ferse, αὶ Talon, m. Talon, m.

Junge Kuh, f. Vaquilla, Κὶ Genisse, Καὶ

Erbe, 7ι. Heredero,m. Heritier, m.

Erbin, Καὶ Heredera, f. §Heritiére, /-

Holle, αὶ Infierno, m. Enfer, m. . -

Hilfe, 8. Καὶ Ayuda, 8.1 Aide,s. f. aider,v.
helfen, συ. ᾿ ayudar, v. cognée.

Stiel, m. Destral, m. Manche(m.)d’u-

Hanf, m. Caiiamo, m. Chanvre, m. [ne.

Henne, f,. Gallina, f. Poule, αὶ

Von hier, De aqui, [mugar, Loin d’ici{femme

Schurigeln, Dominadar de la Gouverner par sa

Sie, De ella, su, Elle, la, lut.

Kraut, n. Yerba, ἢ Hebe, αὶ

Hier, Aqui, Ici.

Ketzer, m. Herege, m. Heretique, m. Καὶ

Einsiedler, m. Ermitaiio,m. Hermite, m.

Held, m. Heroe, m. Heros, mm.

Anstossen, | Dudar, Hésiter.

Hauen, | Tajar, Hacher.

Haut, s. 7. Cuero, s.m. Peau,-x, 8.1
verstecken,v. esconder, v. cacher, ¥.

ΠΙα.
High,
Hill,
Hinder,
Hinge,
Hint,

Hip,
Hire,

Honest,
Honesty,
Honey,
Hood,
Hoof,
Hook,

Hoop,
Hop,
Hope,
Hopper,

orn,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN. SPANISH.

Hoch, stolz, Alto,
Higel, m. Collado, m.
Hindern, Impedir,
Haspe, Καὶ Gozne,
Wink, 8. m. cinen Indirecta, 8. Καὶ

Wink geben, v. —apuntar, v.
Hagebutte, f, Cadera, f.

Meithen, [ber, m. Alquilar,
Geschichtsschrei, Historiador, m2.
Geschichte, f. Historia, f.
Schlagen, Golpear,

Sich schieben, Saltar,
Bienenstock, m. Colmena, f.
Erdichtung, αὶ Engafio, m.

Klepper, 1. Sacre, hobin, m.
Haue, 8. Καὶ Azada, 5. ζ
hacken, ὃ. cavar, v.
Schwein, ἢ. Puereo, m.
Sehweinisch, | Porcuno,
Halten, 8. n. & v. Tener, νυ.
AgArrO, 8. mM.
Loch, 2. Agujero, m.
Heilig, Santo,
Haus, nr. Casa propria, f.
Nicht verfeinert, Liso,
Wetzstein, m. Piedra, αὶ
Anstandig, Honrado,

Ehrlichkeit, f. Honestidad, Καὶ

Honig, m.

469

FRENCH.
Haut,-e.
Colline, 7.
Empécher.
Gond, pivot, m.
Suggestion, 8. Καὶ

insinuer, v.
Hanche, αὶ
Louer, engager.
Historien, m.
Histoire, αὶ
Frapper.
Se jémener.
Ruche, αὶ
Charlatanerie, αὶ
Hobereau,-x, m.
Houe, 8. αὶ

houer, v.
Cochon, m.
Gourmand,-e.
Tenir, v.

prise, s. Καὶ
Creux, m.
Saint,-e.
Demeure, Καὶ
Grossier. [ passer.

Pierre (f-) ἃ re-

Honéte.
Honéteté, αὶ

Miel, m. [muger. Miel, m.

Haube, Kappe, f: Caperuza (f.) de Chaperon, m.

Huf, m. Klaue, αὶ Pesuna, καὶ
Haken, s.m. ἃ v. Garabato, 8. m.

enganchar, v.

Reif, 5. m. bin- Aro, 8. m.
den, v. cercar, v.
Hipfen, 8.5. Salto, 8. m.
Hopfen, 2. saltar, v.
Hoffnung, 8. αὶ
hoffen, υ. esperar, v.
Hipfer, m. Saltador, m.
Horn. n. Cuerno, m.

40

Sabot, m.

Croc, 8. γι.
accrocher, v.

Cerceau,-x, 8. m.
lier, v.

Houblon, s. m.
sauter, v.

Experanza, 8. f. Espérance, s.f.

espérer, υ.
Sauteur,-se,m. fi
Corne, Καὶ

410

HOR.
Horror,
Horse,
Horticulture,
Hospital,
Hospitality,
Host,
Hostile,
Hostility,
Hostler,
Hot,

Hotel,
Hour,
House,
Hover,
How,
However,
Howl,
Howsoever,

Hug,

Huge,
Hull,
Hum,

Human,
Humane,
Humanity,
Humble,

Humbug,
Humiliation,
Humorous,
Ifumor,
Hump,
Hundred,
Hunger,
Hungry,
Hunt y
Hunter,
Hurricane,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN. RPANISH.
Schauder, m. —_ Horror, m.
Pferd, 7. Caballo, m.

Gartenbau, m. Jardineria, Καὶ
Krankenhaus, n. Hospital, m.
Gastfreiheit, ἃ Hospitalidad, Καὶ
Wirth, m.
Feindlich, Hostil,
Feindseligkeit, f. Hostilidad, Καὶ
Stallknecht, m. Mozo(m)de paja,
Heisz, eifrig, Calido, caliente,

FRENCH.
Horreur, αὶ
Cheval,-aux, m.
Jardinage, m.
Hopital,-aux, m.
Hospitalité, αὶ

Hueste, patron,m Hote,m. hostie, Κα

Hostile.
Hostilité, Καὶ
Valet, me.
Chaud, ardent.

Gasthof, m. Posada, fonda, Καὶ Hotel, m.
Stunde, Καὶ Hora, 7 Heure, Καὶ
Haus, n. Casa, αὶ Maison, Καὶ
Schweben, Colgar, Réder autour.
Wie, Como, [sea, Comment.
Dennoch, Como quiera que Copendant.
Heulen, Aullar, Hurler.
Doch, jedoch, Anque, Quoique. [s.m.
Umarmung, s.f. Abrazo, s.m. Embarassement,
umarmen, ¥v. abrazar, v. embrasser, v.
Ungeheuer, Vasto, Grand, vaste,
Hiilse, Schale, αὶ Cascara, αὶ Casse, Κὶ

Summen, s.n. Zumbido, 8. m.

summen, ν. zumbar, v.
Menschlich, Humano,
Leutselig, Humano,

Menschlichkeit, f Humanidad, f.

‘Demiithig, adj. Humilde, adj.

erniedrigen, v. humillar, συ.
Betrug, m. Trampa, ἡ
Erniedrigung, J. Humillacion, 7.
Launisch, Grutesco,

Feuchtigkeit, { Humor, genio,m.
Buckel, m. Giba, joroba, Καὶ
Hundert, n. Ciento, m.
Hunger, m. Hambre, m.
Hungerig, Hambriento,

Jagen, verfolgen, Montear, segnir,
Jager, m. Montero, m.
Orkan, m. Huracan, m.

Bruit sourd, 8. m.
murmurer, v.
Mortel.
Bon, tendre,
Humanité, αὶ
Bas, adj. humi-
lier, v.
Charlatanene, Κα
Humiliation, αὶ
Plaisant.
Humeur, f.
Bosse, f
Cent, m
Faim, f.
Affamé.
Chereher.
Chasseur, m.
Ouragan, m.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 471

HOR.
Hurry,

Hurt,

Husband,
Hush,

Husk,

Hut,
Huzza,

Hydrogen,
Hydrophobia,
Hymn,
Hypocrisy,
Hypocrite,
Hypothesis,
Hyssop,
Hysterics,

I,

Ice, ~
Icicle,
Isinglass,
Idea,
Identical,
Identify,
Idiom,
Idiot,

Tdle,

140],

If,
Ignominious,
Ignorance,
Ignorant,
Illegal,
Illegible,

GERMAN. ΒΡΑΝΊΒΕ. FRenow.

Eile, 8.1 Precipitacion, 5... Hate, 8. καὶ

eilen, v. atropellar, v. hater, v.
Verletzung, 8. f. Mal, 8. m. Dommage, 8. m.

verwunden,v. dafiar, 8. nuire a, v.
Ehemann, m. Marido, m. Mari, m.
Still! ind. stil- Chiton! ἐπέ. Chut! ἐπέ.

len, v. apaciguar, v. calmer, v.

Hiilse, 8. αὶ Cascara, 8.5 Cosse, 5. Καὶ
aushilsen, v. | descascarar, v. _-cosser, ὕ.

Hiitte, Καὶ Choza, αὶ Hutte, cabane, Καὶ
Heisa, znt. Viva! ind. Vive! ἐπέ, faire
zurufen, v. vitorear, v. des cris, v.

Wasserstoff, m. Hidrogeno,m. Hydrogen, m.
Wasserscheu, f. Hidrofobia, | Hydrophobie, καὶ
Lobgesang, m. Himno, m. Hymne, Καὶ
Heuchelei,f. |§ Hypocresia,f §Hypoerisie, αὶ
Heuchler, m. Hiprocrita, m. Hypocrite, m. Καὶ
Hypothese, ἡ Hipotesis, Καὶ Hypethése, f.
Isop, πε. [den, 7. Hisopo,m.[terico, Hyssope, Καὶ
Mutterbeschwer. Parasismo his- Vapeurs, f. pi.

I.
Ich, Yo, Je.
Eis, m. Velo, m. Glace, αὶ
Eiszapfen, m. | Cerrion, m. Glacon, m.
Hausenblase, ἡ Colpaez, m. Colle de poisson.
Idee, f. Begriff,m. Idea, ΚΑ Idée, Καὶ
Einerlei, Identico, Identique.
Indentificiren,[ f. Identificar, Identifier.
Spracheigenheit, Idioma, 7. Idiome, m.
Dummkopf, m. Idiota, m. Imbecille, m. Κὶ
Miszig, Ocioso, Paresseux,-se.
Gotzenbild, n. Idolo, γι. Idole, αὶ
Wenn, wofern, Si, aunque, Si, pourvu que.

Schimpflich, Ignominioso, Tgnominieux,-se.
Unwissenheit, Καὶ Ignorancia, Ignorance, /.
Unwissend, Ignorante, Ignorant,-e.
Uebel, bése, Malo, enfermo, Manvais,-e.
Gesetzwidrig, _ITlegal, Illicite.
Unleserlich, Nlegible, Point lisible.

472

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

ILL.
Illegitimate,
Illiterate,
Illness,
Illume,-ine,
Tumination,
Illustrate,
[llustration,
Lllustrious,
Image,
Imaginary,
Imagination,
Imagine,
Imbue,
Tpitate,
Imitation,
Imitator,
Immaterial,

Immediate,-ly,

Immense,-ity,

Immerse,
Immersion,
Immigrate,
Immolate,
Immoral,
Immortal,
Immovable,
Immutable,
Imp,
Impair,
Impart,
Impartial,
Impatience,
Impatient,
Impeach,
Impede,
Impediment,
Impenitent,
Imperative,
Imperfect,

GERMAN.

Unehrlich, Vegitimo,
Ungelehrt, Indocto,
Bosheit, f. Mal,m.maldad, f.
Erleuchten, lluminar,
Erleuchtung, Δ Iluminacion, Κὶ
Erhellen, Tlustrar,
Erklirung,f. —‘Ilustracion, Κ
Edel, bertihmt, Ilustre,
Bild,Ebenbild, x. Imagen, Καὶ
Eingebildet, Imaginario,
Einbildung, f Imaginacion, Καὶ
Ersinnen, Imaginar,
Eintauchen, Tinturar,
Nachahmen, _Imitar,
Nachahmung,/f. Imitacion, Κὶ
Nachahmer, m. Imitador, m.
Unkérperlich, Inmaterial,
Unmittelbar,adj. Immediato, ad).
sogleich, adv. ᾧς adv.
Unermeszlich,- Immens-o,
keit, αὶ -idad, αὶ
Eintauchen, Sumergir,
Untertauchung,fInmersion, Καὶ
Einwandern, Transmigrar,
Opfern, Inmolar,
Unsittlich, Depravado,
Unsterblich, Inmortal,
Unbeweglich, Inmoble,
Unveranderlich, Inmutable,
Teufelchen, ». Hijo, diablillo,mn.
Vermindern, §Empeorar,
Mittheilen, Dar, conceder,
Unparteiisch, Imparcial,
Ungeduld, ff = Impaciencia, Κ
Ungeduldig, § Impaciente,
Anklagen, Estorbar,
Verhindern, Empedir,
Hindernisz, n. Impedimento, m.
Unbuszfertig, | Impenitente,
Befehlend, Impcerativo,
Unvollkommen, Imperfecto,

ΒΡΑΚΝΙΒΗ.

FRENCH.
Tlégetime.
Ignorant, rude,
Maladie, Καὶ
Tluminer.
Tilumination, Καὶ
Illustrer.
Explication, Καὶ
Illustre.
Image, statue, Καὶ
Imaginaire.
Imagination, Καὶ
Imaginer.
Imbiber.

- Imiter.

Imitation, Καὶ
Imitateur, m.
Immatériel.
Immediat,-e, ad).
sur |’ instant,adv.
Ilimité,infinité, αὶ

Plongur.
Immersion, f.
Immigrer.
Immoler.
Immoral,-e.
Immortel,-le.
Immobile.
Immuable.
Diablotin, m.
Altérer.
Accorder.
Impartial,-le.
Impatience, Κα
Impatient,-e.
Accuser.
Empécher.
Obstacle, m.
Impénitent,-e.
Impératif.
Imparfait.

IMP.

Imperial,
Impersonal,
Impertinence,
Impertinent,
Impetucsity,
Impetuous,
Impiety,
Impious,
Implore,
Imply,
Impolite,
Import,

Important,
Importation,
Importer,
Impose,
Imposition,
Impossibility,
Impossible,
Imposter,
Impress,
Impression, .
Improper,
Impropriety,
Improve,
Improvement,
Imprudence,
Imprydent,
Impudence,
Impudent,
Impulse,-ive,
Impute,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

473

GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH.
Imperfection, Unvollkommen- Imperfeccion, f. Imperfection, f.
elt, αὶ
καλοί, Imperial, Impérial.
Unpersénlich, Impersonal, Impersonnel.
Anmaszung, f. Impertinencia, αὶ Impertinence, Κὶ
Unstatthaft, Impertinente, Impertinent.
Ungestiim,m. Impetuosidad,f. Impetuosité, Καὶ
Heftig, Violento, Impétueux.
Gottlosigkeit, Δ Impiedad,f. §Impiété, f.
Gottlos, Impio, Impic.
Anflehen, Implorar, Implorer.
Einwickeln, Implicar, Impliquer.
Unhdfiich, Desortes, Impoli,-e.
Inhalt, 9. m. Tendencia, 8. ΨΚ Importance, s. Κα
einfiihren, v. entrar, v. importer, v.
Wichtig, Importante, Important,-e.
Einfuhr, Καὶ Importacion, α Importation, fA
Importeur, m. Importador,m. Inmporteur, m.
Auflegen, Imponer, Imposer.
Auflegung, 7. Imposicion,f Imposition, /.
Unmiglichkeit, fImposibilidad, Κὶ Impossibilité, 7°
Unmiglich, Impossible, Impossible.
Betriiger, m. Impostor, m. Imposteur.
Eindriicken, § Imprimir, Imprimer.
Eindruck, m. Impresion, f. Impression, /.
Unschicklich, Impropio, Impropre.
Unpaszlichkeit, fImpropiedad, f. Improprieté, αὶ
Verbessern, Mejorar, Avancer.
Verbesserung, αὶ Mejora, Κα Avancement, m.,
Unvorsichtigkeit Imprudencia, f. Indescrétion, /.
Unvorsichtig, Imprudente, Imprudent,-e.
Unverschamtheit Impudencia, f. Impudence, /.
Unverschimt, Impudico, Impudent,-e.
Antricb,(m.)end, Impuls-o,(m)-ivo Motif, m.
Zurechnen, Imputar, Imputer.
In, an, zu, bei, En, En, dans.

In,
Inaction,
Inactive,
Inadequate,
Inanimate,
Inaugurate,

Unthithigkeit, αὶ Inaccion, /. [dad, Inaction, Καὶ
Unthathig, [sen, Falto de activi- Inactif,-ve.
Nicht angemes- Inadequado,

Unbeseelt,
Einweihen,
4)

Inanime,
Inauguracion,

Disproportionné,
Inanimé.

Installer.

474

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

INC. GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH.
Incapable, Unfihig, Incapaz, Incapable.
Incapacity, | Unfahigkeit, f. Incapacidad,f Incapacité, Καὶ
Incense, Weihrauch, s.m. Incienso, s.m. Encens, 8. m.

riuchern, v. exasperar, v. _—irtiter, ». [m.
Incentive, Antrieb, m. Incentivo, m. Aiguillon, motif,
Incessant, Unaufhorlich, Incesante, Incessant,-e.
Inch, Zoll, m. Pulgada, Καὶ Pouce, m.
Incident, Zufall, m. Incidente,m. Incident, m.
Incivility, Unhiflichkeit, f. Incivilidad,£ —Incivilité, Καὶ
Inclination, Neigung, f. Inclinacion, f. —_ Inclination, Καὶ
Incline, Neigen, lenken, Inclinar, Inclinir.
Include, Einschlieszen, Incluir, Comprendre.
Income, Einkommen, n. Renta, αὶ Revenu, m.
Incommode, _ Beliistigen, Incomodar, Incommoder.
Incomparable, Unvergleichlich, Incomparable, Incomparable.
incompatible, Unvertraglich, Incompatible, Incompatible.
Inconceivable, Unbegreiflich, Inconceptible, Inconcevable.
inconsistent, Unvereinbar, Inconsistente, Inconscquent.
Inconstant, Unbestindig, . Inconstante, Volage.
Incorporate, Einverleiben, _Incorporar, Incorporer.
Incorporation, Einverleibung, ΚΑ Incorporacion, 7. Incorporation, Καὶ
Incorrect, Unrichtig, Defectuoso, Incorrect.
Incorrigible, Unbesserlich, Incorregible, Incorrigible.
Incorrupt, Unverdorben, Incorrupto, Pur,-e.
Incorruptible, Unverweslich, Incorruptible, Incurruptible.
Increase, Zunahme, 8... Aumento, 9. m. Augmentation,

wachsen, Ὁ. acrecentar, v. 8. f. croitre, v.
Incur, Einfallen, Incurrir, {do, Encourir.
Indebt,-ed, Verpflichte-n,-t, Obligar, adeuda- Endett-er,-é.
Indecent, Unanstindig, Indecente, Indecent,-é.
Indecision, Unentschlossen- Indecision, αὶ Indécision, αὶ

heit, αὶ
Indeed, Wirklich, Verdaderamente En verité.
Indelicacy, | Unzartheit, f£ | Groseria, Καὶ Indelicatesse, Καὶ
Indemnify, Schadlos halten, Indemnizar, Indemniser.
Indemnity, § Schadloshaltung Indemnidad,[da, Indemnité, Κα
Indenture, = Vertrag, m. [ f Escritura denta- Contrat, m.
Independence, Unabhangigkeit, Independencia, f Independance, /.
Independent, Unabhingig, Independente, Independant,-e.
Index, Anzeiger,m. Indice, m. Index, m.
Indian, Indian, (m.)-ish, Indian, m. china, Indien,(n.)-ne.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 475

IND. GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH.
Indicate, Anzeigen, Indicar, Indiquer.
Indifferent, § Gleichgiltig, | Indiferente, Indifferent.
Indigestion, Unverdaulich- Indigestion, f. Indigestion, Καὶ

keit, Καὶ
Indignation, Unwille, m. Indignacion, ΚΖ Indignation, Καὶ
Indigo, - Indigo, m. Tndigo, m. Indigo, m.
Indiscreet, Unbedachtsam, Indiscreto, Indiscret,-e.
Indisputable, Unstreitig, Indisputable, Indisputable.
Individual, Individuum, m. Individuo, m. Individu, m.
individually, Persdnlich, Individual, Individ uel,-le.
Individuality, Einzelheit,f | Individualidad, fIndividualité, /.
Induce, Leiten, Inducir, Persuader, v.
Indulge, Befriedigen, v. Favorecer, v. —‘Tolerer, v.
Indulgence, _Befriedigung, f. Indulgencia,f. Indulgence, Κὶ
Industrious, =F iciszig, Industrioso, Industrieux,-se.
Industry, Fleisz, a. Industria, αὶ Industrie, Κα
Inevitable, Unvermeidlich, Inevitable, Inévitable.
Infamous, Ebrios, Infame, Infame.
Infant, Kind, 2. Infante, m. Infant, m. 7.
Infect, Anstecken, Infectar, Infecter.
Infer, Herbeifiihren, In ferir, Inferer.
Inferior, Untergebene, 8. Inferior, s.m. Inferieur,-e, 8. m.
mf. unter, adj. & adj. 7 & adj.
Infernal, Hdllisch, Infernal, , Infernal,-e.
Infest, Beunruhigen, = Infestar, Infester.
Infidel, Unglaubige, m. Infiél, a. Infidéle, m. αὶ
Infinite, Unendlich, Infinito, Infini,-e.
Infirm, Kranklich, Enfermo, Faible, infirme.
Inflame, Anziinden, Inflamar, Enflammer.
Inflammation, Entziindung, f Inflamacion,f Inflammation, Καὶ
Inflict, Zufiigen, Castigar, Infligir.
Inform, Unterrichten, Informar, Informer.
Information, Unterricht,m. Informacion, #. Information, Κὶ
Ingenious, Sinnreich, Ingenioso, Ingenieux,-se.
Ingenuity, Scharfsinn, m. Ingeniosidad, f. Esprit, m.
Ingenuous, Freimiithig, Ingenuo, Ingenu,-e, franc
Ingratitude, | Undankbarkeit,fIngratitud, f. §Ingratitude, Κ
Inhabit, Bewohnen, Habitar, Habiter.
Inherit, Erben, Heredar, Hériter.

Inheritance, Erbrecht, π. Herencia, /. Héritage, τῆ,
Inhuman, Unmenschlich, Inhumano, Inhumain,-e.

476

INI.
Iniquity,
Initial,
Initiate,
Injection,
Injure,
Injury,

Ink,

Inn,
Innocen-ce,-t,
Inquest,
Inquire,
Insane,

, Insect,
Insert,
Insight,
Insignificant,
Insinuate,
Insist,
Insolence,-t,
Inspect,
Inspire,
Instance,
Instant,
Instead,
Instinct,
Institute,

Institution,
Instruct,
Instrument,
Insult,

Insure,
Intellect,-ual,

Intend,
Intense,
Intensity,
Intention,
Interest,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN. SPANISH.
Siinde, Bosheit,f Injusticia, Καὶ
Anfanglich, Tnicial,
Einfihren, Iniciar,
Eingebung, f. Inyeccion, Κὶ
Verletzen, Injuriar,
Nachtheil, m. —Injuria, Καὶ
Dinte, f. Tinta, αὶ
Wirthshaus, n. Posada, Καὶ

FRENCH.
Iniquité, Καὶ
Initial,-e.
Initier.
Injection, αὶ
N aire a. f
Dommage, m.
Encre, αὶ
Hotellerie, Καὶ

Anschuld,(/)-ig, Inocen-cia,(f)-te Innocen,-ce Καὶ -t.
Nachforschung,f Inquisicion, Δ. Enquéte, Καὶ

Nasurtrieb, m.
Gesetz, 8. n.
elnsetzen, v.
Verordnung, /.
Unterrichten,
Werkzeug,
Beleidigung, s. 7.
verspotten, v.
Versichern,

Instinto, m.

Erkundigen, = Inquirir, Demande.
Unsinnnig, Insano, Fou, folle.
Insect, n. Insecto, m. Insecte, m.
Einschalten, Inserir, Insérer.
Einsicht, αὶ Conocimiento, m. Connaissance, Καὶ
Unbedeutend, Frivolo, Insignificiant,-e.
Beibringen, Insinuar, Insinuar.
Stehen, Insistir, Persister.
Trotz,(m.)-ig, Insolen-cia(f)-te Insolen,-ce,( /)-t.
Besichtigen, Reconocer, Inspecter.
Einathmen, Inspirar, Inspirer.
Ansuchen, n. _Instancia, Καὶ Instance, αὶ
Augenblick, m. Instante, m. Instant, m.
‘Statt, In lugar de, Au lieu de.

Instinct, m.

Instituto, 5. m. Institut, s. m.

instituir, νυ.
Institucion, αὶ
Instruir,

instituer, v,
Institution, Καὶ
Instruire.

Instrumento, m. Instrument, πηι.

Insulto, s. m.
insultar, v.
Asegurar,

Insulte, 8. αὶ
insulter, νυ.
Assurer.

Verstand,(m)-ig, Entendimiento,s. Intellect,(m)-uel.

Ausstrecken,
Gespannt,
Starke, αὶ
Spannung, f.
Interesse, 8. n.
betheiligen, ν.

m. intelecto,adj.

Intentar,
Intenso,
Exceso, m.
Intencion, Καὶ

Interés, 8. m.,
Interesar, v.

Proposer.
Intense.
Intensité, αὶ
Dessein, m.
Intérat, δ. m.
intéresser, ¥.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

477

INT. GERMAN, SPANISH. FRENCH.
Interesting, | Anziehend, Interesant, Interessant,-e.
Interfere, Sich streifen, | Entremeterse, S'interposer.
Interior, Innerlich,[kunft, Interior, Interieur,-e.
Interjection, Dazwischen- _Interjeccion, f. Interjection, 7.
Intermission, Unterlassung,/ Intermision, αὶ Intermission, /A
Interrupt, Trennen, Rumpido, Intérrompre.
Interval, Zwishenraum, m. Intervalo, m. —_—Intervalle, m.
Interveiw, Zusammenkunft, Vista formal, f. Entrevue, /.
‘Intimate, Inneread).zuver-Intimo, adj. Intime, adj.

stehen geben,v. _insinuar, v. intimer, v.

Into, Hinein, Dentro, Dans, entre.
Intoxicate, Berauschen, Embriagar, Enivrer.
Intrepid, Unerschrocken, Intrépido, Intrépide.
Intricate, Verworren, Intrincado, Embarrassé,-e.
Intrigue, Verwickelung, f. Manejo, m. Intrigue, f-
Introduce, Einfibren, Introducir, Introduire.
Intrude, Eindringen, Introducirse, Se fourrer.
Invade, Einfallen, Invadir, Envahir.
Invalid, Invalide, s.m. Invalido, s.m. Envalide, s. m.

kraftlos, adj. ἃ ad). & ad).
Invent,-ion, | Erfind-en,-ung,/f Invent,-ar,-o,m. Invent-er,-ion, f.
Inviolate, Unverletzt, Inviolado, Inviolé,-e.
Invisible, Unsichtbar, Invisible, Invisible.
Invitation, | Einladung, ff Convite, m. Invitation, Καὶ
Tron, Fessel, αὶ Hierro, m. Fer, m.
Trony, Spottrede, f Ironia, f. Ironie, αὶ
Irresistible, | Unwiderstehlich, Irresistible, Irrésistible.
Irritable, Reizen, Irritar, Irriter.
Island, Insel, αὶ Isla, αὶ lle, ile, ΚΑ
Issue, Ausgang, 8. m. Salida, 8. f. Issue, 4.1

auslaufen, v. salir, v. sortir, v.
Isthmus, Erdenge, f. Istmo, . Isthme, m.
It, Es, Ello, lo, Le, ce, il, elle.
Itch, Kritze, 5. Κα Sarna, 8. f. Gale, 8.3.

jucken, v. picar, v. démanger, ¥
Itself, Selbst, sich, Mismo, Soiméme.
Ivory, Elfenbein,. § Marfil, m. Ivoire, m.
Ivy, Epheu, m. Yedra, f. Licrre, ™.

J.

Jabber, Plaudern, Charlar, Jabotter.

478

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

JAC.
Jacket,
Jail,
January,
Jar,

Jaundice,
Jaw, jaws,
Jealous,
Jelly,

Jest,

Jewel,
Job,
Join,
Joint,

Jolly,
Jolt,

Journal,
Journey,
Joy,
Judge,

Judgment,

Justify,
Juvenile,

Keel,
Keen,

GERMAN.
Jacke, Καὶ
Gefangniss, n.
Januar, m.
Knarren, 8.2.

klappern, v.
Gelbsucht, αὶ
Kinnbacken, 21.
Eifersiichtig,
Gallerte, αὶ
Spass, 8. m.

spassen, v.
Juwele, αὶ
Arbeit, f.
Verbinden,
Gelenk, 8. n.

verbunden, ad),
Froéhlich,
Stoss, s. m.

stossen, v.
Tagebuch, x.
Reise, /
Freude, αὶ
Richter, 9. m.

richten, v.
Gericht, n.

,m.
Julius, 272.
Springen,

Junius, 22.

Geschwornen,m.

Gericht, eben,

Gerechtigkeit, f.

Rechtfertigen,
Ju endlich,

Kiel, Kegel, m.
Scharf, strenge,
Halten,
Aufseher, m.

SPanisa. PRENCH.
Xaqueta, f. § Jaquette, καὶ
Carcel, Καὶ Prison, αὶ
Enero, m. Janvier, m
Jarro, 8. m. Choe, s. m

reiiir, v. détonner, v.
Ictericia, Καὶ Jaunisse, f. [/7-
Quixada, αὶ Machoire,bouche
Zeloso, Jaloux,-se.
Jalea, f. Gelée, αὶ
Chanze, s.f. Bon mot, 8. m.

bufonearse,¥. —_ badiner, 2.
Piedra preciosa, Bijou,-x, m.
Negozuelo, m. Petit ouvrage,m.
Juntar, Joindre.

Gozne, 8. m. par- Jointure, s.f-

ticipante, adj. commun,-e,adj.
Alegre, Plaisant,-e.
Traqueo, 8. ἢ. Cahot, s. m.

traquear, v. cahoter, v.
Diario, m. Journal,-aux, mm.
Jornada, αὶ Voyage, m.
Alegria, f. Joie, f. plaisir,m.
Juez, 8. m. Juge, δ. m.

juzgar, v. Juger, v.
Juicio, τι. Jugement, πὶ,
Jarro, m. Broc,m.cruche, Κα
Julio, m. Juillet, m.
Saltar Sauter.

Juniom. [dos,m. Juin, m.

Junta( f)de jura- Jurés, m. pl.
Justo, Juste, justement.
Justicia, Καὶ Justice, αὶ
Justificar, J ustifier.
Juvenil, Jeune.
K.

Quilla, Καὶ Quille, Κὶ

Afilado, agudo, Aigu,-e.
Tener, cuidar, Tenir, retiner.
Tenedor, m. 6) M.

KEG.

Keg,
Kernel,
Kettle,
Key,
Kick,

Kid,
Kidnap,
Kidney,
Kill,
Kiln,
Kin,
Kind,

Kindness,

King,

Kingdom,
Kiss,

Kitchen,

Knack,
Knave,
Knead,
Knee,
Knife,
Knit,
Knob,
Knock,
Knot,
Know,

Label,
Labor,

Lace,
Lack,
Lad,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN. SPANISH.
* Fasschen, n. Βασιῖςα, Καὶ
Kern,m.Drise, f A]mendra, αὶ
Kessel, m. Caldera, f.

Schliissel, m.

Fusstritt, s. m.

treten, v.

Ziegenlamm, n.

Stehlen,
‘Niere, αὶ
Tédten,

Ofen, m.

Llave, clave, ζὶ
Puntapie, 8. m.
patear, v.

Cabrito, m.
Hurtar nifios,
Rifion, mm.
Martar,
Horno, m.

Verwandschaft,f Conexion, Καὶ

Art, 5.1 Genero, 8. m.
gitig, adj. benévolo, adj.
Gitigkeit, Καὶ Benevolencia, Καὶ
Konig, m. Rey, m.
Kénigreich, n; Reyno, m.
Kuss, 8. m. Beso, 8. m.
kiissen, v. besar, v.
Kiiche, Καὶ Cocina, αὶ
Handgriff, m. | Chuckeria, Κα
Bube, Schelmm. Bribon, m.
Kneten, Amasar,
Knie, 2. Rodila, curva, Καὶ
Messer, 7. Cuchillo, m.
Stricken, Enlazar,
Knopf, m. Prominencia, f.
Klopfen, Colidir, tocar,
Knoten, Ast, m. Nudo, lazo, m.

Wissen, kennen, Conocer,

Zettel, m.

Arbeit, 8. f.
arbeiten, v.

Schour, s. f.

schniiren, v.

Mangel, s. m.

bedirfen, v.

L.

Esquela, αὶ
Trabajo, labor,
8. γι. trabajar, v.
Lazo, 8. m.
abrochar, v.
Falta, s. fi .

carecer, v.

Knabe, Junge m. Mozallon, m.

479 !
PRENCH.

Caque,f, [ἢ
Amande, graine,
Chaudiere, αὶ
Clef, f; quai, m.
Ruade, s. αὶ

ruer, ν.
Chevreau,-x, m.
Enlever, voler.
Rognon, m.
Tuer. [x, m.
Four, fourneau,-
Allié,-e,.m. f.
Genre, 8. m.

bon, adj.
Bonté, f.
Roi, πὶ.
Royaume, m.
Baiser, s. m.

Genou,-x, m.
Couteau,-x, m.
Tricoter, lier.
Bosse, f.
Frapper.

Νουα, m. [tre.
Savoir, Connai-

Ecriteau,-x, m.

Travail, s. m.
travailler, v.

Lacet,s.m.lacer,v

Besoin, 8. 1.
manquer de, ¥
Garcon, m.

430

LAD.
Ladder,
Lady,
Lamb,
Lame,
Lament,

Lamp,
Lance,
Land,
Landlord,
Landscape,
Language,
Lantern,

INTERNATIONAL DIOTIONARY.

GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH.
Leiter, αὶ Escala, f. Kchelle, Δ [ft
Dame, αὶ Sefiora, lédi, Κα Dame,demoiselle
Lamm, 2. Cordero, m. Agneau,-x, 75.
Lahm, Lisiado, Estropie,
Wehklage, s. f. Lamento, s.m. Plainte, 8. Καὶ

klagen, νυ. lamentar, v. lamentre, Ὁ.

Lampe,f. [nen, v. Lamparaf[trar,v Lampe, f. [ν.
Lanze, 8.7. stech- Lanza, s. 7. pene- Lance, f(s. percer
Land, Terreno, pais, m. Terre, f-pays, m.
Gutsbesitzer, m. Huésped, m. — Proprietaire, m.
Landschaft, 7. Pais, region, m. Paysage, m. [m.
Sprache, f Lengna, αὶ Langue /langage
Lanterne, f; Linterna, Καὶ Lanterne, Καὶ
Lappechen, n. Faldas, f. pl. Gironm. [m.
Fall, Verfall, m. Caida, #[puerco, Laps écoulement
Speck, m. Manteca (7) de Lard, m.
Grass, weit, Grande, ancho, Large, grand,
Lerche, 7. Alondra, αὶ Alouette £ [ter v.
Hieb, 8. m. Latigazo, 8. m. Coup s.m. fouet-
peitechen, v. —_—azotar, Ὁ.
Madschen, n. Doncella, Καὶ Fillette, fA
Leisten,s.m.[ adj. Horma, 8. f. du- Laste, .m. durer
wahren,v.letzte, rarv.ultimo adj. νυ. dernier, adj.
Klinke, s. f. Aldeba, s.f- cer- Loquet, 8. m.
zuklinken, v. rarconaldebav. fermer, v.
Spat, letzt, Tardio, tarde, Tard,-e, lent,-e.
Verborgen, Escondido, Caché,-e, secret.
Latte, 3.f. mit [v. Lata, f liston s.m. Latte sf latter v.
Latten versehen. ponar listas, ν.
Drechselbank, Κὶ Torno, m. [adj.Tour,m. [adj.
Latein, s. 7. Latin, s.m. latino, Latin, s.m. latine
lateinisch, adj.
Lachen, s.n. + Lavadero, 8. m Ris, 8. m. rire, ¥

verlachen, v. §_mofar, v.
Fortlassen, Botar al agua, S’elancer, lancer.
Lorbeer, m. Laurel guindo,m. Laurier, 1.

Gesetz, Recht, n. Ley, f.derecho,m Loi, 7. droit, m.
Grasplatz, m. Linon, prado, m. Plaine, flinon,m.
Rechtgelehrtem Abogado, m. Avocat, m. [8.1
Lage, 8. legen,v. Lechos, s.m. | Couche,chanson,
poner, ¥. pondre, v.

LAZ.
Lazy,
Lead,

Leaf,
League,

Leak,
Lean,
Leap,

Learn,
Lease,

Least,

Leather,
Leave,

Lecture,

Leg,
Legacy,
Legislature,

Hebel, m.
41

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY, 481

SPaNise. VRENncg,
Perezoso, tardo, Paresseux,-se.
Plombe, s. m.

GERMAN.
Faul, langsam,
Blei, 3.2. leiten,v. Plomo, 8. m.

conduclr, νυ. guider, v.
Blatt, n. Hoja, Καὶ Feuille, Καὶ
Bindniss, 8. π. Liga, 5. ἢ. Ligue, 8. f.
verbinden, v. confederarse,v. 86 liguer, ὃ.

Spalte, 9. f. Obertura, 3. αὶ Fente, 5. αὶ

durchlassen, v. derramarse,». s'écouler, v.
Mager, adj. Magro, adj. Maigre, adj.

lehnen, v. inclinarse, vy. _—ss’appuyer, v.
Sprung, s.m. Salto, 8. m. Saut, s. m.

springen, 2. saltar, Ὁ υ. saillir, v.

Lernen, Aprender, [8.m. Apprendre.
Pachtzeit, 5. 2 Arrendimiento, Bail, 8. m.

verpachten, v. _arrondar, v. louer, υ.
Kleinste, adj. Miniomo,s.m. Moindre, moins,
Atom, 8. mm. & adj. 8. m. & adj.
Leder, n. Cuero, m. Cuir,m.peau,-x,f.

Abschied, 8. m. Licencia,s.f. Congé, 8. m.
lassen, v. dexar, v. quitter, υ.
Lesen, 8. 7. Discurso, s.m. Lecture, 8. f
unterrichten, v, instruir, v. instruire, v. [m.
Hauptbuch, 2. Libro, mayor, m. Livre de compte,
Link, Siniestro, Gauche.

Bein, n. Keule, f. Pierna,f. pie, m. Jamhe, f.

Vermichtniss, π. Legado, m. Legs, γι.

Gesetzgebende Legisladura, f. Leévislature, f.
Macht, f.

Limonie, F Limon, m. Limon, m.
Leihen, borgen, Prestar, Préter.

Lange, Dauer, 7. Longitud, Κὶ Longuer,durée, 7,
Fastenzeit, Καὶ Quaresma, fi Caréme, m.
Leopard, m. Leopardo, m. _Léopard, m.
Kleiner, Menor,menos, m. Moins, m

Lehre, αὶ Text,m. Leccion, Καὶ Legon, f

Lassen, Conceder, dexar, Louer, Jaisser.
Schrift,£Brief,m. Letra, carta, 7 Lettre, /

Lattish, m. Lechuga, /¢ Laitue, αὶ
Fliche, s. Καὶ Llano, 3. 1. Niveau,-x, 8. m.
leich, adj. igualar, v. aplanir, v.

Palanca, Καὶ Lévier,m.barre,f.

482

LIA. GERMAN. ΒΡΑΝΊΒΗ. FRENCH.
Liar, Liigner, m. Embustero,m. Menteur,-se,m/f.
Liberty, Freiheit, f. Libertad, Καὶ Liberté, 7,
Library, Bibliothek, # = Libreria, /. Bibliotheque, αὶ
License, Erlaubniss, 3.f. Licensia, s. 7 License, 8. ἢ
gestatten, v. “licenciar, v. autoriser, ¥.
Lick, Schlag, s.m. Chupa, 9. f- Coup, s. m.
lecken, v. lamar, νυ. [m. lécher, v.
Lid, Deckel, m. Tapa, 7. parpado, Couvercle, m.
Lie, (falsely,) Lauge, Lige, 8... Mentira, s. 2 | Mensonge, 8. γι.
lagen, v. mentir, v. mentir, v.
Lie, (down,) Liegen, schlafen, Consistir, Récliner,coucher.
Life, Leben, n. Vida, αὶ Vie, existence, αὶ
Lift, Heben, 8. 2. Alzamiento, s.m. Effort, 9. m.
aufheben, νυ. alzar, v. élever, v.
Light, Licht,sn.léschen, Luz, 8. 7. encen- Lumiére, s.frallu-
v. Licht, adj. dar,v. claro,adj. mer,»v. clair,adj.
Lightof weight Leicht, hurtig, Ligero, leve, § Leger,-e.
Like, Gefallen, v. Gustar, v. Aimer, ¥.
gleich, adj. semejante, adj. semblable, adj.
Likeness, -Gleichniss, n. Semejanza,f Ressemblance, Κ᾽
Lily, Lilie, f. Lirio, Lis, m.
Limb, Glied,n.Rand,m. Miembro, m. Membre, m.
Lime, Leim, Kalb, m. Cal, m. Chaux, f.
Limit, Grenze, 8. αὶ Limite, 8. m. Borne, 8. ἢ
begrenzen, v. _limitar, v. limiter, v
Line, Linie, s. f. Linea, 8. f. for- Ligne, 5.1
liniren, v. rar, v. doubler, v.
Linen, Leinwand, 8. f. Lienzo, lino, .m. Toile, 8. f.
leinen, adj. de lienzo, adj. de linge, adj.
Lion, Léwe, m. Leon, 7. Lion, m.
Lip, Lippe, αὶ Labio, m. Lévre, Κ
Liquid, Flissigkeit, s. Licor, 9.᾽ πὶ. Liqueur, s. f.
fliissig, adj. liquido, adj. iquide, adj.
Listen, Lauschen, Escuchar, couter.
Literature, Literatur, f. Literatura,f. _—_ Littérature, Καὶ
Little, Weinigkeit, 8. f, Poso, 8. m. Peu, 8. m.
wenlg, adj. escaso, adj. petit,-te, adj.
Live, Leben, wohnen, Vivir, subsistir, Vivre, demeurer.
Lo! Siehe | Hé aqui! Voici! voila!
Load, Ladung,s.f. Carga, 8. αὶ Fardeau,-x, 8.m.
laden, v. cargar, ¥, charger, v.

INTERNATIONAL DIOTIONARY.

IDA. GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENOG.

Loaf, (Bread,) Laib,m.Broad,m. Pan, m. Pain, m.

Loan, Darlehen, 2. Préstarmo, m. Prét, m.

Local, Oertlich, Local, Local,-e.

Lock, Schloss, s.n. «Cerraja,s.f. — Serrure, 8. αὶ
verwickeln, ¥. —_cerrar, ὕ. fermer, v.

Locket, Schlésschen, m. Broche, m. Agrafe, Κα

Locust, Heuschrecke, f. Langosta, Καὶ Sauterelle, Καὶ

Lodge, Loge, 8. Κὶ Alogimiento,s.m. Loge, 8. f.
wohnen, v. alogar, v. loger, v.

Log, Klotz, m. Lefio, m. Biche, Καὶ

Logic, Logick, Κα Logica, 7. Logique, Καὶ

Loin, Lende, Καὶ Lomo, m. Longe, queue, Καὶ

Loiter, Zaudern, Haraganear, Tarder.

Lone,-ly, Einsam, Solitario, Solitaire.

Long, Verlangen, v. Antojarse,v. § Désirer, v.
lang, ad). largo, ad). long,-ne, adj.

Longitude, Linge, Κα Longitud, f. Longitude, Καὶ

Look, Blick, s. m. Aspecto,s.m. Regard, 8. m.
sehen, Ὁ. mirar, v. regarder, v.

Loop, ( Schlinge, s.f. Ojal, 8. m. Ganse, 8. Καὶ
schniiren, v. parar, υ. fermer, v.

Loose, Los, locker, Suelto, floxo, § Lache.

Loosen, Popemschen, Desunirse, Délier, détacter.

Lord, err, Lord, m. Sefior, Dios, m. Seigneur, m.

Lose, Verspielen, Perder, Perdre.

Loss, Verlust, m. Pérdida, αὶ Perte, αὶ

Lot, Loos, n. Suerte, lote, Lot, sorte, m. ~™

Loud,-ly, Laut, Ruidoso, Haut,

Love, Liebe, 8. f. Amor, 8. m. Amour, 8. m.
lieben, v. [adj. amar, υ. aimer, v. .

Low, Briillen,v.niedrig Mugir,v.baxo,adj, Mugir, v. bas, adj.

Luck, Glitck, n. Acaso, suceso,m. Hasard, m.

Lumber, Geriill, x. Armotaste,m. Gros bagage, m.

Lump, Klumpen, m. Pedazo, m. Morceau,-x, m.

Lunatic, Mondsiichtige,m. Lunatico, [m. pl. Lunatique, m.

Lunges, Lunge, jf. Bofes, pulmones, Poumons, m. pi.

Luscious,-ly, Uebersiiss, Meloso, delicioso, Doux,-ce.

Lust, Lust, 8.1 Deseo, m. Convoitise, 3.7.
begehren, v. gustar, v. convoiter, v.

Lustre, Glanz, m. Lustro, m. Lustre, Eclat, m.

Lye, Lauge, 7. Lexia, Καὶ Lessive, αὶ

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

483

484

MAQ.

Machine,

Machinist,

Mad,-ly,
Madam,
Madder,
Magazine,

\auic,-al,-ly,

Magistrate,
Magnanimous,
Magnet,-ism,
Magnificence,

Magnify,

Mahogany,

Maid,
Mail,

Maim,

Main,

Majesty,
Major,

Majority,
Make,
Maker,
Malady,
Male,

Malice,
Mall,

Malt,
Mamma,
Man,
Manage,
Manager,
Mane,

Manger,

‘ Verstiimmeln, Mutilar,

INTERNATIONAL DIOTIONARY.

GeEMAX. SPANISH. FRENCH.

Maschine, αὶ Maquina, αὶ Machine, Κὶ
Mechaniker,m. Maquinista,m. Machiniste, m.

Wahnsinnig, Distraido, loco, Furieux,-se.
Madam, αὶ Sefiora,Madama, Madame, αὶ
Krapp, m. Rubia, αὶ Garance, f.
Magazin, ἢ. Magacen, m. Magasin, ™.
Zauberkunst, 8. 5 Μαρία, 8. f. Mavie, 8. 7

magisch,adj. § magico, ad). magique, adj.
Obrigkeit, Καὶ Magistrado,m. Magistrat, m.
Grossmiithig, Magnanimo, Magnanime.
Magnet,-ismus,m Piedra iman, ἡ Aimant, 8. m.
Grésse,Pracht,f. Magnificencia, 7, Magnificence, Καὶ

Vergréssern, Magnificar, Exagerer.
Mahagony holz,m Caoba, Acajou,-x, m.
Jungfer, αὶ Doncella, καὶ Fille, vierge, Κα
Panzer, 8.m. Mala, 8. f. Malle, poste, s. f-
bepanzern, v. ~—mazliar, v. - armar,poster,v.

Muyiler, estopier.
Haupttheil, sm. Oceano, s.m. Oc€an, 8. m.
vornehbmste,adj. mayor, adj. yprincipal, adj.
Majestit, Καὶ Magestad, αὶ Mpjesté f
Major, 8. m. Sargento mayor, Major, 8. m.
grossen adj. s,m. mayor, adj. _ plus grand,adj.

Mehrheit, Καὶ Pluralidad, 7. Majorité, 7
Machen, Hacer, fabricar, Faire, produire.
Verfertiger,m. Hacedor, m. Faiseur, m.
Krankheit, f/ Enfermedad, f. Maladie, f.

Minnchen, 8. 7.. Macho, 8. m. Male, s. m.
minnlich, adj. masculino, adj. ὦ adj.
Bosheit, Καὶ Malicia, Καὶ Malice, καὶ
Schlag, s.m. § Mallo, 8. m. Maillet, 8. m.
schlagen, v. palear,v. [da, f _ battre, Ὁ.
Malz, n. Cebada prepara- Dréche, αὶ
Mamma, f. Mama, f. [m. Maman, f. [m.
Mensch,Mann,m. Hombre, criado, Homme, servant,
Verwalten, Manejar, Ménager.
Verwalter, m. Administrador,m Directeur, m.
Mahne, αὶ Crin, clin, Καὶ Criniére, αὶ
Krippe, Καὶ Pesebre, #n. Mangeoire, m.

MAN.
Manhood,
Manifest,

Mankind,

Manner,
Mantle,

Manufacturer,
Manufacture,

Manufactory,

Manure,

Manuscript,

Many,
Map,

Mar,
Marble,
March,

Mare,
Margin
Marine,

Mark,

Market,
Marnage,
Marrow,
Marry,
Marsh,

Marshal,
Martyr,

Marvel,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

QEEMAN. - SPANISH.
Menschheit, f. Masculinidad, f.
Offenbaren, ». Manifesto, adj.

offenbar, adj. _manifestar, v.
Menschenge- ἘΠ genero hu-
schlecht, n. mano, m. [m.

Art, Manier, αὶ

Tauftuch, s.n. Manto, 8. m.

bedecken, νυ. cubrir, v.
Anfihrer, m. | Artesano, m.
Fabricat, s.n. Manufactura, s,f.

verfertigen,v. fabricar, v.
Manufactur, f. Fabrica, καὶ
Diinger, s.m. Abono, δ. m.

anbauen, v. abonar, v.
Handschrift, f. Manuscrito, m.

Viele, mancher, Mucho,
Landkarte, 8. f. Mapa, 8. Κα
zeichnen, v. delinear, v.
Flecken, s.m. Mancha, 8. Καὶ
verderben, v. —_—injuriar, v.
Marmor, s.m. Marmol, s. m.
marmorn, adj. marméreo, ad).
Marz, Marsch,sm. Marzo, a. m.
marschiren,v. marchar, v.
Stute, Καὶ Alp, m. Yegua, Κ
Rand, m. Margen, m.
Seesoldat, s. . Marina, s. αὶ
zurSee gehérig,a marino, adj.
Marke, 8. f. Marca, 9. αὶ
merken, υ. marcar, υ.
Markt, Handel,m Mercado, m.
Ehe, Heirath, αὶ Maridage, m.
Fett, Mark, xn. Tuetano, m.
Heirathen, Casarse,
Morast,Sumpf,m. Pantano, m.
Marschall, s. m. Mariscal, s. m.
ordnen, ¥v. ordenar, υ.
Martyrer, s.m. Martir, δ. m.
qualen, v. martirizar, v.
Wunder, s.”. Maravilla, s. αὶ

sich wundern,v. maravillar, v.
4]

485
FPRENCG.
Virilité, αὶ
Manifester, v.
évident,-e, adj.
Genre humain,n.

Manera, f, modo, Maniére, Καὶ

Manteau,-x, m.

Manufacturier, m
Manufacture, 8.7.
fabriquer, v.

Fabrique, Καὶ
Engrais, 8. m.
fumer, v.
Manuscrit, m.
Beaucoup de.
Carte, 8, f. faire
une carte, νυ.
Dommage, 8. m.
gater, νυ.
Marbre, 8. m.
marbré,-e, adj.
Mars,m. marche,
8. f. marcher, v.
Cavale, Καὶ
Marge, 8. f.
Marine, s. f. .
marin,-e, adj.
Marque, 8. Κα
marquer, ¥.
Marché, m.
Mariage, m.
Moelle, Καὶ
Marier, épouser.
Marais, 21.
Maréchal, 8. m.
ranger, v.
Martyr,-¢, 8. m.f.
martyriser, ¥.
Merveille, 8. Καὶ
s étonner, v,

486

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

FRENCA.
Masculin,-e.
Masque, 8. m,

masquer, v.
Macon, πὶ.
Masse, s. Καὶ

amasser, v.
Mat, m. faine, Δ
Maitre, 8. 2.

surmonter, v.
Natte, 8. αὶ

natter, v.
Meche, 5. Κα

évaler, υ.
Compagnon,sm/,

évaler, v. [m.
Mathématicien,
Mathématiques,/.
Matiere, f.
Mai, 8. m. pou-

voir, Ὁ.

Maire; m.
Moi, me.
Repas,m.farine αὶ

vouloir, v.
Rougeole, Κ
Mésure, 5. f.

mesurer, ¥.
Viande, αὶ
Artisan, m.
Mécanisme, m.
Médaille, αὶ
Se méler de.
Médecine, f.
Mur,-e, adj.

amollir, v.
Mélodie, Καὶ
Melon, m.

MAS. GERMAN. SPANISH.
Masculine, Mannlich, Masculino,
Mask, Maske, 5.1 Mascara, 8. f.

vermummen, v. enmascarar, v.
Mason, Maurer, m. Albaiiil, m.
Mass, Masse, Menge,s.f. Masa, 8. Καὶ
haufen, ». espesar, ὕ,
Mast, Mastbaum, m. A'rbol, palo, m.
Master, Meister, 8. m. Maestro, 8. m.
beherrschen, ». —sujetar, v.
Mat, Matte, s. Κὶ Estera, 8.1.
verflechten, v. —_esterar, 2.
Match, Lunte, f. Docht, Mecho, s. m.
em.vergleichen,v. _igualar, v.
Mate, Gefahrte, 8. m. Consorte, 8. m.
verbinden, v. _—_—casar, v.
Mathematician, Mathematiker,m. Matematico, m.
Mathematics, Mathematik, Matematica, αὶ
Matter, Stoffjm. Sache, f. Materia, Καὶ
May, Mai, 8. m. mé- Mayo, 3. m.
gen, v. poder, νυ.
Mayor, Biirgermeister,m Corregidor, m.
6, Mich, mir. Me,
Meal, Mehl, 2. Comida, Καὶ
Meadow, Weise, f Meth,m. Pradero,prado,m Prairie, Καὶ
Mean, Niedrig, mittel,a. Baxo, mediano,a. Bas, moyen, adj,
meinen, v. hacer animo, v.
Measles, Masern, Καὶ pl. Sarampion, m.
Measure, Masstab,s.m. Medida, 4. αὶ
ermessen, v. medir, v.
Meat, Fleisch, n. Carne, vianda, Καὶ
Mechanic, Handwerker, m. Mecanico, m.
Mechanism, Mechanismus, m. Mecanismo, 22.
Medal, Schaustiick, n. Medalla, τὶ
Meddle, Mischen, Mediar,
Medicine, Arzenei, αὶ Medecina, Καὶ
Mellow, Weich, adj, Madura, adj.
weich machen,v. sazonar, v.
Melody, Melodie, αὶ Melodia, f.
Nelon, Melone, αὶ Melon, m.
Melt, Schmelzen, Disolver,

Member,

Glied, Stick, ἡ.

Miembro, m.

Fondre.
Membre, m.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 487

MEM. GERMAN. SPANIsH. Freycn,
Membrane, Hiautchen,n. |Membrana,f. Membrane, Καὶ
Memory, . Gedachtniss, πα. Memoria, αὶ Mémoire, Καὶ

Mend, Bessern, Reparar, Reparer.
Mention, Erwahnung, s. f Mencion, s. Mention, 5. Καὶ
erwihnen, v. mencionar, ¥. =mentioner, v.
Merchant, Kaufmann, πι. Comerciante, m. Marchand,-e,m/.
Mercury, Quecksilber, n. Mercurio, m. = Mercure, m. [Κὶ
Merey, Verzeihung,f, Misericordia, α Pitié,miséricord 3
Merit, Verdienst, 3 s.n. Mérito, 58. m. Mérite, s. m.
verdienen, v. merecer, v. mé.iter, v.
Merry, Lustig, lebhaft, Risuefio, alegre, Plaisant,-e.
Mess, Gericht, 8.5. Rancho, s.m. Mets, s. σι,
speisen, v. hacer, rancho,v. manger, ».
Message, Botschaft, αὶ Mensage,m. § Messaye, m.
Messenger, Βοῖο, m. Mensagero, m. Courrier, m.
Messiah, Messias, m. Mesias, Cristo,m. Messie, Christm.
Messieurs, Die Herrn, m. pl. Sefiores, m. pl. Messieurs, m. pl.
Metal, Metall, m. [| 7. Metal, m. Metal,-aux, m.
Meteor, Lufterschcinung. Meteoro, m mM. Météore, m.
Method, Mcthode, Weise, Método, m. Méthode, Καὶ
Middle, Mitte, αὶ Medio, m. Milieu, m. mi-, f.
Might, Macht, αὶ Poder, m. Pouvir,m.force,f-
Mild, Sanft, mild, Indulgente, Doux,-ce.
Mile, Meile, Καὶ Te. m., Milla, Ὑ Mille, m.
Military, Soldatenstand, Soldadesca, s. f. Milice, s. Καὶ
kriegerisch, adj. militar, adj. militaire, adj.
Milk, Milch, s. f. Leche, 8. αὶ Lait, 8. πι.
melken, v. ordefiar, v. traire, v.
Mill, Miihle, 7. Molino, m. Moulin, m.
Miller, Miller, m. Molinero, m. Meunier, m.
Milliner, = Putzhandlerin, Καὶ Mod{sta, Καὶ
Million, Million, καὶ Millon, m. Million, m
Mind, Gemiith, s.n. Mente, 8.1 Esprit, 8. m.
merken, v. atender, v. remarquer, v.
Mine, Grube, 8. 7. Mina, s. f- Mine, 4. f-
mein, ad), mio, adj. le mien, ad).
Mineral, Mineral, n. Mineral, m. Mineral,-aux, m.
Minister, Minister, s. χε. Ministro, s.m. Minister, 8. m.
darreichen, v. —sministrar, v. administrer, 5.
Minor, Unmiindige, s.m. Menor, s. m. Mineurye δ. ἢ. f

kleiner, adj. & adj. & adj.

488

MIN.
Mint,
Minute,

Miracle,
Mire,
Mirth,

Misanthropy,

Miscarry,
Mischief,
Miscreant,
Miser,
Miserable,
Misery,
Misfortune,
Miss,

Missile,
Mission,
Missionary,
Mist,
Mistake,

Mistress,
Mite,
Mix,
Mixture,
Mob,

Mock,

Mode,
Model,

Moderate,

Modern,
Modest,
Modesty,
Modulate,
Moist,
Moisten,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN. ΒΡΑΧΊΒΗ. FRENCH.
Miinze, 8. αὶ Menta, 8. 1 Menthe, 4. Καὶ
Minute, 8.5 Minuto,s.m. Minute, 8. Καὶ

genau, adj. menudo, adj. _petit,-e, adj.
Wunder, n. Milagro, m. Miracle, m.
Schlamm, s.m. Cieno,s. m. Boue, 8. Καὶ
Frohlichkeit,f. Alegria, f. Gaieté, αὶ
Menschenhass,m Misanthropia, f. Misanthropie, Καὶ
Misslingen, Abortar, Avorter.
Ungliick, Ne Dafio, mal,m. Malheur, sz.
Ungliubige, m. Religionario, [to, Mécreant, m.
Geizhals, m. | Hombre avarien- Avare, m. f.
Elend, Miserable, Misérable.
Triibsal, Καὶ Miseria, Κ Misére, αὶ
Ungliick, n. Desgracia,f. § Infortune, Κ
Fraulein, s.n, Lefiorita, s. f Demoiselle, 8. Καὶ
missen, ν. echar, v. manquer, ¥.
Geworfen, Arrojadizo,m. Missive, f.
Sendung, f. Mision, Καὶ Mission, Κὶ
Missionér, m: § Misionero,m. Missionaire, sm.
Nebel, m. Niebla,mollina, f Brouillard, m.
Irrthum, 8. ἢ. Equivocacion,s.f. Erreur, 9.1
irren, v. errar, 2. errer, v.
Frau, αὶ Ama, sefiora, f. Maitresse, αὶ
Milbe,f-Heller,m. Mitad, cresa, ἢ Charancon, m.
Mischen, Mezclar, Méler.
Mischung, f- Mixtura, f. Mélange, m.
Pobel, 8. m. Canalla,s.f. = Foule, 8. αὶ
einhiillen, v. tumultuar, δ. _—insulter, #.
Gespott, 8.2. Mofa,s.f’mo- Raillerie, 8. Καὶ
verspotten, v. far, v. moquer, v.
Art, Zufialligkeit, Modo, m. Mode, fagon, αὶ
Masstab, «.m. Modelo,s.m. §Modéle, 8. πὶ.
abformen, ¥. modelar, v. mouler, συ.
Massigen, v. Μοάογαγ, νυ. Modérer, συ.
missig, adj. | moderado, adj. modéré,-e, adj.
Neu, modisch, Moderno, Moderne.
Bescheiden, Modesto, Modeste.
Bescheidenhcit,¢ Modestia, αὶ Modestie, αὶ
Moduliren, Modular, ° Moduler.
Feucht, Humedo,xugoso, Humide, moite.
Anfeuchten, Humedecer, Mouiller.

ΜΟΙ.
Moisture,
Molest,
Moment,
Monarch,
Monarchy,
Monastery,
Monday,
Money,
Monk,
Monkey,
Monotonous,
Monster,
Month,
Monument,
Mood,
Moon,

Mop,
Moral,
Morality,

More,
Morning,

Morrow, to-

Morsel,
Mortal,
Mortar,
Mortgage,

Mortify,
Moss,
Most,
Mother,
Motion,
Motive,

Motto,
Mould,

Mount,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN. SPanisu.
Nasse, αὶ Humedad, Καὶ
Belastigen, Molestar,
Augenblick, m. Momento, m.
Monarch, m. Monarca, m.
Monarchic, Δ = Monarquia, 7.
Kloster, n. Monasterio, 7}.
Montag, m. Lunes, m.
Geld, n. Moneda, καὶ
Monch, m. Monge, m.
Affe, Maulaffe,m Mono,m. mona, f.
Eintoniy, Monotono,
Ungeheuer, rn. Monstruo, m.
Monat, mm. Mes, m.

Denkmal, n. Monumento, m.
Art, 5 modus,m. Modo, m.
Mond; m. Luna, f.
Wischlappen,sm. A ljofifa, s. f-
abwischen, v. _limpiar, 2.

Lehre, s. f. Moralidad, s. Καὶ
moralisch, adj. moral, ad).
Sittlichkeit, {= Etica, αὶ

Mehr, grésser, Mas,

Morgen, m. Mafiana, dias, 7,

Morgende Tag, Maiiana,

Bissen, m. Bocado, m.

Sterbliche,m. Mortal, γι.

Morser, Mortel,m Mortero, m.

Unterpfand, s.n. Hipoteca, 5. f.
verpfinden, ». Ἰιοίθοδγ, νυ.

Tédten, kasteien, Mortificar,

Moos, n. Sumpf, Moho, musgo, m.

Meist, meisten, Lo or los mas,

Mutter, αὶ Madre, Κ

Bewegung, /. Movimiento, m.

Bewegrund, s.m. Motivo, 8. m.
beweyen, adj), ἄς adj.

Wahlspruch, m. Mote, m.

Stoff, Fleck, s.m. Moho, 8. m.
formen, v. enmohecerse, v.

Hiigel, 8. m. Monte, 9. m.
steigen, v. montar, v.

489

FRENCH.
Moiteur, αὶ
Molester.
Moment, m.
Monarque, roi, m.
Monarchie, Καὶ
Couvent, m.
Lundi, #.
Argent, m.
Moine, m.

Singe, guenon, ἃ
Monotone.
Monstre, m.
Mois, m.
Monument, m.
Humeur, αὶ
Lune, αὶ
Torchon, 8 m.
frotter, v.
Morale, 9. Καὶ
moral,-e, adj,
Moralité, 7.
Plus, davantage.
Matin, m.
Demain.
Morceau,-xX, m.
Mortel, m.
Mortier, ciment,
Hypotheque,s. f.
hy potheéquer, v.
Mortifier.
Mousse, Ψ
Le, la plus.
Mere, lie, Καὶ
Mouvement, m.
Motif, 9. m. mo-
teur,-trice, adj.
Devise, αὶ
Moule, 8. m.
mouler, ¥.
Mont, 8. m.
monter, v.

490

MOU.
Mountain,
Mourn,
Mouse,
Mouth,
Move,
Mow,

Much,
Mucous,
Mud,
Muff,
Mufile,
Mug,
Mule,
Multiply,
Mumps,
Murder,

Murmur,
Muse,

Museum,
Music,
Musician,
Musk,
Musket,
Muslin,
Must,
Mustard,
Muster,
Mute,

Mutiny,

Mutter,
Mutton,
Mutual,
Muzzle,

My,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GaRMaN,
Berg, m.
Trauern,

Maus, αὶ

Bewegen, leiten,
Schoppen, δ. m.
miahen, v.
Viel, sehr,
Schleimig,
Schlamm, m.
Muff, m.
Bedecken,
Krug, Becher,m.
Maulthier, m.
Vermehren,
Braune, Καὶ
Mord, 8. m.
ermorden, Ὁ.
Gemurmel, 8. n.
murmeln, 2.
Muse, 8.1
nachdenken, v.
Museum, n.
Musik, Καὶ
Musicant, m.
Bisam, 21.
Flinte, αὶ
Musselin, m.

SPANISH.
Montaiio, m.
Lamentar,

FRENCH.
Montagne, Καὶ
Pleurer,deplorer.

Raton, m. rata, f Souris, Καὶ
Mund,m, Maul,n. Boca, entrada, αὶ Bouche,gueule,/

Mover,
Camara, 8. f.
guadaiiar, νυ.
Mucho,
Mocoso,
Cieno, lodo, m.
Manguito, m.
Emboyar,
Jarro, πηι.
Mulo, m.
Multiplicar,
Murna, αὶ
Asesinato, 8. m.
asesinar, v.
Murmurio, s. m.
murmurar, v.
Musa, 9. αὶ
meditar, υ.
Musco, m.
Misica, αὶ
Misico, m.
Musco, .
Mosquete, m.
Musulina, Κα

Muss,schimmeln.Estar obligado,

Senf, m.
Mustern,
Stumme, δ. m.
stumm, adj.
Aufrubr, 8. m.

sich empéren,v.

Murren,

Mostazo, m.

Mouvoir, agiter.
Moue, 8. Καὶ
faucher, v.
Beaucoup.
Glaireux,-se.
Bourbe, boue, αὶ
Manchon, m.
Affubler.
Godet, pot, m.
Mule, f.mulet, m.
Multiplier.
Esquinancie, Κὶ
Meurtre, 8. m.
tuer, v.
Murmure, 8. m.
murmurer, v.
Muse, 8. f.
mediter, νυ.
Muséum, m.
Musique, Καὶ
Musicien,-ne,m.f.
Muse, m. _
Mousquet, m.
Mousseline, αὶ
Faloir, devoir.
Moutarde, αὶ

Juntarse exército Assembler.

Mudo, 4. m.
& adj.
Motin, s. m.
nmotinarse, v.
Grufiir,

Hammelfleisch,n Carnero, m.

Gegenseitig,

Mutual,

Muet,-te, 8. m. fi
& adj.
Sedition, s. f.
se mutiner, v.
Marmotter.
Mouton, m.
Mutuel,-le.

Schnauze, s.f. Boca, s.f. poner Mufle, δ. m.

schnuppern, 2.

Mein, meine,

boca, v.
Mi, mio,

emmuseler, Ψ.
Mon, ma, mes,

MYR.
Myrtle,
Myself,
Mysterious,
Mystery,
Mythology,

Nail,

Naked,
Name,

Napkin,
Narrative,
Narrow,
Nation,
Native,

Natural,
Nature,
Naught,
Nausea,
Naval, |
Navigate,
Navy, ᾿
Nay,
Near,
Neat,
Necessary,
Necessity,
Neck,
Nectar,
Need,

Needle,
Negative,

Neglect,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN, SPANISH.
Myrte, ἡ Mirto, m.
Mich, mir, Yo mismo,
Verwickelt, Misterioso,
Geheimniss, n. Misterio, m.
Fabellehre, # Mitologia, Κὶ

Ν.
Nagel, s.m. —_ Uiia,s.f. clavar,v.
annageln, v.
Nackt, blos, Desnudo,
Name, 8. m. Nombre, s. m.
nennen,v. nombar, 2.
Serviette, αὶ Servilleta, αὶ
Erzihlung, jf. = Narrativa, αὶ
Enge, Angosto,
Nation, Κ Nacion, Καὶ

Erzeugniss, 8. γι. Natural, 8. m.

natiirlich, adj. _nativo, adj.
Eingeborne, Natural,
Natur, αὶ N aturaleza, i.
Nichts, n. Nada, Κα

Ekel,m.[stehend, Nausea, Κ
Aus Schiffen be- Naval,

Beschiffen, Navegar,
Flotte, f. Armada, Καὶ
Nein, sogar, Νο, aun,
Nahe, Cerca,

Nett, Hermoso, neto,

Nothwendig, [ /. Necesario,
Nothwendigkeit, Necesidad Lf
Nacken, Hals,m. Cuello, m
Nektar, m. Nectar, m
Mangel, 9. m. Pobreza, ὁ 8. f.
nothig haben, v. _carcer, v.
Nadel, f. Zeiger, Aguja, f.
Verneinung, 8.7. Negativa, 8. ff.
verneinend,adj. negativo, adj.
Vernachlassig- Olvido, 8. m.
ung /fiverachtenvy descuidar, v.

491

Faence.
Myrte, m
Moi,-méme, me.
Mysterieux,-se.
Mystere, m

Mythologie, ¥.

Clou, ongle, m.
clouer, νυ.
Nu, nue.
Nom, 8. m.
nommer, ¥.
Serviette, Καὶ
Narration, f.
troit, court,-e.
Nation, /:peuple.
Natif,-ve, 8. πὶ. 7.
& adj.
Naturel,-le.
Nature, αὶ
Rien, m.
Dégout, m.
Naval,-e.
Naviguer.
Flotte, Marine, f.
Non, méme.
Proche, prés.
Propre, pur,-e.
aire.
Nécessité, αὶ
Cou, m. gorge, f.
Nectar, m
Besoin, 8. 97.
manquer, ¥.
ΑἹ uille, Ie
Négative, 9.
negatif,-ve, ta.
Negligence, δ. f.
negliger, V.

492

NEG.
Negligent,
Negro,
Neighbor,

Neighborhood,

Neither,
Nephew,
Nerve,

Nervous,
Nest,

Nevertheless,

New,
News,
Next,
Nib,
Nice,
Niece,
Nigh,
Night,
Nightingale,
Nine,
Nineteen,

Noise,
Noisy,
Nominate,
Nomination,
None,
Nonsense,
Noon,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN. SPanNisii.
Nachlissig, Negligente,
Neger, m. Negro, Etiope, m.
Nachbar, m. Vecino, m.

Nachbarschaft,f. Vecindad, Καὶ
Weder, noch, ‘Ni, ninguno,
Neffe, Enkel, m. Sobrino, m.
Nerve, 8. m. f. Nervio, δ. m.
starken, v. cuerviar, v.
Nervig, kraftvoll, Nervioso,
Nest,n.kasten,m. Nido, m.

Netz, n. Neto, m. red, αὶ
Neutral, sichlich Neutral,
Niemals, kein, Nunca, jamas,
Dennoch, No obstante que,
Neu, frisch, Nuevo, fresco,
Neuigkeit, 5 Noticias, f pl.

Nichst, folgend, Immediato,

Schnabel, m. Pico, m.

Fein, zart, Delicado, fino,
Nichte, Καὶ Sobrina, ft
Nahe, - Cerca,

Nacht, αὶ Noche, Δ. [m.
Nachtigall,f § Paxaro, nocturno
Neun, Nueve,
Neunzehn, Dies ye nueve,
Neunzig, Noventa,
Neunte, Nono,

Salpeter, sm. Nitro, m.

Nein, nicht, kein, No, ningun,-o,
Adelige,s.m. Noble, 8. σι.

edel, adj. ilustre, ad).
Niemand, Nadie,

Wink, 9. ma. Cabecco, 8. m.
winken, v. cebecear, v.
Larmen, m. Sonido, ruido, m.

Gerduschvoll, Ruidoso,
Nennen, Nombrar, [m.
Nenoung, αὶ Nombramiento,
Keiner, keine, Nadie, ninguno,
Unsinn, m. Disparate, m.
Mittag, m. Mediodia, καὶ

FRENCH.
Negligent,-e.
Négre, m.
Voicin,-e, m. fi
Voicinuge, m.
Ni, non plus,
Neveu,-x, m.
Nerf, s. m.

exciter, v.
Nerveux,-se.
Nid, m.

Filet, rets, γι.
Neutre.
Jamuis.
Neanmoins.
Nouveau, frais.

‘Nouvelle, Καὶ

Prochain,-e.
Bec, bout, m.
Exact.

Niéce, Κα
Voicin,-e,prés de
Nuit, f soir, 75.
Rossignol, m.
Neuf.

Dix,-neuf. [dix.
Quatre,-vingt,-
Neuvieme.
Nitre, m.

Non, aucun,-e.
Noble, 8. m.

& adj.
Personne, (-ne.)
Signe, s.m. bran-

ler le téte, νυ.
Bruit, éclut, m.
Bruyant,-e.
Nommer,choisir.
Nomination, Κ
Aucun.
Abeurdité, Καὶ
Midi, m.

NOR. Garman. SPANISH. FRENCH.
Nor, Auch nicht, Ni, Ni, ne.
North Nord, 9. ™. Norte, 8. m. sep- Nord,s.m.septen-
nordlich, adj. prentrionah ad). trional,-e, adj.
Nose, Nase, Καὶ Nariz, Καὶ Nez, m
Not, Nicht, No, Non, pas, point,
Notary, Notarius, m. Notario, ™ Tabellion, m.
Notch, Kerbe, 8. f. ein- Muesca, s.f. Coche, 5. /-
kerben, v. muescar, v. entailler, v.
Note, Erlauterung, s.f. Nota, 5. f. Note, s. 7.
merken, νυ. observar, v. noter, v.
Nothing, Nichts, n. Nada, αὶ Rein, néant, 71.
Notice, Kenntniss, 8. f. Noticia, s. 7 | Connaissance,s.f.
bemerken, v. _—notar, νυ. faire savoir v
Notion, [ing, Begriff, m. Nocion, Κὶ Notion, idée, Καὶ
Notwithstand- Ungeachtet, Νο obstante, Malgré.
Noun, Nennwort, απ. Nombreo,m Nom, m.
Nourish, Nahren, Nutrir, Nourrir.
Novel, Erzahlung, s. f. Novel, adj. Nouvelle, 5. f.
neu, adj. novela, 8. f, nouveau, adj.
Novelty, Neuheit, αὶ Novedad, αὶ Nouveauté, Καὶ
Now, Nun, so eben, Ahora, Maintenant.
Nowhere, Nirgends, Enninguna parte Nulle part.
Nucleus, Kern, m. Nucleo, me» Nucleus, m
Numb, Erstarrend, Entorpecido, Engourdi,-c,
Number, Zant, 8.7. zablen, N&mero, s.m. Nombre, 8. m.
numerar, v. compter, v
Numeral, Ziffer,s f.zueiner Numero, s.m. Numero, 8. m.
zahl gehorig, a. numeral, adj. numeral, adj.
Numeration, Zahlen, n. Numeracion, 7. Numeration, Κα
Numerous, Zahlreich, Numeroso, Nombreux,-se,
Nun, Nonne, Καὶ Ἢ [andte Monja, f. _‘[m. Nonne, f-
Nuncio, Papstliche ges- Nuncio, enviado, Nonce,envoyé,m.
Nunnery, Nonnenkloster,n Convento, m. | Monastere, m.
Nurse, Amme, s. f. nah- Enfermera, s. 7 Nourrice, 8. 7.
ren, v. alimentar, v nourrir, v.
Nursery, Saugen n.pflegef Plantel, m. Nourisson, m.
Nut, ὼ Ν us, f we Nuez, f. Noix, noisette, /.
N utmeg, Muskatennuss, f, Nuez moscada f. Muscade, an
Nutriment, Nahrung, f Nutrimento, m. Aliment, s.m
Nutritious, Nabrend, Nutritivo, Nutritif,-ve.
Nymph, Nymphe, fi Ninfa, dama, / Nymphe, f.
42

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

493

494.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

0!

Oak,

Oar,

Oat,

Oath,
Obedience,
Obey,
Object,

Objection,
Obligation,
Oblige,
Oblivion,
Obnoxious,
Obscure,

Observation,
Observatory,
Observe,
Obstacle,
Obstinate,
Obstruct,
Obtain,

. Obvious,
Occasion,

Occupation,
Occupy,
Occur,
Occurrence,
Ocean,
Ochre,
Octave,
October,
Odd,
Oddity,
Ode,
Odious,

GERMAN.

O! ach!
Eiche, f. ς΄

Erz, Ruder, n. Remo, m

Hafer, m.

SPaNisH FRENCH,
O.
Ο!." ΟἹ ha!
Roble,m.encina/f. Chéne, m
Rame, f.
Avena, αὶ Avoine, Καὶ

Eid, Schwur, m. Juramento, m. Serment, m.
Gehorsam, m. Obediencia, f Obéissance, αὶ

Gehorchen,
Zweck, 8. m.

einwenden »v,

Einwurf, m.

Verptlichten,

Vergessenheit fi Olvi ο, ‘Me

Obedecer, Obéir.
Objecto, s. m. Objet, 8. γι. ob-

objectar, v. jecter, v
Oposicion, Δ. Objection, αὶ

Verpflichtung αὶ Obie f- Obligation, αὶ
Oblig Obliger.
Oubii, m

Expuesto, Sujet,-te.

Unterworfen,

Verdunkeln, v.
dunkel, adj.

Obscurcir, v. ob-
scur,-e, adj.

Obscurecer, Ὁ.
obscuro, adj.

Observanz, Δ Observacion, ᾧ Observation, αὶ
Sternwarte, f. Observatorio, σι. Observatoire, m.
Beobachten, Observar, notar, Observer.
Hinderniss, n. Obstaculo, m. Obstacle, m.
Halsstarrig, Ohstinado, Opiniatre.
Verstopfen, Obstruir, Obstruer.
Erhalten, haben, Obtener, ganar, Obtenir. [dent-e.
Ausgesetzt, Obvio, Ouvert,-e, evi-
Gelegenheit, 85... Ocasion, s. f. Occasion, 8,f.pro-
veranlassen,¥. ocasionar, v. duire, ».
Besitz, m. Ocupacion, f. Occupation, Κ
Einnehmen, . Ocupar, Occuper, tener.
Vorkommen, Ocurrir, Arriver.
Ereigniss, n. | Ocurrencia, fi Evénement, m.
Weltmeer,n. Océano, m. Océan, m. mer f.
Ocher, m. Ocre, m. Ocre, f.
Octave, αὶ Octavo, πὶ Octave, αὶ
October, m. Octubre, m Octobre, m,
Ungleich, Impar, Impaira
Ungleichheit, Ζ Singularidad, f. Singulanté, Καὶ
Ode, αὶ Oda, αὶ Ode, αὶ
Verhasst, Odioso, Odieux,-se.

ODO.
Odor,
Of,

Off,
Offence,
Offend,
Offer,

Office,
Officer,
Officiate,
Often,
Oil,

Ointment,
Old,
Olive,
Omission,
Omit,

On,
Once,
One,
Onion,
Only,
Open,

Opera,
Operate,
Operation,
Opinion,
Opium,
Opponent,

Opportunity,
Oppose,
Opposite,
Opposition,
Oppress,
Oppression,
᾿
Oration,
Orator,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 495

GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH.
Geruch, m. Fragrancia. f. Odeur, f [en.
Von, aus,vor, an, De, a, _[pente. De, du, de 16,468
Fort, weg, von, Muy lejos, de re- De loinde. [m.
Beleidigung, f, Ofensa, f. delito, Offense, /.affront,
Angreifen, Ofender, Offenser.
Antrag, s.m. Oferta, 8. f. αἴ. Offre, 8. foffrir, v.

darbeiten, v. χοῦ, v.

Amt, n.Dienst,m Oficio, m. Bureau,-x, m.
Offizicr, Beamte Oficial, m. Officier, m.
Darreichen, Oficiar, Officier.

Oft, oftmals, § Freqiientemente Souvent.
Oel, δ. n. dlen,v. Aceyte, 8. m. un- Huile, s. Καὶ

tar, v. huiler, υ.
5,106, Καὶ Ungiiento, m. Onguent, m.
Alt, verbraucht. Viejo, anciano, Vieux, vieil, agé
Olive.f,Oelbaum Olivo, moreno,m Olive, Καὶ
Unterlassung, f. Omission, αὶ Omission, αὶ

Auslassen, Omitir, Omettre. [suite.
An, auf, in, bei, Sobre, encima, Sur, ἃ, au, de
Einmal, vormal, Una vez, Une fois.

Ein, eine, man, Un, uno, una, Un, une.
ZLwiebel, f. Cebolla, 7. Oignon, m.
Einzig, allein, Unnico, solo, δα}, unique.

Oeffnen, v. offen Ensefiar, v. Ouvert,-e, adj.
ad). abierto ad). ouvrir, v.

i f Opera, αὶ Opéra, m.
irken, operiren Obrar, operar, Opérer.

Wirkung, 7. Operacion, f. | Opération, action
Ruf,m. meinung Opinion, Καὶ Opinion, 7.
Opium, n. Opio, m. Opium, m.
Gegner, sm.Wid- Antagonista, sm. Opposant, s. m.
erstreitend,ad opuesto, adj. = -e adj.
Gelegenheit, ἡ Oportunidad, f Opportunité, Καὶ
Sich widersetzen Oponer, resistir, Opposer, resister,
Gegeniiber, Opuesto,adverso Oppos6, vis-a-vis,
Gegensatz,m. Oposicion, f. | Opposition, Κὶ

Unterdriicken, , Oprimir, Opprimir.
Bedriickung, Δ Opresion, f. Oppression, Κὶ
Oder, ehe, O', antes, Ou, autrement. ᾿
Rede, f. Oracion, Κὶ Discours, Καὶ
Redner, m. Orador, mt. Orateur, m.

496

ORB.
Orbit,
Orchard,
Orchestra,
Order,

Ore,
Organ,
Organize,
Origin,
Original,
Originate,

Ornament,

Orphan,

Orthography,

Ostrich,
Other,
Otherwise,
Otter,
Oughi,
Ounce,
Our,

Ours,
Ourselves,
Out,
Outbreak,
Outcast,

Outer,
Ontgrow,
Outlaw,

Outlet,
Outline,
Outrage,
Outset,
Outside,
Oven,
Over,
Overcome,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH.
Kreis γι. Bahn, f. Orbita, αὶ Orbite, m.
Obstgarten, m. Huerto, m. Verger, m.
Orchester, n. | Orqitestra,f. | Orchestre, m.
Ordnung, 5. Orden,s.m.f. Ordre, δ, m.
ordnen, v. ordenar, νυ. ordonner, v.
Erz, Metall, n. Mineral, m. Mineral, m. [m.
Werkzeug,n. O'rgano, ἢ). Organe, orgue,
Einrichten, Organizar, Organiser,
Ursprung, m. Or gen, m. Origine, f.
Urspriinglich, Original, Original. _[ver,
Hervorbringen, Originar, Provenir, deéri-
Zierde, s. f. Ornamento s. m. Ornement, 8. nt.
verzieren, ¥. ornamentar v, decorer, v.
Waise, m. f. Huérfano,m. Orphelin,-e,m./-
Rechtschrei- Ortografia, i, | Orthographie, ἢ
bung, Κα .
Strauss m. Avestruz,m. Autruche, Κ
Andere, Otro, Autre.
Anders, sonst, De otra manéra, Autrement.
Fischotter, 7, | Nutra, nutria, Καὶ Loutre, Καὶ
Soll, muss, Deber, Devoir, falloir.
Unze, Κα Onza, Καὶ Once, Καὶ
Unser, Nuestro, Notre, nos.[nous.
Unser, Le nuestro, Le, la notre; ἃ
Wir, wir selbst, Nosotros mismos Nous-mémes. -
Aus, hinaus, §Fuera, afuera, Hors, de, du.
Ausbruch, m. Erupcion, Καὶ ruption, f.

Verstossene, 8.22. Desterrado 8. m. Banne, 8. m., jet-

verbannt, 2. tirar fuera, v. ter dehors, v.
Aeussere, Exterior, De dehors,
Ueberwachsen, Sobrecrecer, Devenir grand.
Geichtete, 8. m. Proscripto, 8. m. Proscrit, 8. m.

achten, v. proscribir, v. proscrire, v.
Ausgang, m. [m. Salida, Issue, αὶ
Umriss, Abriss, Contorno, m. Contour, m.
Beleidigung, 7. Ultrage, m. Outrage, m.
Anfang, m. Principio, m. Sortie, fi
Aussenseite, f. Exterior, m. | Extérieur, m.
Ofen, Backofen m Horno, m. Four, m.
Ueber, durch, Sobre, encima, Sur, au-dessus.
Uebersteigen, Vencer, Surmonter.

OVE.
Overdo,
Overfiow,
Overhear,

Overlook,
Overrate,
Overreach,
Overrun,
Oversee,
Overséer,
Oversight,
Overt,
Overtake,
Overthrow,

Overtop,

Overture,
Overturn
Overwhelm,
Owe,

Owl,

Own,

Ox,
Oyer,
Oyes,
Oyster,

Pace,

Pacify,
Pack, .

Package,
Packet,
Pad,

Padlock,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

Umsturz, 8. m.

umwerfen, νυ.

497

GERMAN. ΒΡΑΧΠΒΕ. FRENCH.
Uebertreiben, Exceder, Exceder.
Uuberfleissen, Inundar, robasar. Déborder.
Ueberhérren, Entreoir, Entendre par

hazard. [ser.
Uebersehen, = Rever, recorrer, Surveiller, pas-
‘Zu hock schitzen Encarecer, Surfaire.
Ueberragen, § Sobresalir, Se fouler.
Ueberlaufen, | Cubrir, rebosar, Envahir.
Uebersehen, Inspeccionar, Surveiller.
Aufseher, m. Sobrestante, m. Inspecteur, m.
Aufsicht, αὶ Yerro, m _[ta, Inspection, αὶ
Ausserlich, Abierto, indirec- Ouvert.
Einholen, Alcanzar, A ttraper.

Trastorno, s. m. Renversement,
trastormmar, ¥. 8. δ. renverser, U.

Hervorragen, |Elevarse sobre S’elever au des-
otra cosa, sus de.
Oeffnung, f- Abertura, Κ Ouverture, Καὶ
Unistiirzen, Subvertir, Bouleverser.
Niederdrucken, Abrumar, Accabler.
Verdanken, Deber, Devoir.
Eule, f. Lechuza, Κὶ [adj. Hibou,-x, m.
Anerkennen, v. Poseer, v. propio, Posseder, v.
eigen, adj. propre, adj.
Ochs, m. Buey, vacuno, m. Boeuf, m.
Verhér, 2. Tribunal, m. Cour, Δ
Hort! holla! |§ Escuchad! Ecoutez !
Auster, αὶ Ostra, ζ Huitre, Κ
P.
Schritt, 8. m.ein- Paso, 8. m. Amble, 8. m.
hergehen, v. _- pasear, v. aller le pas, v.
Beruhigen, Pacificar, Pacifiiér, apaiser.
Ballen, s. m. Lio, 8. m. Balle, s. Καὶ
packen, v. enfardelar, v. empaqueter, v.
Packzeug,n. Fardo, m. Paquet, m.
Btndelchen, n. Paquete, m. Paquet, m.
Weg, 8. m. Senda, s. Καὶ Bourlet, 8. m.
ebenen, v. [n. _ saltear, νυ. rembourrer, v.
Vorlegeschlosa, Candado, m. § Cadenas, πὶ,

42"

498

PAG.
Pagan
Page,

Pail,
Pain,

Paint,

Painter,
Painting,
Pair,
Palace,
Palate,
Pale,
Palette,
Pall,

Palm,
Pamphlet,

Pan,

Panel,
Pang,
Panic,
Pant,
Pantaloons,
Pantomime,
Pantry,
Papa,
Paper,
Parade,

Paragraph,
Parallel,

Parasol,
Parcel,
Pardon,

Parent,

. Abschnitt, Parrafo, m.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCB.
Heide,-nisch, m. Pagano, m. Paien,-ne, m. f.
Page, 8. πὶ. Page, 8. m. Page,s.m/. [es,v.

paginiren,%. —_ foliar, v. marquer les pag-
Eimer, m. Colodra, αὶ Seau,-x, m.
Strafe, 8. f. Pena, 8.1 Pein, 8. αὶ

anstrengen, ¥. δ ρίγ, v. affligir, v.
Farbe, s. /f. Afeyte, s.m. -Peinture, s. Καὶ

malen, v. afeytarse, v., eindre, v.
Maler, m. Pintor, m. Peintre, m.

Malerei, f.[renv. Pintura, f. [v. Peinture, f. [ν.
Paar, 8. n. paa- Pars.m, parearse Paire, s.f.assortir

Palast, m. Palacio, m. Palais, m.
Gaumen, m. _—Paladar, m. [ὦ Palais, m.
Blass, bleich, Palido,descolori- Pale, bléme.[tre.
Farbenbret, n. Paleta. /. Palette fde pein-

Leichentuch, ¢n. Manto real, s.m. Pallium, 8. m.

bekleiden, v. — exhalarse, v. affuiblir, v.
Palme, s. f. Palmo, 8. αὶ Palme, s. Καὶ

betasten, v. manejar, v. escamoter, v.
Flugschrift, Δ Papelon, m. Pamphlet, m.
Pfanne, Κα Payla, Καὶ Terrine, ΚΔ τ
Feld, n. Entrepatio, Panneau,-x, ™.

Angoisse, αὶ [f

Pein, Qual, Angustia, Κὶ
Terreur panique,

Schrecken, m. Panico, 51.

Klopfen, Palpitar, Palpiter.
Pantalons, m. pl. Pantalon, m. Pantalon, m.
Geberdenspieln. Pantomimo, m. Pantomime, m.
Brodschrank, m. Despensa, f. _—Panterie, 7
Papa, Vater, m. Papa, m. Papa, m.
Papier, n. Papel, m. Papier, m.

Parade, 4. f. [v.
aller en parde,
Paragraphe, m.
Parallelkreis sm. Paralelo, 8. m. & Paralléle, 8. n.
gleichlaufenda. adj. ἃ adj.
Sonnenschirm,m Parasol, m. Parasol, m.
Stiick,n.Mengef. Paquete,m. _—Parcelle, αὶ
Erlassung, s. f. Perdon, s.m. per- Pardon, 8. m.
verzeihen, v. — donar, v. pardonner, ¥.
Vater,m. Mutter, Padre, 6 madre, Pére, σι. mere f.
f. Aeltern pL mf. parens, m. pi.

Geprange, s.n.in Parada, 9. 7.
parade bringen,v. exhibir, Ὁ.

PAR.
Parish,
Park,
Parliament,
Parlor,
Parody,
Parole,
Parrot,
Parry,
Parson,
Part,

Partake,
Partial,
Particular,
Partner,
Partnership,
Partridge,
Party,

Pass,

Passage,
Passenger,
Passion,
Passover,
Past,

Pastor,
Pasture,

Patch,
Patent,

Path,
Pathetic,
Pathos,
Patience,
Patient,
Patriot,
Patron,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 499

GsRMan. SPANISH. FRENCH.
Gemeinde, f. Parroquia,f. —_-Paroisse, ἃ
Park, m. Parque, m. Pare, m.
Parlement, ». Parlamento, γι. Parlement, 2.
Sprachzimmer,n Parlatorio, m. Salon, m.
Parodie, αὶ [π. Parodia, Καὶ Parodie, αὶ
ἡγοῦ, Ehrenwort Palabra, αὶ Parole, ᾧ

Papagei, m. Papagayo, m. Perroquet, m.
Abwehren, Esgrimir, Paser, éviteo.
Pfarrer, m. Parroco, m. Curé, ministre m

Theil, s. m. ab- Parte, 8. m. par- Partie, 8. αὶ

sondern, v. tir, νυ. separer, Ψ.
Theilen, Participar, Partager.
Parteiisch, Parcial, Partiel,-le.
Sonderbuar, Particular, Particulier,-e,

Theilnehmer, m. Compafiero, m. Associé,-e, m. f.
Genossénschaftf Compafiia, 7, Association, /.

Rebhuhno, n. Perdiz, αὶ Perdrix, αὶ
Partei, Καὶ Spiel n. Partido, m. Parti, m. partie,7
Weg, 8. m. ver- Paso, 8. m. Détroit, 8. m.
gehen, v. pasar, v. passer, v.
Ausweg,m. = Pasage, 22. Passage, m.
Passagier, m. Pasagero,m. Passager,-e, m/f.

Leidenschaft, f. Pasion, f.enojo.m Passion, f.
Osterfest, n. Pascua, αὶ Paque, αὶ
Vergangenheit, Lo pasado, 8. m. Passé, 8... ἃ adj.
8.7. aber, adj. pasado, adj.
Hirt, Pfarrer, m. Pastor, m. Pasteur, m.
Weide, 8. f. wei- Pastura, 8... pas- Pature, Κὶ
den, v. tar, v. aturer, υ.
Lappen,.s.m. Remiendo, 8. m. Piece, 8. Δ ra-
ausbessern, ὃ. remendar,v. piéceter, v.
Patent, 8. n. 6f- Patente 8. γι. & Patente, 8. αὶ pa-

fentlich, adj. adj. tent,-e, adj.
Pfad, m. Senda, Καὶ Sentier, 7.
Nachdriicklich, Pathetico, Touchant,-e.

Leidenschaft, Δ Pato, pathos, m. Pathos, m.

Geduld, Κὶ Paciencia f. Patience, f.
Geduldig{freund Paciente, Patient,-e,
Vaterlands- Patriota, m. Patriote, m. Καὶ
Génner, m. Patron, m. Patron, m.

. §00

PAT.
Pattern,
Pause,

Pawn,
Pay,

Pea,
Peace,
Peach,
Peacock,
Peahen,

Peak,
Peal,

Pear,
Pearl,
Peasant,
Peck,

Pectoral,
Peculiar,
Pedal,
Peddle,
Pedlar,
Peel,
Peep,

Peer,
Peg,

Pen,
Pencil,
Pendulum,
Penetrate,
Peninsula,
Penitent,
Penny,
Pension,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMan. SPanisa ͵ FRENCH. ‘
Muster, n. Modelo, m. Echatillon, m.
Pause, 8. αὶ pau- Pausa, 8... pau- Pause, δ. ζὶ

siren, v. sar, νυ. pauser, 2.
Pfand, s. n. ver- Prenda, 8. f. Gage, s,m. en-

pfanden, v. empefiar, v. — gager, v.
Bezahlung s. f. Paga, 8... Paye, 8. f.

bezahlen,v. ὀ ὈδρΆΓ, v. payer, v.
Erbse, αὶ Guisante, m. Pois, m.
Friede, m. Paz, Καὶ Paix, f. repos m.
Pfirsiche, αὶ Melocoton, m. Péche, αὶ
Pfauhahn, m. FPavo, real, m. Paon, m.
Pfauhenne, αὶ Pavareal,f Paonne, Καὶ
Gipfel, s. m. Cima, 8. f. par- Pic, 8. γι. avoir,

rinkeln, v. ecer flaco, v. _—‘V’air malade,v.

Schall, 8. m. be- Estruendo, s.m. Carillon, s. m.

tiuben, v. agitar. v. étourdir, v.
Birne, Καὶ Pera, αὶ Poire, Καὶ
Perle, αὶ Perla, Καὶ Perle, αὶ
Bauer, m. Paton, m. Paysan,-ne, 1%. f.
Viertel, 8. π Tres celemimes, Picotin, 8. m.
picken, συ. s.m. picotear, v. beequeter, v.
Brustmittel, Pectoral, Pectoral,-e.

Kigen, besonder. Peculiar, Particulier,-e.
Trittbrett, Pedal Cafio, m. [oleras, Pédal, Καὶ

Tandeln, Ocuparse en fri- Baguenauder.
Hausirer,m.[s. ΓΚ Buhonero, m. Cofporteur, mM.
Schalen,v. Rinde Corteza, f. Pelure, ΚΑ.
Blick, s. m. Asomo,s.m. (Hillade, s. αὶ
gucken, δ. asomar, v.[m. paraitre, v.
Gleiche, m. Par, compafiero, Egal,-aux, m.
Pflock, a.m. Clavija, s. Καὶ Cheville, 4. αὶ
anpflécken,v. οἶδανδγ, v. cheviller, v.
Feder, αὶ [m. Pluma, jaula, f° Plume, Κὶ parc,m

Pinsel, Reisstift, Lapiz, pincel, m. Crayon, m.

Pendul, n. Pendulo, m. Pendule, m.
Durchdringen, Penetrar, Pénétrer, percer,
Halbinsel, f.- Peninsula, fi = Péninsule, f-
Bussfertig, Penitente, Penitent,-e.
Pfennig, m. Penique, m. Sou, sol, m.
Kostgeld, n. Pension, αὶ Pension, ἢ

INTERNATIONAL DIOTIONARY.

501

PEO. GREMAN, SPANISH. FRENCH.
People, Volk, s.n. be- Pueblo, s.m. Peuple, 8. m.
volkern, v. poblar, v. peupler, ν.
Pepper, Pfeffer, m. Pimiento, m —Poivre, m.
Perceive, Empfinden, Percibir, Apercevoir.
Perch, Stange, s. f. Perea, s. f. pon- Perche, 9. f.
aufsitzen, ν. erseenperca,y. _percher, v.
Percussion, Erschiitterung,/f Percussion, f. Percussion, Καὶ
Perfect, Vollenden, v. _—‘Perficionar, v. Ραγίαϊγ, v. par-
vollkommen, a. perfecto, adj. ἴαϊι,-6, adj.
Perfection, Vollkommenheit Perfeccion, 2 Perfection, Καὶ
Perform, Verrichten, Executar, Accomplir.
Performance, Vollfiihrung, Κα Accion, Καὶ Exécution, αὶ
Perfume, Wohblgeruch,sm. Perfume, s.m. Parfum, 8. m.
rauchern, v. _—sperfumar, v. parfumer, v.
Perhaps, Vielleicht, Quiza, Peut,-dtre.
Peril, Gefahr, /. Peligro, m. Péril, danger, m.
Period, Kreislauf, m. _ Periodo, fin, γι. Période, pointm.
Perish, Umkommen, Perecer, acabar, Périr, mourir.
Perure, Falsch schworen Perjurar, Parjurer.
Perjury, Meineid, m. Perjurio, m. Parjure, m.
Permanent, Fortdauernd, Permanente, | Permanent,-e.
Permission, Erlaubniss, f. Permision, f. | Permission, αὶ
Permit, Erlauben, Permitir, Permettre.
Pernicious, | Verderblich, Pernicioso, Pernicieux,-se.
Perpendicular, Senkrecht, Perpendicular, Perpendiculaire.
Perpetual, Immerwiahrend, Perpetuo, Perpétuel.
Perplex, Verwirren, - Perturbar, Pourmenter.

- Persevere, Ausdauern, Perseverar, Persévérer.
Person, Person, Καὶ Persona, Κὶ Personne, f.
Persuade, Ueberreden, —_ Persuasir, Persuader.
Peruse, Durchlesen, Leer, observar, Lire, examiner.
Pest, Pest, αὶ Peste, αὶ Peste, αὶ
Pester, Fiillen, qualen, Moler, molestar, Harceler.
l’estilence, Pest, f. Pestilencia, f Pestilence, Καὶ
let, Anwandlung, f. Enojo, enfado, m. Dépit, m.
Petition, Bitte, 9.1 Peticion, 8.5 Pétition, 5...

bitten, v. suplicar, v. prier, Ὁ.
Petrify, Versteinern, Petrificar, Pétrifier, [m.
Petticoat, Unterrock, Guardapies, m. Jupe, αὶ cotillon,
ew, Kirchenstuhl, m, Asiento (m.) en Banc(m.)d' égli-

una iglesia, se.

502

PEW.
Pewter,
Phenomenon,
Philanthropy,
Philogy,
Philosopher,
Philosophy,
Phlebotomy,
Physic,

Physician,
Pick,

Pickle,
Picture,

Pie,
Piece,

Pier,
Pierce,
Piety
Pig,
Pigeon,
Pike,
Pile,
Pilgrim
Pill,
Pillar,
Pillow,
Pilot,
Pin,

Pincers,
Pinch,

Pink,
Pint,

INTERNATIONAL DIOTIONARY.

GERMAN. SPANISH.
Zinn, 7. Peltre, m.
Erscheéinung, αὶ Fenomeno, m.
Menschenliebe,/* Filantropia, Καὶ
Sprachkunde, f. Filologia, Κα
Philosoph, m. _Fildsofo, m.
Philosophie, f Filosofia, αὶ
Aderlassen, n. Flebotomia, αὶ
Arzencikunde,gf. Medicina, s. αὶ

heilen, v. urgar, v.
Arzt, m. Médico, m.
Spitzeisen, 8. n. Pico, 8. m.

icken, v. escogar, v.
Pokel, 8. m.

einpodkeln, wv.

Gemiilde, s.n. Pictura, s. f.

escabechar, v.

FrRenca.
Etain, m.
Phénomeéne, m.
Philantropie, Καὶ
Philologie, Κα
Philosophe, m.
Philosophie, αὶ
Phlébotomie, αὶ
Médecine, 5.1

médeciner, v.
Médecin, m.
Pic, s.m.

choisir, v.

Salmuera, 8. f. Saumure, 8. αὶ

saler, v.
Tableau, 8. 51.

malen, v. figurar, ¥. peindre, νυ.
Pastete, f. Pastel, m. Pate, m. pie, Καὶ
Stiick, 8. n. Remiendo, 8. γι. Piéce, s. αὶ

passen, v. remendar,».[te, joindre, νυ.
Pfeiler, m. Estribo de puen- Mole, gy. jetée, £
Durchbstechen, Penetrar, Percer.
Frémmigkeit, αὶ Piedad, αὶ Pieté, f= [m.
Ferkel, Schwein, Lechon, m. Cochon, saumon,
Taube, αὶ Palmo, m. Pigeon, m.

Spitze, Pike,f Lucio, m. pica, f. Brochet, m.

Pfahl, 8. m.

Estaca, s. 7.
aufhaufen, v.

amoerrtonar, ὃ.

Pieu, 8. m.
empiler, v.

Pilger, m. Perigrinante, m. Pélerin,-e, m. f.
Pilfe Sf. Pildora, Κα Pilule, Καὶ
Pfeiler, m. Coluna, fpilar,m. Pilier, m.
Kopkissen,n. Almohada, καὶ Oreiller, m.

Steuermann,s.m. Piloto, 8.52. guiar Pilote, 8. m.

steuern, v. un nayio, v. piloter, v.
Nagel, s.f. Ollfiler, 5. m. — Epingle,e. αὶ
anstecken, v. encerrar, ¥v. joindre, Ὁ.
Klauen, αὶ Pinzas, αὶ Tenailles, f. pé.
Druck, 8. m. Pellizco, s.m. Pincée, 8. f.
kneipen, νυ. pellizcar, v. presser, ¥.
Nelke, 8. fZ Otavel s.m. Pinque,s. αὶ
blinzen, v. ojetear, v. découper, v.
Nosel, 2. Pinta, αὶ Pinte, Καὶ

Seed a7

»»
Plant,

Plantation,

Planter,
Plaster,

Plate,

Platform,
Play,

Plead,
Please,

Pleasure,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN.
Fromm, zartlich,
Pfeife, 8. αὶ

pfeifen, υ.
Seerauber, m.
Pistole, αὶ
Grube, αὶ
Pech, 3. n.

verpichen, v.
Krug, m.

Mark n. Kraft, f-
Mitleiden, δ. 2.

bemitleiden, v.
Zapfen, m.
Platz, σ᾿ m.

anstellen, v.
Plage, s. f.

lagen, v.
Ebene,s.f-eben,a
ausgleichen,2.
Klager, m.
Plan, 8. m.

entwerfen, v.

Fliche, f. Hobel,
8. m. ebenen, v.
Planet, m.
Plank, 8. f. die-

len, v.
Pflanze, 8. Καὶ

pflanzen, v.
Pflanzung, αὶ
Pflanzer, m.
Pflaster, 8. ἢ.

tiinchen, v.
Platte, s. Καὶ

plattiren, v.
Grundriss, m.
Spiel, 8. n.

spielen, v.
Vorschiitzen, ἣ
Gefallen,
Vergnigen, n.

SPANISH.
Pio, piadoso,
Pipa, s. f.

graznar, 1.
Pirata, m.
Pistola, f. .

503
FRENCH.
Pieux,-se, pie.
Pipe, s. f. crier,v.

Pirate, m.
Pistolet,m. [m.

Hoyo, abismo,m. Fosse, f.parterre,
Pez, grado, 8. m. Poix, 8. f.

fixar, v.
Cantaro, m.
Tuétano, m.

poisser, v.
Cruche, αὶ
Moelle, f

Misericordia, 8. Καὶ Pitié, s. αὶ

compadecer, v.

Espigon, m.
Lugar, n.
colocar, v.

Peste, 8. ft

atormentar, ¥v.

Llano, 8. m. a.
llanar, νυ.
Demandado, m.

Plan, 9. m.
trazar, ὅν.

Plano, 8. m.
allanar, v.

. Planeta, m.

Fablon, s. m.
entablar, υ.
Planta, δ. αὶ
plantar, υ.
Plantacion, Καὶ
Plantador, m.
Yeso, 8. m.
enyesar, v.
Plata, 8. ¥.
planchear, v.
Platforma, ζ
Jugeo, 8. m.
jugar, v.
Disculpar,
Complacer,

plaindre, ».
Pivot, m.
Lieu, s./.
placer, v.
Tourment, s. m.
voxer, v.
Plain,-e,s.f. &a
aplaner, v.
Plaignant,-e,
Dessein, 8. 21.
tracer, v.
Plan, rabot, s.m.
raboter, v.
Planéte, Καὶ
Planche, s. 7.
planchéier, v.
Plante, s. f.
lanter, v.
Plantation, Καὶ
Planteur, m.
Platre, s. m.
platrer, v.
Assiette, 8. f.
plaquer, v.
Plateforme, f.
Jeu,-x, 8. 2),
jouer, v.
Plaider.
Plaire.

Gusto, placer, m. Plaisir, m.

504

PLE.
Pledge,

Plenty,
Plight,

Plot,
Plough,
Pluck,
Plug,

Plum,
Plumb,

Plume,

Plunder,

Poison,

Poker,
Pole,

Police,
Polish,

Polite,

Politician,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN.

Pfand, 8. 2.

verpfanden, νυ.

Fille, Καὶ

Zustand, 8. m.
flechten, »v.

Platz, 8. m.

vorhaben, v.

Pflug, 9. m.
pfltigen, νυ.
Zug, 8. τ.

pfliicken, v.

Stopsel, 8. γι.

verstopfen, ν.

Pflaume, f.
Blei, 5. n.

senkrecht, adj.

Feder, 8. αὶ
rupfen, ν.
Beute, 5.1
pliindern, ».
Sprung, 8. m.
tauchen, v.
Plural, mehr,
Zusetzen,
Tasche, s. f.

einstecken, v.

SPaNnisH. FRENCH.
Prenda,s.f. Gage, 8. m.
empefar, 2. engager, v.
Copia,demasia,f. Abondance, Καὶ
Estado, s.m. Etat, 8. m.
empeiiar, v. engager, v.
Enredo, s. m. Complot, 8. m.
urdir, v. comploter, 2.
Arado, s.m. Charrue, s. 7.
arar, v. labourer, v.
Asadura, s.f. Fressure,f.effort,
arrancar, ¥. 8.52. anarcher,v.
Tapon, s.m. | Bouchon, 5. m.

tapar, v. cheviller, Ὁ.
Ciruela, αὶ Prune, αὶ
Plomada, s.f. Plomb, 8. m.

plomo, adj. ἃ plomb, adj.
Pluma, 8. αὶ ‘Plume, 8. Καὶ

adornar, v. plumer, ».
Botin, s.m. Pillage, 8. m.
saquear, v. piller, v.

Enmersion, s. f. Plongeon, 8. m.

Hise, Schale, Καὶ Vayna, Καὶ

Gedicht, π.
Dichter, m.
Dichtkunst, αὶ
Punkt, 8. m.

zuspitzen, v.

Gift, 8. n.
vergiften, v.
Schureisen, n.
Pol, Pfahl, m.
Polizei, f.
Glatte, s. Καὶ
glatten, v.
Geschliffen,
Politiker, τι.

sumerzir, v. plonger, v.
Plural, Pluriel,-le.
Trabajar, Travailler.
Bolsilio, s.m. Poche, 8. Καὶ

embolsar, v. § empocher, v.

Casse, capsule, f.
Poema, m. Poéme, γε.
Poeta, m. Poéte, m.
Poética, poesia,/. Poésie, Καὶ
Punta, 8. Καὶ Pointe, 3. Καὶ
apuntar, v. pointer, v.

Veneno, 8. m.

enveneriar, ¥. empoisonner, v.
Hurgon, m. Fourgon, ΤᾺ.
Polo, pale, m. Péle,m.perche,/.
Policia, καὶ Police, Καὶ
Pulimento, s. πὶ. Poli, s.m. polir, v.

pulir, v.

Pulido, Poli,-e.
Politico, m. Politique, m.

Poison, 8. 7.

POL.
Politics,
Pollute,
Pomp,
Pond,
Ponder,
Poor,
Pope,
Poplar,
Poppy,
Popular,
Population,
Porcelain,
Pork,
Port,
Porter,

INTERNATIONAL DIOTIONARY.

GERMAN.
Politik, αὶ
Beflecken,
Gepringe, n.
Teich, m.
Erwagen,
Arm, gering,
Papst, m.
Pappel, Καὶ
Moth, 7
Volkemissig,

SPanisH.
Politica, fi ’
Ensuciar,
Pompa, Κα
Pantano, m
Ponderar,
Pobre,
Papa, m.
Alamo, m.

Adormidera, ΓΔ

ular,

Bevélkerung, Κὶ Poblacien,f
Porzelan, n. [n. Porcelanef Ζ
Schweinefleisch, Puerco, #m.

Hafen, Anstand, Puerto, m.
Trager, Porter,m Portero, porter,

[m.

505

Yuxnon.
Politique,
Pollucr, ,
Pompe.

Etang, m.
Peser.

Pauvre.

Pape, m
Peuplier, m
Payot, m.
Populaire.
Population, Καὶ
Porcelaine, αὶ
Pore, cochon, m
Port, havre, m.
Porteur, biére,m.

Brieftasche, f. Cartera, /. Porte feuille, m
Bildniss, n. Retrato, m. Portrait, m.
Stellung, Καὶ Posicion, Καὶ Position, 7
Besitzen, Poseer, Posséder.
Besitz, m. Posesion, αὶ Possession, Καὶ
Moglich, Posible,-mente, Possible.
Pfoste, αὶ Posta, f. puesto, Poste, f.
Porto, 2. Porte de carta, Port de lettre.
Hintansetzen, Posponer, Remettre.
Nachschrift,f Posdata,f. = —S>_- Postcrit, m.
Zustand, m. Postura,f.sitio,m. Posture, Καὶ
Topf, Krug, m. Marmita, olla, Καὶ Pot, γι.
Suppe, αὶ Potage, caldo, m Potage, m.
Pottasche, Καὶ Sosa, potasa, f. Potusse, 7,
Kartoffel, αὶ Pataca, rf. [ f. Patate, αὶ
Federvieh, n. Aves domésticas. Volaille, Καὶ
Pfund, 8. n. Libra, 8. f. Livre, Κ enclos,
pfanden, v. encarrar, ¥. 8.51. broyer, v.
Giessen, Infundir, Verser.
Armuth, ΔΚ Pobreza, f. Pauvreté, 7.
Pulver, n Polvo, πὶ Poudre, ζ
Kraft, f. Poder, m Pouvoir, m.
Praktik, s. 7. Practica, sf. Pratique, 8. I.
ausiiben, ν. racticar, νυ. pratiquer, v.

Lob,n. Preis,s.m. Celebridad, s. f. Louange, 8. f.

loben, ν.
3

aplaudir, υ.

louer, v.

506

PRA.
Pray,
Prayer,
Preach,
Precede,
Precious,
Predict,
Preface,
Prefer,
Pregnant,
Prejudice,
Prepare,
Prescribe,
Presence,

Présent,

Presént,
Preserve,
President,
Press,

Presume,

Presumption,

Pretend,
Pretty,
Prevail,
Prevent,
Price,
Prick,
Pride,
Priest,
Prince,
Princess,
Principal,

Principle,
Print,
Prison,
Prisoner,
Private,
Privilege,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN. SPANISH.

Bitten, Orar,
Gebet, n. Oracion, f. .
Predigen, Predicar,
Vorher gehen, Anteceder,
Kostbar, Precioso,
Vorhersagen, Predecir,
Vorrede, f. Prefacion, f.
Vorziehen. Preferir,
Schwanger, Prefiada,
Vorurtheil,n. Prejuicio, m.
Vorbereiter, | Preparar,
Vorschreiben, Preseribir,
Gegeaowart, f, Presencia, Καὶ
Geschenk, 8. 3. Presente, 8. m.

sorgfaltig, adj. & adj.
Darstellen, ». §Presentar, v.
Verwahren, Preservar,
Vorsteher, m.. Presidente, m.
Presse, 8. αὶ Prensa, 8. Καὶ

pressen, v. aprensar, Ὁ.
Vermuthen, Presumir,
Vermuthung, Δ Presumcion, f.
Vorgeben, A parentar,
Artig, Lindo,
Bewegen, Prevalecer,
Zuvorkommen, Prevenir,
Preis, m. Precio, m.
Stechen. Punzar,
Stolz, m. Orgullo, m.
Priester, m. Sacerdote, m.
First, Pring, m. Principe, m.
Prinzessin, f. Princesa, f.

Oberhaupt, s.. Principal, 8. m.

vorsiiglich, adj. adj.
Urstoss, m. Principio, m.
Druchen, Imprimir,
Gefingniss, x. Prision, /.
Gefangene, m. Preso, m.
Geheim, Secreto,
Vorrecht,». Privilegio, m.

FREXOR.
Prier.
Priére, αὶ
Précher.
Precéder.
Précieux,-se.
Prédire.
Préface, Καὶ
Preferer.
Enciente.
Préjudice, m.
Préparer.
Préscrire.
Présence, f.
Présent, 8. m.
présent,-e, adj.
Présenter, v.
Préserver.
Président, m.
Presse, 8. f.
presser, tv.
Présumer.
Présomption, f-
Prétendre.
Jolli,-e.
Prévaloir.
Prévenir.
Prix, m.
Piquer.
Orgueil, m.
Prétre, m.
Prince, m.
Princesse, Καὶ
Principal, 8. m.
—e, adj.
Principe, m.
Imprimer.
Prison, f.
Prisonnier, 9.
Privé,-e.
Privilége, m.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

507

PRI.
Privy, —

Prize,

Probable,
Problem,
Proceed,
Procure,
Produce,

Product,
Profane,
Profess,
Profession,
Professor,
Profit,

Profound,
Progress,

Prohibit,
Project,

Promise,
Prompt,

Pronounce,

Pronunciation,

Proof,
Property,

G2RMAN.

Abtritt, 8. m.

heimlich, adj.
Fang, 8. m.

schatzen, v.
Wabrscheinlich,
Aufgabe, αὶ
Entspringen,
Verwalten,
Ertrag, 8. m.

vorbingen, v.

schinden, ».

SPauise.

Privada, s. ἢ

privado, adj.
Premio, ¢. m.

apreciar, v.
Probable,
Problema, f.
Proceder,
Procurar,
Producto, s. m.

producir, v.

prostituir, v.

FRENCH.
Privé, 9. m. .
secret,-e, adj.
Prise,s.f.priser,v.

Probable.
Probléme, m.
Procéder.
Procurer.
Produit, 8. m.
produire, v.

Eyzeugniss, x. Producto, m. Rapport, m.
Ungeweiht, Profano, ar, Profane.
Bekennen, Prefesar, declar- Professer.
Bekenntniss, n. Profesion, f. | Profession, αὶ
Professor,m. | Profesor, 3. - Professeur, m.
Gewin, 8. m. Ganancia, s.f. Profit, 9. m.
gewinnen, ¥. — ganar, ὕ. avantager, v.
Tief, grundlich, Profundo, Profond,-e.
Fortschritt, m. Progreso, s.m. Progreés, 8. m.
fortgehen, ¥. — progresar,¥. = avancer, ¥.
Verhindern, Prohibir, Prohiber.
Eutwurf, s.m. Proyecto, s.m. Dessein, 8, m.
schleudern, v7. anojar, 2. projeter, v.
Versprechen, Promesa, n, Promesse, 8. αὶ
8. π. & v. prometer, v. paomettre, v.
Vorsagen, v. = Incitar, v. Exciter, Ὁ.
bereit, adj.. pronto, adj. prompt-e, adj.
Aussprechen, Pronunciar, Prononcer.
Aussprache, f. Pronunciacion, αὶ Prononciation, ΚΑ
Versuch, m. Prueba, f. Preuve, αὶ
Eigenthum, x. Propriedad, f. Bien, m.
Prophet, m. Profeta, m. Prophéte, m.
Verhiltniss, x. Proporcion, ἃ Proportion, f.
Vorschlagen, §Proponer, Proposer.
Aechten, Proscribir, Proscrire.
Prosa, f. [sicht,f. Prosa, Καὶ Prose, f. [vue, f-
Blick, m. Aus- Perspectiva,f. Perspeetive,
Gedeihen, Prosperar, Prosperér.
Wobhlstand, m. Prosperidad, f. Prospérité, f.
Hure, 8. αὶ Prostituta, 4..51 Prostituée, 8. Κ

prostituer, v.

ΝΗ

508

PRO.
Protect,
Protest,

Protestant,

Proud,
Prove,
Provide,
Province,
Provision,

Pshaw,
Public,

Publish,
Pudding,
Puff,
Pull,
Pullet,
Pulse,
Pulverize,
Pumice,
Pump,

Punch,
Punctual,

Punctuation,

Punish,
Pupil,
Purchase,

Purge,

Purple,
Purpose,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN. SPANIsH. FRENCH.
Schiitzen, Proteger, Protéger.
Einrede, s. f. =‘ Protesta, s. ff Protét, 8, m.

betheueren, v. _ protestar, v. protester, v.
Protestant, s. m. Protestante, s.m. Protestant,-e,

— isch, adj. & adj. 8.m.f. ἃ adj.
Stolz, kithn, Orgulloso, Orgueilleux,-se.
Beweisen, Probar, Eprouver.
Vorhersehen, Proveer, Fournir.
Proyinz, 7. Provincia, f. Province, αὶ
Vorsicht, αὶ Provision, Provision.
Erregen, Provocar, . Provoquer.
Vordertheil (n) Proa, Proue, f.

des Schiffes.

Anwalt, m. Procuracion, f. Député, αὶ

Spahen, Espiar, Fureter, Καὶ

Psalm, m. Salmo, m. Pseaume, m.
- Puh! pfui! Psha!. Nargue! fi!

Publikum, s.n. Publico, 8. m: v. Public, s. m.

éffentlich, adj. —que, adj,
Herausgeben, Publicar, Publier.
Kloss,m.Wurst, fPudion, m. _[v. Pouding,m[fir,z.

Blasen, 8. m. v.[v. Bufido,s m.soplar Bouffée, s.f.bouf-
Zug, s.m. ziehen, Tiron, 8.m. tirar,y, Coup,s.m. tirer,v.

Hiihnchen, ». ‘Polla, αὶ Poulette, αὶ
Puls, m. Pulso, m. Pouls, m.
Pulvern, P ulverizar, Pulvériser.
Bimstein, m. | Piedra pomez, Καὶ Pierre ponce, f-
Pumpe,s. 7 Βοῦρα, s.f. Pompe, 5. αὶ
pumpen, ὕ. sonsacar, Ὁ. mper, v.
Punsch, s.m. Punzon,s.m. Poincon, 8, m.
bohren, v. punzar, v. percer, v.
Pinktlich, Punctual, Ponctuel.

Interpunction, Καὶ Punctuacion, f. Ponctuation, Καὶ

Bestrafen, Castigar, Punir, ch&tier.
Augapfel, © Pupila, nifia, f Prunelle, Κα
Erwerbung, s. Κὶ Compra, s.f. Achat, 3. m.-
kaufen, ν. comprar, ¥. acheter, υ.
Abfihrungsmit- Purga, 8. αὶ Purgatif, δ. m.
tel,sn.abfithren,v. pugar, v. purger, v.
Purpur, m. Purpureo, m. Pourpre, f.
Absicht, αὶ Intencion, f. Intention, f.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 509

Quack,

Quadrant,
Quail,

Quaker,
Qualify,
Quality,
Quantity,
Quarrel,

Quarry,
Quart,

Quarter,
Quaver,
Queen,
Queer,
Quell,
Quench,
Question,

Quick,
Quiet,

Quite,
Quiver,

GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH.
Beutel, m. Bolsa, Καὶ Bourse, f. -
Stossen, Empujar, Pousser.
Setzen, stellen, Poner, Mettre.
Xyramide, αὶ Piramide, Καὶ Pyramide, Κα

Q.

Prahler, sm. Charlatan, s. μι, Charlatan, 8. m.

quaken, v. charlatanear, v. charlataner, v.
Viertel, n. Quadrante, m. Quart, m.
Wachtel, s.f. Codorniz, 8. f. Cuille, 8. αὶ

ermatten, v. temblar, ». branler, v.
Quiker, mm. Quakaro, m. Quaker,-esse,m/.
Berichtigen, Calificar, Modifier.
Beschaffonkeit, f. Calidad, Κα Qualité, αὶ
Menge, Anzahl, f Cantidad, Καὶ Quantité, f.
Zank, 9. m. Quimera, s. f. Querelle, s. αὶ

zanken, v. pelear, v. quereller, v.
Viereck, s.n. Presa, 8. αὶ Carreau, 8. πὶ.

brechen, v. hacer presa,v. faire curée, v.
Viertelmass, n. Azumbre,m. Quarte, αὶ
Viertel, n. Quarto, m. Quartier, m.
Triller, m. Semicorchea, f. Croche, Καὶ
Konigin, f. Reyna, αὶ Reine, f.
Wunderlich, Εχίγαδο, Bizarre, étrange.
Dampfen, Apretar, Apaiser.
Léschen, Extinguir, teindre.

Frage, 4. f. Question, 8.5 Question, 8. αὶ

fragen, v. inquirir, v. demander, v.
Lebendig, Vivo, viviente, Vif,-ve, agile.
Beruhigen, v. Aquietar, v. Calmer, v.

ruhig, adj. quieto, adj. tranquille, adj.
Federkiel, m. Cation, m. Plume, Κα
Quitte, 7 Membrillero, γι. Coing, m.

Buch Papier, x. Coro,m. [ἢ Main de papier, /.
Stich, m. Pulla, expresion, Brocard, m.
Losmachen, Abandonar, Quitter.

Ganz, durchaus, Completamente, Tout-a-fait.

Kocher, sm. Carcax, s. f° Carquois, 8. m.

4 zittern, v. temblar, v. frissonner, v.
239

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH.
Wurfspiel, xn. Herron, m. Palet, m.
Anfirung,f. _—Citacion, Καὶ Citation, Καὶ
Anfihren,citiren Citar, Citer.

Sagt, sagte. Dixe, digo, dixo, Dit.

R.
Kaninchen, n. Conejo, m. Lapin, m.
Pobel, m. Poblacho, m. Canaille, Καὶ

Wurzel, f, [m. Raza, f.genero,m Race, famille, /.
Folter, spanner Tormento, m.. Torture, Καὶ
Radieschen, n. Rabano, m. Rave, αὶ
Paschspie], 8. n. Rifa, s. αὶ rifar,v. Raffle, 8.7. rafler,

paschen, v. v.
Flosse, f. Balsa, αὶ Radeau,-x, m.
Dachsparren, m. Cabrio, m. Solive, Καὶ
Lumpen, m. _—‘Trapo, m. Chiffon, sm.
Wuth, αὶ Rabia, ira, fi §Fureur, Καὶ
Riegel, m. Baranda, Καὶ Barriére, f.
Regen, 8. m. Lluvia, s. Καὶ Pluie, 8. f. pleu-
regnen, v. llover, υ. voir, v.
Regenbogen, m. Arco celeste, m. Arc-en-ciel, m.
Aufheben, Levantar, Lever.
Rosine, Καὶ Pasa, f. Raisin see, m.
Rechen, s.m. he- Rastro, s. m. re- Racloir, 8. πὶ.
rumstébern,v. buscar, v. rateler, v.

Verspotten, Reunir, [m. Rallier,

Widder, m. Morueco, ariete, Bélier, m.

Reihe, s. f. ord- Fila, 8. f. orde- Rangée, 9.1.
nen, v. nar, v. ranger, v.

Ordnung, 9. Lozano,s.m. Rang, 8. m.
sich reihen, v. _colocar, v. ranger, 2.

Lésegeld s.n. Rescate, s.m. Rangon, 8. Καὶ
auslésen, v. rescatar, v. racheter, 2.
Schlag, s.m. Golpe, 8. m. to- Tape, s. f. taper,

schlagen, v. car, v. _ Ψ.
Ausserst, Rapido, Rapide.
Dinn, selten, Raro, Rare.
Schurke, m. Belitre, m. Bélitre, m.

Uebereilt, adj. Arrojado, adj. Téméraire, adj.
h,s.m. humor,sm. éruption 8. αὶ

Rebuke,

Receive,
Recipe,
Recite,
Reckon,
Recognise,
Recollect,

Recommend,
Reconcile, |

Record,

Recover,
Recruit,

pectily,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 511

GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH.
Scheermesser,m. Navaja, 5 Rasoir, m
Himbeere, f §Frambuesca, Κα Framboise, αὶ
Raspel, 8. f. ras- Escofina, 5. αὶ Rape s. f. raper

peln, υ. raspar, v. υ.
Antheil, 8. γι. Tasa, 8. fi tasar, Taux, 8. m. es-
schatzen, υ. υ. [bien, timer, v.
Vielmehr, Mejor gana, mas Plutdt.
Verniinftig, Racional, Raisonnable.
Verwickeln, Euredar, Effiler.
Roh, neu, Crudo, nuevo, Cru,-e.
Strahl,Glanz, m. Rayo, m. Rayon, m. raie, Καὶ
Raum, s. m. Alcance 8. αὶ Portée, 8. f. at-
reichen, ¥ alcanzar, ¥. teindre, v.
Lesen, Leer, Lire.
Bereit, _ Listo, pronto, Prét,-e.
Wirklich, Real, verdadero, Réel,-le.
Konigreich, n. Reyno, m Royaume, m.
Riess, n. Resma, αὶ Rame, Καὶ
Ernten, Segar, Moissonner.

Nachtrab, s.m. Retaguardia, sf Derniere classe,

heben, v. alzar, v. 8. f. élever, v.
Vernunft, αὶ Razon, αὶ Raison, Καὶ
Aufrihrer, 8. m. Rebelde, 5. γι. Rebelle, 8. m. re-

sichempéren,v. _rebelarse, νυ. beller, v.
Tadel, s. m. Reprehension, 8. Reproche, 8. m.

tadeln, υ. f. regafiar, v. _ reprendre, v.
Empfangen, Recibir, Recevoir.
Recept Récipe, m Récipé, m.
Ereilen, Recitar, Réciter.
Rechnen, Contar, Compter.
Erkennen, Reconocer, Reconnaitre.
Zuriickbringen, Acordarse, Ressouvenir.
Empfehlen, Recomendar, §Recommander.
Aussébnen, Reconciliar, Reconcilier.
Urkunde, 8. Registro, s.m. Registre, 8.m.

urzahblen, v. registrar, v. enregistrer, v.
Befreien, Recobrar, Recouvrer.

Recrutirung, 8... Recluta, s. αὶ re- Recrue, s,f. ren-

erneuern, ¥. clutar, v. forcer, ¥.
Verbessern,, Rectificar, . Rectifier.
Roth, n. Roxo, m. Rouge, m.

512

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

RED.
Redeem,
Redeemer,
Redress,

Reduce,
Reed,
Reel,

Reeve,
Refer,
Reference,
Refine,
Reflect,
Reform,

Refrain,
Refuge,
Refuse,
Regard,

Regret,

Regular,
Regulate,
Rehearse,
Reign,

Rein,
Reins,
Reject,
Rejoice,
Rejoin,
Relapse,

Relate,

Relation,
Relative,
Release,

Relent,
Relic,

GERMAN. SPANIS8. FRENCH.
Loskaufen, Rédimir, Racheter.
Erlésser,m. Salvador, Rédempteur, m.
Hilfe, n. verbes- Emienda, s. f. Reméde, 8. πὶ.

sern, V. emendar, ¥. redresser, v.
Zuriickbringen, Reducir, Reduire. [m.
Rohr, n. Fléte Καὶ Cafia, αὶ Chalumeau,-x,
Haspel, s.m. Αβρᾶ, 8. Καὶ Dévidoir, 9. m.

haspeln, v. aspar, v. dévider, v.
Schultheiss, m. Mayordomo, m. Facteur, m.
Verweisen, Referir, _ Référer.
Verweisung, ἃ Relacion, αὶ Renvoi, m.
Reinigen, Refinar, Raffiner.
Zurickwerfen, Reflectar, Réfléchir.

Umgestaltung, 8. Reforma, s. f. re- Réforme, 5. f. ré-

f. umindern,v. formar, νυ. former, ¥.
Zuriickhalten, Refrenar, S’empécher.
Zuflucht, Ὁ Refugio, m. Refuge, m.
Verweigern, § Repulsar, Refuser.
Ansicht, s. f. an- Miramiento, s.m. Egard, 8. m. re-

sehen, ν΄. estimar, 7. garder, υ.

Bedauern, 8.2. Pena, 8. f. sen- Regret, 9. m. re-

bereuen, v. tir, v. gretter, v.
Regelmissig, Regular, Régulier.
Ordnen, Regular, Regler.
Wiederholen, Repetir, Répéter. ᾿
Reich, 8. π. herr- Soberania, s. f. Reégne, s.m. rég-

schen, v. reynar, ¥. ner, v.
Ziigel, m. Rienda, αὶ Réne, f-
Nieren, f. pl. ἈἘἰϊδοποβ, m. pl. Reins, m. pl.
Verwerfen, Desechar, Rejeter.
Erfreuen, Regocijarse, Réjouir.
Erwiedern, Volver, Rejoindre.

Riickfall, s.m. Recaida, 4. Δ re- Rechute, s.f. re-

zuriickfallen, v. caer, νυ. tomber, ».
Erzahlen, . Relatar, Raconter.
Beziehung, A _—‘Relacion, Κα Relation, [latiff,a.
Bezielich, Relativo, Parente. e,m/.re-

Quittung, «. Soltura, 8. £ “ Décharge, δ. 7
loslassen, v. descargar, v. _—rel&cher, v.

Nachgeben, _Relentecer, Ceder.

Ueberbleibsel, n. Reliquia, Καὶ Relique, Κα

REL.
Relieve,
Religion,
Relish,

Reluctance,
Rely,
Remain,
Remark,

Remedy,
Remember,
Remit,

Remonstrate, YVorstellen,

Remorse,
Remote,
Remove,
Remunerate,
Rend,
Renew,
Renounce,
Rent,

Renown,
Repair,

Repast,
Repeal,

Repeat,
Repel,
Repent,
Reply,

Represent,
Repress,
Reprieve,

Reproof,
Reprove,
Reptile,
Republic,

INTERNATIONAL DIOTIONARY.

GERMAN. SPANISH.
Erleichtern, Relevar,
. Gottesfurcht, f Religion, αὶ
Geschmack, s.m. Saynete, 8. m.
billigen, v. saborear, v.

Widerwille, m. Repugnancia, /.

Confiar,
Quedar,

Sich verlassen,

Bleiben,

5138

FRENCH.
Soulager.
Religion, Κὶ
Gott, 8. γι.

goiter, v.
Repugnance, f.
Se fier a.
Demeurer.

Anmerkung, 8... Reparo, 8. m. no- Remarque, 8. Καὶ

bemerken, v. tar, v.
Heilmittel,z. © Remedio, m.
Gedenken, Acordarse,

remarquer, ¥.
Remeéde, m.
Souvenir.

Zurickschicken, Relaxer, remitir, Remettre.

Gewissensbiss, m Remordimiento,

Entfert, Remoto,
Versetzen, Remover,
Belohnen, Remunerar,
Reissen, Lacerar,
Erneuen, Renovar,
Verlaugnen, Renunciar,
Riss, 8. m. Renta, 8. f.
zerrelssen, v. —atrendar, v.
Ruf, mm. Renombre, m.

Ausbesserung,sf Reparo, 8. m.
ersetzen, v. reparar, v.

Mahizeit, αὶ Refrigerio, m.

Representar, [m. Remontrer.

Remords, m.
Distant,-e.
Déplacer.
Remunerer.
Déchirer.
Renouveler.
Renoncer.
Revenu, 8. 7
louer, v.
Renom, m.
Réparation, 8. 7.
réparer, v.
Repas, m.

Aufhebung, s. 7. Revocacion, 8. f Revocation, s./.

zurickrufen, v. abrogar, v.
Wiederholen, _Repetir,
Zuriick stossen, Repeler,
Busse thun, Arrepentirse,
Erwiederung,s.f, Replica, 8. αὶ

antworten, v. __ replicar, v.

Vorstellen, Representar,
Unterdriicken, Sojuzgar,
* Frist, 9.1 Dilacion, 9. 7.
fristen, υ. suspender, v.
Vorwurf, m. Improperio, m.
Tadeln, [Thier,2. Culpar,
Kriechende Reptil,

Freistaat, m. Republica, f-

révoquer, ¥.
Répéter.
Repousser.
Se repentir.
Repartie, 8.1

repliquer, v.
Représenter.
Réprimer.
Repit, 9. m.

suspendre, ¥.
Réprimande, f.
Réprimander.
Reptile, m.
République, ΚΣ

514

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

REP.
Repulse,

Reputation,
Request,

Require,

Rescue,

Resemble,

Restore,
Restrain,
Restrict,
Result,

Resurrection,
Retail,

Retain,
Retire,
Retreat,
Return,
Revel,
Revenge,

Revenue,
Reverberate,

GERMAN.
Abweisung, 3. /¢
zuriicktreiben,v.
Ruf, m.

Bitte, 8. Καὶ
bitten, v.
Verlangen,
Befreiung, δ. /.
befreien, v.
Gleichen,
Entsagen,
Widerstehen,
Entschlossen,
Auflésung, Κα
Auflésen,
Besuch, s. m.
sich begeben, v.
Riicksicht, 8. f-
hinsehen, v.
Athmen,
Ruhe, s. αὶ
ruhen, v.
Wieder geben,
Einhalten,
Einschrinken,
Folge, 9. f-

folgen, v.

Auferstehung, /.

Kleinhandel,s.m.
zerlegen, νυ.
Behalten,
Wegziehen,
Riickzug, 8. αὶ

sich fliichten, v.

SPANISH.
Repulsa, s. αὶ
repulsar, v.
Reputacion, Κὶ
Peticion, 9. Καὶ
rogar, ὕ.
Requerir,

Libramiento,s.m.

librar, v.
Asemejar,
Resignar,
Resistir, 2.
Resuelto,
Resolucion, /.
Resolver,
Concurso, 8. 21.

recurrir, v.

Respecto, 8. m.

mirar, ὃ.
Respirar,
Reposo, 8. m.

reposar, v.
Restituir,
Restringir,
Restringir,
Resulta, s./f.

resultar, νυ.
Reeurrecion, f.
Reventa, s. αὶ

revendar, Ὁ.
Retener,
Retirarse,
Retiro, 8. m.

retirarse, v.

Riickkehr,s,f.:er- Retorno, 8. mt.

wiedern, v. [8.n.

retornar, v. .

FRENCH.
Rebuffade, s. αὶ
rebuter, v.
Reputation, Καὶ
Requéte, 8. αὶ
requérir, υ.

Requérir.
Delivrance, 8. f.
sauver, U.

Resembler.
Résigner.
Résister, &.
Résolu,-e.
Résolution, f-
Résoudre.
Ressort, 8. 51.
aller, v.
Respect, 8. m.
respecter, v.
Respirer.
Repos, 8. m.
reposer, UV. .
Restatuer.
Retenir.
Limiter.
Résultat, 8. m.
résulter, v.
Résurrection, αὶ
Détail, 8. m.
détailler, v.
Retenir.
Retirer.
Retraite, 8. f.
reculer, v.
Retour, 2. m.
retourner, νυ.

LirmendeGelag, Borrachera, 8.. f. D€bauche, s. f

schmausen, v.
Rache, s. αὶ
rachen, νυ.
Einkommen, n.
Zurtickschlagen,

retraer, ¥.
Venganza, 8. f.

venga, ὃ.
Renta, f.

Rechazar,

se réjourir, v.
Vengeance, 8. f.

venger, Ὁ.
Revenu, m.

Réverbérer.

REV.
Revere,

Reverend,

Reverse,

Reverie,
Review,

Revile,
Revise,
Revive,

Revoluiion,

Revolve,
Rhetoric,

Rheum,

Ridge,
Ridicule,
Rifle,
Right,
Rim,
Rind,
Ring,
Ripe,
Rise,
Risk,

Rival,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

515

Gunman. SPanisk. FRENOE.
Verehren, Reverenciar, Révérer.
Ebrwirdig, Reverendo, Révérend.
Revers, s.m. | Contrario, 8. m. Revers, 8. m.

umkehren, v. revocar, v. renverser, νυ.
Tréumerei, f. Maurria, Κα Réverie, αὶ
Uebersicht, 8. Ὁ Revista,s. f. Revue, 5. αὶ
zurtick gechen,v. ever, v. revoir, ¥.
Schmihen, Ultrajar, Injurier.
Durchsehen, Rever, Réviser.
Wieder aufleben Revivir, Ranimer.
Umwilzung, f. Revolucion, f. Révolution, Καὶ
Umwilzen, Revolver, Tourner.
Redekunst, 7 Rétorica, f. Rhétorique, 7.
Schnupfen,m. Reuma, Καὶ Rhume, m.
Schnupfenfieber, Reumatismo,m. Rhumatisme, m.
Rhabarber, m. Ruibarbo,m §Rhubarbe, Κα
Reim, 8. m. Rima, δ. Καὶ Rime, 5. αὶ
reimen, ὕ. consonar, %. rimer, v.
Rippe, f. Costilla, αὶ Cote, f-
Band, n. Cinta, colonia, Καὶ Ruban, m.
Reis, m. Weise, f. Arroz, m. Riz, m.
Reich, prachtig, Rico, opulento, Riche,-e.
Erretten, Librar, Delivrer.
Ritt, s. m. Transito, 5: m. Promenade, δ. αὶ
reiten, v. cabalgar, v. aller, v.
Riickgrat,n. § Espinazo,m. §Sommet, m.
Spott, 8. m. Ridiculez, s. f. Ridicule, s. m.
verspotten, v. — ridiculizar, v. _ridiculiser, v.
Gewehr, 8. 2. Arcabuz,s.m. Fusil, 8. m.
rauben, v. robar, v. piller, υ.
Recht, 9. 2. Justicia, s.f. Raison, 8. f
~ & adj, justo, adj. juste, adj.
Rand, m. Canto, Bordo, m. Bord, m.
Rinde, αὶ Corteza, αὶ corce, Κα
Ring, Kreis,m. Anillo,circulo, m. Anneau,-x, m.
” Reif, Maduro, dr,-e.
Erheben, Levantarse, Se lever.
Wagniss, 8. . Peligro,s.m. Risque, 8. m.
wagen, v. arriesgar, v. risquer, 0.
Nebenbubler,sm Rival, δ. m. Rival, δ. γι.
wetteifern, v. competir, v. rivaliser, ¥.

« Schalk, Schurke, Villano, m.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH.
Fluss, m. Rio, m. Fleuve, m.
Niet, n. Roblon, m Rivet, m.
Strasse, Rhede, f. Camino, m. Chemin, m
Briillen, 8... &v. Rugido, 8. m. | Rugissement,sm.

rugir, v. rugir, v.

Braten, Asar, Rotir.
Rauben, [m. Robar, Dérober.

Klippe, f. Felsen, Pechicolorado, m Rouge,-gorge,m.

Rothkehlchen,n. Roca, αὶ her, m.
Rackete, Καὶ Cohete, m. Roguette, αὶ
Ruthe, αὶ m. Varilla, catia, αὶ Perche, verge, Καὶ

Espiégle, m. Καὶ

Rolle, 4. f. Rodador, s.m. Rouleau, s. m.
rollen, v. volver, v. rouler, v.
Roman, m. Romance, mm. Roman, m.
Ruthe, αὶ Pértica, f Perche, f.
Dach, n. Decke,f. Tejado, m Toit, comble, πὶ.
Raum, Platz, m. Lugar, πὶ Chambre, Καὶ
Schlaf, 8. m. Alcandara, s.f. Juchoir, 8. m.
wohnen, 2. descansar en, v percher, v.
Wurzel, Καὶ Raiz, f- "Racine, f.

Seil, x. Strick, m. Cuerda, soga, f. Corde, αὶ

Rose, f. Rosa, f. Rose, f.
Rosmarin, m. Romero, m. Romarin, m.
Harz, n. Trementina, 7, Résine, Καὶ
Fiule, 9.1 Nomifia, 3. f. Tac, 8. m.
faulen, νυ. pudrir, v. pournir, v.
Rauh, roh, A'spero, Rude, impoli,-e.
Riinde, s. Καὶ Circulo, s.m. ond, 8. m. -e.
rund, adj. redondo, ad). adj.
Aufwecken, Despertar, Réveiller.
Weg, m. Ruta, frumbo, m. Route, f.
Herumstreifen,/. Vagar, Réder, errer.
Rauber, m. Tunante, m. Rédeur, m
Reihe,s,f.rudern, Hilera,s.f. remar, Rang, s. m.
v. Lirmen,s.m.v. _ bogar, v. ramer, v.
Reiben, Estregar, Frotter.
Steuerruder, n. Timon, m. Gouvernail, m.
Ungebildet, Rudo, Grossier,-e.

Grundlage, f. Rudimento,m. Rudimens, m. pi.
Grobe Fries, m. Pajio Burdo, m. Bure, f.barbet,m.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

CBRMAX.

Einsturz, 8. m. Ruina, s. αὶ

einstiirzen, v.

Regel, 8.1 Mando, s. m.

regeln, v. gobernar, νυ.
Rum, m. Run, m.
Rumpf, m. Rabadilla, Καὶ
Rennen, laufen, Correr, pasar,
Binse, s. f. Junco, 8. m.

stiirzen, v. arrojarse, σ΄.
Rost, 3. m. Orin, 8. m.

rosten, v. enmohecer, v.
Brunft, Καὶ

arruinar, ¥.

517

FREYCH.
Ruine, s. ᾧ

ruiner, v.
Regle, 8. f.

régler, νυ.
Rum, m.
Croupion, m.
Counir, couler.
Jonc, 8. m.

se lancer, v.
Rouille, s. f.

rouiller, v.

Brama, rodada, αὶ Rut, m.
Mitleiden, n. [n. Compasion,f. _Pitié,tendresse,/-

Roggen,m.Korn, Centeno, m. Seigle, m.
8.
Sabbath, m. Sabado, m. Sabbat, m.
Sibel, mm. Sable, m. Sabre, m.
Sack, Sect, m. Saco, m. saca, f. Sac, m.
Eid, m. Sacramento, m. Sacrement, m.
- Heilig, Sagrado, Sacré,-e.
Opfern, 8. 2. Sacrificio, 8. m. Sacrifice, 8. m.
& υ. sacrificar, v. sacrifier, v.
Dunkel, Triste, Triste.
Sattel, m. Silla, αὶ Selle, αὶ
Sicher, Seguro, Sauf.
Safran, m. Azafran, m. Safran, 2.
Salbei, 8. f. Salvio, 8. m. Sauge, 8. f.
welse, adj. sabio, adj. prudent,-e, adj.
Sago, m. Sagui, m. OU, 7%.
Segel, 8. n. Vela, 8. Κ Vaile, 8. 7.
segeln, v. navegar, υ. naviguer, v.
Matrose, m. Marinero,m. Matelot, m.
Heilige, s.m. Santo, δ. m. Saint,-e, 8. πηι.
heilig, adj. ὦ adj. & adj.
Ursache, αὶ Causa, f. ἃ, m2.
Salat, m. Ensalada, Καὶ Salade, Καὶ
Besoldung, f. Salario, m. Salaire, m.
Verkauf, m. Venta, αὶ Vente, fencan,m
A4

518

SAL.
Salivate,

Salmon,
Saloon,
Salt,

Salute,

Salvation,
Salve,
Salver,
Same,
Sample,
Sanction,

Sand,
Sap,
Sash,

Satan,
Satin,
Satisfy,
Saturday,
Sauce,
Saucer,
Saucy,
Sausage,
Save,

Savor,
Saw,

Say,
Scaffold,
Scale,

Scarce,
Scare,

Scarf,
Scene,

φ

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN. SpanisH. FRENCH.
Den Speichel- Salivar, Faire saliver.
fluss haben,
᾿ Lachs, m. Salmon, m Saumor, m.
Grosse Saal, m. Salon, m Salon, m
Salz, 8. ἢ. Sal, 5. f. Sel, s. m.
salzen, v. salar, v. saler, v.
Gritssen, 8. π. Salutacion, 2. f Salut, s. m.
ἂν saludar, νυ. saluer, v.
Seligmachung, f-Salvacion,f Salut, m.
Salbe, Κα Emplasto, m. Onguent, m.
Prasentirteller,m Salvilla, 7. Plateau,-x, m
Der selbe, Mismo, Méme,

Bespiel, n. Muestra, αὶ Echantillon, Sf
Gesetz, 8. n. Ratificacion, 8. Κὶ Sanction, 8. Καὶ
sanctioniren, v. « ratificar, v. ratifier, v.

Sand,-m. Arena, ζᾧ Sable, m
Saft, Splint, m. Suco, xugo,m. Séve, faubier, m
Schirpe, f- Banda, ventana Ceinture, fe
Scheibfenster,n. corrediza, ζὶ chassis, m.
Satan, m. Santanas, m. Satan, m.
Atlass, m. Raso, m. Satin, m.
Sattigen, Satisfacer, Satisfaire.
Sonnabend, m. Sabado, m. Samedi, m.
Briiche, αὶ Salsa, αὶ Sauce, f.
Untertasse, f. Salsera, Κ Soucoupe, f.
Unverschimt, Descarado, Insolent,-e.
Wurst, αὶ Salchicha, Κὶ Saucisse, Καὶ
Sparen, 2. Salvar, v. Sauver, v.
ausser, adv, salvo, adv. excepté, adv,
Geschmack, m. Sabor, olor,m. Saveur, m.
Sage, s.f. Sierra, δ. αὶ Scie, s. f-
sigen, v serrar, ¥. scier, v,
Sagen, Decir, Dire.
Gerist, 5. Tablado, m Echafaud, m.
Wage, s. f. Balanza, s. 5 Balance, 8. f.
wigen, ν. escalar, v. esaladar, ν.
Sparlich, adj. Escaso, adj. Rare, adj.
kaum, adv. apenas, adv. ἃ peine, adv
Scheuchen, Espantar, Effrayer.
Schirpe, f. Trena, f. Echarpe, αὶ
Bihne, Scene, αὶ Escena, αὶ Scéne , f-

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. - ' §19
8CE. GeeMan. SPANISH. FRENCH. ,
Scepter, Zepter, n. Cetro, m. Sceptre, m.
Scholar, Schiiler, m. Escolar, m. Ecolier,-e, m. f.
School, Schule, /. Escuela, Καὶ Ecole, Καὶ .
Science, Wissenschaft, f. Ciencia, αὶ Science, Καὶ
Scissors, Schere, Καὶ Tixera, αὶ Ciseaux, m. pl.
Scorn, Spott, 8. m. Desden, sm. Mépris, 8. m.
Scot, spotten, v. despreciar, v. | mépriser, v.
Rechnung, f. ~~‘ Escorte, m. Ecot, πὶ.
Scotch, Schnitt, s.m. Escoces, Ecossais,
schneiden, adj. 8. πι. ἄς adj. Ἢ. m. & adj.
Scour, Scheueren, Fregar, Ecurer.
Scrap, Bisschen, n. Migaja, αὶ Morceau,-x, m.
rape, Schaben, . Raer, Gratter.
Scratch, Riss, 8. m. Rasgufio, 8. m. atigneur, 8. Κ
kratzen, v. « rascar, v. raturer, v.
Scream, Schrei, s.m. Grito, 8. m. Cri, 8. m.
kreischen, v. chillar, v. crier, Ὁ.
Screw, Schraube, s. f. Tornillo, s.m. Vis, 8. αὶ
- schrauben, v. torcer, v. visser, U.
Scripture, Bibel, αὶ Escritura, Καὶ Ecriture, I.
rub, Schuern, Estregar, Frotter.
Scruple, Skrupel, s.m. Escrupulo,s.m. Scrupule, δ. m.
Anstossen, v. escrupulizar,v. _hésiter, v.
Scull, Hirnschale, f. Craneo, πηι. Crane, m.
Scythe, Sense, f. Guadafia, Καὶ Faucille, Καὶ
Sea, See, m. f. Mar, m. Καὶ Mer, αὶ
Seal, Siegel, s. n. Sello, 8. m. Sceau,-x, 8. m.
siegeln, υ. sellar, v. sceller, v.
Seam, Naht, Fuge, f. Costura, καὶ Couture, αὶ
Search, Forschen, ExmAéninar, Chercher.
Season, Jahreszeit 8. Sazon, 2. Καὶ Saison, 8. ζὶ
wirzen, νυ. sazonar, v. assaisonner, v.
Seat, Sitz, 8. m. Asiento, 8. πι. Siége, 8. m.
setzen, v. sentar, ὅν. asseoir, v.
Second, Secunde, 8. Κα Padrino, #.m. Second,-e,
zweite, adj. segundo,adj. 8. m.& adj.
Secret, Geheimniss, 8. x. Secreto, Secret, 8. m.
geheim, adj. 8. m. adj. secret,-e, adj.
Secretary, Schreiber, m. Secretario, m. Secretaire, m.
Sect, Secte, f. Secta, αὶ Secte, αὶ
See, Sehen, Ver, Voir.

520

SEE.
Seed,
Seek,
Seem,
Seize,
Seldom,
Select,

Self,

Sell,
Senate,
Send,
Sense,
Sentence,
Sentinel,
Separate,

September,
Sepulchre,
Sergeant,
Sermon,
Servant,

Serve,
Service,
Set,

Settle,
Seven,
Seventeen,
Sew,

Sex,
Sexton,
Shade,

Shaft,
Shake,
Shame,
Shape,

Share,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN SPANIsL.
Same, m. Saat, f. Semilla, Καὶ
Sucher, Buscar,
Scheinen, Parecer,
Ergreifen, s\sir, agarrar,
Selten, Raramente,
Ausw&hlen, νυ. Elegir, v.
auserlesen,adj. —_ selecto, adj.
Selbst, sich, Mismo,
Verkanfen, Vender,
Senat, m. Senado, m.
Senden, Despachar,
Verstand, m. Sentido, m.
Richterspruch, Sentencia, Κα
Schildwache,f. Centinela, f
Trennen, v. Separar, ¥.

getrennt,adj. separado, adj.

September, mm.

Grabmal,n. [m.Sepulcro, m. Sépulcre, m.
Gercichtsdiener, Sargento, m. Sergent, m.
Predigt, f- Sermon, m. Sermon, 7.
Diener, m. Criado, m. Domestique,
Magd, /- criada, αὶ m. ἢ.
Dienen, niitzen, Servir, Servir.
Dienst, Gruss, m. Servicio, m. Service, m.
Setzen, Poner, plantar, Poser.
Festsetzen, Sosegar, tablir.
Sieben, Siete, Sept.
Siebzehn, Diez y siete, Dix-sept.
Ablassen, nahen, Coser, Coudre.
Gerschlecht, x. Sexd, m. Sexe, m.
Kiister, m. Sepulturero, m. Fossoyeur, m.
Schatten, 8. m. Sombra, 8. f. Ombre, 8. αὶ
shattiren, Ὁ. obscurecer, v. ombrager, Ψ.
Schaft, m. Flecha, Καὶ Fléche, αὶ
Schutteln, Sacudir, vacilar, Branler.
Scham, s. 7. Vergitenza, 8. f. Honte, s. Κα
schinden, v avergonzar,¥. _ faire honte, v.
Gestalt, s.f£ Forma, s. f. Forme,s. Καὶ
bilden, v. formar, ¥. former, ?.
Theil, δ. πὶ. Porcion, 5.5 Portion, 8. f.
theilen, v. - participar, v. partager, Ὁ.

Septiembre, m.

FRENCH.
Semence, αὶ
Chercher.
Sembler,
Saisir.
Rarement.
Choisir, νυ. °

choisi,-e, adj.
Méme, propre.
Vendre.
Sénat, m.
Envoyer.
Sens, m.
Sentence, Καὶ
Sentinelie , f.
Séparer, v.
separé,-e, adj.
Septembre, m.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 631

BHA.
Sharp,
Sharpen,
Shave,
Shawl,
She,
Shear,

Sheath,
Shed,

Sheep,
Sheet,

Shelf,
Shell,

Shelter,

Shine,
Shingle,
Ship,
Shirt,
Shock,

Shoe,
Shoot,

Shop,
Shore,
Short,
Shorten,
Shot,
Shoulder,
Shout,

Shove,
Shovel,

GErRxan. SPaNisH. FRENOH.
Scharf, hart, Agudo, acre, Aigu,-e.
Scharfen, Afilar, Aiguiser.
Scheren, [fel, / Rapar, Raser.
Shawl,m.Schau- Chal, m. Schale, m.

Sie, Ella, Elle.

Schere, s. Τίχογαβ, 5. f. pl. Cisailles, 5. f. pl.
scheren, v. atusar, ¥. tondre, v.

Scheide, sf. Vayna, 8. f. Gaine, 8. Καὶ
einstecken, v. envaynar,.y. | engainer, v.

Schuppen, 8. m. Cobertizo, s.m. Hangar, 8. m:
vergiessen, # _verter,v. [jf répandre, v.

Schaf, n. Oveja, papanatas Brebis, αὶ
Bettluch, n. Sabana, Linceul, m.
Bogen Papier,m. escota, αὶ feuille, αὶ

Bret, n. Sims, m. Baxio, baneo, m. Tablette, αὶ
Musehel, s. f, Cascara,s.f, calle, s. f.

schilen, v. descascarar,v. €cosser, v.
Bedeckung, s. f. Guarida, s. f. Couvert, 8. m.
decken, v. guarecer, v. cacher, v.
Scheinen, Lucir, clairer, luire.
Schindel, αὶ Ripia, tablita, f. Bardeau,-x, m.
Schiff, 2. Nave, f. baxel, m Navire, m.
Hemd, 2. Camisa, αὶ Chemise, Καὶ
Stoss, 8. m. an- Choque, 8.m. sa- Choc, 8. m. cho-
fallen, v. cudir, v. quer, v.
Schuh, 8. m. be- Zapato, 8. m. cal- Soulier, s. m.
schlagen, v. zar,v. τ᾿ chausser, ¥.
Schuss, s.m. ἘΤίτο, 9. ηι. des- Jet, 8. m. lancer,
schiessen, ὕ. pedir, vy. . wv
Laden, m. Tienda, αὶ Boutique, Καὶ
Gestade, n. Costa, tierra, f. Cote, # rivage m
Kurz, knapp, _— Corto, Court,-e,étroit,-e
- Verkiirzen, [n. Acortar, Abréger.
Schuss, m.Schrot Tiro, m. Boulet, m. balle,f
Schulter, αὶ Hombro, Epaule, f.
Jauchzen, s.2.& Aclamacion, s.f. Cri, s. m.crier,v.
ν. exclamar, v.
Schub, s.m. | Empelion, 8. m. Coup, 8. πὶ.
schieben, v. empujar, υ. usser, ¥.

Schaufel, 5.5 Pala, 8. f. tras- Pelle, s. f. ram-
jg tchauteln, υ. palar, v. asser, ὕ.

522

silo.
Show,

Shower,
Shriek,

Shroud,
Shrub,
Shut,
Sick,
Side,
Sieve,
Sift,
Sigh,

Sicht,
Sign,
Signature,
Signify,
Silence,
Silent,
Silk,
Silver,

Sin,

Since,
Sing,
Single,
Sink,
Sir,
Sirloin,
Sister,
Sit,
Six,
Sixteen,
Sixty,
Size,
Skate,

Skeleton,
Skiff,

Regenschauer,m Lluvia, 7.
Grito, 8. m. gri-

Sieb, x. Korb,m. Cedado, m. ᾿
Seiben, priifen, Cernar,

Gesicht,n.[nen,v. Vista, αὶ
Zeichen,s.n.zeich Sefial, m.
Unterschrift, £ Signatura, Καὶ

Stillsch weigen, x Silencio, am.

Silber, s. n. sil- Plata, 9. f. de

Sinken, senken, Hundirse,
Herr, Mann, m. Sefior, m.

_ Lenden braten,m Sirloin, m.
Schwester, { | Hermana, Καὶ

Grésse, f. Mass, Tamano, m.
Schlittschuh, s. Lixa, 8. Κι pasar

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

FRENCS.

Expectaculo, 8. Spectacle, 8. m.

montrer, v.
Ondée, αὶ
Haut cri, 8. m.
Jeter des cris,v
Linceul, m.
Arbrisseau,-x,m.
Fermer.
Malade.
Coté, m.
Sas, tamis, ™.
Sasser.

-Soupir, 8. m.

soupirer, v.

, 9. Vue, fi yeux, m.

Signe,m.signer,v

Signature, f.

Signifier.

Silence, m.

Silencieux.

Soie, αὶ

Argent, 8. m.
argentin,-e,adj.

Péché, 8. m.

pécher, v.

Seit, weil, da, Ya que,despues, Depuis, puisque.

Chanter.
Seul,-e.
S’enfoncer.
Monsieur, m.
Sirloin, m.

Scour, f:

Asseoir.

‘Six.

Seize.

Soixante. [m.

Taille, f. calibre,

Patin, 8.m. courir
de patin, v.

Squelette, m.
Esquif, m.

re

BKI.
Skill,
Skin,

Skirt,

Sky,
Slab,
Slack,

Slander,

Slate,
Slave,
Sleep,

Sleeve,
Slender,
Slice,

Blide,
Slight,
Blip,
Slipper,
Sloop,
Slope, «

Slow,
Sluice,

Small, ᾿
Smart,

Smell,
Smile,

Smith,
Smoke,

Smooth,

Smother,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 533

GERMAN. Spanisa. PRENCH.

Geschicklichkeit Habilidad, 7, | Adresse; αὶ

Haut, 8. f. zu- Pellejo, 8. m. de- Peau,-x, 8. m.

heilen, v. sollar, v. peler, v,
Grenze,s. f. Falda, 8. f. oril- Basque, ¢.f. bor-
einfassen, v. lar, v. der, v.
Himmel, m. Cielo, m. Ciel, cieux, m.
Platte, αὶ Charco, mm. Gachis,m.dosse,f,
Léschen, 4. Afloxar, v. floxo, Lacher, v. lache,
schlaff, ad). adj adj.

ij.
Schande, s.f.- Calumnia, s: ff Calomnie, s. f.

beliigen, v. calumniar, v. médire, ν.
Schiefer, m. Pizarra, 7. Ardoise, f.
Sclave, m. Esclavo, m. Esclave, m. 7.

Schlaf, 9. m. Suefio, s.m. dor- Sommeil, 8. m.

schlafen, v. mir, σ΄. dormier, v.
Aermal, m. Manga, αὶ Manche, /.
Schlank, Delgado, Délié,-e, faible.
Schnitz, em. Rebanada, 8, f. Tranche, 5, αὶ

zerschneiden,y. rebanar, v. trancher, συ.
Ausgleiten, Deslizar, Glisser.
Klein, gering, Pequeiio, Léger,-e.
Ausgleiten, Resbalar, Couler.
Pantoffel, m. -°Chinela, αὶ Pantoufle, Καὶ
Schaluppe, ΑΔ Balandra, Καὶ Sloup, m.
Abhang, s.m. Sesgo,s.m. = Pente, 8. f. pen-

senken, v. sesgar, v. cher, v.
Langsam, spat, Tardio, lento, L,ent,-e, lourd,-e.
Schleuse, 8.5 Compuerta, s. Κὶ Ecluse, s.f. dé ᾿

ablassen, v. cortar, συ. bonder, v.
Klein, Pequefio, corto, Petit,-e.

Schmerz, s.m. Escorzor, 8. m. Cuisson, 8. αὶ

schmerzen, v. escocerse, v. —cuife, v.
Geruch, 8. m. Olfato, 8. m. Odeur, 8. f. sen-

reichen, v. oler, v. tir, v.
Lacheln,s. n. ὦ v.Sonrisa, 8. f. Souris, s. m.

sonreirse,: v. sourire, v.

Schmied,m. Forjador, m. Forgeron, m.
Rauch, s.m. | Humo, s. m. hu- Fumée, s. αὶ

rauchen, v. mear, ¥. fumer, 2.
Glatt, ebenen, Liso, igual, Uni,-e, doux,-ce.
Dampfen, Ahogat, Etouffer.

Soldier,
Sole,

Solemn,
Solicit,
Solicitor,
Solid,

Some,

Somebody,
Something,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN.
Schmutz, m.
Hocker, m.
Schnecke, Κὶ
Schlange, /.
Schnappen,
Schlinge, Κα
Bisschen, 8. n.

schnappen, 2.
Stieheln,
Sauern,

Schnee, 8. 9m.

schneien, v.

SPANISH.
Tiznon, m.
Dentadura, Καὶ
Caracola, f.
Culebra, αὶ
Romper,
Trampa, f.

FRENCH.
Noirceur, /.
Surdent, f.
Simacon, m.
Couleuvre, Ὁ
Briser.

Piége, filet, m.

Arrebatifia, 4. Κὶ Happée, 2. f. at-

arrebatar, v.
Burlarse,
Roncar,
Nieve, 8. fi

nevar, ὕ.

traper, v.
Ricaner.
Ronfler.
Neige, s. f.

neiger, v.

Schnupftabak, 8. Polvo, 8. m. oler, Tabac, δ. m.

m.schnauben,v.

Vv.

reniffier, v.

Lichtputze, f, | Despabiladeras,f Mouchettes, f-pl.

Bequem, dicht, |

Einweichen,
Seife, Κ

Sich erheben,
Schluchzen,
Niichtern,
Gesellig,
Gesellschaft, f-

Dille, Καὶ

Erweichen,
Boden, m. Land,
s.n. besudeln, v.
Soldat, m.
Sohle, 4.1
einzig, adj.
Feierlich, ’
Erregen,
Procurator, m.
Fest, gediegen,

.Einige,

Jemand,

Abrigado, Serré,-e.

So, also, wofern, Asé, mismo, tal, Ainsi, si, aussi.
Remojarse, Tremper.
Xabon, m. Savon, 71.
Remontarse, S’élever.
Suspirar, Sangloter.
Sobrio, Sobre.

Social, Social,-e.
Sociedad, καὶ Société, Καὶ
Cafion, m. ° Bobéche, f.
Césped, m. Gazon, m.
Soldar, Souder.
Blando, floxo, Mou, mol,-le.
Ablandar, Amollir.
Mancha, 8. 5 Terrain, 8. m.
ensuciar, v. saler, v.
Soldado, m. Soldat, m.
Planta del pie, Plante du pied,
8. f. solo, adj. 8. f. seul,-e, ady
Solemne, grave, Solemnel,-le.
Tmportunar, Soliciter.
Procurador,m. Procureur, m.
Solido, Solide.
Algo, Quelque.
Alguien, Quelqu’un.
Alguna, cosa, Quelque chose.

Etwas;

SOM.
Sometimes,

Special,
Species,
Specimen,
Speck,

‘Kummer, m.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 525

GExKMAN. SPANISH. FRENOH.
Zuweilen, Algunas veces, Quelquefois,
Sohn, m. Hijo varon, m. Fils, m.
Gesang, m. Cancion, f. Chanson, Κὶ
Bald, sogleich, Presto, luego, Vite, tot.
Russ, m. Hollin, m. "Suie, αὶ
Besinftigen, Adular, Flatter, apaiser.
Wunde,s.f Herida, 3.7 Uleére, s. γι.

wund, adj. tierno, ad). tendre, adj.

- Pesar, dolor, m. Tristesse, Καὶ

Art, Gattung, sf. Suerte, 5. Καὶ Sorte, 5. ft

sondern, 2, ordenar, ν. assortir, v.
Thor, 7. Zote, m. Ivrogne, sot, m.
Seele, αὶ Alma, f. Ame, αὶ

Ton, 8. m. bla- Sonda, 5, f son- Son,s.m.sonner,v

sen, v. fest, adj. dar, v.sano, ad}.

Suppe, f-

Sauer,

Sopa, f-

Agrio,

sain,-e, adj.
Soupe, f.
Sur,-e, acide,

Pokelbrihe, s. f. Salmuera, 3.7. Saumure, 8. ἢ

tauchen, ».
Siiden, 8. m.
. siidlich, ad).
Sau, sf. sien, ν. Puerca, 8. Καὶ
+ sembrar, v.
Raum, s,m. her- Espacio, 8, m.
umstreifen, v.

Spaten, m.

Spanne, 8. αὶ

spannen, v.

Sparen, v.

sparsam, ad).
Funke, ¢. m.
funkeln, 2.

escabecher, v.

Sud, 8. m.

meredional, adj.

saucer, v.
Sud, s. m.
du midi, adj.
Truie, 9. f-
semer, ὕ.
Espace, 8. 7.

dar espacio, v. donner espace, v.
Laya, azada, f- Béche, f.
Palmo,s.m.medir Empan, 8. 27.

& palmos, v.

Ahborrar, v.

escaso, adj.

mesurcr, v.
Epargner, v.
, maigre, adj.

Centella,s. jf. = Etincelle, s. Καὶ

chispear, v.

étinceller, v.

Krampf, m, Espasmo, pasmo, Spasme, m.
Spath, m. Esparavan, 1. Eparvin, m.
Sprechen, Hablar, Parler.
Spies, 8. m. Lanza, s. 1. Lance, δ. f.
spiessen, ¥. brotar, 2. tuer, v.
Besonder, Especial, Spécial,-le.
Vorstellung, f. Especie, fA Espéce, Καὶ
Probe, αὶ Espécimen, m. Modéle, m.
Fleck, m. Mancha, f. Petite tache, αὶ

526

SPE.

᾿ Spectacle,
Spectacles,
Speculate.

Speech,
Speed,

Spell,

Spend,
Sphere,
Spice
Spike,

Spill,
Spin,
Spindle,
Spine,
Spirit,
Spit,
Bpite,

Spleen,
Splice,
Splint,
Split,
Spoil,
Spoke,
Sponge,
Sponsor,
Spool,
Spoon,
Sport,

Spot,
Spout,
Sprain,

Spray,
Spread,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN. SPANISH.

* Schauspiel, rn. Espectaculo, m.
Brille, 7. - Anteojos, m.
Betrachten, Espécular,
Rede, f. Habla, oracion, αὶ
Bile, s. f Presura, s. f.

eilen, v. [s.m. prosperar, ν.
Zauberspruch, Hechizo, 8. m.
buchstabiren,v. —deletrear, v.
Aufwenden, Gastar,
Kugel, Καὶ Esfera, fi [2
Gewurz, n. Especia, migaja,

Nagel, 8. m. Clavo largo, s.m.

nageln, v. afianzar, v.
Verschitten, |§ Derramar,
Spinnen, rennen, Hilar,

Spindel, Καὶ Huso, m.
Ritckgrat, n. | Espinazo, m.
Athem, Geist, m. Aliento, m.
Anspiessen, Espetar,
Verdruss, 8. m. Rencor, 8. m.

kranken, v. dar pesar, ν.
Milz, f. Bazo, m.
Zusammenfiigen Hacer costura,
Splitter, m. Tablita, astilla, αὶ
Spalten, Hender, rajar,
Verwiisten, Despojar,

FRENCH.
Spectacle, m. |
Lunettes, f. pi.
Speculer.
Parole, Καὶ
Hate, 8. αὶ

h&ter, v.
Chante, 8. Mm.
ler, v.
Déjenser.
Sphére, f.
Epice, /
Long clou, 8. m.
clouer, υ.
Verser.
Filer.
Fuseau,-x, m.
Epine( )άα dos.
Esprit, m.
Cracher.
Dépit, s. m.
dépiter, v.
Hates colére, αὶ
isser. I.
Kclisse, chant
Fendre.
Voler, g&ter,

Speiche, Καὶ Rayo de larueda Rais (m)de roue.

Schwamm, m Esponja, f.
Taufzeuge, m. Fiador, m.

Spule, f- Carrete, m.
Léffel, m. Cuchara, f.
Spiel, 8. n. Juego, 8. m.
spielen, v. divertir, v.
Platz, 8. m. Borron, 8. .
flecken, νυ. abigarrar, v.
Rohre, s. Καὶ Cafio, 8. m.
spritzen, νυ. chorrear, v.

Verrenkung, s. 7. Torcedura, 9. f.
verrenken, v. _estirar, Ὁ.

Reis, n. Ramito, m.

Ausbreiten, Tender, alargar,

Eponge, i.

Parrain, m.
Bobine, Καὶ
Cuiller, Καὶ
Jeu, 8. γι.
égayer, v.
Tache, δ. αὶ
tacher, v.
Goulot, s. m.
saillir, v.
Foulure, s. αὶ
fouler, v.
cume, αὶ
Etendre.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 527

SPR. GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH.
Spring, . Sprung, 8. m. Salto, 8. m. Ressort, 8. m.
springen, v. brotar, v. sauter, v.
Springtime, Frahling, m. Primavera, f. ‘Printemps, m.
Sprinkle, Sprinkein, Roeiar, Epandre.
Sprout, ~ Sprdssling, 8. m. Vastago, s.m. Rejeton, 8. m.
sprossen, Ὁ. brotar, v. croitre, v.
Spruce, Sauber, Lindo, pruche, Leste, propre.
Spur, Sporn, s.m. Espuela,s.f. — Eperon, 8. m.

anspornen, v. __ espolear, v. éperonner, ν.
Spurious, Unacht, Espurio, m. Faux,-sse.

Spy; ᾿ Spaher, s.m. Espfa, 8. f0 Espion,-ne,

: spahen, ¥. espiar, ¥. 8. mf. pier, v.
Spy-glass, Fernglas, ἢ. Catalejo, m. = Telescope, m.
Squall, Windstoss, 8. m. Chillido, s.m. Rafale, 9. f.

schreien, v. chiller, v. criailler, v.
Square, Viereck, s.. Quadro, sm. Carré, 8. Καὶ
viereckig, adj. quadrar, v. équarrir, νυ.
Squeeze, Driicken, Apretar, Serrer.
Squint, Schielen, _[m. Ladear la vista, -Loucher.
Squire, Squire, Gefabrte, Hidalgo, m. Ecuyer, m.
Squirrel, Eichhérnchen,n. Ardilla, αὶ Ecureuil, m.
Stab, Stich, 8. m. Punalada, 8. γι. Coup, 8. m.
stechen, v. herir, 2. poignarder, v.
Stable, Stall, s. m. Establo, s.m. Ecurie, s./f.
fest, adj. estable, adj. stable, adj.
Stack, Schober, s. m. Niara, 8.1. Tas, 8. m. mettre
aufhaufen,v. _—shacinar, v. en tas, v.
Staff, Stab, Stock, m. Baculo, m. Baton, m.
Stag, Hirsch, m. Ciervo, m. Cerf, m.
Stage, Geriist, n. Diligencia, f. —_‘ Relais, m.
Stagger, Taumeln, Desmayarse, § Chanceler.
Stain, Flecken, s.m. Mancha, s.f. Tache,s. αὶ
beflecken, v. manchar, v. tacher, νυ.
Stair,-s, Stufe, Treppe, f. Escalon, m. Degré, étage, m.
Stake, Pfahl, Aussatz, Estaca, ἡ Pieu,-x, enjeu,-x.
Stalk, Stingel, m. Tallo, m. Tige, Καὶ
Stamp, . Stimpel, s.m. Cufio, 8. m. Pincon, 8. m
stampfen, v. patear, v. empreindre, v.
Stand, Stand, 8. m. Estante, s.m. Guéridon, pause,
stehen, v. estar en pie, δ. 8.7., demurer, v.

Standard, Fahne, f. Estandarte, m. Ktendard.

528

BTA.

Staple,

Star,
Starch,

Stare,
Start,

Starve,
State,
Station,
Statue,
Stature,
Statute,
Stave,

Steeple,
Steer, .

Stem,
Step,

Stew,
Stick,

Stiff,
Still,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN. SPANISH.
Stapel, m. Emporio, m.
festgesetzt, adj. establecido, adj.

Stern, m. Estrella, αὶ
Starke, 8. ΚΑ Almidon, δ. m.

starken, v. almidonar, ¥.
Staar, 8. m.

atarren, v. la vista, νυ.

. Ruck, 8. m. Sobresato, 8. m.

auffahren, v. sobresaltarse, ὃ.

Verhungern, § Acabar,

Staat, Zustand,m Estado, m.
Stillstand, m. Postura, αὶ
Bildsaule, Καὶ Estatua, αὶ
Leibesgrosse, αὶ Estatura, 7.

Landesgesetz, n. Estatuto, m,
Stab, 8. m. Duela, s. 7.
zerschlagen, v. _astillar, v.
Stiitze, 3. αὶ Estancia, 8. f.
bleiben, ». quedar, v.
Stelle, 7. Lugar, m.
Standhaft, Firme, fixo,

Fleischschnitte, fTorrezno, m.
Stehlen, Hurtar, robar,

FRENCH.
Etape, 7 réglé,-e,
adj.
toile, Κὶ astre,m.
Amidon, 8. m.
empeser, v.

Mirada,s.f. clavar Regard, s. m.

regarder, v.
Saillie, 8. Κ

lancer, v. .
Etre affamé.

tat, 2.
Station, fposte,m
Statute, Κα ;
Stature, Καὶ
Statut, m.
Douves, s. f.

démolir, v.
Séjour, 8. m.

demeurer, v.
Place, flieu,-x,m.
Ferme.
Tranche, αὶ
Voler.

Dampf, Dunst, m. Vaho, vapar, [lo, Vapeur, Κα

Ross, n. Hengst, Caballo de rega-

Stahl, m. Acero, 1
Kintauchen, νυ. Escarpado, adj.
jahe, adj. empapar, υ.

Kirchthurm, m. Torre, f.
Stier, s. m. Novillo, 9. m.

steuern, v. gobernar, Ὁ.
Stamm, m. Vastago, πη."
Schritt,s.m. | _Paso,.s. m.

schreiten, v. andar, v.
Fischbehalter, Estufa, 8. f-

s.m.dampfen,v. _estofar, v.
Stock, 8. γι, Palo, 8. m.

stecken, v. pegar, v.

Steif, Tieso,

Coursier, m.
Acier, m.
Tremper, v.
escarpé,-e, adj.
Clocher, m.
Bouvillon, 8. 7.
uverner, #.
Tige, f
Pas, 8. m.
aller, v.
ng, 8. m.
étuver, νυ.
Baton, 8. m.
attacher, v.
Raide.

Still,adj.stillen,v. Quieto, adj. acal- Calme, adj. cal-

noch, adv.

lar,v.todavia,ady, mer,v.encore,ad)

511.
Sting,

Stir,

Stirrup,
Stitch,

Stock,
Stocking,
Stomach,
Stone,
Stool,
Stoop,

Stop,

Stopper,-ple,
Store, .
Storm,

Story,
Stout,
Stove,
Straight,
Straighten,
Strain,

Strange,
Stranger,
Strap,
Straw,
Stray,
Streak,
Stream,
Street,
Strength,
Strengthen,
Strike,
String,
Stripe,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN. SPANISH.
Biss, 8. m. Aguijon, 8. m.
stehen, v. aguijonear, v.
Larm, 8. m.

bewegen, νυ. mover, 2.

529

FRENCH.
Aiguillon, 8. m.
, percer, ν.

Movimiento, 8. γι. Emotion, 5. 7.

, mMouvoir, v.

Steigbiigel, m. Estribo, m. Etrier, m.
Stich, 9. γι. Puntada, 8. f. Point, 9. m.
stechen, v. coser, v. coudre, v.
Stock, Stamm,m. Tronco, m. Trone, m. tige, f-
Strumpf, 7. Media, αὶ Bas, m.
Magen, m. Estomago, m. Estomac, 72.
Stein, Kern, m. Piedra, αὶ Pierre, f.
Stuhl, m. Camara, Καὶ Tabouret, m.
Bicken, s.”. Decadencia, 8. f. Inclination, s. f.
sich biicken, ». encovarse, v. s’abaisser, v.
Halt, s. m. Parada, 8. αὶ Pause, 9. ΨΚ
stopfen, ν. impedir, v. arréter, v.
Stdpsel, m. Tapon, m. Bouchon, m.
Menge, f. Copia, fi Magasin, m.
Sturm, 8. m. Tempestad, s.f. Tempédte, 5. Κα
stiirmen, ὕ. asaltar, v. tempéter, v.
Geschichte, Relacion, Καὶ Histoire, αὶ
Hartnackig, Fornido, Fort,-e.
Ofen, m. Estufa, Καὶ Serre, chaude.
Gerade, sogleich, Derecho, troit,-e.
Gerade machen, Enderezar, Dresser.
Ton, m. Weise, Raza, Κὶ tono,s.m. Entose, fair, s,m.
8. f. pressen, 9. colar, v. dresser, v.
Fremd, Extrafio, trange.
Fremde, m, Extrangero, m. Etranger, m.
Riemen, m. Correa, αὶ Bande de cuir, αὶ
Stroh, π. Paja, αὶ Paille, αὶ
Irre gehen, —_ Errrar, S’écarter.
Strick, m. Raya, f. Raie, αὶ
Strom, Lauf, m. Arroyo, m. Courant, m.
Strasse, αὶ Calle, Καὶ Rue, f.
Stirke, Macht, αὶ Fuerza, αὶ Force, Κ
Starken, Fortalecer, Fortifier.
Streichen, Herir, golpear, Battre, frapper.
Schuur, αὶ Cordon, m. Cordon.
Streifen, Linea, 5.1 Raie, 8. f.
8. m. & V. rayar, v. rayer, v.

45

530

STR.
Strive,
Stroke,
Strong,
Strugzyle,

Study,

Subjection,
Subjoin,
Sublime,
Submit,
Subpeena,
Subscribe,
Substance,
Subtract,
Suburb,
Succecd,
Success,
Such,
Suck,
Sudden, .
Sue,
Suffer,
Sufficient,
Sugar,
Suit,

Sulphur,
Sum,
Summer,
Summon,
Sun,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GsRruan.
Streben,
Streich, m.
Stark,

Kampf, 8. m.
kimpfen, v.

Streben, |
gn. & υ.
Stoff, s. m.

stopfen, v.

Stumpf, πηι.
Dumm,
Staunen, n.

Schweinestall,m. Pocilga, Καὶ

SpPanisg. FRENCH.
Esforzarse, FAacher.
Golpe, m. Coup,m.touche,
Fuerte, Fort,-e.

Esfuerzo, 8. m. Effort, 8. γι.
luchar, v. Lutter, v.

Estudio, s. m. tude, 9. Καὶ
estudiar, v. _, étudier, v.

Estofa, 8. Καὶ Etoffe, 4. αὶ
henchir, συ. gorger, wv.

Tronco, m™. Tronce, m.

Estdpido, Stupide.

Atontamiento,m. Stupeur, α [Δ
table 4 cochons

Griffel, m. Estilo, m. Style, titre, m.
Unterthan, 8. m. Sujeto, s.m. Sujet, 8. m.
unterwerfen, v. —_sujetar, v. soumettre, v.
Unterwerfung, αὶ Sujecion, Καὶ Sujétion, Καὶ
Beifiigen, Subreafiadir, Joindre, ajouter.
Hoch, Sublime, Sublime.
Niederlassen, Someter, Soumettre.

Vorladuny, f Comparendo, m. Assiynation.
Unterschreiben, Subscribir, Souscrire.

Wesen, n. Substancia, α Substance, αὶ
Abzichen, Subtraer, Soustraire, dter.
Vorstadt, αὶ Suburbio, m. Fauxboug, m.

Réussir, suivre.
Succés, 72.
Telle, pareil,-le.

Folven, [fulg, m. Suceder,
Glickliche Er- Suceso, m.
Solcher, solche, Tal, igual,

Saugen, Chuper, Sucer.
Plotzlich, Repentino, Soudain,-e. [der.
Ansuchen, Procesar, Supplier, deman-
Leiden, Sufrir, Souffrir, [862.
Hinlanglich, Suficiente, Suffisant,-e, as-
Zucker, m. Azticar, m. Sucre, m.
Folge, 8. αὶ Juego, 8. mM. Suite, sf.
passen, v. aduptar, v. convenir, ¥.
Schwefel, m <Azufre, m. Soufre, m.
Summe, /. Suma, Καὶ Somme, f.
Sommer, m. Verano, ™. 6, m.
Vorladen, Citar, Citer.
Sonne, f. Sol, 7. Soleil, σι.

BUN.
Sunday,
Supper,
Supply,
Support,

“uppose,
Supreme,
Sure,
Surface,
Surgeon,
Surname,
Surprise,

Surrendcr,

Surrogate,
Surround,
Survey,
Suspect,
Suspend,
Suspicion,
Swallow,

Swamp,
Sward,
Swarm,

Sway,

Swear,
Sweat,

Sweep,
Sweet,
Swell,
Swift,
Swill,
Swim,

Swing,

Switch,
Swoon,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN. ΒΡΔΑΝΊΒΗ.
Sontag, m. Domingo, m.
Abendessen, n. Cena, αὶ
Erganzen, Suplir,
Stiitze, s. Καὶ Sosten, 8. m.

ertragen, ὕ. sostener, v.
Einbilden, Suponer,
Hochst, Supremo,

Sicher, gewiss, Cierto,

Oberfliche, f. Superficie, Καὶ
Wundarzt, m. Cirujano, m.
Zuname, m. Apellido, m.

Erstaunen, 8. n. Sorpresa, 8. αὶ
surprelender,v.
Uebergabe, s. f. Rendicion, 3. Κὶ

verwirren, v.

531

FRENCH.
Dimanche, m.
Souper, m.
Remplir.
Support, 8. m.

soutenir, v.
Supposer.
Supréme.
Sar,-e, certain,-e.
Surface, Καὶ
Chirurgien, m.
Surnom, m.
Surprise, 8. Καὶ

surprendre, νυ.
Reddition, s. f-

ubergeben, v. entregar, v. livrer, v.
Stellvertreter,m. Subrogado, m. Délégué, m.
Umgeben, Circundar, Environner.
Uebersehen, Medir, apeir, | Considérer,
Argwohnen, —Sospechar, Soupconner.
Aufhangen, Suspender, Suspendre.
Verdacht,m. | Sospecha, ff Soupgon, m.
Keple, s.f. Tragazon, 5. Hirondellefgouf-

verschlucken, v. _ tragar, v. fre,s.m. avaler,v.
Sumpf, m. Patano,m. [tierra Marais, m.
Schwarte, αὶ Sobrefaz(7')dela Pelouse, /.

Schwarm,m. Enxambre, m. Essaim, m.

Schwenken, 8. ». Poder, 8. m.

regieren, v. empuiiar, v.
Schworen, Jurar,
Schweiss, 8. m. Sudor, 8. mm.

schwitzen, v. sudar, v.
Streifen, Barrer,

Siiss, angenehm, Dulce,
Aufschwellen, Hincharse,
Schnell, Veloz,
Spiilicht, m. Tragazo, m.
Schwimmen, Nadar,

Pouvoir, 8. m.
gouverner, ὕ.
Jurer.
Sueur, 8. αὶ
suer, v.
Balayer.
Dourx,-ce.
“Enfler, gonfler.
Vite, agile.
Lavage, m.
Nager.

Schwung, 8. m. Balanceo, s.m. Cours, 8 mm.

schwingen, v.
Gerte, Καὶ Varilla, αὶ
Ohnmacht, f Desmayo, m.

balancear, v.

secouer, 2.
Houssine, Ὁ
Pamoison, f.

532

BWO.
Sword,
Syllable,

Sympathy,
Symptom,
Syringe,
Syrup,
System,

INTERNATIONAL . DICTIONARY.

FRENCH.

GERMAN, SPANISH.
Schwert, 2. Espada, αὶ Epée, Sf.
Sylbe, Καὶ Silaba, f- Syllable, Καὶ
Luftgeist, m. —Silfo, an. Sylphide, Καὶ
Sinnbild, . Simbolo, m. Symbole, m.
Mitleidenheit, αὶ Simpatia, αὶ Sympathie, Καὶ
Merkmal,n. §Sintoma, Κὶ Symptéme, 22.
Rohre, Καὶ Xeringa, f. Seringue, f.
Syrup, m. Xarabe, ἢ. Sirop, 2m.
Lebrgebiaude, n. Sistema, Καὶ Systéme, πὶ.
T.

Gezelt, n. Tabernfculo, m. Tabernacle, m.
Tafel, αὶ Mesa, αὶ Table, f
Stift, 3. m. Tachuela,fbordo Petit clou, 8. .

anheften, ν. 8. Ὧι. atar, % coudre, virer, v.
Pfeil, πα, Aparejos, m. Cordages, m. pil.
Schwanz, m. Cola, f. Queue, 7. .

Schneider,m.[en, Sastre, m. Tailleur, m.
Nehmen, ergreif- Tomar, aceptar, Prendre.

Erzahlung, f. Cuento, m. Conte, rapport,m
Anlage, f. Talento, m. Talent, m. -
Gesprach, 8. π. Habla, 5. Καὶ Conversation, sf.
reden, v. hablar, 2. Parler, v.
Lang, tapfer, Alto, Haut,-e.
Talg, m. Sebo, m. Suif, m.
Zahm, adj. Manso, adj. Domestique, adj.
zgahmen, v. domar, ¥. adoucir, v.
Lohe, s. f. mit Corteza (f°) en Tan, 8. m.
Lohe gerben, v. polvo,s.curtir,y. tanner, v.
Zapfen, s.m. Toque,s.m. Tape, s. ft
anzapfen, v. tocar, v. taper. νυ.

Wachskerze, s. 7. Hacha decera,sf. Flambeau,-x, sm.
spitz zulaufen,v. remataren punto, terminer en

Theer, m. Alquitran, m. Goudron. [pointe
Forte, αὶ Tarta, αὶ Tarte, faigre,ad).
Tagewerk, n. Tarea, f. Tacee, Κ
Quaste, Καὶ Borla, Καὶ Gland de soie, m.
Geschmack, s.m. Gusto, 8. m. Gofit, 8. m.

schmecken, ¥. gustar, v. gouter, v.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 583

ΤΑΥ͂. GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH.
Tavern, Weinscheuke, Κὶ Tarberna, αὶ Taverne, αὶ
Tax, Tadel, s. m. Impuesto, 8. m. Taxe, 8. αὶ

tadeln, v. imputar, Ὁ. taxer, v.

. Tea, Thee, m. Τέ, m. cha, fi.‘ Thé, m.
Teach, Lehren, Tnstruir, Enoseigner.
Teacher, Lehrer, m Ensefiador, Precepteur.
Team, Gespann, s.n. Yuntas(/)deca- Attelage, s. m.

anschirren, v. ballas, s.parir,v. _atteler, v.
Tear, Thrane, s. f. Lagrima, s. f. Larme, 8. Καὶ

zerreissen, ¥. = araiiar, v. déchirer, v.
Teeth, Zihne, m. pl. Dientes,m. pl. Dents, 7. pl.
Tell, Sagen, Proferir, Dire.
Temper, Mittelweg, s.m. Temple,s.m. Humeur, 8. αὶ

mischen, v. tempiar, v. tempérer, v.
Temperance, Miassigkeit, 2 | Templanza,/[m. Temperance, f.
Temperature, Beschaffenheit,f Temperamento, Température, Κα

Tempest, Sturm, m. Tampestad, f Tempéte,f [f.
Temple, Tempel, m. Templo, m. Temple,m.tempe
Tempt, Reizen, Tentar, Tenter.
Ten, Zehn, Diez, Dix.
Tenant, Pachter, Arrendador, §_ Locataire, tenan-
Bewohner, m. residente,m. _cier,-e, m. f.
Tender, Achtung, 8... an- Aferta, s. f. ofre- Offre, sf offrir, v.
bieten,v.zart,adj. cer,v.tierno,adj. _ tendre, adj.
Tent, Zelt, n. Pabellon, m. Tente, Καὶ
Term, Grenze, Frist, 8.7. Termino, s.m. Terme, 8. m.
nennen, 2. nombrar, ν. appeler, v.
Terrible, Firchterlich, Terrible, Terrible.
Terrify, Erschrecken, Aterrar, Terrifier.
Terror, Schrecken, m. Miedo, m. Terreur, ἡ [7
Test, Priifung, ΚΖ Copela, Κὶ Test, m. epreuye,
Testament, Letzte Wille, m. Testamento, m. Testament, 22.
Testify, Bezengen, Testificar, Témoigner. ,
Testimony, Zeugniss,n. § Testimonio, m. Témvignage, πηι."
Text, Text, m. Texto, m. Texte, m.
Texture, Gewebe, n. Texedura, f. —‘Tissu,m.tissure,/.
Than, Als, Que, Que, de.
Thank, Danken, Agradecer, Remercier.
That, Welcher, der, Aquel, saquello, Ce, cet, cette,
Thatch, Dachstroh sn.mit Techo, 8. m. Chaume,sm.cou-

Stroh decken,v. techar, v.
ΤΣ

vrir de chaume,v,

534

THA.
Thaw,

The,
Theatre,
Theft,
Their,
Them,
Theme,

Themselves,

Then,
Thence,
Theology,
Theorem,
Theory,
There,
They,
Thick,
Thief,
Thigh,
Thimble,
Thin,
Thine,
Thing,
Think,
Third,
Thirst,

Thistle,
Thorough,
Those,
Thou,
Though,
Thought,
Thousand,
Thrash,
Thread,

Threat,-en,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN.

SPANIBE.

FRENCH.

Thauwetter, s.n. Blandura, 8. Dégel, 8. m. dé-

thauen, v.
Der, die, das,
Schaubihme, αὶ
Diebstahl, m.
Thr, ihre,

Sie, ibnen,
Aufgabe, αὶ
Sie selbst,

dechelarse, ».

ΕἸ, la, lo,
Teatro, m.
Hurto, m.
Su, de ellos,
Los, las, ellos,
Tema, αὶ
Ellos mismos,

gelar, v.
Le, la, les, 1’.
Théatre, 75.
Larcin, m.
Leur, leurs.
Leur, eux,-elles.
Theme, m.
Eux-mémes,

Dann, dafhals, Entonces, luego, Alors, ensuite.

Von da, [heit, Κ

Gottesgelehrt- Teologia, Κ
Sehrsatz, m. Teorema, f-
Betrachtung, f. Teoria, Καὶ
Da, dort, Allf, alla,
Sie, Ellos, ellas,
Dich, Espeso,
Dieb, Rauber,m. Ladron, m.
Lende, αὶ Muslo, m.
Fingerhut, m Dedal, m.
Diinn, licht, Delgado,
Dein, Tuyo,
Ding, 2. Casa, ζὶ
Denken, Pensar,
Dritte, Percero,
Durst, 8. m. Sed, s. ΚΑ de-

dursten, νυ. sear beber, νυ,
Dreitzehn, Trece,
Dreissig, Treinta,
Dieser, diese, Este, esto, esta,
Distel, Καὶ Cardo silvestre,
Durch, ganzlich, Entero,
Diejenigen, jene, Aquellos,

u, Ta,
Obschon, freilich, Annque, que,
Gedanke, m. | Pensamiento, m.
Tausend, il,
Dreschen, Apalear,
Faden, m. Hilo, m

Desde allé,

Par conséquent.

Théologie, f.

Théoréme, m.

Théorie, αὶ

La, en cela.

Ills, elles, ceux.
pals, se.

Voleur,-se, mf.

Cuisse, Καὶ

Dé, m.

Mince.

Tien, tienne.

Chose, αὶ

Penser.

Troisiéme.

Soif, s. f. avoir
soif, v.

Treize.

Trente, trentain.

Ce, cet, cette.
Chardon, m.
Entier,-e.

Ces, ceux, celles.
Tu, toi. [tant.
Quoique, pour-
Pensée, Καὶ

Mille, millier.
Battre, rosser.
Til, m.

Drohung, 8. f. Amenza, s.f. Menace, s. m.

drohen, νυ.

amenazer, ¥.

menacer, t.

THR.
Three,
Thrill,
Thrive,
Throat,
“Throb,

Throne,
Through,
Throw,
Thumb,
Thunder,

Tomb,
Ton, tun,
Tone,
Tongue,

INTERNATIONAL DIOTIONARY. 535

GueMan. SPANISE. FRENOK.
Drei, Tres, Trois.
Bohren, Taladrar, Percer.
Gedeihen, Medrar, Prosperer.
Schlund, m. Garganta, αὶ Gorye, f.
Klopfen, 8.π. ὦ ν. Latido, 8. m. la- Palpitation, s. Καὶ

tir, v. palpiter, v.
Thron, m. Trono, mm. Trone, m. [de.
Durch, Por, Par, au travers
Werfen, Tirar, Jeter.
Daumen, m. _— Pulgar, κι. Pouce, m.
Donner, sm. Trueno, sm. Tonnerre, δ. m.
donnern, νυ. tronar, v. tonner, wv.

Donnerstag, m. Jueves, m. [do, Jeudi, m.

So, also, Asi, de este mo- Ainsi,

Dein, deine, Ti, Ton, ta, tes.

Du selbst, dich, Ti mismo, Tui-meme.

Zettel, m. Boleta, αὶ Billet, m.

Zeit, αὶ Estacion, Κα Marée, καὶ

Knoten, s.m. Nudo, s.m. anu- Lien, 8. m. lier,
binden, v. dar, v. υ.

Knapp, derb, _Tirante, - Serré,-e.

Bis, prep. ack- Hasta, prep. cul- Jusqu’a, prep.
ern, ¥. tivar, v. cultiver, v.[pl.

Banholz, π.. [π. Madero, m. Bois,n.poutres, ΚΣ
Zeit, f. Tonmass Tiempo, m. Temps, m.

Zinn, 2. Estajiio, m. tain, m.

Titel, m. Titulo, m. Titre, m.

Zu, um, in, A', al, hasta, “A, au, de, pour.
Gesundheit, s. f. Tastada, 5,7. tos- Rotie, 4.1 rotir,

rosten, v. tar, v. υ.

Tabak, m. Tobaco, m. Tabac, m.

Zehe, Καὶ Dedo, del pie, m. Orteil, m.
Zusammen, Juntamente, Ensemble.

Netz, 8. n. bear- Trabajo, 8. m. Travail, s.m. tra-

beiten, v. trabajar, v. vailler, v.
Zoll, 8. τα. liu- Alcabala, sf. Péage, s.m. son
ten, v. sonar, ¥. ner, 2.
Grab, n. Tumba, Καὶ Tombeau,-x.
Tonne, f. Tonclada, fo Tonneau,-x, m.

Ton, Schall, m. Tono, sonido, m. Ton, m. voix, αὶ
Zunge,Sprache, f, Lengua, ft Langue.

536 INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

TOO. GERMAN. SPANISA. FRENCH.
Too, Zu sebr, auch, Tambien, Trop, aussi.
Tooth, Zabn, m. Diente, m. [ΛΚ Dent, αὶ
Top, Gipfel, m. Crima, f.cumbra Haut, m. cime,/f.
Torment, Pein, s. f. peini- Tormento, 8. m. Tourment, 8. m.
ἢ, 2. atormentar, v. tourmenter, v.'
Torture, Folter, 8. f. fol- Tortura, s. f. Torture, 9. καὶ
tern, v. atormentar, v. harrasser, 2,
Touch, Gefihl, 8. n. fih- Contacto, s. m. Touche, s. Καὶ
len, v. tocar, v. toucher, wv.
Tow, Werg, 8. n. Estopa, 8. 7. Etoupes, 8. f. pl.
schleppen, Ὁ. _ remolcar, v. touer, v.
Toward, Lenksam, Hacia, cerca, | Envers, vers.
Towel, Handtuch, x. Toalla, Ὁ Essuie-main, m.
Tower, Thurm, s.m. Torre, s. f. ele- Tour, s. f. s’ele-
hoch fliegen,v. _varse, v. ver, v.
Town, Stadt, αὶ Plaza, f. Ville, αὶ
Toy, Tand, m. Chucheria, f. _Babiole, αὶ
Trace, Spur, /.Pfad, sm. Rastro, 8. m. tra- Trace, s.f. tra-
verfolgen, v. ΦΦΖΆΓ, v. cer, ¥v.
Track, Geleise, n. [m. Vestigio, m. Vestige, m.
Tract, Stretke, f Gang, Trecho, m. Région, Κὶ
Trade, Handel, s. m. Trato, 8. m. ne- Trafic, 9. m.
handeln, v. gociar, νυ. trafiquer, 2.
Tradesman, Handwerker, πὶ. Artesqano,m. Marchand, m.
Train, Schweif, m. Treta, αὶ Suite, Κὶ train,m.
Transact, Unterhandeln, Manejar, Transiger.
Transaction, UnterhandlungfTransaccion, f. Transaction, Καὶ
Translate, Versetzen, Trasladar, Traduire.

Transport, Frachtshiff, s. n. Rapto, 8. m. Transport, 8. m.
fortschaffen, v. transportar, v. transporter, 2.

Transpose, Versitzen, Trasponer, Transposer.
Trap, Falle, Klappe, Κὶ Trampa,velada, f Trappe, piége, m.
Trash, Unrath, m. Heces, m. Rebut, m.
Travel, Reise, 8. 7. Viage, 8. m. Voyage, 8. m.
reisen, υ. viajar, v. voyager, ν.
Tray, Mulde, Καὶ Artesa, Καὶ Baquet,
Treason, Verratherei, 5 Traicion, αὶ Trahison, f.
Treasure, Schatz, s.m. Teroro,s.m. Trésor, 8. m.
aufhaufen, νυ. _ atesorar, v. amMAasser, 6.
Treat, Schmaus, s.m. Trato, 8. m. Régal, s. m.

behandeln, v. _‘tratar, ». traiter, v.

TRE.
Treaty,
Tree,
Tremble,
Trespass,

Trial,
Triangle,
Tribe,
Trick,
Trifle,

Trim,
Triumph,
| Troop-s,
Trouble,

Trousers,
Trowell,
Truant,

True,
Trumpet,
Trunk,

Trust,

Trustee,
Truth,
Try,
Tub,
Tube,
Tuesday,
Tug, -

Tulip,
Tumble,

Tumbler,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GaRMAN.
Vertrag, m.
Baum, m.
Zittern,

SPANISH.
Tratado, m.
A'rbol, γι.
Tremblar,

537

FRENCH.
Traité, m.
Arbre, m.
Trembler.

Vergehen, s. x. Transgresion,s./. Offense, 9. αὶ

iibertreten, v.
Probe, Καὶ
Dreieck, x.
Zunft, Καὶ
Kniff, m.
Kleinigkeit, 8.5

tindeln, v.
Schwanken, v.

schon, adj.
Sieg, 8. m.

triumphiren, v.
Haufe, m.

Truppen, ἢ pl.
Unruhe, 4. Κα

bemihen, v.
Lange weite Ho-
Kelle, f. —_ [sen,
Missigginger,

8.m. miissig,ad).
Wahr, acht,
Trompete, Καὶ
Rumpf, Baum-

stamm, m.
Glaube, s. m.

tranen, v.
Vormund, m.
Wahrheit, αὶ
Untersuchen,
Tonne, Bute, Καὶ
Robre, αὶ
Dienstag, m.
Ziehen,

8. 2. ἃ ¥.
Tulpe, 7.

Fall, 9. m.

neiderfallen, v.
Gaukler, πηι.

transgredir, v.
Prueba, αὶ
Triangulo, m.
Tribu, m. [πι.
Engafio, chasco,
Bagatela, 5. Κ

tontear, v.
Aparejar, v.

ataviado, ad).
Triunfo, 8. m.

triunfar v.
Tropa, Καὶ

cuerpo, "2.
Inquietud, 8. Κα

enturbiar, v.
Calzones,
Trulla, Καὶ
Ociaso,

8. ηι. & adj.
Verdadero,
Trompeta, Καὶ
Tonco,

trompo, m. ᾿
Fiado, s. m.

confiar, v. [π|.
Fidei-comisario,

transgresser, ¥.
Epreve, αὶ
Triangle, m.
Tribu, race, Κὶ
Ruse, f. tour, m.
Bagatelle, 8. αὶ

badiner, v.
Garnir, v. >

propre, adj.
Triomphe, 8. m.

triompher, v.
Troup,

forces, f.
Touble, s. m.

troubler, νυ.
Chausses, ἢ pl.
Truelle, Καὶ
Truand.-e,

s.m.f. & adj.
Vrai,-e.
Trompette, ἡ
Trone,

cotfre, m.
Confiance, 8. Καὶ

confier a, νυ.
Curateur, m.

Verdad, Καὶ Vrai, m. vérité, f.
ExAminar,tentar Essayer. [Π|.
Tina, αὶ Cuvier, baquet,
Tubo, cafion, m. Tube, m.
Martes, m. Mardi, m.
Tirada, 8. αὶ Effort, s. m.
arranchar, ¥. tirailler, v.
Tulipa, αὶ Tulipe, f.
Caida, 8. Κα Chute, 8. 7
caer, v. renverser, ¥.
Vaso, m. Gobelt,m. tasse,f-

538

TUM.
Tumor,
Tune,

Tunnel, ᾿
Turban,
Turf,
Turk,
Turn,

Turnip,
Turtle,
Tutor,
Twelve,
Twenty,
Twice,
Twilight,
Twine
Twine,

Twist,

Two,
Type,

Tyranny,
Tyrant,
Tythe,

Udder,
Ugly,
Ulcer,
Ultimate,
Umber,
Umbrella,
Unable,

Unanimous,
Unbecoming,

Unbelief,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN. SPANISH. Franca.
Geschwulst, Κα Tumor, m. Tumeur, αὶ
. Tonstiick, s.”. Tonado, s.m. Air, m.
stimmen, »v. acordar, v. accorder, νυ.
Ofenréhre, f Embudo, m. Tounelle, Καὶ
Turban, m. Turbante, m. Turban, m.
Rasen, Torf, m. Césped, m. Gazon, m.
Tiirk, m. Turco, 72. Ture, m.
Wendung, s. f. Vuelta, s. αὶ Tour, Δ. m.
drehen, v. volver, v. tourner, v.
Riibe, αὶ Nabo, m. Navet, m.
Turteltaube, f Tortola, αὶ Tortue, Καὶ
Hofmeister, m. Tutor, m. Précepteur, m.
Zwolf, Doce, Douze.
Zwanzig, Veinte, " Vingt.
Zweimal, Dos veces, Deux fois.
Dammerung, f. Crepusculo, m. Crépuscule, m.
Zwilling, m. Gemelo, m. Jumeau, m.
Schnour, sf. Guita, 9. αὶ Fil, 9. m.
drehen, ». torcer, v. entrelacer, v.
Flechte, 8. α Torzal, 8. m. Corde, 8. αὶ
flechten, v. torcer, v. entortiller, v.
Zwei, Dos, Deux.
Bild, n. Stampel, Tipo, m. Type, m.
m. Letter, f. _letra, αὶ lettre, f-
Tyrannei, f- Tirania, fi Tyrannie, Ὁ
Tyrann, 21. Tirano, m. Tyran, πὶ,

Zehute, m. Diezmo, m. Dime, f.

τ.
Euter, n. Ubre, Κα Tétine, f. pis, m.
Hasslich, Feo, disforme, Laid,-e, vilain,-e.
Geschwiir, x Ulcera, Καὶ Uleére, m.
Letzt, Ultimado, Dernier,-e.
Umber, Ocker,m. Umbla, Καὶ Ombre,fsciéne.£
Regenschirm, m. Paralluvia, f §Parapluie, m
Unfahig, Inhabil, Incapable.
Einmuthig, Unanime, Unanime.
Unanstindig, §Indecente, Mal-séant,-e.

Misstrauen, m. Incredibilidad, Καὶ Incrédulité,.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 539

UNC. GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH.
Uncertain, Ungewiss, Incierto, Incertain,-e.
Uncivil, Unhéflich, Grosero, Incivil,-e.
Uncle, Oheim, m. Tio, m. Oncle, m.
Unclean, Unrei, | Inmundo, Impur,-e.
Uncomfortable, Trostloss, Desconsolado, Désagréable.
Uncommon, Ungemein, [/. Raro, J. Extraordinaire.
Unconcern, Gleichgiiltigkeit, Indiferencia, cia. Indifférence.
Unconscious, Unbewusst, Contra concien- Ignorant,-e.
Uncouth, Seltsam, Extraiio, Grossier,-e.
Uncover, Aufdecken, Destapar, Découvrir.
Undaunted, Unerschroken, Arrojado, [nos,Intrépide. [de.
Under, Unter, weniger, Debaxo, so, me- Sous, au-dessous
Undergo, Erdulden, Sufrir, [zar, Endurer.
Understand, Verstehen, Entender, alcan- Entendre.

Undertake, | Unternehmen, Emprender, [m. Entreprendre.
Undertaker, Uebernehmer,m. Maestro,director, Entrepreneur.
Undersigned, Unterschreiber, Asegurador, Assureur, ™.

Undiminished, Unvermindert, Entero, Entier,-e.
Undivided, Ungetheilt, Indiviso, Indivisé,-e.
Undo, Aufléssen, Deshacer, Perdre.
Undone, Vernichtet, Arruinado, Perdu,-e.

Undress, Los Kleidung,s,/. Deshabillé, 8, m. Déshabillé, n. m.
auskleiden, νυ. | desnudar, v. déshabiller, v.

Undue, Ungebihrlich, Indebido, Indu,-e.
Oneasy, Unruhig, Inquieto, Tnquiet,-e.
Unequal, Ungleich, Desigual, Inegal,-e.
Uneven, [able, Uneben, Desigual, Raboteux,-ce.

Unexception- Unverwerflich, Sin excepcion, Irrécussable.
Unexhausted, Unerschépft, Inexhausto, Pas épuisé,-e.

Unexpected, Unerwartet, § Inesperado, Tnopiné,-e.
Unexperienced Unerfahren, Tnexperto, Sans experience.
Unfailing, Unfeblbar, Seguro, cierto, Certain,-e.
Unfair, Unbillig, Doble, falso, Injuste.
Unfaithful, Untreu, Infiel, perfido, Infideéle.
Unfasten, Losbinden, Desatar, Détacher. [-se.
Unfavorable, Ungiinstig, Contrario, Desavantageux,

Untfeeling, Unempfindlich, Insensible, Insensible.
Unfeigned, §Aufrichtig, Real, ingenno, Sincére.

Unfetter, Entfesseln, Desencadenar, Dechainer.
Unfit, Unfahig, Desconveniente, Impropre.

Unfold, Entfalten, Desplegar, Déplier

540

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

UNF. GERMAN. ΒΡΑΧΊΒΗ. FRENCH.
Unforeseen, UnvorhergesehenNo previsto, Inprévu,-e.
Unfortunate, Ungliicklich[lich Infortunado, —_Infortuné,-e.
Unfriendly, Unfreundschaft- Desamparado, Peu obligeant,-e.
Unfurl, Loswickeln,- Desplagar, Déferler.
Ungenerous, Unedel, Indigno, Ignoble.
Ungenteel, § Unartig, Rudo, vulgar, _Incivil,-e.
Ungodly, Gottloss, Impio, {πιρίο.
Ungovernable, Unlenksam, Indomable, Indomptable.
Ungrateful, © Undankbar, Desagradecido, Ingrat,-e.
Unhallow, pnthetligen, Profanar, Profaner.
Unhappy, Ungliicklich, § Infeliz, Malheureux, se.
Unharness, § Abschirren, Desguarnecer, Déharnacher.
Unhealthy, | Ungesund, Enfermizo, Maladif,-ve,
Unhook, Aufhaken, Desgenchar, Décrocher.
Unicorn, Einhorn, ἢ. Unicornio, m. _Licorne, αὶ
Uniform, Einférmig, Uniforme, Uniforme.
Uninhabitable, Unbewohnbar, Inhabitable, Inhabitable. [-e

Uninterrupted, Ununterbrochen No interrumpido Pasinterrompu,

Union, Vereinigung, 7. Union, αὶ Union, Καὶ
Unison, Einklang, ™ Unison, m. Unison, m.
Unit, Einheit, Καὶ Unidad, Καὶ Unité, f. un, m
Unite, Vereinigen, Unir, Unir.
Universal, Allgemein, Universal, Universel,-le.
Universe, Weltall, n. Universo, m Univers, m.
Unjust, Ungerecht, Injusto, Injuste.
Unkind, Unfreundlich, Inhumano, Cruel,-le.
Unknown, Unbewusst, Oculto, —_ [que, Inconnu,-e.
Unless, Wenn nicht, Sino, 4menos ‘A moins que.
Unload, Ausladen, Descargar[adura Décharger.
Unlock, Aufschiessen, Abriragunacerr. Ouvrir, réléver.
Unloose, Aufléssen, Desatar, Lacher, délier.
Unlucky, Unglacklich, | Deseraciado, Infortuné,-e.
Unman, Entmannen, Privar del razon, Accabler.
Unmast, Entmasten, Desarbolar, Démater.
Unmerciful, Uebertrieben, Inclemente, Impitoyable.
Unmerited, Unverdient, Desmerecido, Pas mérité.
Unmoved, Unbewegt, Inmoto, Ferme.
Unnatural, § Unnatiirlich, Νο natural, Pas natural-le.
Unnecessary, Unnithig, Excusado, Pas nécessaire.
Unpin, [able,Losmachen, _ Desprender, Détrousser.
Unquestion- Unzweifelhaft, Indubitable, Indubitable.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

UNR. GERMAN.
Unremitting, Unablassig,
Unrighteous, Ungerecht,
Unripe, Unreif,
Unruly, Widerspanstig,

Unsatisfactory, Unzulinglich,

541

SPANisg. FRENOg.
Continuo, Assidu,-e.
Impio, Méchant,-e.
Inmeduro, Vert,-e.

Indémito, [face, Fougueux,-se.
Lo que no satis- Pas satisfactoire.

Unsatisfied, Unzufreiden, Descontento, Pas satisfait,-e.
Unscrew, Losschrauben, Destorcer, Dévisser.
Unseal, Entsiegeln, Desellar, Décacheter.
Unsheath, Herausziehen, Desenvaynar, Dégatiner.
Unsound, Ungesund, Enfermizo, Pas sain,-e.
Unsteady, Unbestindig, Vario, Inconstant,-e.
Unsuitable, Nicht passend, Incongruo, Pas convenable.
Until, Bis an, bis zu, Hasta, Jusqu’ a,
Untimely, Unzeitig, Intempestivo, ‘A Contre temps.
Unto, Zu, an, bis, ‘A, para, en, § Pour, dans, en, a,
Unusual, Ungewohalich, Raro, Extraordinaire.
Unveil, Entschleien, Quitar el velo, Dévoiler.
Unwary, Unbehutsam, Incanto, Imprudent,-e.
Unwilling, Abgencigt, Desinclinado, Pas désireux,-se.
Unworthy, $Unwiirdig, Indigno, Indigne.
Unyoke, Losspannen, Desuncir, Dételer.
Up, Auf, hinauf, au, Arriba, hasta, En haut, sur.
Upbraid, Beschuldigen, Echar en cara, Reprocher ἃ.
Upon, Auf, oben, au, Sobra, encima, Sur, dessus, en.
Upper, Ober, Superior, Supérieur.
Uproar, Aufruahr, m Tumulto,m. § Tumulte, m.
Upset, Unstiirzen, Trastornar, Relever.
Upward, Aufwarts, oben, Lo quese direge En haut, v vers.
Urchin, Igel, m. Nifio, m. [arriba argon, m
Urge, Trieben, Tucitar, Presser,
Urn, Urne, Καὶ Vasija, f. vaso,m Urne, f. vase, m.
Us, Uns, Nos, nosotros, Nous.
Usage, Behandlung, f, Trato, m. Usage, m.
Use, Gebrauch, 8. m. Uso, 8.m. usar,v. Usage, 8. m.
gebrauchen,v. user, ¥

Useful, Niitzlich, σα, [m. tile

sher, Vorganger,m. Urxier, ped cuyer, m.
Usury, Waechen m. Usura, κα “ere Usure, Δ
Utensil, ’ Gerath, n. Utensilio, m § Utensile, m
Utility, , N utzlichkeit, f. Utilidad, Καὶ Utilité, f.

§42

UTT.
Utter,

Utterly,

Vacant,
Vacate,
Vacation,
Vagabond,
Vagrant,
Vail, veil,
Vain,
Vale, valley,
Valet,
Valiant,
Valid,
Valuable,
Value,
Vanity,
Vapor,
Variety,
varnish,
ary,
Vase
Vast,
Vault,
Veal,
Vegetable,
Vein,
Velvet,
Venerable,
Vengeance,
Venison,
Vent,
Venture,

Ventriloquist,
Verb, ᾿
Verdict,
Verdure,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH.
Aeussern, v. =‘ Proferir, νυ. to- Enoncer, νυ. ex-
ginglich, adj. tal, adj. tréme, adj,

Durchaus, Totalmente, Entiérement.
Vv.

Leer, frei, Vacio, lbre, Vide, vacant,-e.

Erledigen, Anular, Quitter.

Erledigung,[end Vacacion, Καὶ Vacation, f.

Herumstreich- Vagabundo, m. Vagabond,-e. [κ
Herumschwei- Vagamundo, m. Vagabond,-de,m.

Vorhang, [fend, Velo, m. Voile, m.
Vergeblich, Vano, Vain,-e.
Thal, 5. Valle, γι. Vallée, αὶ
Bediente, m. Criado, m. Valet, m.
Tapfer, Valiente, Vaillant,-e.
Stark, trifuig, | Valido, Valide.
Schitzbar, Precioso, Precieux,-se.

Werth, Preis, m. Valor, precio, m. Valeur, αὶ

Eitelkeit, αὶ Vanidad, /. Vanité, αὶ
Dampf, m. Vapor, m. Vapeur, Καὶ
Abwechselung,/ Variedad, αὶ Variété, αὶ
Firniss, m. Barniz, m. Vernis, m.
Verandern, Variar, Varier.

Vase, f. Vaso, m. Vase, 5.

Gross, Vasto, Vaste, grand,-e.
Gewilbe, n. —_ Boveda, Καὶ Saut, m. volte, αὶ
Kalbfleisch, x. Ternera, αὶ Veau,-x, m.
Pilanze, Καὶ Vegetable, m. Végétal,-aux, m.
Ader, Κα Vena, αὶ Veine,/.creux,m.
Sammet, m. Terciopelo, m. Velours, m.
Ehrwirdig, Venerable, Vénérable.
Rache, f. Venganza, f. §Vengennce, /.
Wilde, n. Venado, m. Venaison, Καὶ

Luftloch, n. Respiradero, m. Vente, f. air, m.
Wagniss, s.r. Ventura, s.f. Hasard, 8. m.
wagen, συ. osar,v.[suvientre. risquer, ¥.
Bauchredner, m. ἘΠ que habla de Ventriloque, mf.
Zeitwort, n. Verbo, m. Verbe, m.
Entscheidung, f. Dictamen, m. = Décision, f.
Grun, 2. Verdura, αὶ Verdure, Καὶ

VER.
Verify,
Verse,
Version,
Very,
Vesper,
Vessel,
Vest,
Veteran,
Vex,
Vial,
Vice,
Victim,
Victor,
Victory,
Victual,-als,
View,

Villa,
Village,
Villain,
Vine,
Vinegar,
Vineyard,
Viol,
Violence,
Violent,
Violet,
Violin,
Virgin,
Virtue

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GenMan. SPANISH.
Bewihren, Verificar,
Vers, m Verso, m

Verwandlung, fh. Mundanza, f.

Wahr, sehr,
Abend, m.
Gefass, n.
Gewand, n.
Alte Soldat, γι.
Plagen,
Flaschchen, n
Laster, 7.
Opfer, n
Sieger, m
Sieg, 5"

Lebensmittel, 7.

Aussicht, s. ζ

besichtigen, v.

Landhuus, 2.
Dorf, 2.
Bauer, m.
Weinstock, m.
Weinessig, m.
Weinberg, m
Bratsche, f-
Heftigheit, αὶ
Heftig,
Veilchen, n.
Violine, αὶ

: ungfer, αὶ

Verdadero,

543

FRENCH.
Vérifier.
Vers, m.
Version, αὶ
Véritahle, ‘fort.

Vésper, héspero. Soir, n.

Baxel, m.
Vestido, m
Veterano, m.
Vexar,
Redoma, 7.
Vicio, m.
Victima, αὶ
Véncedor, m.
Victoria, f.
Vitualla, Κα
Vista, 4. αὶ
mirar, ὕ.
Casa, αὶ
Village, m.
Villano, m.
Vid, m.
Vinagre, m
Vifia, αὶ
Viola, αὶ
Violencia, Καὶ
Violento,
Vivleta, Καὶ
Violin, m.
Virgen, f.

raft, Tegendf Virtud, 7

Guicht n.
Besuch, 8. m.
besuchen, v.
Besucher, m.
Vitriol, m.
Worterbuch, π.
Mindlich,
Stimme, Καὶ
Leer, nichtig,
Vulkan, m.
Flug, m.

Vision, αὶ

Visita, 8. f. visi-
tar, v.

Visitador,

Vuisseau,-x, m.
Veste, αὶ
Vétéran, m
Vexer.
Fiole, Καὶ
Vice, m.
Victime, αὶ
Vainqueur, m.
Victoire, αὶ
Provisions, f.
Vue, 9. f. voir.v.
[campagne.
Maison (f.) de
Village, m.
Scelerat, m.
Vigne, Κ
Vinnigre, m.
Vigne, f.
Viole, αὶ
Violence, Δ
Violent,-e.
Violette, fi
Violon, m.
Vierge, Fille, Καὶ
Virtu, f-
Vision, f.
Visite, 4. f.
visiter, v.
Visiteur, m.

Vitriola, m. Vitriul, m.
Vocabulario, m. Vocabuluire, m.
Vocal, Vocal,-e.

Voz, 5 Voix, f.

Vacio, Vide.

Volcan, m. Volcan, m.
Rociada de balas Volée, 7.

544

VOL.
Volume,
Vomit,
Vote,

Vow,

Vowel,
Voyage,
Vulgar,
Vulture,

Wad,
Wafer,
Waft,
Wag,
Wage,
Wager,

τὰ

Waist,

Waistcoat,
Ἦν e

ait,
Waiter,
Wake,
Walk,

Wall,
Wallet,
Walnut,
Wand,
Wander,
Wane,
Want,

Wanton,

War,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GreMAn. SPANISH. PRENCH.
Rolle, f. Band,m. Volaémen,m. Volume, πὶ.
Ausbrechen, Vomitar, Vomir.
Meinung, δ. ΨΚ Voto, 3.'m. Voix, 5. Καὶ

stimmen, v. votar, υ. choisir, v.
Geliibde, s.n. Voto, 8. m. Veu,-x, 9. m.
elaben, νυ. votar, ¥. vouer, νυ.
Selbstlauter, m Vocal, m. . Voyelle, f.
Reise, αὶ Navigacion, f. Voyage, m.
Gemein, Vulgar, Vulgaire.
Geier, m. Buytre, m. Vautour, m.
Ww.
Bund, n Brazado, m. Poignée, f.
Waffel, αὶ Hostia, oblea, f. Oublie, Κ
Tragen, Flotar, Ondoyer.
Schiittelp, Chocarrero, m. Espiegle, m. Κὶ
Wagen, Tentar, hacer, Gager.
Wette, 8..." Apuesta, 8.5 Puri, 8. πε.
wetten, v. apostar, v. gajer, v.
Wagen, m. Carro, m. Chariot, m.
Klage, 8. αὶ Lamento, 8. m. Lamentation, 8.5
klagen, v. lamentar, υ. lamenter, v.
Taille, αὶ Cintura, αὶ Ceinture, αὶ
Weste, αὶ Chupa, αὶ Gilet, m.
Warten, Aguadar, servir, Attendre.
Aufwarter, Servidor, m. | Garcon.
Wachen, Velar, veiller.
Gang, 8. m. Paseo, 8. m. §_ Promenade, 5. αὶ
wandeln, νυ. pasear, v. marcher, ¥.
Wand, αὶ Murella, 7. Mur, m.
Quersack, m. = Mochila, αὶ Bissac, m.
Walsche Nuss, αὶ Nogal, m. Noix, αὶ

Stab, m.
Wandern,
Verfallen,
Mangel, s. m.
verlangen, v.
Wollistig, adj.
tindela, v.
Krieg, n.

Vara, f. ramo m. Baguette, f.

Errar, Errer roder.
Menguar, Décoitre.
Probeaa, s.f. Besoin, 8. γι.
desear, υ. manquer, υ.
Lascivo, adj. Mignon,-ne, smf.
retorzar, v. jouer, v.
Guerra, αὶ Guerre, αὶ

WAR.
Warble,
Ward,
Ware,
Warfare,
Warm,

Warn,
Warp,
Warrant,

Warrior,
Wart,
Wash,

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

GERMAN.
Wirbeln,
Wache, f.
Waare, αὶ
Krieg, n.
Erwarmen, νυ.

warm, adj,
Warnen,
Abweichen,
Vollmacht, s. 7.

bezeugen, v.
Krieger, m.
Warze, ζ
Wasche, 8. αὶ

waschen, υ.

Washerwoman, Wascherin, f.

Wasp, Wespe, Κα
Waste, Eindde, 8. ζ
verzebren, v.
Watch, "Wache, 8. αὶ
bewachen, ».
Water, Wasser, m.
Wave, Welle, Woge, f-
Wax, Wachs, n.
Way, Weg, m.
Way-lay, Auflauern,
6, Wir,
Weak, Schwach,
Weaken, Schwachen,
Wealth, Wohlstand, m.
Wean, Entwohnen,
Weapon, Waffe, αὶ
Wear, Tracht, 8. f.
tragen, ¥.
Weather, Wetter, m.
Weave, Weben, wirken,
Weaver, Weber, m.
Web, Gewebe, ἡ.
Wed, Heirathen,
Wedding, Hochzeit, Καὶ
Wedge, Keil, m.
Wednesday, Mittwoche, Is
6?

SPANISH.
Trinar,
Guarda, Καὶ
Mercaderfa, f.
Guerra, αὶ
Calentar, v.

caliento, adj.
Precaver,
Torcerse,
Cédula, 3. f
apoyar, v.
Guerrero, m.
Verruga, f.
Lavicion, 8. αὶ
lavar, v.
Lavandera, αὶ
Avispa, Κὶ
Desolado, 8. αὶ
malgastar, v.
Vela, 8. velar, v.

Agua, f.
Ola, onda, αὶ
Céra, αὶ
Camino, m.
Insidiar,
Nosotros,
Debil,
Debilitar,
Riqueza, f.
Destetar,
Arma, ἢ
Gasto, 9. m.
gastar, v.
Tiempo, m.
Texer,
Texedor, m.
Tela, f.
Cusar,
Boda, αὶ
Cufia, f
Miércoles, m.

545

FRENCH.
Gazouiller.
Tutelle, Καὶ
Poterie, Κὶ
Guerre, αὶ
Chaffer, v.

chaude,-e, adj.
Informer.
Cambrer.
Commission, 9. Καὶ
garaniir, v.
Guerrier, m.
Verrue, 7.
Lessive, 9. f.
laver, v.
Lavandiére, αὶ
Guépe, αὶ
Ravage, s,m.
désoler, v.
Veille, £ montre,
8. ff. veiller, v.
Eau,-x, αὶ
Vogue, f. flot, m.
Cire, Καὶ
Chemin, m.
Guetter.
Nous.
Faible.
A ffuiblir.
Richesses, Καὶ
Sevrer.
Arme, f.
Use, 8. f.
s'user, v,
Air, temps, m.
Tresser.
Tisserand, mm.
Toile, αὶ
user.
Mariarge, φῇ.
Coin, I.
Mercredi, m.

546

WEE.
Weed,
Week,
Weep,
Weigh,
Weight,
Welcome,
Well,

West,-ern,

Wet,
Whale,
Wharf,
What,
Wheat,
Wheel,
When,
Where,
Whet,
Whether,
Which,
While,

Whip,
Whirl,
Whisper,

White,
Who,
W hole,

Wholesale,
Why,
Wick,
Wicked,
Wide,
Widow,
Width,
Wield,

INTERNATIONAL DIJOTIONARY.

ΟΣΕΜΑΝ.
Kleidung, f.
Woche, αὶ
W cinen,
Wagen,

SPANISE.

Yerba Καὶ

Lemana, ff. ,

Liorar,
Pesar,

PREnca.
Mauvaise herbe,
Semaine, fi [7
Pleurer.

Peser.

Gewicht, n. [iné. Peso,m. [--ὀο ἐπέ, Poids, τι. [ὡκπέ,
Willkommen,sm. Bienvenida, s.f. Bien,-venue, s.f.

Wohl, adv. Bueno, adv. Bien, adv.
Quelle, s. Κα Fuento, 8m. source, 8. Καὶ
West, m. Poniente, 8.m. Ouest, 8. m.
westlich, adj. occidental, a. occidental,-e,ad).
Nass, Humedo, Humide.
Wallfisch,m. Ballena, αὶ Baleine, Καὶ
Schiffslinde, f. Muelle, m. Quai, m.
Was, welcher, Que, lo que, Quoi, ce que.
Weizen, m. Grano, trijo,m. Blé, n.
Rad, Spinnrad,m Rueda, Καὶ Roue, voiture, αὶ
Wenn, als, Quando, Quand.
Wo, indem, da, Donde, Ou.
Wetzen, Afilar, Aiguiser.
Welcher, Si, sea, qual, ΒΕ, soit, lequelle.
Welcher, welche, Que, qual, Qui, quell,
Indem, adv. Mientras, adv. Pendant que,
Weile, 8.1 rato, 8. m. adv. temps,8.m.
Peitsche, 8. Κα Azote, 8. m. Fouet, 8. m.
peitschen, v. —azotar, ὃ. foutter, v.
Strudel, sm. Giro, 8. m. Tourbillon, 8. πε.
wirbeln, v. girar, νυ. tourner, v.
Geflister, 8. m. Susurro, 8.m. Chucoterie, 8. 6
flistern, v. susurrar, v. chuchoter, #.
Weiss, bleich, Blanco, Blanc,-che.
Wer, welcher, Quien, Que, Qui, que.
Ganze, 8. n. Total, 8. m. Tout, 8. m.
ganz, adv. entero, adv. tout,-e, adj.
Grosshandel, m. Venta por may- Vente en gros.
Warum, Porque, [or, Pourquoi.
Docht, m. Toreida, Κὶ Méche, αὶ
Ruchlos, Malvado, Méchant,-e.
Weit, Lejos, Large.
Wittwe, αὶ Viuda, αὶ Veuve, f.
Weite, ΚΑ Anchura, Καὶ Largeur, f.
Handhaben, Manejar, Manier, porter.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

547

Willing,
Willow,
Win,
Wind,

Windlass,
- Window,
Wine,
Wing,
Win

Without,
Witness,
Wo, woe,
Wolf,
Woman,
Wonder,

Work,
Workman,

GERMAN.
Frau, f-
Perricke, αὶ
Wild, seltsam,
Wille, 8. γι.

wollen, ν.
Willig, gern,
Weide, 7
Gewinnen,
Wind, 5. m.

winden, 2.
Winde, καὶ
Fenster, ἢ.
Wein, m.
Fligel, m.
Wink, s. m.

blinzen, ¥.
Winter, m.

- Wischen,

Draht, m.
Weisheit, αὶ
Weise, klug,
Wunsch, 8. m.
winschen, ».

SPANISH. FRENCH.
Muger casada, f. Femme, αὶ
Peluca, αὶ Perruque.
Silvestre, Farouche.
Voluntad, 85. Volunté, s. αὶ

desear, v. vouloir, v.
Inclinado, Dispusé,-e.
Sauce, m. Saule, m.
Ganar, Gagner.
Viento, 8. m. Vent, 8. m.

soplar, v. virer, vy.
Argana, 7 Vindas, m.
Ventana, ἢ Fenatre, Καὶ
Vino, πὶ. Vin, m.
Ala, Καὶ Aile, Καὶ

Guifiada de ojo,
8. guifiar, v.
Invierno, m.
Limpiar,
Alambre, m.
Sabiduria, αὶ
Sabio, docto,
Anhelo, 8. m.
anhelar, v.

Clin (m.) d’ceil;
8. cligner, ὃ.

Hiver, m.

Essuyer.

Fil, m.

Sagesse, Καὶ

Sage.

Souhait, 8. m.
souhaiter, v.

Witz, Witzkopf, Viveza, 7. Esprit, m.
Hexe, αὶ Bruxa, Καὶ Seciére, Καὶ

Mit, nebst, Con, Avec, chez, par,
Verwelken, Machitar, Fiétrir.

In, innerlich, § Dentro, adentro, En, dans,dedans.
Ausserhalb, Sin, por fuera, Sans, hors de.
Zeugniss, n. Testimonio, m Temoignage, m.
Weh, n. Dolor, m. Malheur, m.
Wolf, m. Lobo, m, lupia, f; Loup, m.

Frau, f. Muger, αὶ Femme, Κα
Wunder, 8. π᾿ [v. Milagro, 8.2m. Merveille, 8. ζ
sich verwundern, admirarse, v. admirer, v.
Freien, Cortejar, Faire l'amour ἃ.
Wald, m. Bosque, selve, . Bois, m.

Wolle, f. Lana, f. Laine, Καὶ

Wort, n. Palabra, Καὶ Mot, m.

Arbeit, Werk,n Trabajo, m. Travail,-aux, 7.
Arbeiter, m. Artifice, m. Ouvrier, m.

548

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

WOR.
World,
Worm,
Worship,

Worth,
Wound,

Wrath,
Wreath,
Wreck,

Wrench,

Wretch,
Wrist,
Write,
Wrong,

Yacht,
Yard,
Yarn,
Yawn,

Ye,
Year,
Yellow,
Yeoman,
Yes,

GERMAN. SPanisa. FRENCH.
Welt, καὶ Mundo, m, Monde, πε,
Wurm, m. Gusano, m. Ver, m.
Wiirde, 4. αὶ Culto, 8. m. Culte, 8. m.

verebren, v. adorar, v. adorer, v.
Werth, m. Valor, precio, m, Prix, m.
Wunde, 8. Καὶ Herida, 8.1 Blessure, s. αὶ

verwunden, v. _herir, νυ. blesser, v.
Zorn, m. Ira, rabia, αὶ Colére.

Flechte, Καὶ Guirnalda, f. | Couronne, Κα
Schiffbruck, s.m. Naufragio, 9. m. Naufrage, 8. m.
scheitern, v. naufragar, v. ΤΌΪΏΘΓ, v.

Reissen, 8. n., v. Arranque, s.m. Entorse, 9. Καὶ
Rrrancar, v. enfoncer, v.
Ungliickliche, m. Infeliz, m. Misérable, m. f.

Handgelenk, n. Mufieca, αὶ Poignet, m.
Schreiben, Eseribir, Kerire.
Unrecht, Injuria, 8. f. Tort, 8. π. τ
8. 1%, adj. falso, adj. faire tort ἃ, ν.
Y.

Jachtschiff,n. Yacht, yac,m. Yacht, πὶ.
Hof, m. Elle, Καὶ Corral,m. verga,f Cour, Καὶ

Garn, n. Estambre, . Laine (/) filée.

Gahnen, s. 2., v. Bostezo, 8. m. Ba&illement, 8. m.
bostezar, ¥. bailler, συ.

Ihr, euch, Vos, Vous.

Jahr, 2. Afio, m. An, m.

Gelb, [mer, m. Amarillo, Jaune.

Landeigenthii- Hacendado, m. Métayer, m.

Ja, Si, Oui.

Gestrig, Ayre, Hier.

Doch, dennoch, Pero, con todo, Encore.
Aufgeben, Ceder, Produire, céder.
Joch, Paar, x. Yugo, m. Joug, m.
Eidotter,n, [dort, Yema de huevo f Jaune (m) d’ceuf.
Jener, jene,jenes, Alli, alla, La-bas.
Ehedem, Antiguamente, Autrefois.

Ihr, euch, Vosotros, Vous.

Jung, Joven, mozo, Jeune.

INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

549

You. GEkMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH.
Youngster, Junge Bursch,m. Jovenete,m. Jeune éveillé.
Your, yours, Euer, Vuestro, Votre, Jes votre.
Youth, ᾿ Jugend, αὶ Juventud, Καὶ Jeunesse.

; a.
Zeal, Eifer, m. Zelo, m. - Zéle, m.
Zealot, Eiferer, m. Zelador, m. Partizan, m.
Zealous, Eifrig, Zeloso, Ardent,-e.
Zephyr, Westwind, m. Céfiro, m. Zéphyr, mm.
Zero, Null, καὶ Zero, m. Rien, m.
Zest, Beigeschmack,m Tastana, f. Zeste, m.
Zone, Umfang, m. Zona, f. Zone, f.

GERMAN IDIOMS.

GreRMAN ...-- ---.Sich mit etwas abgeben.
PronunomaTion....Sish mit etvds abga-ben.
Eneuiso ......--.To meddle with a thing.

Einen Eid ablegen,
I-nen ide ab-lazhén,
To take an oath.

Sein lassen Angelegen,
Sine las-sen An-ga-la-zhen,
To pay attention to.

Bescheid thun,
Ba-shide toon,
To pledge, to drink.

Pulver und Blei,
Pool-ver oond Bit,
Powder and shot.

Zu Stande bringen,
7500 standa bring-en,
To accomplish.

Empfeblungsschreiben,
Eimp-fa-lungs-schrt-ben,
Letter of recommendation.

Sich in Acht nehmen,
Sish in Achi na-men,
To be careful.

Begriff sein,

Ba-grif sine,

To be upon the point.

Bescheid wissen,

Ba- shide wis-sen,

To be conversant with.

Zu papier bringen,
Ts00 pap-yer bring-en,
To pen down.

Durchaus nicht,
Door-chous nicht,
By no means.

Feier Abend machen,
Fi-er Ah-bent macu-en,
To cease working.

550 | INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

Statt finden lassen,
Stat fin-den las-sen,
To suffer to take place.

Frei halten,
Fri hal-ten,
To defray.

Gar nicht,
Gar nicht,
By no means.

Sich gefallen lassen,
Sish ga-fal-len las-sen,
To submit.

Glockenspiel,
Glock-en-speel,
Chime of bells.

Gram sein,
Gram sine,
To hate.

Hals und Kopf,
Hals oond Kopf,
Helter-skelter.
Bis jetzt,

Bis yetst,
Hitherto.

Platz nehmen,
Plats nimen,
To sit down.

Sich in etwas finden,
Stsh tn et-vas fin-den,
To put up with a thing.
Ganz und gar nichts,
Gants oond gar nicuis,
Nothing at all.

For und fir,
Furr oond fuer,
For ever and ever.
Wie geht es?

Vee gate ase?
How do you do?

Goldblattchen,
Gold-blat-shen,
Gold-leaf.

Hin und her.

Hin oond hare,
Hither and thither.
Es ist mir Leid,
Ase ist meer lide,

1 am sorry.

Es ist mir Leib,
Ase ist meer Leeb,
I am glad.

Sich zu Gemiithe ziehen,

Sish tsoo ge-mus-ta tsee-en,

To take to heart.

Einem etwas zu dankbarkeit haben,
J-nem et-vas teoo dank-bar-ktle hah-ben,
To be indebted to one.

Agt&ja de marear,
Agoo-hah da mar-a-ar,
Mariner’s compass,

SPANISH IDIOMS.

Quedarse in albis,
Quia-dar-s@ tn al-bis,
To be disappointed.

INTERNATIONAL DIOTIONARY.

551

Alto ahi!
Al-to ah-é!/
Stop there!

Apretar las soletas,
A-pra-tur las 36-la-tas,
To run away.

Estas en tu camisa f
Es-tas én too cam-é-sah}
Are you in your senses?
Carta de guia,

Car-tah da gwé-ah,
Passport.

En conciéncia,
En cin-thé-en-tréah,
In good earnest.

Dar el si,
Dar el see,
To consent to marry.

Descarga de aduana,
Des-car-gah dé ad-oo-ah-nah,
Clearance at custom-house.

Entrar ἅ uno,
En-trar ah oo-no,
To prevail upon one.

Fecho de azucar,
Fa-cho-da ah-thoo-car,
Chest of sugar.

Fuega de dios?
Foo-a-gah da déos,
Bless me?

Fuera de si,
Foo-a-rah da see.
Absent of mind.

Hacer fuerza de velas,
Hah-ther foo-er-tha da valas,
-To crowd sail.

Beber los vientos,
Ba-ber lds vé-én-t038,
To solicit earnestly.

Carta de pago,
Car-tah da pah-go,
Receipt.

Dar higa,

Dar é-gah,
To miss fire.

Dexar escrito,
Dez-ar es-cré-to,
To leave in writing,

Estar en que,
Es-tar en ka,
To be of opinion that.

Fluxo de palabras,
Flooz-6 da pal-ah-bras,
Flow of words.

Dar fondo,
Dar fon-do, .
To cast anchor.

Tomar la fresca,
L6-mar lah fres-cah,

To take the air.

Dinero fresco,

Din-a-ro frés-co, “
Ready money.

A’ fuero,

Ah foo-&-ro,

According to law.

Gente de trato,

Gén-ia da trah-to,
Trades people.

De mal en pear, |
Da mal en pi-or,
Worse and worse.

652 INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY.

FRENCH IDIOMS.

Argent vierge,
Ar-zhang vyerzh,
Pure silver.

D’autant mieux,
D'6-tang myth,
The more the better.

Battre la semelle,
Bat-ir lah sém-el,
To travel on foot.

Battre le beurre,
Bat-tr lih bthr,
To churn.

Avoir le bouquet,
Av-war luh bo-ka,
To be married.

Se mettre aux champs,
Sth met-tr 6 shang,
To fall in a passion.

“A son corps defendant,
Ah song cor da-fang-dang,
Against one’s will.

Se coucher,
Sith coo-sha,
To go to bed.
Tout ἃ coup,
Toot ah coo,
Hastily.

Tout a fait,

Toot ah fa,
Entirely.

Il fait chaud,
| Ifa sho,

It is warm.

Argent comptant,
Ar-zhang cong-tang,
Ready money.

De haut en bas,
Dih ho ang bah,
From top to bottom.

Battre la campagne,
Bat-tr lah cang-pan-yith,
To speak at random.

Avoir bon bec,
Av-war bong-beck,
To speak well, and much.

Toute affaire cessante,
Tcot af-faire ses-sangt,
First of all.

A la charge que,
Ah lah sharzh kah,
On condition that. ;

Corpsa corps,
Cor-24h cor,
In close contact.

Coucher du soleil,
Coo-sha dux sol-a-yah,
Sunsetting.

Faire face,
Fair fass,
To face.

Etre au fait,
A-tr 6 fa,

To know well.
ΤΙ fait froid,
It is cold.

δ᾽

14 DAY USE
* RETURN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED ;

LOAN DEPT.

This book is due on the last date stamped below, or
on the date to which renewed.

Renewed books are subject to imma -

ΕΟ ΕΓ ΠΕΕΝ

3

all
= 7 oe
i oa
t 4

J

Η 2
Ἢ :
᾿ - -
i -*

ea aa

General! Library
University of California
Berkeley

LD 21A-50m-8,'61
(01795810 )476B

YC 00145

U.C. BERKELEY LIBRARIES

Ui ie

| ©O4B313478

ee epee oe ὦ

"
— - anna, "6
a
e

e ma oO .
4 " 4 oF 4 ? rf ",
ν ἢ " ἣ wy . . '
ed we ὁ ἃ
ὍΝ εκ ἢ.
Β 5 ἢ

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY |

ame